Sree rer
eee
fs

es

Deaitesh
Ke at
Riel

qian
hs
gel

i, ea

x

tg

eg

sent
i

ng ten
nw

hey
ae
th

Cornell Aniversity Library
BOUGHT WITH THE INCOME
FROM THE

SAGE ENDOWMENT FUND

THE GIFT OF

Henry W. Sage

1891

Aa 1l4e45

TH

Cornell University

Library

The original of this book is in
the Cornell University Library.

There are no known copyright restrictions in
the United States on the use of the text.

http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924024782660

CATALOGUE

OF THE

MARSUPIALIA

AND

MONOTREMATA

IN THE

COLLECTION

OF THE

BRITISH MUSEUM

(NATURAL HISTORY).

BY

OLDFIELD THOMAS.

LONDON:

PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES,
1888,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

PREFACE

Tuis volume, the greater part of which is devoted to the Marsupialia,
has been prepared by Mr. 0. Thomas, one of the Assistants in this
Department, on the plan of the new series of the Zoological Cata-
logues of the British Museum; it contains descriptions of every
species known, with references to all the descriptions and figures
previously published, and gives a complete detailed list of the
specimens in the Museum Collection.

The large series of specimens examined by the author has enabled
him to pay special attention to the various degrees of relation which
obtain between forms previously described under uniformly binomial
terms; in judging of these relationships he has relied on craniolo-
gical as well as external characters.

Beside the Marsupials the Monotremes have been embodied in this
volume, this division of Mammals being numerically too small to
form a volume by itself.

Since the year 1843, when ‘ The List of Mammalia in the Col-
lection of the British Museum’ was prepared by my predecessor, no
general account of the Marsupials in that eollection has been pub-
lished, whilst nearly all the other Orders of the Class were made the
subjects of continuous study and revision. This seeming neglect
was chiefly duo to the appearance of two works, viz. Water-
house’s standard work on these Mammals in 1846, which then, in
the course of the following twelve years, was supplemented by Gould’s
excellent illustrations in his ‘Mammals of Australia.’ Both these
works had a direct relation to the collection of the British Museum,

and for many years seemed to fully satisfy the nceds of the zoologist.

iv PREFACE.

However, the collection grew apace like that of the other Mam-
malia; no opportunity was lost of making such additions as were
required to complete the series, so that the number of specimens
appears now, after the lapse of some forty years, to be about trebled.
Especially in the course of the last three years, during which the
preparation of this volume has been in progress, the collection has
received important additions through the efforts of the author, who,
besides, has personally visited most of the European Museums with
the object of examining types and other important specimens.

The best thanks of the Department are due to all those fellow-
labourers abroad who have given him facilities to attain that

object.

ALBERT GUNTHER,
Keeper of the Department of Zoology.

British Museum (N. H.),
Sept. 27, 1888.

INTRODUCTION.

Tu1s volume contains the descriptions of 151 species of Mar-
supials and 3 of Monotremata, in addition to 12 recognizable
varieties of the former and 2 of the latter, making a total of 168
definable forms. The last general work on the subject (that of
Mr. G. R. Waterhouse, published in 1846) contained 120 species ;
but of these a certain number have since proved to be invalid, the
increase of species known being therefore rather greater than
appears at first sight. Of the 168, only 20 are not represented
in the. British Museum collection. The specimens enumerated
amount to 1240 Marsupials and 64 Monotremes, making 1304 in all,
a number that would be increased by at least one-half were the old
method adopted of counting the skin and the separated skull of the
same individual as two specimens. Of this total, 173 are preserved
whole in spirits, while the osteological collection of skeletons and
skulls, both separate and belonging to skins in the Museum,
amounts to 703.

In the ‘List of the Mammalia in the British Museum,’ pub-
lished in 1843, 343 Marsupials and Monotremes are enumerated,
referred to 94 species; and in the ‘Catalogue of the Bones of
Mammalia,’ issued in 1862, 331 skulls and skeletons are referred to,
a number less than one-half the present total.

Apart from the mere number of specimens, however, as the
value of zoological collections depends so largely upon their posses-
sion of type specimens, the following table showing the distribution

vi

INTRODUCTION.

of the types and co-types of the recognized species and varieties
may be of interest :—

Museums of

Seal Paris. Sydney. Leyden. Genoa. Cais Vienna. Berlin.
Macropedide... 31 10 3 3 1 1 0 0
Phalangeride... 14 5 0 2 2 4 0 1
Phascolomyide . 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Peramelidie ... 6 4 3 0 1 0 0 0
Dasyuride ...... 15 1 1 3 2 0 0 1
Didelphyide ... 7 1 Oo. 0 0 0 4 1
Monotremata ... 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0

Total ...csassa 74 21 8 8 7 5 4 3

There are also two types in the Melbourne Museum, and one
each in the Museums of Copenhagen, Munich, Rio Janeiro, and of
the College of Surgeons and the Geological Society of London.
The types of 40 species are not traceable.*

This comparative richness of the British Museum, both in
specimens and types, is largely due to the accession of the col-
lection of Australian Mammals formed by the late Mr. John Gould,
which contained not only a complete set of the types of the many
species described by him, but also fine series of all the Australian
Mammals he obtained.

Next in importance to the Gould Collection come those of
Sir George Grey from South Australia, and of Mr. Ronald Gunn
from Tasmania, both containing many valuable typical specimens
described by Dr. J. E. Gray, and both presented by their respective
collectors to the Museum.

Of the other donors of specimens included in the present
Catalogue, special mention may be made of Lord Derby, Dr. G.
Bennett, Messrs, 0. Salvin, F. D. Godman, John Macgillivray,
and F. M. Rayner.

In this Catalogue, probably for the first time, double synopses of
the genera and species have been drawn up, in order to enable
students to identify specimens either from the external characters

* These numbers amount to a total in excess of that of the known species
and varieties, owing to the fact that many forms have two or more “ co-types,”
and that, when these are preserved in different Museums, each of the latter is
credited with the possession of one type.

INTRODUCTION. vii

alone or from the skulls alone. But, in order that inexperienced
workers may obtain the full benefit of the cranial synopses, a few
words on the nomenclature used for the teeth are here necessary.

In most of the earlier systematic works on Mammalia all the
teeth were simply numbered from before backwards, a system that
answered well enough in the case of the incisors and molars, as
these teeth in the gradual process of their reduction in number
were generally lost posteriorly, so that, for example, the first three
molars of an animal with four molars were severally homologous
with the three of an animal possessing only the latter number. In
the case of the premolars, however, the matter is far more com-
plicated, as not only are the last one or two the most stable of all,
but in some Placentals and in most Marsupials the first premolar
to be lost was at neither end of the series but in the middle of it,
being the second of the four normally present. The system here
adopted for the numeration of the teeth is that by which each
tooth is represented by a sign always belonging to its homologue in
all the different species, whatever their total number of. teeth may
be. Thus, for example, the last premolar of the Opossums, the only
one that has a milk predecessor, being homologous with the fourth
premolar of Mammals possessing the full set of four premolars, is
called “ p.‘,” although it is preceded in the jaw by only two other
premolars. In the same way the two premolars of Dasyurus are
called “ p.’” and “‘p.°,” since the missing premolars appear in this
case to be the second and fourth of the full set.

The general principle of this system was first introduced by
Owen, and it has since been used by a large and steadily increasing
number of authors. It is true that there are many cases in which
the homologies of the individual teeth are very difficult of determina-
tion, and in which mistakes are at first nearly certain to be made.

It is hoped, however, that these mistakes will in time be rectified,
and in any case, if only to stimulate further inquiry, it seems
better to make an attempt to work out systematically the tooth-
homologies of such a group as the present, rather than to rest
content with the old and admittedly imperfect system of simple
numeration from before backwards.

The measurements given throughout the volume are taken as

follows :—
Head and body.—In stuffed specimens taken with a tape from

the tip of the nose to the root of the tail, following the curves.

vill INTRODUCTION,

In small spirit-specimens the body is placed as nearly as
possible straight, and the measurement taken in a straight line.
These measurements are at best only approximate, and those
taken from skins are still less exact, giving merely a general
idea of the size of the animal.

Tail.—From the anus to the tail-tip. In spifit-specimens the
point of the compass is placed quite within the anus in order
to get to the true root of the tail.

Hind foot.—From the heel to the tip of the longest toe, not
including the claw. This is the only really exact external
measurement and should be taken with the greatest accuracy.
The claw should never be included, as thereby a second variable
factor is introduced.

Lower leg.—From the upper side of the knee to the sole of the
heel, the thigh and foot being each in their normal position at
right angles to the lower leg.

Ear.—Taken behind the conch, from the crown of the head to
the tip of the ear.

In the Skull:—

Basal length.—From the “ basion,” or lower front edge of the
foramen magnum, to the * gnathion,” or most anterior point of
the premaxilla.

Nasals, length.—Greatest length, whether along the central
suture or to one side of it.

Nasals, greatest breadth.—Greatest breadth of the two nasals
together, generally across their posterior third.

Nasals, central breadth.—Between the tips of the ascending
processes of the premaxille.

Nasals, least breadth.—Least breadth behind the commencement
of the naso-premaxillary suture.

Constriction, breadth.—Least breadth between the two orbito-
temporal fosse. When the narrowest point is behind the
postorbital processes, as is usual, the measurement should be
termed the “intertemporal,” and not the “ interorbital”
breadth as it is often loosely called.

Palate, length.—From the “ gnathion” to the back of the bony
palate.

Palate, breadth outside m.-—Breadth between the external edges
of the second molars of the two sides.

Palate, breadth inside m.’—Distance between the inner edges of the
same pair of teeth. Half the difference between this and the
previous measurement gives the actual breadth of the tooth,

INTRODUCTION. ix

Diastema (in Macropodide and Phascolomyide).—From the back
of the alveolus of the last incisor to the front of that of the
most anterior of the cheek-teeth, generally p.*

Basi-cranial axis.—From the “basion” to the suture between
the basi- and pre-sphenoid bones, giving the combined lengths
of the basi-occipital and basi-sphenoid bones. As already
shown elsewhere *, this is a better axis for ordinary zoological
work than the theoretically superior, but practically unattain-
able, axis proposed by Professor Huxley f.

Basi-facial axis —From the sphenoid suture to the gnathion, This
axis, now proposed for the first time, forms the natural
complement of the last, and shows very fairly the length of the
muzzle and jaw.

Facial index.—The ratio that the Basi-facial bears to the Basi-
cranial axis, the latter being taken as 100. This index gives
with a minimum of trouble an exact numerical idea of the
relative proportions of the cranial and facial portions of the
skull.

In the Tooth-measurements :—

Length always means horizontal antero-posterior length unless
otherwise stated.

Length of ms,'“—Greatest combined length of the three anterior
molars in situ.

As in the other Catalogues of the present series, the affixes to
the names of the Donors, &c., are as follows:—‘‘[P.]” signifies
** Presented by ”; “[C.]” “Collected by”; and “ [E.]” “ Received
in exchange from.”

In conclusion, it is my pleasant duty to return my sincere thanks
to the many friends, both at home and abroad, who have assisted me
in the preparation of this Catalogue. Ofthose abroad I am indebted
to Dr. F. A. Jentink, Director of the Leyden Museum, to Prof.
Milne-Kdwards and M. Huet, of that at Paris, to Dr. Krauss at
Stuttgart, to Dr. Reichenow at Berlin, Dr. A. B. Meyer and
Dr. Haase at Dresden, Dr. von Pelgzeln and Dr. von Lorenz at
Vienna, and to the Directors of many of the smaller continental
Museums, both for much personal kindness and for the facilities I
have everywhere enjoyed for the study of the typical or other speci-
mens under their respective charges. These facilities have enabled

x INTRODUCTION.

me to make a personal examination of every typical specimen of
the present group of animals now preserved in Europe. But above
all my most particular thanks are due to the Marquis Giacomo
Doria, of the Museo Civico, Genoa, both for much personal and
epistolary assistance, and, especially, for the kindness with which
he has granted me the loan, without limit of time, of the whole
collection of Papuan Marsupials there preserved. That collection
contains so many types and well-preserved series of specimens
belonging to some of the most difficult groups of Marsupials, that
without their help it would have been almost impossible to have
worked out satisfactorily such obscure but important Australasian
families as the Peramelide and Dasyuride. For other most useful
and timely loans of specimens I am indebted to Dr. R. Collett, of
the Christiania Museum, to Mr. De Vis, of Brisbane, and to
Mr. Frederick Moore, of Liverpool.

Lastly, of friends at home I must express my acknowledgments
for advice and assistance in various ways to Prof. Stewart, Mr. P.
L. Sclater, and to Mr. R. Lydekker, whose knowledge of fossil
Marsupials has frequently been of considerable service to me.

OLDFIELD THOMAS.

British Museum (N. H.),
Aug. 20, 1888.

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Order MARSUPIALITA.
Suborder I. DIPROTODONTIA.

Fam.I. MacROPODIDA.
Subfam. I. Macropopinz.

1. Macropus, Shaw ....,00
1. giganteus, Zimm.,...+-
@. typiCUS » sce ees eee
b. fuliginosus, Desm. .
ce. melanops, Gould ....
. antilopinus, Gould ....
robustus, Gowld ......
jisabellinus, Gould ..
rufus, Desm.,......eee
. magnus, Owen......+.
ualabatus, Less. & Garn.
a, typicus
b, apicalis, Giinth. ....
8. ruficollis, Desm, ......
a. typicus
b. bennettii, Waterh. ..
9. greyi, Gray
dorsalis, Gray
arryi, Benn.
; ee Tourd. occ re ceves
. agilis, Gowld........5.
. coxeni, Gray
. stigmaticus, Gould ....
. wilecoxi, McCoy
. brunii, Schreb. ........
. browni, Rams. ........
. thetidis, Less. ........
. eugenii, Desm.........
21, parma, MWaterh. ......
99. billardieri, Desm.......
23. brachyurus, Quoy §
GAIM. wicca eee
2. Petrogale, Gray
1, xanthopus, Gray......
2, penicillata, Gray......

NI SU ov bo

Page

Page
3. lateralis, Gould ...... 68
4. brachyotis, Gould 69
6. inornata, Gould ...... 70
6. concinna, Gould ...... 71
8. Onychogale, Gray ...... 73
1. unguifera, Gould ...... 74
2, frenata, Gould ........ 76
8. lunata, Gould ....., cn TE
4, Lagorchestes, Gould .... 79
1. conspicillatus, Gould .. 80
. tYpICUS vy. s sce seeee 80
b. leichardti, Gould.... 82
2. leporoides, Gould...... 82
8, hirsutus, Gould ...... 84
5. Dorcopsis, Schley. § Mill. 86
1. miilleri, Schleg......... 88
2. luctuosa, D’ Albertis.... 89
8. macleayi, Mckl.-Macl,.. 92
6. Dendrolagus, Schley. &
MA, cc reg a enti ence 92
1. ursinus, Schley. § Mill., 94
2. inustus, Schley. § Miill,, 965
8. lumholtzi, Coll. ...... 96
4, dorianus, Rams. ...... 98
7. Lagostrophus, Thos. .... 100
1. fasciatus, Pér. §& Les. .. 100

10.
ll.

Subfam. II. Pororoinaz,

. Aipyprymnus, Garrod ,. 102
1. rufescens, Gray ...... 103
Bettongia, Gray ........ 104
1. cuniculus, Ogilb. ...... 106
2. gaimardi, Desm.. .... 108
3. penicillata, Gray...... 110
4. lesueuri, Quoy § Gaim. 112
Caloprymuus, Zhos,...... 114
1. campestris, Gould .... 115
Potorous, Desm. ........ 116
1. tridactylus, Kerr... ... 117
2, gilberti, Gowld........ 120
3. platyops, Gowd ...... 121

xii SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Page
Subfam. ITI.
HypsIPRYMNODONTINA.

12. Hypsiprymnodon, Rams, . 128
1. moschatus, Rams. .... 198

Fam, II. PHALANGERIDA.
Subfam. I. TarsIrEDINz.

1. Tarsipes, Gerv. § Verr.., 182
1. rostratus, Gerv. & Vern, 133

Subfam, IT. PHaALANGERINA.

2. Acrobates, Desm. .,.... 186
1. pygmaeus, Shaw ...... 136

3. Distcechurus, Peters ,.,. 139
1. pennatus, Peters .,.... 139
4. Dromicia, Gray. ...... .. 140
1, lepida, Thos. ......5. 142
2, caudata, M-Edw. .... 148
8. nana, Desm..... peeves 144
4. concinna, Gould ...... 146
5, Gymmnobelideus, MeCoy.. 149
1. leadbeateri, McCoy .... 149
6, Petaurus, Shaw .......+ 150
1, australis, Shaw........ 151
2. sciureus, Shaw.....+0. 153
8. breviceps, Waterh. .... 156
G. tYPICUS wee eee e eee 156

6, papuanus, Thos. .... 158

7. Dactylopsila, Gray...... 159
1. trivirgata, Gray ...... 160

8, Petauroides, Thos. ...... 163
1. volans, Kerr ......05 164

@. tYPICUS . esse eee eee 164

6. minor, Coll. ........ 166

9. Pseudochirus, Ogilb. .... 166
1. lemuroides, Coll, ...... 170
2. herbertensis, Coll. 170

3. peregrinus, Bodd. 172
4. occidentalis, Thos. .... 174
5. cooki, Desm. ........ 176
G. archeri, Coll, ........ 177
7. albertisi, Peters ...... 178

8. schlegeli, Jent......... 180
9. canescens, Waterh,.... 181
10. forbesi, Thos. ........ 183
10. Trichosurus, Less. ...... 184
1. vulpecnla, Kerr ...... 187
a. typicus ..........., 187

6, fuliginosus, Ogilb. .. 190

2. caninus, Ogilb......... 191
11. Phalanger, Stor7........ 193
1. ursinus, Temm. ...... 195

Page

2. maculatus, E. Geoff. 197

3. orientalis, Pall. .....- 201

a, typicus ........ sees 201

b. breviceps, Thos. ...,. 204

4, ornatus, Gray .....+.+ 208

5. celebensis, Gray ...... 206

Subfam, III. PHascotaRcrTine.

12. Phascolarctus, Blainv. ., 209

1. cinereus, Goldf. ...... 210

Fam, IJ. PHascoLOMYIDS&.

1. Phascolomys, E. Geoff... 213

1. mitehelli, Owen ...... 213

2. ursinus, Shaw .,..,.+. 215

8. latifrons, Owen, ....... 217

Suborder II.
POLYPROTODONTIA.
Fam. IV. PERAMELID&.

1. Peragale, Gray.......... 221

1, lagotis, Retd,......... 223

2. leucura, Thos. ......45 225

2. Perameles, &. Geoff. .... 227

1. obesula, Shaw ........ 231

2, macrura, Gould ...... 234

3. moresbyensis, Rams. .. 235

4, doreyana, Quoy § Gaim. 236

5. cockerelli, Rams....... 238

6, raffrayana, M-Edw. .. 239

7. broadbenti, Rams. 240
8. longicaudata, Peters &

OPED einige: 241

9. nasuta, EB. Geoff. ...... 242

10, gunni, Gray.......... 245
11. bougainvillei, Quoy &

GA. aa sisee gon oie i 246

Ge EY PICR, cee ns ede awtes 246

b. fasciata, Gray ...... 248

3. Cheeropus, Ogilb. ........ 250

1. castanotis, Gray ...... 250
Fam. V. DasyuRID&.,
Subfam. I. Dasyurinz.

l. Thylacinus, Temm. ...... 255

1, cynocephalus, Harris .. 255

2, Sarcophilus, F. Cwv. .. 258

Ll. ursinus, Harris ...... 259

3. Dasyurus, J. Geoff. ...... 261

1. maculatus, Kerr ...... 263

2. viverrinus, Shaw ...... 265

4.

5.

. Myrmecobius, Waterh.

SYSTEMATIC INDEX.

Pa,

8. geoffroyi, Gould ...... 268
4. hallucatus, Gould .... 269
5. albopunctatus, Schleg.,. 271
Phascologale, Temm. ..., 273
1, cristicaudata, Krefft 276
2, apicalis, Gray ........ 277
38. thorbeckiana, Schleg. &

MOU seca e sinte 84 B8 278
4, wallacei, Gray........ 280
5. doria, ThOS... ccc evens 282

6, dorsalis, Peters § Doria 283

7, swainsoni, Waterh..... 285
8. minima, Geoff......... 287
9, flavipes, Waterh....... 289

@. tYPICA eee eres sees. 289

b. leucogaster, Gray ,.,, 291
10, minutissima, Gowld..., 292
11, longicaudata, Schleg. .. 293
12, penicillata, Shaw..... . 294
18, calura, Gould ........ 296
Sminthopsis, Thos. ...... 298

1. virginia, De Tarragon . 300

2, leucopus, Gray ...... 302
8. murina, Waterh....... 303
4, crassicaudata, Gould .. 306
. Antechinomys, Krefft .... 307
1, laniger, Crould ........ 309

Subfam. II. MyrMEcosrinz.

.. 3ll
1. fasciatus, Waterh, ..., 312

Fam. VI. DIpELPHYID2.

. Didelphys, Zinn ........ 316
1. marsupialis, Z......... 323
a, typica ... eee ee eee 823

b. azaree, Temm. ...... 328

2. opossum, Z...... 0.04. 329

3. nudicaudata, E. Geoff. , 332

Page

4, crassicaudata, Desm. .. 384
6. philander, Z. ........ 837
6. lanigera, Desm. ..... 339
7. cinerea, Temm. ....,. 342
8, murina, Z. .....0e ee . 843
9. lepida, Thos........+4+ 347
10. pusilla, Desm. .. 6.6.05 348
11. grisea, Desm. ........ 849
12, velutina, Wagn. ...... 852
13. elegans, Waterh....... 352
14. dimidiata, Wagn. .... 355
15, brevicaudata, Ervil..... 356
16. domestica, Wagn. .... 358
17. scalops, Thos, ......., 859
18. henseli, Thos. ......06 360
19, sorex, Hens........... 862
20. americana, Miill....... 363
21. iheringi, Thos...... ,.. 864
22. unistriata, Wagn. ..,. 365
23. alboguttata, Burm..... 366
2. Chironectes, I7, ......4. 366
1. minimus, Zmm. ...... 368

Order MONOTREMATA.

Fam. I. EcHIDNID&.

1. Echidna, G. Cur... ...0. 377
1. aculeata, Shaw.......- 377

a. lawesi, Rams......... 377

b, typica ..........5.., 879

c. setosa, BE. Gieuff....... 381

2. Proechidna, Gerv........- 382
1. bruijnii, Peters § Doria 383

Fam. II.

ORNITHORHYNCHIDE.

1. Ornithorhynchus, Blumend. 387
1. anatinus, Shaw........ 388

CATALOGUE

OF

MARSUPIALIA.

MARSUPIALIA.

Arporgrat or terrestrial Mammals, whose young are brought forth
in a very imperfect condition, and are nourished by milk injected
into them from the mamme, to which they are firmly attached
for some time after birth. These mamme are always abdominal
in position, and are generally situated within a fold of the integu-
ment, which forms a pouch (marsupium), whence the Order derives
its name. The brain is proportionally small and little folded.
The vagina is double, and its two horns frequently communicate
with one another proximally. The limbs are normal in their
position and relative development, the hinder pair always the
‘larger and forming the chief agents in progression. A tail is
almost invariably present, is generally long, and often prehensile.
In the skeleton long epipubic bones*, commonly called “ mar-
supial” bones, but bearing no special relation to the pouch, are
present in both sexes. Clavicles are present in all except the
Peramelidee.

The skull has usually a large facial and comparatively small
cranial portion. The nasal bones are large, and generally expanded
behind. The zygomata are complete, and the malar bone is large
and extends backwards below the zygomatic process of the squa-
mosal as far as the glenoid fossa. The orbit is never completed by
bone behind. The palate is generally more or less imperfect,

* Rudimentary in Thylacinus,
7 B

2 MARSUPIALIA.

having vacuities between the posterior molars. The alisphenoids
are large, and form the auditory bulle should these be developed ;
while the tympanics are small, annular, or tubular, and but rarely
fused with the other bones of the skull. Finally, the mandible,
except in Yarsipes, has its angle more or less inflected, although
some Marsupials have this character less developed than certain of
the Insectivora.

The teeth are exceedingly variable in structure, being modified
either for a graminivorous, frugivorous, insectivorous, or carnivo-
rous mode of life. Their number is, normally, as follows :—

‘ nto C. 3 P. a M. 4x 2=40 to 50,

but the total number sometimes descends to 22 (Tarsipes), while it
amounts to 52 in Myrmecobius.

The division of the seven cheek-teeth ordinarily present into
three premolars and four molars is very characteristic of the Order,
as compared to the four premolars and three molars of the typical
placental Mammals.

The tooth-change is always confined to a single tooth, the last of
the premolars (p.’), which alone has a milk-predecessor; and in
some cases even this milk-tooth is rudimentary or altogether
aborted.

Synopsis of the Families,
I. Exrernat CHaracters.

A. (Diprotodont.) Hind feet syndactylous.
Vegetable-feeding*. —
a. Tail long +; ears well developed.
a‘, Hind limbs much larger than foret.

No hallux§..............5 I. Macropodida,f. 3.
b', Limbs subequal. A large oppo- ; [p. 126.
sable hallux .............. II. Phalangerida,
bd. Tail and ears rudimentary ........ III. Phascolomyida,
B. (Polyprotodont.) Animal-feeding*. . [p. 212.
c. Hind feet syndactylous. Hallux
minute or absent ............5 IV. Peramelide,
d. Hind feet not syndactylous. [p. 219.
ce’. Hallux not opposable. Tail not
prehensile ................ VY. Dasyuride, p. 253.
a}, Hallux opposable. Tail generally
prehensile ................ VI. Didelphyide,
[p. 315.

* With a few unimportant exceptions.

t Except Phascolarctus,

{ Except Dendrolagus and Hypsiprymnodon,
§ Except Hypsiprymnodon,

MACROPODID.A. 3

II. Crantat CHARAcrers.

A. Diprotodont: incisors large, not ex-
ceeding EN commonly ;: in number ;
upper canines generally, and lower
always minute or absent.
a. Molars rooted. Upper incisors 3.
a’. A deep cavity at the base of the
masseteric fossa. No minute
teeth between theloweri.'andp.* I. Macropodide, p.3.
b', No cavity in the masseteric fossa.
Minute teeth generally present
between the lower i) and p.t .. II. Phalangeride,

6. All the teeth rootless. Upper in- [p. 126.
cisors 1 on each side ........ III. Phascolomyida,
B. Polyprotodont: incisors small, ees [p. 212.

canines, both above and below, long
and pointed.
c. Incisors =**,
c'. Upper molars with’ four external
cusps; wearing flat in old age.. IV. Peramelidaz,

d', Upper molars with three external [p. 219.
cusps; sharply cuspidate through-
out life ..... heave Wee dah wares as V. Dasyurida, p. 253.
dy IMGIEDIBS soe ieugieiieasycictes . VI. Didelphyida,
; [p. 315.

Suborder I. DIPROTODONTIA.

Incisors three above (one in Phascolomyide) and one below
(rudimentary second and third incisors sometimes present in
Phalangeride), the latter very long and powerful. Canines usually
small, and much surpassed in development by the incisors, especially
by i.1; almost invariably absent below. Molars bluntly tuberculate
or ridged.

Frugivorous and graminivorous; rarely insectivorous.

Australian only *.

Family I. MACROPODID.

Diprotodont Marsupials adapted for a terrestrial (rarely arboreal)
phytophagous life. Progression generally saltatorial, the hind
limbs decidedly longer than the fore. Fore feet with five digits.

* At the present time. Found during the Mesozoic epoch in Europe, South
Agcica, and America, and persistent in the latter until the earlier part of the

Eocene period.
B2

“4 MACROPODID &.

Hind limbs syndactylous; the fourth toe very large and with a
strong claw; the fifth similar, but smaller; the second and third
very slender, united; hallux wholly absent (except in Hypsiprymno-
dontine, where it is opposable). Tail long, hairy, sometimes more or
less prehensile (naked and scaly in Hypsiprymnodontine). Stomach
sacculated. Caecum present. Pouch large, opening forwards.

Skull long, smooth and rounded. Nasals nearly always markedly
expanded behind. Palatal vacuities generally present between the
molars, but often, espevially in the larger species, entirely absent.
Tip of maxillary zygomatic process generally produced downwards
as a slender bony process, the infrazygomatic process, often de-
scending below the level of the molars; this process small or absent
in the Potoroine, and very variable in its development throughout
the family. Bulle variable, either rough and unswollen, or large,
bulbous, and transparent; their lower wall running back to and
applied against the base of the long paroccipital processes. Mas-
seteric fossa of mandible hollowed out below into a deep cavity,
walled in externally by a plate of bone, and communicating with
the inferior dental canal by a large foramen, through which one or
more branches of the inferior dental artery pass outwards into the
masseter muscle. ‘

Dentition:—I. 1-25, 0, 1°, PM. R234 M, bby 932
or 34. =

Incisors sharp and cutting, the lower pair often with a scissor-
like action with one another, in addition to their cutting-action
against the upper ones. Canines small (not equalling i.’ in length)
or absent above, always wholly absent below. Premolars reduced
to two above and below; and of these the anterior (p.°) is always
shed with the milk-premolar (m.p.*) at the tooth-change. Molars
broad, ridged or bluntly tuberculate, suited for chewing vegetable
substances. Series of molars and premolars moving forwards in the
skull during the life of the animal, by the absorption of bone in
front of, and its deposition behind, their roots; the rate of motion
greatest in the larger species.

Tooth-change always present; the milk-premolar well developed
and long-persistent, molariform.

Range. Papuan and Australian subregions.

Before commencing the systematic study of the Macropodide, it
is absolutely necessary that a clear idea should be gained of the
general characters of the dentition, and especially of the manner in
which age affects these characters—subjects worked out in great
detail both by Professors Owen and Flower, but constantly neglected
by systematic zoologists, for whom these changes are of the greatest
importance.

The full dentition of the members of this family consists, in the
upper jaw, first of three incisors, then of a small canine (often,
however, suppressed), and then of six cheek-teeth, of which the
second in the series is the only one which has a “ milk” or deciduous

MACROPODID. 5

predecessor, and is therefore the one to be regarded as the last
premolar, or “p.*,” of the typical Mammalian dentition.

The special characteristics that render the development and suc-
cession of the teeth in the Macropodide, and especially in the
genus Macropus, so puzzling to systematic zoologists are :—firstly,
a general progression forwards in the jaw of the whole tooth-row,
comparable to that found elsewhere only in the Elephants and some
Sirenians ; and, secondly, the fact that before the tooth-change the
first tooth of the series (p.*) and the single milk-tooth (m.p.*) placed
next to it, both of which fall out at that change, are respectively so
very similar in shape and size to the first and second cheek-teeth of
the permanent series, viz. the permanent premolar (p.*) and the
first molar (m."), as to be most naturally mistaken for, or compared
to, them in specific descriptions. The following woodcuts (figs. 1 & 2),

Fig. 1.

Macropus ruficollis—Upper cheek-teeth of (A) immature and (B) adult,
showing the superficial resemblances and the true relationships of the
former to the latter.

taken from two specimens of the same species, show this resemblance,
which is in most cases sufficiently close to render very great care
necessary, lest skulls in different stages of dentition should be
unknowingly compared together for purposes of specific description.
The necessary knowledge as to the stage of dentition in which any
skull may be can often only be gained by cutting open the bone either
above and behind the first tooth of the series to see if the true per-
manent p.' be still buried there (in which case, of course, that first
tooth is only p.*), or behind the last visible molar to see if there is
yet another tooth behind it, showing it to be m.* and-not m.* The
first plan is, as a rule, the best, as p.‘ is generally by far the most
important tooth for diagnostic purposes, and its characters have
therefore in any case to be taken into account. The side views
(fig. 2) of the same two skulls show the position at which p.* should

6 MACROPODIDZE,

be sought for if still in the bone, although at still younger stages its
position is generally rather more above p.* than m.p.*, owing to the
fact that allowance has to be made for the movement forwards of

Fig. 2.

Macropus ruficollis—A and B as in fig. 1.

the tooth-row, by which m.p.* will be brought opposite the suc-
ceeding p.’ just at the time that the latter tooth is ready to emerge
from the bone.

The time of the appearance of p.’ varies in the different members
of the family; but for the most part the tooth is cut shortly after
m.*, and always before m.* is in place.

The movement forward of the whole row of teeth is also a point
which should be specially noticed, in order that the common error
of taking as a systematic character the relative position of indi-
vidual teeth to the skull may be avoided—such relative. position,
although of importance in other groups, being entirely valueless
in the more typical Macropodide. It should, however, be observed
that the general position of the tooth-row as a whole and the length
of the diastema are both fairly constant throughout the life of the
animal, partly owing to the fact that at the tooth-change two teeth
(p.* and m.p.*) fall out, and only one (p.") succeeds, and partly to the
counteracting effect of the longitudinal growth of the jaw-bone.
Moreover, in certain of the larger species, in which the pace at which
the teeth move forwards is far greater than in the smaller ones, p.4
itself, and either one or two of the anterior molars, may also fall
out as the rest move forwards—a process by which the distance
from the anterior cheek-teeth to the front of the mouth is always
kept about the same.

Another point to which attention should be directed is that the
molars, especially of the larger species, emerge from the bone with
their hollows nearly entirely filled up with cement, external to and
quite distinct from the enamel of the tooth. The result of this is
that some specimens have the cusps and ridges of their molars

MACROPODIDE, 7

apparently rounded off, and have none of the deep valleys and
sharply defined crests so marked in other individuals, This dif-
ference may easily be mistaken for one of specific value, especially
if by the method of cleaning the skull the cement has become white
and shining, and not readily distinguishable by colour or texture
from the enamel. During life this cement in some individuals soon
gets chipped or worn off, while in others it persists until the tooth
is completely worn down. The only way, therefore, to get at the
true character of the molars in such specimens is to chip out with a
sharp point the bits of cement filling up the depressions, by which
means the valleys and crests are brought into their proper relative
prominence.

The incisors of the Macropodide, like many other permanently
growing teeth in the Mammalian series, have both a definitely
marked non-growing enamel-covered portion, whose size and shape
are of systematic importance, and also a constantly lengthening
dentine root, which, as the crown wears off, may in old animals form
very nearly the whole of the tooth. All systematic descriptions of '
the incisors should therefore, and in the present volume do, refer
entirely to their unvarying enamel-covered portion.

Owing to the relatively late development of the posterior molars
in this group, the word “adult” cannot be confined, as it is else-
where, to individuals with all the molars in place, these being
therefore here called “aged,” while the word “adult” is used for
those in which p.* is in place, although m.‘ is still below the bone.
The late development of m.* was also originally the cause of the
choice, as a basis-measurement of the teeth, of the combined
lengths of the three anterior molars only; but the measurement
has been found so convenient in the other families also that, as
already noted, it has been adhered to throughout the Order.

Synopsis of the Genera.
I. Exrrrnat CHARACTERS.

A. Hallux absent. Tail hairy.
a. Size variable, generally large. Claws of fore
feet not disproportionally large, subequal.
Fars generally long and pointed .... Subfamily Macropodine.
a’, Back not cross-banded*.
a’, Nape-hairs directed backwards f.
Form markedly macropine.
a, Rhinarium naked}. Size variable,
generally large or medium.
a‘, Central hind claw long and
strong. Tail tapering, short-
haired, rarely crested ........ 1. Macropvs, p. 10.

* Rarely and very indistinctly banded in one or two species of Macropus.
t Except, rarely, in two or three species of Macropus. \
t Except in Mucropus giganteus.

8 MACROPODID.A.

&, Central hind claw very short.
Tail cylindrical, bushy ...... 2, PETROGALE, p. 62.
68, Rhinarium hairy. Size small (head
and body less than 700 millim.).

et, A horny spur at end of tail .... 8. OnycHo@azg, p. 73.
d‘, No spur on tail ..........005, 4, LaGoRCHESTES,
b?. Nape-hairs directed forwards, Form [p. 79.

less macropine.
ce, Limbsunequal. Hindclawsstraight.

Tail uniformly short-haired .... 5. Dorcopsis, p. 86.
@, Limbs subequal. Hind claws
curved. Tail thickly hairy .... 6. DenpRoLagus,p.92.
b'. Back cross-banded. Form macropine.
Rhinarium naked. Size small...... 7. LAGOsTROPHUS,
&, Size small (head and body not exceeding [p. 100.

600 millim.). Claws of fore feet very
large, unequal, the median ones much the

longest. Ears small and rounded...... Subfamily Potoroinz.
c', Rhinarium hairy. Hind foot longer
PHAN HCA 6 canines Bde set aianeacasaacee ws 8. AAPYPRYMNDS,
d@, Rhinarium naked. [p. 102.
c?, Hind foot as long as or longer than
head.
e*, Tail more or less distinctly crested
along the top terminally ...... 9. Brerronaia, p. 104,
f3. Tail without any trace of a darker
CIES its: Scan ri ere a asiacncosscans adie ian 10. CaLoPRYMNUS,
d’, Hind foot decidedly shorter than {p. 114,
head. piihdses duce ne eatin eeay ve 11. Pororovs, p. 116.
B. Hallux present, opposable. Tail naked,
scaly...... Bssanosa\aaay ane gle Pei Subfamily Hypsiprymnodontine.
e, Size very'amall, <1. eas ssesies se euwat's em 12, HypsipRYMNODON,
[p. 128,

II. Cranrat Cuaracters,

A. P.4 with its axis in the general line of the
tooth-row, or but slightly twisted outwards
anteriorly.
a. Molars transversely ridged, increasing in
size backwards; m.‘ not smaller than m.3
Canine generally minute or absent. Upper
i but little exceeding the other incisors
in vertical length ............000, Subfamily Macropodine.
a‘, The twosets of incisors widely divergent
backwards. Incisors narrow, sharp-
edged ; i.? smaller than i.
a, Canines absent, or, when present,
followed by a p.* not, or but little,
longer than m.*
a’, Bulle generally unswollen, Ca-
nines minute or absent.
a‘, P.* vaviable. 1.° generally large,
its outer anterior lamina the
longest. Bulle never swollen. 1. Macropvs, p. 10,

MACROPODIDA. 9

4, P.4 6-8 millim. long. I.? small.
Bulle sometimes swollen .... 2. PETROGALE, p. 62.
ce*, P.* small, rounded, constricted
in the centre, without internal
ledge. I. very small and slen-
der, slanted obliquely forward. 8. OnycHOGALE, p. 72.
2°, Bulle swollen. Canines present.
P.* large, not constricted, with

internal ledge ..........0..04, 4, LAGORCHESTEs,
6?. Canines present. P.4 much longer [p. 79
than m.* Bulle unswollen.
ce, P.4 longer than m.’ and m.? com-
bined. Palate incomplete ...... 5. Dorcopsis, p. 86.
d@*, P.* shorter than m.1 and m.? com- 6, DENDROLAGUS,
bined. Palate complete ...... [p- 92.
6. The two sets of incisors nearly parallel.
Incisors broad, flat-topped ; i.1 smaller
than i.2 Canines absent .......... 7. LAGOSTROPHUS,
6. Molars quadri-tuberculate, decreasing in [p. 100.

size backwards; m.4 smaller than m.?
Canine present. Upper i.’ decidedly
longer vertically than the other in-
CISOTS... 6s ee eee Heme NeeweI shee Subfamily Potoroine.
cl, Molars, especially m.4, oblong, much
longer than broad. Palate nearly or
quite perfect. P.* with about 7 ver-
tical grooves. Canines large. Bulle
unswollen........eeeee ress Napesesclae nes 8, AEPYPRYMNUS,
d', Molars quadrate, scarcely longer than (p. 102,
broad. Palate with large vacuities.
Bulle more or less swollen.
co. Upper p.* very large, with 7 or more
prominent oblique grooves ex-
termally...... eee cece eee tenes 9. Berronata, p. 104.
d*, Upper p.* with 6 or less shallow, in-
distinct, vertical grooves,
e?, Canine minute, the anterior pala-
tine foramen extending behind its
level. Grooves on p.* almost
obsolete, 4 to 6 in number...... 10, CaLopRYMNUS,
f%. Canine well developed; anterior [p. 114.
palatine foramen not or barely
reaching backwards to its level.
Grooves on p.* shallow, 2 to 4 in
HUMVEL. 4) creiiaeeesenavens 11, Pororovs, p. 116.
B. P.4 above and below abruptly twisted out-
wards .....-e005 gee tera Augie Subfamily Hypsiprymnodontine.
c. Canines present. Bulle small, swollen.
Molars a eceachi backwards........ .. 12, HypsrpryMNopon,
[p. 123,

10 MACROPODID E.

Subfamily I. MACROPODINA.

Size variable, large or medium.

Claws of fore feet of moderate size, subequal, the median not
disproportionally larger than the outer ones. Hind feet without
hallux. Tail long, hairy. (Esophagus entering the stomach near
the cardiac end; liver with a spigelian lobe*. Canine generally
minute or absent, rarely well developed. P.* set quite in the
same general line as the other teeth. Molars transversely ridged,
increasing in size ‘backwards; m.* rising into its place very late
in life, always as large as and generally markedly exceeding m.*
First upper incisor but little exceeding the others in length.

1. MACROPUS.

Macropus, Shaw, Nat. Mise. i. Text to plate xxxiii.

(CEZOO): exsys auasier sansoctw tia aden a Sunn en aay we ele ars M. giganteus.
Kangurus, Geoff. Bull. Soc. Philom. i. p. 106 (1796). M. giganteus.
Halmaturus, JU. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 80 (1811). M. giganteus.
Thylogale, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. #. i. p. 588

(1882) susan veers raaenee SeameR ene Nee M. thetidis.
Osphranter, Gould, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 80 .......... M. antilopinus.
Setonyx, Less. NV, Tabl. R.A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842). M. brachyurus.
Gerboides, Geoff. apud Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 271

(C1855) aes wer esuseds vena dRas sate SRG 8 M. rufus.
Phascolagus, Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874, pp. 262 et

BOQ Qs sag avipnsraiaia ote anthinravasteoah syse epee nies ean eeRee M. robustus.
Boriogale, Owent, t.c, pp. 247 et seq. .....+..0. M. magnus.

Type.

Size variable, ranging from that of a rabbit to that of a man.
Rhinarium naked+t. Ears well developed. Fur on nape directed’
downwards§. Limbs very unequal, the hind much longer and
stronger than the fore. Central hind claws long, markedly ex-
ceeding the terminal pad in length. Tail thick, tapering, evenly
haired, not bushy||. Mamme 4. -

Skull as described above. Bulle not inflated.

ae pad, ©, (eta, poe! M. P24 y 9=39

Incisor series forming an open curve; the individual teeth large
and strong, the first the longest, rooted higher and descending
lower than the others. I.3 almost always the longest horizontally,
and in most species with a prominent infolding of the enamel on
its external or posterior side. Canines rudimentary, minute, early
deciduous. P.* small but functional, deciduous, pushed out along

* Cf. Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 58.

t+ Several of Owen’s names for fossil “ genera” should also be placed here;
e. g. Leptosiagon, Pachysiagon, Protemnodon, &c.—See Lydekker, Oat. Foss.
Mamm, B. M. v. p. 206 (1887).

{ Except (partially) in IZ. giganteus, M. agilis, and M. dorsalis.

§ Except occasionally in AZ. rufus and M. thetidis:

| Crested in M. trma,

{| When the formula number is italicized the tooth, although present, is
minute and probably functionless.

1. macroPus. 11

with the milk-premolar (m.p.‘) by p.* when the latter takes its
place in the series. M.‘ appearing after p.‘ is in place, and there-
fore never in position at the same time as p.2 Each of the molars
with a well-marked central connecting ridge between the two main
transverse ridges*. Lower incisors long, scalpriform, their inner
margins sharp-edged, opposable. Lower canines entirely absent ;
premolars and molars much as in the upper jaw.

Habits, Terrestrial, saltatorial, graminivorous.

Range. Australian, and Eastern half of Austro-Malayan, sub-
regions.

The members of the genus Macropus divide themselves very
naturally into three groups, most easily distinguishable by size, but
each possessing characters which show that the species of each
group are, on the whole, more nearly related to each other than to
the members of other groups.

Within the three groups the species seem to be very closely
related to one another; and although each may be easily distin-
guished both externally and by their skulls, yet this is only done
by ringing the changes on a certain limited set of characters, all of
which seem to be equally trivial and unimportant in any deeper
sense than for mere specific distinction.

Were it possible to separate the Kangaroos generically from the
Wallabies, it would be exceedingly convenient to do so; but
unfortunately the characters by which the groups are separated
from each other are neither sufficiently constant nor important
to found generic distinction upon, and I have therefore retained
the somewhat unwieldy genus Macropus for all the true Kangaroos
and Wallabies with the exception of the three small groups marked
off by definite generic characters.

Synopsis of the Species.
I. Exrernat Cuaracters.

A. Hind foot more than 260 millim. long.
KanGaRoos.)
a, Nose hairy between the nostrils. Central ,
hind claw long. Colour greyish brown.. 1. M. giganteus,p.15.
6. Nose with a distinct naked rhinarium.
Central hind claw short.
a, Fur coarse and straight, not woolly.
Face-markings obsolete.

a’, Fur very short and sparse, antilopine Tp. 21.
PO aa! siirie’s stares wai tadsiapa se aitivare ge atanys ayieie-s 2. M. antilopinus,
&?. Fur long and thick, smoky grey ...... 3. I. robustus, p. 22.

81, Fur soft, but straight. Colour isabelline.
Front of neck sharply defined white .. 4. M. isabellinus,

e. Fur soft, short and woolly. Colour [p. 25
rufous, Face-markings present. White
on front of neck not sharply defined.... 5. M. rufus, p.25.
ec, External characters unknown ............ 6. WM. magnus, p. 27.

* Nearly obsolete in M. bruni and M. brachyurus.

12 MACROPODID 2.

B. Hind foot from 160 to 250 millim. long.
(Large WALLABIES.)

d, Fur of back longish, brown, grey, or rufous,
never sandy. Hip-stripe inconspicuous or
absent (except in M. dorsalis).

d@', Tail not black-crested (except at extreme

tip).
e, Pail black. Round base of ear yel-
lowish or rufous ......ecee eee eeeee 7. M. ualabatus,
d?, Tail grey or whitish. Round base of [p. 80
ear like rest of head.
a, Ears uniform behind. No white
stripe on nape.
a*, No black line down back.
a’, Top of muzzle brown, Face-
markings ill-defined ........ 8. M. ruficollis, p. 32.
5. Top of muzzle light grey. Face-
markings sharp and well-de-

BHO oe ostvisvbsere vie usier sao Sata 9. M. greyt, p. 36.
4, A black line down centre of back.
Hip-stripe prominent .......... 10, M. dorsalis, p. 37.
28. Ears parti-coloured behind. A white
; stripe On nape ..........66- wee. LLM. parryi, p. 39.
e'. Tail with distinct black crests above and
below ...... ee ee oe 12, M. irma, p. 40.
e. Fur of back short, uniform sandy. A pro-
minent white hip-stripe .........0. ee eee 18. M. agilis, p. 42.
C. Hind foot less than 150 millim. long. (Smaiu
WALLABIES. )

Ff. Round base of ear, and back of lower leg,
bright clear red. Nape grey or brown,
not red.

colour dark sandy; a white hip-stripe . 14. M. coxeni, p. 44.

TOG ce ss sa arn 9d oasis Pew oats a esa ve 15. M. stigmaticus,
f?. Hip-stripe indistinct or absent. Flanks [p. 47.
rufoUs QTEY .. 0. eeee eee ee ee eeaee 16. M. wilcoxi, p. 48.

form chocolate-brown.
g’. Back of ears black; a white hip-stripe. 17. M. brunit, p. 49.
h?, Back of ears brown, like the head ; no
ip-stvipe oo. . cece eee e eee eee 18. M. browni, p. 61.
2}, Fur long and thick, mottled on back.
2, Tail more than three times as long as
ie Nape and fore-quarters usually
red,
c, Nape rich rufous, no trace of a dark
nuchal streak. Rhinarium broad
and naked to the lip ............ 19. M. thetidis, p. 52.

* Sometimes red in M, thetidis.

1, MAcROPUS.

d}, Nape dull rufous or grey, with a dark
nuchal streak. Rhinarium ending
below at the top of a distinct cleft.

e*, Back grey, shoulders generally
rufous. Nuchal stripe broad,
vaguely defined.—W. and 8.W.
Australia wo... cece cease eee

a‘, Back and shoulders uniform dull
grizzled rufous. Nuchal stripe
narrow, well-defined._S.E. Aus-
Gta @ wp ser cc ccick os atone Seeaettis wis

j*. Tail barely 23 times the length of the
head. Nape and fore-quarters brown,
like the back. :

e, Hind foot more than 115 wmillim.
long. Fur thick and soft.—Vic-
toria and Tasmania..............

f?. Hind foot less than 110 wmillim.
long. Fur coarse and harsh. —
Western Australia ............4.

II. Cranran Craracrers,

A. Basal length of skull, when adult, more than
135 millim. Combined lengths of ms.1-3 30
millim.ormore. (KaNGaRoos.)

a, I.3 very long horizontally, with two external
notches. Supraorbital edges rounded, in-
HACC sis ide sa. ageseratevhave- sede d due! Dos Avtuadaeaai

6. I.3 shorter, with one or no external notches.

a', Anterior transverse molar-ledges well
developed, clearly visible externally.
a’, Sides of muzzle enormously inflated.
Anterior molar-bridges prominent .
6. Sides of muzzle but little inflated.
Anterior molar-bridges generally small
or absent.

a, Palatal foramen shorter than m.*
Nasals short and broad. Anterior
molar-bridges_ variable. Supra-
orbital edges sharp, not inflated ..

3. Palatal foramen longer than m.}
Nasals long and narrow. Anterior
molar-bridges entirely absent. Su-
praorbital edges slightly inflated ..

é', Anterior transverse molar-ledges nearly
obsolete, not visible externally. Palatal
foramen very long. I.’ without notches.

e, Cranial characters unknown ..............

B. Skull, when adult, between 108 and 130 millim,
Ms.1-3 from 21 to 28 millim. I.* large, with
one central notch. (LARGE WALLABIES.)

d, I. more than 6 millim, long.
c!, P. longer than m.?
ce, P.4 longer than m.* Posterior lamina
of i3 shorter than anterior. Nasals
somewhat expanded behind ........

13

20. M. eugenit, p. 54.

21. M. parma, p. 57.

22. M. billardieri,
[p. 58

23, M. brachyurus.
[p. 60

1. M. giganteus, p.15,

2. M. antilopinus,
[p. 21.

3. M. robustus, p. 22.

5. M. rufus, p. 26.

6. M. magnus, p. 27.
4, M. isabellinus,p. 25.

[p. 80.
7. M. ualabatus,

14 MACROPODIDE.

@, P4 shorter than m.* Posterior lamina
of i longer than anterior. Nasals

not expanded behind ...........+.. 13

ad, P.* shorter than m.?
e’, P.* equal to or longer than m.'; no
traces of postorbital processes,

e, Size large; skull, when adult, more
than 120 millim. long. I? more

than 8 millim. .............0e eee 8
a3, Size small; skull less than 115 millim.

Tabout 7 miMlimy gos sceocnsie dinates 10.

f°. P* shorter than m.? Small post-

orbital processes present ............ 11
e. I.5 less than 6 millim. long. P.* about equal
to m.?
e’, Nasals scarcely broader behind than in
PONG oie acauas venation tancengegic wate earigtalins 2.
jf. Nasals much expanded behind ........ 9

C. Skull less than 108 millim. Ms.1-3 less than
21 millim, I.3 with the notch generally at
the back. (SmaL~L WALLABIES.)
J. P.4 less than twice the length of i.3
g'. P.* nearly as broad in front as behind, the
internal ledge well developed anteriorly,
g’. I2 shorter than p.4
e*. Combined lengths of ms.1-3 less than 44
TM os cas eters 16
7°. Combined lengths of ms.!-3 more
than 18 millim.
a‘, Naso-premaxillary suture about
twice as long as naso-maxillary.

. M, agilis, p. 42.

. M. ruficollis, p. 32.
M. dorsalis, p. 87.
. M. parryZ, p. 39.

12. M. wma, p. 40.
. M. greyi, p. 36.

. M. coxeni, p. 44.
. M, wileoxt, p. 48.

I? about 6 millim. long ........ 15. M. stigmaticus,

a. Nesopramusillary suture about
equa
less than 6 millim, .......... ig

2?, I.3 as long as or longer than p.4 ...... 19.

h'. P4 markedly narrower in front than be-
hind, with no internal ledge anteriorly.

2, P.t rounded in front, hourglass-shaped,
about 5 millim. long. Naso-frontal
suture sinuous, strongly bowed back-
wards in the centre.

g*. I3 slanting forwards, not longer than
“|, from 4to 5 millim. long. Ms.1-3
15-10 millim. ..... cece eee ees 20
73, 1.3 upright, just longer than p.4, about
55 wmillim. long. Ms.1-3 19-21
MDT ised sais aut tack wavs ae ela 21

J’. P.* tapering forwards to a point, about

6 millim. long. Naso-frontal suture

[p. 47

to naso-maxillary. 13) 47 a brunii, p. 49.

. M. brownt, p. 51.
M, thetidis, p. 52.

. M, eugenit, p. 54.

. MM. parma, p. 57.

[p. 5
evenly and slightly bowed backwards. 22. M. Kitiavitter:

g. P. twice as long as i.2 Combined lengths

of ms.1-3 less than 16 millim. .......... 28.

[p.
M., brachyurus,

1. MACROPUS. 15

Group I. KANGAROOS.

The members of the first group agree among themselves by their
large size, somewhat uniform and dull coloration as compared with
that of the more brightly marked and variegated Wallabies, and by
their large heavy skulls, in which, as is usual in the larger as com-
pared with the smaller members of any group, the facial portion is
increased at a far greater ratio than the cranial, whence their high
facial indices (see Table). ‘Their palates are, for the most part, much
more complete posteriorly than those of the Wallabies, and their
molars differ in the frequent development of the anterior central
connecting ridge, almost or quite obsolete in the Wallabies, and the
general suppression of the antero-external ridge present in those
animals. ‘These latter points are, however, by no means constant.

1. Macropus giganteus *.
a, Macropus giganteus, var. typicus.

Kangaroo, Cook, Hawkesw. Voy. (4to) iii. pp. 157 & 178, pl. xx. (animal)
(1773); Phillip, Voy. Bot. Bay, pp. 106 & 168, pls. x. & xxx. (animal
and skull) (1789) ; White, Journ. Voy. N.S. W. p. 272 (1790).

Yerboa gigantea, Zimm. Spec. Zool. Geogr. p. 526 (1777).

Jaculus giganteus, Lal. Syst. Regn. An. p. 409 (1777); Blumenb.
Handb, Naturg. p. 88 (1779).

Didelphys gigantea, Schreb. Sdug. iii. p. 552, pl. cliv. (1778); Gmel.
Linn. 8. N. i. p. 109 (1788) ; Donnd. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 854 (1792) ;
Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 197 (1792) ; Meyer, Syst. Uebers. Zool. Entd.
p. 18 (1793) ; G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. p. 126 (1798) ; Geoff. Ann. Mus,
i. p. 178 (1802); Desm. N. Dict. dH, N. xii. p. 855 (1803); Blumenb.
Man, d’ Hist. Nat. i. p. 109 (1803); G. Fisch. Anat. Maki, p. 189,
pl. xix. (skull) (1804); Turt. Linn. S. N. i. p. 67 (1806).

Didelphis kenguru, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 231 (1780).

Didelphys kanguro, Bodd. Elench. An. i. p. 78 (1785).

Macropus giganteus, Shaw, Nat, Misc. i. pl. xxxiii. (1790) ; Pander
& D’ Alton, Vergl. Osteol., Beutelth. pls. i. & vii. (skull and skeleton)
(1828) ; Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 281 (1829); F. Cuv. H. N. Mamm.
(fol.) iii. livr. lv. (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v.p. 377
(1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm, Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 66 (1888) ; zd. Jard.
Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 192 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R.A. Mamm.
p. 193 (1842); Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 62, pl. iii. figs. 3-5,
and v. figs. 1 & 2 (teeth) (1846); Desm. Dict. Umv. @H. N. vii.
p. 170 (1849); Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 88 (1852); Gerv.
Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. p. 270, pl. xlv. (1855); Guebel, Odontogr. p. 48,
pl. xix. fig. 14, a, 6 (incisors) (1855); Schleg. Dierk. p. 142 (1857) ;
Gieb. Siug. p. 672 (1859); wd. Thierr. i. p. 235, figs. 397-400
(1859) ; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus, As. Soc. p. 188 (18638) ; Schafer

* gq, Size larger. Hind foot of male more than
300 millim.
a'. Fur shorter and paler. Hab. Australia... a. Var. typicus.
b'. Fur longer and darker. Hab. Tasmania.. 0. Var. Filginses:
b. Size smaller. Hind foot of male less than . 19,
SOO mI AN:, Semanisdaederunedaynedesataresousebiess c. Var. meltanops, p. 20.

16 MACROPODID.

& Williams, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 165 (anat.); Giebel, Bronn’s Klass.
u. Ordn. vi. Abth, v. pl. xlvii. fig. 21, 1 & 2 (incisors) (1876) ;
Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 591 (1880); Flower, Encyel. Brit. (9) xiti.
p. 838 (1881), art. Kangaroo; Chapman, P. Ac. Philad. 1881,
p. 468, pl. xx. (anat.) ; Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 707
(1884) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 225 (1887) ; Jent. Cat.
Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 817 (1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 876 (1887).

Macropus major, Shao, Gen. Zool. i, pt. ii. p. 505, pl. exv. (1800) ;
G. Cuv. R.A. i. p. 183 (1817); FY Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxiv.
p. 847 (1822); zd. Dents Mamm. pl. xliii. (teeth) (1825); Owen,
P. Z, 8, 1831, p. 159, 1838, p. 128, & 1837, pp. 82 & 120; Gray,
Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 582 (1887); Blyth, Cuv. An. Kingd.
p. 106 (1840); Owen, Tr. Z. S. il. pp. 828 & 388 (1841); Gray,
Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; Fennel, Nat. Hist. Quadr.
p. 275 (1841); Gould, Mon, Macr, pl.i. (animal) (1841) ; Gray,
List Mamm. B. M. yp. 87 (1843); Gould, Strzelecki’s N.S. W.
p. 816 (1845); Owen, Odontogr. Text, p. 390, Atl. pl. c. fig. 8
(teeth) (1845); id. Art. Marsuialia, Todd’s Cycl. Anat, Phys, iii.
p. 266, fig. 92 (1847), and Art. Teeth, op. cit. iv. p. 993, fig. 594
(teeth) (1848); G. Cuv, Anat. Comp. ii. pls. clxxxiii.—cciii. (myology)
(1849); Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll, Surg. i. p. 820 (1853) ; Gould,
Mamm. Austr, ii. pls. i. & ii. (animal) (1857); Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 124 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr.
Mus. p. 47 (1864); Hucl. § Hawk, Atl. Comp. Ost. pl. xi. figs. 4
& 6 (pelvis and foot) (1864) ; Flower, Phil. Trans. 1867, p. 683,

1, xxix. figs. 1, 2, & 3 (milk-dentition); Owen, Comp. Anat.

Ays. iii, p. 879, fig. 296 (dentition) (1868); K7vefft, Notes Faun.
Tusm. p. i (1868) ; ¢d._ Mamm. Austr. pls. x. & x. bis (animal)
(1871) ; Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874, pp. 245 et segg. pl. xx. fig. 15
(lower jaw); F. G. Waterh. Hare. S, Austr, p. 284 (1876) ; Owen,
P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 358; Fletcher, P. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. vii. p. 651
(1882), and viii. p. 9 (anat.) (1883); Hugg. § Pett. P. Roy. Soc.
Tasm, 1883, p. 196.

Kanguroo gigas, Lacép, Mém. Inst. iii. p. 491 (1801).

Kangurus giganteus, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus, p. 154 (1803) ; Tiedem. Zool.
i. p. 485 (1808) ; G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 19 (1814).

Halmaturus giganteus, Ill. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 80 (1811);
Goldfuss, Zool. ii. p. 446 (1820); Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 268
(1821); Leuckh. Meck. Arch. Phys. viii. p. 442 (anat.) (1823),
Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 547 (1830); uh, Thier, i. p. 248
(1885) ; Wagn. Schreb. Stéug. Supp. iii. p. 108 (1843); v. p. 302
(1855) ; Schenz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 546 (1844).

(?) ee rutilans, Ii2, Abh, Ak. Berl, 1811, p. 102 (1815) (nom.

. nudum),

Kangurus labiatus, Desm. N. Dict. dH. N. (2) xvii. p. 33 (1817) ;
id, Mamm.* i. p. 278, pl. xxi. fig. 4 (animal) (1820) ; Schinz, Cuv.
Thierr. i. p. 263 (1821); F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 137, pl. xliii. a
(teeth) (1825) ; Geoff. Dict. Class. d’H. N. ix. p.110 (1826); Gray,
Griff. Cuv, An, Kingd. v. p. 201 (1827).

Halmaturus griseofuscus, labiatus, and griseorufus, Goldfuss, Isis,
1819, pp. 266, 267.

Kanguroo géant, F. Cuv. H. N, Mamma. (fol.) i. livy. xi. (1819),

* This is merely the part containing the Mammals of the great French
‘Encyclopédie Méthodique,’ published at Paris from 1782 to 1832, and is some-
times quoted as “ Encyel. Méth.”

1. MACROPUS. 17

Macropus labiatus, F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 187, pl. xliii, a (teeth)
(1825); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 225 (1827).

Macropus ocydromus, Gould, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) x. p. 1 (1842);
Gray, Iist Mamm. B. M. p. 87 (1848); Gilbert, P. Z. 8. 1844,
p. 33 (habits); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. iii. & iv. (animal)
(1860), and Introd, i. p. xxix (1863) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 124 (1862); Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pl. x. p. 1 (1871).

Yerbua kanguru, Forst. Descr. Anim. p. 367 (1844).

Great Grey Kanearoo.

Size large, form compatatively slender and graceful. Fur short, .
close, and rather woolly, its direction on the fore part of the body
variable, not constant as in the coarser-haired species. Muzzle
hairy (see Pl. V. fig. 1), the hair coming down between the nostrils
nearly to the lip, and leaving only a narrow naked edge along the
nostrils. General colour grey-brown, underside and limbs nearly
white. Face coloured like back, a rather darker “ whisker-mark”’
on sides of nose. Back of ears generally rather lighter than the
head in Western, and darker in Eastern specimens, but this ap-
parently far from constant. Arms and legs white or greyish white
down to metacarpus and metatarsus; fingers and toes gradually
becoming nearly black at their tips. Central hind claw long and
strong, projecting more than an inch beyond the tip of the toe and
showing quite clear of the hairs. Tail brown, gradually darkening
to the extreme tip, which is quite black.

Female coloured like male.

Skull. Muzzle long, conical, the walls of the nasal chamber
swollen, but much less so than in M. antilopinus.. Nasals long,
broadening behind, their posterior about half as much again as their
middle width, the latter going from 34 to 5 times into their length.
Interorbital region swollen, the supraorbital edges smoothly rounded.
Intertemporal constriction never very strongly marked, its least
breadth always nearly or quite equal to the combined breadths of
the two nasals. Opening of lacrymal canal entirely in the lacrymal
bone. Palatal foramina short, not reaching backwards to the
maxillo-premaxillary suture. Anterior palate long and narrow, its
least breadth about one third of the diastema, its edges well defined
though not sharp. Posterior palate fairly complete, two small
narrow yacuities generally present just in front of the palato-
maxillary suture, and numerous minute holes in the bone
behind it.

Teeth. Roots of the first pair of incisors far apart, so that their
tips converge at a considerable angle. Roots of i.’ and i.’ slanting
markedly backwards; enamel-covered portion of i.” very short, its
longitudinal as great as its vertical diameter. I.’ very long, its
edge equal to or greater than the combined lengths of i.’ and i’,
and with two distinct notches on its outer side, the posterior notch
about the centre of the tooth. P.* hourglass-shaped, its length
equal to or exceeding that of p.*.. P.* small, only about 7-8 millim,
long, and proportionately narrow, early deciduous. Molars with
well-defined ridges and hollows, their anterior transverse ledges

c

18 MACROPODID Ai.

broad, with well-marked central connecting ridges (see Pl. VI.
fig. 4), Anterior molars deciduous. Lower p.‘ very small, only
about 6 millim. long.

Dimensions.

3. 2.
Spec. & Spec. 7
(stuffed), (stuffed).

millim. millim.
Head and body ...... 1500 1170
Hisil suestactan soe 930 730
igi (eh cece scivcen 337-289 { Soa eS eere
[EESTI al 100 98 $ 278-298.)

Skull, see p. 29.

Hab. All Australia except the extreme north; replaced in
Tasmania by the variety fuliginosus.

Type not in existence.

This, the common Kangaroo of the greater part of Australia,
and, except M. bruni, the earliest known of the family, has formed
the basis for nearly all the numerous and important investigations
into the anatomy and natural history of the family. As to its
systematic history, it has, as is usual with widely spread species,
been split up into several so-called different species. Of these, I
am inclined for the present to consider two (M. fuliginosus and
M. melanops) as of varietal rank, while I am unable to admit that
Mr. Gould’s M. ocydromus, the Western Australian form, is in any
way separable from the common type.

a, Ad. skull, 9. North of Rockhampton, Sir R. Owen (P.}.
; Queensland (Bennett).
z, ) Ad. mt Q Inland, New South Wales. K.H. Bennett, Esq.
* ) Skull. : [P. & C.}.
cetus (about 23 New England District, G. E. Ad ard, Esq.
mm. long). N.S. W. [P. & C.].
d,e, Ad, skeletons, § Dubbo, N.S. W. Purchased.
32.
reo Vag Fe 32. South Australia. Sir Geo. Grey [P.].
y, Ad. sk. 9 South Australia. Purchased.
* ) Skull. ’ ;
2, Ad. skull, Redesdale, S. A.(#. G. Sir R. Owen [P.].
Waterhouse).
j» Imm, skull, Mt. Ivor,8. A. (F. G. W.). Sir R. Owen [P.].

k,l Ad.st, 39. Swan a W. A. (Mr. Gould Coll. (Co-
types of M. ocydromus, Gould.)
m. Ad, sk., i neh W.A. ae Gilbert). Gould Coll.
d.

Ad. sk. Toodyay, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll,
Skull,

o, p. Ad.Q& yg. sks. Wongar,W.A. (J. a. Gould Coll.

q al A » @ (semi- West Australia (J.Gidert), Gould Coll.
albino
vr, Ad. sk, 9. Moore’s R., W. A. (J. Gtl- Gould Coll.

bert).

1, MACROPUS. 19

s-u, Skulls. Moore’s R., W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
» Skull. Toodyay, W..A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
w. Aged skull, ¢ Murray, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
(“weight of animal
160 Ibs.”).
«,y. Ad. skulls, g. Northam, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
z, Imm, skull, 3. Augusta R., W.A.(S. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
a’, Ad, skull, 9. West Australia (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
b. ae (new-born). Zool. Soc.
C. :

b. Macropus giganteus, var. fuliginosus.

Kangurus fuliginosus, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) xvii. p. 35, pl. xxii.
fig. 1 (1817); cd. Mamm. i. p. 273 (1820); Geoff: Dict. Class.
@H. N.ix. p. 109 (1826); Gray, Griff. Cuv..An. K. v. p. 202
(1827); Gerv. Hist. Nat. Mamm. ii. p. 270 (1855).

Macropus fuliginosus, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 225 (1827); Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. p. 281 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v.
p. 877 (1836); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 200 (1841) ;
Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841); Gould, Mon. Macr.
pl. xvi. (animal) (1842); Less. N. Tabi. R. .A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842);
Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1848); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii.

1871) (animal) (1858) ; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pl. x. p. 1
1871).

Halmaturus fuliginosus, Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 109 (1848) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i, p. 646 (1844).

TASMANIAN Great KaneaRoo.

As large as, or larger than, the typical form; fur much longer,
coarser, and darker in colour, the general colour being a dull smoky
grey, with no tinge of fawn in it; belly white; hands and feet
grizzled grey, not black at their tips. Tail grizzled grey, the
terminal quarter deep black.

Dimensions.
oe
a@ (skin).
millim.
Head and body.......... (c.) 1850
Parl. is vices nig ciel parse anes (c.) 1000
Hind foot .............. 359
Har gcd suiwinnayeunees (e.) 120
Skull (basal length) ....:. 195

Hab. Tasmania.

Type in the Paris Museum.

This is obviously the usual Tasmanian climatic variety of the
Common Kangaroo, and its modifications are just those which might
have been expected.

The original habitat of this form was said to be Kangaroo
Island, South Australia, where Desmarest states, but with some
doubt, that it was obtained by Péron and Lesueur. ees doubt is

c

aa

20 ; MACROPODID 2.

confirmed by the fact that (fide Gould) it does not exist on Kangaroo
Island, and by its common occurrence in Tasmania, where those
collectors spent a considerable time.

Ad. sk. Tasmania. Purchased.
@ Skull. Le :

c, Macropus giganteus, var. melanops.

Macropus melanops, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 10; Gray, List Mamm.
B. M. p. 88 (1848); Gould, Mamm. Austr. (Introd.), i. p. xx1x
(1868) ; Poulton, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 607.

Halmaturus melanops, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 566 (1844).

Buack-FaceD KANGAROO.

Similar to M. giganteus in all essential characters, but much
smaller, more lightly built, and darker coloured. General colour.
dark brown, belly lighter. Face darker than the rest; a brown
patch on the muzzle, connecting the two usual dark ‘‘ whisker-
marks.” Arms and legs not paler than body; fingers and toes
black.

Dimensions. ‘
dé.
8 (stuffed).
millim,

Head and body ............ 980
SPail secs ss sh eaadiovamaceatana aig 725 :
Hind foot...... Wooton bata yan 277
AP: cap eanstyaigomeenragnm aune-ae 97

Hab, Eastern and South-eastern Australia; North Australia (?).

Type in collection.

I am quite unable at present to make out the true relationship
of this animal to the typical MW. géganteus, of which it is apparently
a dwarf form. The two live side by side in the same districts, but
whether or no they interbreed, I am unable to ascertain. Gould
himself places M. melanops asa synonym of M. giganteus in his
later work, and all the evidence at my disposal tends to show that
it is too closely related to that animal to be admitted as a distinct
species. The type was said to have. come from Port Essington,
North Australia; but this locality has not as yet been confirmed, and
is very probably erroneous.

a. Imm. sk., ¢. Port Essington. Gould Coll. (Type
of variety.) °

6. Ad. st., gd. Zoological Society,

e. Ad. sk, 9; Zoological Society.

d, Skeleton, (diseased). ' Zoological Society.

x Ad. sk, Q. Gould Coll.

1. macrorus. 21

2. Macropus antilopinus.

Osphranter_antilopinus, Gould, P. ZS. 1841, p. 80; Gray, List
Mamm. B. M. p. 91 (1848) ; Gould, Mon. Macr. pl. xxii. (animal)
(1842); id, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. viii. & ix. (animal) (1858) ;
Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 127 (1862).

Halmaturus antilopinus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm, i. p. 564 (1844) ;
Wagn., Schr. Séug. Supp. v. p. 309 (1855).

Macropus antilopinus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 95 (1846), pl. v.
fig. 15 (incisors); Gebel, Odontogr. pl. xix. fig. 12 c (1855)
(incisors); Schleg. Dierk. p. 142 (1857); Gieb. Sdug. p. 677
(1859); Kreft, Mamm., Austr. text to pl. x. p.2 (1871); Gieb.
Bronn’s Kl. u, Ordn, vi. Abth. v. pl. xlvii. fig. 21 (incisors) (1876) ;
Flow. § Gars, Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 711 (1884).

ANTILOPINE Kanaaroo.

Size large, form stout and heavy. Fur very short, coarse and
straight; underfur entirely absent. Muzzle with a large naked
rhinarium. General colour rich rufous; head, body, and limbs all
of a deep uniform red, very similar to that of many Antelopes. No
face-markings. ars short, their colour behind quite the same as
that of the head. Chin, chest, and belly, and inner sides of limbs
whitish. Hands and feet rufous brown, becoming black on the
fingers and toes. Central hind claw very short, only projecting
about two thirds of an inch beyond the foot-pad ; feet rather short
in proportion to size of body. Tail concolorous with body, be-
coming rather darker at the extreme tip.

Female amaller and less brightly coloured; the general rufous
tinge of the body replaced by a dull greyish fawn.

Skull, Muzzle short and broad, the nasal chamber enormously
enlarged by the swelling out of its lateral walls (Pl. VI. fig. 3).
Nasals very broad, their posterior about 14 their central width, the
latter going barely three times into their length. Interorbital
region not swollen at all, the supraorbital edges sharp and well
defined, and with a well-marked concavity on the forehead between
them. Intertemporal constriction very marked, the least transverse
breadth in specimen @ no more than the posterior breadth of one of
the nasals. ‘Opening of lacrymal canal bounded partly by maxillary,
Palatal foramina rather long, reaching backwards to the maxillo-
premaxillary suture. Anterior palate very broad, its least breadth
about two thirds of the diastema, and its edges smoothly rounded
off, owing to the inflation of the lateral walls of the nasal chamber
above. Palate very complete ; only a few small foramina in palatine
bone.

Teeth. Incisors much as in M. giganteus, except that all three
are placed more vertically, and i.? only has a single well-developed
external notch, in the position of the posterior notch of that species ;
a faint trace of the anterior notch, however, is present in the female
skull. P.* large, oval. Molars as in M. giganteus. Anterior
cheek-teeth ‘persistent *, at least until extreme old age. Lower
incisors unusually short.

* Except, of course, the invariably deciduous p.*

22

MACROPODID.
Dimensions.

is 2.
a (stuffed). 6 (stuffed).
Aged. Barely adult.

millim, millim.
Head and body .......... 1390 1000
Pea es cei cus.etuce wid tues Soetm are 890 700
Hind foot ...........00. 3820 273
Ma cg cate weave aiteeerenesd 76 90

Skull, see p. 29.

Hab. Coburg Peninsula, Northern Territory.
Co-types in collection.
According to Mr. Gould, the male here measured weighed about

120 Ibs., but he states that he had heard of old males attaining a
weight of 170 lbs.

Although this magnificent species was described more than forty’

years ago, no specimens, except those originally mentioned by
Gould, seem ever to have been sent to Europe *, nor have any of
the Australian zoologists made any reference to it. We are there-
fore quite ignorant of the extent of its range southwards, and of
any points in its history beyond what can be made out from an
examination of Mr. Gould’s typical specimens.

a,b. | Seite 139.

Ad. sks. Port Essington (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.

3. Macropus robustus.

bere Eo (Petrogale) robustus, Gould, P. Z. 8.1840, p.92; Waterh.
ard, Nat. Inbr., Mamm. xi. p. 241 (1841).
tg obusta, Gray, Gres aie App. ii. p. 403 (1841);
ou on. Macr. pl. v. (animal) (1841).
Heteropus robustus, on x Tabl. m A, Mamm. p. 195 (1842),
ae robustus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M.p. 91 (1848); Gould,
lamm. Austr. ii. pls. x. & xi. (animal) (1858); Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 127 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr.
Mus. p. 48 (1864) ; Selater, P. Z. 8. 1870, p. 888; Fletcher, P.
ae gre ai iat vii. p. 643 (anat.) (1882) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
us. p. ;
Halmaturus robustus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 560 (1844); Wagn.
assy Supp. v. p. 810 (1855); Coll, Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 879
Macropus robustus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 100 (1846) ; Schleg.
Dierk. p, 142 (1857); Gieb. Stuy. p. 678 (1859); Hill, P. ZS.
1867, p. 476; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pl. x. p.2 (1871);
Owen, Phil. Trans, 1874, p. 246 et segg. pl. xx. fig. 18 (lower
jaw); Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B, M. y. p. 222 (1887).

* The skeleton in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons, mentioned

by Flower and Garson (J. c.), turns out on examination to be really referable to
M. rufus,

1. mMacropus. 23

Halmaturus erubescens, Sclater, P. Z. 8. 1870, pp. 126 & 669, pl. x.
(animal), and 1871, p. 240, figs. 5 & 6 (skull) ; Owen, Phil. Trans.
1874, p. 246 et segg. pl. xx. figs. 1-5 (skull and teeth) ; Sedater,
List An. Zool. Soc, (8th ed.) p. 201, fig. 38 (1888); zd. P. Z. 8. 1883,
p. 131, 1885, p. 322.

Phascolagus erubescens, Owen, J. c. p. 262 (1874).

Os ise). “crebescens,” F. G. Waoterh., Hare. S. Austr. p. 284

Watraroo.

Size large, form stout and heavy. Fur of medium length, rather
thick and coarse, directed downwards; underfur thin and sparse.
Muzzle (Pl V. fig. 2) with a definite marked rhinarium, as in
M. antilopinus. General colour (of male) dark smoky brown,
strongly suffused, in South-Australian specimens, with rufous ; nasal
region and back of ears nearly black; lips, inside and base of ears
white or pale grey. Belly rather paler than back; chest still lighter,
nearly white. Arms, legs, and tail very dark brown, gradually
becoming black distally. Central hind toe very short, almost
wholly hidden by the coarse black hair of the toes.

Female (not fully adult) smaller, and much lighter-coloured
throughout ; general colour pale smoky grey, also often suffused
with rufous. Nose and back of ears not darker than body. Extreme
tips only of fingers and toes black. Tail greyish white, tip brown.
In fully adult females the colours probably more nearly approach
those of the male. The general colour of the male also appears to
darken very considerably as life advances.

Skull. Muzzle with slight lateral inflation. Nasals rather broad
and short, their middle breadth about one third of their length,
their anterior end sharply pointed. Interorbital region not inflated,
the supraorbital edges sharp and well defined; intertemporal con-
striction very narrow in old specimens. lLacrymal canal variable,
its opening generally partly bounded by the maxilla. Palatal
foramina short, not so long as m.1, entirely confined to the pre-
maxilla. Anterior palate with well-defined edges, the breadth of
its narrowest part about one half the length of the diastema,
Palate quite complete, its only vacuities being the invariable pos-
terior palatine foramina and a few minute holes inits extreme
postero-lateral corners.

Teeth. Roots of second and third incisors placed more vertically
than in M. giganteus. Enamel-covered part of i.” about as high as
long, with an indistinct groove down the centre of its outer face. I.3
long, nearly equalling the combined lengths of i.' and i.’, with one
external notch near its front edge, the notch often obscured. P.?
about 7 millim. long. P.* comparatively large and powerful.
Molars as in WM. giganteus, with well-developed transverse ledges,
but the connecting-ridges smaller and sometimes absent,

24 MACROPODIDA.

Dimensions.

d. 2.

a (stuffed).* 8 (stuffed).t

Aged. Immature.

millim, millim.

Head and body ......... . 1290 1030
Tall ascianamsewmaaeaws 900 750
Hind foot: ssccwcacewenes 304 270
Maks cies vecvaveaseeysaws 94 94

Skull, see p. 29.

Hab. Queensland, New South Wales, and South Australia
(mountainous districts),

Co-types in collection.

The difference in size between the sexes in this species and in
M. antilopinus has probably been much overrated, owing to the fact
that in each case the typical male specimen figured by Gould is very
old, the last molar having been up and in use for some time;
whereas the female is immature or barely adult, and all recent
writers have merely copied Gould’s statements on the subject.
There is undoubtedly a difference in size, but it is probably little
more than occurs in the other large Kangaroos.

I cannot distinguish specifically the Kangaroo described as M. eru-
bescens, which seems to be merely a more rufous form of the present
species. As to colour, every intermediate gradation appears to
occur, and the skulls of the two forms are quite identical. In a
general way South-Australian specimens belong to “ erubescens”
and New-South-Wales ones to robusius, but specimens agreeing with
both are often found in one and the same place.

x aeet ts 3. Rocky Mits., N.S. W. (J. G.). Gould Coll.
z, ) imm. sk. 2 Liverpool Plains, N. S. W. Gould Coll. (Co-
Skull. ; (J. G.). types of species.)
e. Aged skull(g')t. New South Wales. Gould Coll.
(?)d. Ad. skull, : Sir R. Owen [P.].
Z ‘Ad, sk, 3 Parachilna, 8, A. Colonial Exhibi-
: ao , : Hone A et tion of 1886.
fi anes a 3g. ort Augusta, S. : Zoological Society.
g. Ad. skull, 400 miles N. of Adelaide. F. G. Waterhouse,
Esq. [P.].
A, Ad. skull, ‘Far North,” 8. A. F, G. iad
Esq. [P.].
7, Ad. skull. “ Far North,” 8. A. (FG. Sir ie aa [P.].

Waterhouse).

* When in the tables of measurements specimens are said to be “stuffed”
which are afterwards put down as “skins” in the lists of specimens, it means
that after the dimensions given were taken the animal was unstuffed and'made

into a skin.

+ P.3 and mp.* still in place on the left side, and p.* up and in position on

the right.

{ The signs 3 or Q are placed in brackets when the sex of the specimen is
only inferred from cranial characters, and not from external or historical

evidence,

1, macropvs. 25

4. Macropus isabellinus.

Osphranter isabellinus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 81; Gray, List
amm. B. M. p. 92 (1848); Gould, Mamm. Austr. (Introd), i.
p. xxx (1863).
Halmaturus isabellinus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i, p. 564 (1844) ; Wagn.
Schr, Stiug. Supp. v. p. 818 (1855).
Macropus isabellinus, Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 99 (1846) ; Kreft,
Austr, Vert. p. 10 (1871).

TsaBEttine Kangaroo.

Fur of medium length, very soft and fine, but not woolly,
General colour rich foxy red; underside and limbs white. Front
of neck pure white, sharply defined from the rufous colour of the
nape by a ridge of opposed hairs. Belly and upper part of arms
white. Tail rufous grey.

Dimensions about the same as those of M. rufus.

Hab. North-west Australia.

Type in collection.

The above are all the particulars that can be obtained about this
species from the only known specimen, which consists merely of a
flat skin, without head, arms below elbows, legs or tip of tail, so
that it is almost impossible to make out its affinities. It appears,
however, to be most nearly allied to M. rufus, from which it differs
by its longer straighter fur, and by the sharp separation of the
white on the front of the neck from the dark colour on the back.
The species is evidently an exceedingly fine and handsome one, and
it is much to be hoped that further specimens will soon be obtained
of it.

a, Flat skin, Barrow I., N.W. coast of Capt. Stokes [P. & C.].
Australia, (Type of species.)

5. Macropus rufus.

Kangurus rufus, Desm. Mamm. (Supp.) ii. p. 541 (1822); Gray,
Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 202 (1827).

Kangurus laniger, Gaim. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1823, p. 188; Quoy &
Gaim. Voy. Uranie, p. 65, pl. ix. (1824); Geoff. Dict. Class. d’H.
N. ix. p. 111 (1826); Desm. Dict. Univ. dH, N. vii. p. 170, Atlas, °
pl. xix. (animal) (1849). :

P Kangurus griseo-lanosus, Quoy § Gaim. Ann. Sci. Nat. v. p. 482

1825). .
nee lanigerus, Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. iii. p. 49 (plate—animal)
1827).

at igeones laniger, Less. Man. Mamm. p.226 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn. Mamm.
p. 281 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. Compl. Buff. v. p. 377, pl. xxxiv.
(1836) ; Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 6 (1837); Gray, Grey’s
Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841); Gould, Mon. Macr. pl. ii. (animal)
(1841); Waterh, Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 198 (1841) ; Less.
N. Tabl. R. A. Mamm. p. 193 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M.
p. 88 (1843); Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll. Surg. i. p. 825 (1858) ;
Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M., p. 124 (1862).

Macropus rufus, Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 6 (1887); Waterh.

' N. H. Mamm. i. p. 104, pl. v. fig. 8 (incisors) (1846) ; Grebel, Odon-

26 MACROPODID.

togr. pl. xix. 'fig. 14.¢ (incisors) (1855); id. Stiug. p. 678 (1859) ;
Schleg. Dierk. p. 142 (1857); Wolf § Sclater, Zool. Sketches, ii.
1, xxvi. Canim (1867) ; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pl. x. p. 1
1871) ; Owen, Tr. Z. 8. ix. p. 418, pls. lxxiv.—xxxiii. (skull and
skeleton) (1876); Giebel, Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pl. xlvii.
fig. 21 (incisors) (1876), and pl. Ixxxix. (carpus) (1883); Flow. &
Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 710 (1884).
Halmaturus laniger, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 110 (1848);
v. p. 811 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 647 (1844).
Osphranter lanigerus, Gould, Strzelecki’s N.S. W. p. 316 (1845).
Osphranter rufus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. vi. & vii. (animal)
1853) ; Krefft, Cat. Manun. Austr. Mus. p. 48 (1864); Fletcher,
P. Linn, Soc. N. S. W. vii. p. 645 (1882), and viii. p. 8 (18838)
(anat.); Mikl.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ix. p. 1155 (1885) ;
Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus, p. 318 (1887).
Macropus (Osphranter) pictus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 373.
Macropus ruber, Crisp, P. Z. S. 1862, p. 135.

Rep Kanearoo.

Size very large, form slender and graceful. Fur short, close, and
woolly or cottony in texture, and formed entirely by what is in
other species the underfur; its direction variable, especially on the
head. Muzzle with a naked rhinarium, intermediate between those
of M. giganteus and M. robustus (see PL. V. fig. 3). General colour
(of male) brilliant rufous. Face grey ; face-markings present, con-
sisting of a black whisker-mark, and below it a whitish blotch,
passing into a faintly defined white cheek-stripe ; these markings
more developed than in the other large Kangaroos, but very faint
compared to those of the Wallabies. Ears grey or brown outside,
whitish in. Chest, arms from elbows, legs from knees, groin and
anal region white or pale grey, the hair on these parts coarse and
straight, and corresponding to the ordinary upper fur of other species,
Belly rufous and soft-haired like back, the rufous colour passing
round the animal as a broad belt, markedly different from the paler-
coloured chest and anal region. Fingers and toes black. Central
hind claw short. Tail uniform grey, not darkening to end.

Female with the colours distributed as in the male, but the rufous
is generally, though not invariably, replaced throughout by a peculiar
bluish grey, and the light-coloured parts are clearer and more dis-
tinctly defined.

Skull with a very long facial and short cranial portion. Muzzle
slightly inflated. Nasals very long, narrow, parallel-sided, their
middle breadth going from 4 to 44 times in their length. Inter-
orbital region variable, generally slightly inflated, with faintly de-
fined supraorbital edges. Opening of lacrymal canal entirely sur-
rounded by lacrymal bone. Palatal foramina long, reaching back
to the suture. Anterior palate long, narrow, generally with sharply
defined edges. Posterior palate incomplete, with numerous small
vacuities in the palatine portion.

Teeth. Incisors much longer vertically and shorter antero-poste-
riorly than in M. giganteus. Roots of first pair close together, their
tips meeting at a very acute angle. Enamel-covered part of i.’ from

1. MACROPUS, 27

once and a half to twice as high aslong; i.° short (6-7 millim. long),
smooth, generally with a small and inconspicuous groove down the
centre of its external face, but this often absent. P.° oblong, not
so markedly hourglass-shaped as in M. giganteus. P.* of medium
length (8-9 millim.). Molars with well-defined anterior transverse
ledges; but these entirely without the central connecting-ridges, a
character which at once distinguishes M. rufus from all those of its
allies whose skulls are known (see Pl. VI. fig. 5).

Dimensions.
é. _ &
d (aged). é (immature).
Stuffed. Stuffed.
millim. nillim.
Head and body ........ 1580 1100
Dall: asc serca cunt ae 1050 785
Hind foot ...........- 358 290 { oe
Bape atya ve og a ea 109 pei. AUO-s8e)
Skull, see p. 29.
Hab, Eastern, South-eastern, and South Australia*.
Type in the Paris Museum.
Ad. sk. Lower Namoi R., N.S. W. Gould Coll.

% Skull. ¢ o E.G).
6, ¢. Skeletons, ¢ 2 Dubbo, N. 8. W. Purchased.
(mounted). 2

d, Ad. st., gd. South Australia. Sir George Grey [P.].
; 1 Ad, st. Q South Australia. Sir George Grey [P.].
* | Skull. ‘
tig. Yg. sks. ) Gould Coll.
- { Ad. sks. West Australia (?). — Austin, Esq. [P.].
yi) Stor pt oo. ,
Ad. sk. 3 Zool, Soe.
J+ 1 Skeleton. (9°
z, ) Imm. sk. Zool. Soc.
* ) Skeleton. { *
1. Yg. sk. Purchased,

6. Macropus magnus.

Macropus (Boriogale) magnus, Owen, Phil. Trans, 1874, p. 247 et
segg. pl. xx. figs. 12,19, & 26 (teeth).

External characters unknown.

Skull (Pl. VI. fig. 1). Muzzle with slight lateralinflation. Nasals
distorted in the type, but apparently rather broad, the middle breadth
going about three and a half times into the length. LInterorbital
region slightly swollen, its edges rounded. Opening of lacrymal

* The stated locality of ‘‘ Western Australia” of specimens 2 and 7 is most

robably erroneous, as no other record seems to exist of the occurrence of

YT. rufus there, and Gould states distinctly that it 1s not found west of South
Australia,

28 MACROPODID&.

canal entirely in lacrymal bone. Palatal foramina very long, ex-
tending some way into the maxilla. Anterior palate short and
narrow, its edges well defined. Posterior palate very incomplete,
there being two large vacuities, each as large as m.", opposite the
infrazygomatic processes, and the palatine portion forming a net-
work of minute vacuities.

Teeth (Pl. VI. figs. 1 & 2, and Owen, J. ¢.). Incisors very like
those of M. rufus, longer vertically and slenderer than. those of
M. giganteus. Roots of the first pair of incisors close together, so
that their tips meet at a very acute angle.. Enamel-covered portion
of i.? much higher than long. 1°. small, and, as well as i.’ and i.’,
entirely ungrooved externally. PP.‘ very similar to, but slightly
smaller than, that of M. giganteus. Molars remarkable for their
high and sharply developed cusps, and, especially, for the great re-
duction of their anterior transverse ledges. Thus, m.’ has the ledge
reduced to a narrow rim not half a millimetre in breadth, m.’ is
entirely without it, m.? has it too narrow to be seen from the
outside, and m.’, which has the largest ledge, has it still only as
broad as that on m.’ in the other allied species. In no cases are
there any traces of anterior connecting-ridges. Lower p.‘ rather
small in proportion, 5:3 willim. long.

Dimensions—Animal unknown. Skull, see next page.

Hab. Central Australia.

Type in collection.

Of this species there is, up to the present, only known the single
skull here described, which was found among a collection of skulls
presented by Sir R. Owen, and on examination turned out to be
the specimen figured by that author (/.c.) under the name of
“ M. (Boriogale) magnus.” No specific description seems to have
been ever given of it, but the named and published figure forms a
sufficient claim to the authorship of the species.

M. magnus is undoubtedly most nearly allied to M. rufus, but is
distinguished from it, as from all other Kangaroos, by the reduction
or absence of the anterior ledges of the molars, and by its longer
palatalforamina. It is very remarkable that a species so large as this
should have remained so long unknown, and it is much to be hoped
that the animal itself may soon be obtained and described. There is
of course a possibility that 1. magnus may turn out to be identical
with MM, isabellinus, which, as already noted, is only known from an
imperfect skin.

a, Ad. skull, “Far North,” S. A. (FG. Water- Sir R. Owen [P.].
house). (Type of species.)

The following are the detailed dimensions of the skulls of the
large Kangaroos :—

29

1. MAcRoPuUs.

‘dn pesojo enyooaye & sy puw porvoddesip Sulavy IoLrayue oF ‘73003 Et[} JO JOOI AOIIe}s0d oT]4 Jo snpooaTe 94 Jo oSpa yor oY} OT, 4.

*P2}10}SIp PUB PESBOBIP STVSUNT x

SEE gs cg ts es 0g ee GEE G-Ge Se es een e- SUL ‘ “
2 s | se | or |’ jus | se | got f= tse :
T: . 8.6 ae £01 reteeeeees TO aes 429,
9LG 916 ITs aS 9G a oa 69% OLE Me ne one
sil GIL OFT TOL LG ie ik SIL GPT srrroeeesees STR B TRIOBT-TSC
Ip G.0F GP OF QF . . ra geq fo Hee reereeeneeeens gree TUITBIO-TStEy
‘4 (4) (,mH) (7m) (,m2) ia aatacee Rusesenmecenseceus sehen
9F(9)|| OF | ogc sg | Ger |} 9.98 8% 1g 19 regi.
LI SL L-ZI Ot LS EPL Cl II a6 a oy LCA S TIN tS siete mediate UOTABLOT reread
‘1-66 LG && 16 G-06 8G €s ts 9g | “ -utepisur
LL¥ OF G-0G GF Li L-GP og 6P G-6G e OH t episjno yApBarq “
POL 001 | 8@r ¥6 at #6 a BOE. Sek ee eee tee “+ Suey ‘oyepeg
ST G61 &%@ 6T 8T g-GT 9T 9% LG sereseseeese TIOTIOLTISMON,
xG-8T (0) cT L-61 LI GG 91 GBS PAI SI * Uypeerq peayueo
xI@ (9) 1G G86 ie GEE GB (ae co 0g yypeeig qsoywors =“
ZB G8 £6 18 36 #8 TOL 06 801 Hoses TED waNG 489jBATE)
OST ost BSI PEL TAT Ze (9)] 99 C9) |] TST 961 mreeesers creees gaSuay Teseg.
‘q7ape “UIUIT “pase ‘uur | ‘pase “pe SJoaeq “pose “TNpe spoBe [er een ste gBy
D 3 c Q ‘oO q ‘D q 4 “uguttoadg
d "Oe | Oe xe) — 3 “p ie) e x0g
snubous “yy ‘sn fn “PT “Sngsngod “PT “snuadozigun “At “snaqunbib yt” setoedg

“Cstat[tu ut) sooumbuny abun fo squawounsvapy qynygy

30 MACROPODID.2t.

Group II. LARGE WALLABIES.

The members of this group are very closely allied in size and other
external characters, but there is a rather greater diversity in the
proportions of their skulls than in the last group. Their coloration
is bright and ornamental, especially on the face ; their size is fairly
uniform (hind foot about 160-240 millim.), and there is less dif-
ference in this respect than occurs among the Kangaroos. Their :
feet are larger in proportion to the size of their bodies than is the
case in the small Wallabies, which they probably exceed very con-
siderably in their saltatory powers. In their skulls the palate is, as
a rule, much more incomplete than in the Kangaroos, and their third
incisor is always provided with a single well-marked external notch,
placed at or about the centre of the tooth. The molars, compared

~ with those of the larger species, are characterized by always having
at the antero-external corner of the tooth a well-marked connecting-
ridge joining the anterior transverse ledge to the body of the tooth,
while, on the other hand, the median anterior connecting-ridge,
prominent in most of the Kangaroos, is small or entirely absent.

7, Macropus ualabatus*.

a. Macropus ualabatus, var. typicus.

Kangurus bruni, .Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) xvii. p. 42 (1817) ; id.
Mamma, i. p. 275 (1820, nec Schreb.).

‘Kangurus ualabatus, Less. & Garn. Voy. Coquille, Zool. i. p. 161,
pl. vii. (animal) (1826).

Macropus ualabatus, Less.. Man. Mamm. p. 227 (1827); Fisch. Syn.
Mammn. p. 283 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 878
(1886) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8S. p. 66 (1838) ; id. Jard.
Nat. Misc, Mamm, xi. p. 219, pl. xx. (animal) (1841); Less. NV.
Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; Gebel, Odontogr. p. 48, pl. xix.
fig. 11 e (incisors) (1855) ; zd. Sdiug. p. 680 (1859) ; 2d. Bronn’s Kl.
u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pl. xlvii. fig. 21 (12) (1876); Lyd. Cat. Foss.
Mamm. B. M. v. p. 219 (1887). \

Halmaturus lessoni, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 588 (1887) ;
id. Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841).

Halmaturus ualabatus, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841);
Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. xviii. (animal) (1842); Gray, List Mamm.
B.M. p.89 (1848); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xxii. & xxiii. (animal)
(1857); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862) ; Blyth,
Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 184 (1868); Krefft, Cat. Mamm.
Austr. Mus. p. 49 (1864); 7d. Mamm. Austr. pl. xi. (animal)
(1871) ; Fletcher, P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. viii. p. 8 (iseay ; oulton,
ise? 1883, p. 600 (anat.); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 319

* q, Fur longer. Face-markings dull and indistinct.
Hab. New South Wales and Victoria............ a. Var. typicus.
b. Fur shorter, Face-markings bright and con-
spicuous, Hab. Queensland .........ecccseeesees b. Var. apicalis, p. 82.

1. macropvs. 31

Halmaturus nemoralis, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 114 (1848),
v. p. 319 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 553 (1844).

Macropus (Halmaturus) ualabatus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 186,
pl. v. fig. 12 (incisors) (1846); Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 246 et
segq. pl. xx, figs, 20 & 27 (teeth).

BuacK-TAILED WALLABY.

General form rather short and clumsy. Fur long, thick, and
rather coarse. General colour dark rufous grey, the rufous predo-
minating on the hinder back. Underfur long, soft, dark greyish
brown. Crown of head, round base of ear, outside of elbows, chin,
chest, and belly pale rufous, or yellow, the colour, however, very
variable both in extent and intensity, and often fading very much
in specimens long exposed to light. Face-markings, in the typical
variety, vague and indistinct, consisting of a dark-brown or blackish
whisker-mark from muzzle to eye, with a whitish cheek-stripe.
Ears short, coloured like the top of the head. Fore-quarters and:
sides coarsely grizzled grey; a broad mark just behind the elbow,
due to the absence there of the longer grey-tipped fur, and the con-
sequent showing through of the dark underfur. Hands and feet
brown, becoming black on the toes. Tail black, its proximal half,
sometimes grizzled with grey.

Skull with large brain-case and comparative short face (facial
index about 220). Premaxille short and upright, scarcely visible
from above beyond the tips of the nasals; nasals long, narrow, and
straight-sided, slightly broadening behind, their central breadth
going about four times in their length: Supraorbital edges sharp
and square, sometimes slightly overhanging, but not forming distinct
postorbital processes ; constriction fairly well marked. Infraorbital
foramen opening comparatively far from orbit, about 10 to 13
millim. distant. Palate with two large openings, each about as big
as the first two molars together.

Teeth. Incisors (Pl. IX. fig. 1) placed more vertically than in the
other species. I.’ with the portion behind the notch decidedly shorter
than that in front. P.* evenly oval, nearly as broad in front as
behind, about 7 millim. long. P.* (Pl. X. fig. 1) oval, very large
and heavy, recalling the corresponding tooth in Dorcopsis; generally
longer than any of the molars, its outer side with three distinct
vertical grooves, and its inner with a broad cuspidate ledge. Lower
p.* about 8 millim. long.

Dimensions.
3. Q.
a (skin). 6 (stuffed).

Adult, Adult.

millim. millim.
Head and body .......... 820 | 815
WUD ODI ses cose: Peake pahabaiaoar asiielons tape 650 650
Hind foot .........eeees 208 187
BOD oo.2 be adh ate’ w.cm eee ees ques 59 63

Skull, see p. 45.

32 MACROPODIDAR.

Hab. New South Wales and Victoria.

Type in the Paris Museum. .

Specimen d is remarkable for having its head pale grey, and in
parts quite white, and for having numerous white hairs mixed in
with the ordinary fur of the body, both being, no doubt, due to
extreme old age.

¥

Ad. sk. ‘Mountain top, Liverpool Gould Coll.
e 1 Skat g Range,N.S.W.(.@.).
b. Ad. st., 2. unter ig N.S. W. Gould Coll.
J. G.). :
ce. Aged skull, ¢. ug uito Id., Hunter R. J. Macgillivray [P.].
(Voy. ‘ Herald’).
_d,e, Ad, & imm.sk., 3. Western Port, Victoria. Purchased.
Stig. Ad. skulls, 2. Sir R. Owen [P.].

6. Macropus ualabatus, var. apicalis.

? Halmaturus mastersi, Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871) (nom.
nudum).

Halmaturus apicalis, Giinth. P. Z. S. 1874, p. 658, pl. xxvii. (animal).

Size and colours like those of the typical variety, bub the fur
shorter and coarser, the underfur thinner, and the markings, espe-
cially those on the face, more sharply defined. The brown mark
on the side of the face is continued through the eye to just in front
of the ear, and is sharply separated below from the white whisker-
mark. The rufous on the lower back is of a richer brighter tinge,
and the tail is tipped with white, though this character is probably
variable.

Skull and teeth precisely as in the typical form.

Hab. N.E. Queensland,

Type in collection.

Dimensions of the type (a skin), ¢ :—Head and body 850 millim. ;
tail 635; hind foot 209; ear 55. Skull, see p. 45.

Ad. sk. Cape Grafton, N.E. Queensland. Purchased. (Type
ee | Skutt eee , of variety.)

8. Macropus ruficollis *.

a. Macropus ruficollis, var. typicus.

ee kingii, I. Abh. Ak, Berl. 1811, p. 102 (1815) (sine

escr.).

Kangurus ruficollis, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) xvii. p. 87 (1817) ;
id. Mamm. i. p. 274 (1820); Geoff. Dict. Class. d’H. N. ix. p. 110
(1826) ; Gray, Griff. Cur. An. K. v. p. 208 (1827).

Kangurus rufogriseus, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) xvii. p. 86 (1817) ;

* a, Fur shorter. Oolour bright, markings pro-
minent. Hab. Australia ...........csccseseeeees a, Var. typious.
b. Furlonger. Colour dull and sombre ; markings
inconspicuous. Had. Tasmania ...........000 d. Var. bennettii, p. 84,

1. MaAcRopPus. 33

re a i. p. 273 (1820) ; Geoff. Dict. Class. d’'H. N. ix. p. 110

Halmaturus ruficollis, Goldf. Isis, 1819, p. 267 ; Gould, Mon. Macrop.
pl. xvii. (animal) (1842); Wagn. Schr. Siug. Supp. iii. p. 112
(1843), v. p. 318 (1855) ; Sehinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p- 552 (1844) ;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii, pls. xiv., xv. (animal) (1854); Blyth,
Cat. Mamm. Mus, As. Soe, p. 184 (1863) ; Kreft, Cat. Mamm.
Austr. Mus. p. 50 (1864); id. Mamm. Austr. text to pl. x. p. 8
(1871) ; Fletcher, P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vii. p. 641 (1882), viii.
p. 7 (1883) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 318 (1887).

Macropus ruficollis, Zess. Man. Mamm. p. 226 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. Ee 282 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v.
p. 878 (1836) ; Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 5 (1837); Waterh.
Cat. Mamm., Mus. Z. 8. p. 66 (1838) ; éd. vee. Nat. Libr., Mamm.
xi. p. 216 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R..A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ;
Gieb. Stiug. p. 680 (1859).

Macropus rufogriseus, Less, Man. Mamm. p. 226 (1827); Fisch,
Syn. Mamm. p. 282 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.)
v. p. 878 (1836); Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p.6 (1887);
Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 217 (1841); Less. N.
Tabi. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842).

Kangurus griseus, Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 202 (1827).

Macropus banksianus, Less. Man. Mamm. p.226 (1827) ; Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. p. 282 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v.
4 377 (1886); id, N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842).

Halmaturus elegans, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 408 (1841) ; ¢d.
List Mamm, B. M. p. 89 (1848); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 126 (1862) (nec Lambert).

Halmaturus rufogriseus, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 111 (1843) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 582 (1844).

Macropus (Halmaturus) ruficollis, Waterhk. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 125
(1846) ; Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 88 (1852); Owen, Phil.
Trans. 1874, p. 246 et seqg. pl. xx. figs. 9, 10, & 21 (teeth).

Rep-NEcKED WALLABY.

Largest of the group. Form slender. Nose naked, as in all the
other Wallabies except M. agilis and irma; the hair not growing
between the nostrils (see Pl. V. fig. 4). General colour greyish
fawn, grading into bright rufous on the back of the neck and on
the rump, clearer grey on the centre of the back. An indistinct
whitish hip-mark sometimes visible. Underfur thin and sparse,
brownish rufous. Face-markings inconspicuous, the top of the
muzzle dark brown, connecting the dark lateral whisker-marks,
below which there are indistinct whitish cheek-stripes, running from
the angle of the mouth to just below the eye. Crown of head
rufous grey. Ears rather longer than usual, their backs ‘rufous,

[Macropus elegans, Lambert, Linn. Trans. viii. p. 381, pl. xvi. (animal) (1805).
It is impossible to decide with certainty to which species this description
belongs. Gray considered it to be the present species, while Waterhouse
assigned it to M. parry? ; but the figure shows no trace of the latter’s prominent
face-markings, which could hardly be overlooked by the most, careless artist.
In fact the description might be applied either to small specimens of M. gigan-
teus (e. g. var. melanops) or of M. robustus, or to large ones of M. parryi or of
M. rujficollis. The name must therefore be ignored as of uncertain application.]
D

~ 34 MACROPODIDA

becoming blacker towards their tips. Hands and feet grey, be-
coming gradually quite black at the ends of the digits. Chin, chest,
and belly white or greyish white. Tail uniform grey above and
white below, an inconspicuous black pencil generally present at the
tip. ;

* Steull General form much as in M. ualabatus, but the facial part
longer in proportion to the cranial (facial index 230-240). Pre-
maxille long, and slanting very much forward, so that they project:
some 10 or 12 millim. beyond the tips of the nasals. Nasals of
medium length, slightly expanded behind. Supraorbital edges
sharp, not overhanging; no trace of postorbital processes. A
distinct intertemporal constriction always ‘present, but never be-
coming, even in old specimens, very strongly marked. Infra-
orbital foramen opening only from 7-9 millim. from orbit. Palate
fairly complete for this group, from two to four larger openings
generally present, each about as big as one of the molars, and a few
small openings in the palatine portion.

Teeth. Incisors (Pl. IX. fig. 2) large, long, and powerful. I.”
with its vertical several times as great as its horizontal diameter ;
i? large, a strongly marked notch at the centre-of its outer margin.
P.3 about 5°5 or 6 millim. long. P.‘ (Pl. X. fig. 2) small, narrow,
and triangular, about as long as m.', its anterior part without an
internal ledge. Lower p.* about 5 millim. long.

Dimensions.

és 2.
a (stuffed). (stuffed).

millim. millim,
Head and body............ 1050 925
TPA cot ene dared oaks dae clnas 750 700
Hind foot....2 cece neues. 230 220
Hal? aces awaits se tae gin erie 78 76
Skull, see p. 45.

Hab. New Scuth Wales and Victoria.
Type in the Paris Museum.

a, b. Ad. st, o 9. nae Bong, N.S. W. (C. Gould Coll.
Throsby, Esq.).
WwW

e. Imm. skull. Sydney, N.S. W. Sir R, Owen [P.].
d-g. Skulls. Mt. Gambier, extreme S.E. F. G. Waterhouse,
: South Australia. Esq. [C. & P.].
hk, Skull. Zoological Society.

+

b. Macropus ruficollis, var. bennettii.

P Macropus albus *, Gray, Spic. Zool. ii. p. 10 (1880); Waterh. Jard.
Nat, lair, Marne, xp. 214 (1841}- (1880) ; a

* Even were this name certainly applicable to the present form, it would
have no claim to adoption, being incorrect and misleading. ;

1, MACROPUS. 35

? Halmaturus albus, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 683 (1887).

Macropus bennettii, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1887, p. 103; td. Cat. Mamm.
Mus. Z. S. p. 66 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr. Mamm. xi. p. 211
(1841); Owen, Tr. Z. 8. ii. p. 883, pl. lxxi, (palate & teeth) (1841) ;
Gulliver, P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 50, et 1842, pp. 64-70; Less. N. Tabl.
R. A., Mamma. p. 194 (1842) ; Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll. Surg. i.
p. 824 (1853) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 43, pl. xix. fig. 16 a (incisors)
(1855) ; Schleg. Dierk. i. p.142 (1857) ; Gieb. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn.
vi. Abth. v. pl. xlvii. fig. 21 (9) (incisors) (1876); Flow. § Gars.
Cat. Ost, Coll. Surg. ii. p. 711 (1884).

oo aa Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 583 (1887)
(nec Less.). ;

wa (Halmaturus) fruticus, Og. Ann. Mag. N. H. i. p. 219
1858).

eee bennettii, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. vii. (animal) (1841) ;
Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; td. List Mamm. B. M.

. 89 (1848); Wagn. Schr. Séug, Supp. iii. p. 115 (1848), v. p. 317

(1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1. p. 550 (1844); Gould, Mamm.
Austr. ii. pls. xvi., xvii. (animal) (1856); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862); Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc.
p. 184 (1863) ; Peters, P. Z. S. 1867, p. 958; Krefft, Notes Faun.
Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871); Gieb. Bronn's
Ki. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pl. xxi. figs. 8-10 (skull) (1874) ; Schmidt,
P. Z. 8. 1880, B 305; Higg. & Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1883,
p. 196; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 319 (1887).

Halmaturus fruticus, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 118 (1848).

Halmaturus leptonyx, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. ii. p. 116 (1848) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 554 (1844).

Macropus (Halmaturus) ruficollis, var. bennettii, Waterh, N. H.
Mamma. i. p. 180, pl. v. fig. 9 (incisors) (1846).

Bennet7’s WALLABY.

Arrangement of colours as in typical variety, but the whole much
more sombre in tone, the bright rufous of the nape and rump re-
placed by dull rufous brown, the back of the ears nearly black, the
face-markings scarcely visible, the chest and belly dirty greyish
white, and the tail a darker grey. The fur is very much longer
and thicker, and the underfur is of a dark smoky-brown colour,
with scarcely a tinge of rufous.

Skull and teeth precisely as in the true VM. rujficollis.

Dimensions of a female (spec. a) stuffed: —Head and body $15;
tail (c.) 690; hind foot 208; ear 70. Skull, see p. 45.

Hab. Tasmania.

Type not traceable. :

I am fully at one with Mr. Waterhouse in regarding Bennett’s
Wallaby as not specifically separable from the Australian M, rufi-
collis, of which it obviously forms the Tasmanian climatic represen-
tative, and to which it bears precisely the same relation that MV.
fuliginosus does to M. giganteus.

a,b. Ad. & yg. st. Tasmania. Gould Coll.
c,d. Imm. st, Tasmania. Purchased.
Imm. st. Voy. ‘ Herald.’
Skull.
f. Ad. skull. Tasmania. Sir R. Owen [P.}.

D2

36 MACROPODIDA. !

g. Ad. skull. Tasmania. :
h. Yg. skull. (Voy. ‘Fly.’) J. B. Jukes, Esq. [P. ].
t, 7. Skeletons. Purchased.

9. Macropus greyi.

Halmaturus greyi, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1848) (sine
descr.).

Macropus (Halmaturus) greyi, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 122 (1846)
(deser. orig.).

Halmaturus greyi, Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xviii. & xix. (animal)
(1852); Wagn. Schr. Séiug. Supp. v. p. 816 (1855); Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 127 (1862); Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10
(1871).

Grey’s WALLABY.

Form slender and delicate. General colour very similar to thac
of M. ruficollis, greyish fawn on the back, becoming more rufous on
the nape and back of head. Underfur rather thick and woolly,
slaty brown at its base, rufous at tip. Ears rufous behind, their
edges blackish. Face-markings distinct; tip of muzzle pale grey,
but the fur bordering the naked rhinarium black for about half an
inch ; sides of muzzle with a distinct black whisker-mark from the
nose to the eye, sharply bordered below by the clear white cheek-
stripe, which involves the edges of the mouth, and passes backwards
‘under the eye nearly to the ear. An indistinct whitish hip-stripe
probably visible in some specimens. Arms and hands to metacarpus,
legs and feet to end of metatarsus white or yellowish, then abruptly
turning to black on the fingers and toes. Central posterior claws —
unusually slender and long, exceeding the pads by more than an
inch. Belly pale grey, with a tinge of rufous. Tail very pale grey,
becoming whiter to its tip; indistinct upper and lower crests of
white hair developed on its distal half. ;

Skull (Pl. VII. fig. 2). General form very unlike the other
members of this group, and more like that of those of the next,
Brain-case very small; facial region long and powerful (facial index
275, as in the large Kangaroos). Nasals short, broad, and enormously
expanded behind. Interorbital region very broad, the supraorbital
edges sharp, and becoming thickened and overhanging in old speci-
mens, the two sides quite parallel, without any noticeable inter-
temporal constriction. Opening of infraorbital canal about 7 millim,
from orbit. Palate very complete, only a few small openings
present.

Teeth all very small in proportion to the size of the animal,
Ineisors (Pl. LX. fig. 3) small and light. I.) very short, small and
triangular, very similar to that of the members of the next group
of Wallabies, its edge scarcely longer than that of i.*, a small ex-
ternal notch just behind its centre. P.* both above and below much
as in M. ruficollis.

1. MAcROPUS. 37

Dimensions.
é: 2.
a (stuffed). 0 (stuffed).
millim. millim.

Head and body ........ +s. 810 840
TESA. coe teipececmarw st ales deavad cats 730 710
Hind foot .............005 212 216
AE tet ar saccitnaa es eens yee. 65 71 -

Skull, see p. 45.

Hab. South-eastern South Australia.

Co-types in collection.

The skull and dentition of this species show that, while by its
external characters it closely resembles M. ruficollis and other
members of the present group, yet it is probably more nearly related
genetically to the next group of Wallabies. This is specially shown
by the small size of the brain-case, the shape and feebleness of
the incisors, and the character of the nasal bones. In all groups
an increase of size is marked by a corresponding increase in the
proportionate size of the face, so that, judging from its very high
. facial index and by the other characters just mentioned, we ought
to regard M. greyi as a comparativély recently enlarged member
of the group of small Wallabies.

Ad. sks. South Australia. Sir George Grey [P. & C.].
ase Skulls. df. (Co-types of species.)

10. Macropus dorsalis.

Halmaturus dorsalis, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 683 (1887) ;
id. Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); Gould, Mon. Macrop.
pl. viii. (animal) (1841); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1848) ;
Wagn. Schr, Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 127 (1848), v. p. 322 (1855);
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 556 (1844) ; Desm. Dict. Univ. dH, N.
vii. p. 170, Adi. pl. xviii. (animal) (1849) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii. pls, xvi. & xxvii. (animal) (1857) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 127 (1862); Gray, P. Z. S. 1866,p.221; Krefft, Mamm.
Austr, pl. xi. (animal) (1871); Fletcher, P, Linn. Soc. N.S. W.
vii. p. 641 (1882), viii. p. 8 (1883) (anat.); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
Mus. p. 820 (1887); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 885 (1887).

Macropus (Halmaturus) dorsalis, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 162,
pl. v. fig. 14 (incisors) (1846).

Macropus dorsalis, Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z..S. p. 67 (1838) ;
id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 2380 (1841); Gebel, Odontogr.
p. 43, pl. xix. fig. 12B (incisors) (1855) ; td. Sdug. p. 681 (1859) ;
id. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pl. lxvii. fig. 21 (14) (incisors)
(1876). ;

Biack-sTRIPED WALLABY.
Size small; form light and delicate. Rhinarium (Pl. V. fig. 5)

wholly naked. General colour grey, becoming rich rufous on the
forequarters ; a distinct narrow black line from occiput to centre

38 MACROPODIDE.

of back*. Underfur grey-brown. General colour of face grey ;
face-markings nearly obsolete, the dark whisker-mark scarcely
distinguishable, and the white cheek-stripe reduced merely to the
white upper lip; a white spot at the base of the outer edge of the
ear. Back of ears rufous, darkening to their tips. A distinct
white hip-stripe present, running horizontally backwards from the
knee. Arms rufous; legs grey; fingers and toes gradually be-
coming quite black to their tips. Central hind claw rather shorter
than usual. Chin, chest, and belly white or greyish white, rather
more sharply defined than is usual in the group. Tail grey above,
its extreme tip black.

Skull. General form light and slender. Premazxille obliquely
set. Nasals narrow, very slightly expanded behind. Intercrbital
region broad, flat, not constricted ; supraorbital edges thick and
prominent, developing low rounded convexities in the usual position
of the postorbital processes. Infraorbital foramen opening from 8
to 11 millim. from orbit. Palate with a pair of very large vacuities
opposite the anterior root of the zygoma.

Teeth small and light. I.3 fairly long, its external notch central.
P2 about 5 millim. long, broader behind than in front. P.*
(Pl. X. fig. 3) about the length of m.’, narrow, converging forward,
with a well-marked postero-internal talon, and a narrow internal
ledge.

Dimensions.

3. Q.
e (stuffed). f (stuffed).

Aged. Adult.
millim, millim,
Head and body............ 790 660
MP AALS sscbcocletoue) tes. ¥cachanayseseceneoae 28 610 510 R
Ting tothe ..c-saxpaseecen 175 168 { ( ange, 3,
ni ot oinidned aaecetmece 63 ga teehey

Skull, see p. 45.

Hab. Inland districts of Queensland and New South Wales.
Type not traceable.

a, Ad. al, 3. Queensland. Mr. J. Abrahams[P.].
Imm. sk. Queensland. Purchased.
> ) Skull. | ( &
ce. Imm. skull. Queensland (Leichard?’s Ex- John Gilbert, Esq.
pedition). [C.].
Imm. skull, ¢. Brezi, N.S. W. Gould Coll.
d. | Ad. st. Interior N. 8. W. Gould Coll.
e. | Skull. ( 9°
tig. Ad. st.,.9 & yg. Interior N.S. W. Gould Coll. -

* Dr. Collett (7. c.) records that in one specimen from Rockhampton, three
transverse dark stripes were visible on the back, in addition to the ordinary
longitudinal one.

1. MACROPUS. 39

11. Macropus parryi.

Macropus parryi, Benn. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 151; ed. Tr. Z, 8. i. p. 295,
pl. xxxvii. (animal and teeth) (1835) ; Owen, Tr. Z. 8. i. p. 298
(anat.) (1835) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) x. p. 865 (1836) ;
Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z.8. p. 66 (1888); td. Jard. Nat.
Lnbr., Mamm. xi. p. 206, pl. xviii. (animal) (1841); Gray, Grey's
Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841); Giéebel, Sdug. p. 679 (1859);
Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 220 (1887).

Halmaturus parryi, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H.i. p. 583 (1887);
Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. xix. (animal) (1842); Gray, List Mamm.
B. M. p. 89 (1843); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 112 (1843), v.
E 314 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm.i. p.549 (1844); Gerrard, Cat.

‘ones Mamm. B, M. p. 127 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr.
Mus. p. 49 (1864) ; Hyrtl, Denk. Ak. Wren, xxii. p. 158 (1864) ;
Krefft, Mamm, Austr. text to pl. x. p. 2 (1871); Coll. Zool. Jahrb.
ii. p. 881 (1887).

MSE (Osphranter) parryi, Less. N. T'abl. R. A, Mamma. p. 194

a ey Ak (Halmaturus) parryi, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 113
(1848).

One (?) parryi, Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xii., xiii. (animal)
( ;

Parry’s WALLABY.

Size of M. ruficollis. Form very slender and graceful. Fur soft,
almost woolly. General colour clear grey, with a bluish tinge,
rump rather more rufous. Underfur thin and sparse, pale grey.
Face-markings distinct and well defined; top of muzzle brown,
slightly paler than the two dark whisker-marks; cheek-stripe
pure white and sharply defined, passing backwards to beneath the
eye; a grey band passing backwards trom the angle of the mouth
between the cheek-stripe and the white chin. Crown of head grey,
becoming whiter between the ears, the white passing backwards as
a nuchal stripe to about halfway down the neck; a darker
mark on each side of it. Ears unusually long, their interior
white, their exterior parti-coloured, brown for the basal half, then
white and the extreme tips brown. Sides of rump white, but this
not corresponding in any way to the white femoral stripes of other
species. Chin pure white; chest, belly, and inner sides of limbs
greyish white. Arms and legs grey like the body, hands and feet
gradually becoming nearly or quite black on the digits. Tail very
long, pale grey, an inconspicuous black or grey crest: below the tip.

Skull. General form much asin M. ruficollis. Relative propor-
tions of brain-case and face medium (index about 230). Premaxille
very oblique, projecting far beyond the nasals. Nasals very slightly
expanded behind, Interorbital region broad, the supraorbital edges
strong, thickened, and developing short but distinct postorbital pro-
cesses, behind which there is a feebly marked intertemporal constric-
tion. Top of crown unusually convex, the parietal region bent
down at a very considerable angle to the line of the face. Infra-
orbital opening about 9 or 10 millim. from orbit. Palate with two
large vacuities, each about as large as two of the molars combined.

40 . MACROPODID.

Teeth, Incisors small and light ; i. with its vertical barely exceed-
ing its horizontal diameter; i.° of medium length, with the notch
central. P. oval, about 6 millim. long; p.* (Pl. X. fig. 4) proportion-
ally very small and narrow, with no anterior internal ledge, and the
postero-internal talon very small. Lower p.’ corresponding, as
usual, in size and proportion to the upper one, about 5 millim. in
length.

Dimensions.
a (otnifea)
Adult.
millim
Head and body ........ cece ee cere 800
BEAU svc cicusastale wit raiedonlecioenp bees ace va aaa e ae 740
Hind f00thc.. cc oe ee ae ee ee 237

Hae ligseuissa ise tae SORA MESS 78
Skull, see p..45. :
Hab. Mountain-ranges of Queensland and Northern New South

Wales.
Type in collection.

a, {Ad sk, ) Stroud, near Port Stephens, Zool. Soc. Coll.
Skull. ; N.S. W. (Sir E. Parry). ( Type of species.)

6. Ad. skull. New South Wales (J. Mae Zool. Soe. Coll.

Arthur, Esy.). :

; Imm. sk. Australian Museum.

¢ 1 Skull. | { © sSiaten
Yg. st. J. Ingall Esq. [P.].

a. } et : af

12. Macropus irma.

Halmaturus irma, Jourd. Ann. Sci. Nat. viii. p. 871 (1887); td.
C. R. v. p. 523 (1887); Less. N. Tabl. RK. A.. Mamm. p. 195
(1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 89 (1843); Wagn. Schr.
Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 127 (1848); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 558
(1844); Schleg. Dierk. i. Me 142 (1857); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Geen B. M. p. 127 (1862); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 318

87).

Macropus (Halmaturus) manicatus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 127.

whi manicatus,' Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr.. Mamm. xi. p. 223
(1841).

Macropus irma, Waterh, Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 222 (1841);
Giebel, Siiug. p. 679 (1859).

Halmaturus manicatus, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. ix. (animal) (1841) ;
Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A.,
Mamm. p. 195 (1842); Gilvert, P. ZS. 1844, p. 35 (habits) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 555 (1844); Gould, te mm, Austr. ii.
pls. xx., xxi, (animal) (1852); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 314
(1855) ; Aref Mamm, Austr. text to pl. x. p. 3 (1871). :

are aN (Halmaturus) irma, Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 117
(1846).

Biack-GLoveD WALLABY.

1, MACROPUS. 41

Size rather small; form very slender and graceful. Nose partly
hairy between the nostrils (Pl. V. fig. 6). Fur thick and soft.
General colour dark bluish grey. Underfur pale rufous, showing
through the longer fur, especially on the sides, Face-markings
clear and well-defined, arranged as in M. parryi, but the pale
cheek-stripe yellow instead of white, and passing backwards much
further, being continuous with a prominent pale blotch at the base
of the outer margin of the ear. Back of ears and crown of head
black, the black passing backwards as a dark nuchal stripe. Inside
of ears pale yellow except at the tip, where there is a prominent
black border. A very inconspicuous pale hip-stripe _ present,
separated from the pale flanks by a triangular portion of dark grey
like that on the back. Belly pale grey, with a tinge of yellowish
or rufous. Arms and outsides of legs grey; hands to metacarpus,
front of legs and feet to ends of metatarsus bright yellow. Fingers
and toes sharply defined pure black. Tail grey like the body for
its proximal quarter and all along its sides, but for its distal three-
quarters there is a well-defined crest of long stiff black hairs on
both the upper and under sides ; in some specimens the extreme tip
is white.

Skull. Small and lightly built. Premaxille upright. Nasals
long and narrow, their central breadth going nearly five times into
their length, very slightly expanded behind. Interorbital region
broad and flat, the supraorbital edges parallel without marked inter-
temporal constriction. Palate very complete for a Wallaby, the
largest vacuities not larger than p.° or p.*

Teeth. Incisors small and slender ; i.* very short, not longer than
p- P.? oval, about 5 millim. long. P.* short and broad, with a
well-developed postero-internal talon.

Dimensions.
a (etsifoa)

Adult.

‘ millim
Head and body ........ ieee yeas 780
Taal Sidon eal ended etianven mune ote oa ache 720
Hind foot... 0.0... .e cece ee eee masaaneeey 195
UAE ass ciel Widecenliw Woes ee ogee cat aera 65

Skull, see p. 45.

Hab. Western Australia (southern districts).

Type not traceabls.

This beautiful species of Wallaby, distinguished by its peculiarly
double-crested tail and its well-defined markings, is the only
representative of the present group in Western Australia.

Ad. sk. Swan R., W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. (Type
@ ) Skull. 2. of H. manicatus, Gould.)
B Imm. st. Toodyay, W. A. (J. Gilbert). | Gould Goll. ;

*) Skull.

42 MACROPODIDA.

Imm, sk. 3 Toodyay, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.

d. Imm. sk., @. Perth, W. A. Government of W.
Australia [P.].

e. Imm. skull. Gould Coll.

J. Yg. sk. Purchased.

13. Macropus agilis.

Halmaturus agilis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1841, p. 81; td. Mon. Macrop.
1. xx. (animal) (1842); Schinz, Syn. Mamma. i. p. 562 (1844);
ombr. & Jacq. Voy. Péle Sud, Zool. iii. p. 36, Atl. pl. xix.

(animal, skull and feet) (1853); Wagn. Schr. Stéug. Supp. v.
p. 812 (1855) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xxiv. & xxv. (animal)
(1857) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862); Gray,
P. Z. §. 1866, p. 221; Krefft, Mamm. Austr, text to pl. x. p. 4
(1871); Sclater, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 469; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p. 818 (1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. R 884 (1887).

Halmaturus binoe, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 58; Gray, List Mamm.

B. M. p. 91 (1848); Schinz, Syn. Mamma. i. p. 565 (1844). .

Macropus (Halmaturus) agilis, Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 108,

pl. v. fig. 13 (incisors) (1846). :

Macropus agilis, Gieb. Odontogr. p, 43, pl. xix. fig. 12a (incisors)

(1855); 2d. Sdug. p. 678 (1859); td. Bronn’s Kl. u, Ordn. vi.
Abth. v. pl. Ixvii. figs. 21 (18) (incisors) (1876).
Macropus papuanus, Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. vii. p. 544
foe and xvi. p. 683, pls. xv. (animal) and xvi. (skull) (1881)
uy.).

ree papuensis, Sclater, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 532.

Halmaturus crassipes, Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. i. p. 162 (1876),

Macropus crassipes, Rams. P. Linn, Soc. N. 8S. W. i. p. 395 (1876),

iii. p. 244 (1878), iv. p. 87 (1879).
Halmaturus jardinii, De Vis, P. Roy. Soc. Queensl. i. p. 109 (1884),
Halmaturus papuanus, Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 321 (1887).

AGILE WALLABY.

Form stouter and heavier than in others of the group. Nose
partly hairy between the nostrils (Pl. V. fig. 7). Fur short and
coarse. General colour dark grizzled sandy. Underfur almost
absent in Australian, thin and sparse in Papuan examples, pale
brown. Face-markings inconspicuous; the brown whisker-mark
only reaching halfway from the eye towards the nose, passing
below into the whitish cheek-stripe, which again is separated from
the white chin bya band of sandy grey. Top of head sandy brown,
which becomes darker between the ears, and passes down the neck
as an ill-defined dark nuchal line. Ears very short, their inte-
rior and base white or yellowish, and their back dark sandy, tipped’
and edged anteriorly with black. Flanks paler than the back. A
dark brownish mark running forwards and downwards from the
nape to behind the elbow. A well-marked white hip-stripe always
present, separated from the pale flanks by a triangular portion of
dark sandy colour, continuous with that of the back. Chest and
belly white or greyish white, sometimes with a tinge of yellow.
‘Arms and legs white or pale sandy, the antero-internal side of the

1. MACROPUS. 43

legs always white. Hands and feet greyish white, rarely becoming
black on the extreme tips of the digits. Tail with its first third
above sandy like the body, the rest whitish, except the extreme tip,
which has generally an inconspicuous black pencil.

Skull (Pl. VII. fig. 1). General form stout and heavy. Brain-
case small in proportion to the long and heavy facial part of skull
(facial index about 270, as in many of the larger Kangaroos). Pre-
maxille slanting forwards very much. Nasals long, narrow, and
straight-sided, scarcely broader behind. Interorbital region broad,
with a very strongly marked inter-temporal constriction, and sharp
well-defined supraorbital edges. Infraorbital opening very far
from the orbit, from 13 to 15 millim. distant. Palate with two
very large vacuities opposite the anterior root of the zygoma.

Teeth large and powerful. Incisors long ; i. very long, the por-
tion behind its notch decidedly longer than that in front. P.° oval,
about 8 millim. in length*; p.* (Pl. X. fig. 5) very large and heavy,
as in M. ualabatus, with a well-defined internal ledge. Lower p.*
about 8 millim. long.

Dimensions.
Australian. Papuan.
Coane aan
F (stuffed). g (stulfed), a (ald). b (skin).
millim. millim, millim. millim.
Head and body .. 915 765 (c.) 840 (c.) 790
Tail casayainows 850 2 (c.) 660 (c.) 580
Hind foot ...... 234 200 196 179
215-234 176-196
Range { $ i75-210 ange g 175-180
Ear siesceeees 64 57 58 59

Skull, see p. 45.

_ Hab. South-eastern New Guinea, North Queensland, and
Northern Territory of South Australia.

Type in collection.

This species is very markedly distinct from any of its allies, being
distinguished at once by its short ears, long tail, and its generally
uniform sandy coloration, the numerous markings described above,
although apparently fairly constant, being quite inconspicuous in a
general view of the animal. I can see nothing in the descriptions
of H. jardinii, De Vis, and H. crassipes, Rams., to separate them
from MM, agilis, except that in the case of the former the term
“rufous”? is used for parts I should call “dark sandy.” I have
myself examined the type of H. papuanus, Peters, at Genoa, and
find that it is unquestionably a young specimen of this species. It
will be seen by the list that the Museum possesses specimens of

* OF. the figure of the skull of “ Macropus papuanus” given by Peters and
Doria, Ll. ¢,

44 MACROPODIDA.

M. agitis from all the localities from which these three so-called
species have been described. Papuan specimens appear to be
somewhat smaller, and to have longer fur and better-defined
markings than their North-Australian representatives; but these
characters are not sufficiently well marked to separate the two forms
specifically.

a3, JAd. sks. Port Moresby, N. G. K. Broadbent, Esq.
it Skulls. ( 3 ?- (C-} son
c,d. Ad. sks, ¢ 2. Port Moresby, N. G. an Esq.
e. Ad. sk. gd. Cape York (Stanley). vey, Rattlesnake.’
f Ad. sks, 32 Port Essington, N.T. Gould Coll. (Co-
°F ) Skulls. : (Sir J. Richardson). types of species.)
h Ad. sk. Q Port Essington, N. T. Gould Coll. (Type
* ) Skull. a. (Sir J. Richardson). of H. binoe, Gould.)
i,j. Ad. 9 andimm. sks. Port Essington, N. T. Lord Derby ey
k | Ye. ad Port Essington, N. T. Lord Derby [P.].
; ull.
l,m. Ad. sks., dQ. Port Denison, N. T. Gould Coll.,
(A. &. Wallace),
n. Yg. sk, (North Australian Ex- Dr. J. R.Elsey [P.].
pedition.)

Group III. SMALL WALLABIES.

The members of this group are all small, lightly-built animals,
some of them not exceeding a rabbit in size. Their muzzles are
‘invariably naked, and in many of them have a central upward
naked projection, the hair growing downwards on each side of it
(see for example Pl. XI. fig. 1). In their skulls the anterior palatine
foramina are always very small, and the palatal vacuities very
large, usually consisting of a pair of large openings separated by a
narrow septum in the middle line. Their nasals are, as a rule,
much expanded behind, and their interorbital region is generally
parallel-sided, without strongly marked interorbital constriction.
Their third incisor is smaller in proportion than in the last group,
and has always one single well-marked notch, usually close to the
posterior end of the tooth. ,

The range of this group extends much further into the tropics
than that of either of the other two, one of its members being the
anciently known “ Filander” or Aru-Island Wallaby (MZ. brunz),
and another (iM. browni) extending through New Guinea into the
New Britain group of islands,

14, Macropus coxeni.

Halmaturus coxeni, Gray, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 220, pl. xxv. (animal).
Halmaturus gazella, De Vis, P. Roy, Soc. Queensi, i. p, 110 (1884).

Carre York WALLABY.

‘p wemteds JQ x

&6 cS 8G G-GG 1/4 GG | 81% 6L |F16 | G93 cS 6-83 1-66 FG Og SUL % u
1-6 or | 46 ‘9 Bg G9 9 G9 1-9 18 | 89 o6 9-8 Or yo yd a oY

ibe 8 8-6 g 9-L SL L “|b as 9:8 EL ie *8 “I Jo YAsue,—qyeeT,

L196 | GLE 193 086 836 StG | 6&3 || 16} GLZ [g% GFE ee 81Z . 6G so" XOpur [Bey

66 16 96 69 68 8-18 | 9-94 98 $8 06 18 oe LL 06 “"SIX@ [RIO’T- Ise
GE | GSE 9g pe ) cs Gs 6& |G-1E | 9-08 68 98 ee §-c8 OF |. ** SIX@ [BIUBIO-leegT

& . vee epeeeeaeeennereees oqset

cee |ote | se || ot cee |icoe joes || se | ge | cog te | oue | ge |. o¢ } pelitiea
9-L 8-9 G-9 Gg 68 0-9 &-P ok 1-9 GL 9-9 G9 9 L heen, BEPOURIOE TSTE Fd

GB L4G 9 L-81 G18 G06 |B-8T 13 | #3 || GF 9-18 &% 1% eZ of episur

8g | L9¢ OF 08 te @2e |G-0€ |/¢-1E | ¢.cE 8¢ Gg Gg €¢ GlE fz “a Spysyno ‘qapeeaq =

ag-| $8 88 G9. 28 6L | OL || Gh | PL 6g (9)! 08 @14(0)) 69 1g |’ qysugy ‘ayereg

ial SI LT $-61 G06 GLI OL 119-8 IG G-LT LT LT G-8T G81 , **** TOMOLIStO:)
GCL [GIT 9T OT aT GZl | ¢-0T 9T |¢-91 GET GIT SI 9-61 SI “* Wypeeaq peyues =“
LOT 9T IZ 91 06 G-8T G1 LG 66 8T G61 G81 9-21 G03 |" Gypeesq qsoyword 6
g.Gg 9¢ ii OF “1g 6h ae Lg gg $G ¥G ch LP Lg vrreeeseceesee TINGOOT ‘STEBE NT
@TL eh bL 8g GL G9 09 $9 €9 PL G-59 ase gg 89 YIpeeaq 480}BE1p)

FOL | SL O&sl 86 OST GIT | GOL || FIT} TIT LEI GET ae Ort LEI “ay Fue] [ese
‘pase | “pe “pe “wud *pese | ‘uu || pede | ‘pose “pose ‘Pv ‘pe “pode “pose steeeoeeres QB

7) D f ‘a Q i?) ‘p : 7) 6b ‘p "D 8 7) uouedg

S “p “P “Pp Pi “P ) A “Pp “Pp we) “Pp we anaccevace xeg

“UBT “erpgauuag| ‘snardhy || ‘sypordp Z
mended atey - “ae A 4 “ae A gi A. snondhp “Te A
‘999060 “AT “Dubbs “Py | hod py || ‘synssop “pT “thaw “pr “soot “PT ‘sngnqnyun "PT reveerreeseeeeeespgroadg

‘soognyn 4 abuny fo squswounsvayy 1nyg

46 MACROPODID.2.

Form rather stouter and thicker than in others of the group.
Rhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 1) with the hair bordering it above forming
two paired projections downwards instead of a single median one ;
lower part continued to the lip. Fur short, close and coarse.
Underfur almost or quite absent. General colour dark grizzled
sandy. Face sandy, more rufous on the crown.and round the bases
of the ears; face-markings inconspicuous; a white cheek-stripe
present, but not prominent. Back of ears, occiput, back of neck,
withers, and a patch behind the forearm dark brown, contrasting
with the general sandy colour. Back dark sandy, grizzled with
black, sides clearer. A well-marked white hip-stripe present. Chin,
chest, and belly white. Arms and legs sandy, the tips of the toes
brown. Tail black above, white below and at the extreme tip.

Skull (Pl. VIII. fig.1). Facial portion rather long and heavy in
proportion to brain-case. Muzzle longer, narrower, and less taper-
ing than in UM. stigmaticus and M. wilcowi. Premaxille upright,
produced forwards in old specimens into a marked subnasal process,
projecting beyond the level of the teeth. Naso-premaxillary and
naso-maxillary sutures about equal. Nasals long, their least from
one half to three fifths their greatest breadth. Naso-frontal suture
slightly and evenly bowed backwards. Interorbital region long,
parallel-sided; the supraorbital edges thick, rounded and slightly
overhanging, but not forming distinct postorbital processes.
Palatal foramina of medium length, about equal to m.?

Teeth. Incisors small and light. I.° small, about the length of
m.', its notch quite posterior, the inner lamina showing but little
behind the outer. P.* (Pl. X. fig. 6) about the length of m.*, oblong,
nearly as broad in front as behind, and with a well-marked internal
ledge.

Dimensions.
3.
a (skin),
millim
Head and body ............... - — (¢.) 700
Pall car warvicoe sou cogs hones 360
Hind f00bs« wes v6 exe weer ees 132
Hat? iden tena earn eer ee Sere 53

Skull, see p. 63.

Hab. North Queensland.

Types in collection. :

This species seems to bear exactly the same relationship to the
members of the present group that M. agilis does to those of the
last, and the pair form an interesting example of the independent
development of similar characters under similar conditions, The
two species are the only true Wallabies found in North Queens-
land, and, although belonging to different groups, are each di-
stinguished from their allies by their short fur, sandy colour, non-

1. MacRoPuvs. 47

. prominent markings, and white hip-stripe. As Mr. De Vis has
remarked (1. c.), M. coxent has, at first sight, very much the look of
a young M. agilis; but there can be no question that the two have
no such direct relationship to one another, except what they have
in common as members of the genus Macropus.

Ad. & imm. sks. Port Albany, OC. Coxen, Esq, [C.].
a, b. Skulls, de. C. York.” ( Co-types of species. )

15. Macropus stigmaticus.

Halmaturus stigmaticus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 875; id. Mamm.
Austr, ii. pls, xxxili., xxxiv. (animal) (1860); Krefft, Austr. Vert.
p- 10 (4871).

BranpEp WALLABY.

Form light and slender. Rhinarium with its upper border
forming two paired convexities, as in M. coweni; lower part con-
tinued to the lip. Fur short, close and rather coarse ; underfur
thin and scanty, dark slaty grey. General colour rufous grey, the
grey predominating on the nape and forequarters, and the rufous
on the lower back. Muzzle grey; crown, cheeks, and the region
round the base of the ear deep rust-colour, a few hairs round the
notch of the latter pale yellow. An indistinct pale cheek-stripe
present, with a rufous line below it, running from the lower lip to
beneath the eye. Back of ears, occiput, and nape brown, with an
indistinct darker nuchal streak. Sides of body rich rufous, brighter
towards the belly, where two longitudinal bright rusty bands border
the white of the belly. Hip-stripe yellowish, very prominent, con-
trasting markedly with the rufous round it. Sides of rump deep
rufous, gradually passing into brilliant rust-colour on the back and
outside of the lower leg. Chin, chest, belly, and inner sides of limbs
white. Arms rufous, hands and feet grey or rufous grey, the tips
of the toes brown. Tail uniform grey-brown above, whitish below.

Skull stout and strong. Muzzle long, conical. Premaxille long,
obliquely set, the naso-premaxillary twice as long as the naso-
maxillary suture. Nasals long, broad behind, their least about half
their greatest breadth, the latter situated in front of the maxillo-
frontal suture ; naso-frontal suture sinuous, bowed forwards late-
rally, strongly backwards centrally. Interorbital region flat, its
edges overhanging and very slightly converging backwards. Palatal
foramen about the length of m.’

Teeth generally stout and strong. I.? much as in M. coweni, but
rather longer, slightly longer than m.* P.‘ (Pl. X. fig. 7) large
and strong, about equal to m.*, shaped as in M. coment.

» 48 MACROPODID&.

Dimensions.
é.
a (skin).
millim.
Head and body ........---+05. ~~ (¢.) 700
BP AAD, «issatlen su canesseawesersesvd Sens see ccctetets 380
Hind f00b. csi ceciemraee we da 129
ar jcaoes Raeteiawea vi wee Gate 50
Skull, see p. 63.
Hab. N.E. Queensland.
Type in collection.
a, sAd. sk. Point Cooper, N. of Rocking- J. .MacGillivray,
Skull. : ham Bay, Queensland (Voy. Esq. [P.]. (Type
‘ Rattlesnake’). of species.)

16. Macropus wilcoxi.

Halmaturus wilcoxi, McCoy, Ann. Mag. N. H. (8) xviii. p. 322
(1866); Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
Mus. p. 320 (1887). :

Halmaturus temporalis, De Vis, P. Roy. Soc, Queensl, i. p. 111
(1884).

Rep-LEcerpD WALLABY.

Like M. stigmaticus in all essentials, but the fur longer and
softer, the colours everywhere less brilliant, and the contrasts not
so strong. The face is grey, but the cheeks, an ill-defined patch
above each eye, and the region round the base of the ear are deep
rust-colour ; the base of the outside of the ear is alsorusty. Flanks
grey, scarcely tinged with rufous, not forming rusty longitudinal
bands. Hip-stripe almost or wholly obsolete, just visible in some
specimens. White of belly tinged with grey. Arms, hands, and
feet greyish or pale rufous, browner distally. Tail grey above,
white below. Female smaller and more lighty built than male.

Skull (Pl. VIII. fig. 2) much as in M. stigmaticus ; facial index
210-225. Premaxille short and uprightly set, the naso-pre-
maxillary suture much shorter than in M. stigmaticus, only just
about equal to the naso-maxillary. Subnasal projection just
surpassed anteriorly by the front edge of i.! Nasals rather short,
broad and expanded behind, contracting suddenly about their centre,
their least half or less than half their greatest width, the latter
situated some way in front of the maxillo-frontal suture; their
posterior edge sinuous, strongly bowed backwards in the centre and
forwards laterally (see Plate). Interorbital region shorter, its edges
rather more markedly converging backwards than in M. stigmaticus,
and with rounded couvexities corresponding to postorbital processes.
Palatal foramina short and rounded, about the length of m.’

Teeth as in M. stigmaticus, but the incisors and molars slightly
larger. P.* (Pl. X. fig. 8) rather more evenly oval.

f

1. Macropus, 49
Dimensions.

a (et tied), b tcf),

millim. millim,
Head and body .......... 610 530
Tail ick Gacircws cen aes 345 800
Hind foot .............. 138 116
Wars sii aaieseo tee eeen 48 46

Skull, see p. 63.

fab. 8. Queensland and New South Wales.

Type in the Melbourne Museum.

It is evident that MZ. stigmaticus and M. wilcowi only form
respectively the tropical and non-tropical representatives of one and
the same original species, and will nearly certainly have in time to
be united altogether, or be merely separated under varietal names.
As is usual in such cases, the northern form is shorter-haired and
more brilliantly coloured than the southern, the external distinc-
tions being exactly those that separate the typical I. ualabatus of
the south from M. ualabatus var. apicalis of Queensland. In that
case, however, the skulls were absolutely identical, but in the
present one the solitary representative available of the northern
form presents certain cranial and dental differenees from the
southern; and therefore, although believing that intermediate
specimens will probably be found, I yet hesitate definitely to place
the two together without seeing further material. Externally, the
specimen described by Mr. De Vis as H. temporalis would seem to
be fairly intermediate, but no description is given of its teeth, and
therefore, chiefly on account of its locality, I consider it for the
present as a synonym of M. wilcoat rather than of M. stigmaticus.

Ad. st. Richmond R.. J. F. Wilcox, Esq.
ay b | Siccletone, } de. NSW. [P.& O.].”

Ad. sks. 38 Purchased.
Ce. 1 Skulls of ¢ & d. :

17. Macropus brunii.

Philander, De Bruyn, Reiz. Mosk. Perz. Ind. p. 374, pl. cexiii.
(animal) (1714). :
Didelphys brunii*, Schreb. Séug. iii. p. 551, pl. cliii. (animal)

+

* The proper spelling of the specific name of this species is somewhat
doubtful. The author of the “ Reize over Moskovie door Perzie en Indie”
nearly invariably spelt his name De Bruyn, which was altered in the French
’ and English editions of his work into Le Brun, on which Schreber formed the
name of the animal. In another earlier work by the same author, however,
the ‘“‘Reizen door de vermaadste Deelen van Klein Asia, &c.” (4to, Delft, 1698),
Bruyn, Bruin, and Brun all occur on one single page of the Introduction, the
last in the very form needed for a specific name, viz. “Oornelii Brunii,”
as the Latin genitive of the author’s name. I ‘have therefore used this, the
oldest and best known form, instead of the corrected one “ bruynii” or ‘“ bruinii,”
as used by one or two later authors.

E

50 MACROPODID.

(1778) ; Gmel. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 109 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn. An, K.
p. 197 (1792); Donnd. Zool. Beytr. i, p. 854 (1792); G. Cuv.
Tabl. Elém. p. 126 (1798); Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. p. 480 (1800) ;
Turton, Linn, 8. N. i. p. 67 (1806) ; F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat, xxiv.
p. 848 (1822).

Didelphis bruinii, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 230 (1780).

Didelphys asiatica, Pall. N. Act. Petrop. for 1777, pt. ii. p. 228,
pl. ix. figs. 4 & 5 (skull and foot-bones) (publ. 1780).

Javan Opossum, Penn. Quadr. ii. p. 305, pl. xxxv. (animal) (1781).

Didelphys javana, Bodd, Elench, Anim.i. p. 78 (1785).

Yerboa brunii, Bechst. Syst. Uebers. Vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 845 (1800).

Kangurus philander, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 154 (1803); id. Dict.
Class. ? H. N. ix. p. 111 (1826).

Kangurus brunii, Desm. N. Dict. @ H. N. xii. p. 358 (1803); Tiedem.
Zool. i. p. 435 (1808); G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 19 (1814); Gray,
Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 204 (1827).

Halmaturus brunii, IW. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 80 (1811); Goldf.
Isis, 1819, p. 269; Schinz, Cuv, Thierr. i. p. 264 (1821); Kaup,
Thierr. i. p. 245 (1885) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus, p. 321 (1887).

Macropus brunii, G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 188 (1817); Schleg. Ned.
Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 850 (1866); Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 49 et
seqq. pl. ix. figs. 11-15 (teeth); Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov.
xvi. p. 685 (1880).

Macropus bruinii, J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 283 (1829).

* Dorcopsis bruni, Gieb. Bronn’s Ki. u. Ord. vi. Abth. v. pl. xx.
figs. 8-10 (skull) (1874). ;

Aru Istanp WaLLaBy.

Size and form medium. Female markedly smaller than male.
Upper border of rhinarium with only a single central prominence
downwards. Fur short, close and straight ; underfur almost entirely
absent. General colour uniform chocolate-brown. Head brown; a
well-marked white whisker-mark from the mouth to beneath the
eye. ars short, their backs black, contrasting with the general
brown colour; but the crown of the head between the ears sometimes
black as well. Whole of body uniform brown, becoming finely
grizzled with grey on the lower rump and hips. A well-marked
white hip-stripe present. Chin brown; throat, chest, and belly
white, faintly tinged with brown. Arms, hands, legs, feet, and tail
grey or brown, more or less grizzled with white.

Skull (Pl. VIII. fig. 4) stout and strongly built. Facial index
high for the present group. Muzzle broad and conical. Premaxille
and nasals exactly as in M. wilcoat in both shape and proportions.
Interorbital region as in M. stigmaticus.

Teeth stout and heavy. Incisors as in M. coxeni, notch of i.°
close to the back. P.* large and broad, with two external
vertical grooves, its internal ledge continued to the front. Molars
with their cusps low and blunt, and their main central connecting
ridges less developed than usual.

1. MAcRoPUS. 51

Dimensions.
a (Ein). c (in),
millim. millim.
Head and body ........ (¢.) 770 (e.) 500
Tail ..... Cee eee 334 305
Hind foot ............ 130 115
Blas 5 ete aicecseeea ana yaa (c.) 45 43

Skull, see p. 63.

Hab. Aru and Kei Islands.

Type not in existence.

The very complicated history and synonymy of this species, the
longest known of the genus, have been so far cleared up by Profs.
Schlegel and Garrod (JJ. cc.) that no further reference to them is
here necessary. From Dorcopsis miillert, whose remarkable ex-
ternal resemblance to M. brunii has caused all the confusion, it
may be distinguished by its very much shorter head, by the back-
wardly directed hairs of its nape, and by its distinct white hip-
stripe.

Ad. sks Aru Islands. Purchased.
dy 6 \Skulie 3?
ian, sk, Aru Islands. H.M.S. ‘Challenger.’
Skull. ( *
d ae sk, 9 Aru Islands, Purchased.
* ) Skull :
e. Yg. sk. Aru Islands. Dr. A. B. Meyer [C.].

18. Macropus browni.

Halmaturus browni, Rams. P. Linn, Soc. N.S. W.i. p. 807 (1877).

Macropus lugens, Alst. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 126, pl. xix. (animal).

Macropus browni, Alst. t. c. p. 748.

Macropus jukesi, Mikl.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ix. p. 890,
pl. xxxix. figs. 1-6 (skull and teeth) (1885) (jwv.).

Macropus gracilis, Mikl.-Macl. t.c. p. 894, pl. xxxix, figs. 7,8 (animal
and incisors) (1885) (nec Gould).

Macropus tibol, Miki.-Macl. op. cit. x. p. 141, pl. xix. (animal and
skull) (1885) (juv.).

Somprz WALLABY.

‘Exceedingly similar to M. brunit in all characters, but the fur
somewhat thicker and softer, the general colour of a greyer tinge
and more distinctly grizzled, the ears brown like the head behind,
instead of black, the belly yellow instead of white, and the sides of
the hip with scarcely a trace of the prominent white hip-mark
characteristic of that species.

Skull and teeth, so far as can be made out from the single imma-
ture specimen available, precisely similar to those of M. bruni, except
that the cusps and ridges on the molars appear to be as sharp and
well defined as in the other species.

£2

52 MACROPODID 2.

Dimensions.
é.
@ (skin).
Immature.
millim.
Head and body .........- (c.) 540
Tall. cca nace + Sed cals maine 340
Hind foot ............ ree 117
Har’ nse seen shay Gismere tices 42

Skull, see p. 63.

Hab. New Britain group of islands; Eastern and South-eastern
New Guinea.

Type in the Sydney Museum.

This species presents much the same external resemblance to
Dorcopsis luctuosa that M. bruni does to D. miilleri. It may, how-
ever, be easily distinguished, as in the other case, by its shorter
head and by the direction of its nape-hairs. The “ M. jukesi,”
“IM. gracilis,” and “M. tibol” of Miklouho-Maclay are apparently, so
far as can be made out from the very insufficient description of them,
all based on variously aged specimens of this species, so that its
range extends over a much wider area than has hitherto been re-
corded. The skull ‘of “ M. jukesi,”’ figured by Maclay, exactly
matches that of the type of MM. lugens (specimen a below), so that
its degree of immaturity can'be easily gauged.

Imm. sk, { 3 Duke of York Isl. Rev. G. Brown [0.1].
* ) Skull. : (Type of M. lugens, Alst.

19. Macropus thetidis.

Halmaturus thetis, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 229 (1827); id. N. Tabi.
R. rG Mamm, p.195 (1842); Gray, List Mamm, B. M. p. 90
1843).

See thetidis, F. Cuv, H. N. Mamm. (fol.) livr. lvi. (fig. of
animal) (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 879
(1836) ; 7d, Journ. Voy. Thétis, ii. p. 305, pl. xxxvii. (animal)
(1837) ; Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. xxi. (animal) (1842); Wagn. Schr.
Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 124 (1848), v. p. 820 (1855); Gould, Mamm.
Austr, ii ope xxxi, & xxxii. (animal) (1857); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus,

p. 51 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
‘Mus. p. 319 (1887). eae as sa

Macropus thetis, Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 284 (1829).

Halmaturus (Thylogale) eugenii, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i.
p. 583 (1837) tee Desm.).

Halmaturus nuchalis, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 128 (1848).

Macropus (Halmaturus). thetidis, Waterh. N. H. Mamm,. i. p. 144,
pl. ui. fig. 2 dee) (1846). :

Macropus thetidis, Gieb. Odontogr. p. 48, pl. xix. figs. 11a & B (in-
cigors) (1855) ; zd. Sug. p. 681 (1859); Brehm, Thierl. ii, p. 592
(figure of animal) (1880).

PaDEMELON WALLABY.

1. MacRorus. 53

Size medium ; form light and agile. Rhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 2)
broad to the lip, the latter but little developed, not hiding the
front teeth. Fur of mediuin length, thick and soft, its direction
on the nape variable, sometimes as in Dorcopsis. Underfar long,
slaty grey. General colour grizzled grey, with rufous neck. Whole
of head uniform finely grizzled grey, gradually passing on the occiput
into the brilliant rufous of the neck and forequarters. No trace of
a dark nuchal streak. Very rarely the red extends on to the cheeks
and round the base of the ear, but in most specimens these parts
are grey. Lars long, their backs grey, edged anteriorly with brown
or black. The rufous on the forequarters passing gradually into
deep grizzled grey on the lower back, the whole sometimes tinged
with rufous. A faint trace of a white hip-stripe sometimes present.
Chin, chest, and belly white, that on the front of the neck often
sharply defined from the rufous by a ridge of opposed hairs. Arms
and legs grey or rufous; hands and feet pale brown. Tail with
its basal fourth covered with long soft grey hairs like those on the
back; the remainder brown above, white below.

Skull (Pl. VIII. fig. 3) large and long, lightly built. Facial
index about 230. Muzzle long, broad posteriorly, strongly tapering
forwards. Premaxille oblique ; incisors projecting far beyond sub-
nasal prominence ; naso-premaxillary about equal to naso-maxillary
suture. Nasals long, comparatively but slightly expanded behind,
their least a little more than half their greatest breadth, the latter
situated at the maxillo-frontal suture; naso-frontal suture much
bowed backwards in the centre, and slightly forwards at the sides.
Interorbital region short, its edges thickened and forming distinct
overhanging postorbital prominences; intertemporal constriction
well-marked. Palatal foramina short, not so long as m.*

Teeth. I.® (Pl. IX. fig. 4) very large, long and eutting, the
notch quite at the back, internal lamina scarcely visible externally
behind the outer. P.* (Pl. X. fig. 9) rather small, shorter than i.*,
oval, the internal ledge well developed anteriorly.

Dimensions.

¢ (stuifed). f (cba),

millim. millim,
Head and body ............ 620 540
Dal cnecern« Steeles wae em 380
Hind foot ........--...... 131 118
Ha scasectdt Maras os Guevara ee eile 57 51

Skull, see p. 63. °

Hab. S. Queensland *, New South Wales, and Victoria.
Types in the Paris Museum.

* Apud Krefft.

54

MACROPODIDE.

a, Ad, skull, ¢. Mosquito Isl.,Hunter R., J. Macgillivray, Esq.

N.S. W. (Voy. ‘ Herald’).

ae Ad, sk. Brushes of Hunter R., Gould Coll.
, Skull ee N.S. W.

ce, Ad. st, 3. New South Wales. Gould Coll.

d Ad. & yg. sk. | New South Wales. Gould Coll.
7 & ) Skull of d.

Sf. Ad. st., 9. New South Wales.

g. Ad. sk.

A. Ad. skull, 9. Gould Coll.

4, Ad. skeleton, ¢. Purchased.

20. Macropus eugenii.

Kanguroo de Vile Eugéne, Pér. § Les. Voy. Terr. Austr. ii. p. 117
1816).

Sie eugenii, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) xvii. p. 88 (1817);
id. Mamm. i. p. 274 (1820) ; Geoff. Dict. Class. dH. N. ix. p. 110
ee Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 203 (1827).

Halmaturus eugenii, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 888 (1821); Gray,
Grey's Ausir., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); Less. N. Tadl. R. A.,
Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; Wagn. Schr. Stéug. Supp. iii. p. 127 (1843) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 557 (1844).

Macropus eugenii, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 227 (1827); Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. p. 282 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v.
p. 878 (1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus, Z. 8. p. 66 (1838) ;
ad. Jard, Nat. Libr., Man. xi. p. 282 (1841) ; Gieb, Sdug. p. 681
1859).

ae derbianus, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 683 (1837) ;
id. Grey's Austr., App. 11. p. 403 (1841); Gould, Mon. Macrop.
pl. xi. (animal) (1841); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 91 (1848);
Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supp. iii. p. 128 ) v. p. 823 (1855) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 557 (1844); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii.
pls. xxix., xxx. (animal) (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 126 (1862); Blyth, Cat. Mamm, Mus. As. Soc. p. 185
(1868) ; Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871) ; Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875,
p. 57; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. E 3820 (1887).

Macropus derbianus, Waterh, Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 67 (1838) ;
id. Jard. Nat. LIibr., Mamm, xi. p. 234, pl. xxi. (animal) (1841);
Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll, Surg. i. p. 325 (1858); Greb. Sdug.
p. 682 (1859) ; Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 718 (1884),

Halmaturus emilie, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1848) (nom.
nudum).

Halmaturus houtmanni, Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 31; Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 126 (1862); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
Gees) i. p. xxx (1863) (habits); Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10

Halmaturus dama, Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 82; Wagn. Schr. Séug.
Supp. v. p. 821 (1855); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 126
(1862) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. (Introd.)i. p. xxxi (1863) (habits) ;

Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 10 (1871); Jent. Cat. Ost, Leyd. Mus.
p. 319 (1887). ot eli

Macropus gracilis, Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 108.

1. mackopvus. 55

Macropus (Halmaturus) eugenii, Waterk. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 140,
pl. v. fig. 8 (incisors) (1846) [M. dama on plate}.

Macropus (Halmaturus) derbianus, Waterh. k H. Mamm.i. p. 154,
pl. v. fig. 6 (incisors) (1846) [M. houtmanni on plate].

Macropus houtmanni, Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll, Surg. i. p. 826
(1853) ; Geb. Odontogr. p. 48, pl. xix. fig. 2 c (incisors) (1855) .
Flow. §& Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 718 (1884).

mtn dama, Geb. Odontogr. p. 48, pl. xix. fig. 11D (incisors)
(1855).

Halmaturus gracilis, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 125
(1862); Gould, Mamm. Austr. (Introd.) i. p. xxxii (1868).

Dama Wattasy.

Size medium, form light and graceful. Rhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 3)
ending some way from the mouth, opening at the top of a distinct
cleft running down to the upper lip, the lip itself much more
developed in front than usual. Fur rather short in mainland,
longer in island specimens. Underfur thick and soft, dark slaty
grey. General colour grizzled grey, with rufous shoulders. Face
and head uniform grey; an indistinct white cheek-stripe generally
present. Lars long in mainland, short in island specimens, uniform
dark grey, brown behind. Neck with an ill-defined central brown
band passing down from between the ears to the back, sometimes
searcely visible, especially in immature specimens. Shoulders, sides
of neck, and arms rufous, very variable both in extent and tint;
these parts sometimes (? in winter) grey, with scarcely a tinge of
rufous. Back grizzled grey, a rufous tinge becoming again apparent
on the flanks, lower rump, and hind legs. Chin, chest, and belly
white or greyish white, generally well defined. Hands, feet, and
tail grey, becoming nearly black at their extremities.

Skull (Pl. VII. fig. 3) strongly built. Facial portion propor-
tionally small; facial index low. Muzzle short, rather narrow
behind, and therefore not so markedly conical as in some of the
other species. Premaxille oblique; naso-premaxillary about equal
to naso-maxillary suture. Nasals short, expanded behind, their pos-
terior edge sinuous, bowed backwards, but their detailed shape very
variable, ordinarily as in the figure. Interorbital edges parallel,
sharp, with a tendency, in mainland specimens only, to form rudi-
mentary postorbital processes; intertemporal constriction scarcely
observable. Palatal foramina small.

Teeth. Incisors small and light. I.’ slanting forwards, its notch
decidedly behind its centre. P.* (Pl. X. fig. 10) very small, about
the length of m.! or m.’, its posterior breadth markedly greater than
its anterior, the inner ledge obsolete in front; two vertical grooves
on its outer side; its anterior end rounded. Molars strong and
with well-developed cusps and ridgesin mainland specimens ; but in
those from the islands the molars are small and narrow, and the
cusps and ridges low and blunt.

56 MACROPODID.

Dimensions.

Mainland. Island.

é. Q. é: 2.

c (stuffed), d (stuffed). (stuffed). 0 (stuffed).
millim. millim. millim. millim.

Head and body .... 610 560 700 540
Tail) jexciwalgs ae 220 380 420- (c.)330
Hind foot ........ 144 129 136 124
ar og sas ais ade he aes 63 60 44 48

Skull, see p. 63.

Hab. Mainland of Western Australia, and islands off the coasts of
both West and South Australia.

Type not traceable.

The proper treatment of the numerous small Wallabies which have
been described under the names of eugenii, derbianus, dama, hout-
manni, gracilis, and parma has given rise to much doubt. Water-
house ¢onsidered M. derbianus to be distinct from M. eugenii, with
which he united Gould’s M. dama and gracilis, and he also founded
the eastern species M. parma. Gould, on the other hand, seems to
have had a very fair idea of the real state of affairs, as he believed
that there were three species, viz.: the mainland “ H. dama,” the
insular “ H. houtmanni,” and the New South Wales one, although
he confused the names which should properly belong to each. After
much thought, and the examination of a very large series of speci-
mens, I have come to the conclusion that it is impossible to admit
more than a single western species, notwithstanding the very
striking differences that exist between the individuals long isolated
in the islands of Houtmann’s Abrolhos and those living on the
. mainland, The differences fade away on the examination of large
series, and specimens from the small islets close to the coast are as
a rule more or less intermediate. The type of M. eugentt has un-
fortunately disappeared, but there can be little doubt as to the
identity of the present species with that obtained by Péron and
Lesueur on Eugene Island, especially as specimen a comes from a
locality so close to that place.

With regard to the New South Wales species M. parma, it seems
to differ sufficiently in its cranial and external characters for its
provisional retention as a species, although should specimens be ob-
tained from intermediate localities, so as to reduce the very wide
geographical gap that now appears to exist, it is probable that they
will be so intermediate in their characteristics as to necessitate its
union also with M. eugenti. Until such specimens are found, how-
ever, I retain the species as distinct.

ag, {Ad sk. t Q Kangaroo I, Spencer Gould Coll.
* ) Skull. i Gulf, S. A.

b ae ti ! 3 “S. Coast Australia.” Gould Coll.
: ull. ;

_ J Ad. st. a Wongan Hills, W. A. Gould Coll.

“ ) Skull ( °° (J. Gilbert).

1. mackopvs, 57

ee \sky Osk.& yg.st.| Moore’s R., W. A. Gould Coll.
7 1 Skulls. (J. Gilbert).
(d. Type of M. dama, Gould.)
f Inm. 9sk.&yg.st.| Walyema Swamps, Gould Coll.
7F ) Skulls, N.E. of Northam,
W. A. (J. Gilbert). :
(f. Type of M. gracilis, Gould.)

hi, § Ad. sk. Perth, W. A. - Govt. of W. Aus-
7" | Skull of A. tralia [P.].
: 1 Ad. sk. \ Q Swan River, W. A. Lord Derby
J) Skull, (through Dool. Soc.).
(Type of H. derbranus, Gould.)
k | Ad. sk, 3 Garden I., Mouth of Gould Coll.
* ) Skull. Swan R., (J. Gilbert).

Poi Ad. ¢ st.& 9 sk. KE, Wallaby I., Hout- Gould Ooll.
| Skulls. mann’s Abrolhos.
( Co-types of H. houtmanni, Gould.)

n,o. Ad. st, o & @. WallabyI., Houtmann’s B. Bynoe, Esq. [P. &
Abrolhos, C.].
p-s. Skulls, . Houtmann’s Abrolhos. Gould Coll.
t° Ad. sk. _ Old Coll.
Skull. (Type of H. emilia, Gray.)
u,v. Ad, skeletons. Zoological Society.

21. Macropus parma.

Macropus (Halmaturus) parma, Waterh. N. H. Mamma. i. p, 149,
pl. v. fig. 7 (incisors) (1846) (deser. orig.).

Halmaturus parma, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 408 (1841)
(nom. nudum) ; id, List Mamm. B. M. p. 91 (1848) (nom. nudum) ;
Wagn. Schr, Séug. Supp. v. p. 324 (1855) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii, pl. xxviii, (animal) (1856); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus,
p. 50 (1864) ; cd. dustr. Vert. p. 10 (1871); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
Mus, p. 320 (1887).

Macropus parma, Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll, Surg. i. p. 825 (1858) ;
Gieb. Odontogr. p. 48, pl. xix. fig. 11 ¢ (incisors) (1855),

Parma WALLABY.

All essential characters as in H. eugenii, but the whole back more
evenly mixed with rufous, the nape and forequarters not contrast-
ing therefore with the centre of the back. White cheek-stripe and
brown nuchal stripe both more clearly defined, and the latter some-
what narrower. Front of throat pure white, sharply contrasting
with the sides of the neck. Belly greyish white. ars short, their
backs rufous grey.

Skull as in M. eugenii, but rather larger and heavier, and the
nasals more evenly tapering forward, and their posterior edge less
markedly bowed backwards. Rudimentary postorbital’ processes

resent.
re Teeth. Incisors (Pl. IX. fig. 5) long and strong. I.* broad and
stout, its posterior edge vertical or even slanting backwards, its
external fold atitscentre. P.* (Pl. X. fig. 11) more sharply pointed
in front than in M. eugenti. Molars larger than in that species.
(sec table of measurements, p. 63).

58 MACBROPODIDE,

Dimensions.

Illawarra Illawarra

(stuffed). (stuffed).

millim. millim.
Head and body .......... 640 590
BDSM iss adda esuae nites ek aavtnay soteend *.. 480 410
Hind foot................ 136 125
HAY? 24 seconses Sh aus) dembebeca shee a" ain 54 47

Skull, see p. 63.

Hab. Eastern New South Wales.

Type in collection.

The typical specimen of this rare species is so old that its teeth
are all worn down, and quite useless for. description; but I have
had the advantage of the loan of two fine specimens from Illawarra,
near Sydney, belonging to the Free Public Museum at Liverpool, to
the authorities of which I am exceedingly indebted*, as without these
specimens it would have been impossible to obtain a proper idea of
the characters of M@. parma,

q, ) Ad. sk. 3 New South Wales. Gould Coll.
* ] Skul. (°° (Type of species.)

22. Macropus billardieri.

Kangurus billardieri, Desm. Mamm. ( Supp.) ii. p. 542 (1822) ; Geoff.
Dict. Class, d’H. N. ix. p. 111 (1826); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K.
y. p. 203 (1827).

Macropus billardieri, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 227 (1827); Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. p. 283 (1829); Less. N. H. Mami. (Compl. Buff.) v.
p. 878 (1836) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 227 (1841);
Owen, Cat. Ost. Mus. Coll. Surg.i. p. 825 (1853); Gerv. H. N.
Mamm. ii. p. 270 (fig. of skeleton) (1855) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 48,
pl. xix. fig. 16 c (incisors) (1855) ; 2d. Sdug. p. 682 (1859); Flow.
& Gars. Cat, Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 713 (1884).

Halmaturus (Thylogale) tasmanei, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H.i. p. 108

1838).

Waceopes rufiventer, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 23; Waterh. Cat.
Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 67 (1888) ; Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. p. 827 (1841).

Macropus (Halmaturus) rufiventer, Ogib. Ann. Mag. N. H. i. p. 220

1838),

Halinesies billardieri, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. x. (animal) (1841) ;
Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A.,
Mamm. p. 194 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1843);
Wagn. Schr. Séiug. Supp. iti. p. 128 (1843), v. p. 326 (1855);
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 556 (1844) ; Gould, Mamm. ii. pls. xxxv.,
xxxvi. (animal) (1860); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 126
(1862) ; Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus, As. Soc. p. 185 (1863) ; Lucae,
Zool, Gart. viii. pp. 418-471 (anat.) (1867) ; Krefft, P. Z. 8. 1868,
p. 2; zd. Notes aes Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; td, Austr. Vert. p. 10

ee ; Higg. §& Pett. P. R. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 196; Sclat. List

An. Zool. Soe. (8) p. 205 (1888) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 320

(1887).

4 Especially to Mr. T. J. Moore, the Curator of the Museum, through
whose assistance the specimens were lent to me.

1. MACROPUS. 59

Halmaturus rufiventer, Less. N. Tabl. R. A. Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ;
Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 120 (1848).

Halmaturus brachytarsus, Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supp. iii. p. 121 (1848).

Macropus (Halmaturus) billardieri, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 159,
ie Bye 11 (incisors) (1846); Gunn, P. R. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 87

Halmaturus brachyurus, Owen, Phil. Trans. 1874, p. 787, pl. lxxvii.
fig. 1 (lower view of skull) (nec Quoy §& Gaim.).

Rurovs-BELLIED WALLABY.

Size large; form stout and heavy. Fur long, thick, and soft.
Underfur long and soft, slaty grey. General colour uniform
greyish brown, with an olive tinge, especially on the head and
rump. Face and head olive-grey; face-markings quite obsolete,
except that there is a pale yellowish line along the upper lip.
Ears very short, their backs mostly olive-grey like the head, but
margined anteriorly with black. Nape and forequarters usually
dull grey-brown, sometimes with a tinge of rufous; an indistinct
nuchal streak often present. Back and sides coarsely grizzled
grey and black ; a faint yellowish hip-stripe visible in some speci-
mens. Chin, chest, and belly yellow, orange or rufous, the anal
region most deeply coloured. Arms and legs grey-brown. Hands
-and feet brown. Tail very short, only about 21 times as long as
the head, greyish brown like the back, above orange proximally,
and greyish white distally below.

Skull long and lightly built; facial index 207 to 220. Muzzle

broad behind, tapering rapidly forwards. Premaxille oblique;
incisors projecting much beyond the sub-nasal prominence ; naso-
premaxillary suture decidedly shorter than naso-maxillary. Nasals
shaped somewhat as in M. coweni, 1. ¢. tapering gently forwards,
their broadest point at the maxillo-frontal suture, and their posterior
edge running nearly transversely across, instead of being bowed
backwards into centre. Interorbital region strongly constricted, its
edges not forming overhanging prominences. Anterior palatal
foramina longer than in the allied species, about the length of m.*
' Teeth. Incisors long and slender ; i.3 of medium length, the notch
not quite so far back as in most of the present group. P.* (Pl. X.
fig. 12) very peculiar in shape, broad posteriorly, with a well-marked
postero-internal talon, and narrowing anteriorly to a point, the
internal ledge not. continued beyond about half the length of the
tooth; three or four distinct external vertical ridges. Molars
narrow and delicate.

Dimensions.

3. _ 2:
h (stuffed). = Gul)

millim. millim.
Head and body .. 650 660
il) oe ee yeas 60 -
Hind foot 22. 135 130 { atevee emt) tp
fee sarees 46 a7) 140)

Skull, see p. 63.

60 MAOROPODIDZ,

Hab. South-eastern South Australia, Victoria and Tasmania.

Type in the Paris Museum.

M. billardiert is the common small Wallaby of Victoria and
Tasmania, where it is excessively abundant. It has been very
often confused with the next species, the specimens of it in many
museums and zoological gardens being labelled as M. brachyurus,
which it resembles in its general colour and proportions, but which
it exceeds very considerably in size, to say nothing of the very
obvious differences between the two species in cranial and dental
characters. ‘

The length of the molars in this species is very remarkably con-
stant, as in all the twelve specimens measured the combined
lengths of ms.1—3 falls between 16°5 and 17-1 millim., a range of
only 0°6 millim.

a3, { Ad. sks. $2 Western Port, Victoria. Purchased.
2 | Skull of 8. :

e, Skeleton, ¢. Western Port, Victoria. Purchased.
d-g. Ad. skulls. Hummock’s I., Bass’s F.M. Rayner, Esq.
Straits (Voy. ‘Herald’), [P.].

z, § Ad. sk. 3 ‘ Tasmania. ' Zool. Soe.

* ) Skull. ‘ (Type of I. rufiventer, Ogilb.)
#, Ad. sk, Tasmania. R. Gunn, Esq.

P. & C.].
(Type of H. (Thylogale) tasmunei, Gray.)

j. Ad. st., 2. Tasmania. : Gould Coll,
xz, { Ad. sk. 3 Tasmania. Gould Coll.

* ) Skull, :
2, Imm. sk. Tasmania. Cit. Ross [P. &
m. Imm. sk. Tasmania. Purchased.
n. Yg. sk. Tasmania, Purchased.
‘o. Ad. skull, g. Tasmania. Sir R. Owen [P.}.
p. Ad, skull, Tasmania (Voy. ‘Fiy’). J - B. Jukes, Esq.

Pele

q. Ad. skull. Mt. Gambier. sit 1 Owen [P.].
r,s. Ad. &imm. skeletons, 5.E. South Australia, Purchased.
t. Yg. skull. Purchased,

23. Macropus brachyurus.

Kangurus brachyurus, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 114,
Aél, pl, xix. (animal and skull) (18380).

Macropus brachyurus, Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.).v. p. 378
(1836); Waterh. Jard, Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 286 (1841);
Gieb. Odontogr. p. 48, pl. xix. fig. 1B (incisors) (1855) ; td. Saug.
p- 683 (1859); 7d. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn, vi. Abth. v. pl. xlvii.
fig. 21 (16) (incisors) (1876).

Halmaturus (Thylogale) brevicaudatus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H.i.
p. 108 (1888) ; 7d. List Mamm. B. M. p. 90 (1848); Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 125 (1862).

Halmaturus brachyurus, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ;
Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 123 (1848), v. p. 826 (1855) ;”
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 558 (1844); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii.

1. Maoropus. 61

pls. xxxvii., xxxwili. (animal) (1855); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p- 320 (1887).

Macropus (Setonyx) brachyurus, Less. NV. Tabi. R. A., Mamm. p.194
(1842) ; Chenu, Encycel. dH. N., Mars. p. 346 (1879).

Macropus (Halmaturus) brachyurus, Waterh. NV. H. Mami. i. p. 162,
pl. v. figs. 16 & 16 @ (skull and teeth) (1846).

SHORT-TAILED WALLABY.

Size small; form short and squat. Rhinarium with a central
upward projection, as in M. cowent. Fur long and thick, but coarse,
at least in adult specimens. Underfur long and soft, dark slaty
grey. General colour uniform, coarsely grizzled grey-brown, with
a tinge of rufous in some specimens. Face grizzled grey, without
definite markings; sides of cheeks pale grey or rufous. ars very
short and rounded, projecting but little from the long fur of the top
of the head; their backs thickly haired, grizzled-grey. Back
coarsely grizzled with grey and black; no body-markings at all.
Chin, chest, and belly slaty grey. Arms and legs like body, hands
and feet brown. ‘Tail very short, only about twice the length of
the head; brown above, greyish white beneath.

Skull (Pl. VIL. fig. 4) much smaller than those of other members
of the group, strongly built and broad in proportion to its length.
Muzzle short, stout, and conical. Premaxille upright, the naso-
premaxillary suture about equalling the naso-maxillary. Nasals
short, very little broader behind than in front, their contraction
forwards gradual and even, and their posterior suture much bowed
backwards in the centre. Supraorbital edges forming in old
specimens distinct postorbital processes, behind which, there is a

. strongly marked intertemporal contraction. Zygomata remarkably
broad and strong. Palatal foramina very short: Coronoid process
of lower jaw unusually broad and powerful.

Teeth very differently proportioned to those of any other member
of the genus. Incisors (Pl. IX. fig. 6) small and light; i.’ very
small, its edge shorter than that of either i.' or m.’, its notch about
its centre instead of at the back. P.* (Pl. X. fig. 13) oblong,
enormously broad and powerful, as broad in front as behind, with
a well-marked internal ledge, and with three or four external
vertical grooves. Molars very similar to those of Dorcopsis, small
and light, with nearly or quite obsolete central connecting-ridges,

Dimensions,
GO.
a (skin).
millim.
Head and body .......... (c.) 580
UD ats hsm aa weks os Sete ee Rea 250
Hind foot .............. 105
HBP: 20 4 S4.898 Cee es 42

Skull, see p. 63.
Hab. Western Australia.

62 MACROPODID.

Type in the Paris Museum.

Although the cranial and dental characters of M. brachyurus
show no approximation to those of Potorous, yet externally it so
strikingly resembles the members of that genus found in the same
region that its confusion with one of them would be by no means
improbable. It may, however, always be distinguished either from
P. gilberti or P. platyops by its longer feet, larger and propor-
tionally shorter and thicker head, hairier ears, and grey instead of
rufous-tipped underfur.

ii 1 Ad. sk, } 3 King George’s Sound, W. A. John Gilbert, Esq.
* ) Skull. . [C.].
6, Imm. st., 9. King George’s Sound, W. A. Gould Coll.
(J. Gilbert).
Imm. st. Perth, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
e ?. (6 & c. Co-types of H. brevicaudatus, Gray.)
d. Imm. sk, 9. Augusta, W.A.(J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.

2. PETROGALE.

Heteropus, Jourd. C. RB. v. p. 522, Oct. 1837; Ann. Sci.
Nat. (2) viii. p. 368 (1837). (Nee Pal. de Beauv.
1805, Orthoptera; nee Fitzinger, 1826, Reptilia.) .... P. penicillata.

Petrogale, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H.i. p. 588, Nov.

WBS P: ssseltis vars aivastesd Sonibptaers dai dkadenare vane poate Tee P. penicillata.

Type.

Rhinarium naked. Fur on back of neck directed downwards,
Central hind claws very short, only exceeding the toe-pads by two
or three millimetres. Tail long, cylindrical, not so thick as in
Macropus, thickly haired and pencilled at its extremity.

Skull as in the smaller members of the genus Macropus. Supra-
orbital edges well developed, more or less overhanging. Palatal
foraminashort. Bony palate with large vacuities. Bulla sometimes
more or less inflated.

itis & 1.2.8 @ 0 p 0.0.3.4 1.2.3.4
Dentition :—I. scp ©: a P. aa M. 5-354 X 282.

Incisors small and light; i” very similar to that of Macropus
brachyurus, viz. small, delicate, with a well-marked notch about its
centre, the part behind the notch nearly as long as that in front.
P.* large and heavy, very similar in all the species, resembling in
shape and size that of certain of the smaller Wallabies, such as
M. coxeni or wilcowi; a well-marked internal ledge running its
whole length, and two or three indistinct vertical ridges on its
pa side. Molars asin the Wallabies (Macropus, groups II.
& III.).

Range. The whole of Australia, but not Tasmania.

Although very closely allied to the second and third groups of the
genus Macropus, the Rock-Wallabies are, on the whole, fairly
entitled to generic separation, as they form a natural and easily
definable group. Their habits differ considerably from those of the
plain-loving Wallabies, as they inhabit rocky regions, climbing

Srepxeuead oy3 Jo ssao0ad Jurpusose 344 WTA
Sepa roy} Jo woKounf ay} 04 Jorra4s0d eyeseu Oy Jo YIPLerg JeuoT O14 ,,{T2A]TA ,, OY} JO PBa4sUT ‘oHBY 09 [Nyesn exour Puno; ue9q evY 4t dnosd sTyY UY y

¥-S1 11 LI 61 B18 GST | 9.ST 91 et L-6r id G.61 SBT BLT | LT €-61 || g-LT * g-1'SUL i al
8 19. £9 Lg g Le g ¢ ¢ L | 19 TL L $8 Ll GL L peasthe: gel “
oe vg 9 9-9 Lg 9-8. ¥ LE 8h LL L Gg eg eG Lg 9 Lg ‘gt JO WASue]—q]09],
sa 108 61Z at 886 20z £08 fat e1@ || ogs| 62% a ¥ES bat vee || tty [esses SQpUT PRIOR T
eas Leo | 3.08 8g 8-€9 8g 19 09 v9 |1979 | 9.92 1g 69 19 | g.79 OL ter Preece greg PROBE ISU,
a P-1E ae 6.12 9-83, 1-8 0g 8é 0g 8 | ¢-8¢ ad $66 G.83 68 eee “at sremorece SINR TRITBIO-1S8g
9-ST 8 ve fad 9.46 1% e itd se || 8-61 18 91 tad 6 | 3.08 Ge || 9.88 verererremeneeererrees BUTABBICL
a Lg L 9 1g + as g ¢ Le | LP 6g 8g |} Leg @g gg || 9.9 sereeereees CQUTBIOS [ICTR
PLT BI | 88ST 11 ae rot | ect OT | QLT |] Lett 0 oI G.6L GST | ¢.81 G61 61 ‘“gurepisuy =“ “
G98 1 83 we ax td Kd GB Kd 63 1g kd 0g 83 66 Tg || 8-8 * gt opraqno yypeeaq ss “*
eg (79)|| GL $.89 7g 09 ¥g 8¢ 8¢ 19 09 OL Tg (9) 89 9g 09 99 19 srreseeerreeerres anTOy fO98TBT
ot L-8T ¥I st 8.FT 9t | eer St | THT i]t | 8.21 GPT 8T $81 FI @.9T || 1.91 sere UND Badq SHOTOLISMOD
6 GL GL 8 6 8-6 8-6 L.0T a8 £8 T.0T $9 9-8 L G9 8 6 “oer J ugppedq yseey = “*
al FI BFL Q.cT TLLT cI 9t G-9T (itd $-9T ¢.9T tas 8T 6-LT EL 8.91 BGT “+ Yypveiq ysoyuors =“
ve 98 68 98 6¢ e(2)} 9g ee 18 6g hg & 6g ge | gle 8-8 oy zs + ygSuoy ‘sree Ny
@g(-9)]] -¥g 9¢ €-8¢ 1g Ger | 1g og agi org gg g.cp G.FG $.6F sg 9¢ lige | * WApBerq 4807801
98 ("9)/| 4.96 66 8 06 98 06 18 &6 16 901 #8 ("2) $6 88 G.16 ne ygaue] peseg
“pose ‘pede | ‘pase ‘ynpe [pe dyreau || ‘pase | -pode spate ‘pode ||‘pede| «page *Urart ‘pede || ‘pede | ‘pase || -pode Siese8 oy
“D 4 Ord ‘8 u a a gent 2B: 0 a ‘D ‘D * weumoedg
“2 (6) | “C2) 8 *? 6 "? 8 "2 Y ‘D “2 8 “6 ": ? el a <=)
| "ezzewemy (pussy) Cpavpuyepy) |] CO) “CP?
spoges “Momp.nyna “Tr “punted “py “guabna “pr ‘epneyn Ty |pyumosgyy|yunagyy|| “xzoopyen ona suax00" Py s+ gopadg

“SaLQMIMM 110UIg fo sauswaunsnapT yynyG

64

MACROPODID A,

about the cliffs with remarkable agility. Their long bushy tails
are used as balancers, and are not therefore thickened and strength-
ened for use as a third support, as is the case with the ordinary

Wallabies.

for terminal

nuchal streak,

ce’, Shoulder-markings present
d', No shoulder- or flank-markings present.

a’, Size medium ; hind foot about 130 mil-

TMs. s.iensiesetithenceeatesn

b*, Size very small; hind foot about 100

NN 2s eens ves cgnesesers

millim.,

a. Muzzle broad, its sides and the interorbital
region inflated. Greatest breadth of nasals
about one third their length

b. Muzzle narrow, neither its sides nor the
interorbital region
breadth of nasals about one fourth their
TORBEN wivises ores sea cieraiecd sierals

B. Length of skull between 80 and 90 millim.

ec. Frontal outline concave above front of orbit.
Nasals little expanded behind

d. Frontal outline convex or straight above
front of orbit. Nasals expanded behind,
as in Pl. XII. fig. 2

C. Length of skull less than 75 millim.

e. Nasals much expanded behind

D. Cranial characters unknown

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Exrernat CHARAcTERS.

B. Tail unannulated, darkening towards end.
6. Back of ears grey at base, brown or black
Thal. A black occipital streak. .
a, Tail nearly all black. Occipital streak
not extendin,
b. Tail about half black. Occipital streak
penne down neck to centre of back.

. Australia

ce. Back of ears uniform grey or fawn, some-
times tipped with white. No occipital or

Ce ee ec

II. Cranrat Caaracters.
A. Length of skull, when adult, more than 90

es

1. Petrogale xauthopus.

1. P. xanthopus, p. 64.

P. penicillata, p. 66.

3. P. lateralis, p. 68.

. P. brachyotis, p. 69.

5. P. inornata, p. 70.

6. P. concinna, p. 71.

oh canthopus, p. 64,

2. P. penicillata, p. 66.
. P, lateralis, p. 68.
4, P, brachyotis, p. 69.

. P. coneinna, p. 71,
5. P. inornata, p. 70.

Petrogale xanthopus, Gray, P. Z. S, 1854, p. 249, pl. xxix. (animal) ;

Gould, Mamm., Austr. ii.
Cat. Bones Mamm., B.

)
xliii., xliv. (animal) (1855); Gerrard, .
p. 128 (1862); Krefft, ‘Austr. Vert,

2. PETROGALT. 65

p. 11 (1871); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 594 (fig. of animal) (1880) ;
List. & Fletcher, P. Z. S, 1881, p. 984 (anat.); Jent. Cat. Ost.
Leyd. Mus. p. 823 (1887) ; Poulton, P. Z. S. 1883, p. 609 (anat. of
tongue).

“ Phalangista xanthopygns,” Gieb. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v.
pl. xx. figs. 4-7 (skull) (1874).

mie xanthopus, Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 715
( -

YELLOW-FooTED Rock-WaLuasy.

Size large. Fur long, soft and silky. Underfur thick and close,
dark grey. General colour of back grey; head and extremities
richly ornamented. Face and crown grey, with a tinge of yellowish ;
a well-defined white cheek-stripe running from the mouth below
the eye nearly to. the ear; a rich orange spot above each eye.
Ears long, their backs uniform dark yellow, and their inner sides
edged with white, except. at the tips, which are yellow, like the
outer. Back grey, a well-defined black streak running from
between the ears to the middle of the back. A triangular brown
blotch behind the elbow, followed by a pure white lateral streak,
which runs down the body to the hip. Topof knee with another
brown mark, outside which there is a prominent white patch, Chin,
chest, and belly pure white. Arms and hands, legs and feet uniform
rich yellow, the tips of the fingers and toes brown. Tail annulated
above with alternate bands of dark brown and pale yellow, the
brown bands gradually becoming united on the upperside, and
forming a well-marked blackish crest; the bands visible on the
sides nearly to the tip; underside yellowish or brownish white all
along ; extreme tip sometimes yellow.

Skull (Pl. XII. fig. 1) large and strong, especially the facial
portion. Muzzle broad and conical, the sides inflated, especially
just above p.* Premaxille fairly upright. Nasals long, expanded
behind, their greatest width about twice their least, and going
about three times into their length; the shape of their posterior
edge variable. Interorbital and posterior nasal region swollen, the
swelling passing away opposite the intertemporal constriction.
Supraorbital edges rounded in front, sharp and overhanging behind,
converging backwards. Bulle transparent, slightly swollen.

Teeth largest and heaviest in the genus.

Dimensions.
3. 9.
a (skin). —_¢ (stuffed).
millim. millim.
Head and body.......... (c.) 800 680
4 5) eae earner gals 600 600
Hind foot ...........04. 170 160
MSE gicwisedh «awe ners 74 70

Skull, see p. 72.

Hab. South Australia.
Co-types in collection.

66 MACROPODID 2.

This animal is by far the most strikingly coloured of the family,
but the contrasts are of so glaring a nature as to prevent its being
pleasing to the eye. Its skull is readily distinguishable from those
of the other species by the inflation of the muzzle and forehead,
although this inflation cannot compare in extent with that found in
Macropus antilopinus, being more like the moderate inflation present
in M. giganteus (see supra, p. 17).

Ad. sks. Flinder’s Range, 5S. A. F. Strange [C.].
yh Sicull of a, go. aS (Co-types of ie
ec. Ad. st. 2. South Australia, Zoological Society.
d. Yg. st. South Australia. Zoological Society.
e. Ad. skull. South Australia (F. G. Sir R. Owen [P.].

Waterhouse).

2. Petrogale penicillata.

Kangurus penicillatus, Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 204 (1827).

Macropus penicillatus, Benn. P. Z S. 1885, p. 1, 1886, p. 41;
Less. H. N. Mamm, (Compl. Buff.) x. pi 364 (1886) ; Benn. Cat.
N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 6 (1887); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool.
Soc. p. 66 (1888); td. Jard. Nat. Libr, Mamm. xi. p. 248, pl. xxii.
(animal) (1841); Gieb, Odontogr. p. 48, pl. xix. fig. 16 B (incisors)
(1855) ; id. Nat. Thierr. i. p. 236 (1859) ; id. Sdug. p. 683 (1859) ;
id. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. a xlvil. fig. 21 (10) (1876) ;
Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 221 (1887).

Heteropus albogularis, Jourd. C. R. v. p. 622 (1837) ; id. Ann. Sci.
Nat. (2) viii. p. 868 (1887); Less. NW. Tabl. R. A., Mamm, p. 194
(1842).

Petrogale penicillata, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 688 (1887) ;
id. Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); Gould, Mon. Macrop.
pl. xxiii. (animal) (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 92 (1848) ;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xxxix., x1. (animal) (1853) ; Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 128 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm.
Austr. Mus. p. 51 (1864); id. Austr. Vert, p. 11 (1871); Brehm,
Thierl. ii. p. 594 (1880) ; Fletch. P. Linn, Soc. N.S. W. viii. p. 7
(1888) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 322 (1887); Coll. Zoo.
Jahrb. ii. p. 891 (1887).

Halmaturus albogularis, Wagn. Schr. Sug. Supp. iii. p. 126 (1848) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 561 (1844).

Halmaturus penicillatus, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 125 (1843),
v. p. 827 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p: 559 (1844); Blyth,
Cat. Mamm. Mus, As. Soc. p. 185 (1863).

Macropus eines tae enicillatus, Waterh. N. H. Mamum. i. p. 167,
pl. i. (animal), pl. v. fig. 10 (incisors) (1846).

Macropus albogularis, Schleg. Dierk. p. 148 (1857).

(?) Petrogale longicauda *, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 324.

* Said to be distinguished “from all other species by its remarkably long
and bushy tail, which is about a foot longer than that of any other Rock-
Wallaby.” Ican only presume that Mr. Krefft had not a full-grown male
specimen of P. penicillata with a perfect tail available, as the tail of this species
often attains a length of 24 inches, so that the 27 inches of the specimen described
by Mr. Krefft is by no means beyond what might be expected occasionally to
occur. i

2. PETROGALE. 67

Oise assitnilis*, Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.i. p. 360

876).

Macropus (Heteropus) assimilis, Rams. P. Linn. Soc, N.S. W. ii.
p- 11 (1877).

BrvsH-TaiceD Rocx+Watrasy.

Size large; form stout and heavy. Fur long, thick and coarse.
General colour not unlike that of Macropus ualabatus, viz. dull
brown, more rufous on rump. Face dark grey-brown, ill-defined
dark whisker-mark and light cheek-stripe. Crown grey, a narrow
black line running along its centre from just behind the level of the
eye to the occiput, not extending down the neck. Ears short, their
insides and their posterior edges outside yellow; rest of their
backs grey at base, black terminally. Back dull grey-brown, the
hairs tipped with white on the forequarters, gradually becoming
deep rufous on the rump and base of tail. A black mark behind
the shoulder succeeded by a pale grey one, but both often hardly
visible. Chin and chest pale grey. Belly brown tinged with
yellow ; anal region rich yellowish rufous. Arms and legs brown
or rufous-brown; fingers and toes black. Tail long, more or less
bushy, pencilled at tip, its basal three or four inches rufous like the
back, the remainder deep black ; extreme tip sometimes yellow.

Skull long, more lightly built than in P. wanthopus, the muzzle
long and slender. No inflation on sides of muzzle or on forehead.
Nasals very long, narrow, and little expanded behind, their greatest
width only about once and a half their least, and barely one quarter
of theirlength. Interorbital region markedly concave ; supraorbital
edges prominent, raised and overhanging, not converging backwards
so much as in P. wanthopus, Palatal foramina short, not penetra-
ting into maxilla. Bulle opaque, rough and unswollen.

Teeth (Pl. 1X. fig. 7 and Pl. X. fig. 14) as usual ; i.° rather longer
and more Macropus-like than in the other species.

Dimensions.

Os :
a (stuffed). 8 (skin).

millim. millim,
Head and body ............ 720 720
Tail. sale cag ase es ees 560 560
Hind foot .............05. 164 154
Rares eres awn eee ieee 48 51

Skull, see p. 72.

Hab. Eastern Coast districts, from Queensland to Victoria (Port
Essington ?)
Type not in existence.

* This species is stated to be smaller, to have less briatly feet, and less pro-
minent side-stripe than in P. penicillata; but these points do not seem to be
sufficiently well marked to justify its retention as a separate species, especially
as the type was a female, and may easily have been not fully anal

F

68 MACROPODIDE,

a, Ad. std. New South Wales. Gould Coll.
b,c, | Ad. sks. New South Wales. Gould Coll.
ee Skull of 5. as Port Essington (P)* Baeciassl
Ad. & yg. sks. ort Essington (?)*. urchased.
Oy Skulls ofe § f ;
g, h, t. Ad. & yg. skeletons. Zoological Society.
Jj» Skull. G. R. Waterhouse,
Esq. [P.].

3. Petrogale lateralis.

Petrogale lateralis, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. xxiv. (animal) (1842)
(descr. orig.); Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) (nom.
nud.) ; id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 92 (1848); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
ii. pls, xli., xlii. (animal) (1857); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. Mp. 128 (1862); Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871); Jent. Cat.
Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 322 (1887).

Meheay (Heteropus) lateralis, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 172

1846). :

Bae aie lateralis, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 328 (1855).

Macropus lateralis, Geb. Séug. p. 683 (1859).

West-AvstRaLian Rocx-WataBy.

Size small; form slender and light. Fur long, soft, close, and of
a rather woolly texture. General colour light grey. Face grey; a
well-defined dark whisker-mark running through the eye nearly to
the ear, succeeded below by a whitish or yellowish cheek-stripe.
Crown dark grey, the tips of the hairs black; between the ears
there commences a narrow black or brown line which runs down
the neck and disappears about the centre of the back. Lars short,
inside and at base of outside yellow, terminal half outside brown,
but extreme tips yellow. Back grey, with a faint rusty tinge; a
prominent black or brown mark just behind the elbow, succeeded
by a well-defined white stripe running down to the hip. Front of
knee brown, connected by a brown band with the dark shoulder-
spot. Chin, centre of chest, and belly yellowish grey; sides of
chest and inner sides of arms brown. Arms, legs, and feet grey ;
fingers and toes black. Tail grey for its proximal, black for its
terminal half.

Skull (Pl. XII. fig. 3) small and lightly built. Muzzle long and
slender. Nasals long and narrow, evenly but slightly expanded
behind. Interorbital region very markedly concave, so much so as
to make a distinct concavity at this point in the general profile-line,
when viewed from the side. Supraorbital ridges prominent, over-
hanging, not converging backwards, forming indistinct rudimentary
postorbital processes. Bulle smooth, transparent, distinctly swollen.

* This locality is probably incorrect, as it is very unlikely that the species
should occur in a place where the fauna is so wholly different from that of the
Eastern and South-eastern coast of Australia.

2. PETROGALE, 69

Teeth (Pl. IX. fig. 8, and Pl. X. fig. 15) comparatively small and
delicate ; their proportion as usual.

Dimensions.
a o:

6 (skin). ¢ (stuffed).

millim, millim.
Head and body .......... (c.) 590 600
Pail: six xs wee aeaiae as 460 420
Hind foot .............. 139 120
LaPs oie ers taonswene nee 48 49

Skull, see p. 72.

Hab. Western Australia.
Types in collection.

Ad. sk. N.W. coast of Australia. B. Bynoe, Esq. [P.
@ 1 Skull. ls we aC
Ad. sks. Swan R., W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll. (Co-
bye Skulls. de. , types of species.)
d, Skull. Swan R., W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
e. Skull. Gould Coll.

4, Petrogale brachyotis.

ae (Petrogale) brachyotis, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 129; Less.

N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842).

Petrogale brachyotis, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. vi. (animal) (1841) ;
Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); Gray, List Mamm.
B. M. p. 92 (1843); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. xlvii. (animal)
(1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 128 (1862);
Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871).

Macropus brachyotis, Waterk. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 247
(1841); Gied. Sdug. p. 684 (1859).

Halmaturus brachyotis, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 562 (1844) ; Wagn.
Schr. Séug. Supp. v. p. 330 (1855).

Macropus (Heteropus) brachyotis, Waterh. N. H. Mamm.i. p. 176
(1846).

Suort-EARED Rock-W ALLABY.

Size small, form light and slender. Fur short and thin ; under-
fur sparse, dark slaty grey. General colour greyish fawn. Head
pale grey ; face-markings almost obsolete. Ears very short, their
backs uniform fawn-grey like the head, their edges and extreme
tips white. Body-markings present, but not prominent; a dark
brown blotch behind the elbow, succeeded by a whitish band. Chin,
chest, and belly greyish white. Limbs palegrey. Tail grey above,
whitish below for three-fourths of its length, the terminal fourth
tufted with longer dark brown hairs.

Skull (Pl. XII. fig. 2) about the same size as that of P. lateralis,
but more heavily built. Muzzle broad, conical. Nasals narrow in
front, much expanded behind, their posterior edge projecting back-
wards in the centre only. Interorbital region flat or very slightly

70 MACROPODIDA,

concave, but this concavity not enough to show in a lateral view
of the skull. Supraorbital edges sharp, less prominent than in
P. lateralis. Bulle slightly inflated.

Teeth as in P. lateralis, but p.’ rather larger and heavier.

Dimensions.

3. 2.
a (stuffed), 5 (skin).

millim. millim.
Head and body ............ 540 540
Tal cies ad PAA REARS 400 360 (?)
Hind foot) ..esciscave veces 130 122
Baten egw ae weaned eee 40 34

Skull, see p. 72.

Hab. North-west coast of Australia.
Co-types in collection.

p, ) Ad. sks. Hanover Bay, N.W. coast of Gould Coll. (Co-
% Skulls, ( ¢ $- “Australia (Sir G. Grey). types of species.)

5. Petrogale inornata.

Petrogale inornata, Gould, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 5; td. Mon, Macrop.
pl. xxv. (animal) (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 92 (1848) ;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. xlv., xlvi. (animal) (1860) ; Krefft,
Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871).

Halmaturus inornatus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 566 (1844); Wagn.
Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 331 (1855).

matty (Heteropus) inornatus, Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 175

1846).
Moose inornatus, Gieb. Sdug. p. 684 (1859),

PLAIN-coLOURED Rock-WALLABY.

“General colour of the upper parts sandy grey, grizzled over the
shoulders and becoming much lighter on the flanks; an indistinct
line of a lighter hue along the face under the eye; ears sandy grey,
bordered by a very narrow line of dark brown on their inner edge ;
a dark patch on the occiput, passing into a dark line down the fore-
head; a dusky red patch behind the elbow; under surface sandy
white, inclining to rufous on the lower part of the abdomen; arms
and tarsi sandy grey, passing into dark brown at the extreme tips
of the toes ; basal half of the tail sandy brown, the remainder black,
the former colour extending along the sides of the tail for some
distance towards the tip.”

(Skull and teeth unknown.)

Dimensions, $. ‘Head and body 580 millim.; tail (c.) 390;
hind foot 183*; ear 47.”

Hab. “ North coast of Australia.”

Type not traceable.

The above description is taken from Gould’s ‘Mammals of Aus-
tralia,’ as the typical specimen referred to by him, although originally
deposited in the Museum, was afterwards reclaimed by Mr. B.

* Including claw.

2, PETROGALE. 71

Bynoe, its discoverer, and has now disappeared. The species must
be very closely allied to P. brachyotis, and may indeed have been
founded upon an individual of that species with the markings un-
usually indistinct.

6. Petrogale concinna.

Petrogale concinna, Gould, P. Z, S. 1842, p. 57; Gray, List Mamm.
B. M. p. 92 (1843); Gould, Mamm. Austr, ii. pl. xlviii. (animal)
(1856) ; Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871).

Halmaturus concinnus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 565 (1844); Wagn.
Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 831 (1855).

wales (Heteropus) concinnus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 177

46).
Macropus concinnus, Gieb. Sdug. p. 684 (1859).
Lrrtiz Rocx-Warwasy.

Size very small; form slender. Fur short, soft, and silky. Under-
fur thick, long, and soft, slate-coloured at base, rufous-fawn at
tip. General colour rich orange-rufous. Head pale fawn, face-
markings obsolete. Ears very short, their backs like the head.
Body without any markings, except.a very faint trace of the dark
patch behind the elbow. Fur of back mainly made up of the under-
fur, the rufous tips of which give the general tone to the colour; the
longer hairs, which are black for their basal half or terminal fourth,
the other fourth being white, scarcely affecting the general colour.
Chin, chest, and belly white or greyish white. Arms, legs, and feet
greyish fawn. Tail pale rufous grey at its base, gradually becoming
darker towards the tip, the hairs forming a yellowish-brown, and
not a black, terminal pencil.

Skull (Pl. XII. fig. 4) very small, and quite different in shape
from that of the other species. Facial portion comparatively short
and brain-case large. Muzzle short, narrow, and pointed, not in-
flated. Nasals very narrow in front and enormously broadened
behind, their greatest breadth more than three times their least,
and more than half their length. Interorbital region broad, flat,
parallel-sided, the edges sharp but not thickened. Bulle slightly
swollen.

Teeth. Incisors (Pl. IX. fig. 9) very small and slender; i.> about
the length .of the edge of i.’ ‘Cheek-teeth, in the only available
specimen, al/ square and molariform, five on one side and four on
the other. Whether, however, the molar-shaped anterior tooth of
the five is a much modified p.*, a milk-p.* with its successor aborted,
or an m.’ in a specimen developing five molars on each side*, it is
impossible to determine without further specimens for comparison.

Dimensions, 3 (imm.). Head and body 350 ; hind foot 94; ear 27.
Skull, see next page.

Hab. North-west Australia.

Type in collection.

Imm. sk. N.W. coast of Australia Sir John Richardson [P.].
ie Skull. $ (Lieut, Emery). (Type of species.)

* As happens occasionally in Bettongia, see below, p. 105 (footnote).

MACROPODID.E.

72

91 81 BLT | FST 0% 13 7 gsr i
wanes EL G.9 G9 Ged; 8 wees yd “ee ce

g LP 8-8 b Gg Lb fe ce Jo yy8u9]—qye0],
802 82% 9% EFS 613 “* Xepur [ee
rb | G-8¢ 1G | @6¢ £69 G-8L cons Sree Terouy-Isegy
eZ Soe | |) 2eaas oz | oe woe | Gar ORE sso eee eet
GPL || 9-18 & G-8T ee 9% ¥ ¥6 Trrrreneress @Taasel(y
88 gg 9 9 9 £9 GP 9 eens DSURRIOF PEPE.
gl SL SI 91 ST 6l | &8T 61 * ,"WI eprsur

16 | 993 |¢-4% G.9% 9 66 63 0g “Sun episyno yypearq —«
IP $G tence 6P Ig $9 @9 9 eaneee eee eeeenes qysue, ‘eqereg
GFL ial &I LIL | £81 &I 91 91 * YypBeag ‘BOTTIYSUOD
G Lg 9 g Gg L iL G8 * Ygpeerq ysvey
941 || OST #1 ral II re sI sI " qypverq ysozeous
GLB 98 88 18 68 6F ch GO5 cis AGG. Cyleeesan areas sen * yqsuey ‘speseyy
eb 8F 6F("9) || 8F 8 1 1g 09 "* Ypeoaq 4s0yuaI4)
9-89 #8(2)) 98Co) ||} 64 8 86(9)} 16 POL ot qysual [eseg
“COUT “ps Brrais “ps ‘pe ‘pase ‘pe *pese e3y

2 9 D 29 9 9 Y 9 + gaumtoedg

+o 6 “Pp i "p a) Ff é wo) PPeeTerrr Te Tere eee reer xeg
ae ‘seofhtyousg "I “s1yD40]0) * “nyoqnowuad "ef ‘sndoyjuon gq [rvtieerteree sovadg

‘epedorjog fo squawaunspapy 7nyg

3. ONYCHOGALE. 73

(8. ONYCHOGALE.

“Onychogalea, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii.p. 402 (1841) ;
ad. Inst Mamm. B. M. p. 88 Cee) (mee Kor ay, P. ZS.
1864,pp, 509, 570) .ccis asco cos seeeerneds soda onto O. unguifera.

Rhinarium hairy, the ee of the internasal septum alone
naked in some species, Central hind claws long, narrow, com-
pressed, and very sharp. Tail long, tapering, short-haired, not
bushy, more or less crested towards the tip; its extreme end pro-
vided with a peculiar horny epidermic excrescence, forming a spur
or nail at the tip.

Skull much as in Macropus. Bulle more or less inflated.

1.2.38 ware, 0.0.3.4 1.2.3.4
eee a » 2. ococgtp Me hey K 2 = 82
or

Incisors small and light, decreasing evenly in size from before
backwards; i.’ and i.° very slender, slanting strongly forwards ;
i} thinner and lighter than i.?, its edge considerably shorter than m.”
or even p.*, its notch about its centre (see Plate IX. figs. 10 & 11).
Canines small or absent. P.* small, hourglass-shaped, without in-
ternal ledge. Molars as in Macropus.

Range. All Australia. Not found in Tasmania.

The Nail-tailed Wallabies form a natural little group, distin-
guished both by the shape of the incisors and by the peculiar
horny excrescence at the,tip of the tail. This latter character is
altogether unique among Marsupials, and is only found among
other Mammals in the Lion, which sometimes has a somewhat
similar horny spur at the end of its tail. In the casevf the Wal-
labies it is difficult to conceive what can be the use of the spur;
and observations on the living animal are much needed with regard
to this interesting point.

pe.

Synopsis of the Species.
I. Exrernat CHARACTERS.

A. General colour fawn. Tail very long, its ter-
minal nail large, flattened ..........+4.. 1. O. unguifera, p. 74.
B. General colour grey. Tail medium, its ter-
minal nail small, rounded.
a, White shoulder-stripes running forwards
along back of neck; centre of neck black

OL BTCV” save inva Sasuen 8 terse gras ovis Baeretbvars 8:5 2. O. frenata, p. 75.
b. White shoulder-stripes ending above sca-
pule ; neck dark rufous .............. 3. O. lunata, p. 77.

II. Cranran CHaRacters,

A. Forehead inflated. Canines present. P.* more
than 4 millim. long ........:0. cece ee eee 1. O. unguifera, p. 74.
B. Forehead flat. Canines minute or absent.
P.* less than 4 millim.
a, Palatal foramen equal to or longer tham m.*
Bulle but little inflated ...........0.. 2. O. frenata, p. 75.
b. Palatal foramen shorter than m.' Bulle
much inflated... 0.0 cece eee ee eens 3. O. lunata, p. 77.

74 MACROPODID&.

1. Onychogale unguifera.

Macropus unguifer, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 93; 2d. Mon, Macrop.
pl. iv. (animal) (1841); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi.
p- 201 (1841); Less. W. Tabl. R..A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842); Gerv.
H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 270 (1855); Schleg. Dierk. p. 142 (1857) ;
Gieb. Sdug. p. 674 (1859). "

Macropus (Onychogalea) unguifer, Gray, Grey’s Austr. ii. p. 402
(1841); Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 75 (1846).

Onychogalea unguifer, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1848);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pls. lii., lili. (animal) (1859); Krefft,
Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871).

Halmaturus unguifer, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 547 (1844); Wagn.
Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 803 (1855). ;

Onychogalea annulicauda, De Vis, P. Roy. Soc. Queensl. i. p. 157
(1884).

NalIL-TAILED WALLABY.

Largest of genus; form light and slender. Rhinarium (Pl. XI.
fig. 5) broad, less hairy than in the other species, the hair coming
down in the centre barely to the level of the lower edge of the
nostril. Fur thick, close, and rather short, very largely composed
of the long, soft, rufous underfur. General colour uniform sandy
fawn*, Face and head pale fawn, the tips of the hairs white.
An indistinct white cheek-stripe. In some (? immature) specimens
the muzzle is brown, and there are darker markings between the
eye and ear and behind the base of the latter. ars thinly covered
with white hairs, Neck and back uniform rich sandy fawn; a
central darker stripe on the back and rump, very variable in its
intensity. Sides paler, the bases of the longer and the whole of the
underfur dark slate-colour. An indistinct white mark behind the
elbow, corresponding to the well-defined white line in the other
species, and a white hip-stripe present. Chin, chest, and belly
white, the bases of the hairs slaty grey. Arms and hands, feet and
front of legs white; back of legs fawn. Tail very long, white
above, sandy below, its terminal third showing a tendency to annu-
lation, the rings being brown and gradually. becoming darker, and
coalescing into the wholly black tail-tip, the black hairs forming a
crest along the uppersides and a well-marked pencil at the tip.
Terminal nail (Pl. XI. fig. 6) large and flattened laterally, from
10 to 15 millim. long and about 7 or 8 broad, placed vertically ;
wholly hidden in the long pencil of hairs.

Skull heavily built. Facial portion very long in comparison to
cranial (facial index 250). Forehead markedly inflated, the pos-
terior half of the nasals much bowed upwards in the middle line.
Nasals evenly converging forwards, their greatest breadth nearly
half their length, their posterior edge sinuous. Interorbital space
flat, its edges converging backwards, overhanging, and forming
rudimentary postorbital processes. Palatal foramina rather shorter

* In specimens long exposed to light this colour becomes nearly or quite
white, especially on the head.

3. ONYCHOGALE. 75

than m.’ Posterior palate with only a few small vacuities. Bulle
smooth, slightly swollen. , j

Teeth. Incisors (Pl. LX. fig. 10) largest in the genus; i long,
slanting nearly horizontally forwards. Canines present and probably
functional to a certain extent, about 3 or 4 millim, long and 1 mil-
lim. in diameter, their tips rounded. P.‘ triangular, rounded, its
posterior transverse diameter nearly double its anterior, owing to
the large size of the postero-internal talon; its two main cusps
very high, and the notch between them unusually deep.

Dimensions.
3.
a (skin)
millim.
Head and body.............. 660
PAA. op sips Ace ics wees eae des a ae. 665
; Hind foot oe... see cece ees 174
Hat 6 viedsreaeeeues aaeng ee 61

Skull, see p. 79.

Hab. North-western and Northern Central Australia.

Type in collection. ,

The only difference of importance that I can perceive between
Mr. De Vis’s description of O. annulicauda and our specimens of
this species is the presence in the former of a “nearly black”
muzzle and of darker face-markings in front of and behind the base
of the ear. That these, however, are individual and not specific
characteristics is shown by the fact that there is in the Paris
Museum a specimen *, also from the Gulf of Carpentaria, which has
no trace of them, although it has the same distinct dorsal stripe and
comes from the same locality as the type of O. annulicauda. It
should, however, be mentioned, in justice to Mr. De Vis, that, owing
to the faded condition of the typical specimen, neither the dorsal
stripe nor the caudal annulations are shown in Gould’s figures of
the species, nor is any reference to the latter character made either
by that author or by Waterhouse.

Ad. sk. N.W. coast of Australia, B. Bynoe, Esq. [P. & C.].

me Skull. ( o° ( Type of species.)

6. Ad. sk. Roebuck Bay, Dampier Mr. Duboulay [C.].
Land.

2. Onychogale frenata.

Macropus freenatus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 92; 7d. Mon. Macrop.
pl. iii. (animal) (1841); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 202
(1841); Less. M. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842) ; Gerv, Hist.
Nat. Mamm. ii. p. 270 (1855) ; Schley. Dierk, p. 143 (1857) ; Gied.

* For a careful description of which I have to thank Mons. J. Huet, of that
institution.

76 MACROPODID.&E.

Stuy. p. 675 (1859); Blyth, Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 184
(1863). -

Macropus (Onychogalea) frenatus, Gray, Grey's Austr. App. i.
p. 402 (1841); Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i, p. 77 (1846).

Onychogalea freuata, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1848) ; Gould,
Mamm, Austr. ii. pl. liv. (animal) (1849); Krefft, Cat. Mamm.
Austr. Mus. p. 58 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871); Jent.
Cat. Ost. Leyd, Mus. p. 821 (1887); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 887
(1887). :

Halmaturus frenatus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 548 (1844); Wagn.
Schr. Séug. Supp. v. p. 803 (1855).

BriptED WALLABY.

Size small; form very light and delicate. Rhinarium narrow,
wholly hairy. Fur soft and thick; underfur plentiful, dark slate-
coloured at base and light grey at tip. General colour clear grey,
the forequarters ornamented with white stripes. Face pale grey,
an inconspicuous whitish spot over each eye, and an indistinct white
cheek-stripe present. ars short, inside white, outside greyish
brown. Centre of back of neck black *, passing gradually in the
middle line into the dark grey of the back, the black edged on each
side with a continuation of the white shoulder-stripe, which, starting
from the light belly-colour about an inch behind the elbow, runs
upwards and forwards along the sides of the back of the neck to
just behind the ears. The black sometimes continued inconspi-
cuously forwards along the middle line of the head. Sides of neck
grey with a rufous tinge, arising from the rufous tips to the under-
fur. A very indistinct pale hip-stripe. Chin and chest white;
belly pale grey, the bases of the hairs slate-colour. Arms and outside
of legs grey, fingers black, front of legs and feet white. Tail of
medium length, uniform grey, extreme tip black. Terminal nail
(Pl. XI. fig. 7) consisting merely of a rounded horny point, 2 or 3
millim. in diameter.

Skull. Facial portion smaller in proportion to cranial than in
O. unguifera (index about 225), Forehead flat, not inflated. Nasals
evenly tapering forwards, their greatest breadth going about 23
times in their length, their posterior edge evenly but slightly curved
backwards. Supraorbital edges parallel, overhanging, but not
forming rudimentary postorbital processes. Palatal foramina long
and narrow, as long as or longer than m.*, sometimes equalling m.°
Posterior palate with two very large and several smaller vacuities.
Bulle smooth, but opaque, very slightly swollen.

Teeth. Incisors much as in O. unguifera, but i.’ shorter and not
so much slanted forwards. Canines nearly always absent ; if present
excessively minute, functionless. [P.* very small, hourglass-shaped,
its posterior but little exceeding its anterior diameter, its cusps low
and oe an unusually deep notch between them. Molars as
usual.

* Grey in immature specimens.

3. ONYCHOGALE. 77
Dimensions.

a (eicied). -b (otsifed,

millim. millim,
Head and body .......... 650 460
Tall a cca tone ae eta 1... 450 380
Hind foot........-.....0. 152 120
Ear cere ew aenctaee es 62 60

Skull, see p. 79.

Hab. Hastern Australia, from Queensland to Victoria.
Type in collection.

a, Ad. st., o. New South Wales. Gould Coll. (Type
of species. )
6. Ad. ae Q. : ee South Wales. Gould Coll.
mm. sks. akey Creek,Darling Gould Coll.

ed } Sati of +4 SEQ. TNGWwns, N’S. W.

Imm. sks. New South Wales. Zool, Soe. (Gould
oS) Sicull of e, Coll.).
g- Imm. skeleton (3). New South Wales. Purchased.

3. Onychogale lunata.

Macropus lunatus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 98; Gray, Grey’s Austr.,
App. ii. p. 402 (1841); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi.
p- 203 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842); Gray,
List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1843); Gerv. H. N. Mam. ii. p. 270
(1855); Geb. Sdéug. p. 675 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 125 (1862).

Halmaturus lunatus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 548 (1844); Wagn.
Schr. Siug. Supp. v. p. 804 (1855).

Macropus (Onychogalea) lunatus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 79
(18486).

Onychogale lunata, Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. lv. (animal) (1849) ;
Kreffi, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 58 (1864) ; id. Austr. Vert,
p. 11 (4871); F. G. Waterh. Hare. 8. Austr. p. 285 (1876).

CrEscENT WALLABY.

Size and proportions much as in O. frenata. Rhinarium narrow,
the base of the internasal septum naked. Fur soft and woolly; under-
far long, slaty at base, pale grey terminally. General colour dark
grey. Face grey, a mark over eye and cheek-stripe slightly paler.
Fars short, white inside, brown out. Back and sides of neck uniform
rich rufous, this colour coming from the rufous tips of the underfur
passing gradually into the dark grey of the back. White shoulder-
stripe very prominent, running backwards from the white of the
belly and ending abruptly over the scapula, not encroaching upon
the back of the neck. Sides paler than back; a whitish stripe just
above the hip and another parallel to it in the usual position of the

78 MACROPODID.E. 1

hip-stripe, neither of them very well-defined. Chin, chest, and
belly whitish, the bases of the hairs grey. Arms, legs, and feet
pale grey, fingers and toes brown. Tail rather short, uniform grey;
its terminal nail as in O. frenata.

Skull very small and light. Muzzle slender and pointed. Facial
index only from 200 to 215. Forehead flat, not inflated. Nasals
very narrow, their greatest breadth going about 24 times into their
length, their posterior edge slightly sinuous, Supraorbital edges
parallel, sharp and well-defined, not thickened or overhanging.
Palatal foramina short and rounded, not so long asm.’ Posterior
palate with large vacuities. Bulle large and much swollen, trans-
parent.

Teeth much as in O. frenata, but smaller and lighter. Incisors
(Pl. IX. fig. 11) very small and slender, i.° more upright than in
O. frenata, Canine generally present, but exceedingly minute and
quite functionless, its point not projecting above the bone. P.*
very small, hourglass-shaped, its posterior scarcely greater than its
anterior diameter, its postero-internal talon obsolete, and its upright
cusps unusually low and rounded.

Dimensions.
foi
e (stuffed).
millim.
Head and body .............. 500
Tall meena dae a seheuecars 332
Hind f00t) scene gaceesean ress 120
Hat osccas cs ea aware eae wee 58
Skull, see next page.
Hab. West and South Australia.
Type in collection.
Imm. sk. Swan R., W. A. (J. Gel- = Gould Coll. (Type
a Skull. 3. bert). ; of ph Tone os
Bc, jimm. sks. Swan R., W. A. (J. Gel- Gould Coll.
2 Skull of e. bert).
d. Yg. st.. 3. West Australia. Purchased,
e. Ad. st. ¢. South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. &
0.).
St, 9. Yg. sks. South Australia, Sir G. Grey [P. &
C.

h, Aged skeleton (9). Zoological Society.

4, LAGORCHESTES. 79

Skull Measurements of Onychogale.

Species ..........scsesees { a ag O. frenata, || O. lunata.
Sex sebertedtenenteeen 3. (d-) 3d. | C2.)
Specimens ......,.. a. g: a. h.
ABO esincnssiaxeccswas adult. imm. imm. | aged.
Basal length ......... ce ecseeseeee eee 87 78 64 61
Greatest breadth .... 52°5 48 39 39
Nasals, length .......... 45 34 28 25
» greatest breadt 20 15 10-2) 10
» least breadth . a Td 6 43 5
Constriction, breadth ........0...... 16 19°5 145] 13:5
Palate, length .........ses.ceesceseeee 57 49 38 38
» breadth, outside m.? ...... 28°5 23 20 20°2
sj “5 inside m.? ......... 17:3 15 12 13
Palatal foramen ...........ccseceeeee 55 6 31 3
Dia stems vaciisasdedadesceuvisuaisevanses 25 21(p.5)|| 165) 14
Basi-cranial axis ..........cc00..0000- 26 25 21:5] 20
Basi-facial axis.............cceceeeeeee 65 56 43 43
Facial index .0.............cccceeseeeee 250 224 200 | 215
Teeth—length of i.3...0....00....0.. 34 25 26 2
. 3 UA «ots adeteserne 45 3:5 < 2:8
9 ‘5 rit: Ramee nee 21 153 145| 13:7
4, LAGORCHESTES. .
‘ype.

Lagorchestes, Gould, Mon. Macrop. letterpress to
Pl RM, CUBED vies boas etie toga ew byes by Goedsinimage Sees L. leporoides.

Rhinarium wholly or partly hairy. Central hind claws long and
strong, not hidden by the hair of the foot. Tail rather short, not
bushy or crested, but evenly short-haired throughout; no trace of a
caudal spur.

Skull with a short muzzle, the diastema less than the length of
the first three molars. Bullw inflated,

ras 1.2.3 q lor! p 0.0.8.4 1.2.8.4 9
Dentition :—I. 77> C. —F-) P. Spa} M. egy x 234.

Incisors small and sharp-edged ; i.’ slightly longer than i”, with
a shallow notch about its centre. Canines present, functional
in L. conspicillatus, very small in L. leporoides and L. hirsutus.
P.4 large, not constricted at its centre, with a well-marked internal
ledge running its whole length.

Range. The whole of Australia. Not found in Tasmania.

Synopsis of the Species.
I, Exrernat CHAnscrers,

A. Underfur of back uniform blackish brown.
Ears less than one third of hind feet. Two [p. 80.
white lateral bands present ............ 1. L. conspicillatus,

80 MACROPODID.E.

B. Underfur of back bicolor, dark slate with

aler tips. Ears more than one third of
find feet. No lateral bands.

a. Rump-piles tipped white or grey. A black

patch on elbow .....-..+- ae a] 2, L. leporoides, p. 82.
6. Rump-piles tipped red. No black pate
BEES cc inom casas ,e-> Nab dtanaa, ped

II. CrantaL CHARACTERS.

A. Muzzle ‘broad and heavy. Canines well _. 80.
developed, functional ............+..05 1. L. conspicillatus,
2. I. leporoides, p. 82.

B. Muzzle narrow and light. Canines minute } 3, L. harsutus, p. 84.

1. Lagorchestes conspicillatus *.

u. Lagorchestes conspicillatus, var. typicus.

Lagorchestes conspicillatus, Goud, P. ZS. 1841, p. 82; id. Mon.
Macrop. pl. xxviii. (animal) (1842); Gray, List. Mamm. B. M.
p- 95 (1848); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. lix. (animal) 1860;
Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 181 (1862); Krefft, Austr.
Vert. p. 11 (1871).

Halmaturus conspicillatus, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 563 (1844);
Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 806 (1855).

Macropus (Lagorchestes) conspicillatus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm..i.
p. 85 (1846).

Macropus conspicillatus, Gieb. Sdug. p. 676 (1859).

SprecracLeD Hare-WaLLaBY.

Size comparatively large, and form thick and heavy. Rhinarium
less hairy than in the other species, the lower half of the nasal
septum and the edges of the nostrils naked. Fur long and coarse,
no longer piles projecting above the general level; underfur long,
soft, and thick, uniform dark brown, or nearly black above, grey
tipped with rufous on the sides, and uniform slaty grey below.
General colour coarsely grizzled yellowish grey. Head grizzled
white and black; a well-marked chestnut-coloured patch round
each eye, very variable in its intensity, not passing forwards on to
the sides of the muzzle. Ears very short, their length going from
32 to 4 times into that of the tarsus, their backs pale grizzled grey,
their edges and insides nearly white. Hairs of the back black for
their basal half and at their tips, with a broad pale yellow band
just below the latter ; the general colour not unlike that of a common
hare, but varying very much in its richness and intensity. Two
whitish lateral bands present, one just in front of, and the other on
the hip; the latter running on to the rump, which is a clear pale
grizzled grey, all the yellow disappearing from the longer hairs some
three inches from the root of the tail, and being replaced by white.

"* a, Back yellowish grey. Markings dull. Insular. a. Var. typicus.
b. Back deep fawn. Markings brilliant. Conti-

Nental vninsaconencwenaswennaercdanssoumaamenamaecnsen b. Var. leichardti, p, 82.

4, LAGORCHESTES. 81

Sides dull yellowish grey, the tips of the underfur showing through.
Chin, chest, and ‘belly mixed white and slaty grey. Arms and
hands, legs, and feet grey, more or less tinged with rufous. Tail
very thinly covered above and laterally with pure white hairs,
except for its basal three inches, where it is grey like the rump;
Dest the hairs are more numerous and are more or less tinged with
awn.

Skull (Pl. XTIT. fig. 3) large, stout and heavy, very different in
general shape to that of the other species. Facial portion propor-
tionally large, index 205-215. Muzzle broad and strong, evenly
but slightly tapering forwards. Nasals expanded behind, very short
and broad, but with the part in front of their junction with the
premaxillea long and tapering, their greatest breadth nearly one
half their length. Interorbital space flat or concave, its edges
sharp and strongly developed, overhanging, often markedly con-
verging backwards. Palatal foramina rather shorter than m.*
Posterior palate more complete than in the other species, a few
small vacuities only present. Bulle large, swollen, flatter and
rougher than in ZL. leporoides and L. hirsutus, and their substance
less transparent.

Teeth proportionally very thick and powerful. Posterior edge of
i? (Pl. IX. fig. 12) vertical or bent backwards, its notch nearly
obsolete. Canines comparatively large and strong, evidently
becoming functional in old specimens. P.‘ (Pl. X. fig. 16) as in the
other species, but larger and broader.

Dimensions.

g. 2.
a (skin). b (stuffed).

millim. millim,
Head and body .......... 480 490
AL Ls ede eca aean oie ae Sac de e's Banter a 425
Hind foot................ 126 122
Tai) cope eines ss eae 33 35

Skull, see p. 85.

Hab. Islands off the North-west coast of Australia ; represented
on the Continent by var. leichardti. ;
Co-types in collection.

‘Ad. sk, Barrow Isl., N. W. coast B. Bynoe, Esq.
Skull. t 3: of Australia. P.&C.).
p, Ad. sk. Barrow Island. Captain Wickham
} Sea, 1g. [P. & C.].
(Co-types of species.)
e. Skull, g. Trimouille Isl., Dampier Gould Coll.
Archipelago.

82 MACROPODID&.

2. Lagorchestes conspicillatus, var. leichardti.
Lagorchestes leichardti, Gould, Mamm. Austr, ii. pl. Ix. (animal)
(1868); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 52 (1864) ; ad, Austr.
Fert. p. 11 (1871). ; : te
Lagorehestes conspicillatus, var. leichardti, Coll. Zool. Jahrb. it.
p. 889 (1887). ;

With all the essential characters of the typical form, but differing
in the much greater brilliancy of the markings and colour. The
yellowish grey of the back is replaced by deep fawn, the dull chest-
nut patches round the eye by much broader and brilliant rufous
ones ; the yellowish grey on the tips of the lateral underfur by rich
rufous, and this colour extends forwards along the side of the head
below the ear. Chin, chest, belly, and pale lateral bands nearly
pure white, contrasting markedly with the rufous of the sides and
back. ‘The ears also are slightly longer than in L. conspicillatus,
although still decidedly shorter than in L. leporoides.

Dimensions.

2.

a (skin).

millim.
Head and body .......... (c.) 520
Dall din ats gis cletrs Wein ees 460
Hind foot ..............0. 137
Mak acs e ga sapaed 4 estan ae 39

Hab. North Australia, from east to west.

Type in the Sydney Museum.

This beautiful Wallaby is certainly not specifically separable from
L. conspicillatus, to which it bears very much the same relationship
that Macropus ruficollis var. bennettii does to the typical form
(see supra, p. 35). It is probably spread over the whole of
central and north-western tropical Australia, while the true
L. conspreillatus is as yet only known from certain islands off the
North-west coast; the latter, therefore, although the earlier’
described, being really, in nature, but a more dully coloured and
shorter-eared insular variety of the continental form. It is some-
what unfortunate that the rules forbid our recognizing this fact in
the nomenclature of the two, and regarding JZ. leichardti as the
original, and the insular form as the variety.

Ad. sk. Roebuck Bay, N.W. coast Mr. Duboulay [C.].
a 1 Shull } ?- of Australie oe

2. Lagorchestes leporoides.

Macropus leporoides, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p. 93; Waterh. Jard.
Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 204 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R..A., Mam.

. 194 (1842); Gieb. Sting. p. 675 (1859); td. Thierr. i. p. 236
1859) ; id. Bronn’s Kl. «. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pl. xlvii. fig. 21 (17)

4, LAGORCHESTES. 83

(incisors) (1876) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 594 (1880); Flow. & Gars.
Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 714 (1884).

Lagorchestes leporoides, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. xii. (animal)

' (1841); Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); dd. List
Mamm. B. M. p. 94 (1848); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. lvii.
(animal) (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 180
(1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 52 (1864); id. Austr.
Vert. p. 11 (1871) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 821 (1887).

Halmaturus leporoides, Schinz, Syn. Mam. p. 549 (1844); Wagn.
Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 805 (1855),

Macropus (Lagorchestes) leporoides, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 82,
pl. v. figs. 17 & 17 @ (skull and teeth) (1846).

Lagorchestes gymnotis, Blyth, J. A. 8S. B. xxvii. p. 276 (1859) ; id. .
Cat. Mamm. Mus. As. Soc. p. 184 (1863).

Common HAare-Wa.taby.

General form light and slender. MRhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 4)
hairy, the base of the nasal septum alone naked. Quality of fur
much as in L. conspicillatus. Underfur long and soft, everywhere
on the body dark slaty grey at base, broadly tipped with pale brown,
and that on some parts with a second darker subterminal band.
General colour exceedingly like that of a Common Hare, even more
so than in LZ. conspicillatus. Head coloured on the same essential
pattern as in ZL. conspicillatus, but far more obscurely, and the
rufous colour round the eye more prolonged forwards on the sides
of the muzzle. Ears comparatively long, their length going from
23 to 3 times in that of the hind feet, their backs and insides
whitish. Back with the subterminal pale band on the longer hairs
white with a tinge of yellow, the yellow disappearing on the rump.
Sides with a very faint and inconspicuous trace of the two lateral
bands present in ZL. conspicillatus. Chin, chest, and belly dirty
yellowish grey. Arms with a well-marked black patch on the
outside of the proximal half of the forearm, caused by the entire
absence of longer piles, and the consequent prominence of the
underfur, which is here nearly black. Legs like body; hands and
feet finely grizzled greyish white. Tail thinly haired, grizzled
brownish grey above, nearly white on the sides and below.

Skull light and slender, with a long narrow muzzle; facial index
230-235. Nasals long and narrow, their greatest breadth going
about 23 times in their length, slightly expanded behind; their
posterior border evenly curved backwards, slightly recurved forwards
in the centre. Interorbital space flat, its edges parallel, sharp, but
little overhanging. Palatal foramina short, barely the length of m.'
Posterior palate with considerable vacuities. Bulle much swollen,
globular, smooth and transparent.,

Teeth. Incisors (Pl. IX. fig. 13) small and, delicate; i.° much
slanted forwards, slightly exceeding i.? in horizontal length, its
notch about the centre of its outer edge. Canines very small,
scarcely projecting abovethe gum. P.* oblong, parallel-sided, about
the length of m.*, its internal ledge running its whole length.

a2

84 MACROPODID.

Dimensions.
a (in). 3 (otsifed),
millim, millim.
Head and body ...........-. (c.) 450 | 490
Tall. aedeseaw eee eevee etes 320 300
Hind foot cosa. sscsseeeawe 128 122
Har: (ieicievigeicaie: sbnaas 45 57

Skull, see next page.

Hab. South Australia and New South Wales.
Co-types in collection.

z, JAd. sks. Interior of New South Gould Coll.
% % J Siulis, ( SF Wales (J. G.). (Co-types of species. )
Pe, 1 ae sks. 9 South Australia. Sir . on
: Kull of ¢ P. .).
e. | ¥g. st. t South Australia. Sir G. at
* ) Skull. P. & C.).
J-t. Skulls, South Australia (J. Gould Coll.
Strange).

3. Lagorchestes hirsutus.

Lagorchestes hirsutus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 82; id. Mamm.
Austr. pl. lviii. (animal) (1849); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 181 (1862); Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871); Jent.
Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 322 (1887).

Macropus (Lagorchestes) hirsutus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 98,
pl. v. fig. 5 (incisors) (1846).

Halmaturus hirsutus, Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 807 (1855).

Macropus hirsutus, Gieb. Odontogr. p. 48, pl. xix. fig. 2 6 (incisors)
(1855); id. Séug. p. 677 (1859); id. Bronn’s Ki. u. Ordn. vi.
Abth. v. pl. xlvii. fig. 21 (5) (incisors) (1876) ; Flow. §& Gars. Cat.
Ost, Coll. Surg, ii. p. 714 (1884). f

Rurovus Hare-WALLABY.

Size and form much as in JL. leporoides. Rhinarium nearly
wholly hairy. Underfur long and distinctly bicolor as in L. lepo-
roides, but the tips paler, and in some parts much more rufescent.
General colour finely grizzled grey. Band round eye scarcely more
rufous than rest of head. Ears comparatively long, as in L. lepo-
roides, their backs grizzled grey, their insides and edges white.
Head and fore part of back grizzled black and white, the longer
hairs with a white subterminal and a black terminal band. On the
posterior part of the back the hairs are very much longer, and their
subterminal pale band gradually becomes broader and more rufous,
until on the rump the band is rich rufous, and often nearly an inch
in extent. Sides with scarcely a trace of lateral bands. Arms and
hands, front of legs, and feet pale yellowish white or grey. Out-
sides and backs of legs more or less rufous, sometimes rich red, as
in Macropus wilcovi. Tail short-haired, dull grizzled grey.

85

4, LAGORCHESTES,

9-F1 G-LT G-9T SI 9-9T 81 g- 8a oy ia
8-F LG 9-¢ L9 6-9 8-2 “d e M
9-3 GZ 8-G 9-8 g g T Jo Tsue;—qyoay
Tig ioe G&G G&S 906 FIG “o"* XOpur [VOB T
GP G-9F 6F G-9G og go “ SIxe [BIOB]-18eg
02 ee 2B $b BG BGs coereeree STNG TRIUBIO-1eeg,
FL 8-ST FET LT GET 6 wt seeceeceeereses BULO}SBI(T -
86 QE L¥ i 9 GP 8 Woureloy [eyepeg
ral 9-S1 LT LT G-9T FI ‘ ,Wepisur ed
06 GS &@ GS GGG 9% ZU episino Wypeerq =“
G-6E GP FF og GP 6h seers Gage] pepe
GIT L&T cl 91 GSI PEL |" * Ppeergq “aoToLysu0|D
9-€ 8 GL q-6 6 GOT |" * Gypeesq qseoy
II 8-61 FL OT OT 8-91 ‘ WIpverq ysoyeors =“
g.LG ee cs Lg ts . ee 7 sreeeereeeee Sug] ‘BTBSE NT
G.0F cP cy 8P 6P gg “t WypBerq 4997201
T9 eee 69 6L GL LL sereeeeeeee On STOT yeseq:
. pose ‘ynpe “qyape “qupe “y[upe “pose tenn comme eeeees osy
f ? ‘ f 4 0 ‘weulloedg
5 P S P $ z oF wag
“sngnnos, “sngnsay “saprouoday -sngoypoudsuoo ee
snydowjsoboT mcouaciey sapsoyouobory sagsayouobo'T sojnedy

‘snydorqsosvy] pun soqsoyol0sey fo spuawaunswayy 21nYG

86 MACROPODID&.

Skull and teeth very much as in L. leporoides, but the nasals are
as a rule slightly less expanded behind, and i.*, the canine, and
p.’ all somewhat smaller. These points are, however, neither suffi-
cient in themselves nor constant enough to supply definite and
invariable means of distinguishing the skulls of the two species.

Dimensions.

3. Q.
a (stuffed). 6 (stuffed).

millim. millim.
Head and body .......... 404 450
PAA. fe Soa seraisemtesecieserucesa et ancien 250 310
Hind foot .............. 117 112
Bab iiecynctn commen Lees 40 44
Skull, see last page.
Hab. Western Australia.
Type in collection.
Imm. sk. York, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
Skull. (3° (Type of species.)
‘ Ad. st. 9 West Australia (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
Skull,
e. Ad. skull, West Australia (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
a | Ad. sk, 3 West Australia. ‘Purchased.
* ) Skull. :
e. Imm. skull.

5. DORCOPSIS.

Type.
Dorcopsis, Schleg. & Miill. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. p. 180

(DS SOFA) css sacssarlaaars tind ovals asian tances aya sete ind Reece sense D. miilleri.
Conoyces, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194 (1842)..,. D. miilleri.
Pelandor, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. xxii (1848) ...... D. miilleri.

General build macropodiform, but the disproportion between the
anterior and posterior limbs less than in Macropus. Rhinarium
large and broad, wholly naked. Head long and narrow. Ears
small. Fur on nape, from occiput to withers, directed wholly or
partially forwards. Hind claws long and strong, not hidden by
hairs. Tail evenly haired, nearly naked at tip.

Skull narrow and elongated. Bulle entirely unswollen.

ren 12.8 fh 1. 0k 0.848 1.2.3.4, 5.
Dentition :—1. Fy) OC. y P. pcg Me PX 234.

Incisors small. I.’ shorter, rounder, and less prominent than
in Macropus. I.’ and i.’ about equal in size, each with an in-
conspicuous notch near the centre of its outer edge. Canines
present, fairly well-developed, apparently more or less functional.
Premolars large and heavy, p.‘ enormously long antero-posteriorly,
generally exceeding in length the combined m.' and m.°, a well-
defined internal ledge running its whole length, and both its outer
and inner sides prominently grooved. Molars low, rounded, the
central antero-postcrior bridge almost or quite obsolete, and the

5. DORCOPSIS. 87

anterior transverse ledge narrow and not extending to the inner
side of the tooth. Premolar and molar series of the two sides
nearly or quite parallel, instead of being more or less convergent
before and behind.

Range. New Guinea only.

This genus forms with the next, as Prof. Garrod has shown, a
small separate group, whose distinguishing characters, however, do
not seem to be quite so constant as that author supposed, especially
as the recent discovery of D. macleayi provides a link between
Dorcopsis and Macropus. :

Synopsis of the Species.
I, Exrrrnan CHARACTERS.

A. Whole of nape-hair directed forwards.
a, Back chocolate-brown. A white stripe in
front of hip. Arms and hands whitish .. 1. D. miilleri, p. 87.
b. Back grizzled smoky grey. No stripe in
front of hip. Arms and hands brown.... 2. D. luctuosa, p. 89.
B. Hair of upper nape directed backwards, of
lower forwards ........ ec cesses cece eee 3. D. macleay, p. 92.

a, Canines as large as or larger than i%.,..... 1. D. miiller?, p. 87.
6, Canines smaller thani..............0008, 2. D. luctuosa, p. 89.
B. Skull shorter. P.* shorter than m.) and m.”
combined ; less than 10 millim. long ...... 3. D. macleayt, p. 92.

1. Dorcopsis mileri.

Kangurus veterum*, Less. Voy. Coquille, Zool. i. p. 164 (1826).

Macropus veterum, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 227 (1827).

Didelphys bruni, Quoy § Gaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 116, Atl.
pl. xx. (animal) (1830) (nec Schreb.). .

Macropus bruni, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 225 tsar!
id. N. H. Mamma. i. p. 180 (1846); Schleg. Dierk. p. 148 (1857);
Gieb. Séiug. p. 684 (1859).

Macropus (Conoyces) bruni, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 194
(1842); Chenu, Encycl. dH. N., Mars. p. 346 (1879).

Dorcopsis bruni, Schleg. & Mill. Verh. Nat. Ges, Ned. p. 131,
pls. xxi. to xxiv. (animal, skull and teeth) (1839-44); Gould,
Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. li. (animal) (1858) , Krefft, Austr. Vert.
p. 11 (1871).

* This name having been given under an entire misapprehension, and the
species being distinctly no¢ the “ Kangaroo of the ancients,” by which is meant
the “ Filander” of De Bruyn, ¢. e. Macropus brunii, it is evident that the specific
name of veferum has no claim to adoption.

88 MAOROPODID&.

Halmaturus oruni, Wagn. Schr. Séiug. Supp. iii. p. 119 (1848) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 555 (1844). ‘

Halmaturus asiaticus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 91 (1848) (mec
Pall.); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 126 (1862).
‘Hypsiprymnus dorcocephalus, Owen; Odontogr., Text, p. 289 (1845).
Kangurus bruni, Desm. Dict. Univ. d’H. N. vii. p. 170 (1849).
Dorcopsis asiaticus, Gray, Voy. Samarang, Vert. p. 82 (1850); ed.

serine toa, Wars Bebe Seay, 8 300 (1855)
Hypsi nus bruni m. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. -
Mecrouue atlleti, Sobag, Ned. Tijdschr. Dior ii. p- 353 (1866) ;

id. erent, -p. 171 (1872). a6!
Dorcopsis miilleri, Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 49 et seqg. pl. ix. figs. 6-

10 (teeth); Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi, p. 685 (1880) ;

Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 322 (1887).

Brown Dorcopsis.

Rhinarium wholly naked (see Pl. XI. fig. 9). Fur short, close,
and glossy, the whole of that on the nape and shoulders and fore-
quarters directed forwards. General colour uniform chocolate-
brown. Head brown, muzzle and sides of face paler, the fur here
excessively short ; an indistinct whitish cheek-stripe just appreciable.
Ears very short and small, their backs rather darker than the crown
of the head. Head and back uniform brown, the bases of the hairs
nearly white. Sides with a short transverse white stripe running
from the belly towards the back just in front of the hip. Chin,
chest, and belly: white, the hairs white to their roots. Inner
sides of hips quite naked. Arms and hands, and front of legs white
or very pale brown; back of legs and feet brown. Tail about as
long as the body without the head, brown above and below, its
terminal three inches white, nearly naked.

Female considerably smaller than the male, and with the belly-fur
on each side of the pouch slightly darker than the rest of the belly,
but not forming prominent dark stripes as in D. luctuosa.

Skull very much elongated, its greatest breadth just half its
length. SBrain-case also long and narrow, so that the facial index
is not remarkably high (215-217). Muzzle strong and conical.
Nasgals narrow, evenly rounded behind, but little expanded. Inter-
orbital space flat, its edges strongly ridged, overhanging and forming
rudimentary postorbital processes. Upper opening of lachrymal
canal generally partly within the orbit, and not shut off by a bony
ridge. Palatal foramina oval, rounded. Posterior palatal vacuities
generally confined to palatal bone, and not encroaching upon the
maxillary.

Teeth. Incisors small and light. 1.3 with its external notch in
front of the middle of the tooth. Canines stout and strong,
exceeding I.* in size. Two sets of check-teeth quite parallel, not
converging before or behind. P.‘ as long as m.1, m.”, and half m.3
combined, its outer side with four or five vertical grooves. Molars
as described above.

5. DORCOPSIS. 89

Dimensions.
‘S. 2.
* (Stuffed). ¢ (skin).
millim. millim.
Head and body .... 825 (e.) 580
Daal eres wacedwecs 500 380
Hind foot ........ 156 (Range from 130) 112
Mate ase hh awees 42 35

Skull, see p. 91.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea and adjoining islands (Mysol, Salawatti,
&e.).

Type in the Leyden Museum.

The striking superficial resemblance that this species bears to
Macropus brunii, and the confusion in nomenclature caused thereby,
have been already referred to (suprd, p.51). The two animals do
not, so far as is yet known, occur absolutely in the same localities,
but their ranges approximate so nearly that the confusion of
Dr. Bruyn’s “ Filander” with the present rather commoner and
better known animal is not at all to be wondered at. The dis-
tinctions between the two have already been fully pointed out.
D. miilleri, unlike D. luctuosa, seems to be a very uniform and
unvarying species, as all the specimens that I have seen are almost
precisely alike.

u. Ad. sk, o. Lobo Bay, N.W. New Leyden Museum [E.].
Guinea (Dutch East
; Indian Expedition).
(One of the specimens described by Schlegel and Miiller
as Dorcopsis bruni.)

Ad. sks. Mysol. A. R. Wallace, Esq.
bye | Skulls lg 2. [C.]. ate
d. Yg.sk., g. Mysol. A. C} Wallace, Esq.

‘ [C.].

2. Dorcopsis luctuosa.

Halmaturus luctuosus, D’Albertis, P. Z. S. 1874, p. 110; Sclater,
P. Z. 8. 1874, p. 247, pl. xlii. (animal). .

Dorcopsis luctuosa, Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 49 et seqg. pls. vii., viii.,
ix. (skull, head, and teeth); D’ Alberts, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 531;
Schafer & Wiliams, P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 165; Owen, P. Z. 8. 1877,
p. 852; Rams. P. Linn, Soc. N.S. W. iv. p. 87 (1879); Peters &
Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 686 (1880) ; Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost.
Coll. Surg. ii. p. 724 (1884) ; Mikl.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. 8S. W.
ix. p. 1151, pl. Ixxi. fig. 1 (animal) (1885); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.

'_ Mus. p. 823 (1887).

Dorcopsis chalmersi, Mikl.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ix. p. 569,
pl. xix. (skull, teeth, &c.) (1884) (ju.).

Dorcopsis beccarii, Miki.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W.x. p. 146,
pl. xx. figs, 1-4 (skull and teeth) (1886).

Grey Dorcoprsis.

* In Musco Civico, Genoa.

90 MACROPODIDZ,

Smaller than D. miilleri. Fur soft and thick, longer than in that
species. Whole of hair on nape and top of neck reversed. General
colour dark smoky grey, very variable in depth. Face dark grey,
a faint paler cheek-stripe present. Ears larger than in D. miilleri,
their backs thinly haired, not darker than the crown. Head and
back dark finely grizzled grey, the hairs white for their basal half,
then black or dark grey, and their tips glossy yellow or white. Sides
without any trace of # hip-stripe. Chin brown; chest and belly
dull grey, or greyish white, the distinction from the colour of the
back very gradual; a large patch surrounding anus white or yellow.
Arms and hands, legs and feet uniform dark smoky grey. Tail
decidedly shorter than the body, dark brown or black above and
below, its tip white and naked.

Female with a prominent dark band passing down the lower belly
on each side of the opening of the pouch.

Skull rather smaller than that of D. miillerit and with the pre-
maxille less markedly bent downwards, the supraorbital edges less
overhanging, and the posterior palatal vacuities larger.

Teeth (Pl, XIII. fig. 2). I? with its external notch just behind
its centre. Canine small, not equalling i. P.* rather shorter and
broader than in D. miillert.

Dimensions.

b (etisfed). a iden

millim, millim.
Head and body ............ 600 600
DIA ete sa neat tion in eee pokes’ 320 300
Hind foot ................ 112 111
ADs riiecs Gy Sates 2 Gangrene ea ed 36 34

Skull and teeth, see next page.

Hab. Eastern and South-eastern New Guinea.

Type in collection.

This species has the same sort of superficial resemblance to Ma-
cropus browni, Rams., that D. miilleri has to M. bruni; its most
obvious distinguishing characters have been pointed out, supra, p. 52.
It is much more variable in colour than D. miilleri, and it has
therefore been made the basis of several untenable species.

2 | Ad. sk. 9 8.E. New Guinea. L. M. D’Albertis [C.].
* | Skeleton. : (Type of species.)

z, Ad. st. 3 Aleya,S.E. New Dr. James [C.].
* ) Skull. : Guinea.

; Ad. & yg. sks, Aleya. Dr. James [C.].
ed. } Sills, . 139. - (C]

91

5. DORCOPSIS.

‘mnesnyy uepAery og} UT paaresorg |
“TOyey

a1@ SUOISUETTIP 9804} YOTYA Woay pues ‘oy [Te caw yor ‘/, % ‘g ‘G ‘88g uLTy oTeos Jesre] ATpoptoep v UO stg “Bg
“sOINSY [BUSI oy} Wot; ‘poyeys Apeoute se ‘peinsveyy

qnq ‘ozs TeInywU et} JO eq 07 pres oie soindy oy} [IV

LI SI e81 SLT $81 eSU “ “
G-él fall 8-1 9-€T FI do ‘
€ GE ¥ GE 8-8 “1 JO Yy8ue;-—Tq400,
816 916 L6G as L1G "8" ODOT [VIOBT
G99 69 Gh SL 8-42, is “Tr STRR [RIOVT-IsBg
S G08 C&S && 8 GE Be SIX@ [BIUBIO-ISUq

OL 6.0% 0.28 & IZ °% zi ai ea seeseoers peagseIcy

ines G GP 4 OF G Aeron eae nencen WOULRLOF [BIB[V

91 8ST 61 06 ST 61 ‘UL episur =“ ee
GEG 6-66 G.6G ts 8G 5-08 ie UL episyno yypeeiq =‘

@qg (2) 09 69 69 99 G-69 “+ Buoy ‘oyepeg
GET LT GOT 41 GOT PLT zee? TIpwerq ‘MoTataysTO_D
9-L 6 6 2-8 8 8-8 wen eeen ee Typreaq, qsvor “

SI 8-ET ral ia LST s1 “* Tapeedq qysoyword =“

9¢ gp (0 SF SF 0¢ (9) oF crseerserreseess Un Tay ‘ST@SBNT

SF G-6g G-6F gg 6 gg TypBeaq 4s0}ve1.,

ag (0) 96 16 901 FOI 801 sees yydaey peseg

é ‘ampe | “aTape “pede “poate “pede vee OB
é D q *h 9) @ *teulvedg -
‘addy, “5 “Pp ‘p we se) wearer eee neers xag
*, Uvaponu ‘a | “msonjzon) ‘aC “magnus ‘a been ne eere rent ereee seroedg

‘sisdoo10gy fo spuamaunswayy 7)nyy

92 MACROUPODID.A.

3. Dorcopsis macleayi.

Dorcopsis macleayi, Mikl.-Macl. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. x. p. 149,
pl. xx. figs. 5-9 (animal, skull, and teeth) (1885).

Smaller than D. miillert and D. luctuosa. Fur on nape of neck
presenting two centres’of irradiation—one on the occiput, whence the’
hairs are directed backwards, and the other on the withers, in front
of which the hairs are directed forwards as in the other species, the
opposed hairs meeting about halfway down the neck. General
colour brownish grey, a little lighter on the ventral side. Tip of
tail nearly bare, white.

Skull smaller, shorter, and broader than in the other species.
Nasals slightly expanded behind, their posterior edge sinuous. In-
terorbital space broad, with strongly ridged overhanging edges,
converging backwards.

Teeth. Incisors very small and light, not touching each other.
Canines short and slender. P.‘ broad, evenly oval, far shorter than
usual, and much resembling the deciduous p.° of D. luctuosa.

Dimensions.
(skin).
willim.
Head and body ............ 490
ALE: 555) asc puaee soharntn: Quik cant our 320
Hind foot (? with claws)...... 115
Far (“‘ measured behind”) ...: 30

Skull, see last page.

Hab. South coast of New Guinea.

Type in the Macleay Museum, Sydney.

The above particulars are taken from the original description and
figures, and the dimensions of the skull given in the table are measured
directly from these figures, so that the artist must be held respon-
sible for their accuracy. The species as described is in many ways
intermediate between Dorcopsis and Macropus, so that it seems just
possible that the type specimen may bea hybrid between D. luctuosa
and Macropus brown2, both of which occur in Southern New Guinea.
Pending, however, the arrival of further material bearing on this
suggestion, I provisionally retain D. macleayi as a somewhat doubt-
ful species of the genus to which its describer referred it.

6. DENDROLAGUS.

Type.
Dendrolagus, Schley. § Miill. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. sae
Px 188 (1S89-AD) wrasies sawed aero aaa e ¢aacaniece nae D. ursinus.

General build of the ordinary mammalian proportions, not macro-
podiform at all. Rhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 8) broad, only partly
naked, the hairs growing downwards on to the upper part of the
nasal septum, but these hairs and those on the top of the muzzle

6. DENDROLAGTS. 93

are so short and sparsely scattered as to give a general impression
of nakedness to the whole muzzle. Fur on nape, and sometimes on
back also, directed forwards. Anterior limbs stout and strong, nearly
as large as posterior ; hind feet broad, the syndactylous second and
third digits not disproportionally small as compared to the fourth
and fifth. Claws stout and strong, those on the fourth and fifth
hind toes curved like those on the hand, not straight and conical as
in the other genera, Tail very long, evenly and thickly haired.

Skull heavily built; muzzle short, broad, and strong. Posterior
palate complete, without vacuities. Bulle entirely unswollen.

+4: 1.2.8 4 1 p 0.0.3.4 1.2.8.4

Dentition :—I. 74, ©. g1 P. ppp Merah X 2 = 34

Incisors thick and strong ; i.? and i.* about equal. Canines much
smaller than incisors (except in D. dorianus). P.* large and stout,
but far shorter than in Dorcopsis. Molars as in that genus.

Habits. Arboreal, phytophagous.

Range. New Guinea and North Queensland.

In their general proportions the Tree-Kangaroos present a striking
contrast to the other members of the present subfamily, but in
their essential characters they do not show any approach to the
arboreal Phalangeride, to whose habits and proportions of limbs
they have evidently independently attained. The species are con-
fined to the tropical forests of New Guinea and North Queensland,
none of them being found in any part of temperate Australia.

Synopsis of the Species.
I. ExrmrnaL CHARACTERS.

A. Fur on back directed backwards.
a, Body, tail, and limbs black; face nearly white 1. D. ursinus, p. 94.
&. Body, tail, and limbs grey mixed, or whitish ;

face dark.
a’. Back and sides dark grizzled grey .... 2. D. inustus, p. 95._
61. Back pale grey*; sides white ........ 8. D. lumholtz, p.96.

B. Fur on whole of back reversed, directed forwards 4. D. dorianus, p. 98.

II. Cranrat CHARACTERS.

A. I.1 but little exceeding i.? and i. in its down-
ward projection. Canine much smaller
than i.?.
a, Forehead not inflated. Fronto-nasal suture
curved backwards.
a, P. much broader than m.’; its poste-
rior much greater than its anterior
transverse diameter ...........++-4. 1. D. ursinus, p. 94.
b. P.* not or little broader than m.’; its
posterior but little greater than its ante-
rior diameter ........0.ce. ceeeeeee 2. D. inustus, p. 95.

* 2 Occasionally more or less rufous or fulyous ; see below, p. 97 (footnote).

94 MACROPODIDA,

b. Forehead inflated. Fronto-nasal suture

recurved forwards in the centre ........ 3. D. lumholtzt, p. 96.
B. I. twice as long vertically as i? and i .
Canine nearly or quite equal toi? ...... 4. D. dorianus, p. 98.

1. Dendrolagus ursinus.

Dendrolagus ursinus, Sehleg. § Mull. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. p. 141,
pls. xix. to xxiv. (animal, skull, and limb-bones) (1839-44) ; Gould;
Mon. Macrop. pl. xxvi. (animal) (1842); Gray, List Mamm.
BM. p. 87 (1843) ; Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iti. p. 1384 (1843),
v. p. 286 (1855); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 185 (1846); Gray,
Voy. Samarang, Vert. p. 82 (1850); Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. Péle
Sud, Zool. iii. p. 36, Ati. pl. xviii. (1858); Gerv. H. N, Mamm:
ii, p. 271 (1855); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. xlix. (animal)
(1856) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 144 (1857); Gray, P. ZS. 1858, p. 106;
Gieb. Stug. p. 685 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M.
p. 123 (1862) ; Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871); Peters §& Doria,
Ann. Mus. Genov, xvi. p. 686 (1880); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 596
(1880); Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 724 (1884) ; Jent.
‘Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 323 (1887).

Brack Tree-KaneaRoo.

General form thick and clumsy.. Rhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 8)
tuberculated only to the level of the superior internal angle of the
nostrils, but the whole top of the muzzle so thinly haired as to be
practically naked. An abrupt change of colour on the muzzle at
the junction between the thinly-haired and the granulated por-
tion, the former black, the latter nearly white, as shown in the
figure, drawn from a spirit-specimen. Lower lip with two distinct
diverging grooves running backwards under the chin. Fur of
body, limbs, and tail long, straight, and coarse; this longer hair
entirely absent on the face, which is only covered by a continuation
of the body underfur. Underfur short, woolly, pale brown. Fur of
back of neck, from withers to crown, directed forwards. General
colour uniform black. Face pale whitish brown or grey, rather
darker round eyes and paler on lower cheeks. Forwardly directed
nape-hair forming a transverse crest level with the anterior edge of
the ears. Ears short, rounded, thickly covered outside and on the
margins inside with soft woolly black hairs. Back, arms, and
hands, legs and feet, and tail uniformly black, the extreme tip of
the latter sometimes yellow. Chest and belly white or pale brown.

Skull broad and strong; muzzle stout and heavy. Nasals short
and broad, slightly expanded behind, their posterior edge slightly
curved backwards in the centre. Interorbital space broad and
slightly concave, its edges well defined, without or only with very
faint indications of inflation. Naso-premaxillary about half of
naso-maxillary suture.

Teeth strong and stout. Canine very small. P.' large, broad, and
heavy, strongly ridged and grooved externally ; internal ledge broad
and flat, not notched at its centre; postero-intcrnal talon well-
defined, and increasing markedly the posterior as compared to the
anterior breadth of the tooth.

6. DENDROLAGUS. 95

Dimensions.
a (stuffed)
millim.
Head and body ...... 530
DA ede sacs Cals ws ed ane 590
Hind foot ......... 108 . +s
: (48 in the spirit-
Bat’ 2049s e6 030s ese 36 { specimen b.)

Skull, see p. 99.

Hab: N.W. New Guinea.
Co-types in the Leyden Museum and in collection.

a. Ad. sk., 9. Lobo Bay, N.W. New Guinea Leyden Museum [E. ].
(Dutch East-Indian Expedition).
(Co-type of species. The specimen figured by Gould.)
b, Ad.al., 9. Skroe, Maclure Inlet, H. O. Forbes, Esq. [C. }.
N.W. New Guinea.

2. Dendrolagus inustus,

Dendrolagus inustus, Miill. § Schleg. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. p. 148,
pls. xx. to xxiv. (animal, skull, and limb-bones) (1839-44) ; Gould,
Mon. Macrop. pl. xxvii. (animal) (1842); Wagn. Schr. Séug.
Supp. iii. p. 184 (1843), v. p. 287 (1855); Waterh, N. H. Mamm.
i. p. 188 (1846); Gray, Voy. Samarang, Vert. p. 82 (1850);
Owen, P. Z. S. 1852, p. 103 (anat.); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii.
pl. L. (animal) (1856) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 144 (1857) ; Gray, P. Z. 8.
1858, p. 106; Gieb. Sdug. p. 685 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 123 (1862); Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 11 (1871);
Peters §& Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov, xvi. p. 687 (1880) ; Jent. Cat.
Ost, Leyd. Mus. p. 324 (1887).

Brown Tree-Kanearoo.

Rather more slenderly built than D. ursinus. ‘Rhinarium and
muzzle hairy to about the same degree as in that species. Fur
long, coarse and harsh; underfur soft and woolly, dark brown, the
thicker harsher fur present on the face as elsewhere. Nape-hairs,
from withers to crown, directed forwards. General colour dark
coarsely grizzled grey. Face brown or black. Lars small, pointed,
thickly haired, but the hairs much shorter and coarser than in
D. ursinus, outside black, inside yellow or white. Fur of back and
sides dark brown or black four fifths of its length, then broadly
tipped with shining yellow, the general result being a very coarsely
grizzled appearance. Chin, chest, and belly white or dirty yellow.
Arms to metacarpus, and legs to metatarsus coarsely grizzled grey
and white, but the white predominating; fingers and toes black.
Tail-hairs either white or black, the proportions of the two varying
very much, so that the general tinge may be anything from white

.slightly mixed with black, to black faintly grizzled with white.

Skull stout and heavy. Nasals somewhat expanded behind,

their posterior edges together forming a well-marked backwardly

96 MACROPODID2.

directed angle in the centre. Ascending process of premaxille not
broadened above, the naso-premaxillary rather more than half the
length of the naso-maxillary suture. Interstitial region flat, not
inflated, its edges parallel, thickened and forming blunt and rounded
rudimentary postorbital processes. Temporal crests well-defined.

Teeth. Incisors thick and heavy. I.’ but little longer than i.
and i’; these latter thick and triangular in section. Canines very
small, scarcely projecting above the gum. P.* broad and thick,
about 10 or 11 millim. in length, its breadth behind but little ex-
ceeding that in front, with a broad flat internal ledge running its whole
length ; a well-marked postero-internal talon, just in front of which
is a sharp notch on the inner side of the ledge, and with three
vertical grooves on its external surface.

Dimensions.

3. .

te ipa

e (stuffed). (stuffed).

millim. millim.
Head and body ...........--40- 650 550
Tall scgacteeseavaews Geaa taes 680 640
Hind foot c.accsaves cesses cos 137 127
Har cavkvesase on saewieeae 40 41

Skull and teeth, see p. 99.
Hab. New Guinea.
Co-types in the Leyden Museum.

Pa 13h fee ame $2. N.W. New Guinea. A. R. Wallace,

Esq. [C.].
d, Imm. sk., 2. E. New Guineat. Capt. Moresby,
RN. [P.].
e. Ad. st. 3. New Guinea. Zool. Soe }
JF. Imm. skeleton. New Guinea. Purchased.

3. Dendrolagus lumholtzi t.

Dendrolagus lumholtzi, Coll. P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 387, figs. 7 & 8 (skull),
pl. xxxii. (animal); Lumholtz, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 407 (habits) ;
Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 25 (1884); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. i.
p. 893, figs. 1-5 (skull, adult and young) (1887).

QueEENsLAND TREE-KANGAROO.

: ees in the Leyden Museum.
e specimen referred to J. Roy. Geogr. Soc. xlv. p. 169 (1875). No
hei Sol a la sae een the species has not been nae raved
m this part of New Guinea, there can’ b doubt it real j
New Guinea that it was obtained. er eager ease
{ Two more Tree-Kangaroos have been recently described by Mr. De Vi
from Queensland. The iret of these is referred to as D. hemiat ahi, i‘ the
Abstract of the Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, for
Oct. 27, 1886 (p. v), but the full paper is not published in the “ Proceedings ”

6. DENDROLAGUS. 97

Fur shorter and softer than in D. ursinus or D. inustus. Under-
fur vefy thin and sparse, pale grey; face covered with the coarser
fur, asin D.znustus. Fur from withers to crown reversed. General
colour pale finely grizzled grey. Face black ; a paler band passing
across the forehead just in front of the ears, and ending on each
side in a white or yellowish spot below the ear. Ears black outside,
yellow within, the hair on them short and coarse. Back of neck
black, gradually passing into the pale. grizzled grey of the back,
where each hair is pale slaty grey for four fifths of its length, and
then has a black subterminal and a yellowish or whitish terminal
ring. Sides and belly pale yellowish white. Chin black; chest
white or pale grey. Arms to metacarpus, and legs to end of meta-
tarsus, clear pale yellow, darker on wrists and ankles; fingers and
toes black. ‘Tail mixed black and pale yellow, its upperside paler
than its lower, but with a darker patch just beyond the base.

Skull of much the same proportions as those of D. ursinus and
D. inustus, but rather more delicately built. Nasals short, broad,
very much expanded behind, their posterior suture recurved for-
wards in the centre. Ascending processes of premaxille broadened
above, the naso-premaxillary nearly or quite the length of the naso-
maxillary suture. Interorbital space rounded, swollen and inflated,
its edges smooth, not ridged, but with minute rudimentary post-
orbital processes. Foramen magnum broader than high.

Teeth. Incisors smaller and lighter than those of the last species,
cutting-edge of three incisors together only about 10 millim. I.? and
i.’ shorter, smaller, and less thick transversely than in D. inustus.
Canines very small. P.‘ (Pl. XIII. fig. 1) broad and strong, differ-
ing markedly from that of D. inustus by having an external, as well
as an internal ledge and posterior talon, the main crest being there-
fore nearly in the centre line of the tooth, instead of on its outer
side, Molars as usual, but rather small in proportion.

4

Dimensions. 7
a in),
millim,
Head and body .......... (c.) 520
Pais iy say ieee eag ates (c.) 520
Hind foot ...........05- 119
Bar) oii atag hee eee eews 27

Skull, see p. 99.

for that day, and therefore the only information as yet available about it is
that it is “more nearly allied to D. dorianus than to D.lumholtzi.” The second
species was described under the name of D. fulvus at the October (1887)
meeting of the Royal Society of Queensland, and an abstract of its description
published in the Brisbane ‘Evening Observer’ for Oct. 17, 1887. From the
characters there given, I am inclined to zi that it will turn out to be only

an erythristic form of D. Jumholtzi, the differences appearing to consist merely

of the presence of rufous or fulvous in the parts ordinarily light grey in D.
lumholtzi. No definite conclusion, however, can be arrived at until Mr. De
Vis's full paper is published.

Hh

98 MACROPODID.&,

Hab. Central North Queensland.

Typical specimens in the Christiania, Copenhagen, and Genoa
Museums, and in collection.

Imm. sk. Herbert Vale, Central Queens- Dr, R. Collett [P.].
% ) Skull. 2 land (C. Lumholtz). ' (Co-type of species,
The specimen figured.)

4, Dendrolagus dorianus.

Dendrolagus dorianus, Ramsay, P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. viii. p. 17
(1883) ; Mvkl.-Macl. P. Linn, Soc. N.S, W. ix. p. 1153, pl. Ixxi.
figs. 2-4 (animal and incisors) (1885).

Donrta’s TREE-Kanearoo.

‘«‘ Rhinarium blackish, margin of nostrils only naked. Fur dense,
long, apparently of one kind only, that on the back wholly reversed,
directed forwards from a point just above the root of the tail.
General colour uniform dark brown. Head short-haired, paler than
the body. Ears very short, densely covered at the base, inside and
out, with woolly hairs like that of the head, of a dark brown, be-
coming blackish on the tips and margins. Arms and legs darker
than body, hands and feet black. Tail black, an irregular chestnut,
or fawn-coloured patch on its upperside, a few inches from its base ;
its hair comparatively short, close, stiff and harsh.”

Skull unknown.

Teeth, I.’ conical, descending far below the level of the other
incisors, and quite twice their length, 13 millim. long in the type.
Canines large and strong, nearly or quite as large as i.?

Dimensions.
dé. [gt
millim, millim. millim.
Head and body........ 750 780 70
Pai scccgeireeess ba a) ora ae 610 560 550]
Hind foot ............ 107 :

Skull, see next page.

Hab. Mt. Astrolabe region, S.E. New Guinea.

Co-types in the Macleay Museum, Sydney.

The above description of this very remarkable speciesis extracted
from the original account given by Mr. E. P. Ramsay, but without
either a description or good figures of the skull and dentition it is
impossible to obtain a clear idea of its affinities. The reversal of
the whole of the fur of the back and the great proportional size of
the first incisors are both characters of so much importance as to

show that D. dorianus is a species very distinct from any of the
other members of the genus.

* Measurements of the typical specimens as given by Miklouho-Maclay
(i ¢.).

99

6. DENDROLAGUS.

“OUIT[LOA GT T qnoqe Jo ,, WISuey Teseq ,, B OALT P[NOM Tora “TINYs ot} Jo ySu9T ysoquord or ATqeqoad sr ergy, t
‘(o7) Lesuey wor }

“UINOENYT BIULTSIIYO UT »

8-LT SI L81 SLT T-81 sur “ “

G6 6 6 66 8-6 ya fe “
SE ¥§ oF va eat “I JO Tysuet—TI99],
T6L 806 L61 O8T P61 “** XOpuUl [Blow T
19 BL 99 G-99 69 ** sixe [BloVzIseg”
Gs O-FE G-8S Lg g.cg * gixe [elUesoIseg
96 cal G61 06 9:06 06 crereeees eoeqyselcy
g Eg G g SF srrresreese WOUEBIOT [BYBlET

% 6r G16 61 G-06 G16 ‘,wopisur =“ as

9-66 ae o¢ ¢.0g G1¢ eT episjno yypeorq
#o #9 1G 09 6¢ ree ee eerie eeeeees Y43u9] ‘oyupeg
eS &% GIZ taG 61 See e eee eneeeveneee aypeerq ‘aoMoLysu0g

OT OL OL one LOL veretescreereerees Gangaag qeuoy “
G61 G-83 C.8T vee o6L see e tenes eenee qypreaq 4no}voas “ .
9¢ oP &F ces 68 SeMUONYS WEEN Den greenies Tp Saer ‘spese yy
69 6g 19 g¢ 19 G19 ate e ene cepeneesocens TIpBeaq qsoyee.rx)
ter (2) 16 GOT 86 COL OL. |e * yysaey Teseg,
veut ‘qnpe “pode ‘pede “pode eet eeeteeeen eens osy :

‘od fT, » oe vee ee oes ves ‘ueutadg a
é re) é oP 3s ‘p : * xog
(x) (‘umesny_ uepory)
‘|snunesop “7 “egoymny “qT “snjsnua “ “sms “T se avesnensetseccerenacee soroadg

‘snSejorpueq fo spusmaunsnapy yynyg

H2-

100 MACROPODIDE.

7. LAGOSTROPHUS. ype
Lagostrophus, Thomas, P. Z. 8. 1886, p. 644........ L. fasciatus.

Rhinarium naked. Hind feet covered with long bristly hairs,
hiding the claws. Back cross-banded.

Skull with a very narrow pointed muzzle. Bulle inflated. Con-
dyles of lower jaw broad, transverse, with well-developed internal
processes. Coronoid processes slightly concave on their anterior
edges. Symphysis menti firm and immovable.

Dentition :—I. 2-3, C. 3, B. G-O-3-4, M, 1-2-$-4y 239.

Incisor-series (Pl. XIII. fig. 4) forming a sharp angle in the
centre, the two sets nearly parallel, and diverging but little
behind. I.',the smallest of the three in cross-section, and scarcely
longer than the others, with a blunt, conical point. I.? with a
broad, flat palatal surface, suitable for grinding rather than cut-
ting; i? smaller than i.’, similarly flattened, but with a broad
shallow groove running down the centre of its palatal surface, and
ending at its postero-external corner, thus producing a notch homo-
logous with that found in other genera. Canines wholly absent.
Premolars (both p.* and p.*) short, oval, rounded, with well-marked
internal ledges. Molars asin Macropus. Lower incisors in adult
animals stouter and less scalpriform than in Macropus, their inner
edges square, without sharp opposable cutting-edges.

Range. Western Australia,

1. Lagostrophus fasciatus.

Kangurus fasciatus, Pér. §& Less. Voy. Terres Austr. i. p.114, Atl.
1. xxvii. (animal) (1807); Desm. N. Dict. dH. N. xvii. p. 89
1817); id. Mamm. i. p. 274 (1820); F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxiv.

p. 849 (1822); Geoff. Dict. Class. dH. N.ix. p. 110 (1826); Gray,

Griff, Cuv. An, K. v. A 203 (1827); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl.

Ag) v. p. 879 (1836); Desm. Dict. Univ. dH. N. vii. p. 170

( i

Macropus elegans, G, Cuv. R. A. i. p. 188 (1817) (nec Lambert).

Halmaturus fasciatus, Goldf. Isis, 1819, p. 268; Schinz, Cuv. Thierr.
i. p. 264 (1821); #. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 186, pl. xliii. (teeth)
(1825) ; Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); Wagn. Schr.
Stug. Supp. iii. p. 123 (1845), v. p. 807 (1855); Schinz, Syn.
Mamm. i. p. 559 (isaa),

Halmaturus elegans, Goldf. Handb. Zool. ii. p. 446 (1820); Less.
Man. Mamm. p. 228 (1827); Pander § D’ Alton, Vergl. Osteol.
Beutelth, pl. ii. (skull and skeleton) (1828) ; Less. H. N. Mamm.
(Compl. Buff.) v. pl. xxxv. (animal) (1886). ‘

Macropus fasciatus, Fisch, Syn. Mamm. p. 284 (1829); Waterh.
Jard, Nat. Libr, Mamm. xi. a 237 (1841) ; Gieb, Odontogr. p. 48,
pl. xix. fig. 2.4 (incisors) (1855); Schley. Dierk. p. 148 (1857);
Gieb. Sdug. p. 676 (1859) ; id. Bronn’s Ki. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v.
ee fig. 21 (4) (1876) ; Chenu, Encyel. d’H. N., Mars. p. 846
( f

' Bettongia fasciata, Gould, Mon. Macrop, pl. xxx. (animal) (1842).

Linpostleates albipilis, Gould, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) x. p. 2 (1842);

7. LAGOSTROPHUS. 101

Gilbert, P. Z. 8. 1844, p. 88 (habits); Gieb. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn.
vi, Abth. v. pl. xxi. figs. 5-7 (skull) (1874).

Halmaturus striatus, Less, N. Tabl. R. A. Mamm. p. 195 (1842)
(nom. nudum

Macropus (Lagorchestes) fasciatus, Waterh. N. H. Mamma. i. p. 87
pl. v. fig. 4 (incisors) (1846),

Lagorchestes fasciatus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. pl. lvi. (animal)
(1849); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 181 (1862);
ane (iss, Vert. p. 11 (1871); Jent, Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p ). <

bcsetih hey fasciatus, Thomas, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 644, pl. lix. (skull,

‘teeth, &c.). ‘

Banpep WatLiasy.

Size small. General form light and graceful. Rhinarium
(Pl. XI. fig. 10) naked, the hair growing downwards just to the level
of the superior internal angle of the nostrils. Fur thick and soft,
consisting of three distinct sorts, viz. the soft slaty grey underfur,
the ordinary coarse hair, and finally a large number of long isolated
piles, from two to three inches in length, projecting far beyond the
- other hairs. General colour grizzled grey-brown, the lower back’
cross-banded ; ears short, their backs grey. Head and forequarters
uniform finely'grizzled grey, the ordinary coarse fur black for its
basal two thirds, then with a white or yellowish-white subterminal
and a brown or black terminal band ; lower back with the hair so
arranged as to bring the black and white bands opposite each other,
so as to produce well-defined transverse bands across the back; the
bands connected, down the centre by an indistinct longitudinal black
line. Long piles everywhere, black for their basal four-fifths, then
with a broad white and prominent band, their extreme tips black.
Chin, chest, and belly mixed grey and white. No face, shoulder,
flank, or hip-marks present, except that a pair of indistinct reddish
patches are sometimes present on the sides of the belly, just in front
of the hips. Arms and back of legs grey with a reddish tinge;
hands and feet dull yellow or yellowish grey ; the long hairs on the
sides of the feet and on the toes quite hiding the claws. Tail uni-
formly clothed with short close-set hairs, yellowish grey above, dull
yellow below ; an inconspicuous pencil of longer hairs at the tip.

Skull broad, but lightly built ; muzzle short, slender, and tapering
to a point; nasals very narrow in front, much expanded behind;
interorbital space flat, its edges parallel orslightly converging back-
wards, square and forming slightly overhanging ridges in old speci-
mens. Premaxille small and slender, naso-premaxillary much
shorter than naso-maxillary suture; palatal foramina short and
narrow ; posterior palate with large vacuities; bulle but slightly
inflated, their substance smooth and transparent.

Teeth (Pl. XIII. fig. 4) as described above. P.° with three or
four external grooves, p.4 with four or five, the former scarcely
smaller than the latter, and just about equal in length to m.

102 MACROPODIDA.

Dimensions.
dé. 9.
a(stuffed). f (stuffed).
millim, millim,
Head and body ............ 460 415
Pails cstecracadstasciaesraseneeeeaay 330 320
Find foot ecanscace carga nse cen 100 103
THAT cassie toveveiesar mien atten nce na 46 49

Skull, see p. 85*,

Had. Western Australia t.
Co-types in the Paris Museum.

Ad. sk. Wongar Hills, W. A. (Priess). Gould Coll.
® ) Skull, (3°
g, J Ad. sk. Q York, W. A. (Priess). Gould Coll.
‘) Skull. : (Co-types of L. albipilis, Gould.)
e. Imm, skull. West Australia (J. Gilbert), | Gould Coll.
d,e. Ad. sks., ¢ 9. Perth, W. A. Government of W.
Australia [E. ].
f Ad. st. West Australia. Purchased.
"| Skull. ¢ *:

Subfamily II. POTOROIN A.

Size small. Claws of fore feet very large, those of the median
disproportionally larger than those of the outer fingers. Hind foot
without a hallux. Tail long, hairy. Csophagus entering the
stomach near the pyloric end; liver without a Spigelian lobe tf.
Canines always present, generally well-developed. PP.‘ set in the
same general line as the other teeth, or very slightly bent outwards
anteriorly. Molars more or less tuberculate, decreasing in size
backwards; m.‘ rising early into its place, smaller than m.*> First
upper incisor markedly longer than the others.

8. HPYPRYMNUS. Hite
_Apyprymnus, Garrod, P, Z. 8. 1875, p. 69 .......... fi. palaces

Rhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 11) partially hairy, the hairs extending
about halfway down the front of the nasal septum. Fore claws
very long and strong, those of the third and fourth digits consider-
ably longer than the others. Hind feet longer than the head, their
soles narrow, naked, coarsely granulated. Tail evenly hairy, not
crested above. :

* The skull measurements, for the sake of comparison, have been placed next
to those of Lagorchestes.

+ Also recorded by Gould from South Australia, but this has not as yet
been confirmed.

t Gf. Garrod, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 58.

8. =PYPRYMNUS. 103

Skull stout and strongly built, with a thick conical muzzle.
Nasals short and broad, expanded behind. Supraorbital edges
square, not forming postorbital processes. Anterior palatine
foramina very short and small, confined to the premaxille, barely
extending backwards to the level of the canines. Posterior palate
comparatively perfect, either wholly without or with very small and
irregular palatal vacuities. Bulle unswollen. Lower jaw short
and thick, very convex below. Coronoid process long and strong.

+13 oe Lx 2s 1 0.0.3.4 1.2.3.4 ee
Dentition :—I. 1-2-3, 0.1, p, 0-0-3-4 yf 1-2-3-4 9 34,

Upper incisors short and thick: i2 round and i. triangular
in section, the former scarcely smaller than the latter. Canines
present. P.* long, narrow, without any internal edge or postero-
internal talon, its outer and inner surfaces with about 7 or 8
vertical grooves. Molars (Pl. XIII. fig. 5) oblong, more ridged and
less distinctly quadritubercular than in the other genera of the sub-
family, and their decrease in size backwards less strongly marked,
m.’ being decidedly and m.? very slightly smaller than m.5, which
is still, however, distinctly larger than m.‘

Range. Kastern Australia.

1. Hpyprymnuus rufescens.

Bettongia rufescens, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 584 (1837) ;
Gould, Mon, Maerop. pl. xiii. (animal) (1841); Gray, Grey's
Austr., App. ti. p. 404 (1841); id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 94
(1843) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. lxv. (animal) (1855) ;
Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 129 (1862); Krefft, Cat.
Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 46 (1864).

Hypsiprymnus melanotis, Ogilb. P. Z. 8S. 1838, p. 62; Waterh. Cat.
Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1838); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp.
iii. p. 100 (1848). ;

Hypsiprymnus rufescens, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr. Mamm. xi.

. 188 (1841); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 548 (1844); Waterh.
.| H. Mamm., i. p. 196 (1846); Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supy. v.
p. 290 (1855) ; Greb. Stiug. p. 687 (1859).

Macropus rufescens, Schleg. Dierk. p. 143 (1857) ; td. Dierent. p.171
(1872).

Peer rufescens, Garrod, P. Z. S.1875, p. 59; Flow. §& Gars.
Cat. Ost. Coll, Surg. ii. p. 727 (1884); Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm.
B. M. v. p. 205 (1887) ; an Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 325 (1887).

Rurovs Rat-Kanearoo.

The largest of the Rat-Kangaroos. Rhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 11)
with the hair forming two small pointed processes downwards,
extending about halfway down the nasal septum, the extreme
edges of the nostrils naked. Fur long and coarse, of a peculiar
hispid texture; underfur abundant. General colour rufescent
grey. Face pale grey, the coarser hairs with a. white subterminal
band and a black tip. ars rather long for the subfamily, hairy,
their backs black or dark brown. Back coarsely grizzled bright

104 MACROPUDID&.

redilish grey, the longer hairs dark for about three fifths of their
length, then white passing distally into deep red; their extreme
tips black. Underfur slaty brown at base, pale grey passing into
rusty red terminally. An indistinct white stripe passing across
the sides just in front of the hips. Chin, chest, and belly dirty
white. Outsides of hind legs grey; rest of limbs white. Hairs on
back of hands very long and coarse, partly hiding the claws. Feet
brown or greyish brown. Central hind claw long and strong,
exceeding the pad by half an inch or more. ‘Tailthickly and evenly
haired, not crested, pale grey or whitish above, white below.

Skull and teeth as described above. Greatest breadth of nasals
about three fifths their length. Upper p.* about twice the length
of m.’ P.* about the length of m.’, with five or six vertical external
grooves.

Dimensions.
a (ecaffed.)
Adult.

: millim.
Head and body.............. 520
Dail ctx diate tore chasms ee ate ema 380
Hind f£00tii sc owas ais wee eee es 134
MAIR saris Shiva denis das we age Geass Mem aes 41

Skull, see p. 125.

Hab. New South Wales.

Type in collection.

This species may be readily distinguished from the other Rat-
Kangaroos by its ruddy colour, black-backed ears, whitish hip-
stripe, and hairy rhinarium.

a, p, SAd & imm. sks. New South Wales ~ Gould Coll.

2 Stell, ‘Cy.

Ad. sk. 3 New South Wales. Zool, Soe.

* 1 Skull. ‘ (Type of species and of H, melanotis, Og.)
d, Ad. st., g (albino). Zool. Soc.
“i } Ad. st. a Purchased.

* ) Skull,
f. Ad. skull, 3. NS o. Wales Gould Coll.
g,h, Ad. & imm, skeletons, Purchased.

9. BETTONGIA. type
Bettongia, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H.i. p. 584 (1837), B. eunvcalte:

Rhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 12) wholly naked, the naked part
running backwards in the centre for a short distance, and termi-
nating in a point, Ear very short, rounded. Fore claws shorter
and weaker than in £pyprymnus: their proportions as in that
genus. Hind feet longer than the head; their soles naked, coarsely
granulated. Tail more or less prehensile, thickly hairy, the hairs

9. BETTONGIA. 105

on the upper side longer than those on the lower, and generally
darker in colour, forming a more or less distinct crest.

Skull short, stout and strong, with a very short muzzle. Inter-
orbital space broad and flat, its edges square or slightly rounded.
Anterior palatine foramina very short, extending as a rule only from
about the middle of i.’ to the middle of the canine. Palate with a
single pair of very large vacuities between the molars, only bordered
behind by a narrow bar of bone, and often confluent’ in the middle
line. Bull~ very variable in size, generally much, but sometimes
only slightly swollen, Lower jaw short, thick, with a marked
convexity below.

a, T 1.2.38 1 0.0.8.4 1,.2,.38.4% =
Dentition : I, T.0.0? C. Pos M. T.2.3.4 x 2=34.

Incisors much as in Apyprymnus, Canines present, thick,
rather shorter than the posterior incisors. P.* (Pl. XIII. figs.
6-10) very long, powerful and trenchant, with but little trace
of internal ledge, but with a small postero-internal talon; its
two surfaces each with from seven to fifteen distinct oblique grooves
passing downwards and backwards: the inner ones effaced by wear
in old individuals. Deciduous p.° similar to p.‘, but shorter and
smaller. Molars quadrangular and quadritubercular, markedly
decreasing in size backwards; m.‘ much the smallest of all.

Range. Australia (except the extreme north) and Tasmania.

The members of this genus alone among terrestrial mammals have
their tails prehensile, using them for carrying grass, sticks, or other
objects, which, as shown in Gould’s figures, are held by the tail
being twisted downwards round them.

The four species, although very distinct and easily definable from
each other by their cranial and dental characters, are yet extra-
ordinarily similar to each other externally. So much is this tho
case that in the following synopsis it has been found impossible. to
do more than point out the most obvious distinguishing characters ;
characters that are, however, so slight and so variable that absolute
reliance can be placed on no determination that does not depend
upon an examination of the skull.

* Normally; but the members of this genus are apparently only now in
process of losing their fifth molars, and present therefore the remarkable con-
dition of retaining such an ancient and generalized charagter as the possession
of more than four molars, while at the same time they have the comparatively
highly specialized characters of the other members of the present family.
Waterhouse (N. H. Mamm. i. p. 206) notices the occurrence of a fifth molar
in a specimen of B. lesweuré, but in addition I have been able to find one other
instance of its occurrence on one side of the upper jaw, two instances on both
sides, and, finally, one instance, in B. cuniculus, of its occurrence on both sides
of both jaws, this animal having therefore a total of 20 molars. In several
cases the extra teeth are still beneath the bone, and appear as if they never would
have been cut, astate of things quite paralleled in the now progressing reduction
of the number of human molars, by the frequent non-eruption after develop-
ment of the so-called “ wisdom-teeth ” (m.°). On the other hand m.' is itself
often aborted in Bettongia, there being then only three molars.

106 MACROPODID.

Synopsis of the Species.
I, Exrernat CHARACTERS.

a, Size larger ; hind foot generally upwards of
110 millim. Tail-crest but little developed,
scarcely darker than the rest of the tail .

6, Size smaller, but hind foot:-longer in propor-
tion, about 110 millim. Caudal crest dis-
tinct, black, extending along about the
distal half of the tail. Hind feet and

1. B. cuniculus, p. 108.

undersidd of tail white .............005 2. B. gaimardi, p. 108.

v. Size asin B. gaimardi, but hind foot rarely
exceeding 105 millim. Caudal crest very
distinct, black, covering the distal half or
three fourths of the tail; tip of the latter
rarely or never white. Hind feet and un-

derside of tail brown or whitish brown .. 38. B. penicillata, p. 110.

d. As in B. penicillata, but the tail scarcely
crested at all, and its tip nearly invariably
white all round ..... cece eee eee eee

II. Crantant CHARACTERS.

A. Bulle low and but little inflated, their sur-
face rough.

a. Upper p.* about 8 millim. long, with seven
or eight external grooves ..........--

B. Bulle smooth, rounded and inflated.

4. Upper_p.* shorter than m.’ and m.” com-
fined, with from seven to nine external
grooves. Bulle small or medium.

a, Upper p.* quite straight, 6 to 7 millim.
long. Nasals broad, their posterior
edgescurved. Bulle small, their most
prominent part about 8 millim. below
the level of the glenoid fossa ........

bY. Upper p.* about 7 millim. long, with its
axis bent outwards anteriorly. Nasals
narrow, eee eine’ behind. Bulle
medium, their most prominent point
projecting about 9 or 0 millim, below
the level of the glenoid fossa ........

e. Upper p.* more than 7'5 millim. long,

generally longer than m.? and m.?
combined, with from ten to fourteen
external grooves. Bulle very large,
projecting from 11 to 15 millim. below
the level of the glenoid fossa.......,

1. Bettongia cuniculus

t

4, B. lesuewri, p. 112.

1, B..cuntculus, p. 106.

2. B. gaimardi, p. 108.

3. B. penicillata, p-110.

4, B, lesueuri, p. 112.

Bettongia setosa, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 584 (1887) (nee
Ogilb.) ; 1d. Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); td. List Mamm.

B. M. p. 93 (1843).

. 9, BETTONGIA. 107

Hypsiprymnus cuniculus, Ogilb, P. Z. 8. 1838, p. 63; Waterh, Cat
a Mus. Zool. Soe. p, 65 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., fy oe
i. p. 186 (1841); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 101 (1843), Wi.
< 291 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamma. i. p. 648 (1844) ; Giteb. Odon-
togr. p. 43, pl. xix. fig. 13 (teeth) (1855) ; ad. i . 687 es
Gis ie onn’s Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pl. xlvii. fig. 24 (teeth)
Bettongia cuniculus, Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. xxix. (animal) (1842);
id. Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. Ixiii. (animal) (1854) ; Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 128 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr.
Mus. p. 47 (1864); td. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868); td. Mamm.
Austr, text to pl. xi. p. 5 (1871); Higg. § Pett. P. R. Soc. Tasm.
1883, p. 196 ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 325 (1887).
Hypsiprymnus ‘(Bettongia) cuniculus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i.
p. 200 (1846); Gunn, P. R. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 86 (1852),

TasMANIAN J ERBOA-KANGAROO.

Size largest of the genus; form comparatively clumsy. Fur
soft, and close and straight; underfur thick and woolly. General
colour of head and body grizzled grey, the longer hairs dark, with a
white subterminal band; the underfur dark slate-colour at base,
pale yellowish grey at tip, the latter colour showing through and
giving a general greyish tinge to the whole. Ears hairy behind,
coloured like the head. Chin, chest, and belly white; no trace of
a whitish hip-mark. Arms and legs, hands and feet white, the
hairs on the latter long and hispid, nearly or quite hiding the claws.
Fore claws very long and strong. Tail above coloured like the
body, the hairs along the upper surface, although longer than else-
where, not forming a distinct crest, and only occasionally becoming
dark brown or black towards the end; underside of tail dirty white ;
tail-tip sometimes white all round.

Skull stout, heavily built, and on the whole more rounded and less
angular than in the other species. Nasals (P]. XIV. fig. 1) with their
least slightly more than half their greatest width, the latter going
from 2} to 24 times in their length; their sides concave in front
and convex behind, their posterior edges bowed backwards, and their
postero-external angles rounded. Interorbital space broad and
smooth, its edges rounded, not sharply angular. Palatal vacuities
extending forwards to about the middle of m.* Bulle (Pl. XIV.
fig. 2) low and flattened, their most projecting part only about
8 millim. below the level of the condyloid surface of the glenoid
fossa.

Teeth. Upper .p.“ (Pl. XIII. fig. 8) long and narrow, about
8 millim. in length, its postero-internal talon minute; its outer
surface with seven or eight grooves. Deciduous p.’ rather longer
than m., with five or six grooves. M.* nearly as large as m.%,
oblong. "Lower p. hon 7 or 8 millim. long, with seven or eight
internal grooves; p.* as in the upper jaw.

108 MACROPODIDE.

Dimensions. ,
b (obnitoa).
millim.
Head and body ...... see ee eens 440
Tall clos seriaen see Fee Me ae 300
Hind foot). i. c06 06s 004 eae fees 105 { caer Md
Mar ses oes ewe oe in acean be ae 30 an

Skull, see p. 125.

Had. (Eastern Australia * and) Tasmania.
Type in collection.

a, Ad. sk. “Hunter’s R.,N.S.W.”’ Zool. Soc. (Type of
species.)
b Ad. st. Q Purchased.

Skull. :

Imm. sk. Tasmania. Gen. Hardwicke [P.].
© 4) Skull, 2. (Type of B. setosa, Gray.)
d, Ad. sk. Tasmania.

e. Ad. sk. 2. Tasmania. Purchased.

Jf. Ad. skull. Tasmania. Gould Coll.

g. Ad. skull. (Voy. H.MS. ‘Fly.’) J. at ukes, Esq. [P.
& C.).

4.t Skeleton. Purchased.

2. Bettongia gaimardi.

Kangurus gaimardi, Desm. Mamm., Supp. ii. p. 542 (1822),

Hypsiprymnus whitei, Quoy § Gaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool. Text,
p- 62, Atlas, pl. x. (animal and skull) (1824); Less. Man. Mamm.
p- 222 (1827); td. Dict. Class. d’H. N. xiv. p. 243 (1828) ; id. H.
N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 492, pl. xxxii. (animal and skull)
(1830); Benn. Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 5 (1887); Waterh.
Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 181 (1841); Schinz, Syn. Mamm.
i, p. 541 (1844).

Kangurus lepturus, Gaim. Bull. Sei, Nat. i. p. 271 (1824).

Hypsiprymnus formosus and philippii, Ogilb. P. Z. 8. 1838, p. 62;
Wagn. Schr, Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 100 (1848),

Bettongia whitei, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 408 (1841); dd.
List Mamm. B. M. p. 92 (1848); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 129 (1862).

Hypsiprymnus hunteri, Owen, Tr. Z. 8. ii. p. 408, pl. Ixxi. (skull)
(1841) ; d. Cat, Ost. Coll. Surg. i. p. 828 (1853).

clan (Bettongia) gaimardi, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 207

Hypsiprymuus gaimardi, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 292 (1855) ;
Gis, Siug. p. 688 (1859), Pe ee ee)

* The original locality of ‘‘ Hunter’s-R., New South Wales,” assigned to the
type has never been confirmed, and is probably erroneous. ‘The species is
therefore presumably peculiar to Tasmania.

+ With five molars above and below.

9, BETTONGIA. 109

Bettongia gaimardi, Flow. § Gare. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 726
(1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus, p. 825 (1887).

Garmarp’s Rat-Kanearoo.

Size smaller than in B. cuniculus, but the hind feet rather longer
in proportion. Fur woollier in texture than in the other species, the
woolly underfur thicker and longer. Details of coloration on body
and limbs quite asin B. cuniculus, but the general tone rather more
yellowish or fawn. Tail coloured like the body for its basal third,
then gradually darkening above and the hairs lengthening until
there is, on the terminal third, a distinct black crest, the longest
hairs of which are upwards of an inch in length; underside short~
haired, white; a few hairs at the extreme tip white, but these very
inconspicuous, hidden by the longer black hairs.

Skull smooth and rounded, with a broad conical muzzle. Nasals
(Pl. XIV. fig. 3) short and broad, their least from one half to three
fifths their greatest. width, the latter going only about once and
three quarters into their length; their sides but little curved, and
their posterior margin straighter across and less curved than in
B. cuniculus; but more than in B. penicillata. Interorbital space
broad and smooth, its edges square or slightly rounded. Palatal
foramina very short. Posterior palatal vacuities extending to about
the middle of m.? Bulle (Pl. XIV. fig. 4) smooth and transparent,
but low and but little inflated, their most prominent point only
about 8 millim. below (in the natural position) the condyloid sur-
face of the glenoid fossa.

Teeth. Upper p.* (Pl. XIII. fig. 10) small, narrow, its axis set
perfectly straight antero-posteriorly, its postero-internal talon dis-
tinct ; its inner and outer surfaces each with seven or eight grooves.
Deciduous p.? with five or six grooves. M.‘ oblong, about three
fourths the size of m.° Lower m.’ with six or seven grooves on
each side; p.” with five.

Dimensions.
3.
a (skin).
millim.
Head and body ................ 390
Tatler ccaes aver us abpiae waco aya Sia ase .. 280
Hind foot.............-. abe eiacasince 112
AE 35 a 5 ese Reese na a bE ER 29
Skull, see p. 125.
Hab. New South Wales.
Type in the Paris Museum.
Ad.sk.| . New South Wales (J. G.). Gould Coll.
Skull. { 9°
Imm. sk. New South Wales (Vv. G.). Gould Coll.
b V Skull, | f

e. Skull. Zool. Soe.

110 MACROPODIDA.

3. Bettongia penicillata.

Bettongia penicillata, Gray, Charlesw. Mag. N. H. i. p. 584 (1887) ;
Gould, Mon. Macrop. pl. xiv. (animal) (1841); Gray, List Mamm.
B. M. p. 93 (1848); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii, pl. xi. (animal)
(1852); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 129 (1862); Krefft,
Mamm. Austr. text to pl. xi. p..5 (1871); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii.
p. 905 (1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 825 (1887).

Hypsipryumus penicillatus, Waterh, Jard. Nat. Libr, Mamm. xi.
p. 183 (1841); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 541 (1844); Wagn. Schr.
Séug. Supp. v.'p. 294 (1855) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 688 (1859); Brehm,
Thierl. ii. p.597, fig. (animal) (1880).

Hypsiprymnus ogilbyi (Gould), Waterh, Jard. Nat. Libr.. Mamm.
xi. p. 185 (1841); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 542 (1844).

Bettongia ogilbyi, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841); zd.
List Mamm. B. M. p. 93 (1848) ; Gould, Mamm, Austr. ii. pl. lxii.
(animal) (1852); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 129 (1862) ;
Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus, p. 45 (1864) ; td. Mamm. Austr.
text to pl. xi. p. 5 (1871).

Bettongia gouldi, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 94 (1848).

Hypsiprymnus (Bettongia) penicillatus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i.
p. 212, pl. vii. fig. 1 (animal), pl. vi. fig. 3 (skull) (1846). ;

Macropus penicillatus, Schleg. Dierk. p. 148 (1857).

BrusH-TAILED Rat-KANGAROO.

Rhinarium (Pl. XI. fig. 12) naked, as in the other species.
Head, body, and limbs not definitely different from those of
B. cuniculus and B. gaimardi, except that there is a more rufous
tinge on the sides of the head round the bases of the ears, and that
the hands and feet are pale brown instead of white. Bristly hairs
of feet not hiding the claws. Tail long, prominently and distinctly
crested along its upper surface; the crest wholly black; and extend-
ing along from the terminal one third to two thirds of the tail; the
longer hairs generally about an inch in length. Base of tail above
coloured like the back; underside pale brown, like the feet; end of
tail not tipped with white.

Skull light and delicate. Nasals (Pl. XIV. fig. 5) narrow, evenly
broadening backwards, their greatest width going from 22 to 23
times into their length; their posterior edge quite straight, trans-
verse, and their postero-external corners quite sharp and angular.
Their shape, however, varies, and sometimes more approaches that
found in B. gaimardi. Interorbital space flat, its edges sharp and
square. Posterior palatine vacuities generally ending about oppo-
site the front of m.* Bulle (Pl. XIV. fig. 6) large, smooth, trans-
parent, much inflated, their most prominent point about 10 or 11
millim. below the level of the floor of the glenoid fossa.

Teeth. Upper p.* (Pl. XTII. fig. 9) about 7 millim long, its axis
twisted outwards anteriorly, its sides with seven or eight grooves,
its postero-internal talon small but distinct. P.? with five or six
grooves. M.' oval, generally about one third the size of m.’, but
sometimes as proportionally large as in B. gaimardi. Lower p.?
with eight or nine, and p.’ with six grooves.

Y, BETTONGIA. 111

Dimensions.
d. Q.

¢ (skin). d (skin).

adult. adult.

taillim, millim.
Head and body .......... (¢.) 360 390
Pail.’ ¢ cawcene% Acer hier ed 310 310
Hind foot .... ......... 105 108
Har «5 53ge Sar eae eae 25 25

Skull, see p. 125.

Hab. All Australia, except the extreme north; not found in
Tasmania.

Type in collection.

This species seems to be the commonest of all the Rat-Kangaroos,
and has a wider range than any other. There can be no question
that the western form ( B. ogilbyi””) is not specifically separable
from the eastern, the distinguishing characters given by Gould being
quite unimportant. With regard to the relationship of B. penicil-
lata to B. gaimardi it is more difficult to decide, as, although the
great mass of specimens are readily distinguishable by the cranial
characters above described, yet some few show a decided tendency
to intergradation, at least in the shape of their nasals and in their
dental characters. I have, however, found no specimens interme-
diate in the size of their bullx, a point in which typical specimens
of the two forms differ so materially as to render it unlikely that
they will be found to intergrade, although many more, and especi-
ally eastern, specimens must be examined before the question can
be looked upon as finally settled.

Ad. st. 2 Liverpool Plains, N.S.W. Gould Coll.
Skull. ( ** Cay
Ad, sk. 2 Namoi R., N.S.W. (/.G.). = Gould Coll.

b: } Sill

Ad. sk, New South Wales. Zool. Soc. (Type of
& y Skull, ( 3° species.)
d, Ad. sk., 2. South Australia (J. G.). Gould Coll.
e. Yg. st. South Australia (J. G.). Gould Coll.
J, g. Imm. sk. South Australia, 7 Geo. Grey [P. &
h, Yg. st. South Australia. = Geo. Grey [P. &
s. Yg. sk. Gulf St. Vincent, 8, A. C. »: .E.Fortnum, Esq.
P. & C.).
(Type of B. gouldi, Gr.)
j,k Skulls. Scrub near Adelaide,S.A. C. Ti .E.Fortnum, Esq.
P. & C.].
i,m. Ad. sk, ¢ Perth, W. A. Government of W.
& 2, 9/85. Australia [P.]
Imm. sk. York, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
Skull. 20/6/39. (Type of B. ogilbyt, Gould.)

112 MACROPODID..

o-s.* Skulls. West Australia (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
t,u. Ad. gd & yg. West Australia, Purchased.
sks.
v. Skull. Shark’s Bay, W. A. (Voy. F. M. Rayner, Esq.
‘ Herald’), [P. & C.] -

w. Skull. (Dwarf skull figured by Waterhouse.) Zool. Soc.

x. Skeleton. Zool. Soe.

y. Skeleton. ; Purchased.

4. Bettongia lesueuri.

Hypsiprymnus lesueuri, Quoy & Gaim. Voy. Uranie, p. 64 (1824);
ial Man. Mamm. p. 222 (1827); id. Dict. Class. d’H. N. xiv.
p. 244 (1828); isch. Syn. Mamm. p. 280 (1829); Gray, Grey’s
Austr., App. ii. p. 408 (1841); Desm. Dict. Univ. dH. N. x.
p. 449 (1849). :

Hypsiprymnus grayi, Gould, P. Z. S. 1840, p.178; Waterk. Jard.
Nat. Libr.. Mamm. xi. p. 190 (1841): Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i.
p. 544 (1844); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 298 (1855); Gieb.
Séug. p. 687 (1859).

Bettongia grayi, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 403 (1841) ; zd.
List Mamm. B.M., p. 93 (1848) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. \xiv.
(animal) (1855); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p.129 (1862) ;
Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 45 (1864) ; id. Mamm., A ustr.
text to pl. xi. p. 5 (1871); Flow. Encyel. Brit. (9) xiii. p. 840,
fig. 4 (skull) (1881); Flow. § Gars. Cat, Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p.. 727
ec Jent, Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 325 (1887).

Perameles harveyi, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1842, p.47; Schinz, Syn. Mamm.
i. p. 520 (1844).

Hypsiprymnus (Bettongia) grayi, Waterh. N. H. Mamm, i. p. 203
(1846); Peters, MB, Ak. Berl. 1876, p. 366,

Lesvrvr’s Rat-Kanaaroo.

Head, body, and limbs not definably different from th ose of
_ B. gaimardi and B. penicillata. There is, however, sometimes an
indistinct indication of a whitish stripe across the hip, absent in
otlier species. Hands and feet white or very pale brown ; hairs of
feet long, bristly, nearly or quite hiding the claws. Tail coloured
like the back, the hairs on the upperside, although longer than
elsewhere, not forming a distinct crest, and not or scarcely darker -
towards the end. Tip of tail apparently always white for from half
an inch to two inches. Underside of tail white or pale brown.
Skull short and broad, with a very short conical muzzle. Nasals
(PL XIV. fig. 7) small, their lateral edges sinuous, and their
posterior evenly bowed backwards; their greatest breadth rather
‘less ‘than half their length. Supraorbital edges sharp and angular,
parallel to each other. Posterior palatine vacuities extending for-
wards to the middle or front of m.t_ Bulle (Pl. XIV. fig. 8) enor-
mously large and swollen, especially anteriorly, but varying very

* With five right upper molars,

9. BETTONGIA, 113

considerably in size, their most prominent point from 12 to 15
millim. below the level of the floor of the glenoid fossa.

Teeth (Pl. XIII. figs. 6 & 7). Upper i.’ broader and flatter in front
than in the other species. P. enormously large and long, exceeding
in length the two anterior molars combined ; its posterd-internal
talon well developed, and its inner side with a rudimentary internal
ledge, at least in some specimens ; its external grooves from eleven
to thirteen in number. P.? but little longer than in B. penicillata,
with six grooves. M.* about one third the’ size of m.?> Lower p.*
with ten to twelve grooves; p.° with six.

Dimensions.

acta a
i (stuffed). —_p (skin).

millim. millim,
Head and body ...... good site sua 457 420
Tail ..... po sire aUeisa gee dare tae 290 260
Hind $00 ie caceee cre ece si cane 103 98
Wars 4 aeceriea teeta anes wpa tes 29 30

Skull, see p. 125.

Hab. South and Western Australia.

Type in the Paris Museum.

The three skulls (q to s) received from Dirk Hartog’s Island,
Sharks Bay, the very locality where the original type of B. lesueurt
was obtained, have all decidedly smaller bulle than the other speci-
mens collected further south. As this difference, however, does
not appear to be accompanied by any others, there is not sufficient
reason for the specific or varietal separation of the two forms.

Ad. 9 & yg.sks. Port Lincoln, 8. A. W. Harvey, Esq. [P.
a | Stal ts OL”
ec. Ad. sk. South Australia. Zool. Soe. [J. B, Har-
vey, Esq., P. & C.].

(Type of Perameles harveyt, Waterh.)

ae Ad. sks. South Australia. Zool. Soc. [J. B. Har-
? Skulls. vey, Esq., P. & C.],
f \ Ad. sk, Q South Australia, Sir George Grey [P.
) Skull. : & C.).
g, &. Skulls. Gawler Plains, 8. A. Purchased.
i+ Ad. sk Swan River, W. A. Gould Coll. (Zype of
¢T \ Skull. ( o: B. grayi, Gould.)
Jj. Yg. sk. Gould Coll.
k-n. Skulls. Gould Coll.
o. Skull. “Darling Downs” ¢. Gould Coll.
p. Ad. sk, 9. West Australia. Purchased.

* With five left upper molars.

+ With five upper molars on both sides.

t This locality is written on the skull in Mr. Gould’s own writing. It can-
not be the Queensland Darling Downs, but it may have something to do with
the Darling Range, West Australia.

I

114 : MACROPODIDE.

g-s. Skulls, Dirk Hartog’s Isl, F. M. Rayner, Esq.
Sharks Bay, W.A. [P. & C.}.
(Voy. H.M.S. ‘He-
rald’),

t 1305 st, t 3 Zool, Soc.

* Skeleton. :

w, Skeleton, mounted. Zool, Soc.

v. Yg. skeleton. Zool, Soc.

w, Skull. No history.

10. CALOPRYMNUS. Type.

evanoueve-w siajeranalaca in anapaten sce evade a esaveleuenane cs C. campestris.

Rhinarium naked as in Bettongia, but the edge of the hairy part
less emarginate backwards in the centre. Ears short, rounded,
hairy. Limbs asin Bettongia. Tail thin, cylindrical, evenly short-
haired, without trace of a crest, the hairs of the upper surface as
short as or even shorter than those on the sides and below.

Skull (Pl. XIV. fig. 9) broad and flattened, with a peculiarly
short, broad and conical muzzle, quite unlike that of any other
Marsupial. Nasals very large, enormously broadened behind; the
frontal processes of the premaxille reduced to mere narrow strips.
Supraorbital edges sharp and overhanging. Anterior palatine
foramina long, encroaching as far backwards into the maxille as
forwards into the premaxille. Posterior palate as in Bettongia.
Bulle large, swollen, smooth and transparent. Lower jaw short
and thick, convex below.

ons 1.2.8 q 1 p 0.0.3.4 1.2.8.4 095
Dentition:—I, ~p~q) C. gs P. gpcgtp Me Fg x 2= 34.

Upper i.’ broad and strong, i.’ small, i.2 medium, much slanted
forwards. Canine very small, almost rudimentary, and therefore
very different from that of the rest of the subfamily. | P.*
shorter than in Bettongia, and with only a few shallow grooves
placed vertically; its postero-internal talon large. P.* similar
to p.*, but shorter and smaller. Molars quadrangular, but their
pattern rather more folded and complex than in Bettongia, and more

resembling that found in Apyprymnus. M.* rather, but not very
much, smaller than m.° ,

Range. South Australia.

This genus is formed to contain the remarkable animal hitherto
known as Bettongia campestris, a species whose external characters and
general shape of skull resemble those of Bettongia, whose molars have
the structure of those of Hpyprymnus, whose p.* resembles that of
Potorous, and the structure of whose nasal region is wholly peculiar
to itself. Its position being thus intermediate between the other
genera, no extension of their limits would bring it within one rather
than another, and therefore, without amalgamating all the genera
of the subfamily, a new genus is clearly necessary for its reception.

Genus novum ,

10. cALOPRYMNUS. 115

1. Caloprymnus campestris.

Bettongia campestris, Gould, P. Z. S. 1843, p. 81; id. Mamm. Austr.
ii, pl. xvi. (animal) (1851); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M.
p. 128 (1862) ; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pl. xi. p. 5 (1871);
Tate, Tr, Phil. Soc. S. Austr, ii. p. 124 (1878).

Hypsiprymnus (Bettongia) campestris, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i.
p. 221, pl. vi. fig. 2 (skull) (1846).

Hypsiprymnus campestris, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. Supp. p. 47 (1845) ;
(isha. Schr. Séug. Supp. v. p. 296 (1855) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 689

859).

Praiw Rat-Kanearoo.

General form slender and delicate. Face peculiarly broadened
between the orbits. Fur soft and straight, underfur thick and
abundant. General colour grizzled sandy, darker on the back,
brighter on the sides. ars thickly clothed with short yellow hairs.
Longer hairs of head and back slaty grey for three fifths their length,
then with a broad prominent white band, their extreme tips brown
or black. Underfur slate-coloured at base, then dull sandy, its tips
brown on the top of the head and centre of the back, rich sandy
rufous on the sides, it being the colour of the underfur that gives
the prevailing sandy rufous tone to the whole animal. Chin, sides
of chest, and belly pale sandy white ; centre of chest naked in all
the specimens examined, and apparently glandular (see below under
Petaurus and Myrmecobius). Arms and legs bright sandy rufous ;
hands and feet white ; hairs of feet quite short, not hiding the nails.
Tail sparsely covered with pale yellowish hairs, the most thickly
clothed part being the underside of the tip, where, in some speci-
mens, there is a rudimentary inferior crest.

Skull (Pl. XIV. fig. 9) as described above. Nasals with their
least. going two and a half times in their greatest breadth, and the
latter going only once and a half in their length, and nearly or quite
equal to the distance from m.* to the front of the premaxille.
Supraorbital edges sharp and forming rudimentary postorbital pro-
cesses, Anterior palatine foramina extending some way behind the
canines. Posterior palatal vacuities very large, extending forwards
to the front of m.' Bulle large, their most prominent point about
10 millim. below the level of the glenoid fossa.

Teeth as above. P.* (Pl. XIII. fig. 11) with four or five shallow
inconspicuous vertical grooves; p.* very small, with only two or
three grooves. M.* about three-fourths the size of m.°

Dimensions.
ie
a (stuffed)

Aged.

millim

Head and body ............ 440
all 45g s wae soy here re aiol es 360
Hind foot: ..¢40sescs0te0es 121
War cet ath ene se we eRe ee 3l

Skull, see p. 125.
12

116 MACROPODIDE.

Hab. South Australia.
Type in collection.

Aged sk. South Australia. Sir G. Grey Re & C.).
: 1sect. 3. Type of species.)
z, { Imm. a South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & C.].
* "| Skull.
Imm. sk. South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & C.].
Skull.

11. POTOROUS *. Type.
Potorous, Desm. N. Dict. @ H. N.(1) xxiv. Tabl. Méth.

Pe QOS1804). icesiatasierermmd e caerienn ont Aiea aye aT R44 P. tridactylus,
Hypsiprymnus, Iv. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p.79(1811).. P. tridactylus.

Rhinarium naked, variable in its extent on the upperside of the
muzzle. Ears very short, rounded. Fore claws long, rather slender,
the median much longer than the outer ones. Hind feet very short,
the whole hind limb not disproportionally longer than the fore ;
soles naked, coarsely granulated. Tail shorter than in Bettongia,
tapering, covered with short closely adpressed hairs and without any
trace of a crest.

Skull lightly built, long and narrow, ‘except in P. platyops.
Interorbital space broad, flat or slightly convex, its edges square, not
ridged, but in old age forming short postorbital processes. Anterior
palatine foramina very short. Palate with a single pair of rather small
vacuities opposite the posterior molars, and entirely confined to the
palatal bone. Bulle very slightly swollen, nearly flat. Lower jaw
long and slender, not strongly convex below.

se 1.2.8 a7 1 p 0.0.8.4 1.2.8.4 5 __
Dentition :—I. 45, ©. 5 P- ococgcp M. a X O84.

Upper incisors small and light, i. long and pointed. Canines
small and thin, compressed laterally. P.* (Pl. XIII.: fig. 12) long
and trenchant, though considerably shorter than in Bettongia ;
without trace of internal ledge or postero-internal talon, its outer
and inner surfaces with from two to four shallow vertical grooves.
Deciduous p.* similar but smaller. Molars.quadrangular and quadri-
tubercular, evenly but slightly decreasing in size backwards, except
that m." is gencrally rather smaller than m.’ Lower incisors very
long and slender. :

Range. Australia (south of the tropics) and Tasmania.

As would be inferred from the decreased size of their hind feet,
the members of this genus are far less saltatorial in their method of
progression than any of the preceding Macropodide. This difference
is thus described by Mr. Gould, on the authority of Mr. Richter :—

* By no possible interpretation of the rules of nomenclature can the familiar
name of Hypsiprymnus be used instead of Potorous, the latter name having been
superseded in favour of the former by Illiger without the slightest justification.
That change, although protested against by Desmarest, has been accepted without
inquiry by the great majority of authors.

11. Pororovs. 117

“Though these animals stand as much on the hind legs as the
Bettongie, they run in an entirely different manner, using the fore
as well as the hind legs in a sort of gallop; they also never attempt
to kick with their hind legs.” ;
The species are extremely similar externally, while in their cranial
characters they present such a considerable range of variation as to
‘make their proper discrimination by no means easy.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Exrernat Caaracters.

A. Naked part of rhinarium running back for
some distance along the top of the muzzle.
Head long and narrow. Hind foot, in
adults, more than 65 millim. long.
a. Size generally larger. East Australian .. 1. P. tridactylus, p. 117.
6. Size smaller. West Australian ........ 2, P. gilberti, p. 120.
B. Naked part of rhinarium not running back
along the top of the muzzle. Head short
aut road. Hind foot less than 65 millim.
ong.
C. Size small. West Australian .,........ 3, P. platyops, p. 121.

TI. Crantat CHaRractErs.

A. Muzzle elongated. Orbit to anterior nares
more than 28 millim., always nearly equal-
ling, generally more than, the zygomatic
breadth.
a. Muzzle scarcely inflated laterally, its upper
outline straight or concave. P.* 6 mil-
VD OF MORE a oa: seesnsen wage oes es relay. 9 Oot 1. P. tridactylus, p. 117.
b. Muzzle decidedly inflated laterally, its
upper outline convex. P.* less than or
barely 6 millim. 1.0... . cece eee ee eee 2. P. gilberti, p. 120.
B, Muzzle very short. Orbit to anterior nares ‘
26 millim. or less, not exceeding ‘ihre
fourths of the zygomatic breadth. :
e. P.* very small, about 4:5 millim. long .... 3. P. platyops, p. 121.

1. Potorous tridactylus.

Kanguroo Rat, Phillip, Voy. Botany Bay, p. 277, pl. xlvii. (animal)
1789).

Bie White, Journ, Voy. N.S. W. p. 286, pl. 1x. (animal) (1790) ;
Vicq-d’ Azyr, Syst. Anat. Quadr. (Encyel. Méth.) ti. p. 545 (1792),

Didelphis tridactyla, Kerr, Linn, An. K. p. 198:.(1792); Turt. Linn.
8, N.i. p. 67 (1806).

Didelphis potoru, Meyer, Syst. Uebers. Zool. Entd. p. 13 (1793).

Yerboa potoru, Bechst. Syst. Uebers. Vierf. Thiere, ii. pp. 356 &
686 (1800).

Didelphis murina, Cuv. Tabi. Elém. p. 126 (1798) (nee Linn.) ; Desm.
N. Dict. dH. N. (1) xii. p. 858 (1808).

Macropus minor, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i, pt. 2, p. 518, pl. cxvi. (animal)

118 MACROPODIDE,

(1800) ; Fisch. Syn. Mumm. p. 280 (1829); G. Cuv. Anat. Comp.
ii, pls. 180-182 (myology) (1849); Schley. Dierent. p. 171 (1872).

Potorous murinus, Desm. N. Dict. d@’H. N. (1) xxiv. Tabl. Méth.
p- 20 (1804); id. op. cit. (2) xxviii. p. 80 (1819); td. Mamm. 1.
p. 271 (1820) ; F. Cur. Dict. Sci. Nat. xliii. p. 155 (1826) ; Gray,
Griff. Cuv, An. K. v. p. 201 (1827); Higg. & Pett. P. Roy. Soc.
Tasm. 1888, p. 196.

Kangurus murinus, Tiedem. Zool. p. 485 (1808).

Hypsiprymnus potoru, Ii, Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 79 (1811).

Kanguru potoroo, G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 20 (1814).

Hypsiprymnus minor, G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 181 (1817); F. Cuv.
Dents Mamm. p. 138, pl. xlii. (teeth) (1825); Gray, Charlesw.
Mag. N. H. i. p. 584 (1887); id. Grey’s Austr., App. p. 403 (1841) ;
id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 94 (1848); Gerrard, Cat. Bons Mamm.
B. M. p. 180 (1862).

Hypsiprymnus murinus, Goldf. Handb. Zool. p. 447 (1820) ; Schinz,
Dis Thierr. i. p 262 (1821); Pand. § D’ Alt. Vergl. Osteol. Beutelth.
pl. iii. (skeleton and skull) (1828); Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 548
(1880); Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 63; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr.,
Mamm. xi. p. 175 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 193
(1842); Wagn. Schr. Stug. Supp. iii. p. 101 (1848), v. p. 297
(1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 589 (1844); Desm. Dict. Univ.
@H. N. x. p. 448 (1849); Gould, Mamm. Austr. ii. pl. lxvii.
(animal) (1854); Geb. Sdug. p. 689 (1859); Krefft, Cat. Mamm.
Austr, Mus, p. 44 (1864); id. Mamm. Austr. text to pl. xi. p. 5
(1871) ; Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 58; Schmidt, P. Z. S. 1880,
p. 805; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 598, fig. (animal) (1880) ; Flow. & |
Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 725 (1884); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
Mus. p. 324 (1887).

Hypa ts peronii, Quoy §& Gaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool. p. 64 (1824) ;

ess. Man. Mamm. p. 228 (1827); Desm. Dict. Univ. dH. N. x.
p. 449 (1849).

Macropus peronii, Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 281 (1829).

Hypsiprymnus setosus, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 149; Less. H. N.
Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 375 (1886); Waterh. Cat. Mamm.
Mus, Z. 8. p. 65 (1888) ; Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 99 (1848) ;
Gulliver, P. Z. 8.1844, p.9; 1875, p. 494, pl. lv. fig. 51 (blood-
corpuscle) ; Desm. Dict. Univ, d’H. N. x. p. 449 (1849).

Hypsiprymunus myosurus, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1888, p. 62; Waterh. Cat.
Mamm. Mus, Z. S. p. 65 (1888); Wagn. Schr. Siiug. Supp. iii.
p. 99 (1848).

Perameles tuckeri, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. v. p. 150 (1840); Wagn.
ee oe Supp. iii. p. 62 (1843) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 518
(1844).

Hypsiprymnus (Potorous) murinus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 224,
Pabay figs. 2, 3 (skull) (1846); Gunn, P. R. Soe. Tasm. ii. p. 86

Hypeeas apicalis, Gould, Mamm. Austr. pl. Ixviii. (animal)
(1851); Krefft, Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; 7d. Mamm. Austr.
text to pl. xi. p. 5 (1871).

Potorous rufus, Higg. § Pett. P. Roy, Soc, Tasm. 1883, pp. 181, 196. .

Common Rat-Kanearoo.

Size variable, generally large. Naked part of rhinarium (Pl. XI.
fig. 13) running back along the top of the muzzle for about half an
inch, ending posteriorly in a blunt point. Fur long, coarse and

11. Pororovs, 119

straight, mainly consisting of underfur. General colour coarsely
grizzled dark greyish brown, with a greater or less suffusion of rufous.
Face long and narrow, grey, without special markings. ars short,
rounded, hairy, their backs dark brown. Back with the longer hairs
grey for their basal three fifths, then with a broad white subterminal
ring and a black tip. Underfur slaty blue for three fourths of its
length, then dirty greyish white or rufous at the tip, this colour
showing through and giving the general tone to the body-colour ;
younger specimens generally more rufous, older greyer. Sides like
back. Chin, chest, and belly white or greyish white, the hairs
slate-coloured at their bases. Hands and feet short-haired, grey or
brown. Tail grey at bases, then brown, becoming gradually darker
to black terminally ; its extreme tip often white, especially in Tas-
manian examples.

Skull very long and narrow. Muzzle not markedly inflated
laterally (its breadth at the middle of the premaxillo-maxillary su-
ture less than the length of the molar series), and more or less
flattened above, so that its upper outline is straight or concave.
Nasals (Pl. XIV. fig. 10) variable, generally long and narrow and
scarcely expanded behind, but sometimes (in northern examples)
much shorter and more expanded posteriorly. Interorbital region
smooth, its edges square or slightly rounded, and forming in old
age rudimentary postorbital processes. Anterior palatine foramina
extending from about the middle of i.’ to just in front of the canines.
Posterior vacuities small, opposite m.° and m.*

Teeth. Incisors and canines as described above. P.* (Pl. XIII.
fig. 12) very variable; in the large Tasmanian form (“ apicalis”)
7 or 8 millim. long, with four distinct grooves; in the smaller New
South Wales examples, and in the still smaller Tasmanian form
described as “rufus,” 6 or 7 millim. long, with only three grooves.
Deciduous p.? varying pari passu with p.* Molars evenly quad-
rangular, their size (m.’ to m.°) ranging from 11°5 millim. in “ rufus”
to 14 millim. in “ apicalis.”

Dimensions.

millim.
Head and body .... 410
nae (oe ais j re Range up to 85 in “ apicalis”
Male tee ye Beans 61 and down to 67 in “rufus.”
THB hia: tua iar orate! ofan 35

Skull, see p. 125.

Hab. New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia, and Tasmania,
Type not in existence.

‘The variation in size of this species makes it difficult to decide,
without much more material, whether it should be divided into
three or amalgamated into one. The general rule seems to be that
Tasmanian specimens (‘‘ P. apicalis,’ Gould) are decidedly larger

120 : MACROPODIDZ. ‘

than New South Wales ones, and have larger and four-grooved
instead of three-grooved posterior premolars, while at the same time
the peculiar dwarf form described from Tasmania as “ P. rufus” is
again even smaller than the New South Wales specimens. On the
other hand, however, intermediate specimens certainly occur, as well
as exceptions to the general rule as to locality *, and therefore I.
feel constrained for the present to unite all the varieties under a
single name.

aoe 1 Ad. 9 & yg. sks. New South Wales. Gould Coll.
,

Skull of a.
c. Ad. sk. New South Wales. Zool. Soc. Ogith.)
(Type of Hypsiprymnus myosurus, .
g, ) mm. sk. Victoria (?). Dr. Lhotsky iPS.
* ) Skeleton (mounted).
Ad. sk, New Norfolk, Tas- Gould Coll.
€ | Skull, (9° mania.
(Type of Hypsiprymnus apicalis, Gould.)
Imm. & yg. sks. Tasmania. : Gould Coll.
FI: ) Shull of F,
pn, J Ad. sk. Tasmania, Capt. Ross, R.N. [P.
* | Skull. & O.).
- Ad. st. Tasmania. Purchased.
* (Skull. ( 9
gj. Ad. sk. Tasmania. Purchased.
k. Ad. sk. (imperfect). Tasmania, Wan] Petterd, Esq.
1. Yg. skull. Launceston, Tasmania. T. Higgins, Esq. [C.].
(k & 1 typical of Potorous rufus, Higg. & mica
m. Ad. skull (3). Launceston, Tasmania. T’. Higgins, Esq. (C.].
n, Skeleton. Purchased.

2. Potorous gilberti.

Hypsiprymanus gilberti, Gould, P. Z. 8.1841, p. 14; td. Mon. Macrop.
pl. xv. (animal) (1841); Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. i. p. 408
(1841) ; 2d. List Mamm. B. M. p. 94 (1843); Schinz, Syn. Mamm.
i. p. 542 (1844); Gould, Mamm, Austr, ii. pl. lxix. (animal)
(1854) ; Wagn, Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 288 (1855) ; Gieb. Odontogr.
p. 43, pl. xix. fig. 10 (teeth) (1855); 7d. Siiug. p. 690 (1859) ;
Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 180 (1862); Krefft, Mamm.
Austr. text to pl. xi. p. 5 (1871); Garrod, P. Z. S. 1875, p. 58.

Hypsiprymuus micropus (Gould), Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm.
xi. p. 180 (1841); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 540 (1844).

Hype uns (Potorous) gilberti, Waterh. Wy. HH. Mamm. i. p. 229,
pl. viii. fig. 1 (skull) (1846).

Gipert’s Rat-Kanearoo.

External characters precisely as in P. tridactylus, except that the
size is less than is usual in that species, although greater than in the
dwarf form “ P. rufus.” Naked part of rhinarium apparently not
running quite so far back along the top of the muzzle.

* As, for example, skull no. 3804 of the College of Surgeons, from the Murray
River, South Australia, which has a distinctly Foumuncrall upper p.*

11, Pororovs, 121

Skull shorter and broader than in P. tridactylus. Muzzle very
markedly inflated along the sides from the anterior nares to the
front of the orbit, its breadth at the middle of the premazillo-
maxillary suture equal to, or greater than, the length of the molar
series. Posterior nasal region also inflated vertically so as to make
the general fronto-nasal outline distinctly and evenly convex.
Nasals expanded behind, their greatest breadth going about 22
times into their length. Interorbital space smooth and rounded.
Palatal foramina and vacuities as in P. tridactylus; bulle
apparently rather more swollen than in that species.

Teeth asin P. tridactylus, except that p.* is shorter, about 5} or
6 millim. long, and has only two or three grooves.

Dimensions.
2.
a (skin)
millim
Head and body ...........--- 390
Maal) ag. eieigeihe ni wees hee wh 170
Hind foot: ..:cseesss exces sans 68
Muzzle to eye .........-.0e 48
Har s.3s.c8 08 60% Sec 26

" Skull, see p. 125.

Hab. West Australia (southern district).
Type in collection.

iB on sk. | 9 King George’s Sound, W. A. Gould Coll.

Skull. ' (oS. Gilbert). (Type of species.)
b Imm. st. King George’s Sound, W. A. Gould Coll.
1 Shall 2. S, Gilbert).

3. Potorous platyops.

Hypsiprymnus platyops, Gould, P. Z. S. 1844, p. 103; td. Mamm.
oe ii. al lee, (animal) (1851); Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supp. v.
p. 299 (1855); Gieb, Stug. p, 690 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 180 (1862) ; Kreft, Mamm., Austr. text to pl. xi.
p. 6 (1871); Garrod, P. Z.S. 1875, p. 58. :

Hypsiprymnus (Potorous) platyops, Waterk. N. H. Mamin.i.p. 231
(1846).

BroaD-FACED Rat-KaneaRroo,

Size very small. Rhinarium naked, but not, or scarcely, extending
backwards in the centre above. Face very short and broad, con-
trasting markedly with that of the other species. Length and
quality of fur and colour everywhere as in P. tridactylus, except
that the tail is more or less bicolor, black above and dirty white
below. Hind feet very short, the hairs on them long, and partially
hiding the claws.

Skull (Pl, XIII. fig. 13) short and broad; but the bones thin and

122 MACROPODIDE.

smooth. Muzzle short, broad and conical, sharply pointed anteriorly,
its sides not prominently inflated. Nasals short, narrow in front,
much expanded behind, their greatest breadth about half their
length. Outline of fronto-nasal region evenly convex. Interorbital
space smooth, its edges parallel, square, not beaded, and not forming
postorbital processes. Anterior palatine foramina very short.
Posterior vacuities proportionally larger than in the other species,
extending forwards to the middle of m.’ Bullz apparently distinctly
inflated.

Teeth very small and light. Upper i.’ very long; i”, i.°, and the
canine small, P.* about equal in length to the two posterior molars,
narrow, sharp-edged, with two broad shallow grooves externally
and internally. Lower p.* like upper.

Dimensions.

a (hia)

millim
Head and body .........-5+++ 340
PAI: agave: whe a eae peo 190
Hind foot ......... wie Sieacace 62
Muzzle to eye .....-..eeeeee 33
© AT artikel ac doctor ste eae « BS 22

Skull, see p. 125.

Hab. West Australia.
Type in collection.

Ad. sk. Walyema Swamps, Victoria, Gould Coll.
@ | Shalt ? West Australia (J. Gilbert). (Type of species.)
jAd. Tt 3 Albany, King George’s Sound, Gould oll,

6. 1 Skull, W.A. (J. Gilbert),

‘Subfamily III. HYPSIPRYMNODONTINZ.

Size very small. Claws quite small and feeble, subequal. Hind
feet. with an opposable hallux. Tail naked, scaly. P.* twisted
obliquely outwards, its axis not in the same line as the other teeth.
Incisors, canines, and molars as in Potoroine.

This Subfamily contains but a single species, and one so inter-
mediate between the Macropodide and the Phalangeride that there
is considerable doubt as to which family it ought to be assigned.
On the whole, however, the macropine characters of its lower jaw,
in which there is a deep cavity at the base of the masseteric fossa,
continuous with the inferior dental canal, have induced me to
retain it in the present family, although the general structure of its
teeth, hind feet, and tail so closely resemble those of certain of the
Phalangeride as to render the division between the two families by
no means so sharp and well-defined as it has ‘been usually considered
to be. ;

12. HYPsIPRYMNODON. 123

12. HYPSIPRYMNODON.

Type.
Hypsiprymnodon, Ramsay, P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. i.
P: 38 (1876) ac si cine es Same dew dee cea saeeeee ad TH. moschatus. .
Pleopus, Owen, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xx. p. 542 (1877).. H. moschatus.

Form rat-like. Rhinarium wholly naked. Ears large, thin, naked.
Limbs subequal, not saltatorial. Hands with five toes, the claws
small and delicate. Hind feet (Pl. XV. fig. 1) with a long oppos-
able clawless. hallux articulated comparatively near to the heel.
Fourth toe not disproportionally larger than the others, the fifth
and the combined second and third toes both strong and well-
developed, the claws of all four about equal. Tail cylindrical,
tapering, naked and scaly, its extreme base only hairy.

Skull narrow and slender. Nasals long, slightly expanded behind.
Supraorbital edges square, not ridged. Anterior palatine foramina
of medium length, extending backwards to the level of the back of
the canines. Posterior palate with one large united vacuity ex-
tending the whole length of the molars. Bulle small, but little
expanded. Lower jaw slender, with a long, laterally compressed
symphysial portion.

Dentition :—I. 3-3-8, ©, 2 p, 0-0-3". 4 yy 1-2-3-4y 93d,

Upper incisors light and weak, i.’ oval in section. Canine well-
developed, about as long as i? P.* (Pl. XIV. fig. 11) narrow,
cutting, without trace of internal ledge or talon, its axis inclined
outwards at a sharp angle to the line of the molars, Molars small,
quadritubercular, evenly decreasing backwards. Lower i.’ very
long and slender. Cheek-teeth similar to the upper ones.

Range. Queensland.

1. Hypsiprymnodon moschatus.

Hypsiprymnodon moschatus, Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W.i. p. 34
(1876) ; Owen, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) i. p. 1083 (1878); td. Tr,
Linn. Soc. (2) i. p. 578, pls. xxi. & lxxii. (animal, skull, and limb-
bones) (1879) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 906 (1887).

Pleopus nudicaudatus, Owen, Ann. Mag. N. H. (4) xx. p. 542 (1877).

Size and form very much those of a Jarge rat. Fur close, crisp,
and velvety, consisting almost entirely of underfur. General colour
all over dull, finely grizzled rusty orange-grey, the orange deepest
on the back, less on the belly, scarcely perceptible on the head and
limbs. Ears large, rounded, laid forward (in spirit specimens)
they just reach to the posterior canthus of the eye; quite naked,
except at their bases behind ; their substance blackish flesh-colour.
Arms and hands brown, the hairs short, and only running on to the
metacarpus, leaving the fingers quite naked and scaly; palms with
five large transversely-ridged pads. Feet brown, the hairs on the

* The temporary presence of p.* is presumed, but has not as yet been actually
ascertained.

124 MACROPODID A.

upper surface passing down their centres to the tip of the middle
(fourth) toe, and leaving the sides of the metatarsus and the whole
of the hallux, second, third, and fifth digits naked. Soles naked,
coarsely granulated, with five prominent transversely-striated pads,
the postero-external about 12 millim. long; pads at tips of toes
also striated. Tail hairy for its basal inch, then becoming abruptly
naked and scaly, a few minute hairs only growing between the
scales ; its colour black above, paler below.

Skull and teeth as described above. Greatest breadth of nasals
going about 32 times in their length. P.* above and below with
five or six distinct oblique grooves outside and inside.

Dimensions.
a (in spirit).
2 millim.
Head and body .............. 250
PAM a siete c.g. duale, aber aig Sieg @eetaverone 162
HG Gis (G @e (0s, a eee ae pee Ce eee am 61
hat, gee eek dee oR a 27

; Skull, see next page.

Hab. Queensland.

Type in the Sydney Museum.

The following account of the habits of this species is extracted
from Mr. Pierson Ramsay’s original description (i. c.) :—“‘I first
met with this highly interesting and anomalous marsupial while on
a visit to the Herbert River in January 1874, where it inhabits the
dense and damp portions of the scrubs which fringe the rivers and
clothe the sides of the coast-range in that district. The animal is
by no means rare, yet from its retiring habits and the dense nature
of the parts frequented by it, it is at all times difficult to obtain.
Its habits are chiefly diurnal, and its actions when not disturbed by
no means ungraceful; it progresses in much the same manner as
the Kangaroo-rats (Hypsiprymnus), to which it is closely allied, but
procures its food by turning over the débris in the scrubs in search
of insects, worms, and tuberous roots, frequently eating the palm-
berries (Ptychosperma alexandra), which it holds in its fore paws
after the manner of the phalangers, sitting up on its haunches, or
sometimes digging like the bandicoots. Seldom more than one or
two are found together, unless accompanied by the young. In
March 1874 I obtained from Mr. K. Broadbent a female with two
young in the pouch, very small, and resembling young bandicoots.
During the same month a halfgrown young one was shot in com-
pany with the adult male and female. They evidently breed during
the rainy season, which lasts from February to May.”

a, Ad.al., ¢. Queensland. Sir R. Owen [P.].
bc, Ad i 32 Queensland. Trustees of the Sydney
2%) Skulls. . Museum [P.].

(Co-types of Pleopus nudicaudatus, Owen.)

de tcise

125

«(001-040 , $9}TT AA JO od4y [eULsII0 oy, “suoeBang Jo eseT[oH eT} 03 Sulsuopeg y

L-6 TG 6G 9-8 i & 9-6 o. LS ¥ GG vorseeees Or et "
6 6-8 GL LEI 6-ST L361 L-€1 (ai 8-61 8-E1 61 g-1 SUL » a a
SF 6-4 9-9 9-9 8 9 96 Gh $9 #8 Ot _ 9d Jo qySu9T—q}097,
aS ae §G6 066 SIG L8T id GGG T&@ 966 ||" “** XOpur TRIB
OF _ ne SF T9 G-OF Ch &-bP OHP GG og |” *STx@ [BIOUf-Istq
at ee ay 61 1G 6T GBS 06 8-6T nad & | SIX® [B1UB10-Iseq
GL BL at a LY Or 8 EET ral $61 OL f°) Gd oy ot Moy) emeyseig
GG 1% FE g oh GL ag LG € 6-€ GE vs sereeeent* WOULBIOS Teyeled
Il OT tal G61 FI 9-8T GET G61 GPL L-41 6L |'**," UA eprsur a
ae G-ST 9-06 06 =| G08 &% 8 8-16 G8 ¥G 9-86 |", WL eprsqno ‘qypeerq =“
BE 0g ag &F 9¢ Lg OF CF tP og 6h fu yqsaey oyepeg.
6-61 9-FT LT GGT G-8T ST 6-91 LI L8T IG GGT [vr yypeerq ‘uoor4sa0p
GP 9-F 9 G.G 9 6 G9 LL 6 8 OT =; Gypeesq yseoy
$8 §I GET €-6T 8-0T 6G GET FI 9-GT FI AT 0" Wypeedq ysoyword
G-0€ ia Ge cs cy tS G-96 9.08 0s cs BE [es ggsaey ‘speseyy
&& “Ge 8g 6S cP GP GF oP GSP LY og |" “""" Typearq 98078e14)
Lg (2) | 0g(9)/ — g9(-9)} ¢.99 88 6g ¥9 +9 29 SL, S8h porter aysiuey peseg
“qnpe “‘qupe “pode ‘pase | ‘pose “page “qNpe “qupe “ynpe “y[Nps ‘qinpe foc asy
i) g D 3 “Ub D 0 i) i) 6b i) * uetutedg
“s we) we “4 oe) “Pp 2 “Pp iy d “Pp een eeeeee xeg
‘sngoyosous ||sdohizojd | -ag4aqqab *snphpovprtg “sugsadusva || “nunansay |'vpvjypovuad \-2p.ouanb) snynovuno ‘suaosafns
uopouuhid ‘d ‘d Sn0L020g snuuhid ‘g ‘g "I ~— | wrbwozzagr || snwuhd| \ -+++++++++-sQ100dg
-sd ig -0]0) ~hdgy

‘eurjuopoumsidisd py pun aurorojog fo spuauaimsnapy pny

126 PHALANGERID A,

Family II. PHALANGERIDZ.

Diprotodont Marsupials adapted for an arboreal, phytophagous
(rarely sarcophagous or insectivorous) life. _ Progression scansorial,
sometimes assisted by parachute-like expansions of skin, giving the
power of making lengthened leaps through the air. Both fore and
hind feet with five digits, the anterior generally subequal. Hind
limbs syndactylous, fairly stout and well-developed ; fourth toe the

Fig. 3.

Phalanger celebensis—Hind foot, showing “ synda¢tyly.”

longest, but the fifth only slightly smaller ; hallux present, large,
widely opposable, with a broad nailless terminal pad. Tail (except
in Phascolurctine) very long and nearly invariably prehensile, some-
times very markedly so. Stomach simple. Czcum present (except
in Tarsipedine). Pouch well-developed, opening forwards.

Skull (except in Tarsipes) broad and conical. Nasals expanded
behind. Palate generally incomplete. Bulle swollen, except in
some few of the larger forms. Masseteric fossa not hollowed out
below externally, and not communicating with the inferior dental
canal, except that in some genera there is a minute foramen corre-
sponding to the large opening found in the Macropodide.

Dentition too variable for formulation as a whole, owing to the
presence in very unequal numbers of minute and rudimentary teeth,
not constant in the same genus, species, or even on the two sides of
the jaw in the same individual. Speaking only of the large and
obviously functional tecth, and excluding Tarsipedina, the following
formula may be drawn up :— C

1.2.3 1 1.0.3 (or 0). 4 1.2.3.4 (0r0) 9 __g,
1. 1.0.0? C. 0 P. 50:3 (or 0) 4 (oro) - [a.ad ero) X 2=26 to 36.

Teeth*. Incisors long and strong, the lower pair very long and
pointed, but without the scissor-like action found in the Macropodida.

* This description does not include the Tarsipedine, in which the teeth are
nearly all minute and rudimentary.

PHALANGERID ©, 127

Upper premolars two or three in number (one in Phascolarctine) ; the
last one, p.‘, generally sharp-edged and cutting, but not so much so

Fig. 4.

% 8 \ i
Rec abhi, Mat
Peg va Pp? P3 pt mm

Dactylopsila trivirgata,—Front. of jaw, showing diprotodont dentition.

as in the Macropodide. Molars either with sharp cutting-crests or
bluntly tuberculate, usually four in number, but the last is some-
times absent. Lower posterior incisors and anterior premolars
minute, probably nearly functionless, very variable in number.

Tooth-change as a rule in a very much aborted state; the milk-
premolar generally very small and early deciduous, and in many
cases apparently quite functionless. So far as is yet known,
Phalanger and Trichosurus alone have their milk-premolars per-
sistent long enough to be of service.

Range. Austro-Malayan, Papuan, and Australian subregions,
from Celebes to Tasmania.

This family, among the Diprotodonts, corresponds to the
Dasyuride among the Polyprotodonts, as being the most generalized,
and therefore probably containing the most ancient forms now exist-
ing of the Suborder: In their general external form and the charac-
ters of their limbs its members are fairly closely related to each
other, but their teeth are exceedingly diverse, and present a very
considerable range of variability. On this account the homologies
of the teeth and the best way of formulating them for descriptive
purposes are here matters of very considerable difficulty. Of the
upper teeth the incisors, canine, and molars are of course homo-
logized easily enough; but in the case.of the premolars it is very.
difficult to determine which of the full series of four has disappeared
to leave the common number of three. Among the Polyprotodonts
it has been shown (Phil. Trans. clxxviil. p. 446, 1887), that p.? is the
one lost ; and a consideration of the present family convinces me that
the same tooth, although quite independently, has probably disap-

128 PHALANGERID&,

peared in most of the modern Phalangeride*. To this conclusion I
am brought by the comparison of such premolars as those of Phalanger
and Pseudochirus, by which one sees that it is neither p.* nor p.* that
has disappeared, and, as to p.’, by the position of the anterior premolar
(when present) in Trichosurus, and, above all, by the fact that
occasionally in Phalanger + two minute teeth are present between
the large anterior and posterior premolars, the numeration of which
would be impossible were the anterior functional premolar not
reckoned here, and therefore (presumably) elsewhere, as p.. An
exception to this rule, however, is shown by Dromicia nana (see
below, footnote, p. 145), which rather appears to have lost p.’ than
p.?; and therefore it is possible that as the loss of the fourth pre-
molar is certainly a very recent occurrence, different teeth may have
been lost in different genera.

The homologies of the lower rudimentary teeth are far more
difficult to make out, and I am only able to make quite a tentative
interpretation of them. Taking, again, the largest numbers known,
we find that occasionally there are five, and, at least in one
instance +, six teeth between i.’ and m.'; of these six the last two
are obviously p.’ and p.*, and the others should, I think, be reckoned
as i.”, i.°, canine, and p.', the little anterior tooth at the base of i.*
being therefore i.2, and not the canine as it has been generally
considered. When there are, as is of course usually the case, much
fewer teeth in the jaw than this, they may apparently be generally
reckoned as having disappeared in the following order—canine, p.' or
i*, then p.*, and lastly i. In one genus only, Distechurus, p.* is lost,
but this loss is unaccompanied by that of p.2 or p.1. Thus the four
intermediate teeth commonly present in Petaurus or Dactylopsila
(fig. 4) would be i.’, i.5, p.°, and p.*, while the two so often only
present in Yrichosurus would be i.” and p.* This general rule
would, of course, be modified in individual cases by the variations in
the positions of the different teeth; and again in some cases, as for
example in many specimens of Pseudochirus, it is impossible to
homologize every individual tooth, the variations in position being
apparently much too erratic §.

As to the means of formulating the various dentitions found in

* This was suggested, but not definitely asserted, in the paper in which the
homologies of the Polyprotodont premolars were worked out (see Phil. Trans.
1887, vol. clxxviii. p. 447, footnote). In the Mesozoic Plagiaulacid, however,
also Diprotodont, it was clearly p.' that was first lost; but they were evidently
even at that time so exceedingly specialized that they could not have been the
direct ancestors of any of the modern Diprotodonts, and therefore their evidence
on this point has but little importance.

t Eg. the specimen (no. 104) of Phalanger orientalis descrihed by Jentink,
Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 90, of which that author has kindly sent me a sketch.

{ The same specimen referred to in the last footnote.

§ An alternative arrangement would be by looking upon the tooth here
called i.? as the canine, on that called the canine as p.}, and on that called p.!
as p.”, and therefore looking upon i.° instead of p.? as the tooth always absent,
even in the many-toothed Phalanger above referred to. On the whole, how-
ever, until further evidence is brought forward, I prefer the homologies given
above.

PHALANGERIDS, 129

this family, I have found it convenient to represent each tooth as
usual by. its own serial number, but to put this number in
italicized figures when the tooth is minute, as compared to the other
larger and more obviously functional teeth, and to add to it one
asterisk when it is occasionally, and two when it is generally absent.
Thus the ordinary normal premolar formula of Phalanger orientalis

1.0.3*.4 - 1.0.3.4;
would be P.34-# =, as compared to P. -~\~aa+7 in Ph. maculatus,

such exceptional variations as that of the Ph. orientalis above
referred to (P. ce) being looked upon as too abnormal to have a
place in the specific or generic description.

Finally, it should be specially noted that the numbers and
positions of the-minute teeth, while affording to the species and
genera additional characters in a broad and general way, are yet too

‘variable to be of any systematic importance in individual instances.
All the chief specific characters should therefore be taken primarily
from the large and obviously functional teeth.

In the homologies of these, the diagnostic teeth, no difficulty can
occur except in the case of the lower p.* and m.' in species with
only four large and functional cheek-teeth. They may, however,
always be distinguished by the fact that m.’ is tricuspid, with one
high anterior and a pair of low posterior cusps, while m.? is quadri-
cuspid, and p.* never has more than one cusp in the same transverse
line.

As in other climbing forms (see below, under Didelphyide,
p- 317), the hind feet are here so shortened for the purpose of
grasping that their length is of little use in determining the general
size of theanimal. The length of the lower leg, measured from the
top of the knee (when bent) to the sole, is therefore used as the
standard measurement for the members of this family.

Some of the members of the present family present a very note-
worthy example of the comparative readiness with which lateral
parachute-like extensions of the skin may be developed for the
purpose of aiding in flight. Thus three different genera possess
such lateral. flying-membranes, these three having apparently
developed their membranes independently, as is proved by the fact
that each of them is exceedingly closely allied to some non-flying
form, while their relations to each other are of the most distant
kind. Thus Petauroides and Petaurus present absolutely no generic
cranial or dental differences from Pseudochirus and Gymnobelideus
respectively, while Acrobates is but little further removed from
Disteechurus.

130 PHALANGERIDH.
Synopsis of Subfamilies and Genera.

I. ExrernaL CHARACTERS.

A. Tail well developed, frequently longer
than the head and body.
a. Tongue extensile. Muzzle very long
and narrow, the distance between the
anterior corners of the eyes less than
half that to the tip of the muzzle.... Tarsipedine.
a, Tail slender, tapering, evenly short-
haired) ciecaein seis sero on ee 1. Tarstpszs, p. 182.
6. Tongue not extensile. Muzzle short and
broad, the distance between the eyes
more than half that to the end of the
muzzle....... het Mra Stale bir Phalangerine.
6'. Tail distichous,
a’, A flying-membrane. Face not
Striped eaers vents see rer ornare 2. ACROBATES, p. 186.
b°?, No flying-membrane. Face striped 3. Disracuurus, p. 139.
ce’. Tail not distichous. :
c?, Fore claws short, not exceeding
the terminal toe-pads. Tail
evenly short-haired terminally,
murine in character............ 4, Dromicta, p. 140.
d°’, Fore claws long, extending he-
yond the toe-pads. Tail never
murine in character.
a*. Tail bushy to end, including tts
extreme tip below.
No flying-membrane. Fifth
finger shorter than third.... 5, GYMNOBELIDEUS, p. 149,
6‘, A flying-membrane, extending
from fifth finger to ankle.
Fifth finger longer than third 6. PzTaurus, p. 150.
6*. Tail partly naked terminally,
even if only on its extreme tip
below.
c', Fore toes unequal in length,
the fourth enormously longer
than the others. Body broadly
striped with black and white 7. DacryLopsiua, p. 159,
d‘, Fore toes subequal in length. ;
Body not broadly striped.
a’, A flying-membrane, ex-
tending from elbow to knee.
Kars very large, thickly
furry externally ........ 8. Prravroipgs, p. 163.
0°, No flying-membrane. Ears
medium or short, rarely
quite covered with fur ex-
ternally.
®. Tail hairy above and on
sides to end,
a’, Virst and — second
fingers more or less

a‘.

PHALANGERIDA, 131

opposable to the rest.

‘ail tapering, its ter-

minal half compara-
tively short-haired .. 9, PsruDocHiRUS, p. 166.

o’. Fingers not oppos-

able. Tail evenly

bushy toend ..... . 10, TricHosurRts, p. 184.
68, Tail naked all round ter-
minally............ ll. PHataneEr, p. 193.

B. Tail rudimentary, not visible externally. Phascolarctine.
ec. Ears thickly hairy. Fore toes oppos-
able, as in Pseudochirus ......... ... 12, PHASCOLARCTUS,
[p. 209.

II. Crantat CHARACTERS.

A. Cheek-teeth minute, rudimentary ...... Tarsipedine.

a. Dentition (at most) :—I. pat C. o

P. oop M. era 2 reer 1. Tarsrpus, p. 132,

B. Cheek-teeth well developed.
6, Bulles rounded, little prominent, their
vertical much less than their horizontal
diameter. One or more premolars, ad-
ditional to p.*, generally present...... Phalangerine.

a’, Molars ; (rarely >). Basal length less

than 30 millim.
a*, All upper premolars and lower p.?
long and pointed, as high as the
molars.
a°, Both upper and lower p.* long,
equalling the molars in height 2. AcRoBATES, p. 136.
6°. Upper p.* small, shorter than
either the molars or p.? Lower
Pp absent.... 6... cece ee eee 3. Distacuurvs, p. 189.
&?, Upper p.’ and p.? much smaller
than p.t Lower p.? minute.... 4. Dromrcra, p. 140.

6’. Molars 7. Basal length more ‘than
30 millim.
c?, Lower p.* small, not equalling the
molars in height.

c®, Molars rounded. Upper i? [p. 149.
pee Laan Sar aa Supra- y 5, Guwonemats,
orbital edges ridged ........ 6, Peraunvs, p. 160.

8. PrTavRorpEs, p. 168,
9. PsEUDOCHIRUS,.
[p. 166.
K2

general series. Molars with }

132 PHALANGERID 2,

b*. Upper p.’ minute or absent. P.*
with its axis obliquely twisted
outwards. Molars with blunt

_ rounded cusps.’
a‘. Upper canine shorter than
any of the incisors, and

sealed quinn suge:elasicmnrediaa ‘aeauest 10, TricHosuRus, p. 184.

TO Te a sauces cum eee tek 11. PHaxanesr, p. 193,
ce. Bulle very high and prominent, their
vertical about equal to their hori-
zontal diameter. No teeth present
between p.* and the canine above or

1. BOLO W ~ ieee. bic as ead +s seen cesses Phascolarctine. '
ce, Dentition: 1. 2-4, 0. 4, Pot
ated
1.2.8.4
M. p37377=80 ise .. 12. aa a

Subfamily I. TARSIPEDIN A.

Tail long. Snout very long and slender; tongue extensile. No
cecum, Cheek-teeth minute, rudimentary.

1. TARSIPES. Type
Tarsipes, Gerv. & Verr. P. Z. 8.1842, p.1 ...sseeee eee T. rostratus,

Size small; form slender. Head long and narrow; muzzle elon-
gated ; tongue long, extensile. Ears medium, thinly haired. Pajms
and soles naked, granulated; claws of all the fingers and toes rudi-
mentary, except those on the syndactylous second and third hind
digits, where they are well developed. Pouch present. ‘Tail very
long, thinly haired; prehensile. Walls of combined urogenital and
anal openings prolonged downwards as a distinct elongated tube
opening antero-terminally, and forming a sort of external
cloaca. ‘

Skull very slight and delicate. Supraorbital edges not ridged.
Palate very imperfect. Presphenoid surface of brain-case in front
of bulla prominently inflated downwards, so as to give the appear-
ance of a second anterior pair of bulle in the dried skull; but
these prominences are not shut off from the brain-cavity, and are in
the fresh subject filled with brain-substance. Zygomata slender
and thread-like; the malar sending a long posterior branch down-
wards and backwards, abutting against the surface of the bulla-like
prominences, True bulle large, prominent, transparent. Lower
jaw very slender, without coronoid or angular processes.

1. raRsrpEs, 133

Dentition (apparently) :—I. — C. 3
1:38 usp

12.3 X 2=22.

Upper canines and lower incisors comparatively well developed ;
all the others, upper and lower, minute and rudimentary.

Range. Western Australia.

P. 5-0-0 M. (at most)

1. Tarsipes rostratus.

Tarsipes rostratus, Gerv. & Verr. P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 1; tid. Mag, Zool.
1842, pls. xxxv.-xxxvii. (animal, skull, fe.) 3 ud. Proc. Verb.
Soc. Philom. 1842, p. 19; Less. N. Tabl. R. A. Mamm., p. 187
(1842) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 514 (1844); Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. v. (animal) (1845); Waterh. N. H. Mamm..i. p. 345,
pl. xi. fig. 1 (animal), pl. xix. fig. 6 (skull) (1846); Wagn. Schr.
Stiug. Supp. v. p. 265 (1855); Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 278,
figs. (animal and skull) (1855) ; Gieb. Saiug. p. 705 (1859) ; Kreft,
Mamm, Austr. text to pl. vii. p. 3 (1871); Schleg. Dierent. p. 168
(1872) ; Flow. Encycl. Brit. (9) xv. p. 382, fig. 31 (animal) (1883) ;
Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll, Surg. ii. p, 706 (1884); Jent. Cat.
Ost. Leyd. Mus. p, 317 (1887).

Tarsipes spensere, Gray, Ann. Mag: N. H. (1) ix. p. 40 (1842) ; dd.
op. cit. xi. p. 76 (habits) (1843); td. List Mamm. B. M. p. 87
(1848) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B, M. p. 121 (1862).

TARSIPES.

Fur short, coarse, and hispid. General colour grey, striped
dorsally with black or brown. Rhinarium naked, finely granular,
its limits sharply defined. Whiskers fine, but unusually long and
numerous, Face finely grizzled greyish brown, a rather darker line
running down its centre, and with an indistinct paler area round
each eye. Ears of medium size; laid forward, in spirit-specimens,
they barely reach to the posterior canthus of the eye; evenly

rounded, a prominent fold on the inner side of the bases of their
outer margins; metatragus well developed. Palate-ridges 8, the
anterior four bowed forwards in the centre, the posterior backwards ;
2 peculiar circular space in the centre opposite the molars caused by
this arrangement. Back pale grizzled grey, with one distinct
blackish line running from the crown to the base of the tail, and
two others, less distinct and more rufous in colour, running back-
wards from the shoulders to the hips. Flanks with a pale rufous
tinge. Chin, chest, and belly yellowish white, the bases of the
hairs sometimes grey. Pouch well developed. Mamme 4. Arms
and legs grey, hands and feet white. Palms and soles granulated,
each with five distinct pads.. On the fore feet all the claws are
quite flat and rudimentary, not perceptible to the touch and far
surpassed by the pads, which are, however, not markedly broad-
ened. Of the fingers the third is the longest, and then follow, in
the order named, the fourth, second, fifth, and first, the two latter
being considerably shorter than the other three. Of the hind toes,
the fourth and fifth are disproportionally long, and are both, like
the hallux, practically clawless; fifth nearly to the end of the
second phalanx of the fourth; syndactylous second and third toes,

184 PHALANGERID A,

however, each with a sharp and distinct claw ; junction of these toes
unusually complete, their terminal pads even united into one.
Tail cylindrical, longer than the head and body, slightly furry all
round its base, and naked at its extreme tip below, otherwise
uniformly finely hairy; its colour brown above, white or pale
yellow on the sides and below.

Skull as described above.

Teeth. Upper incisors minute, unicuspid, placed close to the
anterior end of the premaxille. Canines fairly well developed,
straight, not tapering. About 2 millim. behind these canines there
are a pair of distinct unicuspid teeth, provisionally homologized
with pm.‘, and again, about 1} or 2 millim. further back, occur
either one, two, or three more, still more minute and rudimentary
teeth, presumably molars. Lower incisors (i.’) about 3 millim. in
length, sharp-edged upwards, and pointed terminally ; projecting
quite horizontally from the front of the mandible. No other lower
teeth present, except one, two, or three minute rudimentary molars
placed at about 7 millim. from the base of the incisors.

Dimensions.

cr _g.
a (in spirit). g (in spirit).
Barely adult. Adult.

millim, millim.
Head and body............ 68 80
Pall ico casa spine Aka 88 100
Lower leg...........00055 19-5 21:6
Hind foot .............44. 14:0 155
Muzzle to eye ............ 126 14:0
Har nadir sseawrrrenss ease 9-0 9:3

Skull, see p. 148.

Hab. Western Australia.

Type in the Paris Museum.

This most interesting little species is, perhaps, in its wide
distinction from all its allies, alone equalled among Marsupials by
Myrmecobius fasciatus, also a native of Western Australia, and also,
curiously enough, distinguished by its small teeth and extensile
tongue. In the case of that animal, however, early and primitive
characters scem to have been retained almost unchanged, while the
Tarsipes, even if retaining some ancient characteristics, has evidently
widely diverged from the, ancestors common to it and the other
Phalangeride. This divergence has been chiefly brought about by
the specialization of its gustatory and alimentary organs, and by
the degradation of its teeth, in correlation with its nectar-sucking
and also more or less insectivorous habits. Of these habits the two
following extracts give some idea.

Mrs. Grey, the wife of Capt. (afterwards Sir George) Grey,
records * :—‘* We had two of them for some time in our possession ;

* Gray, Ann, & Mag. N. H. xi. p. 77 1848),

1. TARSIPEs. 135

the first specimen (which is sent home) died, I fear from starvation,
for I was told that they feed on roots and nuts; but this I found
was a mistake, for they are carnivorous and feed on moths and
flies, at least the last we had did so; it used to take the moths &e.
by their two wings, holding them by its fore paws; it ate the
bodies, and the wings it threw away. I never saw it dvink. It
generally slept during the day rolled up like a ball, but at night it
became very lively, and was fond of climbing branches of trees ; it
would hang suspended by its tail to a small branch, and suddenly
jump to another.”

Mr. Gilbert also, after speaking of the eagerness with which the
Tarsipes caught and eat flies, says * :—‘“ The artificial food given it
was sopped bread made very sweet with sugar, into which it
inserted its long tongue precisely in the way in which the honey-
eaters among birds do theirs into the flower-cups for honey. . . .
Mr, Johnson Drummond shot a pair in the act of sucking the honey
from the blossoms of the Melaleuca; he watched them closely, and
distinctly saw them insert their long tongues into the flower
precisely after the manner of the birds above-mentioned.”

a,b. Ad.al. 5 9, 9/85. Perth, W. A. Government of Western
Australia [P.].
' ¢, Skeleton, Swan R., W. A, :
d, Ad. st., 28/6/48. Albany, W. A. Gould Coll.
(J. Gilbert).
e. Ad. sk, g. King George’s Sir G. Grey [P. & C.].
‘ Sound. | (Type of T. spensere, Gray.)

J. Ad. sk, Western Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & C.1.

~ J Ad. al. Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P.].
9* 1 Shullota{ ¢-
j, &. Skulls, igured by Waterhouse, 2. c.) “eg ne Esq.

Subfamily II. PHALANGERINZ#.

Tail long, generally prehensile. Snout short and broad. Tongue
not extensile. No cheek-pouches. Czcum present, large. Stomach
simple. Bulle low and rounded, or not inflated at all.

Teeth large and well developed. One or more additional teeth
present between the canine and the large p.* above, and between i.’
and p.* below ¢.

* Gould, 0. ¢. ;

+ These specimens, like the rest of Mr. Gunn’s collections, were sent as from
Tasmania; but they agree so precisely with ordinary Western specimens, and
the species would so certainly have been discovered if occurring in Tasmania,
that there can be little doubt that they really,came from Westeru Australia.

¢ Except occasionally in Pseudochirus and Trichosurus.

136 PHALANGERID

2, ACROBATES,

: Type.
Acrobates, Desm. N. Dict. @H. N. (2) xxv. p. 405

CUBED) pieces cc ip ainsae soagete ens oeseaa aghuesa'a a ace ee A. pygmeous,
Cereoptenus, Gloger, Handb. Naturg. p. 85 (1842) .,... A. pygmeous,

Size very small. Ears (Pl. XV. fig. 4) medium, thinly hairy,
but with small tufts of hairs placed round their bases, and on the
* prominences inside them. Flanks with a flying-membrane, but a
very narrow one so far as the membrane, apart from its fringing
hairs, is considered ; only running from the elbow to the flank, and
from the flank to the knee, being scarcely developed at all in the
centre. Mamma 4. Toes of normal proportions, but each, both
before and behind, provided with a much broadened striated
terminal pad; length of fore toes in the following order—4, 3, 5,
2,1. Claws sharp and well developed, although but little pro-
minent compared to the enormous toe-pads. Tail markedly
distichous, short-haired above and below, but with a broad fringe of
hairs along each side.

Skull short, especially in the facial region, broad, and flattened.
Squamosal part of zygomata not inflated, or forming sinuses.
Anterior palatine foramina situated nearly wholly in the maxillary
bones, extending backwards to the level of p.t Palate very
imperfect posteriorly. Base of brain-case in front of bulle slightly
intlated downwards, but far less than in Tarsipes. Bulle low,
broadly rounded, little prominent. Lower jaw with a distinct
foramen at the lower edge of the masseteric fossa.

Dentition :—I. 1:23, ©. 5, P. $-0-5-4, M. 2-2-8 164.2% 2=36,

Teeth (Pl. XVI. fig. 1) sharp and obviously more or less insecti-
vorous in character. Upper canine long and strong, close to i
Upper premolars all large or functional, projecting beyond the
level of the molars. Molars small and rounded, with smooth
unridged cusps. M.* absent. Anterior lower incisors long and
slightly curved. I.’ and p.’ minute, unicuspid, both present in all
the specimens examined. P.* and p.* both long and pointed, about
equal to one another and to the anterior pointed cusp of m.!

Range. That of the only species.

1. Acrobates pygmeus.

Didelphis pygmea, Shaw, Zool. New Holland, i. p. 5, pl. ii. (animal)
(1794) ; ad. Gen. Zool. i. pt. it. p. 501, pl. exiv. (animal) (1800) ;
Turt. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 69 (1808).

Teo pygmea, Bechst. Uebers. Vierf. Thiere, ii. pp. 852, 686

Phalangista pygmea, F. ne Cat. Mus. p. 151 (1808); G@. Cuv.
a A, a p. 179 fee ae Zool. ii, p. 451 (1820); Schinz,

uv. Theerr. i. p. ; F Cur, Dict. Sci.’ Nat. ix.
p. 416 (1826). ali Moceee

Acrobates pygmeous, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) xxv. p. 405 (1817) ;

id. Mamm. i. p. 270 (1820); Gray, King’s Surv. Austr. App. ii,

2. ACROBATES. 137

p. 414 (1827); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 68 (1838);
Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841); Less. N. Tadl. R. A.,
Mamma, p. 189 (1842); Gray, List. Mamm. B. M. p. 83 (1848);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxviii. (animal) (1849) ; Gerv. H. NV.
Mamm. ii. p. 277, fig. (skull) (1855); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p.119 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus,
. 41 (1864); 2d. Mamm. Austr, text to pl. vii. p. 3 (1871);
rehm, Thierl, ii. p. 574, fig. (animal) (1880); Dobs. J. Anat,
Phys. xvii. p. 151 (1882); Coll. Zool. Jahro. ii. p. 933 (1887).

Petaurista pygmea, Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 200 (1827).

Petaurus pygmaeus, Less. Dict. Class. dH. N. xiii. p. 289 (1828) ;
J.B, Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 279 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm,
(Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 444 (1830); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii.
p. 91 (1843), v. p. 280 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamma. i. p. 534
(1844) ; Owen, Odontogr. Atl. pl. c. fig. 5 ower jaw) (1845) ;
Gieb. Odontogr. p. 42, pl. xviii. fig. 5 (teeth) (1855); id. Sdug.
p. 702 (1859); Owen, Anat. Vert. ii. p. 335, fig. 219 (skull) (1866) ;
Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 317 (i887).

Petaurus (Acrobates) pygmaeus, Waterh. Jard, Nat. Libr, Mamm.
xi. p. 293, pl. xxx. (animal) (1841); id. NV. H. Mamm. i. p. 339,
pl. xix. fig. 5 (skull) (1846).

veh frontalis, De Vis, P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. (2) i. p. 1184

87).

Piemy Frymuve-PHALancEr.

Form very light and delicate. Fur soft, straight and silky.
General colour greyish brown*. Rhinarium naked, well defined,
with two well-marked lateral notches below. Face fawn, an ashy
tinge often present on the tips of the hairs ; area round and just in
front of eyes brown. Whiskers very numerous; well-marked tufts
of hairs also growing from a spot just behind the eye, from the
metatragus, the antitragus, and from two other fleshy projections
within the ear-conch. Ears of mediim size, laid forward they
reach to about the centre of the eye, their inner surfaces and edges
with fine elongated hairs, their outer with short, anteriorly fawn,
and posteriorly white hairs, Centre of back fawn, with a more or
less ashy tinge; sides, including upper surface of parachute and
outer sides of limbs, slaty grey. Anterior and posterior sides of
limbs, and all along the edges of the parachute, prominently fringed
with longer hairs. Whole of under surface to the edges of the
parachute and inner sides of limbs white, the hairs sometimes grey
basally. Pouch distinct, extending below the outer skin forwards
and laterally for some distance. Mammz 4. Combined urogenital
and anal opening placed on an eminence, although not tubular as in
Tarsipes. Hands and feet brown above. Lengths of anterior toes
in the following order—4, 3, 2, 5, 1, but none of them dispro-
portionally exceeding the others. Pollex with a slight tendency to
opposability. Palms naked, with four broad low pads ; tips of toes
with enormous broadened and flattened pads, finely striated longi-
tudinally (see Pl. XV. fig. 2); claws thin and sharp, but scarcely

* The figures in Gould’s ‘Mammals of Australia’ are coloured of much too
deep a grey.

138 PHALANGERIDZ.

or not extending beyond the level of the pads. Hind feet (fig. 3)
similarly constructed, the soles with five pads, and the tips of the
toes all with flattened and striated pads, those on the syndactylous
second and third toes separate and well developed, although smaller
than the others; these two toes only united to the ends of the
first phalanx. Tail rather longer than the head and body, its short-
haired part dark fawn above and pale fawn below; its lateral fringe,
which only commences about half an inch from its, base, bright
fawn throughout, sometimes, however, rather more slaty grey ;
extreme tip below naked and probably slightly prehensile.

Skull as described above.

Teeth. Upper i.t about two thirds the vertical length of the
canine; i.” quite minute. Canine close to, but rather outside the
level of i.°, and some little distance from p.’ Three premolars all
large and functional; p.’ and p.* about equul, p.* slightly longer.
Molars smoothly rounded, the last, m.*, about half the size
in cross section of m.? Lower i.’ long and slightly curved;
‘i? and p.' touching each other, i.' in front and p.° behind, but both
quite minute. P.* and p.* long, sharply pointed, about equal in
length. M.' with a high antero-external. pointed cusp nearly as
long as p.*

Dimensions.
: é. 7
A (in spirit), 6 (in spirit).
one ) oe )
| millim, millim.
Head and body ............ 67 64
Ta oog.c85 yeca tee negeahtbsertaes rae’ bo) 69
Lower leg 1... 02-000 .c cues 23 22-2
Hind foot ..............0. 13-6 13
Muzzle to eye.............. 9 9
Mat ae uiituieti gee eases waver 9 9

Skull, see p. 148.

Hab. Queensland (south of about 20° 8. lat.), New South Wales,
and Victoria.
Co-types in collection.

a,b. Ad. al. 3 2. Queensland. H.MLS. ‘ Challenger.’
e, Ad.al, g. Port Stephens, N.S. W. Dr. G. Bennett [P. & C.].
d,e. Ad.al.,g 9. New South Wales (J. Roy. Coll. Surgeons nt
White). (Co-types of species.)

jf. Ad.sk, 3. New South Wales (J. G.). Gould Coll.
g. Ad. al., 9. Australia, G. Krefft, Esq. [C.].
ht Adal, 3. Australia. Purchased.
. { Ad. st. Australia. J. P. Atkins, Esq. [P.].
J) Skull.
k,l, Ad. st, dQ. Australia. : J.S, Hume, Esq. [P.].
m. Adal. 3d. Gippsland, Victoria. Purchased.
n. Ad. sk, India Museum Coll.
o, Skeleton (mount- Purchased.

ed), d.

p,q Skulls., Zool. Soc. Coll,

3. DISTECHURTUS. 139

3. DISTEHCHURUS.

Distcechurus (subg.), Peters, Ann. Mus. Genov. vi. p. 803 :
(LSTA) coi cecetasocscs-cunantetesanouked agita ain nes ewigers vais D. pennatus.

Size small. ars rather short, thinly hairy themselves, but with
small tufts round the bases as in Acrobates. Flanks without a
flying-membrane. Toes of normal proportions, their terminal pads
not expanded. Claws sharp and curved. Tail markedly distichous,
as in Acrobates.

Skull as in Acrobates.

Dentition:—I, +24, ©. 3, P. SS, M. E535 144-3 x 25384.

Teeth essentially the same as in Acrobates, except that p.* is much
reduced above and is wholly absent below.

Range. That of the only species,

This genus is very closely allied to Acrobates, although externally
its single species presents a most striking contrast to A. pygmaeus
in size, colour, and general appearance. The two genera together
stand some way apart from all the other Phalangers, their dentition
especially being wholly distinct. It is interesting to note that, as
in the case of so many other animals, the Papuan form is by far the
most brightly coloured of the two, while, at the same time, in all its
more essential characters it is in a far lower and less specialized
condition than its Australian representative.

Type.

1. Disteechurus pennatus.

Phalangista Siig aay pet, Peters, Ann. Mus. Genov. vi.
p. 803 (1874); Peters loria, Ann. Mus, Genov. xvi. p. 677,
pl. vi. figs. 5-10 (skull), pl. xiii. (animal) (1881).

Phalangista pinnata, Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. ii. p. 12 (1878).

FEATHER-TAILED PHALANGER.

Form very dormouse-like. Fur soft, thick and woolly. General
colour of head striped, of body dull buff, the contrast between the
richly ornamented head and the dull plain body very striking.
Rhinarium sharply defined, pentagonal. Ground-colour of face
white, but with two broad sharply defined black or dark brown
bands passing from the sides of the muzzle through the eyes on to
the crown just between the ears. ars short, laid forward they do
not reach to the eye, broader than long, with a long anterior basal
projection; their substance thin but with several thick fleshy
prominences on their inner surfaces, each of which has a distinct
tuft of long hairs upon it: region between eye and ear also tufted.
A prominent black patch present just below the ear. Back dull
buff or fawn, the hairs slate-coloured basally. Chin, chest, and
belly white, the line of demarcation on sides not strongly marked.
Mamme two only *. Outsides of limbs like back, inner sides like
belly. Soles smooth, not granulated ; the pads low and rounded,
five anteriorly and posteriorly. Tail markedly longer than the

* ide Peters and Doria, /. ¢.

140 PHALANGERID

head and body, its basal half-inch furry like the body, its remainder
naked or nearly naked above and below, but prominently fringed
laterally, just as in Acrobates pygmeus.

Skull, except for its much superior size, almost precisely similar
to that of Acrobates pygmaus. ;

Teeth much as in Acrobates; the premolars, however, different
in their relative proportions. Upper p.’ and p.° long, sharp and
pointed, about equal in length to i.'; p.* small, barely half the
height of the molars, and crushed obliquely outwards between p.?
and m.’ Lower i.” and p.’ small, oval, touching one another; p.°
long and pointed, with a posterior basal cusp; p.* entirely aborted.

Dimensions.
5 OS ee
(in spirit) *, Co-type (in spirit) fT.

Adult. Adult.

millim. millim.
Head and body .........- 106 100
WDA. og: o's) aru: sravege nodes Sie Seg 153 123
Hind foot............000. 19 18:3
Bar, Cedi cneheloanon aa 9 TT

Skull, see p. 148.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Andai, Hatam). South New Guinea
(Ethel R. +).
Co-types in the Berlin and Genoa Museums.

: 4, DROMICIA. Type
Dromicia, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 407 (1841) ...... D. nana,

Size small, general appearance very murine, or rather myoxine.
Ears large and thin, almost naked, their bases and internal surfaces
not tufted. No flying-membrane present. Fingers and toes of
normal proportions and structure, without broadened terminal pads ;
lengths of the former in the followmg order—3, 4, 2, 5,1; fore
claws very short and rudimentary, exceeded in length by the pads
below them ; hind claws long and sharp as usual. Tail very murine
in character ; cylindrical, rounded, not distichous, slender, at least for
its terminal portion ; its base furry like the body, the remainder finely
scaly, uniformly clothed with short fine hairs, except for its extreme tip
below, where it is roughened and naked, and evidently prehensile.

Skull short and broad. Supraorbital edges square. Inflation of
zygomatic part of squamosal variable. Palatine foramina short,
scarcely or not extending past the canines, Palate more or less
imperfect posteriorly. Brain-case in front of bulle not inflated
downwards. Bulle very large and prominent; transparent. Lower
jaw without an opening from the masseteric fossa to the base of
the inferior dental canal.

* In the Leyden Musum.
t+ In the Genoa Museum.
} Fide Ramsay, J. 0.

4, DROMICIA, 141

7 122-8 G1 p Lord .0.3 (ors) 4 1.2.3.0 (or4)
Dentition :—I. 77% ©. PF Feary M. craters

=(at most, normally) 17+3x2=40.

Upper i.’ much longer than i.’ and i, slightly spatulate. I.’ and
i” about equal in height, but the former only about half the size
of the latter in cross section. Canine long and strong, placed some
distance behind i. Premolars variable; p.* always large and
_ strong, but p.’ and p.’ either minute and probably almost functionless,
or well developed and functional. Molars evenly rounded, each
(except the last) with four small smooth cusps; m.* either present
or absent. Lower p.’ either large and functional or minute.
Small intermediate teeth three or four (rarely five)in number. Molars
as in the upper jaw. Milk p.* not as yet found, probably minute
and early deciduous.

Range. New Guinea, Western Australia, and Tasmania.
' This genus is evidently intermediate between Acrobates and
Petauwrus, and has apparently had to give way: to these more highly
specialized and, presumably, later forms wherever the two have
come in contact. Of this the distribution of the genus is a curious
example, since it is isolated in the three places most conspicuous
for their retention of ancient forms—New Guinea, Western Australia,
and Tasmania, while no species appears now to live in the temperate
parts of Eastern Australia*, where the more highly developed .
genera above referred to have their principal home, and where,
judging by its present distribution, Dromicia must obviously at one
time have lived.

Synopsis of the Species.
J. Extrrnsat CHARACTERS.

A. Belly-hairs slate-coloured basally. ,
a, Size small; head and body less than 85
millim., lower leg than 20 millim., hind

foot than 13 millim. Tasmania......... 1, D. lepida, p. 142.
b, Size large ; the above dimensions all exceeded
in adults,

a, Tail long, more than 120 millim. Dark
matk through eye strongly defined.
* New Guinea coniaseinccioeg ww onus ous 2. D. caudata, p. 148.
6'. Tail medium, less than 120 wmillim.
Darker eye-mark indistinct. Tasmania, 3, D. nana, p. 144.
B. Belly-hairs pure white,
c, Size small, asin D. lepida, Eye-mark almost
obsolete. West Australia, ............ 4, D. concinna, p. 146.

II, Crawrat CHARACTERS,

A. Lower p.‘ large, as high as molars.
a. Molars 3. ,

a}, Size small, ms.‘-* less than 3 millim.
Upper p. and p.° triangular, double-

* See footnote to D, nana, p. 146.

142 PHALANGERID.A’,

rooted, not minute in proportion. No ;
squamosal inflation.............+000. 1. D. lepida, p. 142.
b+. Size large, ms.’-? more than 4 millim... 2. D. caudata, p. 148.

b, Molars 3.

cl. Size large, ms.'~ about 33 to 4 millim.
Anterior premolars cylindrical, single-
rooted, minute, close together near p.t
Squamosal root of zygoma inflated ..., 8. D. nana, p. 144.
B. Lower p.* minute, no larger than p.’ and p.*

c. Molars :. Size small, ms.*-* less than 3

millim. Upper pt and p.° cylindrical,
single-rooted. Squamosal root of zygoma
Inflated ’s: saxniee sates, bs Mewine Sen's oa ae 4, D. concinna, p. 146.

1. Dromicia lepida.

Size small; form, as usual, slender and graceful. Fur fine, soft
and silky. General colour pale bright fawn. Rhinarium finely
granulated, sharply defined. Face pale fawn, the usual darker
mark through eye inconspicuous and vaguely defined. Whiskers
numerous, long and slender; no prominent hair-tufts round base of
or inside ear. Ears (Pl. XV. fig. 8) large, broad, thin, laid forward
they reach slightly beyond the tip of the muzzle; middle third of
their outer margins slightly concave, lower third markedly convex;
very finely hairy, almost naked. Palate-ridges 8, evenly convex
forwards. Whole of back uniform bright fawn, the tips of the
hairs, however, only this colour, their bases dark slaty grey. Hairs
of chin white, of chest and belly dark slaty for three fourths of
their length, their tips white; line of demarcation on sides not
sharply defined. Mamme 4. Palms and soles naked, finely granu-
lated, each with five low striated pads. Tail rather longer than the
head and body, its basal half-inch furry like the body, the remainder
finely haired, with ill-defined minute scales. :

Skull (Pl. XVI. figs. 2 & 3) broad, smoothly rounded. Supra-
orbital edges not ridged. Zygomatic part of squamosal quite with-
out inflation. Palatine foramina extending back to the level of the
canines. Larger posterior palatal vacuities reaching forwards to
the level of the middle of m.'; a smaller pair just in front of the
back edge of the bony palate. Bulle prominent, rounded, trans-
parent.

Teeth (Pl. XVI. figs. 4 & 5). Upper incisors and canine as usual.
P.' and p.° two-rooted, triangular in side view, each with a long
central and a minute backwardly projecting basal cusp; a diastema
of about equal length between the canine and p.\, p.! and p.3, and
p. and p.’, the latter slightly the shortest; p.* projecting slightly
lower than the tips of the molars, without a large posterior cusp,
but with its main cusp slightly bifid at its tip, the anterior point
the shortest. Molars four in number, rather squarer than in the other
species, and rapidly decreasing in size backwards; m.* quite minute,
more or less triangular in section. Loweri.'as usual. Intermediate
teeth three in number, apparently representing i.*, p.', and p.°, not

4, DROMICIA. 148

touching one another. P.* markedly higher than any of the molars,
its extremity bifid, the two points equal. Lower molars four, the
three anterior about equal in size, the last much smaller, all more
or less oblong in shape.

This species has always hitherto been taken for the ;young of
D. nana, to which it bears considerable external resemblance *.
Its cranial and dental characters, however, are very markedly
different from those of that species, and would, in any less variable
genus than the present, be of generic importance.

t

Dimensions.
‘ a ic aataty
dult.
millim,
Head and body .............. 70
MBAs ver <uise hanes eietyte ds oan thee nes 75
Lower leg ............ 00008: 19°6
Hind foot ...............04- 12:0
Muzzle to eye... 2... eee eee 8-7
Rat ce pigikwce asain 4g aah on 16:0
Skull, see p. 148,
| Hab. Tasmania.
Type in collection.
Ad.al.| Q (and 4 young Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq.
a: Skull. in pouch). P, & C.}.
Type of species.)
d. Imm. sk. Launceston, W. F. Petterd, Esq,
Tasmania. (C. & E.].

2. Dromicia caudata.

Dromicia caudata, M.-Edw. C. R. Ixxxv. p. 1079 (1877).
Lone-rartep Dormovsz-PHALANGER.

Size largest of genus. Fur very long, soft and silky. General
colour dull rufous. Face rufous fawn, with two broad black bands
passing from nose through eyes, not quite reaching ears. Ears
rather long and narrow, evenly oval, naked. Back-hairs slaty grey
for five sixths of their length, their tips dull rufous. Chest and
belly pale yellowish white, the bases of the hairs slate-coloured.

* On discovering, since visiting the Paris Museum, that there were two
species of Dromicia in Tasmania, I thought it possible that the original type of

. nana, which is of about the same size as D. lepida, would prove to be this
smaller one, and not to be the same as Bell's D. glirjformis, the larger one.
M. Huet, of the Paris Museum, however, has kindly sent me ‘a drawing of the
premolars of Desmarest’s specimen, and this shows their shape to be that so
characteristic of the larger species. The Paris type must therefore be a young
specimen of the common form, with which D. gliriformis is synonymous,
while the present smaller species must be regarded as new.

Pee

144 PHALANGERID A.

Arms and legs grey ; hands and feet dull fawn. Tail much longer
than the head and body, very thin, furry like the body for its basal
half-inch ; the remainder short-haired as usual.

Skull and dentition much as in D. nana, except that there are
four molars both above and below; m.‘ minute, triangular.

Dimensions.

Q.
Type (stuffed).
Orde )

HaY Acmesesivasedesenes 10°5
Skull, see p. 148.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Mt. Arfak),
Type in the Paris Museum.

3. Dromicia nana.

Phalangista nana, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) xxv. p. 477 (1817) ;
id. Mamma. i. p. 268 (1820); F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 415
(1826); Temm. Mon. Mamm.i.p. 9 (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An.
K. v. p. 198 (1827); Less. Mon. Mamm. p. 218 ae td, Dict.
Class. dH. N. xiii. p. 334 (1828); J. B. Fisch, Syn. Mamm.
p- 276 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 466
(1830) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 68 (1838); Waterh.
Jard, Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 279, pl. xxvi. (animal) (1841) ;
Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 188 (1842); Schinz, Syn. Mamm.
i, P. 530 (1844); Geb, Sdug. p. 699 (1859); Gulliver, P. Z. 8.
1875, p. 491.

Phalangista gliriformis, Bedl, Trans. Linn. Soc. xvi. p. 121, pls. xiii, &
xiv. (animal, feet, &c.) (1828); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamma. p. 388
(1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 467 (1880) ; id. NV.
Tabl. R. A., Mamma. p. 188 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii.
p. 82 waar Vv. p. a6 (1855) ; Owen, Odontogr. Atl. pl. c. fig. 3
(skull) (1845).

Dromicia nana, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; id. List
Mamm. B. M. p. 85 (1843); Gerv. H, N. Mamm. ii. p. 275
(1855) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm., B. M. p. 121 (1862),

Dromicia gliriformis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M, p. 85 (1843) ; Gould,
Mamm. Austr, i. pl. xxix. (animal) (1845); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 120 (1862); Krefft, Notes Faun. Tasm, p. 4
(1868) ; id. Mamm., Austr, text to pl. vii. p. 3 (1871).

Phalangista (Dromicia) nana, Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 309 (1846) ;
Gunn, P, Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 85 (1852).

Dromicia unicolor, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1863, p. 49; Gould, Mamm
Austr. (Introd.) i. p. xxvi (1868); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr.
Mus, p. 42 (1864).

Common Dormovsr-PHALANGER.

Size rather smaller than in D. caudata. Form thicker and
clumsier than in the other species. Fur thick and soft, rather

4. DROMICTA. 145

woolly in texture. General colour uniform dull fawn. Rhinarium
naked, finely granulated, sharply defined. Face greyish; darker
mark round and in front of eye indistinct and little defined. Ears
large, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach just about to the
tip of. the muzzle, narrower than in D. lepida; their outline evenly
oval. Palate-ridges eight, the outer corner of the second projecting
between the canine and p.' in such a way as to simulate very
closely an additional anterior premolar. Fur of back slaty grey for
three fourths of its length, dull fawn terminally. Chin dull white ;
hairs of chest and belly slate, tipped with dirty white, those along
the centre line sometimes wholly white ; line of demarcation along’
sides very indistinctly marked. Mamme 4. Fore and hind limbs
grey; hands brown, feet whitish. Palms and soles (PI. XV.
figs. 5, 6, and 7) naked, with large prominent pads, five on each.
Tail slightly longer than the head and body, its basal inch furry like
the body, and generally much incrassated ; terminal portion as usual.

Skull (Pl. XVI. fig. 6) broad and rounded. Interorbital space
flat, its edges square and slightly beaded. Posterior root of zygoma
markedly inflated. Anterior palatine foramina reaching backwards
to halfway between the canine and p.’ Posterior palate imperfect
from the level of the front of m.' nearly to its hinder edge. Bulle
very large and prominent, much inflated.

Teeth (Pl. XVI. fig. 7). Upper i.’ and canine very long, about
equal. P.! and p.* minute, single-rooted, cylindrical, placed close
together * near the base of p.*; p.* very large and strong, with a
long pointed main cusp corresponding to the bifid cusp of D. lepida,
and a prominent secondary posterior one, almost or quite as high as
the tips of the molars. Molars broad and rounded, three in number.
Lower i.‘ unusually long in proportion. Small intermediate teeth
three in number, apparently corresponding to i.”, p.’, and p.*, touch-
ing one another, no doubt functional to a certain extent; p.* large,
simple, and pointed. Molars as in the upper jaw, but more oblong
in shape.

Dimensions.
ae ?. ‘8
1M spirit). 1n spirit).
Saal, ) aan
millim. millim
Head and body .......... 100 97
eT all pind acne Ga wiow iota 104 111
Lower leg ......... weeee = 26 27
Hind foot ...........-05 14:7 16
Muzzle to eye .......... 11 11:3
Har’ nce e wen see oweeens 17-4 17

Skull, see p. 148.

* Their position in fact such that without the analogy of the other species one
would be more inclined to call them p.? and p.*, and therefore, on the whole,
rather telling against the homologies here used. Moreover, in specimen g there
are on the left side three minute premolars, of which, although the exact
correspondence is not easy to determine with certainty, the additional one
seems to be the anterior, in which case we should have to reckon in Dromiciu
the missing premolar as p.'

L

146 PHALANGERID EE.

Hab. Tasmania *.

Type in the Paris Museum.

This species is remarkable for its tendency to form fatty accumu-
lations, both in the base of its tail and elsewhere, a tendency specially
manifested in confinement; nearly all specimens are exceedingly
difficult to preserve, owing to the oily exudation that takes place all
over them.

a-c. Ad.al., 6 9. Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq.
[P. & C.}.

Ad. al. Tasmania. Mr. J. Abrahams [P.].
de | aera. | 22 aon
f. Adval, 9&4 young. Tasmania. Dr. Milligan [P.].

Ad. sk, 2 Thomes Bell; ‘dha.

9 4 Skull. : ‘ fi

(Type of D. gliriformis, Bell.)
h, Ad. st. Tasmania. Gould Coll.
.. j Ad. & yg. sks. Tasmania. Gould Coll.
%J* ) Skull of «.
hk. \ son 9 Tasmania. Dr. J. E. Gray [P.].
1, Ad. st. Tasmania. Dr. J. E. Gray [P.].
m. Skeleton. Tasmania. Dr. J. E. Gray [P.].
n. Imm. sk. Tasmania. Lieut. A. Smith [P.].
o. Skeleton 9 (mounted). Tasmania (Voy.‘Fly’). J.B. Jukes, Esq. (P.

& C.
Ad. st. ae.

29 1 a Zool. Soe.

4. Dromicia concinna.

Dromicia concinna, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 2; cd. Mamm. Austr. i.
pl. xxx. (animal) (1855).

Phalangista (Dromicia) concinna, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 314,
pl. xt.,fig. 2 (animal) (1846); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 277
(1855) ; Gieb. Siiug. p. 699 (1859).

Phalangista (Dromicia) neilli, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 315,

1. xix. fig. 3 am (1846); Wagn. Schr, Séug. Supp. v. p. 277
P1855); web. Sdug. p. 700 (1859).

Lzsszr Dormovuse-PHALANGER.

Size small, form very light and delicate. General colour bright
fawn. Face pale fawn, the usual darker mark round and in front of
the eye scarcely distinguishable. Ears long, rather narrow, evenly
oval. Back-hairs slaty grey at base, their tips bright fawn, with a
slight tinge of rufous. Chin, chest, and belly pure white, the line
of demarcation on sides sharply marked. Outsides of limbs like

* The two specimens of ‘ D. unicolor” mentioned by Krefft came from the
near neighbourhood of Sydney, and I have no doubt had both escaped from
captivity, as the species has otherwise never been recorded from the mainland
while it is at the same time to be found in the collection of almost every dealer
in live animals.

‘

4. DROMICTA. 147

back, inner sides white, but the hairs partly grey basally. Tail about
as long as the head and body, slender, not incrassated, its basal
half-inch furry like the back, the remainder uniformly short-haired
as usual.

Skull on the whole very similar to that of D. nana, with which
it agrees closely in its general proportions, and in the degree of in-
flation of the posterior root of itszygoma. Bulle very large, swollen,
transparent.

Teeth (Pl. XVI. fig. 8). Upper it and canine about equal.
P. and p minute, cylindrical, single-rooted as in D. nana, but
their positions more as in D. lepida, as they stand about equidistant
from each other, from the canine, and from p.* P.‘ large, pointed,
markedly higher than the molars, not bifid at its extremity, and
without a posterior cusp. Molars three, as in D. nana, narrower
and more oblong than usual. Lower intermediate unicuspidate
teeth generally four in number, apparently corresponding to i.’, p.’,
p.*, and p.*; but a fifth, probably i3, present on the right side of
specimen d. The lower p.* is therefore quite different from that of
the other species, being minute and unicuspidate like p.? Molars as
in the upper jaw.

Dimensions.
a (in spirit).
Adult.
millim.
Head and body ............ 80
Pa vise neuids aa ot a nae oid Satie 89
Lower leg... 2... eee cece ees 21
Hind foot... 2... . es. e eee 12-2
Muzzle to eye ..........04e 8:8
HAR psec oid diaries oh EAR ERO 12
Skull, see p. 148.
Hab. South and Western Australia.
Co-types in collection.
Ad, al. South Australia. Purchased.
ad } Sill of a 2.
ce. Ad. st. South Australia. SirG. Gey (P. & C.].
d@. Skull, 3. King George’s Sound, G. R. Waterhouse,
W. A. (Weill). Esq. [P.

(From type of D. wisi Waterb,)
Ad. sk. Swan R., W. A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll.
3 bert). (Co-types of species.)

L2

PHALANGERID 2,

148

"0. uoutveds aeBanod v Ul ‘UMOP TIOM 4

‘egnd-Uledg OT] SsOIOW y

49-3 SF ¢g 63 : € Gg ‘Tdemot =“
83 ¥ oF GZ LP 8B ne g-18ur jo ysuey
6-0 LI ee 8-0 i 6-0 yd Jo que] euomog =—
iat LS 7 I ay LT I sreeee* auITea JO FYSIOY—TyOeT,

a F91 ra GLI SLT 8G 1G Pee eee XopUl [RIOR
= 8-41 ii GIL 9-41 FIT 91 vt eeSTe@ [BIOes- 18g,
a 6 = £9 6 GL 9-L “"* sxe [elWeIO-19eq
" L% ie 9-1 g z GF “** WOUIBIO; [eyBT eT
y oF 9-9 ¥ we 6-8 sad euoepisur =“ “
gg GL 6 9 8 8G a “WH episyno Typeeiq
G01 eI 9-41 $-01 671 IL SFL vr yysuoy ‘owed
LP Lt LG GP 9 6h LG YIpeerq [etqro1eyUy
Ll ST we 81 ees z Fl * Yypeedq qsvoy
g g oF 8 8-8 lL Sj Uypeerq ysoywous =“
GL 6 II (a) 6-8 TL ONE) Peres “+ qqduoy ‘syeeeyy
1 6-91 SI 1 SI E81 #96 srrreerees* TpBad 489789L)
9-6T 9-86 PG G-LT G-FG @-81 LSS srreeeeresseee on Stiay Teseg

"page ‘qINpe ‘qnpe “qmpe ‘qjupe ‘gmpe 90) srrttersreses Qoyy
'D y?) ‘ad AY, ‘D ‘adh, ¢ i) uoutoedg
6 a.) we} Ss we} weeee xog

; ‘ ; ; ‘ “vprday ‘sngouuad ssnaubhd “SN YDLISOL ansitaneatieeats
DUULOUOD *(T DUDU CT Dgvpnno “T moruoug || snunyoorsg saqvqo4oyr sadsany, } : sotvedg

“BIOTMOI pup ‘snanyooysicl ‘seyeqoroy ‘sodisxey, fo suorsuauny 71n4S

5. G@YMNOBELIDEUS. 149

5. GYMNOBELIDEUS.

Type.
Gymnobelideus, McCoy, Ann. Mag. N. H. (8) xx. .
2BL BCD) wins wiscew 20 hatin ee dines daleales thay came G. leadbeateri.

General appearance as in Petaurus. Ears large, naked, untufted.
No flying-membrane present. Toes of normal proportions, their
length anteriorly i in the following order—4, 3, 5, 2,1; claws less
developed than in Petaurus. Tail cylindrical, bushy.

Skudl and teeth as in Petaurus.

Dental formula :—I. re, 6.4, : Pp. aS M. + pipet
164+4x2=40.

This genus is exceedingly closely allied to Petaurus, from which
it only differs by having no flying-membrane, and by its fifth
being slightly shorter, instead of longer, than its third fore toe. It
may in fact be looked upon as the primitive form from which the
more highly specialized Petaurus has been developed.

1. Gymnobelideus leadbeateri.

Gymnobelideus leadbeateri, McCoy, Ann. Mag. N. H. (3) xx. p. 287,
pl. vi. (animal, teeth, &c.) (1867); ad. Prod. Zool. Viet. (De-
cade x.) pl. xci. (animal, skull, and feet) (1883).

The following description is taken, nearly verbally, from the.
accounts published by Prof. McCoy :—

General appearance very like that of Petawrus breviceps (infra,
p. 156) except for the entire absence of the lateral flying-mem-
branes. Fur soft and close. General colour of upper surface
brownish grey, with a blackish dusky streak from the top of the
head along the back to the sacrum. A dark patch under the base
of the ear, and fainter ones before and behind the eye. Lars large,
semi-elliptical, nearly naked towards the tip. Under surface dull
yellowish. Fore feet with the terminal toe-pads very large and
wrinkled, and sometimes exceeding the clawsin length. Palm-and
sole-pads large, low, finely striated. Tail long, evenly bushy, the
hairs along the basal shorter than those along the terminal half, its
colour throughout pale brown.

Skull, so far as can be made out from the figures, only differing
from that of Petaurus breviceps by the rather greater length and
narrowness of the muzzle, and by the presence of large vacuities in
the palate, extending forward to the front of m.?

Teeth as in P. breviceps.

Dimensions.
Type*
millim
Head and body ............ 135
OD Ball sos, aah srdebed ese acetate sstaiees 162

* Allowance must be made here for possible differences in the manner of
taking the measurements,

150 PHALANGERIDE.

millim

Finid f00bi 056 4 5 acs be eaten 26

SMLATS et, iy poate aad as Gakcaaeet ganas ask 19

Skull, see p. 162.
Hab. Victoria (Bass River).
Type in the Melbourne Museum.

6. PETAURUS.
Type.

Petaurus, Shaw, Nat. Mise. ii. text to pl. lx. (1791) .._ P. australis.
Ptilotus, G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 512 (1814) ........ P. australis.
Belideus, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1838, p. 151 ............ P. sciureus.
Xenochirus, Glog. Handb. Naturg. p. 85(1842) .... P. sciureus.

Size medium or small. Fur unusually soft and silky. Ears
fairly large, oval, nearly naked, not tufted. Flanks with a broad
flying-membrane, stretching from the outside of the fifth fore finger
(Pl. XV. fig. 11) to the ankle, where it is inserted just over the
large internal malleolas of the tibia. Fore toes evenly lengthened
towards the outside, the fifth (which bears the membrane) the
longest, at least in the larger species, the others following in the
regular order 4, 3, 2, 1; in the smaller species, however, the order
is 4, 5, 3, 2,1. Claws very strong and sharp, much curved. Tail
long, not distichous, evenly bushy all round to its extreme tip.
Special glands, no doubt sexual in their nature, present both on the
crown between the ears and on the chest; more prominent and
better developed in males than in females.

Skull short, broad, and strongly built. Nasals widely expanded
behind. Supraorbital edges with sharp overhanging ridges.
Posterior, squamosal portion of zygomata much inflated by air-cells.
Palate nearly or quite complete; a small pair of vacuities opposite
m.’ generally present. Bulle inflated, variable in size. Lower jaw
with a small but distinct communication between the masseteric
fossa and the inferior dental canal.

re HEE, Og, B.S, M. b= 1644x2
=4 . \

Upper i.! very large, exceeding the canine in length. Premolars
simple, pointed, two-rooted; p.’ nearly as large as p.*; p.?
much smaller, but not minute. Molars squarely rounded, quadri-
cuspid, except the last, which is triangular. Lower minute teeth
generally four in number, consisting apparently of i, p.', p.*,
and p.‘, nearly or quite touching one another; all present in
ae specimens ; an additional one (probably i.*) occasionally deve-
loped,

Range. Papuan and Australian subregions, from Gilolo to
Victoria.

6. PETAURUS. 151

Synopsis of the Species.
I. Exrernan Caaracters,

A. Size large ; lower leg more than 80 millim. ;
tail more than 400 millim, Underside of
heel thickly hairy. :

a. Posterior side of hips and legs broadly
_ fringed with black. Belly deep orange . 1. P. australis, p. 161.

B. Size smaller; lower leg less than &0 millim.,
tail than 850, Underside of heel partly or
wholly hairy.

b. Size larger; lower leg more than 60, tail
than 230 millim. Tail very bushy, espe-
cially basally, where the hairs exceed 40

millim. in length ................0005 2. P. sciureus, p. 153.
ce. Size smaller; lower leg less than 60 millim.
and tail than 280 .......... eee eee 3, P. breviceps, p. 156,

IL. Crantat Caaracrers.

A. Size large ; basal length more than 46 millim.
Molars !-8 more than 7:3 millim. long.
a. Bulle large, the posterior projecting lower
than the anterior part ........ bie Sows ie 1. P. australis, p. 151.
B. Size smaller; basal length less than 46
millim. Molars less than 7°3 millim.
6. Size larger ; basal length above 38 millim.,
and molars 1-3 above 6°5 millim.
a’, Bulle large, with a prominent projec-
tion anteriorly 0.0... sec. ce eee e eee 2. P. sciureus, p. 158.
¢. Size smaller; basal length below 38, and
molars 1-3 below 6:5 millim.
&'. Bulle variable, large in typical, small
in Papuan variety............. ee eee 3. P. breviceps, p. 156.

1. Petaurus australis.

Hepoona Roo, White, Journ. Voy. N.S. W. p. 288, pl. lxi. (animal)
(1790).

Petaurus australis, Shaw, Nat. Mise. ii. pl. 1x. (animal) (1791);
Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1843); Geb. Séug. p. 701
Come Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 120 (1862) ; Rehleg.

nerent. p. 166 (1872); Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 705
(1884); Thos. Encycl. Brit, (9) xviii. p. 729 (1885); Jent. Cat.
Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 316 (1887).

Sciurus (Petaurus) australis, Kerr, Linn. An, K. p. 269 (1792).

Sciurus nove-hollandia, Meyer, Uebers. Zool. Entd. Neuholl. p. 11
(1798) (in part). ' :

Didelphys petaurus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 496, pl. cxii.
(animal) (1800). ;

Ptilotus australis, G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 513 (1814).

Phalangista petaurus, G. Cuv. &. A. i. p. 180 (1817); Schinz, Cur.

' Thierr. i. p. 260 (1821); Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 548 (1880) ;
Wagl. Syst. Amph. Sdug. p. 26 (1830).
Petaurus flaviventer, Desm. yy Dict. dH. N, (2) xxv. p. 408 (1817) ;

152 PHALANGERIDE.

J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 278 (1829); Gray, Grey's Austr,
App. ii. p. 402 (1841); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 89 (1848),
v. p. 278 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm.i. p. 5382 (1844); Owen,
Odontogr. Atl. pl. e. fig. 4 (teeth) (1845); Geb, Odontogr. p. 42,
pl. xviil. fig. 4 (teeth) (1855).

Petaurista flaviventer, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 269 (1820); Gray, ca

Cuv. An. K. v. p. 199 (1827); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus, Z. 8.
p. 68 (1888). : :

Petaurus (Belidens) flaviventer, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm.
xi. p. 286 (1841) ; id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 827 (1846).

Belideus flaviventer, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxiii, (animal) (1845); Benn. P. Z.8.
1859, p. 218 (habits); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 39
(1864) ; id. Mannm. Austr. text to pl. vii. p. 2 (1871); Dobs. J.
Anat, Phys. xvii. p. 150 (1882).

Petaurus cunninghami, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 83 (in synenymy)
(1843).

YELLOW-BELLIED Fiyine PHALANGER.

Size large. Fur long, soft and silky. General eolour brown,
variously marked with dark orange and black. Rhinarium large,
naked, finely granulated. Face yellowish brown, darker on the
crown, on the sides of the muzzle, round the eyes, and at the back
of the ear basally. Ears long, laid forward (in spirit-speeimens)
they just fall short of the top of the muzzle; narrow, evenly oval,
naked altogether inside and terminally outside, their bases behind
dark brown, except that there is a prominent yellowish patch along
their posterior margins. Hairs of back dark brown or nearly black
along the median line and on the upper surface of the parachutes ;
slaty grey tipped with dark orange along the sides of the back, and
on a distinct lighter line running down the upper (outer in the
ordinary quadrupedal position) sides of the thighs. Edge of para-
chute margined with orange, exeept just near its origin and insertion,
where it is broadly fringed with black. Posterior edge of thighs
also margined with black. Chin, inner sides of wrists, and ankles
blackish; otherwise the whole of the under surface and the inner sides
of the limbs uniform deep orange *. Hands and feet above wholly
black. Mamme 27. Palms (Pl. XV. fig. 11) and soles naked,
finely striated, the part under the ankle, however, thickly hairy ; the
pads broad, rounded, not sharply defined. Length of fore toes in
the following order—, 4,3, 2, 1. Claws very large and powerful,
strongly curved. Tail enormously long, very bushy, especially at
its base, evenly but slightly tapering to its tip; its colour generally
greyish above, and orange below basally, gradually darkening to
black at its tip.

Skull broad and rounded, with a sharp-pointed muzzle. Nasals
much expanded behind, their greatest breadth nearly two thirds

i This colour fades on exposure to light, and becomes a dirty yellowish
white.

t So far as can be made out from specimen g, the only adult female in spirit
available.

aera:

6, PETAURUS. 153

their length. Interorbital space flat, its edges laterally ridged and
overhanging, but not forming distinct postorbital processes. Bulle
large and transparent, but their anterior not so much swollen as to
project lower (in the natural position) than the posterior part.

Yeeth rather variable in size. Upper canine short, flattened
laterally. P.! about equidistant from the canine and p.*; p.’ trian-
gular in section, narrower in front than behind, its point but little
higher than that of p.1_ Lower i.! more rounded in section and less
spatulate than usual; intermediate teeth comparatively well deve-
loped, closely fitting against one another; p.‘, although quite in
series with the small teeth in front of it, yet showing a tendency
towards the usual elongated triangular shape.

Dimensions,

ee Lee
J (in spirit). g (in spirit).
Adult. Adult.

millim. millim.
Head and body ............ 310 280
Pails Fp. 25 we acgra see ser as Bais 425 420
Lower leg .........ce cease ‘86 88
Hind foot ............0005 43 42
ar’ asiansague meine ease ae es 45 46

Skull, see p. 162.

Hab. New South Wales and Victoria (mountainous coast-dis-
tricts).
Type not in existence.

a-c. Ad. st. New South Wales, Gould Coll. ;
d, Ad. st. New South Wales. Allan Cunningham, +
Esq. [P.].

Ad. sk. New South Wales. Zool, Soc.
& 1 Skull.
f-h. Ad. al., ¢ Q& yg. Victoria. Purchased.
A-t, Ad. skeleton and Zool. Soc.

imm. skull.

j» Skeleton. Purchased.

2. Petaurus sciureus.

? Norfolk-Island Flying Squirrel, Philip, Voy. Bot. Bay, p. 161, pl.
xvii. (animal) (1789). :

? Sciurus (Petaurus) norfolcensis *, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 270 (1792).

Sciurus nove-hollandie, Meyer, Uebers. Zool. Entd. Neuholl. p. 11
(1793) (in part only f).

* The species not being really indigenous to Norfolk Island, this name is
. incorrect, and therefore untenable. It is also not by any means certain that
Phillip’s description, and therefore Kerr’s name, do not really refer to P. brevi-
ceps, the figure being equally similar to either.
t Description mainly founded on White’s account of the “ Hepoona-Roo”
(=P. australis).

154 PHALANGERIDE.

Didelphys sciurea, Shaw, Zool. New Holl. i. p. 29, pl. xi, (animal)
(1794) id. Gen. Zool, i. pt. ii. p. 498, pl. exiii. (animal) (1800) ;
Turt, Linn. 8. N. i. p. 68 (1806).

Voluccella sciurea, Bechst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. pp. 352, 686
(1800). :

Laine ai G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 514 (1814),

Petaurus sciureus, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) xxv. p. 403 (1817) ;
Less. Dict. Class. d’H. N. xiii. p. 288 (1828); J. B. Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. yp. 279 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv.
p. 443 (1880); Kaup, Thierr. i. p, 242 (1835) ; Gray, Grey’s Austr.
App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 88 (1848); Wagn.
Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 89 (1848), v. p. 279 (1855); Schinz, Syn.
Mamm. i. p. 583 (1844); Gieb. Siug. p. 702 (1859); Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 119 (1862); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p.571,
fig. (animal) (1880); Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll, Surg. ii. p. 706
(1884); Thos. Encycl. Brit. (9) xviii. p. 729, fig. 2 (animal)
(1885); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 929 (1887); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
Mus. p. 316 (1887).

Petaurista sciurea, Desm. Mami. i. p.270 (1820); Gray, Griff. Cuv.
An. K. v. p. 199 (1827); id. King’s Surv. Austr., App. ii, p. 414
(1827); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 68 (1888); Gulliver,
P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 491. 5

Phalangista sciurea, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 260 (1821); F. Cuv.
Dents.Mamm. p. 253 (1825); td, Dict. Sct. Nat. xxxix. p. 416
(1826).

Pour (Belideus) sciureus, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 151; 2d. Jard.
Nat. Libr.. Mamm. xi. p. 289, pl. xxviii. (animal) (1841); zd.
NV. H. Mamm. es 331 (1846).

Belideus sciureus, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842) ; Gould,
Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxiv. (animal) (1845); Gerv. H. N. Mamm.
ii. p. 275, fig. (animal) (1855); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus.

. 40 (1864); 2d. Mamm. Austr. text to pl. vii. p. 3 (1871).

Belideus gracilis, De Vis, P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vii. p. 619 (1882).

Seurrret Fryive PHaranerr.

Size markedly smaller than in the last species. Fur soft and
silky, slightly woolly. General colour a soft pale grey. Face
lighter grey, a well-defined dark brown or black band commencing
between the eyes and running backwards along the dorsal surface.
Area round eyes darker, but not prominently so. Ears rather
variable in size, nearly naked inside, and terminally outside; a
deep black patch present along their external bases, succeeded
posteriorly by a prominent white or pale yellow spot. Hairs of
back slaty grey, their tips nearly white, except along the central
dorsal streak, which ends between the hips. Upper surface of
parachute dark brown or greyish, its edges fringed with white or
pale yellow. Whole of underside and inner sides of limbs white, with
a tinge of yellow. Outsides of limbs like back, but a darker mark
generally distinguishable running down the posterior side of the
hips, succeeded behind by a paler marginal fringe. Hands and feet
white or pale grey above. Palms and soles much as in P. australis,
but the lower surface of the heel generally naked, a narrow naked
line running backwards to the tip of the heel below. Tail pro-
portionally much shorter than in P. australis, very bushy,

¢

6. PETAURUS.

155

especially along its basal third, where the hairs often attain a length
of about 60 millim.; its colour above and below grey, darkening

terminally into black.

Skull almost an exact miniature of that of P. australis, but rather

narrower in proportion, with a longer muzzle.

Supraorbital ledges

well developed, and more distinctly notched anteriorly, so as to form

more definite postorbital processes,

Palate complete.

Bulle much

swollen, especially anteriorly, where there is a prominent downwardly
projecting point, which descends below the level of the posterior part

of the bulla.

Teeth asin P. australis.

from 6°6 to 7-2 millim. ;

Length of the first three upper molars
3 of the lower molar series 9 to 9-3 millim.

Dimensions.
ae 2.
e (skin), h (skin).
Adult. Adult.
millim. millim.
Head and body.. (¢.) 250 (c.) 210
Taal) i533 ane 280 250
Lower leg...... (¢c.) 70 69
Hind foot...... 385 32
Kat gered saw 26 (contracted) 27 (contracted).

Skull, see p. 162,

Hab. Eastern Australia, from Queensland to Victoria.

Type not in existence.

a, Skeleton.
b Ad, sk.
* ) Skeleton.
ce. Ad. sk, 2.
Ad. sk.
@ Skull.
1 Ad. sk.

Skull.
f. Ad. sk.

g. Ad.sk., 3, 20/8/46.

fe

h. Ad. sk., 2, 8/5/46.

t. Ad.sk., 9.
j- Tmm. sk.

k, Skeleton (mounted).

Port Essington.
Gayndah, Dusenelsnl

Moreton Bay, Queens-
land.

oe a Hunter R.,

Liverpool Plains,

ee Plains,

New South Wales.

New South Wales.

Port Phillip, Victoria.

Capt. Chambers [P.].
Godeffroy Museum.

Dr. J. R. Elsey [P.].
Gould Coll.
Gould Coll.
Gould Coll.

Sir_T. us Mitchell
[P. & C.

Sir T. L. Mitchell
[P. & C.

Gould Coll.

G. R. Waterhouse,
Esq. [P.].

156 PHALANGERID&.

3. Petaurus breviceps*.

a, Petaurus breviceps, var. typicus.

Petaurus (Belideus) breviceps, Waterh. P. ZS. 1838, p. 152; 7d.
Jard. Nat, Libr., Mamm. xi. 4 290, pl. xxix, (animal) (1841) ; «dd.
N. H. Mamm. i. p. 384 (1846).

Petaurus breviceps, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841); éd.
List Mamm, B. M. p. 88 (1848); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iti.
p- 90 (1848), v. p. 279 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 532
(1844); Gieb. Stiug. p. 702 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B.M. p. 119 (1862) 5 Coll. Zool. Jahro. ii. p. 931 (1887).

Belideus breviceps, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842);
Gould, Mamm., Austr. i. pl. xxv. (animal) (1849) 5 Krefft, Cat.
Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 40 (1864); ad. Mamm, Austr. text to pl.
vii. p. 3 (1871).

Belideus ariel, Gould, P. ZS, 1842, p. 11; id. Mamm. Austr, i.
pl. xxvii. (animal) (1849) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 41
(1864); td. Mamm. Austr. text to pl. vii. p. 3 (1871).

Petaurus ariel, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 84 (1848); Schinz, Syn.
Mamm. i. p. 534 (1844); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 279
ag Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 119 (1862); Gieb.

. ges. Nat. xxvii. p. 304 (1866).

Petaurus sciureus, Gunn (nec Shaw),:P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. i. p. 253
(1851). (Introduction into Tasmania.) .

Petaurus (Belideus) notatus, Peters, MB. Ak. Berl. 1859, p. 14.

Belideus notatus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxvi. Gaul) (1860).

Lesser Fryine PHALANGER.

Size small. Fur soft and silky, not so long as in P. sciureus.
Colours almost precisely as in that species, the ground-colour being
of the same soft pale grey, and the dark markings situated on the
same parts of the body ; the dorsal stripe, however, is often more or
less indistinct, the hairs of the underside are nearly always grey
basally (at least in the continental variety), and the extreme tip of
the tail is very frequently white. Ears (Pl. XV. fig. 9) large,
evenly oval, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach to about
halfway between the eye and the tip of the nose. Length of fore

toes in the following relative order of length—4, 5, 3, 2,1. Under-
' side of heel hairy, except a round spot on its tip, which is therefore
separated from the main part of the naked sole by a narrow hairy
band. Tail markedly more bushy basally than terminally, the
hairs attaining a length of from 20 to 30 millim. along its proximal
inch.

Skull (Pl. XVI. fig. 9) as in P. sciureus, but with a shorter and
more sharply pointed muzzle, and of course very considerably
smaller, Supraorbital edges more or less parallel, distinctly beaded.

* y, Ears comparatively large. Colour grey. Bulle
large, projecting downwards anteriorly.
Australiatiy sc sswssectssconcaedaeiecuatagunesdeaigabdues Var. typicus.
b, Ears small. Colour more yellowish. Bulle
BMAll, Papuan siiscaivaveacevcacss mawssndeceaeriss Var. papuanus, p. 158.

6, PETAURUS. 157

Palate complete. Bulle large, their anterior portion projecting
markedly downwards; their total length antero-posteriorly about
8 millim.; much smaller in var. papuanus.

Teeth (Pl. XVI. fig. 10). Upper i.’ considerably larger than the
canine. Diastema between i.’ and canine sufficiently long to be
visible to the extent of nearly a millimetre when the skull is looked
at directly from the side. Premolars and molars as usual; com-
bined length of the three upper anterior molars from 5°5 to 6-2, of
the lower molar series about 7 millim. ‘

Dimensions.
m (in spirit).
sents )
millim.
Head and body .......... 0.05, 172
MP aI E ce te ta teeatte Oe Quid east tte 190
bower leg i. ccisaacees arenes 55
Hind f00t) sc aacesea me sey 29
at ay dias amv mSaenin bana 28

Skull, see p. 162.

Hab. Queensland, New South Wales, and Victoria. (Introduced
into Tasmania in 1835 *.)

Type in collection.

This species, at least in its typical continental form, resembles
P. sciureus so closely in every way that it can often only be distin-
guished with certainty by the considerably smaller size of its molar
teeth. The Papuan form, however, is apparently different, and
would be specifically separable were it not that the two seem to

_ grade into each other, to a degree very remarkable considering the
differences between typical specimens of the two. The Papuan
variety has always hitherto been referred to under the name. of
P. ariel, Gould; but the types of the latter, from Port Essington,
undoubtedly belong to the present race, the northern one therefore
now needing a new varietal name. :

b Ad. sks. Port Essington, Nor- Gould Collection.

a Skull of a. ? thern Territory.

(Co-types of P. ariel, Gould.)
1 Ad, sk. |! 9, 1/44 Port Essington (J. Mac- Earl of Derby [P.].

; ; .

Skulls, Gillivray).
g Ad. sk. Port Essington. Capt. W. Chambers
' | Shull. Lg Pl.
e. Ad. st. N.W. coast of Aus- Zool. Soe.

tralia.

* See Gunn (/.c.), by whom this species was called P. sciureus ; but his determi-
nation was evidently incorrect, as is shown by specimen m, collected in Tasmania

by himself.

158 PHALANGERIDE.

Ad. sk. | (North Australian Ex- — Barnes, Esq. [P.].
Fy Shull. { xpedition.)
Ad. sk. (North Australian Ex- Dr.J. R. Elsey [P.]}.
| Sia . pedition. ) :
ht Ad. sk. | « g/g Camden Co. (Illawarra), Gould Coll.
a | Skulls ie. N.S. W. (J. Strange). ;
j. Ad. sk. New South Wales. Zoological Society.
(Type of species.)
k,l. Adal, 3. Victoria. Purchased.
m. Adal, ¢. [Tasmania. ] me oy” Esq.
Ad. sk. J. P. Atkins, Esq.
ms | Skull 3: [P.].
’ SImm. st. Purchased.
Skull. t
p. Skeleton. Capt. P. P. King
P.& C.}.
q. Skeleton. Purchased.

’. Petaurus breviceps, var. papuanus,

Belideus ariel (nee Gould), Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 109, and 1860,
p. 5; Alst. P. Z. 8. 1877, p.125; Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ii.
p. 12 (1878), iii. p. 248 (1879).

Petaurus ariel, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 357 (13866) ;
Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 683 (1881); Jent. Cat.
Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 317 (1887).

Parvan Fryine Poataneer.

Fur shorter and closer than in the typical form. Stripes and
markings as in that animal, but better defined, owing to the shortness
of the hair, Ears (Pl. XV. fig. 10) compartively small, laid forward
(in spirit-specimens) they barely reach to the anterior canthus of
the eye; their general shape narrower and less rounded than in the
Australian form. Whole of underside yellowish or orange, the
hairs not or very slightly grey basally. Mamme 4. Heel less
hairy than in P. breviceps, the main naked part of the sole connected
with the tip of the heel by a narrow naked line. Tail long, evenly
cylindrical, not more bushy basally than terminally ; its basal three
fourths pale yellowish grey, its tip black.

Skull (Pl. XV. fig. 11) with the bulle small, rounded, little pro-
minent, their greatest antero-posterior diameter generally only
about 5°5 millim.; no projecting point on their anterior portion.

Teeth as in the typical form, except that they are rather smaller
and lighter, and the diastema between the upper i.’ and canine is so
reduced that these teeth almost or quite appear to overlap when
viewed from the side.

* These specimens had no exact locality marked upon them, but as they are
the only ones received from Mr. Gould, they are presumably those from Illa-
warra referred to in his ‘Mammals of Australia.’

7. DACTYILOPSILA. 159

Dimensions.

Oe alee
a (in spirit). 7 (in spirit).
Adult. Adult. .

‘millim. millim.
Head and DOM Y™ gccceieost gestae 143 138
A eesshe teak ca Jase secs Galaee AE 176 182
Lower leg .......... 00000 46 45
Hind foot ................ 25 26
SBT roa heaietnt ros dee anaile ea os 21 19°5

Skull, see p. 162.

Hab, Papuan subregion, from Gilolo eastward to the New Britain
group.

Type in collection.

Of this race the most typical and strongly marked examples are
those from New Gtinea itself and the islands to the north-west;
while, on the other hand, Aru Island individuals present so many
resemblances to Port Essington specimens of the continental form

that I have found it impossible to separate specifically the two geo-
graphical races.

a. Ad. sk, 3. Batchian (A. R. H. Seebohm, Esq. [P.].
Wallace),
p, Ad. sk. { 3 Mysol. -A. R. Wallace, Esq.

* ) Skull. : [C.].

_ JAd. st. lg Aru Islands. A. R. Wallace, Esq.
eb Skull. { *: GJ.

d. Skull. Soek, Aru Islands. Kowalevski Coll.
e. Skull. Dorey, N.W. New owaleeels Coll.
Guinea.

* Ad. sk. Huon Gulf, E. New P. Comrie, Esq. [C.].
S*, 9. Skulls. Guinea. . (f. Type of variety.)
nz, 1 Ad. sks. 3 Port Moresby, 8.E. Dr, Turner [C.].

»® 1 Skull of &.{ S2* New Guinea.
gj, Ad. al, 9. Port Moresby. Dr. Turner [C.].

a z, | Ad. sks. 32. New Britain group. Rev. G. Brown (C.].
Skull of 4.
m. Imm. al., 2. New Britain group. Rey. G, Brown [C.].
n, 0. Ad. & jmm. al., ¢. Mr. J. Beazley [C.].
1
7. DACTYLOPSILA. T
ype.

Dactylopsila, Gray, P. Z. 8.1858, p. 109 .........40 D. trivirgata.

Size medium. Body prominently striped with black or white. Ears
oval, nearly naked terminally. Flanks without any trace of a flying-
membrane. Lengths of fore toes (Pl. XVII. fig. 1) very unequal,
the fourth aimee) longer than the others, which succeed in the

a This specimen is selected as the type of the variety, as being the most
strongly characteristic of it.

160 PHALANGERID A,

following order—3, 5, 2, 1. Hind fourth and fifth toes also
markedly longer than usual. Carpus with a peculiar prominent
proximal pad in addition to the usual five palm-pads (Pl. XXI.
fig. 1). Claws long, less curved than in Petawrus. Tail long, cylin-
drical, evenly bushy, its extreme tip more or less naked below.

Skull narrow, but with very strong and widely expanded zygo-
mata. Interorbital region markedly contracted, its edges smoothly
rounded, without postorbital processes. Squamosal portion of
zygomata but little inflated by air-cells. Palate quite complete.
Lower jaw without any trace of a connection between the masseteric
fossa and the inferior dental canal.

sy 1.2.8 ql p1.0.9*.4 yy 1.9.3.4
Dentition :—I. 7-3. C. 5. Pe pet My +8 x 2=40.

Upper incisors (fig. 4, p. 127) very large; i.' directed nearly
horizontally forwards, and wearing down quite in front instead of
below. Canine small, p.' placed close to it and almost precisely
similar to it in size and shape; p.*® minute, sometimes absent ; p.*
of medium size, about equal to the canine in cross section, but much
shorter vertically ; its longer axis oblique, bent inwards in front.
Molars oblong, quadricuspid. Lower i.' proportionally longer than
in any other genus. Minute intermediate teeth from two to four
in number, and apparently representing, when four are present,
i.?, 1.3, p.3, and p.’, of which the most frequently absent are the two
middle ones, i.* and p.?

Range. Papuan and North Australian subregions,

1. Dactylopsila trivirgata.

Dactylopsila trivirgata, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 111, pl. xiii. (animal),
figs. 1-4 (skull); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. iv .p. 121 (1862);
Gray, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 220; Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pl. vii.
p. 3 (1871) ; Coll. Zool, Jahrb. ii. p. 932 (1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost.
Leyd. Mus. p. 316 (1887)

Phalangista trivirgata, Schleg. Dierent. p. 166 (1872).

Phalangista De trivirgata, Peters & Doria, Ann. Mus.
Genov. xvi. p. 678 (1881).

mee sila albertisi, Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. vii. p. 542

1875).
Phalangista (Dactylopsila) angustivittis, zd. op. cit. xvi. p. 674 (1881).
SrrirepD PHALANGER.

Fur close, thick and woolly, rather harsh. General colour white,
with dark longitudinal stripes. Ears oval, rounded, nearly naked,
except basally outside. Ground-colour of face and back white or
pale yellowish ; central black stripe commencing between the eyes,
broadening rapidly, and passing down the back to the ramp, where
it again narrows, and is continued along the upper surface of the
tail until it is lost in the dark terminal or subterminal band.
Lateral stripes each commencing on the side of the nose, passing
across the eye and behind the ear down the sides of the neck and
back, sending off a short branch down in front of the shoulder,

7, DACTYLOPSILA. 161

and a second longer one running down the outer side of the arm
to the wrist and hand; posteriorly it broadens and is less sharply
defined on the back, and turns downwards on the rump, passing
down the back of the hind limbs to the heel. Chin with a prominent
black spot; chest, belly, and whole of inner sides of limbs white or
pale yellow. Hands and feet brown. Proportions of toes as above
described . Soles finely granulated. Pads (Pl, XXI. fig. 1.) large,
rounded, finely striated, the supplementary pad on the carpus high
and narrow, its surface smooth and unstriated. Tail cylindrical,
evenly bushy, its tip below naked for rather more than an inch;
its colour grey for its proximal two thirds, except where the narrow
black stripe runs along its upper surface; its terminal third either
wholly black, or with a prominent white tip.
Skull and teeth as described above.

Dimensions.

e (in spirit), * (in spirit).

Adult, Adult.

millim. millim.
Head and body ............ 300 235
SD AAD <2 sorua oes Gass eas Saarg hh Aloe 318 318 .
Lower leg ..............4. 70 —
Hind foot ..............., / 49 44
Naked part below tail-tip .... 35 —
Ear..... Raa ee Reweee aire 29 24

Skull, see p. 162.

Hab. Waigiou to Central Queensland.

Type in collection.

Considering the entire identity of the single specimen of “ D.
albertisi” + with this species in all other characters except the nar-
rowness of the white dorsal stripes and the smaller size of the
carpal pad, I cannot look upon it as representing more than an in-
dividual, or at most a slight local variation, —

Ad. sk. 2 Arw Islands. A. R. Wallace, Esq.
@ 7 Skull. ‘ (Type of species)
6. Skull. Aru Islands. Kowalevsky Coll.
e. Ad. al., d'. Sogere, S.E. New Guinea, H. O. Forbes, Esq.
1750 feet. [C.].
a 1sh as 9 Port Albany, Cape York. C. Coxen, Esq. [C.].
ull.
{ Ad. sk. Cape York. Purchased.
Skull.

* From Sorong, New Guinea. Type of D. albertisi, Peters and Doria.
+ Preserved*in the Museo Civico, Genoa, where by the kindness of the
Marquis G. Doria I have had the opportunity of examining it.
M

162

‘UNeSsNT Ulplog ey} UI poaresorg

‘omgy peysrqnd eq} mory uoyey ‘oyeurixordde syuemeinseoyy y

PHALANGERID#,

LE a L9 gL 6 r6 ZG + Taemor fe ‘
9-8 $e 9 L PL Op —Ss_|arsatebaetes s-18Ur JO qysu9T _«
Z 61 Z Z GZ LT vrets od Jo yySue] tejuomsoy
8-3 GZ iid <4 g GG eens aes euIULO Jo JYstey—Tyeeq,
are FLT Zl 6ST se ie —ssi“és Wicca ane casemate eae xopur [ewe
6S 9-16 P-FZ €-86 ee “SIX [BIOB]-Iseg
i ‘ FEL FE SI oe STR [eIUvIO-Iseq
$36 & GG z TS & i "+ Woeunesoy Teepe
GL : LL, aR 98 IL ee scigwiageicnan emopsm « U
g1 BOL ZI 8-z1 Ll oh 3 “Ul episjno Wyprerq =
o-66 ¥& 6T L1G L4G “ GLI que] ‘eyepeg
8 8 8 6 ¢-6 GIL 8 ygpeesq Terodurey.10,0y
SE BG TS L& LP 8g BZ veteeeeeseeroesss Uypeedq yseoy
b6 6-4 r9 89 PL PEI G9 “" yypeoaq ysoqveag
06 €-GG G1 GPL 91 GIG GA | are tecteseaeepenebinee Yue] ‘speseyy
68 2-GP G.Gz 83 GE 8-86 E-46 "* Uypeedq 4sey8e1
G.9G BEE 1g 3-GF S-6P CG —«-—='=sési a HIE ACS eH eee eS Paley yeseg:
‘Ups “gnpe “pro “Wnps “pro “71ps “ype CS)
el n f 6 : "9 ‘ed AT, ante
§ ‘Pp fae rat 4 one ane ee xag
“snupndo
18) sno hy 18 A
-nynbarnnsg opsdophzoog ‘sdao1ang "gq “snaunws “I oe ean } Se UAE ES ape ors soredg

‘episdopApoeq pup ‘snmejzog ‘snoprfeqoumAy fo suorsuamag 27nx¢

.

8. PETAUROIDES. 163

8. PETAUROIDES *.

Type.
Voluccella, Bechst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 851 (1800)
[nec Fabricius (Diptera), 1794] 22.0... cee cee eee eens P. volans,
Petaurista, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 268 (1820) [nec G@. Fisch.
Zoogn. iti. p. 498 (1814) (=Pteromys)] ........e.ee ee P. volans.

Size large. Fur exceedingly long, soft, and silky. Ears very
large, oval, their backs entirely and closely covered with fur similar
to that on the crown, their insides quite naked. Flanks with a
flying-membrane, stretching from the wrist to the ankle, but very
_ narrow along the sides of the forearm and lower leg (see Pl. XVII.
fig. 2). Fore toes subequal, their respective lengths in the following *
order—4, 3, 5, 2,1. Claws very long, strongly curved, sharply
pointed. Tail long, cylindrical, evenly bushy, except just below its
extreme tip (Pl. XVII. fig. 3), where it is naked and prehensile.
No crown- or chest-glands present.

Skull (Pl. XVIIL. fig. 1) short and broad. Nasals short, the
premaxille projecting some way in front of them. Interorbital
space narrow, much contracted, its edges strongly marked, slightly
inflated anteriorly, sharply beaded posteriorly. Squamosal portion
‘of zygomata slightly inflated. Palatal foramina reaching to the
level of p.' Posterior palate with two large vacuities opposite the
molars. Bulle inflated, smoothly bulbous. Lower jaw with a
distinct opening leading from the masseteric fossa into the inferior
dental canal.

Dentition :—I. 35-3, 0. 3, P. RPO M, 28-4517 4 (at
most) 3 (or 16+4+4) x 2=40.

All the upper teeth (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2) very uniform in height.
I! not much exceeding the others in length. Canine smaller than
i* and situated some way behind it. P.* still smaller than canine,
similar in shape, sometimes minute or absent; diastemata in front
of and behind it about equal. P.' and p.* both large and functional,
about equal in height to the molars, and quite in even series with
them; p.* about two thirds the sizeof p.* in section. Molars large,
oblong, the usual rounded cusps found in the previous genera
modified into sharp points, with curved ridges radiating from them.
Lower minute intermediate teeth often entirely absent, and very
seldom more than two or three in any one jaw; if these are present
they would appear to be i.?, p.’, and p.2—_-P.* large and functional,
as high as the molars. Molars with sharp curved crests much as
in the upper jaw. i

Range. That of the only species.

This genus occupies the same relation to Pseudochirus that
Petaurus does to Gymnobelideus, its identity in cranial and dental
characters being even more complete (especially as compared to
P. lemuroides). On the other hand, it is externally exceedingly
different, not presenting even the superficial resemblance to the
non-flying forms that is found in the parallel case.

* Nom. nov.

m2

164 PHALANGERID A,

1, Petauroides volans *,

a. Petauroides volans, var. typicus.

Black Flying Opossum, Phéllip, Voy. Bot. Bay, p. 297, pl. liv.
(animal) (1789).

Didelphis volans, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 199 (1792); G. Cuv. Tabl.
Elém, p. 126 (1798); Turt. Linn. &. N. i. p. 68 (1806).

Didelphis volucella, Meyer, Uebers, Zool. Entd, Neuholl. p. 26 (1793).

Didelphis macroura, Shaw, Zool. New Holl. i. p. 33, pl. xii. (animal)
(1794) ; id. Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 500, pl. exiii. (animal) (1800) ;
Turt. Linn, 8. N. i. p. 69 (1806).

Voluccella nigra and macroura, Bechst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii.
pp. 351, 352, & 686 (1800).

Phalanger volans, Lacép, Mém. Inst. iii. p. 491 (1801).

Phalangista petaurista, Z. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 150 (1803).

Phalangista volans, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (1) xvii. p. 881 (1804) ;
Tiedem. Zool. p. 433 (1808).

Petaurus macrurus and peronii, Des. N. Dict. dH. N. (2) xxv.
pp. 402, 404 (1817); F Cuv. Dict, Sci. Nat. xxxix. pp. 418, 419
(1826); Less. Dict. Class. dH. N. xiii. p. 288 (1828); J. B.
Fisch, Syn. Mamm. pp. 278, 279 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm.
(Compl. Buff.) iv. pp. 441, 442 (1830); Gray, Grey’s Austr.,
App. ii. p. 402 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189
sings Wagn. Schr. Stug. Supp. iii. pp. 86, 87 (1843); Schinz,

yn. Mamm. i. pp. 532, 533 (1844).

Petaurus taguanoides, Desm. N. Dict. @H. N. (2) xxv. p. 400
(1817); F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. pp. 129, 253 (1825) ; id. Dict. Sei.
Nat. xxxix. p. 418 (1826); Less. Dict. Class. d’H. N. xiii. p. 288
(1828); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 278 (1829); Less. H. N.
Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 440 (1880); Waterh. P. Z. S. 1838,
p. 149; id. Jard. Nat. Inbr., Mamm. xi. p. 283, pl. xxvii. (animal)
(1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842); Wagn. Schr.
Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 86 (1848), v. p. 278 (1855); Schinz, Syn.
Mamm. i. p. 531 (saa) ; Gerv. H. N. Mamma. ii. p. 276 (1855) ;
Gieb. Odontogr. p. 42, pl. xviii. fig. 3 (teeth) (1855) ; id. Sdug.
p. 701 (1859); Schleg. Dierent. p. 166 (1872); Brehm, Thierl. ti.
p. 573 (1880) ; Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 705 (1884) ;
Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 316 (1887).

Petaurista taguanoides, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 269 (1820); Gray, Griff.
Cuv. An. K. v. p. 198 (1827); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8.

. 68 (1838) ; Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841) ; zd.
ist Mamm. B. M. p. 84 (1843) ; Gould, Mamm, Austr. i. pl. xxii.
animal) (1853); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 120
1862) ;. Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 38 (1864) ; 1d. Mamm.
Austr. text to pl. vii. p. 2 (1871) ; Haswell, P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W.
(2) i. p. 176 (myology) (1886); De Vis, P. Linn, Soc. N. S. W.
(2) i. p. 1182 (1887).

Petaurista macroura and peronii, Desm. Mamm. i. pp. '269, 270
(1820); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An, K. v. pp. 199, 200 (1827).

Phalangista macroura, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. p. 260 (1821).

Petaurus didelphoides, F. Cuv, Dents Mamm. pp. 129, 253 (1825).

Petaurus leucogaster, Mitch. Exped. East. Austr. i. p. xvii (1888).

# a, Size larger. Upper canine and p.' well developed.
Souther tis isc'iasessieinnnsipstnanseseaisces nieesesiueatoves Var. typicus.
6, Size smaller. Upper canine and p.' quite small.
Northern, i. secccossssaissszeramencvaoroerseiseceosestirns Var. minor, p. 166.

. 8, PETAUROIDES. : 165.

Petaurista leucogaster, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841).

Petaurus (Belideus) macrourus, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr, Mamm.
xi. p. 288 (1841).

Petaurus (Petaurista) taguanoides, Waterh. N. H. Man. i. p. 322,
pl. xix. fig. 4 (skull) (1846).

Petaurus volans, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) iv. p. 897 (1879).

Petaurista volans, Thos. Encycl, Brit. (9) xviii. p. 728 (1885).

Tacuan Friyine PHALANGER.

Fur long, soft, and fluffy. General colour dark ashy grey, very
variable in tone, sometimes nearly black all over, sometimes
pale whitish grey. Lars very large, oval, evenly rounded ; laid
forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach nearly to the tip of the
muzzle; their inner surface entirely naked, their outer thickly
covered all over with fur like that on the rest of the head. Back
without special markings, its colour as above described. Whole of
under surface white or pale yellowish, the hairs not grey basally.
Outer sides and backs of limbs black or dark brown, inner sides white
or pale grey. Hands and feet thickly fringed all over with deep
black hairs. Fingers and toes very thick, with strong curved claws.
Palms (Pl. XVII. fig. 2) and soles naked, the pads low, rounded,
finely striated. Tail very long, evenly furry all along, its colour
ashy grey or blackish, generally markedly darkening terminally.
Naked part under the tip (Pl. XVII. fig. 3) short, not sharply
separated from the hairy part, its surface not roughened.

Skull and teeth (Pl. XVIII. figs. 1, 2) as above described. Upper
canine and p.’ larger in the present form, smaller in var. minor.’

Dimensions.
rd
d (in spirit)
Adult.
millim
Head and body ............ 430
Taal gt seine Pie es Bae eadle 490
Lower leg .......... Sunes 120
Hind foot ...... 1.6... 0 ee 50
Kat gcegik nieve tana graces 56
Naked part below tail-tip ....(¢.)14
Skull, see p. 185.
Hab. Queensland to Victoria.
Type not in existence. -
a. Ad. st. d. Liverpool Range, Gould Coll.
N.S. W. (J. G@.).
b. Ad. st., 2. New South Wales. AllanCunningham, Esq.
[P.].
ce. Ad. sk. New South Wales. AllanCunningham,Esq.
[P.].
d, Ad. al, ¢. Victoria. Purchased.
e, Ad. st., 3. Gould Coll.
i Purchased.

£} Sea | & (albino).

166 PHALANGERIDE.

g. Ad. sk., Q. Zoological Seciety.
hk. Skeleton. Purchased.
#, Skull. My. J. Baker [P.].
Jj Skull. Zoological Suciety.
k. Skull. Purchased.

3. Petauroides volans, var. minor.
Petaurista volans, var. minor, Coll. Zool. Jakrb. ii. p. 926 (1887).

Similar to the typical form in all essential characters, but differing
by its smaller size (¢f. the skull dimensions, p. 185), and especially
by the much feebler development of the upper canine, which is
barely one half as long as i.*, and of p.*, which is quite minute and
sometimes absent. The upper i.? and i.’ are also proportionally
smaller and weaker (see Pl. XVIII. fig. 3).

Hab. Central Queensland.

Co-types in the Christiania Museum and in collection.

This smaller form of P. volans was discovered by Dr. Lumholtz
during his exploration of Central Queensland, and an excellent
description of it has been given by Dr. Collett in his general account
of Dr. Lumholtz’s collection.

Z \Sre sk. 3, 1/84 Coomooboolaroo, Queens- Christiania Museum
* Skull. ¢ 974/84“ dand (C. Lumholiz). [B).
(One of the co-types of variety. Specimen D of Dr. Collett’s list.)

9. PSEUDOCHIRUS.
Type.

Pseudochirus, Ogi. P. Z. 8S. 1836, p. 26.......204.. Ps. peregrinus,
Cercaertus ( Glog.), Burm. Handb. Naturg. p.814 (1837) ——*

Hepoona, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841), .Ps. cooki.
Cercartetus, Gloger, Handb. Naturg. i. p. 85 (1842).. Ps. peregrinus,

Hemibelideus (subg.), Coll. P. Z. S, 1884, p. 885 .... Ps. lemuroides,

Size large or medium. Fur shorter and woollier than in Petau-
roides. Kars medium or short, hairy behind, but rarely closely
furry all over their backs as in Petauroides, their inner surfaces
with extra tragoid projections in addition to the metatragus (see
Pl, XVII. fig. 4). Flanks without a flying-membrane. Fore toes
subequal, the first two very markedly opposable to the outer three
(see Pl. XVII. fig. 6), their relative lengths in the following
order—4, 3, 5, 2, 1. Claws medium. Palms and soles naked,
with large rounded and striated pads; underside of heel hairy.
Tail long, tapering, its distal third generally comparatively short-
haired; its tip naked underneath for a distance varying from 4 to
150 millim., generally about 100 millim.; the whole of the under-
side shorter-haired than the upper; markedly prehensile (see
Pl. XVII. figs. 7, 8). Mamma 4+. No chest- or crown-glands,

* Said to be founded on Trichosurus vulpecula, but obviously a misspelt form
of Gloger’s Cercartetus.
t At least in Ps, cooki, canescens, and forbesi,

9, PSEUDOCHIRUS. 167

but apparently, judging only from dried skins, there is one occasion-
ally present placed on the upperside of the base of the tail *.

Skull. Nasals generally projecting nearly or quite as far forwards
as the premaxille. Interorbital space flat or concave, its edges
ridged or rounded, often inflated. Squamosal portion of zygomata
inflated as usual. Palate variable, generally nearly perfect. Bulle
as a rule rather more inflated than in T'rtchosurus. Base of
masseteric fossa generally with a small opening into the inferior
dental canal.

7 le vie ied) 1.0.8 .4 qr 1.2.8.4 _
Dentition :—I. 3+ » Cc. P. ae pw py Mis $4 =15

or 17+(at most) 3 x 2= 36 or 40.

Upper teeth all fairly uniform in length, but i.! generally longer
in proportion to the others than in Petauroides. Premolars variable
in size and in their distances from each other; p.°, in section, from
one third to three fourths the size of p.* Molars with crescentic
ridges as in Petauroides. Lower intermediate teeth generally very
small and sometimes altogether absent; when three are present
they have the positions of i”, p.’, and p.2 In Ps. albertisi and
archeri, owing to the shortness of the jaw, there is only a single
intermediate tooth (probably 1), which is, however, larger in
proportion than usual. Lower p.° elongated, as high as the molars,
with several distinct cusps.

Range. New Guinea, Australia, and Tasmania.

This genus, with its close ally Petauroides, by the complicated ~
subselenodont character of its molars, stands somewhat apart from
most of the other Phalangers, and approaches Phascolarctus, in
which a rather simpler form of the same modification is observable.
In young Cuscuses, however, a tendency towards the same structure
is also visible, but the crests on the molars soon wear off, and then
there appears but little difference between their molars and the
simple smoothly quadricuspid ones of Petaurus, Dactylopsila, and
their allies.

The species of Pseudochirus fall naturally into three groups, of
which Ps. peregrinus, albertisi, and canescens may respectively be
taken as typical. The members of the first group are restricted to
Australia and Tasmani&, of the third to New Guinea, while the two
species of the second occur, the one in North Australia and the
other in New Guinea. All the species except Ps. peregrinus seem to
have rather restricted ranges, and this fact has been taken advantage
of in the following synopsis, since, partly owing to the absence of
Spirit-specimens, characters of more than specific value have not
been easily found.

* The appearances indicative of a glandular structure are specially strongly
marked in Ps. archeri and albertisi.

168 PHALANGERIDE.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Exrernat Caaracters.

A. Ears of medium length, not excessively
short; longer than broad. Tail white-
tipped.— Australian and Tasmanian.

* a. Naked part below tail-tip shorter than
head. Tail nearly cylindrical, evenly
bushy.—Central Queensland ......

6. Naked part below tail-tip longer than
head. Tail short-haired terminally.
a’, Ears smaller, their backs and bases

all dark like the rest of the head.
Chin brown.—Central Queensland.
6". Ears larger, their backs with a spot,
generally white, sometimes rufous,
on their posterior margins. Chin
white or rufous.
a, Grey, outsides of limbs rufous.
a’, Ear-spot usually small, white
or rufous. White part of tail
variable in length.—Eastern
Australia es 23 sg i04 eal ess

8?, Dark smoky grey, without or with |

but little tinge of rufous.

b°. White ear-spot quite small.
White part of tail 5 or 6 inches

long.— Western Australia
ec’, White ear-spot extending over
nearly the whole of the pos-
terior half of the back of the
ear. White part of tail 3 or
4 inches long.—Tasmania....
B. Ears very short, broader than long. Tail

not white-tipped, except in P. archert,
ce. Form thick and stout. Dorsal striping
conspicuous. Colour coppery or yel-
lowish.

e', Tail white-tipped. Colour greenish
yellow, with three vague darker and
two lighter dorsal stripes ——Central
Queensland..........0ce eee e eee

a, Tail not white-tipped. Colour pee
zled coppery, with one deep black
dorsal stripe—Papuan..........

d, Form light and slender. Striping in-
conspicuous. Colour grey.—Papuan.

e’, Tail only naked for about 4 millim.
at extreme tip. Face coloured like
back. Forehead unstreaked; a

ale spot below ear ............

fs dail naked below tip for 2 or 8
inches. Face paler than back,
orange or rufous.

c?, Forehead with a dark central
streak ; no paler spot below ear.
d’, Forehead unstreaked ; a pale spot
bolow eat osccaseuctene de ses

. Ps, lemuroides, p. 170.

. Ps. herbertensis, p. 170.

. Ps. peregrinus, p. 172.

. Ps, occidentalis, p. 174.

. Ps. cooki, p. 176.

. Ps. archert, p. 177.

. Ps, albertisi, p. 178.

. Ps, schlegeli, p. 180.

. Ps. canescens, p. 181.

. Ps. forbest, p, 183.

9. PSEUDOCHIRUS. 169

IL. Crantat Ciaracters.

A. Molars!-3 more than 10°5 millim.
a, Nasals reaching forwards only to about
the level of i.
a’, Canine about as long as i.2* Mg,1-°3
about 12 millim. .............. 1, Ps. lemuroides, p. 170
b. Nasals reaching to about the level of i.?
&'. Dental series interrupted, with
marked diastemata in the pre-
molar region. i.? not, or little,
longer, horizontally thani.® Upper
edge of lower i.’ straight or convex.
a?, Nasals vaulted, very convex along
the centre. Diastema between i.
and canine more than 3 millim.

Ms.1-3 11 to 11'5 millim. ,..... 2. Ps, herbertensis, p. 170.
b?. Nasals flat above, not vaulted.
Diastema between i.° and canine
less than 3 millim.
a’, Supraorbital edges sharp, not
inflated. Ms.1-3 11:2 to 12°6
THU Ms. 4 Snes ee seers wae ... 8. Ps. peregrinus, p. 172.
b°, Supraorbital edges rounded, in-
flated.

a, Nasal notch shallow, nasals
poder nae less than 7 mil-
im. beyond their junction
with the premaxille. Ms,1-3

12:5 to 13:2 millim. ...... 4. Ps, occidentalis, p. 174.
b+. Nasal notch very deep, na-
sals projecting more than 7
-millim. beyond their junc-
tion with the premaxille.

Ms.1-3 13 to 14 millim..... 5. Ps. cooki, p. 176.

c', Dental series nearly or quite con-
tinuous; i.? elongated horizontally,
its antero-posterior diameter twice
that of i2 Upper edge of lower i.*

concave.
c?, Molars!-3 13°6 millim........... 6. Ps. archeri, p. 177.
@, Molars!-3 12-2 to 125 millim. .. 7. Ps. albertisi, p. 178.

B. Molars!-3 less than 10°5 millim.
ce. i8 and p.1 present, Canine about as
long asi® Bulle rounded, swollen,

transparent.
d', Molars. large, ms.1-3 10 millim.; p.*
touching po ......ee cece ee .... 8, Ps. schlegeh, p. 180.
e, Molars small, ms.1-3 less than 9 mil-
lim.; p.! separated from p.?...... 9. Ps. canescens, p. 181.

d. iS and p.' aborted; canine minute, much
shorter thani.? Bulle flattened, little
swollen, opaque.
f?- Molars small, ms.1-3 8:8 millim .. 10. Ps. forbesi, p. 183.

* Canine markedly shorter than i? ......... Petauroides volans, p. 164.

170 PHALANGERID A,

1. Pseudochirus lemuroides.
Phalangista (Hemibelideus) lemuroides, Coll. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 385,
pl. xxxi. as figs. 5 & 6 (skull); Lumholtz, P. Z. S. 1884,
p. 407 (habits).
Pseudochirus (Hemibelideus) lemuroides, Coll. Zool. Jahro. ii. p. 923
(1887).

Fur soft and woolly, even on the hands and feet. General colour
of head and back dark brownish grey, grizzled with reddish brown
on the shoulders and ashy grey on the hips. Head dark brown,-
with a rufous tinge. Ears medium, projecting but little beyond the
thick fur of the head, thinly hairy, Centre of nape and back with
an indistinct darker line. Chest and belly dirty yellowish grey,
not sharply defined from the upper colour. Limbs dark brown,
gradually becoming black terminally. Tail black, uniformly thickly
clothed with fur for its whole length, very slightly tapering, and
agreeing in this respect more with T’richosurus than with the other
Pseudochiri. Naked part of tail very short, its length less than
that of the head.

Skull short and broad, and bearing a very close resemblance to
that of Petauroides volans. Nasals short, flattened above, their tips
not projecting nearly as far forwards as the front of the pre-
maxille. Interorbital space concave, gradually narrowing back-
wards, its edges with sharp upstanding ridges, and quite without
inflation. Palate nearly perfect. Bulle very slightly inflated.

Teeth, Anterior incisors separated in front. Distinct diastemata
present,in front of and behind canine and behind p.’; canine as long
as or slightly longer than i.', p.' about two thirds its height.
No lower intermediate teeth present in any of the three known
specimens.*

Dimensions.
Type (skin). Adult.
. millim,
Head and body .............. 370
Tail scene 2 F idhutie BIE «eae ote 295
Bar as ieciviswn aes tae Soirolenend 20

Skull, see p. 185.

Hab, Herbert River, Central Queensland.
Type in the Christiania Museum.

2. Pseudochirus herbertensis.

Phalangista herbertensis, Coll. P. Z. S. 1884, p. 383, pl. xxx. (animal),
figs. 38 & 4 (skull); Lumholtz, P. Z. S. 1884, p. 407 (habits).

Pseudochirus mongan, De Vis, P. Linn, Soc. N.S. W. (2) i. p. 1180
(1887).

Pseudochirus herbertensis, Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 917 (1887).

Hersert-RivER PHALANGER.

Fur thick, close, and woolly. General colour dark umber-brown.
Face uniform dark brown, no lighter marks anywhere, even in the

* This account is compiled from Dr. Collett’s figure and descriptions of the
typical specimen, which I had the opportunity of examining in 1884.

9, PSEUDOCHIRUS. 171

region round the ear. An indistinct blackish line runs from
between the eyes on to the nape of the neck, but owing to the
general dark colour this is very inconspicuous. Ears short, pro-
jecting but little beyond the fur, thinly hairy outside, nearly naked
in. Hairs of back dark smoky brown, their tips sometimes shining
‘eoppery. Chin brown, like the face. Chest and belly either mixed
grey and white, with irregular pure white patches, or wholly pure
white, sharply defined from the upper surface, this colour also
occasionally passing round the proximal ends of the limbs in the
form of white rings, sharply contrasted with the general brown
colour. Whole of limbs otherwise like back. Tail tapering, the
hairs woolly to its tip, not straight terminally ; its colour uniform
smoky brown, with from one to three inches of its tip white. Naked
part below tip 5 or 6 inches in length, coarsely shagreened, sharply
defined from the hairy proximal part.

Skull (Pl. XIX. fig. 1) narrower and more elongated than that
of Ps. lemuroides. Nasals long, much vaulted above along the
middle line, their anterior points falling but little short of the level
of the tips of the premaxille, the nasal notch shallow, the nasals
only projecting about 2 or 3 millim. in front of their junction with
the ascending process of the premaxille ; naso-maxillary and naso-
premaxillary sutures about equal in length; posterior edge of nasals
very convex backwards in the centre. Interorbital region narrow,
tapering. evenly backwards, concave in the centre; its edges more
or less inflated anteriorly, sharply ridged posteriorly. Anterior
palatine foramina reaching to about halfway between the canine
and p.' Posterior palate perfect, except that it has a few minute
openings, in no way comparable to the large vacuities present in
many species. Bulle slightly inflated.

Teeth (Pl. XVIII. fig. 4). Upper i.’ long, the amount by which it
exceeds i.? nearly twice the vertical height of that tooth. I.” and i.*
small and delicate, about equal in section. Canine about as long as
i.°, rather longer than p.’ P.*® about half the size of p.* in cross-
section. Molars rather small (see dimensions, p. 185). Lower i.’
simple, slender, spatulate. Intermediate teeth much reduced in
size, hardly visible.

Dimensions.

d: 2.
Co-type * Co-type *

(stuffed) (stuffed),
Adult. Adult
milli. millim.
Head and body ........ 360 360
Tall sdedsce gra tees 315° 3830
Lower leg .......---.-. (c.) 78 80
Hind foot ............ (c.) 40 45
Baten occas saareedes 125 15°5

Skull, see p. 185.

* JT have to thank my friend Dr. R. Collett, of the Christiania Museum, for
the loan of these specimens, and also for his permission to have casts made of
their skulls and of those of the two other Queensland species described by him.

172 PHALANGERID 2.

Hab. Central Queensland (Herbert-River district).

Co-types in the Christiania Museum.

The variability in the presence or absence of white rings round
the limbs of this species is a very remarkable characteristic,
and has been thought to be of specific value by Mr. De Vis, who
has separated the non-ringed form from the other under the name
of Ps. mongan. Ona renowed examination of the typical specimens,
however, I must agree with Dr. Collett in looking upon these rings
as of too little importance to distinguish animals otherwise so
precisely, identical.

3. Pseudochirus peregrinus.

Opossum, Cook, First Voy. (Ed. Hawkesw.) iii. p. 182 (1778).
Didelphis peregrinus, Bodd, Elench. Anim. i. p. 78 (1785).
Didelphis caudivolvula, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 196 (1792); Turt.
Linn. 8. N. i. ' 66 (1806).
Didelphis nove-hollandis, Bechst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. pp. 348,
685 (1800).
Phalangista convolutor, Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 258 (1821).
Phalangista cooki, Ogilb, (nee Desm.) P. Z. 8. bears 192; Waterh.
Cat. Mamm. Z. 8, p. 67 (1838), Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 527
(1844) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xviil. (animal) (1856); Gieb.
Siug. p. 698 (1859); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 36
(1864); Gied. Z. ges. Nat. xxvii. p. 393 (1866); Krefft, Mamm.
Austr, pl. vii. (animal) (1871) ; Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg.
ii, p. 704 (1884),
Phalangista banksii, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H.i. p. 107 (1838).
.Phalangista (Pseudochirus) cooki, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm.
p. 274, pl. xxv. (animal) (1841); 7d. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 299,
pl. xix. fig. 2 (skull) (1846).
Trichosurus cooki, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842).
Phalangista lanuginosa, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xx. (animal)
' (1858) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus, p. 87 (1864) ; id. Mumm.
Austr. text to pl. vii. (1871).
Pseudochirus cooki, Jent. Notes Leyd, Mus. vi. p. 108 (1884).
Pseudochirus caudivolvulus, Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus, vii. p. 22 (1884) ;
Thos. Encycl. Brit. (9) xviii. p. 728 (1885); Lyd. Cat. Foss.
Mamm. B. M. v. p. 189 (1887); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 920
(1887) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 316 (1887).

Coumon Rine-rartep PHataneer.

Fur shorter than in the previous species. General colour very
variable, made up of grey or rufous in varying proportions. Face
grey or rufous, the region round the eyes often prominently more
rufous than the centre line between them. Jars (Pl. XVII. fig. 4)
comparatively large for the genus, nearly naked inside, hairy out-
side, where they are as a rule grey anteriorly, with a distinct patch
of white on their posterior edges, but occasionally they are wholly
deep rufous behind. Back grizzled grey, sides of body grey or
rufous. Chin, chest, and belly white, greyish white, or deep uniform
rufous. Outer sides of arms and legs rufous, inner sides like belly.
Hands and feet white or pale rufous. Tail furry like the body for

9. PSEUDOCHIRUS. 173

three or four inches, beyond which the hairs are straighter and
shorter and more adpressed ; its colour at base following that of
the body in its proportions of grey and rufous, but its middle third
nearly or quite black, and its tip for from one to four inches’ pure
white. Naked part below tip about three or four inches in length,
not sharply defined from the hairy part, smooth, transversely
striated, not shagreened,

Skull (Pl. XVIII. fig. 5 and Pl. XIX. fig. 2) elongated, its
outlines evenly oval. Nasals flattened, not vaulted above, reaching
nearly as far forwards as the premaxille; nasal notch medium,
much deeper than in Ps. herbertensis, shallower than in Ps. cooki, the
projection of the bones about 5 or 6 millim. beyond their junction
with the premaxille. Naso-promaxillary much exceeding naso-
maxillary suture in length, owing to a narrow projecting process
being thrown back from the upper edge of the premaxille, and
running along between the nasals and maxilla, and reducing the
actual suture between these bones to about 4 millim. Interorbital
region much constricted, slightly concave above ; its edges square,
sharp, not round and inflated. Anterior palatine foramina extend-
ing backwards to the level of the diastema between p.’ and p.°
Posterior palate with one or two pairs of small vacuities. Bulle
swollen, transparent.

Teeth (Pl. XVIII. fig. 5). Upper it comparatively small and
short, not exceeding i.” by an amount equal to the height of that
tooth. Canine about equal to i.° and twice the size of p.. P.° about
half the size in section of p.* Molars large and heavy (see skull
dimensions). Upper m.* comparatively short, its internal ,antero-
posterior length about 3 or 3:5 millim., rarely amounting to 4.
Lower intermediate teeth one, two, or three; seldom all aborted.

Dimensions.
h (etc),
Adult.
millim.
Head and body............ 390
Pail, t5.0%) aed tla aes s 340
Lower leg... ....0e ce eees (c.) 80
Hind foot ..........000e 42
Ear aceeess eee fabs 37

Skull, see p. 185.

Hab. Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia.

Type not in existence.

The interpretation of the relations between this and the next
two species is a matter of considerable doubt. On the whole it
appears to be most convenient to recognize the Tasmanian form
as distinct, and consequently the Western Australian as well, the
latter being apparently more nearly allied to the Tasmanian than to
the Eastern Australian animal. The differences it is true are slight,

174 PHALANGERIDE.

but they appear to be constant, at least in fully adult specimens,
and intermediate individuals are the less likely to occur, as the
three species are sharply separated geographically, Ps. occidentalis
being as absolutely isolated by the (to a Phalanger) impassable
treeless desert north of the Great Australian Bight as Ps. cooki is
by Bass’s Straits. ;

The South Victorian specimen r does not, so far as its skull is
concerned, show any approximation to the Tasmanian species, a fact
that tends to prove the essential distinctness of the two forms.

Ad. sk. 3 Flats, Uo Hunter R., Gould Coll.
} Sit. aa N.S. W. (J. G.).
(Type of P. lanuginosa, Gould.)
b. Imm. sk. Lo. North of Hunter R., N. 8. Zool. Soc
| Ska W. (J. G.).
Ad. sk. | Upper Hunter R., N.S. W. Gould Coll.
& VSicull. ( ?: FO):
d-e. Yg. st. vpn ee Hunter R.,N.S.W. Gould Coll.
G.).
Sig. Ad. st, dQ. Yavan® N.S. W. (J. G Gould Coll.
Aj. Ad.st., 9. ay Range, N.S. Ww Gould Coll.
z, 1¥g. sk. 3 eee Range, N.S.W. Gould Coll.
} Skull. , (I. G
Ad. sk. 1 e, Clarence R,, N. 8. W. (J Gould Coll.
| Skull. G.).
*, Ad. sks. 32 New South Wales (J. G.). Gould Coll.
my” 1 Skulls.
Ad. sk. Q. New South Wales. Zool. Soc.
" ai ak. A 1 1 Dr. Lh
Ad. si ustralian Alps, r. Lhots
P } Sil. N.E. Victoria, P.}. i
Ad. sk. Australian Alps. Purchased.
g: {Sisal \
_ JAd. sk. 3 Western Port, Victoria. Purchased.
me } Sill
Imm. al., 2. Mr. J. Beazley
C.}.

4. Pseudochirus occidentalis.

WESTERN RING-TAILED PHALANGER.

General colour deep smoky grey, very variable in tone, but with-
out any tinge of rufous. Lars thinly hairy, the white spot on the
posterior border of their backs scarcely occupying one third of the
whole posterior margin. Sides not more rufous than back, smoky
grey. Chin, chest, and belly white, the bases of some or most of
the hairs grey. Limbs like back; hands and feet dark reddish
brown or black, usually markedly darker than the rest of the
limbs. Tail short-haired and white for a longer distance than in

* Partially melanistic. Ears without white patches.

9. PSEUDOCHIRUS. 175

Ps. peregrinus, the white extending over about the terminal 5 or 6
inches; the basal part dark brown; naked part below tip about
4 inches long, smooth, not shagreened.

Skull (Pl. XVIII. fig. 6 and Pl. XIX. fig. 3). Nasal notch
shallow, the tips of the nasals only projecting about 5 or 6 millim,
beyond their junction with the premaxille. Naso-premaxillary
much longer than naso-maxillary suture. Upper surface of nasals
flat, not vaulted. Interorbital region slightly concave in the middle
line ; less markedly constricted than in Ps, peregrinus ; its edges
smoothly rounded and inflated, but less so than in Ps. cooki.
Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the level of the hinder edge
of p. Posterior palate with large vacuities. Bulle large and
transparent.

Teeth apparently quite similar to those of the last species, except
that they are rather larger and heavier throughout. Internal
antero-posterior length of m.* about 4 millim,

Dimensions.
1 g.
e (skin).
Adult.
millim,
Head and body............ 335
Daal, ai deaeai maine aaa 310
Lower leg’. a ie.eciecaeas (c.) 85
Hind foot ...........0. 00s 48
Har’ gcsecins ea ohne ee any ans 25
Skull, see p. 185.
Hab. Western Australia.
Type in collection.
iat sk, 9 Perth, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
* ) Skull. :
b. Ye. sk., d. Perth, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
ie fe Q Swan’'R.; W.A. (J. Gil- Gould Ooll.
Skull . bert).
d Imm. ae g Swan R., W. A. W& Gil- Gould Coll.
Sia King G Sound, W. Gould Coll.
Ad. 8 ing George’s Soun ou. 0.
& 4 Skull. ? 27/2/40. AG Gilbert). (Type of species.)
Ad. sk. 2, 27/2/40 King George’s Sound, W. Goul uld Goll.
f ) Shull. "A I. Gilbert),

Imm. sk. Ring Coane Sat F. M. Rayner
} Shull d 20/2/58. WA. (Voy. Herald’), Esq, [P.&C.1

* Melanistic; apparently the specimen referred to by Gould, Mamm. Austr.
i, text to pl. xviii. p. 2.

‘

176 PHALANGERIDE,

5. Pseudochirus cooki.

Opossum, Cook, Third Voyage, i. p. 109, pl. vili. (animal) (1784).

Phalangista cooki, Desm. N. Dict. @H. N. (2) xxv. p. 476 (1817) ;
id. Mamm. i. p. 268 (1820); Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 258 (1821);
Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 7 (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K.v
p. 198 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 218 (1827); ad. Dict. Class,
@H, N, xiii. p. 384 (1828); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 277
(1829); Gunn, Ann. Mag. N. H.i. p. 102 (1888); Gray, Ann.
Mag. N. H. i. p. 107 (1888); Wagn. Schr. Siug. Supp. ii. p. 78
1843), v. p. 274 (1855); Owen, Odontogr., Atl. pl. c. fig. 2
teeth) (1845) ; Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 84 (1852); Gied.

Dar By pl. xviii. fig. 2 (teeth) (1855); Schleg. Dierent.
. 166 (1872).

Beturus cooki, F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. pp. 129, 253 (1825); td.
Dict. Sci. Nat, xxxix. p. 417 (1826).

Trichosurus cooki, Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 471
pl. xxviii. (animal) (1830). ;

Phalangista viverrina, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1837, p. 181; Waterh. Cat,
Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 67 (1888) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 529
(1844) ; Hombr. & Jacq. Voy. Pole Sud, Zool. iii. pp. 31, 88, Ati.

ls. xiv. (animal and skull), xv. (animal, albino, and skull)
(1845-53) ; Gould, Mamm. ‘Austr. i. pl. xix. (animal) (1856) ;
Gerrard, Cat, Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 122 (1862); Krefft, Cat.
Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 87 (1864); id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4
(1868) ; «d. Mamm. Austr, text to pl. vii. p. 2 (1871).

Hepoona cooki, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 402 (1841); id.
List Mamm. B. M. p. 84 (1848); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 121 (1862).

Phalangista (Pseudochirus) viverrinus, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr.,
Mamm. xi. p. 277, pl. xxiv. (animal) (1841),

Trichosurus viverrinus, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842).

Phalangista incana, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 580 (1844).

Tasmanian RING-TAILED PHALANGER.

Fur very thick, close and woolly. General colour dark smoky
brown, sometimes with a tinge of deep rufous on the limbs. Face
brown, cheeks rather paler. Ears large, rounded, well-haired
behind, where the hairs are brown anteriorly ; but, as a rule, they are
prominently white along the whole posterior margin of the ear, the
white patch often extending downwards on to the sides of the head
below the ear. Whole of back uniform deep brown, with longer
straight black-tipped hairs interspersed among the brown and
woolly ones. Chin, chest, and belly white, the line of demarcation
generally rather sharply defined ; the hairs mostly slaty grey basally.
Outsides of limbs brown, sometimes deep rufous, but never
the bright rufous found in Ps. peregrinus. Hands and feet dark
brown or black. ‘Tail closely furry, evenly tapering, dark brown,
deepening to black basally, white terminally for from two to four
inches ; the naked part beneath the end from three to five inches in
length, smooth, not shagreened.

Skull (Pl. XVIII. fig. 7 and Pl. XIX. fig. 4). Nasal notch very
deep, the tip of the nasals projecting always more than sevon, often

9. PSEUDOCHIRUS. 177

eight or nine, millim. beyond their junction with the premaxille ;
naso-premaxillary but little longer than naso-maxillary suture,
nasal bones flat above, not vaulted.. Interorbital region concave
above in the centre, much constricted, its edges smoothly rounded,
much inflated *, Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the level
of the back of p.'_ Posterior palate comparatively perfect, without
or with only a few small and irregular vacuities. Bulle medium in
size, transparent.

Teeth as in Ps. occidentalis, and only differing from those of
Ps. peregrinus by their greater size. Internal antero-posterior
length of m.* about 4:0 millim.

Dimensions.
é.
a (stuffed)
Adult.
Head and body .......... 350
Tal gc sia eee a Ree ask 340
Lower leg...........-..0. (ce) 90
Hind foot'................ 55
Hat’ eis dvs eeneres eeady 28
Skull, see p. 185.
Hab. Tasmania.
Type not in existence.
a, Ad. st. 3. Tasmania. Purchased.
} Ad. sk. 2 Tasmania. Zool. Society.
* ) Skull. E
c,d. Ad. sks. ¢ 9. Tasmania. er sr Ross [P.
, & C.].
Ad. sks. Tasmania. Gould Coll.
e-h, 4 Skulls of e, - 25,29.
Sf, & 9.
t. Yg.sk., ¢, 27/10/88. Tasmania. Gould Coll.
«4, §¥8- sks. Tasmania. Gould Coll.
dy 1 Skull of 7.
1. Skeleton, 3. Purchased.
m, Skull, (Voy. H.M.S. ‘Fly.’) J. B. Jukes, Esq.
[P. & C.}.

6. Pseudochirus archeri.

Phalangista (Pseudochirus) archeri, Coll, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 381,
pl. xxix, (animal), figs. 1 & 2 (skull); ZLumholtz, P. Z. S. 1884,
p. 407 (habits).

Pseudochirus archeri, Coll. Zool. Jahrb, ii. p. 912 (1887).

YELLOW PHALANGER.

The following is drawn up from the original description and

* In the specimen figured (specimen m) this inflation is at its maximum, and
is therefore more pronounced than usual. It is, however, always very con-
siderable.

N

178 PHALANGERID A.

figures, and from a cast of the typical skull which Dr. Collett kindly
permitted me to have prepared :—

Fur soft, close, and thick. General colour grizzled yellowish
green. Face grey, passing into greenish yellow on the crown.
Eye with distinct crescentic pale yellow spots above and below it.
Ears very short, rounded, hairy, their posterior edges and a large
spot beneath their bases prominently white. Nape with a distinct
black central line passing down it on to the back. Back greenish
yellow, with two whitish lines margining the black central one, and
these again with two indistinct darker ones outside them. Chin
greyish white, chest and belly pure white, the line of demarcation
rather sharply marked. Limbs like back, but rather greyer. Tail
thick basally, rapidly tapering; its basal two thirds coloured like
the back, its tip white. Naked part beneath tip less than half the
length of the tail.

Skull and teeth essentially the same as those of Ps. albertisi, and
therefore very different from those of any of the previous species.
The teeth, however, are rather larger and stouter than in the
Papuan animal (see skull dimensions, p. 185), and the bulle
appear to be less swollen.

Dimensions.
Type {ekin)
Adult
Head and body .......... (c.) 350
DBA scents coavar diosa cette caries 330
Ear (“measured along the
inner margin”) ........ 18

Skull, see p. 185.

Hab. sia Queensland (Herbert River district).
Type in the Christiania Museum.

7. Pseudochirus albertisi.

Phalangista (Pseudochirus) albertisi, Peters, Ann. Mus. Genov. vi.
p 303 (1874) ; id. §& Doria, op. cit, xvi. p. 674, pl. viii. fig. 2, pl. ix.
ig. 2 (skull), and pl. xi. (animal) (1881).

Pseudochirus albertisi, Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vi. p. 109 (1884) ; ¢d.
Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 315 (1887).

D’ALBertis’s PHALANGER.

Form stout andclumsy. Fur very long, soft and thick. General
colour shining coppery brown. Face grizzled greyish brown, no
lighter markings either above or below eye, or behind or below ear.
Whiskers numerous, long and coarse, black ; whisker-like bristles
also growing from tufts placed one just above each eye, and another
on the side of the cheek behind and below the posterior canthus.
Ears short and rounded, their substance thick and fleshy ; with three

9, PSEUDOCHIRUS. 179

distinct tragoid projections on their inner surfaces, these projections
each covered with long shining black hairs; back of ears covered
with short soft reddish fur. Back glistening coppery brown;
grizzled with black, the hairs dark brownish grey basally, shining
orange terminally; centre of back with a distinct narrow black
mesial line extending from the nape to between the hips. Chin
greyish, chest and belly pure white along the middle line, grey mixed
laterally. Outsides of limbs like back, inner sides greyish. Tips
of fingers and toes black. Palm- and sole-pads large, rounded, finely
striated. Tail thick, tapering, the hairs woolly to the tip; coloured
like the back, but duller in tone, gradually darkening to the end,
where there is no trace of a white tip. Naked part below
(Pl. XVII. fig. 8) extending for nearly half the length of the tail,
sharply defined from the hairy part, about 5 millim. in breadth all
along ; its surface, especially proximally, coarsely shagreened, but
smoother in less aged specimens.

Skull (Pl. XX. fig. 1) remarkable for its great width across the
orbital region, and for its very short, narrow, and pointed muzzle.
Nasal notch shallow, rounded. Naso-premaxillary about equal to
naso-maxillary suture. Nasal bones narrow in front, much ex-
panded behind, their upper surface slightly convex anteriorly,
concave posteriorly. Interorbital region deeply concave in the
centre, its edges raised up into high prominent sharp-edged ridges,
projecting vertically from two to three millim. above the level of
the concave part between them. Orbits very large and round, their
outer walls so much expanded as to make the greatest zygomatic
breadth of the skull come opposite their centres. Anterior palatine
foramina short, extending backwards to the level of p.' Posterior
palate with a pair of small irregular vacuities. Bulle inflated,
decidedly larger than in Ps. archeri.

Teeth (fig. cié.) stout and heavy, the upper series continuous,
not interrupted by marked diastemata. Upper i.' short, thick,
sharply pointed, its extreme tip slightly diverging from that of its
fellow. I.’ short vertically, very long and broad horizontally, the
cutting-edge of the lower i.' biting on to its top instead of between
it and its fellow; its posterior edge projecting downwards (in the
natural position) much more than its anterior. I.° small, cylindrical ;
canine and p.’ close to each other and to the other teeth, conical,
pointed, about equal in height. P.* about one third the size in cross
section of the large and powerful p.* Lower i.’ curved upwards at the
tip, and with a marked upward projection proximally which sharply
separates the enamel-covered cutting-portion from the root, and
causes the upper cutting-edge to be decidedly concave in outline.
Diastema between i.! and p.* very short, the single minute tooth
(probably i.”) nearly filling it up. P.® longer and heavier than usual,
and with its anterior cusp more strongly developed.

180 PHALANGERID &.

Dimensions.
Type (enig in spirit).
Adult.
Head and body .......... (c.) 340
TRA ea aee thied wat ate water o kt ete 316
Hind foot .......... 0.005. 48
DOT cis cnigine ane urea esgende ess 17-2

Skull, see p. 185.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Arfak district).
_Type in the Museo Civico, Genoa.

Ad. sk. Mori, Arfak Mts., New Guinea. A. A. Bruijn.
} Sal 3.
b, Ad. sk. Prafi, Hatam, Arfak Mts. A. A. Bruijn.
Ad. sk. New Guinea. Purchased.
es Skull.

8, Pseudochirus schlegeli.

Pseudochirus schlegeli, Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vi. p. 110 (1884) ;
id. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 315 (1887).

Scutecny’s PHaLaNnGEr.

Size comparatively small. General colour dull silvery grey. Fur
thick and woolly. Face grey, like the back, not paler as in the allied
species ; its centre without any trace of a darker longitudinal line.
Ears small and rounded, their backs thickly hairy, nearly black, ex-
cept their edges which are rufous ; a patch round their bases pale yel-
lowish white, with an indistinct darker mark posterior to it. Back
grey, with a faint rufous tinge ; a very indistinct darker mark running
along itscentre. Chin, chest, and belly pale yellow, with a tinge of
rufous, the bases of the hairs slate-coloured. Arms and legs like
back ; hands rather paler basally, but the fingers black ; feet nearly
white. Tail evenly tapering, short-haired terminally, its colour
basally like that of the back, but without the rufous tinge ; thinly
hairy below to the end (except about 4 millim. at the extreme tip,
where it is naked all round), and therefore differing in this respect
from that of every other member of this genus.

Skull rather more heavily built than in the two allied species:
next following, but still markedly lighter and more delicate than
in any of the previous species. Nasals but little expanded behind.
Interorbital space narrow, parallel-sided, concave above, its edges
ridged, but faintly inflated and rounded anteriorly ; no trace of
postorbital processes. General frontal outline evenly convex above.
Palate rather imperfect behind, ending behind opposite the posterior
edge of m.* Bulle large and transparent.

Teeth. Upper i.' long and strong, i.’ smaller than i.’, the crown of
the latter about 1:8 millim. in horizontal length. Canine about as
long vertically as i* P.' touching p.°, small and conical ; p.? and p.4
oval, the latter about twice the size in section of theformer. Molars
larger and heavier than in Ps. forbest and canescens, though smaller

9.., PSEUDOCHIRUS. 181

than in any of the previous species. Diastema between lower i.'
and p.* long, with (in the type) a single intermediate tooth (pro-
bably i.”) present on each side. ;

Dimensions.
4 é.
Type (stuffed).
Adult.
millim
Head and body .............. 260
Tad i ect tins ie bie adeno aeetis Serene 250
Hind foot ..............--., 30
BIA Pisces Sac seks Mes adh Gad Cok ea 13

Skull, see p. 185.

_ Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Arfak Mountains),
Type in the Leyden Museum.
The above description is drawn up from the typical specimen,
which, by the kindness of Dr. F. A. Jentink, I have had the oppor-
tunity of examining in the museum under his charge.

9. Pseudochirus canescens.

Phalanger grisonnant, Hombr. §& Jacg. Voy. Pile Sud, Atl. Zool. pl.
xvi. (animal and skull) (1845).

Phalangista (Pseudochirus) canescens, Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i.
p. 805 (1846); Hombr. § Jacq. Voy. Péle Sud, Zool. iii. p, 33
(1858); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 275 (1855); Geb. Saéug.
p. 698 (1859).

Phalangista bernsteini, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 357
(1866) ; 2d. Dierent. p. 166 (1872); Peters & Doria, Ann, Mus.
Genov. xvi. p. 676, pl. xii. (animal) (1881); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
Mus. p. 815 (1887).

Phalangista grisescens, Peters, Ann. Mus, Genov. vi. p. 803 (1874).

Pseudochirus bernsteini, Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vi. p. 109 (1884).

Hoary PHALANGER. ’

Size small, form slender ; the bead and limbs especially small in
proportion to the size of the body. Fur short and close; underfur
thick and woolly, brown. General colour silvery grey. Face and
cheeks pale brownish yellow, much paler than the body ; centre of
face with a sharply marked dark longitudinal line, commencing in
front of the eyes and running down the nape on to the back, where
it broadens into an indistinct darker band nearly an inch in breadth.
Ear (PL. XVII. fig. 5) very small, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) it
does not reach halfway to the eye; its outline nearly circular, its
interior surface naked, without extra tragoid projections additional
to the metatragus ; its back thickly hairy, dark brown, which colour
is continued downwards on to the sides of the head as a marked
black patch, not margined anteriorly by a paler spot. No tufts of
longer hairs round or on the ears. Chin brown, chest and belly

182 PHALANGERID @.

dirty yellowish grey. Arms and legs silvery grey ; fingers (Pl. XVII.
fig. 6) with the “ pseudochirous”’ arrangement unusually strongly
marked, the first and second together widely opposable to the third,
fourth, and fifth. Palms with five broad striated pads. Upper
surface of both fingers and toes brown, rather darker than the
general colour of the limbs. Tail evenly tapering, silvery grey
basally, becoming black distally ; its under surface short-haired all
along, becoming gradually naked in its distal third, the naked part
(Pl. XVII. fig. 7) smooth, transversely wrinkled, not shagreened.

Skull very small and light. Nasals slender, little expanded
behind, their tips projecting about 2 or 24 millim. beyond their
junction with the ascending processes of the premaxille ; posterior
nasal region convex upwards, rather vaulted. Interorbital space
narrow, concave, but less so than in the next species; its edges
sharply ridged, but the ridges not forming postorbital processes.
Palatine foramina oval, reaching past the level of the back of the
canine. Posterior palate almost or quite perfect, back edge of palate
some distance behind m.‘ Bulle swollen and transparent, but less
so than in the last species.

Teeth small and weak, their series interrupted by wide diastemata.
Upper i.’ about twice the length of i.” ; i.8 slightly shorter horizon-
tally than i.? Canine rather longer than either of the posterior
incisors, unusually long diastemata present both in front of and

‘behind it. P.' slightly separated from p.*, short and conical; p.*
and p.‘ narrow, oval in outline, the former about one half the size
of the latter in section. Molars very small and light. Lower teeth
as usual, except that there are no minute intermediate teeth at all
in either of the specimens examined.

Dimensions.
*(in spirit).
Adult.
millim.
Head and body .............. 260
Tailaise ewe oss e eee eames 205
THhower leg wake dak ee sadoe iets 53
Hind f00b: ccsewg ie davies ene 32
aR nas eeieti saree geared ws 12

Skull, see p. 185.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Salawatti, Ramoi, &c.).

Type in the Paris Museum.

Of this, the oldest known species of the present group, I have
had the advantage of examining all the specimens as yet brought to
Europe, namely, the type of the species, preserved in the Paris
Museum, that of Ps. bersteini in the Leyden Museum, and a spirit-
specimen belonging to the Genoa Museum, which latter, by the
kindness of the Marquis G. Doria, I have had lent me for purposes

* Specimen in the Genoa Museum.

9, PSEUDOCHIRUS, 183

of comparison and description. The skull measurements given in
the table on p. 185 are taken from the typical skull, for the loan of
which I have to thank Prof. Pouchet of the Paris Museum.

10. Pseudochirus forbesi. (Pxatz I.)
Pseudochirus forbesi, Thos, Ann, Mag. N. H. (5) xix. p. 146 (1887).
Forzzs’s PHALANGER.

Size rather smaller than in Ps. canescens, general proportions as
in that species. Sexes differing markedly in size*. Fur short, close
and velvety. General colour dull silvery grey. Muzzle blackish
brown; crown and cheeks pale rufous, without any trace of a
central darker line. Ears (so far as can be judged from a dried skin)
small and rounded asin Ps. canescens, their backs hairy, dull rufous,
a prominent blackish patch in front of and above them, and another
below and behind them, while between the two black marks, round
their posterior bases, the fur is pale yellowish white, connected
below with the pale colour of the throat. The whole region of the
ears markedly tufted with long fine hairs. Back grey, the rufous
of the crown of the head gradually disappearing on the fore-
quarters; an indistinct dark band running down the centre of the
posterior back, not continued forwards on the head. Chin brown,
chest and belly dirty white, the bases of the hairs slate; hairs on
the scrotum wholly pale rufous. Outsides of limbs like body, the
anterior more rufous than the posterior. Hands and feet nearly
white, except that the backs of the metacarpals are brown. Tail,
both in colour and distribution of hair, similar to that of Ps. canescens,
except that the underside of the basal third is scarcely less hairy
than the upper, and the hairs themselves are everywhere rather
shorter. Surface of naked portion below tip rather rougher than
in that species.

Skull (Pl. XX. figs. 1-3) small and lightly built. Nasals pro-
jecting rather more than 3 millim. beyond their junction with the
ascending processes of the premaxille, the nasal notch therefore
deeper than in the allied species; posterior part of nasals but little
expanded, flattened, not vaulted above. Interorbital region very
markedly concave along its centre, its edges sharply ridged, the
outline of these ridges forming a sharp angle with that of the nasals
when viewed laterally. Rudimentary postorbital processes present,
and the corresponding projections on the malar bones unusually
well developed. Anterior palatine foramina extending to past the
level of the canines. Posterior palate with numerous minute
vacuities. Bulle small, scarcely swollen at all.

Teeth remarkably reduced, both in size and number. Upper i.’
thick, about three times the height of i.”; i.’ very small; i.® entirely
absent. Canine minute, situated a very considerable distance
behind the incisors. P.' absent; p.® small, oval in outline; p.4 about

* Judging from one specimen only of each.

184 PHALANGERIDE,

three times the size of p.* in section, its outline triangular. Molars
small and narrow. Lower i.! slender; diastema between it and p.*
shorter than in Ps. canescens, and (in the typical and only known
skull) a minute intermediate tooth present on one side only of the
jaw; p.* narrow, tricuspid, nearly 3 millim. inlength ; lower molars
as usual,

Dimensions.
3. ie
a (skin). d (in spirit).
Adult. Adult.
millim. millim.
Head and body...... (¢.) 280 (c.). 225
Pal). sigs ola egy Aas 230 152
Lower leg .......... (c.) 60 44
Hind foot.......... 30 28
AP oS iehGehdow eal ence (c.) 18 oe

Skull, see next page.

Hab, 8.E. New Guinea (Sogere).

Type in collection.

This very handsome species, the smallest of the genus, is the only
one that has as yet been discovered anywhere in New Guinea except
in the north-west. While agreeing very closely with Ps. canescens
in many of its characters, and forming, with that speeies and Ps.
schlegeli, a very well-defined section of the genus, it yet differs
remarkably from all in the total suppression of its posterior incisors
and anterior premolars. Most unfortunately, the second specimen
received from Mr. Forbes (specimen 6) has had its head entirely
destroyed by shot, and therefore no information can be gained from
it as to the constancy with which these teeth are absent in the
species.

Ad. sk. Sogere, S.E. New H. O. Forbes, Esq. [C.].

a. 1 Skull. 3, 2/86. * “Guinea, 2000 feet. (Type of a

6. Ad.al., 9 & yg., Sogere, 1750 feet. H.O. Forbes, Esq. [P.
19/10/85. & C.].

10. TRICHOSURUS. tive: 4
Trichosurus, Less. Dict, Class. d@’ H. N. xiii. p. 383 (1828) T. vulpecula.

Psilogrammurus, Gloger, Handb. Naturg. p. 85 (1842). , T. vulpecula.
Trichurus*, Wagn. Schr. Séiug. Supp. ii. p. 74 (1843) .. T. vulpecula.

Size large. Fur close and woolly. Ears medium or short,
more or less hairy behind. Flanks without a flying-membrane.
Fore toes subequal, their lengths in the following order—4, 3, 2, 5, 1.
Claws large and strong. Palms naked, with large rounded and

* This, the natural form of the word, from @piz, is preoccupied among
Lepidoptera (Hiibner, 1816), byt if the derivation be taken as from rpixwots, the
generic name may be left as Lesson originally formed it.

‘uetatoeds wnasn}Y-voueL or} Wosy U9_e} 40M yst1eqse UE YIM PoyTVUL syuetMaInsveu 4Y00} OT, t
“S[Te}OP SNULUT UT poysna} eq 07 SIOJoISYy} Jou pure ‘s[IMYs yeoiddy 04} Jo sysvo WOAZ UOYVT, |

3 c-2 ('2)} 6 6 G6 OL (‘0) Lg 0.6 jane JOMOT JO mao -
0 Te | 0 T 6-0 T T T edpue ,* t
0 8-0 G6 | LT 9-1 9-3 LT 1 a pue ‘o ss .
0 Te G 6-1 9-T GP 81 LS *O pUe .'T TeaMjeq BIOysBIP :
GI FI (9) SST | LST a IT i 9-01 SIL ““g.r8ut jo yysuey
S Fp (0) / Gg GS LE Le (‘0) 9.6 g seers od Jo WSUS] ie
‘T BT C2)163 |9% 83 ia (a) ol 31 treeseess gurieo Jo 4uSteq
g € (9)} @ |61 81 9-1 (0) 9-T ES et JO USUI [Bp OZIAoy—Tyqea J,
PLI O61 GLI one LOT SSL . SLL PLI wee eneee tee woes xepul peed
6-88 L-0F GIP . 9-LE LF ; 8-12 Lg sixe [elovy-Iseg
6G PTS LSS wi G-3G 9-86 i PRI C.06 “+ sixe [eIUeLOISeg
Fg Le (9)1¢2 |89 9 o9 ; 2-9 g eee wauTedOR [eIeTed
&-1T F-SL LET | 4-81 6-11 L61 GIL 8-01 GIL ‘,;Urepisur =“ i
sr 06 06 06 9-8T G81 8T G-9T 8T PLS PERO peed / ;
#-E8 GE B8E 19-26 vE 9-88 665 © 6-66 (es * myauey oqele
LL G2, GL | 9 oh OL L9 8-8 “"ypwaIg “WOIyOLAyEU0)
g G (2)}94 199 &-¢ LP sal en) L9 “oes yypeerg yseoy
SI II L6t | LIT 66 or us 9-6 LIL * ‘Uypeerq qsoqzvers ;
8G 0% (9) | #-83 16 1-&3 LG ia cai GOT nied vores Ta Stay ‘S[BSBNT
68 IF G-6E 8s GLE 1g GLE 9g 8g 4 Y}peeaq 4s04¢a.1H
09 (9))-Z9 e9 | 79(9)| 09 99 | 19g 0g 9g ~rreeceres Gaguey [esugl
‘yape ‘yape | -yfape} “yope “yJnpe “qnpe ‘supe "ynpe “‘qynpe rtetesevereeeeceeeeene Shy
2 | @ jw | 2 | 4 |edipag| -G) "2 y, .
. P . P tee . & . 3} . é . } . P . P
“sup "ont “sesua . sae |* .
gsaguos |'suaosauno| yabagyos spqdogyn | “eayoun | “2000 | _ aes sad mee ad | -paaquay | S@PPOunwea] ee a
snunyoopnas T saprownnjag

‘stalypoopnesg pun soptorneyog fo suowsuoug ynyg

186 PHALANGERIDE,

striated pads; soles thickly hairy under the heels; the rest naked,
with low rounded pads, not sharply defined. ‘Tail thick, evenly
‘bushy to its end, not tapering, its terminal third or half with a
naked line beneath ; its extreme tip naked all round. <A gland
present on the chest. :

Skull stout and heavily built. Nasal notch shallow. Forehead
flattened. Supraorbital edges ridged, not inflated. Palate im-
perfect. Bulle low and flattened, scareely inflated. Base of
masseteric fossa with no trace of an opening into the inferior
canal.

Dentition:—I. +22, ©. : , Be et Me — = (at most)

1.2.0? 0.0.8.9 oT,
164+2x 2=36.

Upper incisors very uniform in length ; i.’ exceeding the others at
most by about a millimetre, its anterior surface flattened ; its inner
terminal corner touching ‘that of its fellow of the other side.
Canine situated some way from the back of i.°, emerging from the
bone partly or even wholly in front of the premaxillo-maxillary
suture ; its length generally less than, at most barely equalling, that
of i2 PP.’ present or absent; if present, sufficiently large to be
functional; p.* wholly absent; p.‘* large, obliquely set, its anterior
end turned outwards, its cutting-edge indistinctly ridged, as in the
Macropodide, but these ridges only visible when the tooth is
unworn. Molars quadricuspid, the cusps tending to form transverse
ridges. Lower anterior incisors large, less spatulate and less
horizontal than in the previous genera. I.’ proportionally larger
than usual, and apparently always persistent; other intermediate
teeth generally altogether absent, sometimes represented by a single
minute one (probably p.*). P.* large, obliquely placed, and ridged,
not dissimilar to that of Hypsiprymnodon. Molars similar in
character to those in the upper Jaw.

Range. Australia and Tasmania.

This genus, while widely different from Pseudochirus in its
eranial and dental characters, is yet not easily definable externally.
Its fore feet, however, appear to be of more normal construction
than in that genus, its tail is more densely haired terminally,
although in this character it is approached by Pseudochirus lemu-
roides, and, in most specimens, the discoloration of the fur caused
by the chest-gland forms an easy method of recognizing its
members.

Synopsis of the Species.
I, Exrernan Cuaracrers.

A. Ears long and narrow, much longer

than broad. © ..cvsesnsee csraca te 1, TZ. vulpecela, p. 187.
B. Ears short and rounded, not 80 long

as broad ...... $e peee bas sane 5 2. T. caninus, p. 191.

10. TRICHOSURUS. 187

II. Crawiat CHARacters.
A. Size small, ms.1-3 less than

145 millim. .......... la. T. vulpecula (typicus), p. 187.
B. Size large, ms.1-3 more than | 15. T. vulpecula (var. fultginosus),
14:5 millim. .......... 2. T. caninus, p. 191. [p. 190.

1. Trichosurus vulpecula*.

a, Trichosurus vulpecula, var. typicus.

Vulpine Opossum, Phillips, Voy. Bot. Bay, p. 150, pl. xvi. (animal)
(1789).

ea vulpecula, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 198 (1792) ; Turt. Linn.
8. N. i. p. 68 (1806).

Didelphis. vulpina, Meyer, Uebers. Zool. Entd. Neuholl. p. 23 (1798) ;
Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 503 (1800); Bechst. Uebers. vierf.
Thiere, ii. pp. 348 & 685 (1800).

Didelphis tapouaru, Meyer, Uebers. Zool. Entd. Newholl, p. 24 (1798).

Didelphis lemurina, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 487, pl. cx.
(animal]) (1800).

Ursus novee-hollandiz, Bechst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. pp. 8387 &
683 (1800).

Phalangista lemurina, G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 179 (1817).

Phalangista vulpina, Desm. N. Dict. dH. N. (2) xxv. p. 475 eeoty
td. Mamm. i. p. 267 (1820) ; Schinz,’ Cuv. Terr. i. p. 258 (1821) ;
F. Cuv. Dict. Sci, Nat. xxxix. p. 414 (1826); Gray, Griff. Cuv.
An, K. iii. p.41, pl. (animal); v. p. 197 (1827); Temm. Mon.
Mamm. i. p. 5 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 218 (1827); J. B.
Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 277 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl.
Buf’) iv. p. 475 (1830); Martin, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 2 (anat.) ;

aterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8S. p. 67 (1838); id. Jard. Nat.
Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 265, pl. xxiii. (animal) (1841) ; Gray, Grey’s
Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.
p. 188 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 86 (1843) ; Wagn.
Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 74 (1848), v. p. 269 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn.
Mamm. i. p. 526 (1844); Owen, Odontogr. Atl. pl. c. fig. 1 (teeth)
(1845); Greb. Odontogr. p. 42, pl. xviii. figs. 8 & 11 (teeth) (1855) ;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. 1. pl. xvi. (animal) (1856); Gieb. Sdug.
p. 697 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 122 (1862);
Kreft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 87 (1864); Geb. Z. ges. Nat.
xxvii. p. 892 (1866); Flow. Phil. Trans. 1867, p. 634, pl. xxix.
figs. 5 & 6 (tooth-change) ; Krefft, Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ;
id. Mamm. Austr. pl. viii. (animal) (1871); Sehleg. Dierent.
p. 165 (1872); Tauber, Naturh. Tidsskr. (3) viii. p. 163, pl. xi.
fig. 6 (tooth-change) (1872) ; Gulliver, P. Z. 8.1875, p.491; Brehm,
Thiert. ii. p. 577 (1880) ; Dods, J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 151 (1882) ;
Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. is 701 (1884); De Vis, P.
Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2) i. p. 1129 (1887).
Phalangista cooki, F. Cuv. (nec Desm.) H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iii. live.
“xlv. (animal) (1824).
Phalanger de Bougainville, G. Cuv. R. A. (ed. 2) i. p. 183 (1829).
Phalangista bougainvillei, J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 583 (mis-

* q, Size smaller. Continental............. Var. typicus.
b. Size larger. Tasmanian. ............ Var. fuliginosus, p. 190.

188 PHALANGERIDE,

printed 383) (1829) ; Less, N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 188 (1842) ;
Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 82 (1843).

Phalangista (Trichosurus) vulpina, Less. Dict. Class. d’H. N. xiii.
p. 335 (1828); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 284, pl. ix. fig, 1
(animal) & xix. fig. 1 (skull) (1846).

Balantia vulpina, Wagl. Syst. Amph. Séug. p. 25 (1830). :

Phalangista xanthopus, Ogilb. P. Z. 8. 1831, p. 185; Waterh.
Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 67 (1838); id. Jard. Nat. Libr.,
Mamm. xi. p. 269 (1841); Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 401
(1841); Wagn. Schr, Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 77 (1848); Schinz, Syn.
Mamm. i. p. 529 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 294
(1846).

Balantia bougainvillei, Kaup, Thierr. i. p. 240 (1835).

Phalangista cuvieri, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841);
Waterh, Jard. Nat. Libr.. Mamm. xi. p. 268 (1841); Gray, List
Mamm. B. M. p. 86 (1843). ;

Trichosurus xanthopus, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 189 (1842).

Phalangista melanura, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 81 (1848).

Trichosurus vulpinus, Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 275 (1855).

Phalangista hypoleucus, Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 278, pl. xxii.
(animal) (1855). :

Phalangista vulpecula, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) iv. p. 897 (1879);
id, Eneycl. Brit. (9) xviii. p. 728 (1885); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. .
p. 910 (1887).

Trichosurus vulpecula, Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 21 (1884); dd.
Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus, p, 314 (1887). '

Common PHALANGER.

Size comparatively small in the present, larger in the Tasmanian
variety (see p. 190).

Fur close, thick and woolly. General colour clear grizzled grey.
Face pale grey, darker round the eyes and on the sides of the snout.
Ears long and narrow, tapering towards their tips, nearly naked
inside and terminally outside; proximal portion outside anteriorly
brown, posteriorly white. Whole of back and sides uniform
grizzled grey, sometimes markedly suffused with rufous, especially
on the forequarters. Chin more or less blackish; throat, chest, and
belly white or dirty yellow, the hairs generally grey basally; a
longitudinal patch on the centre of the chest deep rusty red in old
specimens, more pronouneed in males than in females, and, pre-
sumably, indicating the presence of a sternal gland. Outer sides of
limbs like back, inner sides like belly. Hands and feet white, grey,
or brown. Tail thick, cylindrical, bushy, its terminal half or two
thirds grey, its end black, the extreme tip occasionally white,
especially in West-Australian specimens; naked part below tip
extending for from three to six inches, its surface transversely
wrinkled, not shagreened.

Skull smaller and lighter than in the Tasmanian variety or in
T.. caninus. Nasals smoothly convex above. Interorbital region
narrow, concave along its centre, its edges sharply ridged. Anterior
palatine foramina running back to the level of the middle of the
canines. Posterior palatal vacuities extending from the back of m.!

10. TRIcHOSURUS. 189

nearly to the hinder edge of the palate, only bounded behind by a
narrow transverse strip of bone.

Teeth as described above. P. when present placed about equi-
distant from the canine and from p.*, cylindrical, pointed, from one
half to three fourths the height of the canine, but frequently
altogether absent. P.*, comparatively light and delicate, its diameter
at right angles to its longer axis about 3 or 3:2 millim. Lower
ee oval in section, persistent, sometimes set back some little way .

from i.' P.‘ narrow, sharp-edged,

Dimensions.
g (skin). s (stuffed),
Adult. Adult,
millim. millim.
Head and body .............. 450 450
Wal es sauestene eum hs onnens Bese ... (¢.) 270 270
Lower leg 1... 0.0.00... 95 93
Hind foot .................. 58 54
Ha iyiccs & acts si aso Ronee ces 42 49

Skull, see p. 208.

Hab. The whole of Australia, with the exception of the Cape
York Peninsula.
Type not in existence.

Ad. st.
ay bi | Shei of of 3.
Ad. sk.
Con { é.
Skull. t
d. Skull. Port Essington, N. T.

Port Essington, Gould Coll.
Northern Territory.

Port Essington, N. T. Gould Coll.
Gould Coll.

e. Imm. sk., ¢, 21/2/56. (North Australian Dr. J. R. Elsey
Expedition.) [P. & C.].
ae sks. Port Darwin, N. T. R. G. 8. Buck-
AI \ Skull of f. land, Esq. [C.].
h,t. Ad. st.. dQ. Namoi ey N.S. W. Gould Coll.
(FG).
j,k. Ad. & yg. sks., o. aoe N.S. W. Gould Coll.
1. Foetus, ¢ (about 60 New South Wales. J. Brenchley,
millim. long). Esq. [P.].
m. Foetus, ¢ (about 22 New England, N.8.W. G. E. Adlard,
millim. long). Esq. [P. & C.].
n. Ad, sk. Adelaide. C. is K. Fortnum,
gq. [P. & C.].
Ad. sk. South Australia. sir ¢. Grey [P.
Skull, ? & ©].
Imm. st. South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P.
p. Skull. & C.].
Ad. sk. Kangaroo Id., 8. A. Gould Coll.
@ Shall le
r, Ad. sk, Kire George’s Sound, Gould Coll.

W. A, CW. Gilbert),

190 PHALANGERIDE.

s. Ad, at 2, 11/89. ee — A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll.

t. Ad. sk., ¢, 9/865. Perth, W. A. OT eT
rl \ sil a { 3, 24/9/42, MO ie. A A, Gould Coll.

v. Ad. st., 2, 9/6/39. Pah i AG. Gould Coll.

w. Yg. sk. Toodyay, W. A. (J. Gould Coll.

Gilbert).

wv. Skull. Point Leschenault, bat anaes Esq.
y. Ad. sk, 3. Western Australia. Purchased.
Ad. sk. Purchased.
i } Sic. 3.
a’. Skeleton. Purchased.

4. Trichosurus vulpecula, var. fuliginosus.

Phalangista fuliginosa, Ogilb. P. Z.S. 1881, p. 185; Gunn, Ann.
Mag. N. H.i. p. 102 (1838); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. &.
p. 67 (1888); zd. Jard. Nat. Libr. Mamm. xi. p. 267 (1841);
Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A.,
Mamm. p. 188 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 85 (1843);
Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 77 (1843); Schinz, Syn. Mamm.
i. p. 527 (1844); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xv. (animal) (1849) ;
Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 83 (1852); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 121 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus.
p. 88 (1864); 2d. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868); td. Mamm.
Austr. pl. ix. (animal) (1871).

Phalangista fuliginosa, var. grisea, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii.
p. 401 (1841).

Phalangista felina, Wagn. Schr. Siéiug. Supp. iii. p. 76 (1848), v.
p. 270 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 527 (1844).

TasMANIAN PHALANGER.

Size markedly larger and form stouter and heavier than in the
typical variety. Fur longer and thicker. General colour all over
either a grey like that of the Continental form, but darker and
more suffused with rufous, or a deep umber-brown tinged with
rufous, paler on the forequarters, sides and below, darker along the
posterior back. Ears with little or no white on the posterior part
of their hinder surfaces. Tail very thick and bushy, nearly wholly
black.

Skull only differing from that of the typical form by its greater
size, and, in correlation with this, by its larger and earlier developed
crests and ridges.

Teeth. Upper p.* broad and stout, its diameter, at right angles to
its long axis, generally attaining 4 millim. Molars large, the
combined lengths of the three anterior 15 or 16 millim.

10. rRIcHOsURUS. 191

Dimensions.
3. .
fF (stuffed). & (stuffed).
Adult. Adult.
‘ millim. millim.
' Head and body .......... 580 615
LAU vende sees sce eat meaiee ie 380 370
Lower leg....... eee eee eee (c.)104 (c.) 110
Hind foot............5.. oe KL 75
Hat’ se sesseniepe wae eaters bins 50 50
Skull, see p. 208.
Hab. Tasmania.
‘Type in collection.
a, Ad. st. Launceston, Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq.
[P. & C.].
6, Ad. sk. Launceston. Ronald Gunn, Esq.
[P. & C.}.
ac ie (*) Zool. Soe.
“ ) Skull. (Type of variety.)
d. Yg. st. Hobart Town (J. G.). Gould Coll.
e. Yg. sk., 7/11/38. Hobart Town (J. G.). Gould Coll.
fig. Ad. st. od. Tasmania (J. G..). Gould Coll.
h. Ad. st., 9. Circular Head, Tasmania § Gould Coll.
VJ. G.).
(Type of Ph. fuliginosa, var. grisea, Gray.)
il Ad. sks. 3 Tasmania.(J. G.). Gould Coll.
- Skull of 2. ? = :
m. Ad. sk. Tasmania. Capt. Ross [P. ].
n. Ad. sk. Tasmania. Purchased.
o. Ad. st. (albino), Tasmania. Purchased.
p. Ad. sk. (albino). Purchased.
Ad. sk, Purchased.
% Skull.
1, s. Skeletons. Purchased.
é. Skull. Zool. Soc,

2. Trichosurus caninus.

Phalangista canina, Oyilb. P. Z. S. 1835, p. 191; Waterh. Cat. Mamm.,
Mus. Z. 8. p. 67 (1888); id. Jard. Nat, Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 271
(1841); Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841); dd. List
Mamm. B. M. p. 85 (1843); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 78
(1843), v. p. 274 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 528 (1844);
Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 296 (1846) ; Gould, Mamm. Austr.
i. pl. xvii. (animal) (1856); Geb. Sdug. p. 698 (1859) ; Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 122 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm.
Austr. Mus. p. 88 (1864); Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii.
p. 704 (1884).

SHORT-EARED PHALANGER.

* Originally recorded as from Sydney, but no similar specimens having ever
been found on the Continent, this locality is no doubt erroneous.

192 PHALANGERIDE.

General appearance very similar to that of 7. vulpecula, var.
fuliginosus. Fur comparatively short, very thick and woolly.
Colour dark grey or deep umber-brown, the two styles of coloration
closely corresponding to those found in the Tasmanian Phalanger.
Muzzle short and blunt. Ears quite short, evenly rounded, barely
half the length of those of equally large specimens of 7. vulpecula.
Other external characters as in the Tasmanian variety of the
common species.

~ Skull broad and stout, with a short heavy muzzle. Nasals short,
less expanded behind than is usual in 7. vulpecula. Supraorbital
edges sharply ridged. Bulle very slightly inflated, opaque.

Teeth. Tncisors and canines as in the last species. PP.’ present or
absent, if present about half the size of the canine; p.* generally
shorter in proportion to its breadth than in J. vulpecula. Molars
also shorter and more square, their longitudinal exceeding their
transverse diameters markedly less than in that species. Lower
teeth as usual.

Dimensions.
d: Q.
e (skin). a (skin).
Adult. Adult.
millim, millim.
Head and body .......... 550 515
OLB tact enadete ng eae Mitel 350 370
Lower 168 53. y.iccoa. law. watoares (c.)105 = (¢.) 108
Hand 1006: gc seis sas e ersgsceiendis 71 72
EAE en's npn digdeaieee aperreteniotetaad 23 25

Skull, see p. 208.

Hab. §. Queensland and New South Wales.

Type in collection.

This species is certainly vory closely allied to the previous one,
and, curiously enough, to the Tasmanian form of that species, but
the marked difference in the size of the ears necessitates its
recognition as a distinct species. Mr. De Vis is kind enough to
inform me that it is looked upon in Queensland as quite a different
animal from 7. vulpecula, and that it inhabits the “scrub” only,
never being found in the open forest with that species,

rs | Ad. it Q. Richmond R., N. 8. W. Gould Coll.

Skull. (J. G.).

Ad. sk. Liverpool Plains, N.S. W. Gould Coll.
b rp
* Skull.

eames
: a sk. Hunter b, N.S. W.(C. Zool. Soc. (Gould Coll.).
“ 7 Skull. * Cowen). (Type of species.)

11. PHALANGER, 193

11, PHALANGER.

Type.
Phalanger, Storr, Prodr. Meth. Mamm. p.38 (1780).. Ph. orientalis.
Phalangista, E. Geoff. Bull. Soc. Philom. i. p. 106

(AO Q) ee piveacs cuetnede hd axanenaen did meneaaes Ph. orientalis.
Coescoes, Lacép. Mém. Inst. iii. p. 491 (1801) ...... Ph. orientalis.
Balantia, Ill. Prodr, Syst. Mamm. p. 77 (1811)...... Ph. orientalis,
Sipalus, G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 581 (1818) .......... Ph, orientalis.

Cuscus (emend.), Less. Voy. Coquille, Zool. p. 150 (1826) Ph. orientalis.
Ceonyx, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 10 (1827) (nom.

/

DV OVIB!) see aA H Ho eclsatis. hea aseraihudhs tara a Sena SG Ph. ursinus.
Ailurops, Wagl. Syst. Amph. Siug. p. 26 (1880) .... Ph. ursinus.
Eucuscus (subg.), Gray, P. Z. 8. 1861, p.316........ Ph. ursinus.
Spilocuscus (subg.), 1d. LC. veccccccenveccusuveues Ph. maculatus.
Strigocuscus (subg.), td. tc. p. B19... cece ence ees Ph. celebensis.

Size large or medium, form stout and clumsy. Fur thick and
woolly, Ears medium or short, hairy externally and also in some
species internally. Flanks without a flying-membrane. Fore toes ,
subequal, their lengths in the following relative order—4, 3, 5, 2, 1.
Claws long, stout, and curved. Palms and soles naked, striated,
the pads large, low, scarcely defined. Tail strong, its proximal
portion furry like the bale, its terminal part naked all round,
smooth or granulated, coarsely wrinkled, markedly prehensile.
Mamme 4.

Skull stout and strong. Muzzle very short and broad. Nasal
notch shallow or obsolete. Interorbital region variable. Palate
with large posterior vacuities. Bulle unswollen, opaque. No
opening from masseteric fossa into inferior dental canal.

Dentition (generally) :—I. +3, 0.4, P. = 5 oa. ae
=16+4x 2=40,

Upper i.’ nearly circular in section, not, or little; flattened in front.
Canine either closely touching i.°, or, at most, projecting from the
bone about a millimetre behind it; situated partly in front of the
premaxillo-maxillary suture ; its length always exceeding that of i.7,
nearly invariably that of i.1, and often in old individuals twice that
of the latter tooth. P.! well-developed, double-rooted in Ph. ursinus,
single-rooted, as in all the allied genera, in the other species. P.°
minute, single-rooted, often absent altogether. P.* large and broad,
obliquely placed, with a sharp laterally grooved cutting-edge.
Molars quadricuspid, the pairs of cusps more or less united, and so
forming, on each tooth, two indistinct transverse ridges. Lower i.'
thick and strong; minute intermediate teeth ranging from o to
five in number, usually two (presumably %.? and p.*) in Ph. ursinus,
maculatus, and celebensis, and three (probably i.’, p.’, and p.*) in
Ph. orientalis and ornatus. P.* with an oblique cutting-edge,
produced anteriorly into a high pointed cusp, considerably higher
than the molars. Molars with distinct transverse ridges.

Tooth-change well developed, the milk p.* large and long-
persistent. :

Range. Austro-Malayan subregion, from Celebes to North
Queensland. ‘

0

194 PHALANGERIDA,

An excellent monograph* of the present genus has been written
by Dr. F, A. Jentink, of the Leyden Museum. This author, basing
his work on the magnificent series there preserved, has made many
new and important observations on the distribution, sexual cha-
racters, and the variability in size, colour, and dentition of the
species. His careful record of the individual variations in the
numbers and situations of the premolars has been of special service
to me in my efforts to unravel their complicated homologies. On
one point only I am constrained to differ from him, namely, as to
the distinctness of Ph. ornatus, united by him with Ph. orientalis,
but which, having due regard both to the Leyden series and our
own, I feel should be admitted as a separate species.

Synopsis of the Species.
I. Exrernan CHARAcTERS.

A. Ears thickly furry internally as well as ex-
ternally.
a, Base of taillike body. Sexes alike. General
colour dark brown or black. Ears white.. 1. Ph. ursinus, p. 195.
6, Base of tail yellow. Sexes usually different.
(Males, and W ai-giu females, spotted with
red, yellow, black, and white.
Other females hoary grey or black, with + 2. Ph. maculatus,
| a paler head and rump. Belly pale [p. 197.
' yellow, edged with bec i
B. Ears nearly or quite naked internally,
e. Back more or less white-spotted. Dorsal
line distinct. Males becoming, in old age,
brilliantly rufous on the forequarters,
neck, and belly.—Had, Gilolo group .... 4. Ph. ornatus, p. 205.
d. Back not spotted. Males only occasionally
rufous below neck.
a, Dorsal line distinct, except in albinos, and,
occasionally, in var. breviceps.—Hab.

Timor and Bouru to Solomon Is....... 3. Fh. orientalis,

&. Dorsal line absent— Hab. Sanghir and p. 201.
Colehesiascx cia cicsaawesiceerasienes 5. Ph. celebensis,

[p. 206.

II, Cranrat CHaRacters.

A. Supraorbital edges smooth, not ridged.
Teeth large, ms.'? 18 millim. or more.
Lower intermediate teeth usually two.
a. Interorbital region not or little convex
upwards. I.* as large in section as i.?,
and but little shorter than the canine,
which is more or less separated from it.. 1. Ph. ursinua, p. 195.

* Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 87 (1885).

11, PHALANGER, 195

b. Interorbital region very convex upwards.
I? much smaller in section than 1.7, and
much shorter than the canine, which is
closely pressed against it ............ 2. Ph. maculatus, p. 197.
B. Supraorbital edges sharply ridged. Teeth ;
anal) ms.'-* less than, or barely, 16°5 mil-
im.
ce. Canine long, its tip reaching much beyond
a line drawn from the tip of i.1 to that
of p.*, closely pressed against i2 Nasal
notch very shallow: Lower intermediate
teeth usually three ............2.004- 3. Ph. orientalis, p. 201.
d. Canine short, not or scarcely exceeding i.?
and p.4 in height, more or less separated
from i.?
«, Canine touching i? basally, although
separated distally ; nasal notch deep.. 4. Ph. ornatus, p. 205.
b'. Canine altogether separated from i.°;
nasal notch shallow.............0+- 5. Ph. celebersis, p. 206.

1. Phalanger ursinus.

Phalangista ursina, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 10, pl. i. figs. 1-3, and
pl. ii. figs. 1-5 (skull) (“ 1827” *); F. Cuv, Dict. Sct. Nat. xxxix.
p. 415 (1820); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 197 (1827); J. B.
Fisch, Syn. Mamm. p. 278 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl.
Buff.) iv. p. 460 (18380); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 69
(1848), v. p. 268 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamma. i. p. 523 (1844);
Gicb. Siiug. p. 695 (1859) ; Schleg. Dierent, p. 165 (1872); Jent.
Notes Leyd. Mus. v. p. 181 (1883).

Cuscus ursinus, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 219 (1827); id. Dict. Class.
@ HH, N. xiii. p. 382 (1828); id. Cent. Zool. p. 40, pl. x. (animal
-and skull) (1880); ed. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 188 (1842);
Gray, P. Z, 8. 1858, p. 103; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M.
p. 122 (1862); Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii.' p. 118 (1885) ; td. Cat.
Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 313 (1887).

Ailurops ursina, Wagl. Syst. Amph. Séug. Ne 26 (1830).

Balantia ursina, Kaup, Thier, i. p. 240 (1885).

Phalangista (Cuscus) ursina, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi.
p. 259 (1841) ; ad. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 267 (1846).

Cuscus (Eucuscus) ursinus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 316.

Buack Cuscts.

Fur coarse and harsh. General colour dark brown or black.
Rhinarium naked, the naked part running upwards and backwards
in a wedge-shaped form on the top of the muzzle almost or quite to
tho level of the anterior canthus of the eye. Face blackish, but
the tips of the hairs, especially on the cheeks and snout, tipped with
dirty white; a whitish patch round each eye. Ears rounded, pro-
jectiug but little from the fur, their surfaces both outside and inside

* The first part of this work, although dated 1827, must have appeared at
least as early as 1826, as it is quoted in that year both by Frédéric Cuvier and
Prince Maximilian von Wied.

02

196 PHALANGERIDA.

‘thickly covered with short coarse hairs; those inside and along the
margins dirty white; those at the back black. Nape and back
dark brown or, generally, black, the centre line slightly darker than
the rest. Hairs of sides, posterior back, and hairy part of tail
prominently grizzled with dirty white. Chin, chest, and belly
greyish, the hairs black basally, dirty yellowish white terminally.
Arms and legs black ; fingers and toes naked above, the hairs of the
limbs ceasing generally on the metacarpus and metatarsus, their
skin also black, coarsely granulated. Palms and soles broadly
striated. Tail furry like the body for about half its length, the fur
extending on the upper for about two or three inches further than
on the lower side.

Skull very stout and powerful. Anterior nares broader and lower
than in the other species ; nasal notch scarcely marked, the anterior
edge of the nasal bones passing smoothly into that of the ascending
process of the premaxilla. Nasals contracted in the centre, expanded
both anteriorly and posteriorly. Interorbital region comparatively
broad, smooth above, flat or slightly convex, its edges evenly
rounded. Temporal ridges low, thick and rounded. Anterior
palatine foramina extending to the level of the back of the canines.

Teeth. Upper incisors more uniform in size than in the other species ;
i as large in section as, and longer vertically than, i.? Canine
more or less separated from i.*, not or but slightly longer vertically
than that tooth. Anterior premolar narrow, double-rooted, but
little separated from the canine in front, and touching p.* behind ;
the latter tooth broadly rounded, rather less powerful than in
Ph. maculatus. Molars stout and heavy, the three anterior from
19 to 21 millim. in horizontal length. Lower anterior incisors
shorter, set rather more upright, and the diastema between them
and p.* markedly less in extent than in any of the other ‘species.
Lower intermediate teeth usually two in number*, P.* oval, much
longer than broad, set but little obliquely.

Dimensions.
a (etnited),
Adult.
millim,
Head and body .......... 650
Tall. joie signe aia ene Gee eae 525
Lower leg ..........05. (c.) 116
Hind f00t doesn cae sexe awns 104
HEY Saisie evens Waa AY aed baal 18

Skull, see p. 208.

' Hab. Celebes.
Type in the Leyden Museum.

* Three on the right side in specimen d. The Leyden Museum series are
all normal.

>

S

d,

5

11. PHALANGER. 197,

a, JAd. st. North Celebes. Dr, A. B. Meyer [C.].
* | Skeleton (mounted). eS
Ad. st. Q Celebes. Purchased.
ce .
g. st. | Celebes. Purchased.
Skull. f ie
Imm. sk, Celebes. Zoological Society.
Skull.

2. Phalanger maculatus.

Phalangista maculata, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 149 (1803) ; Desm. N.
Dict, d'H. N, (2) xxv. p. 472 (1817); id. Mamm. i. p. 266 (1820) ;
Quoy. § Gaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool, p. 59, Atl. pls. vii. (animal, ¢)
and viii. (skull) (1824); F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 413
(1826); Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 14, pl. iii. (skull) (1827);
Gray, Grif. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 186 (1827); J. B. Fisch, Syn.
Mamm. p. 275 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv.
p. 456 (1880); Wagn. Schr. Stéiug. Supp. iii. p. 71 (1843), v.
p. 269 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm., i. p. 524 (1844); Gerv. H. N.
Mamm. ii. p. 274 (1855); Gieb. Sdug. p. 696 (1859) ; id. Z. ges.
Nat. xxvii. p. 391 (1866) ; Schleg. Dierent. p. 165 (1872).

Phalangista variegata (Oken), Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 258 (1821).

Phalangista papuensis, Desm. Mamm. Supp. ii. p. 541 (1822); Gray,
Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 196 (1827).

Phalangista quoy, Gaim. Bull. Sci. Nat. i. p. 271 (1824); Quoy §
Gaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool. p. 58, Atl. pl. vi. (animal, 2) (1824) ;
Less. H. N. Mamm., (Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 459 (1880).

Cuscus maculatus, Less. § Garn. Voy. Coquille, Zool. i. p. 150, pl. iv.
(animal and skull) (1826); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 219 (1827); ed.
Dict. Class. dH. N. xiii. p. 380 (1828); id. N. Tabl. R. A,
Mamm. p. 188 (1842); Gray, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Vert. p. 32
(1850); zd. P. Z. S. 1858, pp. 101, 108; Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 122 (1862); Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pl. vi.
5 2 (1871); Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ii. p. 11 (1878);

rehm, Thierl. ii. p. 575 (1880); Dobs. J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 152
(1882); Flow.’ §& Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 701 (1884) ;
Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 107 (1885); id. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
Mus. p. 31), pl. xii. figs. 1-4 (skull, different ages) (1887).

Cuscus macrourus, Less. & Garn. Voy. Coquille, Zool. i. p. 156, Atl.
pl. v. (animal, 2) (1826); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 220 (1827); id.
N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 188 (1842).

Phalangista chrysorrhous, Temm. Mon. Mamm.i. p. 12, pl. i. figs. 4-6
(skull) (1827); F. Cuv. Dict. Set. Nat. xxxix. p. 415 (1826);
Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 197 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. pf. 276 (1829); Less, H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) iv.
p. 461 (1830); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 70 (1843), v.
p. 268 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 423 (1844); Gieb. Siiug.
p. 695 (1859). :

Cuscus quoyi, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 220 (1827); id. Dict. Class.
@ H. N. xiii. p. 331 (1828); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B, M.
p. 123 (1862).

Cuscus chrysorrhos, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 220 (1827); td. Dict.
Class. d’H. N. xiii. p. 332 (1828); id. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.
p. 188 (1842); Hombr. § Jacq. Voy. Péle Sud, Zool. iii. p. 31, Atl.
pl. xiii: (animal) (1845-46).

Phalangista macroura, Less. Dict. Class. d’H, N. xiii. p. 3882 (1828) ;

198 PHALANGERIDZ,

J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 276 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm.
(Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 462 (1830); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iit.
p. 72 (1843); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 525 (1844).

Balantia maculata, Kaup, Thierr. i. p. 241 (1835). ;

Phalangista (Cuscus) chrysorrhos, Waterh. Jurd. Nat. Libr., Mamm.
xi. p. 261 (1841); 7d. N. H. Mam. i. p. 271 (1846).

Phalangista tousend) maculata, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm.
xi. p. 262 (1841); id. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 274 (1846); Peters §
Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 681 (1881).

Phalangista (Pseudocheirus) nudicaudata, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1849,
p. 110.

Pseudochirus nudicaudatus, Macgillivray, Voy. ‘ Rattlesnake,’ i. p. 129
(1852).

Phalangista nudicaudata, Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 276 (1855) ;
Gieb. Stug. p. 699 (1859).

Cuscus brevicaudatus, Gray, P. ZS. 1858, p. 102; Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. xxi. (animal, 2) (1860); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 128 (1862); Krefft, Mamm. Austr, text to pl. vii. p. 2
(1871); Rams. P. Linn. Soc, N.S. W. ii. p. 12 (1878).

Cuscus (Eucuscus) brevicaudatus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 316.

Cuscus (Spilocuscus) chrysorrhous and maculatus, Gray, P. Z. 8.
1861, pp. 317, 318.

Cuscus maculatus, var. ochropus, Gray, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 220.
Cuscus chrysorrhous, var. goldiei, Rams. P, Linn. Soc, N.S. W. i.
p. 895 (1877), iii. p. 243 (1879). ‘

Sporrep Cuscus.

Size large; females attaining a greater size than males. Fur
soft, thick and woolly. General colour mottled white, black, and
red in very various combinations ; females generally grey and black,
not spotted with white. Top of muzzle above rhinarium thinly
hairy, not naked as in Ph. ursinus. Kars (Pl. XXI. fig. 2) thickly
covered inside and out with soft woolly hairs, similar in character,
and usually in colour, to those of the crown. Back and limbs
coloured as described below. Belly white, generally tinged with
yellow or rufous; in the male passing gradually into the colour of
the back, but in the female sharply separated from the dark-
coloured flanks, especially on the two sides of the pouch, where a
sharp black line runs along the edge of the darker colour, (In an
erythristic female specimen, however, the belly is similar to that of
the male.) Tail furry like the body for from one half to three
fourths its length above, and from one third to one half below, its
colour on the furry portion nearly invariably, both in males and
females, deep yellow, but sometimes tinged with greyish or white.

The colour of the upper surface and limbs seems to have been
originally that only now found in the female, viz., a deep hoary
grey, paler on the head (where it is sometimes replaced by rufous),
forequarters, arv Limbs; darker, sometimes quite black, across the
lumbar region, a darkness that is usually strongly contrasted with
the yellow of the base of the tail. In rare cases, however, the
female, like the male, is completely affected by erythrism, the
lumbar region and the hands and feet heing then deep rufous, and
the head, forequarters, sides, and belly very pale rufous white, or

11. PHALANGER, 199

even pure white. Females from the island of Wai-gin, and those
alone, are exactly like the strongly spotted and generally semi-
erythristic males found in the samo island *.

The males, by a striking but essentially simple combination of
white spotting with erythrism, have developed the remarkable
series of colour-variations characteristic of the species. The most
simple form is that where the male is almost exactly like the
ordinary grey female, except that it has a few inconspicuous white
spots on the back and sides. These spots may then gradually
increase in extent until the animal is nearly wholly white with a
few small dark spots upon it. Again, by a greater or less degree of
erythrism, the head alone, the margins of the ears, the feet, the
forequarters, or, finally, the whole of the darker-marked parts of
the animal, may be deep rufous, the usually white parts either
remaining pure white or being also slightly tinged with rufous.

Skull large, stout, and heavy. Muzzle broad and stout. Nasals
slightly projecting anteriorly, with a shallow but well-marked nasal
notch; much expanded behind, their combined posterior edges
running backwards in the centre and forming a sharp point between
the orbits. Interorbital region narrow in proportion to the size of
the skull, very prominently convex upwards, the convexity increasing
with the age of the individual, its edges smoothly rounded, not
ridged, except posteriorly in old specimens; no trace of postorbital
processes, Anterior palatine foramina extending backwards beyond
the level of the back of the canines.

Teeth. Upper i. and i.” about equal in transverse section, the
former about twice as long vertically as the latter; i. about equal
to i.” vertically, but far smaller in section, crushed in between the
latter and the canine, and often altogether absent. Canine large
and strong, pressed closely against the posterior incisor, and situated
so that the premaxillo-maxillary suture descends at about its centre.
P. long, conical, single-rooted, about as high vertically as p.*; p.?
generally absent, if present quite minute; p.* very large and broad,
with a prominent grooved ridge running obliquely along it. Molars
stout and heavy, the three anterior varying in length from 18-5 to
23 millim. Lower intermediate teeth usually only two in number
(i? and p.*); p.* and molars large and stout, as in the upper jaw.

Dimensions.

_o: 2.
J (stuffed), b (stuffed).

Adult. Adult.

millim. atte
Head and body .......... 620 650
Tadh: sosisrsien eee eaenace ts 480 (c.) 470
Lower leg ...........0.- 127 (c.) 128
Hind foot ..........505- 71 70
GAR hy he hows eee tena a eon 13 12

Skull, see p. 208.

* This most remarkable characteristic of the Wai-giu females was first
noticed and described by Dr. Jentink in the monograph above referred to.

200 PHALANGERIDE,

Hab. Austro-Malayan subregion from Saleyer eastwards and
southwards to New Guinea and North Australia. Not as yet
certainly known from the mainland of Celebes, from the Gilolo
group, from any of the Southern Moluccas (Flores, Timor, &c.), or
from the New Britain group.

Type in the Paris Museum.

a, Yg.sk., d. (Celebes) *. i Purchased.
b, Ad. st. Q. Moluccas. Purchased.
c, JAG. sk. Wai, Amboina. H. O. Forbes, . Esq.
Skull. { S° [P.& CJ.
d, e. Ad. and imm. sks.,9. Ceram. A. Be Wallace, Esq.
f. Ad. sk, ¢. Banda. vy frats. ‘Chal-
lenger.’
g- Ad. st., o. Waigiu. Purchased.
hei Ene it ‘$2 “Waigiu. A. R. Wallace, Esq.
? Skulls. ; {C.}.
- JAd.st.[ . Aru Is, A. R. Wallace, Esq.
J Skull t 3 [e.}.
k. Ad. sk. Aru Is, A R. Wallace, Esq.
C.).
i. Imm. al., ¢. Port Moresby, New K. Hhoadbent, Esq.
i Guinea. Mh ‘i
Ad. sks. Port Moresby, New K. Broadbent, Esq.
as \Suitte 24,19 Guinea. ii [C.}. :
p. Ad. sk, 3. Sogere, S.E. New H. O. Forbes, Esq.
Guinea, 1750 ft. P. & C.).
Imm, st. S. coast New Guinea J. B. Jukes, Esq. [P.
1 } Skull, 2. (Voy. LMS.‘ Fly’), | & C.).
r, Ad. sk, 3. New Guinea. Purchased.
s. Ad. sk, ¢. New Guinea (Voy. Zoological Society.
t AMS. ‘Rattlesnake’ ):
t, Imm. sk, ¢. New Guinea. H. H. ae Esq.

_ JAd. st. 9/49 Dufour Isl., S.E. New J. Msg, Esq.
* 7 Skull, ¢ $+ 9/49. Guinea( Voy, H.M.S.
‘ Rattlesnake’).
v. Ad. sk, g, 14/12/40. Darnley Isl.t, Torres J. Macgillivray, Esq.
: Straits(Voy. MS. [P. & C.].

‘ Rattlesnake’).
Yg. sk. Cape York (Voy. J. Macgillivray, Esq.
Skull. ¢ 2 H.MS. ‘Rattle- (P. & C.].
snake’).
(Type of Phalangista nudicaudata, Gould, and Cuscus brevicaudatus, Gray.)
z,y. Ad. sks, ¢ Q. Port Albany, Cape C. Coxen, Esq. [C.].
York.
(Co-types of C. maculatus, var. ochropus, Gray.)
z. Ye. sk. Q. N.E. coast of Aus- Purchased.
tralia.
a'. Skeleton (mounted). N. Australia. Purchased.
b'. Skull. Voy. H.M.S, ‘Chal-

lenger.’

* So stated on a dealer's label, but the occurrence of the species in Celebes
has not as yet been confirmed.
t “ Brought from the 8, Coast of New Guinea.”

11. PHALANGER. 201

3. Phalanger orientalis*.
a, Phalanger orientalis, var. typicus,

mg orientalis, Pall. Mise. Zool. p. 59 (1766) ; Eral. Syst. R. A.

p. 79 (1777); Schreb. Sdug. iii. p. 550, pl. clii. (animal) (1778) ;
Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p 228 (1780); Bodd. Elench. Anim. i.
p. 77 (1785); Gmel. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 108 (1789); Donnd. Zool,
Beytr. i, p. 853 (1792); Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 196 (1792);
G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. p. 125 (1798); Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii,
p. 481 (1800) ; Turt. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 67 (1806).

Didelphis indica, Mill. Linn. Naturs. Supp. vii. p. 85 (1776).

Phalanger orientalis, Storr, Prodr. Meth. Mamm. p. 38 (1780);
Bechst. Uebers. Vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 685 (1800).

Didelphis molucea, Gmel. Linn. 8. N. i. p. 106 (1789); Kerr, Linn.
An. K. p. 192 (1792); Donnd. Zool, Beytr. i. p. 348 (1792).

Coescoes amboinensis, Lacép. Mém. Inst. iii. p. 491 (1801); Desm.
N. Dict. @H. N. (1) xxiv. Tabl. Méth. p. 20 (1804); Tiedem.
Zool, p. 432 (1808).

Phalangista alba, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 148 (1803); Less. Dict.
Class. d’H, N. xiii. p. 833 (1828) ; id. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.)
iv. p. 463 (1830).

Phalangista rufa, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 149 (1803) ; Desm. WN. Dict.
aH. N. (2) xxv. p. 478 (1817); 7d. Mamm. 1. p. 266 (1820);
F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 130, pl. xli. (teeth) (1896) ; td. Dict, Sct,
Nat. xxxix. p. 414 (1826); Gray, Groff. Cuv, An. K. v. p. 196 (1827).

Phalangista orientalis, Desm. N. Dict. dH. N. (1) xvii. p. 380
(1803); Gieb. Stiug. p. 696 (1859); 7d. Z. Ges, Nat. xxvii. p. 392
(1866) ; Schleg. Dierent. p. 165 (1872).

Balantia orientalis, Id. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 77 (1811); Goldf.
Zool. ii. p. 450 (1820); Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 548 (1880).

Sipalus orientalis, G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 582 (1818).

eo minor and fusca (Oken) Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 258

1821).

hee albus, Less. Man. Mamm. p, 221 (1827); id. N. Tabl. R. A.,
Mamma, p. 188 (1%42).

Phalangista cavifrons, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 17, pl. i. figs. 7-9, &
pl. ii. figs. 7-10 (skull) (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 276
(1829) ; Quoy §& Gaim. Voy. Astrolube, Zool. i. p. 104, pls. xvii. &
xviii. (animal and anatomy) (1880); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii.
p. 73 (1843), v. p. 269 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 525
(1844); G. Cuv. Anat. Comp. ii. pls. clxxvii- clxxix. (myology)
(1849); Gieb. Odontogr. p. 42, pl. xviii. tig. 1 (teeth) (1855).

Cuscus cavifrons, Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 67 (1838).

Phalangista (Cuscus) cavifrons, Waterh, Jard. Nat. Libr.. Mamm.
p. 263 (1841).

Cuscus orientalis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 84 (1848) ; td. P. Z. 8.
1858, pp. 104 & 109, pl. Ixi. (animal); zd. P.Z. S. 1861, p. 820;

* u, Size larger ; p.4 large, its longer, oblique diameter
about 5 millim.—New Guinea and Islands to
the westward .ccsiesneesasvacsaseseisessaseasvoocens s . Var. typicus.
b, Size less; p.4 small, its oblique diameter less than
4°5 millim.—New Britain and Solomon groups
of islands ........... Webi vcfeleiac eR Tintins eat VR stores Var, breviceps, p. 204.

202 PHALANGERID.Z,

Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 93 (1885); Thos. Encycl. Brit. (9)
xvill. p. 723, fig. 1 (skull) (18385); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p. 307, pl. xi. figs. 1, 2, & 4 (skull, different ages) (1887).

Phalangista (Cuscus) orientalis, Waterh, N. H. Mamm, i. p. 279
(1846) ; Peters & Doria, Ann, Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 681 (1881).

Phalangista (Cuscus) gymnotis, Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus, Genov.
vii. p. 548 (1375); wd. op. cit. xvi. p. 679, pl. viii. fig. 3, pl. ix.
fig. 3 (skull), & pl. xiv. (animal) (1881).

Cuscus vestitus, M-Eaw, C. BR, lxxxv. p. 1080 (1877).

Grey Cuscus.

Size rather less than in the last species; females smaller than
males. Fur soft and woolly, extremely variable in length.
General colour grey, but varying from nearly white to dark greyish
brown; pure white, albino, individuals proportionally numerous,
but nearly invariably males. Upper surface quite uniform in tint,
the head, outer sides of limbs, back, and base of tail all of the same
colour, which is, as a rule, markedly paler in males than in females.
Muzzle naked along the upper surface for about half the distance
towards the eyes. Ears (Pl. XXI. fig. 3) small, rounded, naked
inside and along their margins, furry, like the rest of the head,
over the greater portion of their backs. Chin, chest, and belly
ordinarily pale grey or white, the line of separation from the
darker colour of the flanks variable in distinctness; throat and
neck, however, in many individuals, generally males, strongly
suffused with yellow or rufous*. Tail hairy for about its basal
half above and quarter below, but the extent of the hairy portion
very variable.

Skull stout and strong, with marked ridges and crests, which are,
however, much more developed in males than in females. Nasals
short, not projecting forwards nearly to the level of the anterior
point of the premaxille, and only extending some two or three
millimetres in front of their junction with the ascending processes of
the premaxille ; the nasal notch therefore very shallow (see Pl. XX.
fig. 5). Interorbital region more or less concave, not or very
slightly inflated; its edges strongly ridged, the ridges forming, in
old males, marked supraorbital ledges. Temporal ridges uniting in
old age, and forming a prominent central crest, highest over the
middle of the brain-case, but usually low and undeveloped at the
point where the two ridges first meet, so that there is at this point
a marked concavity in the general upper outline of the skull.
Anterior palatine foramina reaching to between the canine and p.}

Teeth. Upper i.’ but little longer than the others; i.*, in section,
larger than i.'; i.° very slender, crushed in between i.? and the
canine, which it touches throughout its length (Pl. XX. fig. 5).
Canine long, strong and pointed, situated on the premaxillo-
maxillary suture. P.' single-rooted, about halfway between the
canine and p.*; p.° minute, absent on one or both sides in about one

* This colour is probably only assumed during the rutting-season.

11, PHALANGER. 203

specimen in ten; p.‘ large and powerful, with a notched cutting-
edge running obliquely across it. Molars small and narrow, the
combined length of the three anterior from 14 to 16 millim.
Lower intermediate teeth usually three in number (presumably i.”,
p-', and p.*), less than this in about one in eight or nine individuals,
and occasionally, though very rarely, more*, up to five.

Dimensions.

ne 5
d' (stuffed). d (in spirit).
Adult,

Adult.

millim, millim,
Head and body .......... 550 525
WAAL: sccratets sheusia’e HawnGia unica 425 400
Lower 168 56 s2: sears oe as 102
Hind 1006: ic:05 ex ears gaat e 64 62
DMAP cin eradcoee nig candied skerserarers 15 22

Skull, see p. 208.

Zab. Timor, Bouru, Sula, Guebeh, and the islands eastwards to
New Guinea.
Type not in existence.

a. Imm. sk., 2 (albinot). Bouru.. A. R. Wallace, Esq.
Fs): 4
b,¢e. Ad. ¢ & yg. sks. 10/8/70. Bouru. Dr. A. B. Meyer
[C.].
d, Ad.al., 2 & 2 yg. Wai, Amboina. H. O. Forbes, Esq.
PRONE"
at \ Siu i 3 (albinos). Wai, Amboina. a Ci. Forbes, Esq.
g. Yg.al., g. Amboina, Sir E. Belcher [P. &
a C.). :
‘'h, Ad. sk., 3 (albino). Amboina. Leyden Museum[E. ].
(Received as typical of PA. cavifrons, Temm.)
a, Yg. sk., 11/10/70. Amboina, Tee is B. Meyer
. foc.
j Ad. sk, g. Ceram, o a Wallace, Esq.
k. Yg. st. Mysol. Purchased.
bo, Ad. $2 & 2 yg. sks. Waigiu. A. oy Wallace, Esq.
[C.].
Ad. sk. Waigiu. Purchased.
P {Skul 3g
g. Yg. st. Waigiu. Purchased.
ri Vg. st. Aru Is, A a Wallace, Esq.
: C.].
s. Ad. sk, ¢. N.W. New A. R. Wallace, Esq.
Guinea. C.}.

* See Jentink, /. c.

+ This specimen presents the only recorded instance of albinism in the
female of this species, while in the male it is unusually frequent. Thus, of
rather more than 50 males in the Leyden Museum, ten are albinos, and in the
Museum series there are four albinistic males in addition to this female.

204 : PHALANGERIDA,

t, u. Yg. sks. Huon Gulf, New _— PP. Comrie, Esq. [C.].
Guinea. eee ‘. a

: Ad. sks. Port Moresby. . Broadbent, Esq,

ee \aakrile ( 2,8 2. (C.1.

a’, Ad. sk. Sogere, S.E.New H. 0. Forbes, Esq.
Guinea, 1750 ft. [P. & ot

b', Ad. al, 9 & Qyg. Lidth de Jeude Coll.

e. Yg. skull. Lidth de Jeude Coll,

da’, re st. d Aolind), Purchased.

b. Phalanger orientalis, var. breviceps.

Cuscus albus, Less. § Garn. Voy. Coquille, Zool. i. p. 158, pl. vi.
(animal) (1826) (nec Ph. alba, L£. Geoff).

Capea celebensis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, pl. Ixii. (animal) (nee descr.

e. p. 105).

Treen (Strigocuscus) celebensis, Gray, P. Z. S. 1861, p. 319, figs.
(skull).

Cuscus orientalis, Rams. P. Linn. Soc, N. 8. W. iii. p. 243 (1877);
Alst. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 126, and 1878, p. 274.

Size markedly smaller than in the typical variety (see skull
dimensions, p. 208), especially in the eastern (Solomon Island)
individuals. Colour as a rule similar, but slightly darker than in
that form, and the dorsal stripe not quite so constant in its presence.
In the islands of Rubiana and Guadalcanar there is also a dark
umber-brown race living side by side with the grey one, and not
differing from it structurally in the slightest degree; in this race
especially the dark dorsal stripe is quite invisible, being lost in the

~ general dark colour of the back.

Skull only differing from that of the typical variety by its smaller
size.

Teeth also similar, except that p.‘, both above and below, is very
considerably smaller and lighter, its diameter, measured obliquely
in the direction of the cutting-ridge, averaging about a millimetre
less than in the true Ph. orientalis, The small upper p.* and the
lower intermediate teeth are also more often reduced in number,
very few individuals possessing the complete set normally present in
Ph. orientalis.

Dimensions.

é. 2.
s* (stuffed). p (in spirit).
Adult. Adult.

millim, millim.
Head and body .......... 480 860
Wall newt eectaiets sisceees 330 240
Lower leg ..........-05- . oe 7
Hind foot ............0. (¢.) 50 52
Hale ca enae panewaee s wee 19 20

Skull, see p. 208.

* Selected as the type of the variety.

11. PHALANGER.

Hab, New Britain group, and Solomon Islands

San Christoval.
Type in collection.

. ot é.

San Christoval
(Voy. HLMLS, ‘ He-.

205

as far east as

a-h, Ad. & ye. at Q Duke of York Isl. and Rev. G. Brown
* 18 skulls. : neighbouring shores ([C.].
of New Britain and
New Ireland.
t-1. Imm. al., 9 & 3 yg. Duke of York {sl. Rev. i. Brown
C.
mn. {oe 2 & ye: sk. 4/86 Alu, Shortland Isl., ¢ M. Wood-
Skull of x. ‘Solomons, ford, Esq.[C.}.
0. cau (do). Alu, Shortland Isl. C..M. Wood-
. ford, Esq. od
p. Ad. al. 9, 7/3/87. Rubiana, Solomons. C. M. Woo
(Dark race.) ford, Ae
Ad. sks. 3 2, 4/87 Aola, Guadalcanar. od-
Skull of r. 2 . a Esq.[C.].
(7, dark race.)

John vee

vray, Esq. [P.
& C.).

raid’).
(Type of variety.)
t, u. Ad. sks., ¢ 9, 12/54. San Christoval FE. Rayner,
(Voy. H.M.S. 6 He- Esq. [P. &
rald’). Cc

v, w. Skeleton & skull, 9.
(Skull of v figured by (Voy. ELMS. ‘ He-
Gray, 1. ¢.) rald’).
z. Imm. skull (bones separated). San Christoval
- (Voy. HLMLS. ' He-
raid’),

San Christoval John Macgilli-

vray, Esq. [P.
roy te

John ‘Pracpitt
vray, Esq. [P.
&C.).

4. Phalanger ornatus.

Cuscus ornatus, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1860, pp. 1 & 374, pl. Ixxiv. (animal) ;

id. P. Z. S. 1861, p. 320, figs. (skull) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 128 (1862).

Cuscus orientalis (zee Pall.), Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 93

(1885) (in part); 2d. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 307, pl. xi. fig. 3
(skull) (1887).

Size smaller and form lighter than in Ph. orientalis; females
smaller than males. Fur short and close. General coiour grey,
spotted with white, the males rufous anteriorly. Muzzle naked
along the top nearly to the eyes. Ears short, naked internally.
Head and forequarters deep grey, uniform with the back in the
female, but in the males the forequarters are bright orange-rufous,
a eolour that sometimes spreads over the whole of the head: and
neck. Black dorsal streak distinct and well defined. Back and
sides more or less spotted with white, the spots very variable in
number and position, Chin almost naked, greyish; chest and belly
white in the female, becoming greyer round the pouch, bright orange
in the males; a mesial pure white stripe, however, often present.
Limbs outside like the back, their inner sides like the belly. Tail

206 PHALANGERIDA,

furry for about half its length, the difference in extent of the fur
above and below only about an inch; the colour of the fur grey,
more or less white-spotted, as on the back.

Skull in most respects similar to that of Ph. orientalis. Nasals
long, projecting forwards nearly as far as the level of the anterior
point of the premaxille, and extending about 4 or 5 millim. in
front of their junction with the ascending processes, and forming a
deep nasal notch (Pl. XX. fig. 6). Lacrymal bones with a strongly
marked ridge running along their upper edge. Interorbital region
ridged as in the last species, but the supraorbital ridges more
definitely continuous with the temporal ones, and not interrupted
just at their junction; the upper outline of the skull therefore
evenly convex.

Teeth. Upper i.* decidedly longer than i.?; i.3 in section about
one fifth the size of i.’, not crushed in between it and the canine,
but only touching the latter tooth just at its base (Pl. XX. fig. 6).
Canine short and small, its tip barely reaching as far down as a line
connecting those of i.'and p.* P.! about half the size of the canine,
and p.’, which is present in all the five individuals examined, about
one third its size. P.* Jarge, rounded in section, its oblique diameter
about 5 millim. Molars asin Ph. orientalis. Lower intermediate
teeth three in number.

Dimensions.

3. ‘So

a (skin). 6 (skin).

Adult. Adult.»

millim. millim.
Head and body ......... -. 550 410
Tall - jancuu ga eenaenrated 3875 330
Lower leg s.vevsaeveieen - 93 (c.) 80
Hind foot ...........00- 47 43
BaP pai ceenacs sears 12-5 10

Skull, see p. 208.

Hab. Gilolo group of islands: Morty, Ternate, Batchian, and
Gilolo.
Type in collection.

e | aoe 3. Morty Id. A. R. Wallace, Esq. [C.].

Ad. & yg. sks. Ternate. A. R. Wallace, Esq. [C.].
b-d. Beall ott. } 2. ia ae
e, J Ad. sk. g Batchian. A. R. Wallace, Esq. [C.].
* ) Skull. . , (Type of species.)

5. Phalanger celebensis.

Cuscus celebensis, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 105 (description, but not
the plate); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 123 (1862) ;
Jent. Notes Leyd. Mus. vii. p. 104 (1885); td. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
Mus, p. 311 (1887).

Phalangista celebensis, Jent. Notes Leyd, Mus. v. p. 181 (1888).

Creresran Grey Cuscus.

11. PHALANGER. 207

Size markedly smaller than in the other species. Fur thick and
soft. Colour all over a uniform grey, with a certain tinge of
coppery. No trace of a dark central line. Top of muzzle naked
nearly to the level of the anterior canthus. Ears (Pl. XXI. fig. 4)

larger than in any of the preceding species; laid forward (in spirit-
’ specimens) they reach just to the posterior canthus of the eye; their
backs uniformly covered with soft fawn-grey hairs, their margins
and internal surfaces naked. Chin, chest, and belly white or
yellowish white, the anal region and underside of base of tail
sometimes deep chestnut. Outsides of limbs like back, but rather
paler ; inner sides like belly. Tail furry for about one half above and
two fifths below, the difference in extent of the hair from about one
to two inches; distal part of tail with more fine hairs scattered over
its upper and lateral surfaces than usual, and with its lower surface
unusually contrasted in colour with the upper.

Skull light and delicate. Nasal notch very shallow, the nasals
projecting scarcely 2 millim. in front of their junction with the
premaxille; their posterior portions but little expanded. Inter-
orbital region concave, its edges sharply ridged. Anterior palatine
foramina extending to the level of the middle of the canines.

Teeth. Upper i.’ cylindrical, nearly half the size of i.” in section ;
a distinct diastema between it and the canine, so that the two teeth
do not touch at all. Canine about as long vertically as it and p.*
P. about halfway between the canine and p.’, and about half their
height ; p.? absent in all the specimens known; p.‘ very similar to
that of Ph. orientalis, var. breviceps, its oblique diameter about 4
millim. Molars small and rounded. Lower intermediate teeth two
in number in all the specimens known.

Dimensions,
d. is
a, (in spirit). e (skin).
Barely adult. Adult.
millim, millim.
Head and body ........+. 270 390
LOIS -Qicmace ts paw aonoereaces 240 es
Lower leg ........--506- 64 (c.) 75
Hind foot ..........4..- ' 48 48
Ay 6.508 gleuessecrtuuieee tare tuariaecs 20 15
Skull, see next page.
Hab. Celebes and Sanghir Islands.
Type in collection.
a. Ad.al,, 3. Menado, Celebes. Dr. A. B. Meyer [C.].
b Imm. sk. 3 Macassar. A. R. Wallace, Eq.
Skull. } , [C.}. (Tipe of species.)
‘ | Sin sk. 3 Sanghir Isl. Dr. A. B. Meyer (C.}.
* ) Skull. :
d. Yg. sk. Old Collection.

PHALANGERIDE.

208

86 GIL |@6 (26 |GPT | Ol | GFE | &eT or G-01 It “pT demoy Jo qisuey
Sel eI FL | FL {LSE | FL | 9-06 1B GGT ai 9-81 sires. SUE JO YySU9T
eP 8-F $ F ¢ |g 9-9 9 gc GG GF d fo qysu9] yeyWOzI0q—qwe],
LET oor | gz] “" | GAL | Gt} 69T 91 061 681 SLT sreseresevererceseeses XODUL [BLOG T
98 cp |Zer | Sr [Ger |o-9G 09 GGG 1¢ 9-29 SF seereereeeee® BINT [RIOWJ-1SCET
Z6L(9)| G8 [ors | “* | 8G jATE | 998 ae 8-96 LLB w&G vereeeese* BIX@ [RIUBIO-18eg
GF gg G9 |¢-9 9 9 GL BL 9 9 Gg srrevereemeene GQUTBdOy [RPETEL
e-El Gt |Ztt |LbT | AL |S6L | G2 9-08 GL 9-ST GI “ tepisur “, -
8-06 € «=|Pes (G-3e | GS |G-2B | 2-88 9-18 Lb GS ¥ "TH episjno YIpPeesq
ge ep |¢ose |96e |9-or | SP 9¢ SF Lb GLP SF treereesseree GaSuay ‘oqered:
6 IL /¢6 6 |88 [64 8 8-91 ¢-6 8 L ; * Yypeeaq ‘aors!1}su0p
GG Hg 89 |oL g |39 G8 9-8 L L L F qypeedq yseet
8-8 OL {GOL |Gik |@2l |G-3L | 9-8T LI 1 8-91 91 vreeeees Typearg qeayears =“
0& 0g 13 | OF |G66 | & Ge 83 G-08 GFE te |" "+ quel ‘syese yy
8g 6y |9gr | oF | OF | 29 G9 19 #g Gg 6p YApBarq 48978010)
e¢ (0) | Gh 49 | “* | 94 | 28 6 8 GLL 08 GFL peaks > yyduey peseg,
‘qmpe |. -ammpe | yiape |qqope ame | yape] “pe | “ayope | IMPE ‘ynpe “pro ve oBy
9 "9 “ub “"g “2 9 “Wh » ” 2 “p fora at -ueuttoedg
mo) “p nS me) $ “Pp “P we} § awe eee saeoncceececes xeg
‘ 4 ‘sdoomnasg xea| ‘snord/g'rea | ‘sngv . . sensourby; sgmandfig IBA) | oo .seeeesceaees
s2suagajao | "snz0ULO pecan Ask ‘sym quaet0 enn 4 SNUISIN || "SNUIUD |, oo. aren - hopedod yan } setedg
wabunjoy SMANSOYDAT,

‘rosuBTeyd puv

sninsoyoity, fo suoisusung png

“12, pHascozaKcrus, 209

Subfamily IIT. PHASCOLARCTIN &.

No tail. Muzzle short; tongue not extensile, Cheek-pouches
present. Czcum large, complicated. Stomach with a cardiac gland.

Bulle very high and prominent, narrow transversely.

Teeth large. NN 0 premolars additional to p.’ above, or any teeth
at all between i.’ and p.* below.

12. PHASCOLARCTUS.
Phascolarctus, Blainv. Bull. Soc. Philom. ae p- 116

2.

(misprinted 108)... casys sae sew caw cs dein ces vee oo Ph. cinereus,
Lipurus, Goldf. Isis, p. 271 (1819) ..... 1... ee eeee eee Ph. cinereus.
Morodactylus, Gioldf. Zool. ii. p. 445 (1820) .......... Ph. cinereus.

Size large; form very stout and clumsy. Fur thick and woolly.
Ears large, thickly furry outside and in; metatragus almost obsolete.
Flanks without a flying-membrane. Fore toes subequal, their
lengths in the following relative order—4, 3, 5, 2,1; the first and
second opposable to the other three; palms and soles granulated,
without striated pads. Claws thick, strong, and sharply pointed.
Tail rudimentary, only represented externally by a low rounded
projection. Mamme 2.

Skull oblong, parallel-sided, the zygomata running straight
backwards from their broadest point at the orbits, not curved
outwards. Nasals short and very broad, scarcely projecting in
front beyond the ascending processes of the premaxille.. Inter-
orbital region smooth and flat, its edges rounded, and forming
rudimentary blunt postorbital processes, supported in old age upon
large rounded inflations. Anterior palate deeply concave; the short
palatine foramina placed at the bottom of the concavity opposite the
canines. Posterior palate with a pair of large smoothly rounded
vacuities confined to the palatine bones. Bulle remarkably high
and prominent, not unlike those of a pig in general shape, their
height above the basi-occipital- slightly exceeding their antero-
posterior, and about twice their transverse diameter, their promi-
nence increasing markedly with age. Lower jaw generally with a
minute foramen from the masseteric fossa to the inferior dental
canal.

Ribs only 11 in number, the total number of thoracico-lumbar
vertebra being still, however, 19 as usual.

Dentition : 1. 122 9, 1 oP. Saco Me Tyga X 290.

Upper incisors eylindrical ; i i long, more parallel to its fellow,
and more rodent-like than in the previous genera; crown of i.” in
youth nearly equal to i.* in section, but in adult life the crown is

* Dr. Collett has recorded the presence of a fifth lower molar on both sides
of a specimen obtained in Queensland by Dr. Lumholtz (loc, infra cit.).
P

210 PHALANGERIDA,

worn off, and then i.? andi.’ are both about equal, and about one
third the size of i.) in cross section. Canine thick and strong, its
dentinal root becoming much elongated and swollen in old age.
P.* evenly oval, its antero-posterior diameter about equal to that of
m.”, with a central ridge and a distinct postero-internal basal ledge.
Molars very broad, about as broad as long, each with four sharp
pointed cusps with curved ridges radiating from them, their structure,
in fact, very like that found in Petawroides and Pseudochirus. Lower
incisors narrow, deep antero-posteriorly. Lower p.* sharp-edged,
its central ridge bifurcated posteriorly. Molars with sharp curved
crests, their convexity outwards.

Tooth-change nearly obsolete, the milk-p.*, both above and below,
reduced to a minute rudiment, apparently quite functionless.

Range. That of the only species.

1. Phascolarctus cinereus.

Koala, G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 184, iv. pl. i. fig. 5 (animal) (1817);
Desm. N. Dict. ? H. N. (2) xvii. p. 110 (1817).

Lipurus cinereus, Goldf. Isis, 1819, BY 274; Schinz, Cuv. Thierr: i.
p- 265 (1821); Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 547 (1830); Owen,
P. Z, 8. 1838, p. 154.

Morodactylus cinereus, G'oldf. Zool. ii. p. 445 (1820).

Phascolarctus fuscus, Desm. Mamma. i. p. 276 (1820) ; 2d. Dict. Ser.
Nat, xxxix. p. 448 (1826); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 284

1829); Martin, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 109 (anat.); Waterh. Cat.

amm., Mus. Z. 8. p. 68 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat, Libr., Mamm. xi.
p. 295, pl. xxxi. (animal) (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.
p. 192 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 94 (1848), v. p. 281
(1855) ; Owen, Odontogr. Atl. pl. c. fig. 6 (teeth) (1845

Phascolarctus koala, Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. p. 205 (1827); Gere.
HT. N. Mamm. ii. p. 278, pl. (animal) (1855).

Phascolarctus flindersi, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 221 (1827).

Phascolarctus cinereus, J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mami. p. 285 (1829) ;.
Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 87 (1848); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp.
iii. p. 95 (1848) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1. p. 687 (1844); Waterh,
N. H. Mamm. i. p. 259, pl. ix. tig. 2 (animal), and pl. xx. fig. 5
(skull) (1846) ; Hombr. § Jacg. Voy. Pile Sud, Zool. p. 35, Atl.
ted xvii, & xvii.a. (animal, skull, and skeleton) (1845-53) ; Gould,

‘amm. Austr. i, pls. xiii, & xiv. (animal) (1854); Gerv. H. N.
Mamm. ii. p. 273 (1855); Gieb. Sdug. p. 693 (1859); Benn.
P. Z. 8. 1862, p. 85; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 128
(1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 44 (1864) ; id. Mamm.,
Austr. pl. vi. (animal) (1871); Sehleg. Dierent. 167 (1872) ;
Young, J. Anat. Phys. xiii. p. 305 et segg. pl. xviii. (anat.)
(1879) ; Sclater, P. Z, S. 1880, p. 355; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 579
(1880) ; Forbes, P. Z. S. 1881, p. 181 et segg. figs. 1-6 (anat.) ;
Dobs. J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 151 (1882) ; Flow. Encycl. Brit. (9)
xv. p. 882, figs. 25 (skull) & 82 (bones of foot) (1883); Flow.
& Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll, Surg. ii. p. 699 (1884) ; Thos, P. Z. 8. 1887,
p. 888, fig. 1 (tooth-change) ; boul Zool, Jahrb, ii. p, 935 (1887);
Jent. Cat. Ost, Leyd. Mus. p, 307 (1887).

Koata.

12. PHasconARCrvs. 211

_ Fur thick, close and woolly. General colour dark grey. Rhina-
rium extending upwards along the top of the muzzle halfway to the
eye; this part apparently naked, but, especially in youth, thinly
clothed with minute hairs. Rest of head thickly hairy. Face
uniform in colour with the back, dark grey. Ears rounded, laid
forward (in a half-grown spirit-specimen) they reach just to the
posterior canthus of the eye; the thick hair on their backs black,
tipped with dirty white, and that on their edges and internal
surface white, with or without grey bases. Back and outsides of
limbs uniform dark grey, turning on the rump to dirty yellowish
white, the line of demarcation sometimes irregularly spotted.
Cheeks and sides of chin grey; centre of chin, whole of chest, and
inner sides of fore limbs pure white or yellowish white; centre line of
belly white, its sides greyish white; scrotum and region over pouch
whitish, outside of which the groin and the inner sides of the hind legs
are deep chestnut-rufous to the ankles. Anal region and the posterior
line of the hind legs white. Hands and feet white.

Skull and teeth as described above.

Dimensions.
4 (skin) h (stuffed)

Adult Adult

millim. millim
Head and body ........ 810 750
Lower leg ............ (c.) 158 (c.) 136
Hind foot ............ 96 98
Bae chad eiiouraauaeaicees 62 58

Skull, see next page.

Hab. Eastern Australia from Queensland to Victoria.
Type not in existence.

a. Ad. skeleton, ¢ Brisbane. Purchased.
(mounted).

6. Foetus inal, 9. Queensland. Purchased.
e. Yg.al, 9. Port Stephens, N.S. W. Dr. G. Bennett [P. & C.].
d. Yg. skeleton. New South Wales. Dr. G. Bennett [P. & C.].
e. Foetus in al., 9. New South Wales. J.Brenchley,Esq.[P. &C.].
Sf. Yg. sk. New South Wales. Zoological Society.

Ad. sk. Geelong, Victoria. E. Towle, Esq. [P. & O.].
% ) Skull. ( %°

Ad. st. Purchased.

Skull. { %:
a. Ad.sk., ¢. Purchased.
j. Yg. sk. Linnean Society.
k,l. Yg. sks. Purchased.
m. Ye. skeleton, Purchased.
n. Skull. Lidth de Jeude Coll.

P2

t

212 PHASCOLOMYID.A.

Skull Dimensions of Phascolarctus cinereus,

BOX: carcsdivsenssee 3 . e
Specimen......... a. .
Age sescnseriansas fl aged. adult.
Basal length —........ceseeseeeseesseeees 149 128
Greatest breadth .........cseseesesenevee 88 95
Nasals, length ..........s.secsseesseeeees 48 39
» greatest breadth ............-.. 43 38:5
» least breadth ..........00...06- 29 235
Constriction, breadth ..........c0.c006 25 256
Palate, length ...........sccssereeseeeee 80 67
» breadth outside m.? ......... 39 36
45 si inside m.? ............ 23°3 20°5
Palatal foramen ........-...:eeeeeeeeee 67 : 63
Basi-cranial axis .......c.ccsseeseseeeees 476 44
Basi-facial axis........ccccseseseeeecesees 102 84
Facial index! es. ccc eyecsestnexavecnes 214 191
Teeth—horizontal length of p.*...... T4 75
3 length of ms. ............. ies 24:5 21°7
» length of lower i ............ 13:2 14

Family III. PHASCOLOMYID.

Diprotodont Marsupials, adapted for a fossorial rhizophagous life.
Body stout and clumsy. Limbs subequal, very thick and strong.
Fore feet with five subequal toes, each with a stout digging-claw ;
hind feet with a short nailless hallux and four well-developed toes,
the second and third showing a slight tendency towards syndactyly ;
all four with long curved claws. Tail rudimentary. Stomach
simple, but with a cardiac gland. Czcum present, short, provided
with an appendix vermiformis. Pouch present.

aye 1.0.0 0 0.0.0.4 1.2.3.4 =
Dentition :—I, T0.0? C. ” P. Sate M. 3 X 2 94.

All the teeth rootless, with-persistent pulps. Incisors large and
strong, the enamel restricted to their front and lateral surfaces.
The single premolar small, single-lobed, close to the molars,
Molars bilobed, strongly curved, their convexity internal above,
external below.

Tooth-change aborted; milk-p.* absent, or at least not yet.
discovered; if ever present, shed or absorbed in infancy. Bulle
imperfect, open behind, their anterior wall formed by a downwardly
projecting process of the squamosal, instead of by the alisphenoid
as usual. :

Range. Australian Region, south of the Tropics.

1. PHAsCOLOMYs. 213

1. PHASCOLOMYS. Type
Phascolomys, EZ. Geoff. Ann. Mus. ii. p. 364 (1803) .... Ph. ursinus.

Characters, habits, and range as those of the family, of which
this is the only genus,

_ Synopsis of the Species.
I, Exrerwat CHaracters.

A. Rhinarium quite naked, black. Fur coarse and

harsh. :
a, Size large. Australian ..........00000 1. Ph. mitchelli, p. 213.
6. Size small. Tasmanian .............06. 2. Ph. wrsinus, p. 215..

B. Rhinarium hairy, white. Fur soft and silky.. 8. Ph. latifrons, p. 217.

II. Cranran CHaRacters.

A. Postorbital processes rudimentary or absent.
Greatest breadth of nasals considerably less
than their length. (Ribs 15.)
a. Size large, basal length more than 155 millim. 1. Ph. mitchelli, p, 218.
6. Size smaller, basal length less than 155 ,
MUM. snceradweveianvanes wv ereia det 2. Ph. ursinus, p. 215.
B, Postorbital processes strong and well deve-
loped. Greatest breadth of nasals equal to
or greater than their length. (Ribs 13.) .. 3. Ph. latifrons, p. 217.

1. Phascolomys mitchelli.

Phascolomys mitchelli, Owen, Mitchell’s Exped. Austr. ii. p. 362,
pl. xxx. figs. 4 to 7 (jaws and teeth) (1838); Gieb. Stéiug. p. 670
(1859) ; Owen, Phil. Trans. 1872, pp. 177 & 245 et seqq. pls. xvii.
to xix. & xxi. (parts of skull); Lydekhker, Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M.
v. p. 152 (1887). ;

Phascolomys platyrhinus, Owen, Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. i. p. 834 (1853) ;
Murie, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 858, fig. 3 (skull) ; id. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 798
et segg. pl. xxxv. (animal); McCoy, Tr. Roy. Soc. Victoria, viii.
p- 267, fig. c (masals) (1868); Krefft, Mamm. Austr, text to pl. v.
(1871); 1d. P. Z. 8.1872, p. 796 ; Owen, Phil. Trans, 1872, pp. 173
& 241 et segg. figs. 3,5, & 7, pls. xix. to xxiii. & xxxiii. (skull,
&e.) ; id. Tr. Z. 8, viii. p. 845 et seqg. pls. 1. to lvii. (skull) (1872) ;
id. tom. cit, p. 483 et segg. pls. lxix. to Ixxiv. (skeleton) (1874) ;
Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll, Surg. ii. p. 698 (1884); Lyd. Cat,
Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 155 (1887).

Phascolomys latifrons, Gould, Mamm, Austr. i, pls. lvii. & lviii.
(animal) (1859) (nee Owen).

Phascolomys niger, 7d. op’ cit. text to pl. Ix. (1863). '

214 PHASCOLOMYID.A,

Phascolomys angasi and setosus, Gray, Ann, Mag. N. H. (3) xi.
pp. 458 & 459 (1863). neers

Phascolomys setosus, McCoy, Tr. Roy. Soc. Victoria, viii. p. 270,
fig. D (nasals) (1868).

Phascolomys assimilis, Kreft, P. Z, S. 1872, p. 796.

Common AvsTRALIAN WomBatT.

Size largest of the genus. Rhinarium large, quite naked, more
or less pentagonal in shape, its edges sharply defined from the hairy
parts of the muzzle. Fur fairly long, but coarse, harsh, and hispid ;
underfur almost or entirely absent. Colour all over either yellow,
grizzled yellow and black, or black, the colour in each case quite
uniformly distributed all over the head, body, and limbs; no special
markings anywhere. Ears short, rounded, well-haired.

Skull large and powerful. Muzzle broad, its sides laterally
expanded; infraorbital foramen narrow, slit-like. Nasals large,
expanded behind, their greatest breadth about three fourths of
their length, their posterior margins bowed backwards in the
centre; naso-premaxillary three or four times as long as naso-
maxillary suture. Interorbital region smooth, evenly convex, its
edges sharp, well-defined, and continued backwards as distinct
temporal ridges to the occiput ; postorbital processes rudimentary,
the distance between their tips not exceeding the interorbital
breadth by more than from 4 to 6 millim, Anterior palatine
foramina long, fairly well defined behind, the palate not markedly
concave round them, except slightly anteriorly. | Posterior palatine
vacuities triangular, about equal in size to one of the molars,

Ribs, both in this species and the next, 15 in number; these
being, with the exception of the 11 found in the Koala, the only
instances in which the usual Marsupial number of 13is departed from.

Teeth. Upper incisors comparatively narrow, deep antero-pos-
terlorly, their anterior surfaces nearly or quite smooth, with scarcely
any trace of grooves. Lower incisors rounded in section, about as
broad as deep. Molars as usual.

Dimensions.
é.
g (stuffed),
millim,
Head and body ............ 1100
Hind foot ......... Corer eae 100
Hat sae vs cde oepeconaieee en adhe 45

Skull, see p. 219.

Hab. New South Wales, Victoria, and South Australia.

Type (fossil) in the Museum of the Geological Society of London.

After a careful comparison of the recent with the fossil specimens
in the Museum collection, I have no hesitation in following
Dr. Murie and Mr. Lydekker in looking upon “ Ph. platyrhinus”
as identical with Ph. mitchelli, and consequently in adopting the
latter and earlier name for the present species,

.

1. PHAScOLOMYS, 215

There appears to be no reason to distinguish specifically or even

varietally the black, yellow, and grizzled forms of this species, the
latter being quite intermediate between the other two, and all of
them being apparently due only to individual, and not to geographic¢al

variation.

a. Ad, skull. New South Wales. Allan Cunningham, Esq.
P.].

, Ad. sk. Gippsland. Purchased.

& sku. { 3°

(Grizzled variety.)

c. Yg.al., 3. Gippsland. Purchased.

d, e. Skulls. Mt. Gambier, S. A. r G. Waterhouse, Esq.
P.].

J. Skull. Lake Alexander, mouth of F. G. Waterhouse, Esq.

Murray R., 8. A. 4 ER)
g. Ad. st. 3d. Purchased.

Jj.

(Yellow variety. Type of Ph. setosus, Gray. Figured by Gould as
Ph, latifrons.) :

h Ad. sk, Zool. Soc.
Skeleton, mounted.
(Black variety. Probably type of Ph. niger, Gould.)
Ad. sk. Purchased.
Skull. { %
(Yellow variety.)
Skeleton. Zool. Soc.
Skeleton. Purchased. |

kh.

2. Phascolomys ursinus.

Wombat, Collins, New South Wales, ii. p. 158, plate (animal) (1802) ;
Home, Phil, Trans. 1808, p. 304, pl. ix. (anat.).

Didelphis ursina, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. 2, p. 504 (1800).

Wombatus fossor, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (1) xxiv. p. 20 (1803) ;
Sevast. Mém. Ac. Pétersb. i. p. 445 (1807); Tiedem. Zool. p. 483
(1808); G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. ‘ie 15 (1814).

Phascolomys fusca (Geoff.), Ill. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 78 (1811);
Desm. N. Dict. @H, N. (2) xxv. p. 500 (1817) ; Owen, Cyclop.
Anat. Phys. iii. p. 267, figs. 93, 94, & 105 (skull & skeleton) (1840).

Amblotis fossor, Ill, Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 77 (1811).

Opossum hirsutum, Perry, Arcana, letterpress & plate (animal)
1811).

mite vombatus, Leach, Zool. Mise. ii. 102, pl. xevi.
(animal) (1815); Owen, Odontogr. pl. c. fig. 9 (teeth) (1846) ;
Gray, P. Z. 8. 1847, p. 41; Owen, Tr. Z. S. in. p. 303, pl. xxxvii.
figs. 1-8 (skull) (1849); id. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. 1. p. 380
(1853); id. Phil. Trans. 1872, pp. 178 & 241 et segg. figs. 1 & 2,
pls. xix., xxi. to xxiii, & xxxix. (skull, teeth, &.); 7d. Tr. Z. 8.
viil. p. 345 et segq. pls. 1. to lvii. (skull) (1872); id. Tr. Z. S. viii.
p. 488 et segg. (1874)

Phascolomys wombat, Pér. § Les. Voy. Terr. Austr. ii. bs 13, Atl.
pl. xxvili. (animal) (1816); Desm. Mamm. i. p. 276 (1820);
ad. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxix. p. 450 (1826); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K,
vy. p. 206 (1827); Less. Dict. Class. dH. N. xiii. p. 852 (1828) ;
Fisch, Syn. Mamm. p. 285 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm., (Compl.
Buff.) iv. p. 500, pl. xxxvii. (1830); Owen, P. Z. S. 1836, p. 49

216

PHASCOLOMYIDE,

Gost) Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 2 (1887); Waterh, Cat.

‘amm. Mus. Z. S. p. 68 (1888); Gunn, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1)
i. p. 103 (1888); Gulliver, P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 51; Waterh. Jard,
Nat, Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 302, pl. xxxii. (animal) (1841); Owen,
Tr. ZS. ti. p. 408, pl. Ixviii. (skeleton) & pl. lxxi. fig. 6 (skull)
(1841) ; Less, N. Tabi. R. A., Mamm. p. 192 (1842) ; Schinz, Syn.
Mamma. i. p. 568 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 246, pl. iii.
fig.1 (skull) and pl. xii. fig. 7 (sole) (1846); Gerv. Dict. Univ. d' H. N.
ix. p. 723 (1849); Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 85 (1852);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pls. lv. & lvi. (animal) (1855); Gerv.
H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 267, fig. (animal & teeth) (1855); Ged,
Odontogr. p. 48, pl. xix. figs. 4, 6, & 7 (teeth) (1855) ; Schleg.
Dierk. p. 144 (1857); Angas, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 269; Krefft, Cat.
Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 54 (1864); Murie, P. Z, 8. 1865, p. 853,
fig. 2 (skull); zd. P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 798 et segg.; McCoy, Tr. Roy.
Soc. Victoria, viii. p. 267, fig. B (uasals) (1868); Krefft, Notes
Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Mamm. Austr. pl. v. (animal) (1871) ;
Schleg. Dierent. p. 172, fig. (animal) (1873) 3 Gulliver, P. Z. 8.
1875, p. 491, pl. lv. fig. 50 (blood-corpuscle); Schmidt, P. Z. 8.
1880, p. 8305; Higg. & Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 196;
Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coil. Surg. ii. p. 696 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss,
Mamm. B. M. v. p. 147, tig. 26 (d tition) (1887); Jent. Cat.
Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 307 (1887).

Phascolomys ursinus, G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 185 (1817); F. Cuv. H.W.
Mamm. (fol.) livr. x. (animal) (18i9); Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i.
p. 266 (1821); F. Cuv. Dents Mamm. p. 139, pl. xliv. (teeth)
(1825) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 547 (1880); Gray, Grey’s Austr.,
App. ii. p. 404 (1841); id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 95 (1848);
Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p 131 (1862); Gray, Ann,
Mag. N. H. (8) xi. p. 458 (1863).

Phascolomys bassii, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 229 (1827).

Phascolomys fossor, Wayn. Schr. Siiug. Supp. iii. p. 182 (1843), v.
p. 833 (1855) ; Geb. Sdug. p. 669 (1859); id. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn.
vi. Abth. v. pl. xxi. figs. 1-3 (skull) (1874); Brehm, Thierl. ii.
p. 601, fig. (animal and skeleton) (1880).

TasMANIAN Wompat,

Similar in every respect to Ph. mitchelli, except that its size is
about one fourth smaller. Colour uniform dark grizzled greyish
brown, as in the grizzled or intermediate variety of that species.

Skull with a basal length of from 130 to 150 millim., as compared
to about from 160 to 185 millim. in Ph. mitchelli. :

Dimensions.

dé. 2.
a (stuffed). 8 (stuffed).

millim, millim,
Head and body .......... 900 950
Hind foot .............. 80 74
HAR eam Gina Seeetee< wes aca 40 50

Skull, see p. 219.

Hab, Tasmania and islands in Bags’s Straits.
Type not in existence,

1, PHAscoLoMyYs. 217

This species, the oldest known of the group, presents a remark-
able exception to the usual rule of size in Tasmanian animals, these
being generally larger instead of smaller than their continental
allies. The species seems to be well distinguished from Ph. mitchella
by this one character of size, but otherwise there appears to be no
difference of importance between the two.

a. Ad. st, dg. Circular Head, Tas- Gould Collection.

mania (J. G.). .
b. Ad. st., 2. Tasmania. Gen. Hardwicke [P.].
e. Ye. at. d- Zoological Society.
d, Yg. st. Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P. & C.].
e. Skull. Tasmania, Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P. & C.].
Sf. Yg. sk. Tasmania. (Specimen figured by Leach in 1815.
g. Skull. Tasmania (Voy.‘Fly’). J.B. Jukes, Esq. [P.].
A, Slcull. W. Yarrell, Esq. [P.],
a. Skeleton. (Antarctic Expedition.) Lords of the Admiralty [P.].
j. Skeleton Zoological Society.

(mounted).

3. Phascolomys latifrons.

Phascolomys latifrons, Owen, P. Z. 8. 1845, p. 82; Waterh. N. H.
Mamma. i. p. 252 (1846); Owen, Tr. Z. S. iii. p. 803, pl. xxxvii.
fies. 4 & 5 (skull) (1849); td. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg.i. p. 334 (1853) ;
Wagn. Schr. Séuy. Supp. v. p. 383 (1855); Greb. Sdug. p. 670
ery ; Angas, P. ZS. 1861, p. 268; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.

. M. p. 181 (1862); Murie, P. Z. 8. 1867, p. 778 et segg.;
McCoy, Tr. Roy. Soc. Victoria, viii. p. 267, fig. a (nasals) (1868) ;
Kreft, Mamm. Austr, text to pl. v. (1871); 2d., P. Z. 8, 1872,
p. 795; Schleg. Dierent. p. 172 (1872); Macalister, P.Z. S. 1872,
p. 497, figs. 1-3 (skull and hyoid); Owen, Phil. Trans. 1872,

. 178, 241 et segg. figs. 4, 6, 8, pls. xix.—xxiii., xxxii., xxxviii.
skull, teeth, &c.); id. Tr. ZS. viii. p. 345 et segq. pls. 1—lvii.
(skull) (1872); 2d. tom. cit. p. 483 et segg. pls, lxix.-lxxiv.
(skeleton) (1874); Brehm, Thieri. ii. p. 601, fig. (animal) (1880) ;
Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 699 (1884); Lyd. Cat.
Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 151 (1887); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p. 807 (1887).

Phascolomys lasiorhinus, Gould, Mamm. Austr, i. pls. lix., lx.
(animal) (1863) ; Krefft, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 796.

Lasiorhinus m‘coyi, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. (8) xi. p. 458 (1863).

Phascolomys (Lasiorhinus) latifrons, Murie, P. ZS. 1865, p. 854,
pl. xlvii. (animal), fig. 1 (skull).

Phascolomys niger, Krefft, Mamm. Austr. text to pl. v. (1871) (nee
Gould).

ae lasiorhinus, var. niger, Krefft, P. Z. 8. 1872, p. 796.

Harry-nosep Wombat.

Size intermediate between that of the other two species. Rhina-
rium wholly hairy, the hairs on this part short, close, and velvety.
Fur of body straight, soft, and silky. General colour mottled
grey, less uniform than in the other species. Face grey, tip of
muzzle sharply defined, white; 4 spot above and below eye also
white. Ears comparatively long, narrow, pointed; their backs

218 PHASCOLOMYID2,

thinly clothed with black hairs, their inner sides naked ; tufts round
their bases behind white. Back mottled grey, darkest above the
forequarters; the hairs brown at base, then, white, with brown
tips; a few longer hairs black throughout. Chin black; sides
of cheeks, throat, and chest glistening white; rest of underside
dirty grey. Limbs dark outside, whitish in.

Skull broad and flattened. Muzzle short, its sides compressed ;
infraorbital foramen triangular ‘or oval. Nasals short, broad,
extremely expanded behind, their greatest breadth posteriorly equal
to or greater than their length, their posterior margin directly
transverse, except that the frontals generally project forwards in
the centre ; naso-premaxillary only about equal to, or even less
than, naso-maxillary suture. Frontal and interorbital region
broad, markedly flattened, or even concave in the centre. Post-
orbital processes prominent, strong, and triangular, the distance
between their tips exceeding the interorbital breadth by from 10 to
20 millim. Temporal ridges but little developed, even in old age.
Anterior palatine foramina short, vaguely and irregularly defined
posteriorly; the palate round them raised so as to form a deep.
concavity in which they are situated; the raised edges of the
concavity continued backwards as sharp ridges. Posterior palatal
vacuities much as in the other species. Anterior wall of bull
smaller and lower than in Ph. mitchell.

Ribs 13 in number, as in other Marsupials.

Teeth. Upper incisors broad, thin antero-posteriorly ; their
anterior surface with numerous shallow vertical grooves. Lower
incisors oblong in section, their breadth decidedly Jess than their
depth. Molars as usual.

Dimensions.
b (stSifed).
millim.
Head and body ............ 870
Hind foot..............0005 91
Ha as iat ee dpe cana te ae 66

Skull, see next page.

Hab. South Australia.
Type in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.

Ad. st. Zoological Society.
Skeleton. (Type of Lasiorhinus m‘coyr, Gray, and of
Phascolomys lasiorhinus, Goul »
z, ) Ad. sk. 3 Zoological Society.
Skeleton, mounted. :
c-~f. Skulls. Port Lincoln, South F. G, Waterhouse,
Australia. Esq. [P.].
g, he Skulls. Port Augusta, S. A. F. G. Waterhouse,
Esq. [P.].
4,7. Skulls, R. Murray, S. A. F. a Waterhouse,

Esq. [P.].

4

PERAMELIDA. 219

k. Skull. R. Light, 8. A. F. G. Waterhouse,
Esq. [P.].
2, Skull (bisected). South Australia. F. G. Waterhouse,
Esq. [P.].
m, Skeleton. Zoological Society.

Skull Measurements of Phascolomys.

|
. Ph, Ph. Ph,
Species .....eccereerseseenes { mitohelli. ! sorsihewie|| Laesirons:
Specimen............ h. e g: a.
ABO sssssevainensiaaes aged. | aged. |; adult. aged.
Basal length «0.0... eeeeeeseeeeeee anes 185 | 161 143 167
Greatest breadth 145 | 135 125 144
Nasals, length .............. | 81 70 62 65
» greatest breadth..... -| 55 49 46 67
» least breadth ........... .| 18 15 17 29
Interorbital breadth .................- 63 55 50 69
Breadth between tips of postorbital :
PROCOBSEB: cccinicncacierdecciwokeduantags 67 60 52°5 90
Intertemporal constriction..... wae 475] 49 40 . 46
Palate, length ..............0 w...{ 125 | 106 93°5 110
Diastema, length ........... w| 485} 40 815 46°5
Palatal foramen .........:. sees eee eee 14 11 10 10
Basi-cranial axis .......6....0..ccceeeeee 57 50 48 58
Basi-facial axis.............. . «| 180 | 118 96°5 110
Bactal indexicsiccesesecsis stings, csieneveed 228 | 226 201 190
Teeth, length of whole tooth-series.|_ 57 51 47 50

Suborder II. POLYPROTODONTIA.

Incisors numerous, four or five above and three or four below,
subequal; small, much exceeded by the long ‘pointed canines.
Molars generally sharply cuspidate.

Carnivorous and insectivorous ; rarely omnivorous.

Australian and American *.

Family [V. PERAMELID/.

Polyprotodont Marsupials, adapted for a fossorial insectivorous
or omnivorous life. Hind limbs decidedly longer than fore. Fore
feet with two or, generally, three of the middle toes long, functional,
and clawed, the other toes rudimentary or absent. Hind feet
syndactylous, with four or five toes, very unequal in size; hallux

* Huropean as late as the Lower Miocene period.

220 PERAMELID A.

Tudimentary or absent, second and third toes slender, united;
fourth the largest, long, and with a large claw; fifth small, but
always present and clawed. Ungual phalanges cleft, as in Manis.
Clavicles absent. Tail long, hairy, not prehensile*. Stomach
simple. Ccum present. Pouch present, opening backwards.

oe 1.2.8.4.50r0 1 1.0.3.4 jl 1.2.3.4
Denton lg et ON gpd aa o ae
=46 or 48.

Teeth rooted, sharp, cutting, insectivoroust. Upper incisors

flattened, subequal. Lower incisors proclivous, the roots of i. and

. i8 not covered by bone. Canines slender and pointed. Premolars

narrow, simply pointed. Molars quadrate or triangular, multi-

cuspid. Tooth-change always present, the milk-p.* functional
and long-persistent.

Perameles obesula.—Jaws and hind foot, showing combination of polyprotodont
deutition with syndactyly.

Range. Papuan and Australian subregions.

This family is a very distinct and sharply-defined one, its only
ally being the Dasywridce, from which it differs in many important
respects. Owing to the syndactyly of the hind feet of its members,
it has been commonly considered as forming a connecting link
between the Polyprotodonts and Diprotodonts ; but, judging from the
wholly Polyprotodont character of the rest of their organization,
even down to the structure of their carpal and tarsal bones, all of
which show far greater resemblances to the Dasyuride than to the
Phalangeride, it seems probable that this presumption is wrong,
and that their syndactyly has arisen entirely independently of that
of the Diprotodonts, a view under which we should look upon the

* Said to be slightly prehensile in Perameles broadbenti only.
t+ The molars rounded and semi-rooted in Peragale lagotis only.

1. PRRAGALE. 921

. Peramelide as an offshoot of the Dasywride, with no special genetic
relationship to the Diprotodonts whatever.

Difficult of acceptance as this view may appear, it is probably
the only one which will explain the extraordinary combination of
characters presented by the Peramelide, since it seems equally
improbable either that the earliest Marsupials could have been
syndactylous, or that the Peramelide could have been originally
Diprotodont, and have independently assumed a Polyprotodont
‘dentition, in default of one or other of which alternatives the view,
above put forward must be adopted.

Synopsis of the Genera.
I. Exrerwat CHaracters.

A. Fore limbs with the second, third, and fourth
digits large and functional, and the first and
fifth present, although small and clawless.

a. Hallux absent. Ears enorjously long. Tail

crested ....... eee eee peteeeeeseeeveees L, PERAGALE, p. 221,
6. Hallux present, though clawless. Ears ;
medium or short. Tail not crested ...... 2, PERAMELES, p. 227.

B, Fore limbs with the second and third digits
only functional, the fourth rudimentary,
and the first and fifth entirely absent.

ce. Hallux absent. Ears long. Tail slightly
Crested. scicces cioans dears ander mes 3. CH@ROPUS, p. 250.

II. Cranrat Caaracrers.

A. Skull long and narrow, its length more than
double its breadth. Lower rim of orbit
not flattened horizontally.
a. Bulle very large, double, their posterior
(mastoid) portion swollen. Muzzle abruptly
contracted opposite p.2 P.* smaller than
or barely steel £0 Po sides cusaiee ramen eva 1, PeRagate, p. 221,
6. Bulle variable in size, single, their posterior
(mastoid) portion unswollen. Muzzle
evenly tapering. P.* larger than p.2 .... 2. PERAMELES, p. 227.
B. Skull short and broad, its length less than ND =
‘double its breadth. Lower rim of orbit
broadly expanded horizontally.
c. Bullw small, single, P.* larger than p.?
Muzzle contracted opposite p.2 .......... 3, CHa&RoPUus, p. 250

1, PERAGALE,*

e.
Macrotis, Reid, P. Z. S. 1886, p. 181 (mee Dejean, Cat. gui
Coleopt. 1883) ......6... Ee regina i Su aale daa mete P. lagotis.
Peragalea, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) .. P. lagotis.

* Blyth (Cuv, An. K. p. 104, 1840) states that Prof. Owen had separated
off “The Philander, Perameles lagotis,” as a genus under the name of Thyla-

929 PERAMELID A.

General form light and delicate. Muzzle long and narrow.
Rhinarium narrow, apparently less deeply grooved below than in
Perameles, Ears enormously long, reaching, when laid forward,
nearly to or even beyond the end of the muzzle; funnel-shaped,
their base tubular. Metatragus duplicated, the upper portion long
and broad, and even the lower one projecting at its centre. Pouch
well developed, opening backwards*, but less distinctly so than in
Perameles. Mamma 8. Fore feet with the three centre toes long
and with powerful curved claws; first and fifth toes short,
rudimentary, clawless. Hind limbs much longer than fore.
Hallux entirely absent externally, although its metatarsal bone is
present in the skeleton; other digits as usual. Sole hairy, except
just at the base of the toes, where there are one or two small
circular pads. Tail long, conspicuously crested along the upper
side of its terminal half.

Skull large, broad and strong posteriorly, but with a long and
narrow muzzle, the narrow part commencing abruptly opposite
p” Nasals narrow, parallel-sided. Interorbital region not
ridged, except on the lacrymal bone. Palate with very large
conjoined vacuities. Bulle very large and swollen, their anterior,
alisphenoid, portion pear-shaped ; their posterior, mastoid, portion
also inflated.

se 1.2.8.4. A 1 p 1.0.8.4 1.2.3.4 9_
Dentition :—I. 53, C. 3, Pk AE M. 55 x 248.

Upper incisors broad and flattened, i.’ like the rest, and stand-
ing close to them. Premolars subequal, but on the whole rather
decreasing in size backwards. Molars quadrangular or rounded
in section, their structure differing very markedly in the two
species. Lower incisors as in Perameles. P.' and p.’ subequal,
the latter slightly the largest; p.* decidedly smaller than p.*
Milk-p.* present, functional, and long-persistent; as large as, or
larger than, any of the upper incisors.

Habits. Terrestrial ; fossorial ; omnivorous.

Range, Australia. |

Synopsis of the Species.
I, Exrernat CHARACTERS.

a. Size large. Tail black for its middle third .... 1. P. lagotis, p. 228.
b. Size small. Tail wholly white .............. 2. P. leucura, p. 225.

comys. I am, however, quite unable to find any distinction of the genus in
Prof. Owen’s papers, and therefore retain the well-known name given to the
genus by Gray. Blyth’s statement was, perhaps, based on a confused account
of Gray's Thylamys elegans (= Didelphys elegans), » member of the group of
Opossums to which the latter author applied the name of “ Philander.”

* At least in P. lagotis.

1. PERAGALE. 223

II, Crantan CHaracrers. 1

a. Molars long-crowned, their cusps blunt,

rounded, and nearly obsolete. ength of

molars 1-3 12 millim. or more ............ 1. P. lagotis, p. 228.
6. Molars short-crowned, with numerous sharp-

ay cusps. Length of molars 1-3 about

O mM se ees et ets alee dade gy ib oe ses 2. P. leucura, p. 225.

1. Peragale lagotis.

Perameles (Macrotis) lagotis, Reid, P. ZS. 1836, p. 129; Waterh.
N. Hf, Mamm. i. p. 360, pl. xiii. fig. 1 (animal), pl. xx. fig. 1 (skull)
(1846); Geb. Sdug. p. 720 (1859); Schmidt, Zool. Gart. viii.
pp. 1, 41, & 181, & plate (animal) (1867).

Perameles lagotis, Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 65 (1888) ;
Gulliver, P. Z. 8. 1841, p. 50; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm.
xi. p. 153, pl. xii. (animal) (1841); Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. pp. 820 &
3880, pl. Ixx1. fig. 1 (skull) (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.
p. 191 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 61 (1848), v.

p. 210 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. p. 517 (1844); Owen, -
Odontogr. Atl. pl. xcviii. fig..5 (teeth) (1845); id. Todd’s Cyclop.

Anat, iii. p. 260, fig. 96 (skull) (1845); Desm, Dict. Univ. dH. N.
ix. p. 579 (1849); Giieb. Odontogr. p. 40, pl. xviii. figs, 6 & 8
(teeth) (1855); Schley. Dierk. p. 188 (1857); Owen, Anat, Vert.
il. p. 846, fig. 222 (skull) (1866); Schkleg. Dierent. p. 163 (1872).

tre (Peragalea) lagotis, Gray, Grey’s Austr. App. il. p. 401
(1841).

Peragale lagotis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1848); Goud,
Mamm. Austr. i. pl. vii. (animal) (1845); Gerv. H. NV. Mamm. ii.
p- 279 (1855) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 183 (1862);
Krefft, Cat. Mamm., Austr. Mus, p. 33 (1864); td. Mamm. Austr.
text to pl. xi. p. 5 (1871); Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii.
p. 736 (1884); Lyd. Cat, Foss. Mamm. B. M. p. 257 (1887).

Macrotis lagotis, Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 805 (1887).

Rassit-Banpicoor. -

Size large; form light and delicate. Fur very long, soft and
silky, nearly wholly composed of underfur, a few longer hairs only
mixed with it. General colour fawn-grey. Head very long,
muzzle narrow; naked rhinarium extending back for about three
quarters of an inch along the top of the muzzle, pointed behind.
Face pale brown, the underfur white, and the longer hairs brown-
tipped, the hairs considerably shorter and stiffer than on the body.
Cheeks and bases of ears white or pale fawn. Ears very long,
nearly naked, their edges finely fringed and the anterior part of
their backs thinly clothed with pale brown hairs. Metatragus,
so far as can be judged from dried specimens, apparently similar
to that of P. leucura. Back hairs long, the underfur slaty
grey with rather paler tips, the longer hairs fawn or brown-tipped.
Sides of rump with an indistinct darker band running vertically
downwards from the back, bordered before and behind by white or
palé fawn-coloured bands running upwards. Chin, chest, and

294 ‘PERAMELID&.

belly pure white. Outer sides of fore and backs of hind limbs dark
grey, grizzled with white. Rest of limbs white. Hands white, the
fingers sometimes partially brown. Palms naked, wrinkled, the
pads very indistinct. Hind feet white above. Soles thickly hairy,
except just at the heel and at the bases of and underneath the
fingers, black or dark brown for their posterior half, white distally,
but the latter colour replaced by black in very old specimens.
Tail about the length of the body without the head, thickly hairy
throughout, its basal third furred and coloured like the body, its
middle third black or dark brown, the hairs hispid and rather
longer above than below, its terminal third sharply contrasted pure
white, the hairs on the upper surface much elongated, and forming
a prominent white crest.

Skull (Pl. XXII. fig. 1) large and powerful. Premaxillaries
each with a small spicule of bone directed forwards below and
parallel to the tip of the nasals; the tip of the muzzle being
therefore, when viewed from the side, trifid. Nasals long and
narrow, their greatest breadth going about 6 to 63 times in their
length. ‘Interorbital region flat, markedly constricted, its edges
rounded. Lacrymals forming sharp overhanging ridges externally,
separating sharply their orbital from their facial surfaces. Zygo-
mata stout and wide-spreading, markedly more so in the male than in
the female. Anterior palatine foramina extending to about halfway
between i.° and the canine. Palate with a single large vacuity
extending from about p.? to m.°, not divided by a bony septum
down the centre; extreme back. of palate with smaller irregular
vacuities. Walls of foramen rotundum tubular, prolonged forwards,
the opening just below instead of behind that of the combined
foramen lacerum anterius and foramen opticum. Bulle large, much
prolonged outwards, backwards, and downwards.

Teeth large and strong. Upper incisors broad, flattened, i. about
half the size of the succeeding teeth, i.”, i.°, and i.4, which are sub-
equal; i.’ slightly pointed, separated from i.* by a narrow diastema.
Canine long and strong, and becoming exceedingly large in old
specimens ; its distance from i.’ about 4, and from p.’ about 3 or 4
millim. P.’ and p.’ narrow, unicuspid, the former very slightly
larger than the latter, but the difference scarcely appreciable;
p.’ broader: transversely than the others, but distinctly shorter
both horizontally and vertically. Molars rounded in section, fitting
closely together, without V-shaped spaces between them; their
crowns very long, and their roots only closing up quite late in life,
so that they present a decided approach to continuously growing
teeth; their cusps, when unworn, blunt and rounded. Lower
canine not or scarcely longer than the premolars. P.° slightly
longer horizontally than p.’, and decidedly longer than p.‘ ; the
latter tooth inconspicuously broadened behind basally. Molars as
in the upper jaw. Milk-p.* above and below oval, equal in size,
nearly twice as long as broad, their shape and size in section very
similar to those of the lower i#

a

1. PERAGALE, 225
Dimensions.

3, @..
f (stuffed), * (in spirit).

Adult. Adult.
willim millim.
Head and body........ (c). 440 400
PAL anstsvaiecnaeces.tact et (c.) 220 ba
Hind foot ............ 98 103
Muzzle to eye ........ 61 fe
Fate oie aie age waa 90 115
Skull, see p. 227.
Hab. South and West Australia,
Type in collection.
a. Ad., skull. Gawler Plains, 8. A. Purchased.
6. Imm. sk. ¢. South Australia. Purchased.
ce. Yg. skull, Port Leschenault, W. A.. Li; : Bates, Esq.
P.].
d 1 Ad. sk. Q Swan R., W. A. Zool, Soc. (A. Gordon,
"Skull. ( *: Esq. [P.}).
(Type of species.)
e Ad. skull, g. Swan R., W. A. Purchased.
fAd.st., 3, 6/39. Northam, W. A. (J. Gil Gould Coll.
bert).
g. Yg. st., 5/48, Northam, W. A. (J. Gil Gould Coll.
bert).
h. Ad, skeleton (9). i Dr. G. Bennett [P.].
?. Ad. skull, Sir R. Owen [P.].

2. Peragale leucura. (Pzatz IT.)
Peragale leucura, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xix. p. 897 (1887).

The following description is drawn up from the only specimen as
yet known, a very young male, with its milk-teeth still in place,
and may therefore have to be modified when fully adult individuals
are obtained.

Size small, form slender. Fur long, soft and silky. General
colour uniform pale yellowish fawn. Head long, muzzle narrow ;
naked rhinarium confined to the extreme tip of the snout, and not
extending backwards along the top of the muzzle (unless the latter
part wears bare as life advances), Ears when laid forward reaching
beyond the tip of the muzzle, evenly thinly clothed with fine silvery
hairs, which form a delicate fringe round their edges; their
substance yellowish flesh-colour, except for their posterior half

distally, where it is slaty grey. Metatragus large, oblong, its edges
slightly concave, its tip broadly rounded, hairy; the long secon-
dary lower fold also with a small triangular projection at its centre,
Top of head and back fawn, suffused with slaty grey, the hairs slate-

* Preserved in the Berlin Museum.

226 PERAMELID =.

coloured at their bases and tipped with brown. Chin, chest, sides,
and belly pure white. Limbs wholly white throughout. Palms
(Pl. XXI. fig. 9) hairy on their centres and fringed round their
edges, naked only along the undersides of the toes and on the pads,
of which there is one single well-defined circular one at the bases
of each of the second, third, fourth, and fifth fingers, and another
below the middle phalanx of the second, third and fourth. Soles
(Pl. XXI. fig. 10) similarly hairy and fringed, only naked on the
compound terminal projection, on which there are two small round
pads, and on the underside of the fourth and fifth toes. Tail
about as long as the body without the head, wholly white, slender,
tapering, short-haired except along its terminal third above, where
a prominent white crest is formed, of which some of the hairs attain
to about one inch in length. ;

Skull small and delicate, its general characters apparently very
similar to those of P. lagotis, except that the bulle are more evenly
hemispherical in their shape, and are not so prominently bulbous
postero-externally. :

Teeth much smaller than those of P. lagotis, but of quite similar
shapes and relative proportions. Molars small, quadrangular, with
low crowns and early-formed roots, their summits with numerous
sharp-pointed cusps as in Perameles, their general structure there-
fore much more distinctly insectivorous than in P. lagotis. Milk-
premolars, both above and below, much shorter than in P. lagotis,
their shape in section circular or triangular, and their size barely
half that of one of the lower third incisors.

Dimensions.
a (in spirit),
Very young.
millim.
Head and body ............ 142
IDeA escens.tnsnasens e cuaatousssacieuaavanionns 116
Hind foot ........e eee ee 55
Har’ sxc cha ta Paeuweeon 63

Skull, see next page.

Hab. Unknown (probably Central or Northern Central Australia).

Type in collection.

This species, of which unfortunately the type is as yet the only
specimen known, presents an interesting approximation, in the
structure of its molars, to the genus Perameles, all its other cha-
racters, However, being quite those of Peragale. It is much to be
hoped that more, and especially adult, specimens of this handsome
animal may soon be obtained, and that its true locality may thus be
exactly determined.

Yg. ft Mr. J. Beazley.
i 1sear 3: (Type of species)

2. PERAMELES. 227

Skull Dimensions of Peragale.

Spocies........ccccscsscevaeves P. lagotis. P. leucura.
BOX, aivcewcicsace te é.. Q. oie
Specimen neal’ Ci@s d. a
ABO ....cseeee «| aged. aged. |very young.
Basal length .............404 ..| (¢.) 94 92 45
Greatest breadth .... 50 42 225
Nasals, length ....... 47 46 18
» greatest breadth 8 7 45
Intertemporal breadth . 118} il 10
Palate, length ............. 615} 61 277
» breadth outside m. 28°5 26
5 » inside m.?. sig 17 15:3 ie
Palatal foramen ............. oa 97) 10 52
Basi-cranial axis .......... ..|(e.) 265] 24 13
Basi-facial axis...........00.05 oa 676) 683 32
Facial index oo.......ccccsesesseseeecccceesenees 255 284 246
Teéth—distance from front of canine to
g DRCK OF Me? scvececzseecceetandewociacs 44 425
»» horizontal length of p.* . 42 42 3
” ” mae ree 36 39 ae
” ” ” mis. 13:7 13 10

2, PERAMELES.

6.
Perameles, Geoff. Bull. Soc. Philom. iii. no. 80, p. 249
(misprinted 149) (1803)... ..... cece eee ee eee P. nasuta.
Thylacis, Ii. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811)...... P. obesula.
Isoodon, Is. Geoff. Desm. N. Dict, d’H. N. (2) xvi.
AOD CIB LP) sacs cate oa henau es hamree where tetiare P. obesula,
Echymipera, Less, N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 192
(TSO. a, git srahcace ats aunigees ois divs aie Midna teenage tse P. doreyana.
Brachymelis, Mckl.-Macl. P. Iinn. Soc. N. S. W. ix.
pi 715 (1884): scameeaeswe reac nee se aems tyeselees P. cockerelli.

General build low, stout and clumsy. Muzzle long, pig-like, a
rudimentary nasal ossicle sometimes present. Naked rhinarium
passing down to the lip and backwards for some distance along the
top of the muzzle, but not sharply defined behind, sharply grooved
along its centre below. Ears very variable in size, but never so
long as to reach, when laid forward, beyond just in front of the eye ;
a small open pouch situated at the base of their inner margin, and
the lower fourth of their outer margin duplicated, so as to form a
second pouch-like hollow between the two portions. Metatragus
either large, oblong, and partially twisted, or small and triangular,
a second deep transverse fold also present below it, so as to form a
deep hollow between the two (see Pl. XXI. fig. 5). Pouch well
developed, opening downwards and backwards. Mamme 6 or 8,
placed in two parallel rows. Fore feet with the three centre toes
long, subequal, and provided with strong curved fossorial claws;
first and fifth digits short and clawless, but always present. Hind
feet with five digits, the hallux short and clawless, the united second

a2

228 PERAMELIDA,

and third with flattened twisted nails, the fourth long, powerful,
and with a strong pointed claw, and the fifth similar but smaller.
Soles naked or partially hairy; pads either reduced to two small
ones at the bases of the larger digits or entirely absent. Tail
present, tapering, uniformly short-haired or nearly naked.

Skull much elongated, with a long and generally slender muzzle.
Nasals long and narrow, not markedly expanded behind. Inter-
orbital region rounded, not ridged above, except sometimes anteriorly
in the lacrymal region. Palate always with one, and often with
two pairs of vacuities. Bulle variable, either large and boldly
inflated, or small and partially imperfect, their posterior, mastoid,
portion never swollen.

Dentition :—I, 1:2-3-3-309 GF Pp. Eto M, PoE x 2
=46 or 48.

Teeth. Upper incisors flattened, vertical, subequal, the first four
close together, the fifth either absent or standing some way behind
the rest. Premolars either evenly increasing in size backwards, or
p.’ and p. * subequal, but p.* always larger and heavier -than the
other two; p.! with diastemata both in front of and behind it. ©
Molars multicuspidate, either triangular or quadrangular, the
anterior ones with four minute cusps along their outer edges.
M.‘ small, placed transversely, generally with a distinct posterior
talon. Lower teeth more or less similar in character to upper;
i? with a distinct posterior secondary cusp; roots of i.’ and is
entirely uncovered by bone antero-inferiorly. P.’ placed some way
from canine, and nearer to p.? M.* with a distinct posterior talon,
which in some species is large and bicuspid, in others small and simple.

Milk-premolars always present, functional and persistent until
the animal is about half-grown.

Habits. Terrestrial, fossorial, omnivorous.

Range. Papuan and Australian subregions.

This genus contains the great mass of the members of the family,
animals to which the name of Bandicoot is commonly applied.
The species are common and widely distributed, and are well known
to the colonists on account of the damage done by them in gardens
and cultivated fields. Their food consists of roots, bulbs, berries,
fallen fruit, and other vegetable substances, in addition to insects
and earthworms, on which latter they probably chiefly live, judging
by the large amount of comminuted earth that is generally to be
found in their stomachs. _

The Australian species of Perameles fall into two very distinct
groups, of which P. obesula and P. gunni are respectively typical,
and these would probably deserve to be generically separated from
one another were it not that in New Guinea many of the intermediate
links between the two have been preserved. This division into
groups was fully recognized by Mr. Gould, who states (Mamm.
Austr. i. text to pl. xi.) that the members of the first one “inhabit
low swampy grounds covered with dense vegetation,” and those of
the second live on “ the stony ridges of the hotter and more exposed
parts.”

2, PERAMELES. 229

Synopsis of the Species.
I, Exrernan CnaRacters.

A. Centre of sole, in adults, naked nearly or
uite to the heel. Earshort, when laid
orwards not, or barely, reaching to
the eye; its tip rounded, not pointed.
a. Sole wrinkled, with distinct pads at
the bases of the digits. Metatragus
oblong, longer than broad, its end
twisted. Fur spiny, but the spines
not exceeding about 4 millim. in
breadth. Mamme 8.
a, Rump grizzled yellow, uniform with
anterior back.
a*. South and West Australian .... 1. P. obesula, p. 231.
&. North Australian......... Pee te 2. P. macrura, p. 234,
6’, Rump erizzled orange, darker than
the t dllow-amecle anterior back.
Papuan. g siosces a vee aan es va. 8 P. moresbyensis, p. 235.
b. Sole finely granulated, without or with
very indistinct and rudimentary pads.
Metatragus small, triangular, or rudi-
mentary. Papuan only.
cl, Tail short, not, or scarcely, longer
than the head. Fur excessively
spiny, the spines from 4 to } mil-
lim. in breadth.
ce. Size large. Muzzle long, the
distance from nose to eye more
than 45 millm. Mamme8 .. 4. P. doreyana, p. 286.
d?, Size smaller. Muzzle short, the
distance from nose to eye less
than 45 millim. Mamme6 .. 5, P. cockerelli, p. 238.
d@. Tail long, twice the length of the
head. Fur scarcely spiny at all.
e*, Size large. Distance from nose
to eye more than 45 millim.;
hind foot more than 65 millim.
_ long. Mamme 8.
a>, Hind foot less i 85 millim.
long. Tail simple.......... 6. P. raffrayana, p. 239,
b8, Hind foot more hsm 85 millim. afrayana, B
long. Tail transversely ribbed
below; prehensile.......... 7. P. broadbenti, p. 240.
f?. Size small. Distance from nose
to eye less than 45 millim. Hind
foot less than 65 millim. long.
Mamme 6........ ie S85 wi 8. P. longicaudata, p. 241.
B. Posterior half of sole hairy *. ar long,
when laid forward reaching beyond
eye; its tip pointed. Mamme 8.
¢. Busi unstriped.. Tail dark above for
its whole length. Hind foot more
than 665 millim. long .............. 9. P. nasuta, p. 242.

* The heel is occasionally worn bare in old specimens.

230 PERAMELID.

d, Sides of rump more or less distinctly
striped.

e', Tail only dark above for its basal .

inch. Hind foot more than 65
mnillim. long? i606 gi ag ce mae
f?- Tail dark above for its whole length.
Hind foot less than 60 millim. long.

10. P. gunm, p. 245.
11. P, bougainville?, p. 246.

II. .Cranran CHARACTERS.

A. Bulle large, pear-shaped. Incisors 3.
a. Molars small and narrow; molars '-*
11 millim. or less; m.* without or
with a very small posterior heel.
Coronoid process slanting markedly
backwards: ..cscn ocr aeees ee cue oui
6. Molars large and broad; molars }? more
than 11 millim.; m.* with a large
and distinct posterior heel. Coronoid
process upright. :
a, Molars very large and square, filling
up the V-shaped spaces between
them i .cuigewvss sees evasaww nse
6. Molars more triangular in section,
with V-shaped spaces between them.
B. Bulle small, hemispherical, often more

or less imperfect.

e. Incisors - Bulle minute, generally

imperfect. Coronoid process broad,
its edge convex in front. Lacrymal
bone rounded externally.
ce’. Tip of premaxille to orbit more
than 38 millim. I.* about equal
toi? and i.2 Molars light, trian-
gular in section ................
@., Tip of premaxille to orbit less than
36 millim. I.* decidedly narrower
than i? or i2 Molars broad and
POUMMEM, cco nsecgre ca anigsare grees

da, Incisors >

e', Lacrymal bone rounded externally.
Coronoid process broad, its edge
convex in front.

a’, Basal length more than 65, palatal
length more than 45, molars 1-*
more than 11 millim.

a®, Molars 1° from 12 to 18 mil-
lim. Palatal length less than

60 millim. ................

6°, Molars 1° 14 millim. or more.
Palatal length more than 60
MMMM oa esate pe eteecenee’s

b?, Basal length less than 65, palatal
length less than 45, and
molars '** less than 11 millim.

1. P. obesula, p. 231

2. P. macrura, p, 234,
3. P. moresbyensis, p. 235.

4. P. doreyana, p. 236.

5. P. cockerelli, p. 238.

6. P. raffrayana, p.-289.
7. P. broadbenti, p. 240.

8. P. longicaudata, p. 241.

2. PERAMELES. 231

f'. Lacrymal bone forming a sharp
overhanging ledge postero-extern-
ally. Coronoid process narrow and
weak, its anterior edge concave.
c?, Molars +-* more than 11 millim.
ce°, Palate (in adults) perfect be-
tween anterior premolars.... 9. P. nasuta, p. 242.
@, Palate with a pair of additional
vacuities between the anterior
WEMOlAS 2... cee eee eee 10. PB. gunni, p. 246.
@, Molars '~* less than 11 millim.
e*. Palate with vacuities between
the anterior premolars ...... ll. P. bougainviller, p. 246.

1. Perameles obesula.

Didelphis obesula, Shaw, Nat. Mise. viii. pl. 298 (animal) (circa
1793); id. Gen, Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 490 (1800); Turd. Linn. Syst.
Nat. i. p. 68 (1806).

Perameles obesula, Geoff. Ann. Mus. iv. p. 64, pl. xlv. (animal and
skull) (1804); G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 18 (1814); Desm. Mamm.
i, p. 265 (1820); Schinz, Cuv. Theerr, i. p. 256 (1821); Gray,
Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 195 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 217
(1827); 7d. Dict. Class. d’H. N. xiii. p. 200 (1828); J. B. Fisch.
Syn. Mamm. p. 274 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.)
iv. p. 487 (ss) Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 65 iedip 5
id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 159, pl. xiv. (animal) (1841);
Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841); Owen, Tr. Z. 8, ii.
p. 820 (1841); Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. vii. pt. i. p. 290 (1841); Less,
N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842) ; Gray, List. Mamm. B. M,
p. 96 (18483) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 59 (1848), v. ie 211
(1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 516 (1844); Waterh, N. H.
Mamm. i. p. 368, pl. xx. fig. 2 (skull) (1846); Gunn, P. Roy. Soc.
Tasm. ii. p. 83 (1852); Gieb. Odontogr. p. 40, pl. xviii. fig. 7
(teeth) (1855); Gould, Mamm. Austrsi. pl. xii. (animal) (1856) ;
Schley. Dierk. p. 188 (1857) ; Gieb. Séug. p. 721 (1859); Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 182 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm.
Austr. Mus. p. 34 (1864) ; td. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 1 (1868) ; zd.
Mamm. Austr. text to.pl. xi. p. 6 (1871); Schleg. Dierent. p. 164
(1872); Gieb. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ord. vi. Abth. v. pl. xix. fig. 7 &
pl. xlvii. fig. 80 (skull & teeth) (1874-76) ; "Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost.
Coll. Surg. ii. p. 736 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. p. 256
(1887); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 806 (1887).

Thylacis obesula, Il. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811).

Isoodon obesula, Desm. N. Dict. dH. N. (2) xvi. p. 409 (1817);
F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxviii. p. 416 (1825) ; Desm. Dict. Univ.
@H, N. ix. p. 579 (1849).

Perameles fusciventer, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 407 (1841);
id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1848); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 182 (1862).

Perameles affinis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1843).

SHort-noseD Banpicoot.

Form rather thick and stout. Fur short, coarse and spiny, the
spines flattened, and averaging where shortest rather less than

232 PERAMELIDA.

one third of a millimetre in breadth. Underfur rather sparse,
slate-coloured, with yellowish tips. General colour all over coarsely
grizzled yellow and black, the longer, coarser hairs either with a
yellowish tip and a subterminal black band, or wholly black. Face
quite uniform with body. ars (Pl. XXI. fig. 5) short, broad,
when laid forward only reaching to within about 5 millim. of the
posterior canthus of the eye; their backs brown, narrowly margined
with white. Metatragus long, its length about twice its breadth,
its tip twisted upwards and backwards, closely covered’ with fine
soft hairs; the transverse ridge below it deeper than usual, and
slightly thickened in the centre. Chin, chest, and belly white or
yellowish white, generally sharply separated from the darker colour
of the back and sides. Outer sides of limbs brown, inner sides white,
hands and feet brown or mixed brown and white. Soles naked,
except, in immature specimens, under the calcaneum, their surface
coarsely wrinkled or reticulated; a single large smooth pad at the
base of each of the fourth and fifth toes, and a smaller and more
indistinct one at the base of the conjoined second and third. Tail
of medium length, evenly tapering, brown above and white below.
Mammo 8.

Skull short and strongly built; muzzle short, broad, evenly tapering.
Nasals parallel-sided, their greatest breadth about one fifth or one
sixth of their length. Interorbital region evenly convex, supra-
orbital edges rounded; lacrymal bones small, but with a distinct
sharp-edged ridge separating each of them into an orbital and a
facial portion. Zygomata not much more markedly expanded in
the male than in the female. Palate comparatively imperfect ; anterior
palatine foramina reaching to just behind i.’; a second pair of
small vacuities present between the two front premolars; posterior
vacuities large, opposite ms.!®&2; extreme back of palate with other
smaller vacuities. ramen rotundum * directed forwards, partially
tubular externally. Bulle very large and inflated, completely ossified,
pear-shaped, the larger end lying postero-externally. Lower jaw
thin and slender, its posterior portion comparatively weak, and the
coronoid process slanting considerably backwards, its anterior edge
forming a very obtuse angle (110° to 120°) with a line drawn along
the tops of the teeth.

Teeth small and weak. Upper i.’ placed about 1 millim. from i.’,
its tip cylindrical, sharply pointed, quite different from the broad,
flat-edged anterior incisors. P.' about equidistant from the canine
and p.* and about equal in size to the latter; p.* larger than either
and considerably thickened internally, its outline in section oval, or
rounded triangular. Molars small, narrow, rounded, their cusps
low and soon worn off; the combined length of the first three from
9 to 10°5 millim.; m.* without, or with a very small and in-

* This is the second of the large foramina in the base of the brain-case, the
first or most anterior being homologous with the foramen lacerum anterius

+ the optic foramen of the normal placental mammals. (See Flower, ‘ Osteol,
Mamm,’ ed. 3, p, 240.)

2, PERAMELES, 233
conspicuous, posterior talon. Lower incisors small; premolars

evenly increasing in size backwards; diastemata in front of and
behind canine about 2 millim. each.

Dimensions.

2.
i Se pi, e (skin).

Adult.

meek millim.
Head and body .......... 275 » 880
Pei esis ow eases eee are case sees 133 ¢¢.) 100
Hind foot .............. 59 53
Muzzle to CYC. ese sees eee 41 41
MAT ip ice kcngriemeyeanamrave nd 21 (ce) 15

Skull, see p. 249.

Hab. Eastern, South-eastern, South and Western Australia, and
Tasmania.
Type not in existence.

‘

a, Imm. al., 2. Richmond R., Mr, A. P, Goodwin [C.].

N.S. W.
b, Ad. ak, g. New South Wales. ce T, L. Mitchell [P. &
e. Yq. st. Syaney,N. 8. W. Gould Coll.
d, Ad. st. 3. Port Arthur, Tas- Gould Coll.
mania e a: . é
. sk, Bushy P uld Coll,
Silt” | $74/12/88. Nevols, Tas
mania UJ. G.).
f. Yg. sk. Kangaroo Point, Gould Coll.

near Hobart Town.
(Type of P. affinis, Gray.)

g. Ad. sk., 2. Tasmania. Purchased.
nz, )Xe it Tasmania. W. F. Petterd, Esq. [C.
: | Skull. 4 & E,].
a Ad.al, ¢. 8S. Australia. Purchased.
j Ad. sk, 3. Adelaide, 8. A. C. rp. Sea, Esq.
Ad. d & imm. sks, |S. Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. & C.].
th ! Slaulls.
m. Yg. st. S. Australia, Sir G. Grey [P. & C.}.
Ad, sk. K. George’s Gould Coll.
ee Skull. Sound, W. A. (Type of P. 7h eas Gr.)
o. Yg. st. K, George’s Gould
Sound, W. A.
p. Ad. skeleton. oar Leschenault, W. E. Bates, Esq. [P.].
q, 7. Ad. st., dQ. Perth, AW. A.(J Gould Coll.
Galber t).
s, t, u. Skulls, Perth, W.A.(/ Gould Coll.
Gilbert).
», w, x. Skulls. Gould Coll.

y. Ad, skeleton (mounted). Purchased.

234 PERAMELIDZ.

2. Perameles macrura.

Perameles macrura, Gould, P. Z.S. 1842, p. 41; Gray, List Mamm.
B. M. p. 96 (1843); Schinz, Syn..Mamm. i. p. 519 (1844);
Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 366 (1846); Wagn. Schr. Séiug. Supp.
v. p. 211 (1855); Gieb. Stiug. p. 721 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 182 (1862); Gould, Mamm. Austr., Introd. i.
p. xxiv (1863) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus, p. 306 (1887); Coll.
Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 871 (1887).

Perameles macrura, var. torosus, Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ii.
p. 12 (1878).

Perameles auratus, Rams. P. Linn. Soc, N. 8. W. (2) ii. p. 551 (1887).

Norra-Avstratian Banpicoor.

Almost indistinguishable externally from P. obesula. The tail,
however, is rather longer, the feet, as a rule, are larger and heavier,
and the general colour is darker, especially on the head.

Skull large and stout, generally more heavily built than that of
P. obesula, especially in the male. Nasals, structure of interorbital
region, lacrymals, anterior palatine foramina, foramina rotunda, and
bulla as in P. obesula. Zygomata much more expanded in the
male than in the female. Palate more completely ossified than in
P. obesula, the vacuities opposite p.! absent, those opposite m.° and m.”
smaller, and the extreme back of the palate without or with scarcely
any minute vacuities. Lower jaw much heavier and thicker- than
in P. obesula, and the ascending process not nearly so much slanting
backwards, the line of the teeth meeting its anterior edge at an
angle but little more than a right angle (94°-100°).

Teeth large and strong. Upper i.’ scarcely separated from i.*,
nearly as broad and flat as the other incisors, although pointed at
ita tip. P. about 2 millim. from the canine, and 1 millim. from
p-’; p.” rounded in section, but little longer (horizontally) than
broad. Molars large, square and heavy, the combined lengths of
the three first from 11:5 to 12°5 millim., their inner halves nearly
as long, antero-posteriorly, as their outer, so that the usual V-
shaped spaces between them are closed up; m.‘ with a large and
conspicuous posterior talon. Lower i.? about 1 or 2 millim. from
the canine, behind which there is a diastema of 2 or 3 millim.;
p.' about 1 millim. from p.? Molars large and strong, as in the
upper jaw.

Dimensions.

6 (skin). e (stuffed),

Adult. Adult,

millim. millim,
Head and body.......... 410 335
Wall. ach aain eee reat ee (¢.) 180
Hind foot ...... peaked 70 56
Muzzle to eye .......... 46 36
Har” sdisenk esieduees Papainters 22* 21

Skull, see p. 249.

* 20 millim. in a very large head preserved in spirit in the Genoa Museum.
In this specimen the ear, when laid forward, only reaches to within about 10
or 12 millim. of the eye.

2. PERAMELES, 235

Hab. Northern Australia, from west to east.
Type in collection.

ie ee 9, 12/40. Cape York. Voy. ‘ Rattlesnake.’
b Ad. sk. 3 Port Essington, Gould Coll.
* ) Skull. : Northern Territo (Type of species.)
o, J Ad. st. Port Essington, N. T. Gould Coll.
* 9 Skull, t .
Ad. sk, Port Essington, N. T. Lord Derby [P.].
4.) Shull. 3) U/44. “Cy J. Maccillioray.) 7 (FJ
e. Yg. sk, Victoria R., N. T. Dr. J. R. Elsey [P.].
(North Australian Ex-
pedition).
Sf. Yg.al, 3. (North Australian Ex- Dr. J. R, Hlsey [P.].
pedition.) 3
(?) g. Imm. al., 9. Mr. J. Beazley [C.].

3. Perameles moresbyensis.

Perameles moresbyensis, Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ii. p. 14
(1878), iii. p. 244 (1878), i iv. p. 88 (1879).

General external characters as in P. obesula and P. macrura,
except that the fur is coarser and more spiny, the colour of the.
crown of the head is darker, and the posterior back, instead of
being uniform with the forequarters, is a dark grizzled orange,
the part of the hairs that is elsewhere yellow becoming gradually
a deep orange posteriorly, and the terminal halves of many of the
hairs of the rump being wholly orange.

Skull (Pl. XXITL. fig. 2) in all its essential characters identical
with that of P. macrura, except that the nasals appear to be
broader behind and more tapering forwards, their greatest breadth
going about 43 or 5 times in their length.

Teeth (seo fig. cit.) intermediate in size between those of P. obesula
and P. macrura, but nearer to those of the latter. Upper iv
as in P. macrura, but standing further from i* Cheek-teeth
also as in that species, but the inner halves of the molars are
shorter antero-posteriorly, so that there are narrow V-shaped spaces
between them; m.’ with a posterior talon. Lower teeth as in
P, macrura.

Dimensions.

a. (skin). b in)

Adult. Adult

millim. millim.

Head and body .......... 400 260
Palb so esau tia omen e 126
Hind foot..........00-0.- 64 55
BSE oie aw wae awe ae es (c.) 18 (c.) 17

Skull, see p. 249.
Hab. South-eastern New Guinea.
Type in the Sydney Museum.

236 PERAMELID&,

I have had considerable hesitation in retaining this species as
distinct from P, macrura; but the differences between the two,
although slight, seem to be constant, and their respective localities
being definitely separated by sea, intermediate specimens are not
very likely to occur. It is, however, worthy of note that specimen
c of the present species, externally quite identical with a and 5 and
collected with it, has its teeth small and rounded, very much as in
P. obesula, thus showing how large a range of variation must be
allowed between the different species of Perameles. :

Ad. sks. oya, S.E. New Guinea. ; se
aa \Stuh \ 3Q. Aleya, Guinea. Dr. James [C.]
d. Yg. sk. Port Moresby, N. G. Dr, Turner [C.].
Ad. y 8.E. New Guinea (0. C. Leicester Museum
& 9Skull. f *: Stone). ee:
f. Ad. al. 9 & yg., Kalo, 8.E. New Guinea, . O. Forbes, Esq.
10/11/85, 17650 ft. [C.].

4. Perameles doreyana.

Perameles doreyana, Quoy § Gaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p. 100,
pl. xvi. (animal, skull, &c.) (1880); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl.
Buff.) v. B 873 (1836); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr.. Mamm. xi.
p. 161 (1841); Wagn. Schr. Séiug. Supp. iii. p. 60 (1848), v.
p. 214 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 516 (1844); Waterh.
N. H. Mamm. i. p. 886 (1846) ; Gray, Zool. Voy. Samarang, Vert.
p. 82 (1850); Gray, P.Z. 8. 1858, p. 1138; Gieb. Stéug. p. 723
(1859) ; Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk, iii. p. 853 (1866); 7d.
Dierent. p. 164 (1872); Peters & Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi.
p- 670 (1881); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus, p. 306 (1887).

Perameles rufescens, Peters § Doria, Ann, Mus, Genov, vii. p. 541
(1875), xvi. p. 671 (1881).

Perameles aruensis, Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. vii. p. 542
Csi (1875) ; xvi. p. 671, pl. viii. fig. 1, & pl. ix. fig. 1 fetcull)
(1881)*.

Size large, muzzle long, limbs short. Fur exceedingly coarse
and spiny, the flattened bristles channelled on each side, from one
half to seven eighths of a millimetre in breadth, and even the
slenderer underfur coarse and hispid.’ General colour of body dark
coppery brown, coarsely grizzled with orange, the flattened bristles
uniformly brown, the thinner hairs grey, with their tips yellow
anteriorly and orange posteriorly, the latter often exceedingly

* The following synonymy refers either to P. doreyana or P. cockerelli, but,
in addition to the fact that the name “ Kalubu” was not at first applied bi-
nomially, it is impossible to determine to which of the two it should be
assigned, the type having been lost and the description being equally
applicable to young specimens of either. !

Kalubu, Less. Voy. Coquille, i. pt. i. p. 123 (1826). ,

Perameles (?) Kalubu, Less, Dict. Class, DH. NV. xiii. p. 200 (1828); Fisch.

Syn. Mamm. p. 274 (1829).
Echymipera kalubu, Less. N, Tabi. R. .A., Mamma. p. 192 (1842); Desm, Dict.

Univ, @H. N. ix. p. 579 (1849),

2. PERAMELES. 237

bright and glistening, but sometimes almost obsolete. Top of head
dark brown, owing to the greater proportion of bristly hairs
present there. Muzzle long and narrow, the distance from the tip
of the nose to the anterior canthus of the eye considerably exceed-
ing that from the latter to the ear. ars small, laid forward they
do not reach halfway to the eye, their inner margin evenly convex,
their outer nearly straight for its upper two thirds, then markedly.
convex; metatragus about 3 millim, in length, triangular, pointed,
its tip thinly haired. Chin, chest, and belly variable, either white,
mixed brown and white, or brown and yellow. Arms, legs, and
feet brown, hands white. Hind feet (Pl. XXI. fig. 6) very variable
in size, but generally in the male 60 millim. or more, and in the
female from 50 to 60 millim. long; soles wholly naked, their
surface without separated pads, uniformly coarsely granulated.
Mamme 8. ;

Skull. (Pl. XXII. fig. 3) large, long and narrow, but strongly
built. Muzzle very long, the distance from the tip of the pre-
maxillz to the front of the orbit from 38 to 45 millim. Nasals
long, their greatest breadth going 5% or 6 times in their length.
Interorbital space smooth, rounded, parallel-sided, its edges evenly
rounded. Lacrymal bone smoothly rounded externally, not ridged.
Zygomatic arches but little expanded. Palate comparatively
perfect, the only vacuities, besides the anterior palatine foramina,
being a single pair opposite the first two or three molars, Walls of
foramen rotundum prolonged into a distinct bony tube, opening
forwards. Bulle exceedingly small, generally imperfect, the tym-
panic ring not ossified to the bulle, and therefore usually lost in
cleaned and dried skulls. Lower jaw long and slender, but the
ascending process convex forwards as usual.

Teeth small and delicate. Upper incisors only 4 in number; i.’
always absent; the others broad and flat; i.’ not markedly shorter
than i. and i2 Canine very short and small, never longer than
and rarely as long as p.’; its distance behind i.* from 63 to 73
millim., and in front of p.! about 3 millim. Premolars light and
slender, evenly increasing in size backwards; diastema between p.’
and p.? about 2 millim.; p.* with an internal basal thickening.
Molars light, triangular, their internal portion very much shorter
antero-posteriorly than their external, so that broad V-shaped gaps
are left between them. Lower teeth as usual; canine about the
length of p.? ;

Dimensions.

( 3. i). a St)
én spirl . @ (in spirit).
Adul ‘Adult,

t.
millim. millim
Head and body ........ (c.) 450 380
Tail geet dened ease 120 83
Hind foot ............ 75 56
Muzzle to eye ........ 58 48
Hap scadcvvrwietwias 23 24

Skull, see p. 249.

238 PERAMELID AS,

Hab. New Guinea and neighbouring islands, including the Kei
and Aru groups.

Type in the Paris Museum.
a, Ad. al, 9. Sorong, N.W. New Guinea Genoa Museum
(D’ Albertis). [E.].
b. Ad. sk., 9, 20/4/75. Sorong, N. G. (Bruzjn). ee Museum
c, Ad. al., 3. Huon Gulf, N. G. P. Comrie Esq.
gq, Ad. rae 3 Huon Gulf, N. G. P. Comrie, Esq.
* ) Skull. : C.).
Ad. sk. Aru Islands. A. R. Wallace,
Skull. ( ?: Esq. [C.].
jf. Ad. skull, 2. Giabu Lengan, Aru Is. KowalevskiColl.
g. Yg. al, 9. wo i . Beazley

5. Perameles cockerelli.

eo cockerelli, Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. i. pp. 810 & 378

(1877).

Perameles myoides, Giinth. Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xi. p. 247 (1883).

Perameles (Brachymelis) garagassi, Mikl.-Macl. P. Linn, Soc. N.S. W.
ix. p. 716, pl. xxviii. (animal, skull, &c.) (1884).

Size markedly smaller, and muzzle shorter than in P. doreyana.
Quality of fur as in that species. General colour of back coarsely
grizzled black and yellow. Muzzle short and broad, the distance
from the nose to the anterior canthus of the eye less than, or barely,
40 millim. Face and crown dark brown, scarcely grizzled ; sides of
face, below eyes, sharply contrasted white. ars small, but, owing
to the general shortness of the head, reaching, when laid forward,
to within only 2 or 3 millim. of the posterior canthus of the eye.
Metatragus triangular, pointed. Spines of back grey, with their
tips black; thinner hairs yellow-tipped anteriorly, this colour
becoming gradually darker posteriorly until on the rump it is
bright orange. Chin, chest, and belly sharply defined white.
Arms and legs brown, hands white, feet grey. Hind feet only
about 50-55 millim. long in the male and from 40 to 45 millim. in
the female; soles wholly naked, finely granulated, without pads.
Mamme 6.

Skull as in P. doreyana, except that it is smaller and the muzzle
is shorter, the distance from the tip of the premaxille to the front
of the orbit being only from 30 to 35 millim. Greatest breadth of
nasals going from 43 to 54 times in their length.

Teeth (Pl. XXII. fig. 4). Upper i.’ wholly absent; i.* decidedly
shorter antero-posteriorly than i.? and i.*, about equal to i.?
Canine very small, about the length of p.’, its distance behind i.*
from 44 to 53 millim., and in front of p.’ about 2 millim. Pre-
molars evenly increasing in size backwards, p.‘ with a distinct
postero-internal basal ledge. Molars broader and more quadrangular
than in P. doreyana, their outer sides shorter in proportion to their

2, PERAMELES. 239

inner, and the internal V-shaped spaces between them therefore
nearly or quite closed up.

Dimensions.

b kin) * Gn Spirit)

Adult. ‘Adult.

millim. millim.
Head and body .......... 300 270
Tail .aaveevacne teres (c.) 85 71
Hind foot .............. 52 45
Muzzle toeye .......... 38 32°5
Mar iy cdi 284 anes oes 17 18

Skull, see p. 249,

Hab. North coast of New Guinea, and islands (Salawatti, Misori,
and New Britain group).
Type in Sydney Museum.

a,Imm.al, 2. New Britain (Kleinschmidt). Godeffroy Museum.

(Type of P. myoides, Giinth.)

b 1 an - 3 Duke of York Island. Rev. G, Brown [C.].
, ull, :

6. Perameles raffrayana.

Perameles ratfrayana, A. M.-Edw. Ann. Set. Nat. (6) vii. (Art. xi.)
pl. viii. (animal) (1878).

Size rather large, form light and delicate; head long and slender.
Fur thick and close, although hispid, slightly spinous locally, but
never so spinous as in the members of the P. obesula group ; rather
more as in P. nasuta. General colour of back coarsely grizzled
rufous or umber-brown, the stiffer semi-spinous hairs black, the
thinner ones dark orange or rufous tipped. Head dark brown,
sides of face paler. Muzzle very long and slender, top and sides of
nose naked. Ears longer and narrower than in any of the preceding
species, but, owing to the length of the head, they do not, when laid
forward, quite reach to the eye; their tip evenly rounded ; meta-
tragus small, but little more than a simple ridge, sometimes with a
low triangular projection at its centre. Chin and chest white;
belly brown or mixed white and brown. Limbs uniformly brown
wherever hairy, but the fingers nearly naked. Hind soles quite
naked, coarsely granulated; with indistinct and rudimentary pads
at the bases of the fourth and fifth digits. Tail long, cylindrical,
uniformly clothed with short fine black hairs, above and below.
Mamme 8.

Skull narrow, with a very long slender muzzle. Nasals much
elongated, their greatest breadth going 6 or 7 times into their
length. Interorbital region smooth and rounded, lacrymal bones

* No. 59, Museo Civico, Genoa.

240 PERAMELID A.

not ridged. Zygomata but little expanded. Palate with the
anterior foramina reaching nearly to the level of the front of the
canines; and with a single pair of vacuities opposite m.? and m.?
Foramen rotundum with its walls produced forwards into a bony
tube, as in P. doreyana. Bulle minute and very incomplete.

Teeth large and strong. Upper incisors 5 in number; the
anterior four broad and spatulate, i. rather less than a millimetre
distant from i.*, pointed, narrower than the rest. Canine of about
the vertical height of p.‘, distant about 3 millim. from i.’ and 4
millim. from p.’ Premolars long and strong, diastema between p.°
and p.’ about 3 millim.; p.* but little thickened postero-internally.
Molars large and strong, broadly triangular in outline, with shallow,
widely open V-shaped spaces between them. Lower teeth similar
in character to the upper; canine about as long as p.’

Dimensions.
3 (2). Bie os
& (stuffed): a (skin in spirit).

Adult. Adult.

moillim. millim,
Head and body............ 410 830
Dall ssiedghreig ewe Nake a- ss 185 172
Hind foot.............04. 82 T4
Muzzle to eye .........005 53 48
MER Sino digas ne) ora anaeaneher eed 1. 26 26.

Skull, see p. 249.

" Hab. New Guinea (Amberbaki, Huon Gulf, Goldie’s R.).
Type in the Paris Museum.

Ad. al. 2 Huon Gulf, E, New P. Comrie, Esq. [C.].
9 Skull, ( 7 zi ce aN

Ad. st. oldie’s R., 8.E, New A, Goldie, Esq. [0.1.
p } Sill te @). Guinea. » Het. (0.

7. Perameles broadbenti.

Perameles broadbenti, Rams. P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. iii, p. 402,
pl. xxvii. (animal, skull, &c.), 1878 (pub. 1879).

Size very large; head long and slender. Fur comparatively
smooth, not so harsh as in P. nasuta, the longer black hairs
flattened, stiff, but not spiny, the longest about an inch in length.
General colour blackish brown. Head ashy, pencilled with blackish.
Fars rather small for the size of the animal, narrow, rounded at their
tips; metatragus low, not markedly projecting. Back hairs dark
brown tipped with fawn, the longer, stiffer hairs wholly black.
Throat, sides, and under surface fawn-colour, a little brighter on
the sides and chest. Limbs where hairy brown or fawn-coloured,
the hands almost naked. Feet roughened below, with flattish scales ;
(pads apparently not present). Tail long, scaly above, covered with
transverse flattish scaly tubercles below, to the very tip, blackish

2. PERAMELES. 241

above for about two thirds of its length, from thence fawn-colour to
the tip, sparingly clothed with short hair.

Skull and teeth apparently precisely similar to those of P.
raffrayana, except that both are larger. (See measurements p. 249.)

Dimensions.
é.

¢ (skin in spirit).

tie Aged. oe
millim
Head and body ................ 508
OAD | e212 we erakasis Sesto Weesneersia, viscera os 200
Hind foot... 2... cc ee eee eee 98
Muzzle toeye .............. 008 68
Rar gh aged Paces ogc naes dinreos (¢.) 25

Skull, see p. 249,

Hab. $.E. New Guinea.

Type in the Sydney Museum.

The distinction of this spécies from P. raffrayana appears to be
somewhat doubtful, judging merely from the original description
and figures, to which alone I have had access, and from which the
above account has been drawn up. The size alone is scarcely
enough to distinguish the species, as the type specimen is a very
old male, and may therefore be abnormally large. The peculiar
structure and apparently prehensile nature of the tail; however,
induce me for the present to retain the species as distinct, at least
until I have been able to examine specimens of it.

8. Perameles longicaudata.

Perameles longicauda, Peters §& Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. viii. p. 335
(1876) ; xvi. p. 672, pl. x. (animal). (1881).

Size small, form light and slender. Fur much as in P. raffrayana,
close, coarse, and hispid, but not spiny. General colour of head
and body dull greyish brown, the stiffer hairs uniformly brown, the
thinner ones tipped with dull yellow or grey. ars rather small,
broader in proportion than in P. raffrayana, laid forward they reach
to within about 7 or 8 millim. of the eye ; metatragus low, triangular,
bluntly pointed. Chin greyish brown, chest and belly white or
yellowish. Limbs brown externally, yellowish internally. Hairs
on hands brown, but the fingers naked; backs of feet white. Hind
soles wholly naked, finely granulated, with minute rudimentary pads
at the bases of the digits. Tail as long as the body without the
head, tapering, thinly haired, its terminal two inches and its under-
side white, the remainder brown. Mamme 6.

Skull very small and delicate, its proportions very much as in
P. raffrayana, Breadth of nasals going about 54 times in their
length. Interorbital region, lacrymal bones, foramen rotundum, and

BR

242 PERAMELIDE.

bulle asin P. raffrayana. Anterior palatine foramina only reaching
to the level of i.6 Bony palate with two small irregular vacuities
opposite p.*, as well as the usual large pair opposite the molars.

Teeth very light and weak. Upper i.* slender, styliform, standing
more than a millimetre from i.“ Canine barely as long as p.',
2 millim. from i.°, and about 14 millim. from p.2. Premolars small
and delicate. Diastema between p.' and p.* about 13 millim.; p.*
triangular in section. Molars shaped as in P. raffrayana, but very
much smaller. Lower teeth like upper; diastemata in front of
and behind canine each about 2} millim. -Premolars small, about
equal in height, separated from each other and from m." by diastemata
of about 1 millim. each.

Dimensions,
9.
e* (in spirit).
Typ ase
millim.
Head and body.................. 272
EL Al. ce verena wheres seta elena seeders Gunes 197
Hind foot .......... 0. cece ee eens 54
Muzzle to eye ......... 2. eee ee 38
Mar sack sus ed ROAR AAO RES COR S 19

Skull, see p. 249.

Hab. Arfak Mountains, N.W. New Guinea.

Type in the Museo Civico, Genoa.

The above description has been drawn up from the typical and
only known specimen, for the loan of which I am indebted to the
Marquis G. Doria.

9. Perameles nasuta.

Perameles nasuta, Geoff. Ann. Mus, iv. p. 62, pl. xliv. (animal & skull)
(1804); G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 13 (1814) ; G. Cuv. R. A. i. p.177
(1817) ; Desm. N. Dict. dH. N, (2) xxv. p. 183 (1817) ; id. Mamm.
i, p. 265 (1820); Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 256 (1821); F. Cur.
Dict. Sci. Nat, xxxviili. p. 416 (1825); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K.

iii. : 39, fig. (animal), v. p. 195 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm.

p. 216 (1827); zd. Dict. Class. dH. N. xiii. p. 199 (1828); Lacép.

Guvr. Buff. xxvi. p. 224 (1828); Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 273

(1829) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg. p. 548 (1830) ; Less. H. N. Mamm.

(Compl. Buff.) iv. p. 4883 (1880) ; Grant, Mem. Wern. N. H. Soc.

vi. iy 184 (1832) (anat.); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8.

p. 65 (1888) ; Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841) ; Waterh.

Jard. Nat. Iibr., Mamm, xi. p. 155, pl. xiii. (animal) (1841);

Owen, Tr. Z. 8. ii. p. 820 (1841) ; Less. N. Vabl. R. A., Mamm.

p. 191 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1848); Wagn,

Schr. Stug. Supp. tii. p. 57, pl. clv. a,c (animal) eer v.

p- 218 (1885) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. p. 515 (1844); Owen, Todd’s

Cyclop. Anat. iii. p. 260, fig. 84 (skull) (1845); Waterh. N. H.

* No, 40 of the Genoa Museum.

2. PERAMELES, 243
Mamm, i. p. 374 (1846); Desm. Dict. Univ. d’H. N. ix. p. 578
(1849) ; Gould, Mamm, Austr. i. pl. xi. (animal) (1855); Schieg.
Dierk. p. 188 (1857); Gieb. Stug. p. 721 (1859); Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 132 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm.
Austr, Mus. p. 83 (1864); id. Austr. Vert. p. 13 (1871); Schieg.
Dierent. p. 164 (1872); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 565 (1880) ; Dobs.
J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 162 (anat. foot) (1882); Poulton, P. Z. S.
1883, p. 599 (anat. tongue); ad. Q. J. Mier. Sci. xxxiii. p. 69,
pl. i. (1883) (anat. tongue); Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii.
p. 738 (1884) ; Lyd. Cat, Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 255 (1887) ;
Tent, Cat. Ost, Leyd. Mus. p. 306 (1887); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii.
p. 874 (1887).

Thylacis nasuta, Il. Prod. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811).

Perameles lawsoni, Quoy § Gaim. Voy. Uranie, pp. 57 & 711 (1824) ;
aid, Ann, Sci. Nat. v. p. 489 (1825); Fisch. By Mamm. p. 274
(1829) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842); Schinz, Syn.
asi i. p. 520 (1844) ; Desm. Dict. Univ. dH. N. ix. p. 579

).
“ Perameles aurita, Mus, Paris,” Waterh., Gray, et al.

Lone-nosep Banpicoor.

Size large, proportions slender. Fur coarse, hispid, and slightly
spinous, resembling in this respect that of P. obesula and the great
mass of the species, and differing from that of P. gunni; under-
fur thin and sparse, pale slaty grey. General colour all over
‘dull olivaceous brown, without markings or stripes anywhere.
Muzzle very long and slender. Ears long, narrow, pointed, laid
forward they reach, in spirit-specimens, in front of the anterior
canthus of the eye; metatragus about as long as broad, evenly
rounded ; back of cars brown, rather darker anteriorly, and paler
basally. Rump quite without stripes or bands. Sides of body,
chin, chest, and belly white. Outsides of limbs like back, inner
sides and feet white. Soles of feet granulated, black and thinly
hairy posteriorly, white and naked anteriorly. Tail rather longer
than the head, brown above for its whole length, paler below.

Skull (Pl. XXII. figs. 5 & 6) with a short cranial and very long
facial portion. Nasals very long and narrow, their greatest breadth
going about seven times into their length. Orbital region short,
the supraorbital edges not parallel for any distance, but evenly
concave. Lacrymal bones with a marked ante-orbital ridge, more
or less overhanging the orbit, and sharply dividing the bone into
orbital and frontal surfaces ; the posterior corner of the ridge form-
ing an indistinct supraorbital projection. Brain-case very short in
proportion to the muzzle. Palate comparatively perfect ; anterior
palatine foramina reaching to the level of i.°; no vacuity opposite
the anterior premolars, at least in fully adult specimens ; ‘posterior
vacuities small, opposite m.’ and m.? Foramen rotundum very
large and open, its edges not produced into a bony tube. Bulle
(fig. 5) very small, hemispherical, transparent, often slightly incom;
plete at their junction with the tympanic rings, their antero-external
but little greater than their antero-internal diameter. Lower jaw
long, light and slender, especially posteriorly ; the es process

; B

,

244 PERAMELIDE,

slender, styloid, its anterior edge slightly concave at about the level
of the condyle.

Teeth. Upper incisors 5 in number, the fifth about 4 millim.
distant from the fourth. P.’ and p.’ about equal, long and narrow ;
p.* about twice the size of either, with a slight postero-internal
basal thickening. Molars light, triangular, their internal consider-
ably less than their external longitudinal diameter; m.* with a
strongly marked posterior talon. Lower incisors succeeded by a
considerable diastema, nearly or quite equal to their combined length.
Premolars and molars small and delicate.

Milk-p.’, both above and below, small, of about the size of the
upper i.°, shorter and blunter than in P. obesula, but not otherwise
more molariform in character than in that species.

Dimensions.
b (eicited).
millim
Head and body.............-.... (c.) 390
Dall p24 cone neue aaeaa ena (¢.) 125
Hind fo0tis 24 aca oeoce Seles ks ls 73
WM UZZ16 secscene Sid Hoe larg at oS aug Sidvadeteta a8 57
are iei.s Sos sate ia Sa nana eae sidaehpaa se 35

Skull, see p. 249.

Hab. Eastern Australia,

Type in the Paris Museum.

This species, although clearly belonging to the group of which
P. gunni is the most typical member, yet presents many characters
in common with the other species of the genus, and especially with
certain of the Papuan Bandicoots, such as P. raffrayana, broadbenti,
&c. Thus, while its long ears, the proportions of its skull, the
structure of its interorbital region and lacrymal bones, and the
form of its lower jaw, ally it to P. gunni and P. bougainvillet, its spiny
fur, unstriped rump, comparatively complete palate, and very small
and partially imperfect bulle are characters that show so much
approach to the other less specialized species as to prevent any
definite separation of the gunni section from the other Bandicoots.

a. Imm. al., gd. Richmond R., N. 8. W.. Mr. A. P. Goodwin .
[C.}.
b. Ad. st, o. New South Wales (J. G.). oni Coll.
Ad, sk. New South Wales (J. G.). Gould Coll.

& ) Skull.
d Ye. sk. 3 New South Wales, Sir T. L. Mitchell

°) Skull. ; [P. & O.].
e. Skeleton (mounted). New South Wales. Purchased.
f-A. Skulls. New South Wales. « Purchased.
z, Ad. sk. Australian Alps. Purchased,

j. Skull. Zool. Soc.

2. PERAMELES, 245

10. Perameles gunni.

Perameles gunni, Gray, P. Z. S. 1838, p.1; id. Ann. Mag. N. H. i.
p. 107 (1888); Gunn, Ann. Mag. N. H. i. p. 102 (habits)
(1838); Owen, Tr. Z. 8. ii. p. 320 (1841); Gray, Grey's Austr.,
App. ii. p. 401 (1841); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr, Mamm. xi.
p. 156, pl. xv. (animal) (1841); Less, N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.
p. 191 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 95 (1843); Wagn.
Schr. Séug. Supp. iti. p. 61 (1843), v. p. 214 (1855) ; Schanz,
Syn. Mamm. i. p.517 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 376
(1846); Desm. Dict. Univ. dH. N. ix. p. 579 (1849); Gunn,
P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 83 (1852) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 138 (1857) ;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. ix. (animal) (1859); Gieb. Séug.
p. 722 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 182 (1862) ;
Krefft, Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868); cd. Austr. Vert. p. 13
(1871); Schileg. Dierk. p. 163 (1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p. 306 (1887).

Gouwn’s Banpicoor. j

Size and proportions as in P. nasuta. Fur soft, not spiny, except
slightly on the sides of the body; underfur abundant, dark slaty.
grey except on the white rump-bands. General colour grizzled
yellowish brown, rump banded. Muzzle long, rather shorter than
that of P. nasuta. Ears long and pointed, laid forward they reach
beyond the eye; their backs yellowish brown, with a darker blotch
on their anterior half terminally ; metatragus about twice as long
as broad, its end tufted with short hairs. Top of head and anterior
half of back coarsely grizzled yellowish brown, some of the hairs
black- and others yellow-tipped, their bases all grey. Behind the
shoulders an indistinct whitish band passes downwards and back-
wards to join the light colour of the belly. Sides of rump with
four more or less distinct pale vertical bands running downwards
from near the middle line, the spaces between them brown or
black ; these stripes and their dark interspaces much more prominent
in young than in old specimens. Chin, chest, and belly white or
yellowish white. Outsides of forearms and backs of legs dark slaty
grey, remainder of limbs white. Soles black and hairy posteriorly,
white and naked anteriorly; a small round striated pad at the base
of both the fourth and fifth toes. Tail very short, slender, thinly
haired, its upper side dark for only its basal half or three quarters
of an inch, the remainder white.

Skull very similar to that of P. nasuta with the following
exceptions :—The nasals, although still very long and narrow, are
rather shorter, their greatest breadth going only about 54 or 6 times
in their length. The palate is more incomplete; the anterior
palatine foramina extend nearly to the level of the front of the
canines; there is a second pair of vacuities opposite p.’ and p.°, and
the posterior palatine vacuities are rather larger. In other respects
the description given under P. nasuta is equally applicable to the

- skull of this species.

Teeth precisely similar to those of P. nasuta except that the
canines, both above and below, are decidedly smaller.

246

PERAMELID A,

Dimensions.

3: 2.
d (skin). é (stuffed).

millim, millim.
Head and body........-+4 (¢.) 380 (c.) 400
CLAM xiesctcs aides aabientem Sante (c.) 80 (c.) 90
Hind P00 bieiscisdow ie Vaetectnee 72 70
Muzzle to eye ............ (c.) 60 65
WO 2 aos pig eee More eens 31 34

Skull, see p. 249.

Hab. Tasmania, and possibly Southern Victoria (sce footnote).
Type in collection.

a,b, Ad. sks, g 9. Port Phillip, Victoria* (?). Gould Coll.

ec. Yg. sk. Northern Tasmania, wy F. Petterd, Esq. [E.
& C.).
d, Ad. sk, ¢. Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq, [P.
& C.}.
(Type of species. }
e, Ad. st. 9. Tasmania. es Gunn, sq, [P [P.
&C
Sf. Yg. al, 3. Tasmania, Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P.
: & C.].

a |
|

Ad. sk. Q Tasmania. Gen. Hardwicke [P.].
Skull.

Ad. sk. 3 Tasmania. Gould Coll.

Skull. :

11. Perameles bougainvillei.
a, Perameles bougainvillei, var. typicat.

Perameles bougainvillei, Quoy § Gaim. Voy. Uranie, Zool. p. 56,

Ati, pl. v. (animal and skull) (1824); Gaim. Bull. Sci, Nat. i.
p. a7 (1824); Gray, oy Cuv. An. K. v. p- 195 (1827); Less.
Man, Mamm. p. 217 (1827) ; id. Dict, Class. 7H, N. xiii. p. 199
(1828); Fisch. ¥ syn. Mamm. p. 273 (1829) ; Less. H. N. Mamm.
(Compt. Buff.) iv. p. 484, pl. xxvii. (animal) (1830) ;_ Waterh.
Jard, Nat. Libr. mm. Xi. p. 162 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A.,
Mamm. p. 191 (1843) ; Waterh, N. H. Mamma. i. p. 385 (1846) ;
Desm. Dict. Univ. dH. N. ix. p. 578 (1849); yd. Cat. Foss.
Mamm. B. M. v. p. 256 (1887). |

Perameles myosura, TWagn. Arch. f. Nat. vii. pt. i. p. 293 (1841);

id, Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. tab. cly. a. d (animal) (1843), v. p. 215
(1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 519 (1844); Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. x. (animal) ( ) (1845) ; Vaterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 381,
pl. xx. és 3 (skull) (1846) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 138 Oat Pout,
Sdug. p. 722 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones ‘Momum. MM. p. 182

* Specimens referred to by Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. text to pl. ix. The
occurrence of this species in Victoria is by no means improbable, considering
the number of Tasmanian species recently discovered in that colony.

+ a, Sides of rump indistinctly striped—Hab. W.

AUBUE RID: sen ersietes ci eecatietoniodavalwecievnde.cogeences Var. typica.

b. Sides of rump with well ‘dofined stripes.—Hab. 8.

and Ey Australia ......ccccccccecessecesssecsereesenenan Var. fasciata, p. 248.

2. PHRAMELES. 247
Car Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 13 (1871) ; Schleg. Dierent. p. 164
2).

Perameles arenaria, Gould, P. Z, S. 1844, p. 104.
SrerrEp Banprcoot.

Size small, form light and delicate. Fur coarse, but not spiny,
except very slightly on the sides of the body. Underfur thick and
close, slaty grey. General colour grizzled olive-grey ; rump more
or less striped. Muzzle long and slender. Ears (Pl. XXI. fig. 7)
long, narrow, pointed, laid forward they reach from 6 to 8 millim.
beyond the anterior canthus of the eye, their backs greyish flesh-
colour, slightly darker on the anterior part of their terminal half;
metatragus broadly triangular, about as long as broad, its tip thinly
haired. Head and back grizzled grey, the hairs tipped either with
black or dull orange. Sides of rump with a tendency to a similar
striping to that of P. gunni, but this, in the present variety, very
indistinct, only a single darker, bounded by two lighter vertical
bands generally visible. Chin, chest, and belly white. Outsides of
forearms and backs of legs dark grey; rest of limbs white. Soles
(Pl. XXT. fig. 8) hairy, black posteriorly ; naked, granulated, flesh-
coloured anteriorly ; well-defined round pads at the bases of the
fourth and fifth toes. Tail nearly half the length of the head and
body, rather thick at its base, but contracting abruptly in the
middle, distinctly bicolor, brown above and white below for its
whole length. Mamme 8.

Skull light and delicate ; muzzle long and narrow, tapering less
evenly than usual, more abruptly contracted opposite p.’ ‘Length
of nasals from 5 to 6 times their greatest width. Interorbital
region as in P. nasuta. Anterior portion of zygoma broadened and
partially twisted outwards. Palate imperfect as in P. gunni, the
anterior palatine foramina extending to halfway between i.’ and
the canine ; middle pair of vacuities running from just behind the
canine to p.?; posterior pair large and open, opposite p.* to the
end of m.? In addition the palate opposite m.° and m.* is perforated
with numerous smallirregular vacuities. Foramen rotundum partially
tubular behind. Bulle rounded, hemispherical, transparent, com-
pletely ossified ; their antero-external rather greater than their
antero-internal diameter.

Teeth small and light, their proportions as in P. nasuta, except
that the canines are small and feeble as in P. gunni.

Dimensions.
3. 2.
a (in spirit). 4 (in spirit).

Adult. Adult.

millim, millim
Head and body .......... 222 216
TEAL » cco atdindires wane adhd Oe 106 108
Hind foot ...........4.. 52 52
Muzzle to eye ........05 42 Al
MHar oi gala ads reves 84 34

Skull, see p. 249.

248 PERAMELIDA,

Hab. Western Australia.
Type in the Paris Museum.

Ad. al. MouthofSaltR.,W.A. Gerard Krefft, Esq.
% ) Skull. 3 (W. Masters). [P.].
b. Ad. al, 9. Mongap, Salt R., W.A. Gerard Krefft, Esq.
(W. Masters). [P.].
c. Ad, skeleton (mounted), Salt R., W. A. (W. Gerard Krefft, Esq.
Masters). LP.].
q, Ad. sk. York, W. A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll.
* ) Skull. ¢ o> bert). (Type of P. arenaria, Gould.)
Ad. sk. York, W. A. (/. Gil- Gould Coll.
Skull. { bert).
f. Skull. West Australia (7,Gi- Gould Coll.
bert).

6, Perameles bougainvillei, var. fasciata.

Perameles fasciata, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 407 (1841); 2a.
List Mamm. B. M. p. 95 (1848); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 379
(1846); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. viii. (animal) (1849) ; Schleg.
Dierk, p. 188 (1857); Gieb. Séug. p. 722 (1859); Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 182 (1862) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr.
Mus, p. 34 eee ; id, Austr. Vert. p.18 (1871); Schleg. Dierent.
p. 163 (1872); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 565 (1880); Flow. § Gars.
Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg, ii. p. 737 (1884).

Similar in every respect to the typical variety, except that the dark
and light patches on the back of the ears are more strongly con-
trasted, and the stripes on the sides of the rump are well defined
and conspicuous, their arrangement being precisely as in P. gunni,
with young specimens of which this variety might easily be con-
fused. Young individuals of that species, however, are always
distinguishable by their white tails, and their very much larger
molars.

Dimensions similar to those of the true P. bougainvillet.

Hab. South-eastern and South Australia.

Co-types in collection.

Ad. sk. Liverpool Plains, N.S.W. Gould Coll.
Skull.
6, Ad. sk,d. _New South Wales. Sir T. L. Mitchell [P.
& C.).
és 1 ao i Lg. Murray R.,8. A. (J. G.). Gould Coll.
d, Ad. sk, 3. South Australia. Sir ee Grey [P.
: & C.}.
a, ce, & d. Co-types of variety.
e, § Ad. st. 3 Soe Australia. am George Grey [P.
* ) Skull. : & C.).
f. Yg. sk. South Australia. Sir George Grey [P
& C.].
g. Yg. sk. South Australia. Gould Coll.
A, Skull, Adelaide. C. D. E. Fortnum, Esq.
P. & C.).

a. Yg. al, 9. (Voy. ‘ Fly’) Jo ec

; S sreqiiosep oyg Lq WoArd suOsUOTIIp Joyo OY} WHOIZ pozenoTso ‘oyeuTxcIddy tT : *BoU8.4 OOIAIQ OOSN TT ou jogo on |
GQ] ‘Wunjoo Sarmoypoy oy} UL Wears ore UoUTOds ATeUTpPIO Ue Jo SJUETIAINSBETE OY} FSU} 9218 TenEN ot} puofeq rez 08 oq 09 Staes TatTONds SINT, “BOUH ‘OOLAIN OPBN 4} JOO9"ON x

9-6 G.0T 8-81 81 S.6 SFT | 9-81 | $6 8-0L |&IL | *IT gl | 8-IT 8.81 el L6 ersm | a
8.8 6-3 g v 14 ¢ i G3 6-8 FS | BE iad eg ae Pe 9.8 ydyjoysuet
8.18 age «| Gee is | Gee w |oce | one | es [eee Joe | 282 | te | 08 ae | Silke oars onecre sap
018 Tos ce g1z | 062 st tte -| 9% | 622 | 918] 092] 988] LI2 802] 286} 608 “* XOpUT [BIBT
we oF 5 #9 ey “1 agg se | sep | Ig |Loe | ger | og 6-09 | 9.99 | G.gp oo [ttt tes srxe peouy-yseg
BST LF ? 188 GFT , 8-81 ('9)] BFL | SGT('0)/G.8T | 18 st ea('0)} SB ccd Lig 0 fe Spee pereero-1eeg
$9 19 8.0. | $6 9.8 or | 8-8 oF Lg L |99 39 | LG gg PL 9 sereeeeoenses TQUEBOY [BPOTET
86 6 11 91 6 £91 | T8t ot TE {8.00 | 68 ar | 1-41 Lit | Lor | er fe Woprsuryypwerq =“
et P-T 6I ¥8 #1 ee | et | eet | rer | st fore | set | 9.28 ee fee | cee [{Reomaeg req @
1g 18 og tg |eog | ¢99 |et¢ | gage | 8.88 gw | Is oF | oF 9.9% eg TR poets qaduay aqepeg,
GFT s1 G.9T #1 ‘eI FI | TSt | Get | Ler et feet | sat | at ae 1.81 er fv uypeerq peoduroyzoquy |
BG : 6F ¢.9 S LF 8 Lg g Pg GG |e 9 8.9 9.9 8g G.g “+ Gypeerq ysoyeors =“
98 _ 98 18 ir ied gg | 88 8 gz joes | 18 o¢ | te-] 18 98 Og etree qa daey ‘syese NT
9% 4.98 és is | € er. | gece)! Fe | 948 | 8s | ae 62 | 9.c8 9¢ | 9.68 18 ** yapeerq ysoquaT
9¢ ¥.99 1(0)} 18 | G99 Ise 1L¢9)| Bee | gec(o)} 69 | LL | G09 | e@nCe)) Sh 18 19 * yysa9] [ese
y | oe me eee eee eee ee ee |e compo
¢ "2 & [2 @] °é "9 é 3 ‘e | 6 | ce iz) ": He || 82 *:
“pynsnf 18s! ‘eno hy *XBA
“gnauyobn0g ‘a og aah ie ue bree ‘mpossyo00 “Z| “ouvfesopg | ssuafigsasow gq | “vansovm “gz |-nrmeogo ‘gd i Hien saradg

“sopourerog {0 spuswaumnsnapy 1nYg

250 PERAMELID A,

1

3. CHEROPUS. Type
Cheeropus, Ogilb. P. Z. 8. 18388, p. 25... . cc. eee ees Ch. castanotis,

Form light and slender, Muzzle short but narrow. Nose sharp
and pointed, the naked rhinarium confined to the extreme tip.
Ears very long ; metatragus duplicated as in Perameles, the projec-
tion on the upper ridge short but broad. Pouch opening backwards ;
mamme 8. Fore limbs long and slender. Fore feet with the first
and fifth digits entirely suppressed, the fourth minute, rudimentary,
and only reaching to the middle of the metacarpus of the third, and
the second and third toes alone fully developed. Hind limbs long
and thin; hallux entirely absent, fifth toe short and rudimentary,
the whole bulk of the foot made up of the large fourth toe. Soles
hairy, a small naked projection at the base of the fourth toe. Tail
present, cylindrical, slightly crested along its upper surface.

Skull broad and flattened, with a short narrow muzzle. Nasals
of medium length, not markedly expanded behind. Interorbital
region flat and square-edged ; lacrymal bones much expanded and
ridged postero-externally, Anterior, orbital part of zygomata
broadened and twisted outwards, so as to form broad horizontal
ledges beneath the orbits. Palate very imperfect, with two pairs
of large irregular vacuities. Bulle small, rounded, hemispherical,
completely ossified.

Dentition :—I, +-2-3-4-5, 0,5, P. o+4, M. 2-2-3-4y 94g,

Upper incisor series forming a widely open even curve ; incisors
flattened, pointed, closely touching one another. Canine small,
sometimes double-rooted. Premolars increasing in size back-,
wards. Molars large, heavy, quadrangular, multicuspid,. standing
slightly apart from one another. Lower teeth much as in Perameles,
but the molars broader and squarer.
‘ Milk-p.* present, functional.

Habits. Terrestrial; omnivorous.

Range. Australia. ~

This genus, both in its general external appearance and in- its
cranial characters, is very markedly led up to by the members of
the last, or P. gunni, section of the genus Perameles, P. bougain-
villei especially showing many points of resemblance to it. Its
distinction as a genus, however, is unquestionable, even were it not
for the unique and peculiar structure of its fore feet, which have
such a striking resemblance to those of the pig as to have gained
for the only species its common English name of Pig-footed Bandi-
coot. |

1. Cheropus castanotis.

Chceropus ecaudatus *, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1838, p. 25; Mitch. Exped.
Austr. ii. p. 181, pl. xxxviii. (animal), (1838); Gray, Grey’s Austr.,

* This name, founded upon an accidentally mutilated specimen, has been
generally and properly discarded as inappropriate for an anima] with ». well-
developed tail.

3. CHROPUS. 251

App. ii. p. 401 (1841); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Iibr.. Mamm. xi.
p. 163 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842);
Gerv, Dict, Univ. dH. N. iii. p. 614 (1849); Gieb. Saug. p. 723
(1859) ; Brehm, Thier. ii. p. 567, fig. (animal) (1880).

Cheeropus castanotis, Gray, Ann. Mag. NV. H. (1) ix. p. 42 (1842);
id. List Mamm. B. M. p. 96 (1843); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i.
p. 521 (1844); Gould, Mamm, Austr. i. pl. vi. (animal) (1845);
Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 391, pl. xili. fig. 2 (animal), pl. xx.
fig. 4 (skull) (1846); Wagn. Schr. Stug. Supp. v. p. 218 Oot
Gerv. H. N. Man. ii. p. 279 (1855); Schleg. Dierk. p. 138
(1857) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones ome B. M. p. 183 (1862); Terefft
Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 35 (1864); id. Mamm. Austr. text to
pl. xi. p. 6 (1871) ; Schleg. ‘Dionond P 164 (1872) ; Flow. Encycl.
Brit. (9) xv. p. 381, fig. 29 (bones of pes) (1883); Flow. § Gars.
Cat. Ost. Coll. Sur: 9. ii. p. 738 (1884) ; Jent. Ca, Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p. 806 (1887).

Cheeropus occidentalis, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. text to pl. vi. (1845)
(provisional name).

Pie-FrooTeD Banpicoor.

Size small, form delicate. Fur coarse and straight, but not in
the least spiny, very much as in Perameles bougainvillez. Underfur
abundant, slaty grey at base, dull yellow at tip. General colour of
head and body uniform coarsely grizzled grey, with a tinge of fawn.
Ears long and narrow, their outer margin slightly concave just
beneath the tip; thinly haired; their-backs dull chestnut-brown,
darkening towards the tip. Metatragus short and broad. Longer
hairs of head and back brown-tipped, underfur yellow-tipped, the
latter more orange in Western Australian specimens. Chin, chest,
and belly white, the line of demarcation on the sides not sharply
marked. Limbs long and slender, short-haired, pale grey or white,
with a yellowish tinge. Palms wholly hairy, except on the terminal
pads of the two functional digits; these latter with long slender
claws; the rudimentary fourth toe entirely clawless, reaching only
to the middle of the metacarpus of the third. Hind feet very long
and thin, hairy except’ just below the heel, on the small circular pad
at the base of the fourth toe, along the underside of that toe, and
on its very large terminal pad; united second and third toes only
reaching to the base of the fourth, and the fifth toe again falling
just short of their base. Tail about half as long as the body, grey
below and on the sides, black above, where there is a short and
inconspicuous crest.

Skull as described above. Nasals with their posterior (maxillary)
half evenly broader than their anterior (premaxillary), but not
markedly expanded at their extreme back. Forehead peculiarly
broad and flat; supraorbital edges square; lacrymals strongly
ridged. Anterior palatine foramen reaching just to the front of me
canine, A pair of irregular reticulated vacuities reaching from p.’
to p.*, and a second pair, often united in the centre, opposite the
molars. Extreme back of palate also with vacuities. Opening of
foramen magnum partially closed in below.

Teeth. Upper i.” about half the size of i.*, pointed, touching the

252 PERAMELID A.

latter. Canine with a small anterior secondary cusp. P.' with
diastemata in front of and behind it of about 2 or 3 millim. each.
P.‘ triangular in section, with a distinct postero-internal secondary
cusp. Molars very large, broad and square. Lower i.* with a
large posterior cusp. Canine very small, with an anterior secondary
cusp. P.* larger than p.’; p.* smaller than either. Lower milk-
p.‘ small, circular, about equal in size to the posterior talon of i.’

Dimensions.
b (stutes Adult,
millim.
Head and body ........-.....000 250
Pad acc senda atu aie os sidan id oa eadenares ark 4 (¢.) 100
Haiti f00b 3 2.0 sy these dercd ecns 36 69
Muzzle to eye 1.1... ce cece ee eee ee 39
Hat? gestilaiiccuvaubiee die ait auessye eteva ease 52

Skull, see inl,

Hab. Western New South Wales and Victoria ; South and West
Australia ; (Northern Territory ?).
Type in collection.

a, Imm. skull. (North Australian Ex- Dr. J. R. Elsey [P. &
ce ee .) i

a ae uda, N Sir T. L. Mitchell [P.

Cc

g, ) Ad. sk. l Murray R., S. A. sin G. dey 7 [F. & C.}.
Skull. (Type of species.)
Ad. sk. 10/43, Boorda, Kirltana, W. A. Gould Coll.
Skull, ¢ $910/43. “Cz. Gilbert).

(Type of Ch. occidentalis, Gould.)
Skull Dimensions of Choeropus.

Species oo... seceeceeseeeene Ch. castanotis.

Sex ..seeecee - a
Specimen ‘isa A
satin adult.
Basal length — ....sscccsesseceesnenene as 53
Greatest breadth ..........0006 end 31
Nasals, length ..........00006 22:5
» greatest breadth .. 5
Intertemporal breadth 9
Palate, length ............0.. 36:5
» breadth outside m. 16°5
» . inside m3 10

Palatal foramen ............ 55

Basi-cranial axis ......... 15
Basi-facial axis ......... 38°4
Facial index ............... 256

Teeth—distance : from front of canine to back

ORIN s,s ckasdesugevaseanevaerides sues 26°5
» horizontal length of p.* 7
” ” ” ms.

DASYURIDA. 253

Family V. DASYURIDZ.

_ Polyprotodont Marsupials adapted for a predatory, carnivorous or
Insectivorous life. Limbs subequal ; fore feet with five toes; hind
feet not syndactylous, with four or five toes, the hallux either small
and clawless, or altogether absent, the other toes subequal. Tail
long, hairy, not prehensile. Stomach simple. No caecum*. Pouch,
if present, opening forwards or downwards, sometimes absent.

Dentition »—T. 122:3-4 @. 1 1.0.8.40r0 1.2.8.4 /
entition :—I. 55", C. 3, P. ostory M. ipcgca (also

sea in Myrmecobiine). Total, 42 or 46 in Dasyurine, and 50 or
52 in Myrmecobiine.

Teeth rooted, sharp, cutting, carnivorous. JIncisors small.
Canines large and trenchant. First and third premolars always
present, second always and fourth sometimes absent. Molars with
pointed cusps.

Tooth-change generally present, except in the forms in which the
permanent p.* has been itself reduced or aborted ; not yet found in
Myrmecobiine. : :

Range. Papuan and Australian subregions.

This family, as a whole, presents one of the most generalized
types found among the Marsupials, its members being simple preda-
ceous animals in no way markedly specialized, and retaining, espe-
cially in the case of Myrmecobius, many of the characteristics of the
earliest known fossil Marsupials. The larger species are flesh-eaters
pure and simple, catching their prey themselves, and not feeding
upon carrion; the smaller ones are mostly insectivorous.

Synopsis of the Genera.
I. Exrernat Caaracters.

A. Tongue short, not extensile. Lower lip
rounded in front, not produced for-

WEBLOG sassiev se itearevec arises Biase oink s fam innfed Dasyurine.
a. Back transversely banded with black.
Form dog-like .......c.ceeeneeeees 1, Tuyzacinvus, p. 255.

b. Back not cross-banded.
a, Body blotched or spotted with white.
Size large, form stout.
a?, Form very thick and powerful.
Body with a few white blotches 2. SancopHitus, p. 258,
b?, Form slenderer. Body profusely
spotted with white ..... ++... 3, Dasyurvs, p. 261.

* T can find no trace, either in Phascologale flavipes or any other species, of
the “small hemispherical projection” corresponding to a cecum, said by Water-
house (N. H. Mamm. i. p. 424) to occur in that animal.

254 i DASYURIDE,

b', Body not white-spotted. Size small,
form slender.
ce. Hind foot broad; soles smooth,
naked. Hallux present ...... 4, PHASCOLOGALE, p. 2738.
d, Hind foot narrow; soles granula-
ted or hairy.
a, Hallux present. Limbs of ordi-

nary proportions .......... 5, SMINTHOPSIS, p. 298.
6°, Hallux absent. Limbs unusually
elongated ....... ean cane ... 6 ANTECHINOMYS, p. 309.

B. Tongue long, extensile. Lower lip pointed,
projecting far in front of the teeth .. Myrmecobiine.
v. Back transversely banded with white.

Hallux absent ...............0.... 7% Myrmurconivs, p. 311.

II. Crawrat Cuaracters.

A. Posterior teeth large and strong, Molars i
Bony palate short ............0005 Dasyurine.

a. Lower molars sharp-edged, the main

cusp without internal secondary cusps.

a', Premolars - Muzzle longand slender 1. TuynAcinus, p. 255.

b. Premolars 3. Muzzle short and broad 2. Sarcopuiuvs, p. 258.
b. Lower molars multicuspidate, with pro-
minent internal secondary cusps.

e, Premolars 5 SAGAOE TMi oa 38. Dasyurvs, p. 261.
d', Premolars 3 (rarely >).
a, Nasals much expanded _ behind.

Lower p.* usually decidedly
smaller than p.3........ deh v9 4, PHASCOLOGALE, p. 273,
b*. Nasalsnot expanded behind. Lower
‘nearly as large as or larger
than p.?
a®, Bulle small, their mastoid por-
tion not swollen............ 5. SminrHopsis, p. 298.
3°, Bulle disproportionally large,
their mastoid portionswollen 6, ANTECHINOMYS, p.309.
B. Posterior teeth small and delicate. Molars

more than i. ' Palate elongated...... Myrmecobiine.

ce, Premolars 5. Mobis Pea ei ee a aes 7. Myrmxconivs, p. 311.

Subfamily I. DASYURIN A.

Tongue short, simple, not extensile. No gland on the chest.

Premaxille united or closely applied to each other in front. Palate

, not unusually produced backwards. Molars large, four in number

above and below, the lower ones with the outer series of cusps
sometimes alone developed, and always larger than the inner.

a
€

1. THYLACINUS. 255

1. THYLACINUS. Type
Peracyon*, Gray, Ann. Philos. (2) x. p. 840 (1825) Th. cynocephalus.
Thylacinus, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 60 (1827) .. Th. cynocephalus.
Lycaon, Wagl. Syst. Amph. Stiug. p. 24 (1880)
(mee Brookes) wi cscccecvaceees Saechahie ways .... Th. cynocephalus.
Peralopex, Gloger, Handb. Naturg. i. p. 82 (1842) Th. cynocephalus.

Size large; general build dog-like. Muzzle long and slender.
Ears of medium size. Tail well developed, short-haired, very thick
at its root. Limbs very much as in Canis, but rather shorter in
proportion to the size of the animal, markedly digitigrade. Toes
subequal, with short, thick, conical claws; hallux entirely wanting.
Pouch opening backwardst. Mamme 4.

Skull broad and strong posteriorly, with a long narrow muzzle.
Frontal region with large air-sinuses above and external to the
olfactory chamber. Infraorbital foramen large, oval, generally
divided into two unequal parts by a small bar of bone, One large
posterior palatal vacuity. Bulle small, transparent, scarcely in-
flated. Coronoid process of lower jaw much slanted backwards.
Axis vertebra very long. Humerus with an entepicondyloid fora-
men. Marsupial bones minute, unossified, represented by two small
pieces of fibro-cartilage.

+. 1.2.3.4 1 p 1.0.8.4 129 8.45. 4A
Dentition :—I. =, C. p P. pt ptatp Me pt x P= 46.

Teeth sharp and cutting. I. not differentiated from the other
incisors. Premolars narrow, much longer than broad, separated
from one another by marked diastemata; p.* present, twice as large

_as p.’ Molars light and delicate, the main central cusp without
any smaller subsidiary cusp on its outer slope; m.* with a marked
central posterior talon. Lower teeth narrow and slender, not
crowded ; molars simple, cutting, each with a large central, medium
anterior, and small posterior cusp, but entirely without accessory
internal cusps (see Pl. XXIV. fig. 1). Posterior heel of m.’ and
m.° broad, its outer side raised into a small cusp, its inner side flat.
Heel of m.* small and simple, but distinct.

Milk-tooth minute, rudimentary, shed during infancy.

Range. Tasmania onlyt. (Found fossil in New South Wales.)

1. Thylacinus cynocephalus.

Didelphys cynocephala, Harris, Zr. Linn. Soc, ik. p. 174, pl. xix.
fig. 1 (animal) (1808). \

Dasyurus cynocephalus, Geoff. Ann. Mus, xv. p.804 (1810); G. Cur.
R. A. i. p. 175 (1817); Desm. N. Dict. PH. N. (2) ix. p. 186

* This name has no claim to adoption, as its original mention is unaccom-
panied not only by a diagnosis, but also by any indication of what species it is
intended to contain, although its author afterwards assigned it to the Thylacine.

+ Fide Owen.

{ The occurrence in Queensland of an animal allied to the Thylacine has
been several times reported, but as yet these reports have not been confirmed
by the capture of specimens (see Scott, P. Z, 8. 1872, p. 355).

256 DASYURIDA,

(1817) ; Geoff. Dict. Sct. Nat. xii. 2 510 (1818) ; Desm. Mamm.
i, p. 262 (1820); Desmoul. Dict. Class. dH. N. v. p. 388 (1824) ;
Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 192 (1827).

Thylacinus harrisi, Zemm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 63, pl. vii. figs. 1+.
(skull) (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 216 (1827); id. Cent.
Zool. a 14, pl. ii, (animal and skull) (1830); Kaup, Thierr. i.
p. 239 (1835); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 367,
pl. xxvi. (animal) (1836); Waterk. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8.
p. 64 (1838) ; Owen, P. Z, 8.1888, p. 121 et segg.; id. Tr. Z. S. ii.
pp. 317 & 408, pl. lxx. fig. 1 (skull) (1841); zd. P. Z. 8. 1843, p. 148;
ad. Odontogr., Atl. pl. xeviii. fig. 1 (teeth) (1845); td. Todd's
Cyclop. Anat. Phys. iii. -p. 258, fig. 80 (teeth) (1847) ; Less. N.
Tabl. R. A., Mamma. p. 190 (1842).

Thylacinus cynocephalus, Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 270 (1829); Pearson,
J. A, S. B. iv. p. 72, pl. xlviii. fig. 49 (dentition) (1835); Gunn,
Ann. Mag, N. H. (1) i. p. 101 (1838) (habits); Gray, Grey’s
Austr., App. ii. p. 400 (1841); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Inbr., Mamm.
xi. p. 128, pl. v. (animal) (1841); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii.

. 19, (1848), v. p. 193 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 489
(1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 456, pl. xvii. fig. 2 (animal),
& xxi. fig. 3 (skull) (1846); Gunn, P. Z. B. 1850, p. 90, pl. xviii.
(animal); Gowd, Mamm. Austr. i. pls. liii., liv. eer (1851) ;
Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 80 (1852); Crisp, P. Z. S. 1855,
p. 188 (anat.); Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 280, figs. (skeleton,
teeth, & animal) (1855); Geb. Odontogr. p. 39, pl. xviii. fig. 10
(teeth) (1855) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 184 (isa) ; Gieb. Siiug. p. 784
(1859); Gunn, P. ZS. 1863, ey (habits) ; Krefft, Notes Faun.
Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; 7d. Austr. Vert. p. 14 (1871); Schleg. Dierent,
p. 157 & fig. (animal) (1872) ; Scott, P. Z. S. 1872, p. 355; Gied,
Bronn’s Ki. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. vy. pl. xix. figs. 2 & 3 (skull) (1874);
Cunningham, J. Anat. Phys. xii. p. 427 (1878) (anat. limbs) ; 7d.
Rep. Voy. ‘Challenger, Zool. v. pt. 2, pls. i—xiii. (1882) (anat.) ;
Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 545 & figs. (skeleton & animal) (1880) ; Dods.
J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 154 (1882) (anat. feet); Flow. Encycl.
Brit. (9) xv. p. 3880, fig. 26 oo (1883) ; Higg. & Pett. P. Roy.
Soc. Tasm. 1833, p. 197; Flow. §& Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. i.
p. 745 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 305 (1887).

Lycaon cynocephalus, Wagl. Syst. Amph. Sdug. p. 24 (1830),

Dasyurus lucocephalus, Grant, Glean, Sci, iii. p. 175 (1881).

Thylacinus striatus, Warlow, J. A. S. B. ii. p. 97 (1838).

Peracyon cynocephalus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 97 (1848);
Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 133 (1862).

Thylacinus breviceps, Krefft, Ann. Mag. N. H. (A) ti. p. 296, pl. xvii.
(skull) (1868); 2d. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr.
Vert. p. 14 (1871).

TaHyLacine on Tasmanian WoL.

Fur short, close and crisp. General colour pale finely grizzled
grey-brown, with a faint yellowish or tawny tinge; the head, back
of ears, body, limbs, and greater part of tail being of this colour.
Round eyes, edges and a spot at base of ears paler, nearly white.
Posterior back with about 16 or 17 dark blackish-brown bands,
contrasting prominently with the pale ground-colour of the back ;
bands on rump descending outside the hips nearly to the knee;
bands on middle back becoming shorter and narrower anteriorly

1. THYLACIN'S. 257

and disappearing just behind the shoulders. Chin, chest, and belly
paler than back, but the difference not very strongly marked. Soles
naked, coarsely granulated, without defined foot-pads. Tail shorter
than body, very thinly haired, except just at base, coloured like
back, but its tip blackish and provided both above and below with
indistinct crests of longer hairs. Mamme 4*.

Skull with the nasals long, slightly expanded behind. Interorbital
space broad, swollen, its edges rounded, but forming prominent
thickened postorbital projections. Sagittal and lambdoid crests well
developed, even in immature specimens. Anterior palatine foramina
long and narrow, ending rather behind the centre of the canine.
One pair of large posterior palatine vacuities, opposite ms. 2+.
Palate ending just behind the level of m.* Skull of female dis-
tinguishable from that of male by its smaller size, shorter muzzle,
less expanded zygomata, and, so far as regards the dentition, by
the actually smaller but proportionally larger teeth, and especially
by the much smaller size of the last molar, which in the male is
about 13 or 14 millim. in its transverse diameter, as compared to
10 or 11 in the female.

Teeth delicate, not large in proportion to the size of the animal.
Incisors forming an evenly bowed transverse series; i.’ quite in
series with the rest, separated at its base from its fellow of the
opposite side, occasionally converging to meet it at its crown;
i.? nearly twice as large in section as any of the others, which are
about equal. P.' slightly smaller than p.*; p.* about twice the
size of p.'

Dimensions.
5 a (etated),
millim,
Head and body .........4-- 1080
Mail | parce caecbersa ced ape eres 530
ind foobiné.s eae ve Poa We bares 150
WaT Cate a ox icant eee 57

Skull, see p. 261.

Hab. Tasmania.

‘Type not in existence.

Krefft’s Th. breviceps is evidently based merely on the female of
this species, the characters he gives being precisely those that sepa-
rate the two sexes, which differ in their cranial and dental cha-
racters far more than do the sexes of any other Marsupial.

a, b. Ad. st., 2. Tasmania. RO Gunn, Esq. [P.
Ad.sk. | Zool. Soc.
“ ) Skeleton. { S-

* Apud Owen, P.Z.8. 1843, p. 148.

DASYURID..

d. 4 tomical prepa-

; Skeleton & =| Tasmania. H.MS. ‘ Challenger.’
3
rations in al

Pelvis, sternum, & Tasmania. H.MS. ‘ Challenger.
anatomical pre-> 2.

parations in al.

h.

(The ee described by Dr. R. Cunenetiem

x Yg. sk. Tasmania. Botiond, Esq.
Skull.* y Won & El}.
g, h. Tmm, tes ©. Launceston, Zool. Soe. [R. Gunn &
Tasmania, J. Grant, Esqs. [P.].]
(Specimens mentioned and figured P. Z. S. 1858, p. 90, pl. xviil.)
2, Skeleton, 2. Tasmania. Zool. Soc.
j. Imm. skeleton (imper- Tasmania, Zool. Boe. C. Barclay,
fect), 2. Esq. [P.].
k. Skull (isected), 2. Tasmania. F.G. Waterhouse, Esq.
LP. ].
1, m. Skulls, 2. Tasmania. ae Gunn, Esq. [P.
&
n. Skull, 3. Tasmania. Haslar Hospital.
o. Skull, g. Tasmania, Gould Coll.
p. Skull, g. No history.
2. SARCOPHILUS. Type
Sarcophilus, F. Cuv. H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iv. livr. Ixx.
(B37). aac wigeaiek Gente oaiduaiied seem ne amare sainsads 8. ursinus,
Diabolus, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 400'(1841) .... 8. ursinus.

Form thick and powerful. Muzzle short and broad. Ears broad
and rounded, the lower part of their outer margin very convex, and
their actual tip so broadly rounded off as to be scarcely marked at
all; metatragus as in Dasyurus. Tail of medium length, evenly
hairy. Feet plantigrade. Toes subequal, with well-developed
curved claws; hallux wanting; soles entirely naked, without
defined sole-pads.

Skull remarkably broad and strong, with a short thick muzzle.
Palatal vacuities of medium size. Bulle prominent, inflated. Co-
ronoid process of lower jaw vertical. Axis vertebra very short and
broad. Humerus with an areas bh foramen.

1.2.3.4 1.0.3.0 1.2.8.4
Dentition :—I. 25-4 0.4 »P. pcgtp Me pas xX 2= = 42,

Teeth blunt and rounded. Upper i.’ not differentiated from the
other incisors. Premolars rounded, broader than, or at least as
broad as, long, closely pressed against each other and against the
canine in front and m.' behind; p.‘ entirely absent. Molars broad
and heavy, the main central cusp of m.' and m.? with a small sub-
sidiary cusp on its outer slope; m.’ without a marked posterior
talon. Lower teeth rounded, strong, closely crowded together ;
molars simple, much as in Thylacinus, but each with a small addi-
tional postero-internal secondary cusp, most largely developed on

* Preserved in the “ Index” portion of the Museum.

2. sARCOPHILUS. 259
m.° M.’ with the small anterior cusp almost or wholly aborted.
M.* with scarcely a trace of a posterior heel.

Milk-premolar entirely absent, as well as the tooth (p.*) it would
have preceded.

Habits. Fossorial; carnivorous.

Range. Tasmania only. (Found fossil in New South Wales.)

This genus, on account of the number of its teeth, has been nearly
invariably either confounded with Dasyurus, or at most only doubt-
fully kept distinct ; but there can be no question, judging by the
structure instead of the mere number of the teeth, that it is more
nearly allied to Thylacinus than it is to Dasyurus.

1. Sarcophilus ursinus.

Didelphys ursina, Harris, Tr. Linn. Soc. ix. p. 176, pl. xix. fig. 2
(animal) (1808) (nee Shaw).

Dasyurus ursinus, Geoff. Ann. Mus. xv. p. 305 (1810); G. Cur. R. A.
i. p. 175 (1817); Desm. N. Dict. dN. H. (2) ix. p. 187 (1817);
Geoff. Dict. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 510 (1818); Desm. Mamm. i. p. 263
(1820) ; Desmouwl. Dict. Class. d'H. N. v. p. 388 (1824); Gray,
Griff. Cuv. An. KE. v. p. 192 (1827); Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. i 68,
pl. viii. figs. 1-5 (leull) (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 214 (1827);
Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 271 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl.
Buff.) v. p. 872 (1886); Gunn, Ann. Mag. N. H. i. p. 103 (1838)
(habits); Owen, P. Z, S. 1838, p. 121 et segg.; td. Tr. ZS. ii.
pp. 889 & 408, pl. Ixx. fig. 5 (skull) (1841); Waterh. Jard. Nat.

br., Mamm. xi. p. 128 (1841); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii.
p. 22 (1843), v. p. 193 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. 490
(1844) ; Owen, Odontogr., Atl. pl. xcviii. fig. 2 (teeth) (1840) ; 2d.
Todd's Cyclop. Anat. Phys. iii. p. 259, fig. 81 (teeth) (1847);
Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 81 (1852); Gieb. Odontogr. p. 39,
pl. xvii. fig. 6 (teeth) (1855) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 135 (1857); Gied.
Stiug. p. 782 (1859); Flow. P. Geol. Soc. 1868, p. 318, figure
mere Schleg. Dierent. p. 159 (1872) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 547,

ig. (animal) (1880) ; Flow. Encycl. Brit. (9) xv. p. 379, fig. 24
(skull) (1888); Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii, p. 748
(1884); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 305 (1887).

Sarcophilus ursinus, F. Ow. H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iv. livr. Ixx.
(animal) (1837); Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 190 (1842);
Mayer, D’Alton’s Zeitschr. Zool. Pal. i. p. 181 (1849) (anat.) ;
Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xlviii. (animal) (1851); Gerv. H. NV.

Mamm. ii. p. 282 (1855) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 25
(1864); id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868) ; id. Austr. Vert. P 14
(1871) ; Chatin, Bull. Soc. Philom. (6) xii. p. 54 (anatomy of anal

glands) (1877); Higg. & Pett. P. R. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 197.
Diabolus ursinus, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 400 (1841); td.
List Mamm. B. M. p. 97 (1843); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm.
B. M. p. 184 (1862).
Dasyurus (Sarcophilus) ursinus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 448,
pl. xxi. fig. 4 (skull) (1846); Vrolik, Tudschr. Wis. & Natuurk,
Wet. Amsterd, iv. p. 153 (1851) (anat.).

TasMANIAN Devi.

Fur thick and close, consisting largely of the soft woolly underfur,
s2

260 DASYURID A.

which is nearly as long as the longer, straighter fur. General
colour black or dark blackish brown all over, the head, body, limbs,
and tail being all uniformly of that colour, which i is only relieved by
a small and variable number of pure white patches about the region
of the neck, shoulders, and rump, one on the chest between the fore
limbs being the only one which seems to be constantly present.
Rhinarium large, entirely naked. Ears rounded, hairy, with well-
marked tufts of hairs at their base. Soles quite naked ; sole-pads
absent, but in the usual position of these thero is a broad prominence
on each foot, not subdivided into three, its surface and that of the
whole sole'and underside of toes uniformly and coarsely granulated ;
the tip of each toe, just beneath the claw, with a small transversely
striated pad. Tail about half the length of the head and body,
uniformly thickly hairy.

Skull broad, evenly converging forwards. Nasals narrow, but
little expanded behind. Interorbital space very broad, rounded ;
postorbital processes strongly developed, and corresponding pro-
cesses on the malars; intertemporal constriction strongly marked,
in old specimens its breadth less than one third of the interorbital
breadth, the latter increasing and the former decreasing very
markedly as age advances. Sagittal and lambdoid crests much
developed. Anterior palatine foramina short. Palatal vacuities
each a little larger than one of the largest molars. Posterior edge
of palate about a centimetre behind the level of the last molar; its
edges much thickened, and with a central projecting point. Bulle
pear-shaped, much inflated.

Teeth as described above. I.’ touching its fellow of the other
side of the jaw; p.° above about three times and below about twice
the bulk of p.’; m.* with no posterior and a much smaller internal
talon than in the Thylacine.

Dimensions.
3%. ot.
(Stuffed), (Stuffed),
Adult, Adult.
millim. millim.
Head and body ............ 670 660
Tall acscnvsaswee. ace es vs 222 280
Hind foot s.ccsecessswedes 88 86
Pal os bs eases ds diowavanse 36 26
Skull, see next page.
Hab. Tasmania.
Type not in existence.
Yg. al. 3 Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P. & C.}.
Skull. ’
b. Imm, st. Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq. [P. & C.].

* Tn the Vienna Museum.
+ In the Munich Museum.

2. SARCOPHILUS.—3. DASYURUS. 261

ec. Imm, st. Tasmania, Purchased.
g, §imm. sk. Tasmania. Purchased.
* ) Skull, ;
e. Skeleton (mounted). Zool. Soc,
SJ: Skeleton. Tasmania. Purchased,
g, 2. Skeletons. Zool. Soc,
2 Skull (‘3). Tasmania. Dr, Milligan [P. & C.].
j. Imm, skull. Haslar Hospital.
k. Skull, Zool, Soc.

Skull Dimensions of Thylacinus and Sarcophilus.

A Jang oA NC Pee Sarcophilus
Species ......., | Thy cynocep eae
Sex . 3. 2. [J].
Specime O. . te
Basal length ...........sceeseereeeee 221* 188t 123
Greatest breadth ...........0...-.- 1895 115 104
Nasals, length ............c.:0000 90 75 51
» greatest breadth......... 35: 27 20
Constriction, breadth ............ 36 32 175
Palate, length ..............cceee 124 106 "5
3h breadth between outer
corners of m.? ......... 61 59 62
Palatal foramen 145 125 67
Basi-cranial axis .... 567 49 38
Basi-facial axis..... 1643 139 85
Facial index .............+ 29u 284 vot
Teeth—length of p.* si 68
a » ofps 11 10 e
ii » of ms, 1-8 38°5 36°7 35'2
# breadth of m.* 14-4 10t 95

3. DASYURUS. Type
Dasyurus, E. Geoff. Bull. Soc. Philom. i. p. 106 (1796),. D. yiverrinus,

General form very viverrine, much as in the Genets. Rhbinarium
well defined, quite naked, with a deep groove running down to the
upper lip. Ears long and narrow, their tips well defined, and the
lower half of their outer margins only slightly and evenly convex ;
metatragus large and broad, folded downwards, its-edges thickened
and bent outwards before and behind. Body grey or brown,
profusely spotted with white. Tail long, evenly and thickly hairy
throughout. Feet plantigrade. Toes subequal, with sharp curved
claws; hallux either very small or altogether wanting; soles
granulated, nearly or wholly naked. Pouch opening vertically

* Range from 205 to 226, +. Range from 179,
t 11-0 in two other females.

262 : DASYURIDA.

downwards, its walls of about equal depth all the way round.
Mamme 6 or 8, arranged in two outwardly curved series.

Skull of medium proportions; palatal vacuities large. Bulle
large and inflated, rounded, transparent. Axis vertebra of medium
length. No entepicondyloid foramen on humerus.

siedieate 1.2.8.4 ql 1.0.3.0 yy 1.2.3.4, 9_
Dentition :—I. >> 10.5, PB. ot Me RS x = #2.

Teeth more insectivorous in their character than in Thylacinus
and Sarcophilus. Upper i.’ pointed, cylindrical, not flattened at its
tip, as are the other three, separated from its fellow of the opposite
side. ioe ha pointed, much longer than broad, separated from

each other axd from m.' by the gaps caused by the missing p.”
and p.t| Molars multicuspidate; ms.!% with their anterior and
central secondary cusps nearly or quite as long as the main central
one; m.* without a marked posterior, but with a large internal
talon. Lower teeth narrow, laterally compressed, their general
characters corresponding to those of the upper jaw. Molars
(except m.') with a prominent secondary cusp on the inner side of
the main central one (see Pl. XXTV. fig. 3) and with a small extra
cusp on the internal corner of the posterior basal ledge. M.*
with scarcely a trace of the small anterior secondary cusp found in
Thylacinus and generally in Phascologale.

Milk-premolars absent, as in Sarcophilus.

Habits. Arboreal ; carnivorous and insectivorous.

Range. Whole of Papuan and Australian subregions.

The Dasyures or “ Native Cats” are among the best known of the
Marsupials, as they render themselves notorious and obnoxious to
the settlers by their serious depredations in poultry-yards and
similar places. In fact, their habits would seem to be almost
precisely similar to those of the Martens, whose position they
clearly occupy in the Australian fauna, living in trees and feeding
largely upon birds and their eggs. It seems probable that the
species (D. viverrinus and D. geoffroyi) which, like the Thylacine
and Tasmanian Devil, have no distinct striated pads on their feet
are less exclusively arboreal than those so provided, judging from
the analogy of other forms in which the climbing-powers and
habits vary in precisely the same ratio as the development of these
distinctly climbing-organs.

Synopsis of the Species.
I. Exrernat CHARACTERS.

A. Size large. Tail spotted. Foot-pads dis- |
tinct, transversely striated ............ 1. D. maculatus, p. 263.
B. Size medium or small. Tail not spotted.
a, Foot-pads tuberculated like rest of sole.
a’, No hallux; tail white at end (except™
in black variety) ............000. 2. D. viverrinis, p. 265.
6. A hallux; tail becoming black at end 3. D. geoffroyi, p. 268.
b. Foot-pads distinct, transversely striated.
ce. Fur straight, not woolly. Hare large 4. D. hallucatus, p. 269.
ad‘, Fur short and woolly. Earssmall,. 5. D. albopunctatus, p. 271.

3. DASYURUS. 263

IL. Cranrat Caaracters.

A. Bulle obliquely oval, their lesser barely
half their greater diameter. Molars 1-3
18 millim. or more ...............005 1, D. maculatus, p, 268.
B. Bulle spherical. Molars 1-3 not reaching e
18 millim.
a. Molars 1-3 more than 14 millim. Zygo-
matic breadth more than 40 millim.
a'. Posterior palate comparatively perfect 2. D. viverrinus, p. 265,
@ 46. Posterior palate with large vacuities 3. D. geoffroyi, p. 268.
6. Molars 1-3 less than 14 millim. Zygo-
matic breadth less than 38 millim. °
ec, Muzzle not abnormally short. Palate-
length about 35 millim. Nasals
about 20 millim. long ............ 4. D. hallucatus, p. 269,
@‘, Muzzle very short. Palate-length
about 28 millim. Nasals about 17
millim. long ......... see eee eee 5, D. albopunctatus, p. 271.

1. Dasyurus maculatus.

Shee Marten, Phillip, Voy. Botany Bay, p. 276, pl. xlvi. (animal)

(1789).

Ye ees Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 170 (1792); Shaw, Gen.
Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 433 (1800) ; Turton, Linn. S. N.i. p. 56 (1806).
ac aaa: Meyer, Syst. Uebers. Zool, Entd. p. 27

3).

Dasyurus macrourus, Geoff. Ann. Mus. iii, p. 358 (1804); Tiedem.
Zool. p. 428 (1808); Péron, Voy. Terres Austr. (2) pl. xxxiii.
(animal) (1811); Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) ix. p. 188 (1817);
G. Cuv. R.A. i. p. 175 (1817); Geoff. Dict. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 510
(1818); Desm. Men. i. p. 263 (1820); Desmoul. Dict. Class.
aH. N. v. p. 338 (1824); F. Cuv. Dents Mamma. p.75, pl. xxiii. B
(teeth) (1825); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 193 (1827);
Less. Man. Mamm. p. 214 (1827); Temm. Mon. Mamm.1. p. 69
(1827) ; Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 271 (1829) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg.
p. 548 (1830); Owen, P. Z. S. 1835, p. 7 (anat.); Less, H. N.
Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 872, x. p. 366 (1836) ; Waterh. Cat.
Mamm. Mus, Z. 8. p. 65 (1838); Owen, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 121
et seqg.; 7d. Tr. ZS. ii. pp. 389, 408, pl. Ixx. fig. 4 (skull) (1841) ;
Waterh. Jard. Nat. Inbr., Mamm. xi, p. 180, pl. vi. (animal)
(1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 190 (1842); Wagn. Schr.
Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 28, pl. clii. B. @ (animal) (1843), v. p. 196
(1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 490 (1844); Gieb. Odontogr.
p. 89, pl. xvii. figs. 1 & 3 (teeth) (1855); Dods. J. Anat. Phys.
xvii. p. 153 (1882) (anat. feet).

Dasyurus maculatus, G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 584 (1818), Gray,
Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 400 (1841); 2d. List Mamm. B. M.

. 98 (1843) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 489, pl. xxi. fig. 2 (skull)
iss); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xlix. (animal) (1851); Gunn,
P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 81 (1852); Schleg. Dierk. p. 185 (1857) ;
Gieb. Stiug. p. 731 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M,
p. 135 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm, Austr. Mus. p. 25 (1864) ;
id. Notes Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868); id. Austr. Vert. p. 14 (1871);
Schleg. Dierent. p. 158 (1872); Higg. § Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm,

264 DASYURIDA.

1883, p. 197; Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 741 (1884) ;
Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 304 (1887); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii.
p. 854 (1887).

Dasyurus ursinus, Geb. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pl. xviii.
figs, 4 & 5 (skull) (1874) (nee Harris).

SporreD-TAILED DAsyURE.

Size comparatively large; form thicker and heavier than in the
other species. Fur thick and close; underfur abundant, dark smoky
brown. General colour brownish, with a marked rufous or
orange tinge. Face covered with very coarse stiff hairs, pale
grizzled brown. Ears rather shorter than in the other species,
very thinly haired, the bases of their inner margins tufted with
yellow-tipped hairs. Body grizzled brown, the longer, coarser
hairs with a broad subterminal band of rufous or orange. White
body-spots large, many of them from 20 to 25 millim. in diameter,
mostly confined to the sides of the neck and body and to the outsides
of the limbs, the back being almost or quite without them. Chin,
chest, and belly white or pale yellow, the bases of the hairs slate,
except on certain scattered spots corresponding to the lateral body-
spots. Inner sides of limbs, the feet, and toes coloured on the whole
like the belly ; claws large and powerful. Tail very long, brown or
rufous brown, largely spotted, like the body, with white. Mamme 6.

Skull considerably larger than in the following species. Nasals
long, narrow, but little expanded behind, their greatest not twice
their least width. Interorbital space broad and smooth, its edges
produced outwards into a blunt, rounded postorbital projection,
behind which comes the strongly marked intertemporal constriction.
Sagittal and lambdoid crests strongly developed. Palate unusually
complete, with only a few small and irregular vacuities. Bulle
swollen, elongated along a line running from the edge of the
palate outwards and backwards, their diameter along this line
nearly or quite twice that in the direction at right angles to it.

Teeth as usual, only distinguishable from those of the other
species by their larger size. Combined lengths of first three molars
from 18 to 20 millim.

Dimensions.

Re

e (skin)

Adult.

millim.

Head and body ............ 620
ED BE esis Paes hewisaye ah earn otey WE Beas 470
Hind foot ................ 76
ABS Si nccency Secs ver aaa lane (¢.) 24

Skull, see p. 272.

Hab. Yastern and South-eastern Australia, from Central Queens-
land to Tasmania ; most common in the latter.
Type not in existence.

3. DASYURUS. 265

The commonness of this species in Tasmania and its great rarity
on the continent are of interest as showing that it is approaching
‘the condition now exhibited by the Thylacine and Tasmanian Devil,
namely complete extermination in Australia, where both once
lived, and continued preservation in the island of Tasmania. Why
the small island of Tasmania should be able to support in con-
siderable numbers the three largest carnivorous Marsupials, com-
peting probably, to a certain extent, with each other, while they
have been almost or wholly unable to survive on the mainland, is a
problem which much requires elucidation. The presence of the
Dingo in Australia is no doubt one of the causes that have tended
to produce this remarkable state of affairs.

a, Ad. skeleton. Herbert Vale, Queens- Christiania Museum
land (Dr. Iumholtz). — [E.].
b Ad. sk, 3. Gippsland, Victoria. Purchased.
e, Ad, st. go. Tasmania.’ Gould Coll.
d. Imm. st., ¢. Tasmania. Purchased.
a; Ad. & imm. sk. Tasmania. Gen. Hardwicke
J+ ) Skull of e. 3. [P.1.
Ad. sk. | , Tasmania. Gould Coll.
* ) Skull. .
h, Skeleton, mounted. Tasmania. Purchased.
2 Skull (¢). Launceston, Purchased.
Tasmania.
J. Skull (¢). Haslar Hospital.

2. Dasyurus viverrinus.

Spotted Opossum, Phillip, Voy. Botany Bay, p. 147, pl. xv. (1789).
Tapoa a ae variety, White, Journ. Voy. N.S. W. p. 285,
1, lix. (1790).

Ditclphis macrlata, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 199 (1792) (nee Viverra
maculata, @d. op. cit. p. 170); G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. p. 125 (1798) ;
Wiedem. Cuv. Naturg. Thiere, i. p. 179 (1800); Turton, Linn.
Syst. Nat. i. p. 68 (1806).

Didelphis viverrinus, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 491, pl. exi. (1800).

Dasyurus viverrinus, E. Geoff. Ann. Mus. iii. p. 360 (1804); Sevast.
Mém. Ac. Pétersb. i. p. 443 (1807); IU. Prodr. Syst. Mamm.
p. 77 (1811); G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 585 (1818); G. Cuv. R. A. i.
p. 176 (1817); Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) ix. p. 189 (1817);
Geoff. Dict. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 511 (1818); Desm. Mamm. i. p. 268
(1820) ; Desmoul. Dict. Class, d’H. N. v. p. 339 (1824); Gray,
Grif. Cuv. An. K. vy. p. 193 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 215
(1827); Temm. Mon. Mamma. i. p. 72 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn.

* This specimen presents the remarkable anomaly of having an additional
molar inserted between the m.° and m.* of ordinary Dasyures on the left side of
the upper and on both sides of the lower jaw. In size also it is dwarfed, the
combined lengths of its first three molars being only 15 millim., and therefore no
longer than in D. viverrinus. The skull is asymmetrical in the temporal region,
where it has perhaps been injured by a blow, an injury which, if done in its
mother’s pouch before the formation of its teeth, may, by affecting the nervous
system, have caused the anomaly in its dentition.

266 DASYURIDE.

Mamm, p. 272 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm, (Compl. Buff.) v.
p. 873, pl. xxv. (1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc.
p. 65 (1888); Gunn, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) i. p. 104 (1838)
Gould, P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 151; Owen, Tr. Z. 8. ii. p. 408, pl. Ixx
fig. 2 (skull) (1841); Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 400 (1841) ;
Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.'p. 190 (1842) ; Gray, List Mamm.
B. M. p. 97 (1848) ; Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 33, 1843, v.
p. 194 (1855); Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 442, pl. xii. fig. 1
soles of feet) (1846); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. 1. (animal)
tr851) 3; Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 81 (1852); Gerv. H. NL
Mamm. ii. p. 282 (1855); Schley. Dierk. p. 185 (1857); Gieb.
Stiug. p. 731,(1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M., p. 184
(1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 26 (1864); td. Notes
Faun. Tasm. p. 4 (1868); id. Austr. Vert. p. 14 (1871); Schleg.
Dierent. p. 159 (1872); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 549 (1880) ; Higg. §
Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 197; Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost.
Coll. Surg. ii. p. 742 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 304
(1887) ; Thos. Phil. Trans. clxxvii. p. 461, pl. xxvii. fig. 5 (teeth)
(1887) ; Lyd. Cat, Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 268 (1887). |”

Dasyurus maugei, Geoff, Ann. Mus. iii. p. 359 (1804); Tiedem. Zool.
p. 429 (1808) ; G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 584 (1813) ; Desm. N. Dict.
dH, N. (2) ix. p. 188 (1817); Geoff. Dict. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 611
(1818); Desm. Mamma. i. p. 263 (1820); Gioldf. Handb. Zool. ii.
p. 449 (1820) ; Desmoul. Dict. Class. dH. N. v. p. 889 (1824);
F, Cuv. H. N. Mamm. (fol.) iii. livy. xliv. (animal) (1824); Quoy
& Gaim. Voy. Uranie, p. 54, pl. iv. (animal & skull) (1824) ; Gray,
Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p 193 (1827) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 71,
pl. vii. figs. 5-8 (skull) (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. pe 214 (1827) ;
J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 271 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm.
(Compl. Buff.) v. p. 378, pl. xxxvi. (animal) (1886); Benn. Cat.
N. H. Austr. Mus. p. 2 (1837); Owen, P. Z. S. 1838, p. 121 et
seqg.; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1838) ; Gould,
P. Z. 8. 1840, p. 151; Owen, Tr. Z. S. ii. pp. 897, 408, pl. lxx.
fig. 3 (skull) (1841); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamma. xi. p. 188,
pl. vii. (animal) (1841); Zess. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 190
(1842); Wagn: Schreb, Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 24, pl. clii. B. 5 (animal)
(1848) ; Schenz, Syn. Mamm., i. p. 491 (1844); Geb. Odont. p. 39,
pl. xvii. fig. 8 (teeth) (1855).

Dasyurus guttatus, Desm. N. Dict. dH. N. (1) xxiv. p. 10 (1804).

Common Dasyvrz.

Size medium, about that of a Marten; form slender. Fur thick
and soft; underfur long and abundant, dark slaty grey, nearly
black in parts. General colour either pale olive-grey or deep black,
profusely spotted with white. In the black melanistic variety every
part of the body is deep black, except for the white body-spots. In
the grey, or normal, variety the face, back, and sides of neck, and
body are all of a pale yellowish grey, the longer hairs everywhere
with a subterminal yellow band. Ears large, their backs and
edges internally covered with pale yellow hairs. Body-spots gene-
rally distributed, larger ones from about 12 to 15 millim. in diameter.
Belly and limbs like back, but paler and greyer, the tips of the
hairs white instead of yellow. Soles of feet granulated, without
marked pads. No trace of ahallux. Tail bushy, with a tendency
towards a distichous arrangement of the hairs; its proximal three-

3

3. DASYURUS. 267

fourths coloured like the back, but wholly without white spots; its
tip white, forming a prominent white pencil. Mamme 6.

Skudl rather lightly built, with a narrow slender muzzle. Nasals
evenly broadening backwards, their greatest about twice their
least; breadth. Interorbital space rounded, depressed in the middle
line, its edges thickened, but not forming postorbital projections.
Intertemporal constriction usually less marked than in D. macu-
laius. Palatal foramen extending backwards to the centre of the
canine. Posterior palate usually fairly perfect, the vacuities mostly
very small, Bulle large and prominent, hemispherical.

Teeth as usual. Combined lengths of first three molars from 15
to 17 millim. Upper m.‘ usually broader and heavier antero-
posteriorly than in D. geoffroyt.

Dimensions.

a (atSted), Ee

Adult. Adult.

millim, millim,
Head and body............ 440 (c) 400
PDAS a date euaisdstnes ea eS rea 290 210
Hind foots. :.i6i406 saves 65 60
Hat? casaiersie: oe Hao he eae es 28 27

Skull, see p. 272.

Hab. Colonies of South Australia, New South Wales, Victoria,
and Tasmania.

Type not in existence.

The great frequency with which black semi-melanistic specimens
occur in this species is a very remarkable and noteworthy fact,
especially as the black colour does not affect the body-spots, which
are present in their usual position and number as much in the
black as in the ordinary specimens. The tuft at the end of the tail,
however, usually white, is, like the rest of that organ, wholly black.

The two forms were long, and perhaps naturally, thought to
represent two distinct species, but Mr. Gould in 1840 satisfactorily
proved their identity by stating that he had himself found speci-
mens of both the black and grey varieties in the same litter.

a. *Ad. st., 3. Liverpool Plains, N.S.W. Gould Coll.

b. *Imm. sk. Maitland, N.S. W. Gould Coll.

ce. Yy. st. Gould Coll.

d, Skeleton. Garden Island, Port Jack- F.M. Rayner, Esq.
son, N. S. W. (Voy.
‘ Herald’), _,

e. Skuil. New South Wales. Purchased,

fg. Ad. d & yg. st. South Australia. oS oe Grey

h. Yg. st South Australia. Pubchocod

4. *Ad. sk, ¢, 14/11/38. Richmond, near Hobart, Gould Coll.
Tasmania.

* Specimens marked with an asterisk belong to the black melanistic form.

268 " pasyURTDZ.

. Ad. sks. Tasmania. Capt Ross [P. &

j,k Skull of 7. de. b4,

1. *Ad, sk. Tasmania. Ronald kil Esq.
P. & C.),

m, Ad. sk. Tasmania, =; ws, Gillies [P.].

n, * Yg. st. Tasmania.

o. Heart in al. (voy. HLMLS. ‘Challenger.’) Dr. Cunningham.

p. Pouch with 5 foetuses. Tasmania. No history.

q, r. Skeletons. Purchased.

s-u, Skulls. Purchased.

3. Dasyurus geoffroyi.

Dasyurus geoffroyi, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1840, p.151; Waterh. Jard. Nat.
Tibr., Mamm. xi, p. 182 (1841); Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii.
p. 400 (1841) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.p. 190 (1842); Gray,
List Mamm. B. M. p. 98 (1848) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. 1. p. 491
(1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 487 (1846); Gould, Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. li. (animal) (1851); Wagn. Schreb. Sdug. Supp. v.

. 194 (1855); Schleg. Dierk. p. 185 (1857); Gieb. Sdug. p. 731
(i859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M., p. 134 (1862) ; Krefft,
Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 27 (1864); ad. Austr. Vert. p. 14
(1871) ; Schleg. Dierent. p. 159 (1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p. 804 (1887); Coll. Zool. Jahro. ii. p. 856 (1887).

BLAcK-TAILED DasyURE.

Size, form, and quality of fur as in D. viverrinus. General colour
olive-grey with a tinge of rufous, darker than in D. viverrinus,
profusely spotted with white. Face pale grey. Top of head, back,
sides of body, limbs, and basal third of tail all rufous olive-grey.
Ears (Pl. XXIII. fig. 1) large, with a prominent metatragus; their
backs brown, but the edges both internally and externally white.
Body-spots smaller than in D. viverrinus, the diameter of the larger
ones from about 9 to 12 millim. Chin, chest, and belly white, the
bases of the hairs slate. Palms and soles naked, granulated; the
usual positions of the foot-pads marked by rounded granulated pro-
minences, but there are no distinct striated pads developed (see
Pl. XXIII. fig. 2). Hallux distinct, about 5 millim. long. Tail
long, less bushy than in D. viverrinus, the hairs arranged distichously ;
its basal half above and fourth below coloured like the back, but
wholly unspotted ; end and greater part of underside black. Palate
with seven continuous but rather irregular palate-ridges, between
which are other minute and rudimentary ones. Mamme 6.

Skull almost identical with that of D. viverrinus, but rather more
strongly built, with the anterior palatal foramina rather shorter,
and with two large posterior palatal vacuities, these latter being
as arule covered in by a thin bony network in D. viverrinus.

Teeth as in D. viverrinus. Upper m.* usually narrower antero-
posteriorly than in that species,

* Specimens marked with an asterisk belong to the black melanistic form.

3. DASYURUS. 269

Dimensions.
3. _ &:
e (stuffed). a@ (in spirit).

Adult. Adult.

millim. millim.

Head and body .......... 400 360
atl et vei caaate wae aie 4 ARC AS 310 270
Hind foot .............. 63 60
Miata api ante eee eee hse 31 31

Skull, see p. 272.

Hab. All Australia except the extreme north; in the east living
chiefly in the interior rather than the coast districts, where it is
superseded by D. viverrinus. Not foundin Tasmania.

Type in collection.

Judging by the relative sizes of the skulls (see p. 272) the western
race of this species seems somewhat to exceed the eastern, the males
of the latter little more than equalling in size the females of the
former. The difference is not, however, by any means sufficient to
found nominal distinction upon.

é Ad, al., 2 Peak Downs, Queensland. Godeffroy Museum.
& 5 foetuses.

p, ) Ad. sk. 3 Liverpool Plains, N.S. W. Gould Coll.
Skull. : (Type of species.)
ec, Ad. st, d. New South Wales. Gould Coll.
[oe sks, Brushes of Murray R.,8.A. Gould Coll.
Suis, | oe
f he at South Australia. Sir George Grey
Skull. : [P. & C.}.
d.sk.,?, ie Vasse R., W. Australia Gould Coll.
(J. Gilbert).
; Ad. st. Perth, W. A. Purchased.
Skull. ( *
@, 7. Imm. sks, Perth, W. A. Government of W.
Australia [P.].
k. Skull. C. Leschenault, Twiss, W.A. Purchased.
in. Skulls (2g,19). Shark’s Bay, W. A. (Voy. F. M. Rayner, Esq.
‘ Herald’). P.].
o. Skull, gd. Gould Coll.

4, Dasyurus hallucatus.

Dasyurus hallucatus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1842, p. 41; Gray, List Mamm.
B..M. p. 98 (1848) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. p. 492 (1844) ; Waterh.
N. A. a am i, p. 484 (1846); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. lii.
(animal) (1851); Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supp. v. p. 195 (1855); Gieb.
Sdug. p. 780 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 184
(1862); Krefft, Austr. Vert. p- 14 (1871); Coll. Zool, Jahrb, ii.
p. 857 (1887).

Norra-AvstRaLian DasyvRE.

Size small, not more than half the bulk of D. viverrinus ; form
slender. Fur short and coarse; underfur thin, pale slaty grey.

270 DASYURID A.

General colour yellowish brown, white-spotted. Face grizzled
yellowish grey. Lars large and leafy, very thinly covered with fine
yellow hairs; metatragus large, not so thick and fleshy as in
D. geoffroyi. Back brown, the longer hairs with a subterminal
band of dull yellow and a long rufous-brown tip. Sides of neck and
body paler, either grey or yellow, the darker tips to the hairs here
disappearing. Body-spots generally distributed, the larger ones
about 10 millim in diameter. Chin, chest, and belly pale grey or
yellow, the bases of the hairs generally slate, but sometimes white.
Limbs coloured outside like back, inside like belly. Feet thickly
covered with short coarse yellow hairs ; hallux present ; soles smooth,
naked, with three anterior, one long postero-external, and two postero-
internal pads, all distinctly defined and transversely striated ; the
last two pads corresponding to the long and often double hallucal
pad of Phascologale. Tail long, much shorter-haired than in the
other species, its base coloured like the body, the remainder black.
Palate with seven continuous evenly curved ridges, between which, in
the middle line, there are minute supplementary ones. Mamme 8.

Skull similar to, although much smaller than, that of D. viverrinus,
but, as is usual with smaller species, the crests and ridges on the
skull are much less developed, the occipital- crest quite low even in
aged specimens. Nasals long, evenly expanded backwards. Inter-
orbital space broad and flat, its edges rounded; intertemporal
constriction not strongly marked. Two large posterior palatal
vacuities opposite the second and third molars. Bulle much in-
flated, transparent.

Teeth as usual. Upper m.‘ with a projecting posterior angle, and
therefore rather broader antero-posteriorly than in the other species.

Dimensions.

3. g.
6 (stuffed). a (skin).
Nearly adult. Adult.

millim. millim,
Head and body .......... 270 300
Mail vede Som, cbse sane syd ea Cane ea 210 215
Hind foot.......... 0000s 44 42
Har’ os dawcta watw we aabeoe 20 21

Skull, see p. 272.

Hab. North Australia, within the tropics,

Type in collection.

This species shows a certain approach to Phascologale in its small
size, slender build, and in the structure of its hind feet ; butits skull,
dentition, and coloration are all distinctly those of the present genus.

Ad. sk. Port Essington, Northern Gould Coll.
- } Sil ¢ Territory. (Type of species. )
a, Ny. ad. st. 3 Port Essington. Gould Coll.
: } Sea i

3. DASYURts. O71

ce, d@. Imm. al.,g 9. Port Darwin, Arnhem Land. R. G. 8. Buckland,

Esq. [C.].
e. Skull (3). Cape York (J. Macgillivray). Voy. ‘ Rattlesnake.’
J. Ad. sk., 2. Sir gs Grey
[P.].

5. Dasyurus albopunctatus.

Dasyurus albopunctatus, Schley. Notes Leyd. Mus. ii. p. 51 (Jan. 1880);
Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus, p. 304 (1887).

Dasyurus fuscus, M.-Edwards, C. R. xc. p. 1518 (June 1880) ; td.
Ann, Mag. N. H. (5) vi. p. 172 (1880).

New Guinza Dasyure.

Size as in D. hallucatus, form rather stouter. Fur short, close and
soft, much shorter than in the other species ; underfur very thin, dark
brown. General colour dark grizzled rufous-brown, white-spotted.
Head short and broad, dark fulvous. Ears short, rounded, nearly
naked. Neck, anterior back, sides and outsides of limbs dark grizzled
fulvous or rufous ; hind back darker, nearly black. Body-spots very
small, the larger ones only from 5 to 7 millim. in diameter. Chin,
chest, and belly pale yellow or rufous. Feet dark brown; hallux
present ; soles naked, pads distinct, transversely striated. Tail long,
rather short-haired, black or dark brown, its tip not pencilled.

Skull short and thickly built ; muzzle much shorter and broader
in proportion than in the other species. Nasals short, broad, much
expanded behind. Interorbital region broad, flat, not hollowed in
the middle line, its edges well marked. Palatal foramina short,
barely reaching to the level of the front of the canines.

Teeth small in proportion, their form as usual.

Dimensions. 9
Type (stuffed).
at
millim.
Head and body .............045 270
Tall vison eer eke Kem Oe OE Mea OB 230
Hind foots «vend weese sande vec ees 42
Hat oan eva ecco ees eee 16

Skull, see next page.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Mt. Arfak).

Type in the Leyden Museum.

This species, as is the case with so many of the Papuan Marsupials,
is very closely allied to one of the North-Australian representatives
of the genus, namely to D. hallucatus, from which, however, it may
be distinguished by its shorter muzzle and ears, shorter woollier fur,
and by the rufous or fulvous tinge in the general colour of its back.

Skull Dimensions of Dasyurus.

DASYURIDA.

Species: ccassiceen-sesevscenes D. maculatus, hod D. geoffroyt. : D. hallucatus. ees
Eastern. Western.
dé. 2. ? Poin 3. 2. (?) 2. 2.
: 4 a. * e. da. t. Ne é a. Type.
NBO) 2. sresice sildinaies ad. ad. ad. _ ad. ad. ~ ad. aged. ad. ad.
Basal length .............4- 1047 84 75 65°5 77 63°5 60 60 ies
Greatest breadth . G7 58 47 45 50 41 36 - 35 35-4
Nasals, length .......... a7 85 31 23 27 25 22 21 17
» greatest breadth 14 ll 12 9 11-4 91 88 95 9
» least breadth ... 9. q 56 41 54 4 4:5 44 46
Intertemporal constriction . 10:3 il 12 9°5 9 9°8 95 92 96
Palate, length 545 51 45 39 46 39:3 35 35 28
a breadth between outer cor-| .
nets Of m.3 0... cece eeees 33 30°4 27 25 26 23°5 20 19:7
Palatal foramen .......0..seccaeeeeeeeee 65 62 _ 52 4 5 41 5:4 44 |).
Basi-cranial @Xi8 ........cccseeeeeeeenee 37 28 24:3 23'7 25°6 20°8 20°5 20°5
Basi-facial axis...........ccccseceeeeeees 67 . 56 51 42 516 43 389°5 39-5
Facial index ...........csecsseseseeeeeeeee 181 200 210 177 202 207 193 193
Teeth—length of p23 o..sceeeecseeees 4 45 35 33 33 34 sat 3-2
45 4 Ok MSD cc sttavieas 18-9 18°7 16°8 16 145 14:2 13-4 13-2
: breadth of m.* .............. 65 61 5 5:3 51 5 41 43

272

x From Herbert Vale, Central Queensland (Lwmholtz); kindly lent to me by Dr. R. Collett of the Christiania Museum,
t From specimen 0. é

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 273

4. PHASCOLOGALE.

Type.
Phascogale, Temm. Mon. Mamma i. p. 56 (1827) .. Ph. pericllate:
Antechinus, Macleay, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) viii.
Pe PAT USED) eae need ea Sareea waned a eae aaa ears Ph, flavipes.
Tapoa, Less. N. Tadl. R. A., Mamma. p. 190 (1842). Ph. penicillata.
Ascogale, Gloger, Handb. Naturg. i. p. 83 (1842) .. Ph. penicillata.

Myoictis, Gray, P. Z. S. 1858, p. 111 ............ Ph. wallacei.
Cheetocercus, Arefft, P. Z. §. 1866, p. 484 ........ Ph. cristicaudata.
Dasycercus, Peters, SB. Ges. nat. Freunde, 1875,

P48 gedaan ashes Peake wsaneaney aan esau’ Ph. cristicaudata.

Size small compared to Dasyuwrus; -general form slender and
graceful. Rhinarium naked, deeply grooved below, where it passes
into the upper lip. Ears rounded, more convex below and less
pointed than in Dasyurus ; metatragus large, thin, its terminal part
showing scarcely a trace of the folding found in Dasyurus. Tail
long, very variable in its covering, either bushy, crested or nearly
naked. Feet broad and short; toes subequal, with sharp curved
claws ; hallux always present, but short and clawless; palms and
soles granulated, entirely naked, with five transversely striated pads
on each, but the postero-internal one (pollical or hallucal) often
subdivided into two, making six in all (see Pl. XXIII. fig. 3).
Pouch practically obsolete, its walls represented merely by low folds
of skin. Mamme 4, 6, 8, or 10.

Skull much as in Dasywrus, but smaller, slenderer, less ridged,
and more flattened, especially in the frontal region. Nasals markedly
expanded behind. JInterorbital region broad. Palatal vacuities
variable, generally present. Bulle hemispherical, transparent.

oh 1.2.3.4 1 1.0.3.4 ire Ore
Dentition :-—I. —3-, C. 5, P. Com M. Tp gg X 2= 46.

All the teeth very much as in Dasyurus, but smaller and more
acutely cuspidate. Upper i.’ markedly distinguished from the other
incisors, conical, pointed, projecting forwards; lateral incisors
flattened. Upper p. and p.’ as in Dasyurus; p.* present, generally
very similar in shape to p.' and p.*, occasionally small and single-
rooted, its size varying very much within the genus, but very con-
stant in each species, and therefore affording excellent specific
characters. Lower teeth similar to upper; p.* corresponding very
much in its variations to its fellow above, but never exceeding p.*
in size, and sometimes altogether wanting.

Milk-premolar (Pl. XXIV. fig. 4) varying in size and persistency
according to the development of the permanent p.* Well developed
and long persistent in the species with large p.*; small or altogether
absent in the others.

Habits. Arboreal, insectivorous.

Range. Whole of Papuan and Australian subregions.

The members of this genus evidently take the place in the Aus-
tralian region filled in the Oriental by the Tupaiew and in the

*

* Absent in Ph. cristicaudata and (generally) in Ph. thorbeckiana.
T

274 DASYURIDA,

Neotropical by the smaller Opossums.

They are strictly arboreal

in their habits, and therefore cannot be said to be comparable to
the terrestrial and fossorial Shrews, whose position is rather more
exactly filled in Australia by the members of the next genus,

Sminthopsis.

Synopsis of the Species.

I. Exrernan CHARACTERS.

A. Back not striped. (Australian, rarely
Papuan.)
a. Tail short-haired, or crested on the
terminal part of the upperside only.
a’, Tail prominently crested terminally
6. Tail not crested.
a’, Tail tapering gradually, hairs on
proximal much longer than on
terminal half, and variegated
like those on back ..........
6. Tail cylindrical, evenly short-
haired from close to its base,
its hairs unicolor.

a*, Tail less than 130 millim. long.
a‘, Size medium. Hind foot
more than 14 millim. long.
a’, Fore claws very long and
strong. Muzzle long.

Ears short. |
a’. Colour uniform dark
grizzled umber-brown,
not yellow on rump
and hips..........4.
%. Colour grey, becoming
more or less yellow on
rump, hips, and belly .
b°. Fore claws medium. Muz-
zle short. Ears large.
Colour asin 6° ......
b*. Size very small. Hind foot

less than 13 millim. long. .

1. Ph. cristicaudata, p. 276.

2. Ph. apicalis, p. 277.

7. Ph. swainsoni, p. 285.
8. Ph. minima, p. 287.

9. Ph. flavipes, p. 289.
10. Ph, minutissima, p. 292.

6, Tail more than 150 millim. long 11. Ph. longicaudata, p. 298.

b. Tip of tail evenly tufted all round.

c. Wes large, hind foot above30millim.
long. Base of tail grey ........

@, Size medium, hind foot less than
.25 millim. long. Base of tail red.

B. Back striped. (Papuan only.)
ce, Tail long-haired above and laterally,
except at tip reddish or orange, not
white-tipped. Mamma 6. Back
with three stripes.

e'. Back, sides of ‘neck, and tail chest~
uut or maroon. Hallucal pad
continuous. Mesial stripe dis-
tinct on head. ...... see even eee

12. Ph. penicillata, p. 294.
18, Ph. calura, p. 296,

3, Ph, thorbeckiana, p. 278.

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 275

Ff’. Neck and tail bright rufous. Hal-
lucal pad divided. Mesial stripe ~
indistinct or absent on head .... 4. Ph. wallaccei, p.280. +
d, Tail comparatively short-haired; black,
its extreme tip generally white.
‘Mamme 4, ack with a single
well-defined stripe.
g'. Back-hairs orange-tipped; belly
dull orange-rufous. Hind foot
in adult animals more than 29
MUM Ms: if esisiiet-n eg nee ua seed oes 5. Ph. doria, p. 282,
i, Back-hairs white-tipped; belly rich
chestnut. Hind foot less than 29 .
millim., ........ edie suadnt vv. 6, Ph. dorsalis, p. 283.

II. Crantan CHARacters.

A. Upper p.* minute, single-rooted.
a. Lower m.? narrowed in front, without
an anterior secondary cusp. Lower

Fae: :
Bama eelovoned ex Wl 4. erode, . 7
2. Ph. apcalis, p. 277,
B. Hope p-* well developed, two-rooted.
b. Upper e smaller than, or barely equal
to,p.-_ Lower m.' narrowed in front,

generally without an anterior secon-

dary cusp. .
a, Mela ™8 more than 8 millim. An-

terior secondary cusp on lower m.?

small or absent.
a, Lower p.* quite minute, single-

rooted, or altogether absent.... 3, Ph. thorbeckiana, p. 278.

&*. Lower p.* two-rooted, distinct.

a*, Skull stout and strong. Lower

p.* smaller than p.2........ 4. Ph. wallacei, p. 280.
6%, Skull slender. Lower p.*
larger than pt .........00- 5. Ph. doria, p. 282.

b'. Molars?* less than 8 millim. A
small anterior secondary cusp on
lower Met wo... cee eee eee ee 6. Ph, dorsalis, p. 283.

ce. Upper p.* larger than p.8 Lower m.*
with a distinct anterior secondary
cusp.

c', Lower p.* nearly as large as or
larger than p.t Lower incisors
subequal.

ce, First three molars less than 7
millim. long. Palate-length
less than 20 millim.

@. Upper premolars evenly in-
creasing backwards. — First
three molars more than 5
millim.
a‘, Upper i short, flattened
laterally, touching and
nearly parallel to i.?

t

T2

276 DASYURIDE.

a, Anterior palatine foramina
long, reaching at least to
posterior end of ‘a a
6°, Anterior palatine foramina
short, not extending past
front of p...... ei sivcaseais 8. Ph. minima, p. 287.
b*. Upper i long, cylindrical,
boldly curved forwards
away fromi.?........eees 9. Ph. flavipes, p. 289.
da’. Upper p.* twice the size of the
small subequal p.’ and p.®
First three molars less than
4 millim. long ............ 10. Ph. minutissima, p. 292.
d, First three molars more than 7
millim. long. Palate-length
more than 20 millim. ........ 1l. Ph. longicaudata, p. 298.
ad, Lower p.‘ much smaller than p.’
Lower i.’ very much larger than
i? or 1.3
e”. Basal length more than 40 millim, ae
Molars* more than 8 millim.. 12. Ph. penicillata, p. 294,
f?. Basal length about 30 millim. :
Molars** notexceeding7 millim. 18. Ph. calura, p. 296.

7. Ph. swainsoni, p. 285.

1. Phascologale cristicaudata.

Cheetocercus cristicauda, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 485, pl. xxxvi.
(animal); 7d, Austr. Vert. p. 14 (1871).

Phascologale cristicaudata, Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 509
(1887).

CrEst-TAILED PHASCOLOGALE.

Size medium. General colour uniform reddish or sandy brown,
the head, body, limbs, and greater part of tail being of this colour.
Ears short and little projecting. Tail shorter than head and body,
mostly short-haired, the upperside of its terminal half with a pro-
minent crest of black hairs, which increase in length to the tip.

Skull short, broad, and strong ; bull large and swollen.

Teeth. Upper p.’ minute, tubercular. Lower i.! larger than i.
andi.? Canine slender, not broadened posteriorly atits base. Lower
p.* wholly absent. M.! with scarcely an indication of the anterior
secondary cusp.

Dimensions.
Type.
millim.
Head and body .......... 121
Daas pistes vm atard area dnhd siase fee 83
Hind foot .............. 28

Hab. South Australia.

Type in the Sydney Museum.

The above description is extracted from Mr. Krefft’s original
account of the species, no specimen of which has come under my
observation. It is evidently very closely allied to Ph. apicalis,

4, PHASCOLOGALE, 277

from which it may be distinguished by its crested tail and more
uniform coloration. The absence of its lower p.’ is a character
which is probably variable, as in the case of Ph. thorbeckiana ; if
ever present, the tooth would no doubt be similar to that of Ph.
apicalis,

2. Phascologale apicalis.

Phascogale apicalis, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. ix. p. 518 (1842);
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 496 (1844); Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supp. v.
p. 199 (1855); Schleg. Dierk. p. 137 (1857) ; Gieb. Stug. p. 727
(1859) ; Sehleg. Dierent. p. 162 (1872); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p- 803 (1887); Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv, p. 508 (1887) ; td.
Phil, Trans, clxxviii. p. 461, pl. xxvii. fig. 4 (teeth) (1887).

Antechinus apicalis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 99 (1848); Gould,
Mamm. Austr. i, pl. xxxix. (animal) (1845); Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus.
p. 31 (1864); zd. P. Z. S. 1866, p. 482; dd. Austr. Vert. p. 15
(1871) ; Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr., Mamm. p. 12 ¢, pl. xxvii. fig. 3
(animal) (1875)*.

ee (Antechinus) apicalis, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 418

Frrcxtrp PHascoLoGaLeE.

Size medium. Fur coarse; underfur long, soft and close, its
terminal fourth rufous, its base slate. General colour a peculiar
freckled reddish grey, the head, back, outsides of limbs, and proxi-
mal half of tail being of this colour, which is made up by the longer
hairs being black with a white subterminal band, below which the
rufous tips of the underfur show through. yes surrounded by a
more or less distinct white ring. Ears short, not reaching, if laid
forward, more than half the distance towards the eye, rounded ;
their substance thick and opaque, covered inside and out with
short grey hairs. Chin, chest, and belly dull white or yellowish,
the hairs within the pouch dark rufous. Front and outside of fore-
arm rufous; rest of outsides of limbs dull grey, the freckled ap-
pearance of the back gradually disappearing both there and on the
sides of the body. Hands and feet grey; palms with six pads, the
pollical one distinctly subdivided into two; soles hairy just below
the heel, the rest naked, granulated; hallucal pad long, rarely sub-
divided ; hallux barely reaching to the proximal end of the anterior
pads. Tail short, not so long as the body without the head, evenly
tapering, covered above with hairs variegated like those on the
back, except at the extreme end, where they are black; underside
uniformly grey or yellowish grey. Mamme 8.

Skull (Pl. XXIV. fig. 5) stout and strong; muzzle short and
broad, its breadth across outside the canines going about three times
into the palate-length. Nasals long, very little expanded behind,
their greatest only about once and a half their least breadth.

* The plates of this work were prepared in 1845, but although they were
seen privately and quoted by several authors long before, their real publication
only took place in 1875.

278 DASYURIDE.

Interorbital space broad and smooth, its edges rounded, parallel.
Anterior palatine foramen short, barely reaching to the level of the
front of the canines. Posterior palate with a pair of large vacuities
opposite m.” and m.%, and with a second much smaller pair behind
them, halfway towards the back of the palate. Bulle evenly
rounded, prominent, their mastoid portion not much swollen.

Teeth (Pl. XXV. fig. 1). Upper incisors slender, cylindrical, the
lateral ones subequal, scarcely flattened. P.*° twice the size of p.?
P.* very small, cylindrical, single-rooted. Lower incisors subequal ;
i and i.® of about the same size, slightly larger than i.? Canine
without a posterior basal ledge. Relative proportions of lower pre-
molars like those of upper. M.' narrowed in front, with scarcely a
trace of the antero-internal secondary cusp.

Milk-premolar not known, but, if present at all, certainly very
soon deciduous.

Dimensions.
3: Q.
a(inal.). ¢ (skin).
Barely adult. Adult.

millim. millim.
Head and body .......... 111 (¢.) 120
aM icici cavereatincane dee 89 85
Hind foot .... «2.0.0... 235 21
HAP. eid lsat ate ap ateNs 8:8 8

Skull, see p. 299.

Hab. Queensland* and Western Australia.

Type in collection. ,

In their dental characters this species and its close ally Ph. criste-
caudata stand somewhat apart from the rest, and show an approach
towards Dasyurus. There does not, however, seem to be sufficient
reason for the foundation of a separate genus for their reception, as
was done by Krefft, since several of the Papuan species, notably
Ph. thorbeckiana and Ph. dori, form connecting-links between them
and the remainder of the genus.

a, Imm. al., ¢. Albany, West Australia. Purchased.

p, ) Ad. st. 3 Victoria Plains, W. A. (J. Gould Coll.
* ) Skull. : Gilbert).

ec. Ad. sk. 2. Victoria Plains, W. A. (J. Gould Coll.
Gilbert).

d, Ad. skull. West Australia (J. Gilbert), Gould Coll.

Ad. sk. } Q Purchased.

Skull. f : (Type of species.)

3. Phascologale thorbeckiana.

Phascogale melas, Schley. §& Mill. Verh. Nat. Ges. Ned. p. 149,
pl. xxv. (animal & skull) (1839-44); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii.

* Krofft records the species from Rockhampton, and two young specimens
from Queensland, sent to me for determination by Mr. De Vis, appear certainly
to belong to it.

4, PHASCOLOGALE, 279

. 36 (1843), v. p. 199 (1855); Schenz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 493
1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 429 (1846); Gray, Voy.
Samarang, Vert. p. 32 (1850); Schleg. Dierk. p. 187 (1857) ; Gray,
P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 106; Gieb. Sting. p. 727 (1859); Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 185 (1862) ; Schleg. Dierent. p. 161 (1872);
Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 304 (1887).

Phascogale thorbeckiana, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. iii. p. 257
(1866) ; td. Dierent. p. 162 (1872); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p. 804 (1887); Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 505 (1887) ; id,
Phil, Trans. clxxviii. p. 461, pl. xxvii. fig. 8 (teeth) (1887).

.Cheetocercus bruijnii, Peters, Ann. Mus. Genov. vii. p. 420 (1875).

Dasycercus bruijnii, Peters, SB. Ges. nat. Freunde, 1875, p. 73.

Phascogale (Cheetocercus) thorbeckiana,- Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus.
Genov. xvi. p. 667, pl. v. (animal), pl. vi. figs. 1-4 (skull) (1881).

CHESTNUT-NECKED PHASCOLOGALE.

Size large, general build comparatively stout. Fur coarse and
harsh, underfur'thin and sparse. General colour richly variegated
chestnut, black and yellow; back black-striped. Head dark yel-
lowish rufous, -a central black stripe commencing on the muzzle and
passing backwards along the neck and back to the rump. Ears
small, when laid forward barely reaching to the centre of the eye, |
thick and fleshy, their backs thinly covered with black hairs.
Crown, all the region behind the ears, top and sides of neck (except
along the median black stripe) rich chestnut-red. Back coarsely
grizzled black and yellow, the hairs black with a yellow or orange
subterminal band, becoming more rufous on the rump; on the fore-
back there are, commencing just above the shoulders, two more
black lines, less prominent than the central one, and making three
in all, the space between the lateral and central lines anteriorly
white or pale yellow, sometimes very prominent and sometimes in-
distinct, according as the hairs are wholly, or only ringed with,
yellow. Sides of body, grizzled black and yellow, becoming gra-
dually paler and duller below. Chin and chest pale rufous; belly
dull yellowish grey; hairs in pouch dark brown. Forearms rich
rufous like the neck; hands brown; palms with six pads, the
pollical distinctly separated into two. Hind legs like fore, but
darker red; feet brown or yellowish brown; soles wholly naked,
with five pads, the hallucal not, or only very indistinctly, divided
in the centre. Tail evenly tapering, long-haired above and
on the sides, quite short-haired below, the long hairs above, and
the rump, deep maroon-red; upperside of tip black; underside
rufous or brownish, but the hairs not hiding the dark-coloured
‘scales. Mammo 6,

Skull strongly built; muzzle broad and heavy. WNasals long,
widely and abruptly expanded behind. Interorbital space broad
and smooth, its edges square, thickened, and in old specimens
forming rudimentary postorbital processes. Anterior palatine fora-
mina extending backwards to the level of the front of the canines,
Posterior palate comparatively perfect ; a pair of rather small vacui-
ties opposite the junction of m.? and m.° Bulle swollen, trans-

280 DASYURID.Z.

parent, rather more angular and less smoothly rounded than
-usual,

Teeth. Upper lateral incisors flattened, subequal, i.* slightly the
largest. Canines proportionally very slender. P.* double-rooted,
rather smaller than p.' Lower incisors small, spatulate, almost
exactly equal in size. Canines with a tendency to a posterior basal
broadening. P.' and p.* large, not touching each other ; p.* quite
minute, single-rooted, or, very commonly, altogether absent. M.’
narrowed in front, without, or with scarcely a trace of, an anterior
secondary cusp.

Dimensions.

* « al.). 8 (inal),

Adult. Adult.

millim. millim,
Head and body ............ 215 190
MPAIL| cos carvia caren sae 201 / 173
Hind foot .............0.- 43 39
MAR cca ce eve yg.) rah tv cee ed Oe eG 18 15

Skull, see p. 299.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Salawatti, Andai, Jobi L., &c.).

Type in the Leyden Museum.

This species is by far the most brilliantly coloured of the family,
if not indeed of the whole Order, and affords, with its almost equally
handsome allies Ph. wallacei, doric, and dorsalis, a striking example
of the characteristic beauty commonly exhibited by the coloration
of Papuan animals.

It is unfortunate that the first discovered specimen of this species
should have been a melanistic one, and that, therefore, the name
then applied to it (Ph. melas) should be untenable. A personal
examination of this typical specimen in the Leyden Museum proves
that it is incontestably specifically identical with Ph. thorbeckiana,
of which the type is also there preserved.

Ad. sk. 3 Sailolo, Salawatti Leyden Museum [E.].
% 9 Skull. ‘ (Bernstein). i
b, Ad.al., 9, 6/75. Salawatti (Bruijn). Genoa Museum [E.].

4. Phascologale wallacei.

Myoictis wallacei, Gray, P. Z. 8. 1858, p. 112, pl. lxiv. (animal) and
woodcut of skull; zd. Ann. Mag. N. H. (8) ii. p. 228, figs. 6-8
(skull) (1858); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 187 (1862).

Phascogale wallacei, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr: Dierk. iii. p. 855 (1866) ;

* Specimen in the Genoa Museum. In connection with this I must again
record my special obligations to the Marquis G. Doria, of that Museum, for the
loan of the whole of the Papuan specimens of Phascologale there preserved, a
loan without which it would have been almost impossible satisfactorily to work
out this most difficult genus. .

t Gf Wallace, Geogr, Distr. Anim, i. p. 418 (1876).

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 281

tid. Dierent. p. 162 (1872); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 304
(1887); Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 505 (1887).

Phascogale (Cheetocercus) pilicauda, Peters & Doria, Ann. Mus.
Genov. xvi. p. 668 (1881).

Rep-TaAILED PHASCOLOGALE.

Size large. Fur coarse and harsh; underfur thin, soft. General
colour variegated rufous, black and chestnut; back black-striped.
Head rufous yellow, the mesial dark stripe not or scarcely visible
until the ogeiput. Ears short, laid forward only just reaching the
eye, thick and fleshy, their backs very thinly clothed with brown
hairs. Back and sides of neck and anterior back bright grizzled
orange, the hairs dark with a subterminal yellow band; a patch on
each side behind ears rich rufous. Back with three black stripes,
the lateral ones commencing above the shoulders ; general colour of
back coarsely grizzled black and yellow,'becoming more rufous on
rump ; intervals between stripes anteriorly not prominently lighter
than rest of back. Chin, chest, and belly pale rufous or yellowish,
the bases of the hairs grey; hairs of pouch brown. Fore limbs
and hands rufous or yellow, the fingers brown ; palms with six pads.
Rump, and hind limbs outside, rich grizzled chestnut-rufous in main-
land, dull grizzled yellow in Aru-Island specimens; hind feet mixed
red and brown; soles (Pl. XXIII. fig. 3) naked, with six pads, the
hallucal one broadly divided into two. Tail long, tapering, very
long-haired above and at the sides for its whole length; the hairs
14 or 15 millim. in length, rich chestnut mixed with black; under-
side covered with shorter, paler, adpressed hairs, hiding the scales.
Mamme 6.

Skull smaller and lighter than that of Ph. thorbeckiana. Muzzle
narrow, conical. Nasals long, not unusually expanded behind.
Interorbital space broad and flat, its edges not forming rudimentary
postorbital processes. Anterior palatal foramina reaching to about
the centre of the canines. Bulle transparent, rather lower and less
swollen than in Ph. thorbeckiana.

Teeth as in Ph. thorbeckiana, except that p.* above is decidedly
larger than p.’ and nearly as large as p.°, that the lower p.' and p3
are rather smaller and touch each other, and that p.* below is well
_ developed, two-rooted, and nearly or quite half the size of p.
Milk-p.‘ not known, probably minute and early deciduous.

Dimensions.
d- Type of
a (in al.). Ph, pilicauda (in al.).
Adult. Imm.
millim, nillim.
Head and body............ 185 175
ODA © seta i wt teense ag ene ww es 168 144
Hind foot ..........-0 000. 39 34
Han coesiievewwauie wieemees 12 12:5

Skull, see p. 299.

282 DASYURID.

Hab. 8. New Guinea (Fly R. district) and Aru Islands.

Type in collection.

This species is closely allied and very similar to Ph. thorbeckiana,
but may be easily distinguished externally by its generally less rich
coloration, paler head and neck, on which the mesial dark stripe is
much less prominent, much bushier tail, and by its divided hallucal |
foot-pad. In its skull it also differs markedly by the much greater
development of its p.*, both above and below.

The identity of the Papuan Ph. pilicauda with Ph. wallacet has
not been previously recognized, partly owing to the immaturity of
the type of the latter*; but there can be no question that the two
only represent one species, the insular form merely differing by the
somewhat duller and less rufous coloration of its posterior back and
hind limbs.

a, JAd. al. 3 Katau, 8. New Guinea Genoa Museum [E.],
"1 Skul. ( 9° (L. M. D’ Albertis).

z, § imm. sk. Aru Islands. A.R. Wallace, Esq. [C.].
* | Skull. S- (Type of pen)

5. Phascologale dorie.

Phascologale doris, Thomas, Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 208 (1886) ;
ad. tom, cit. p. 507 (1887).

ORANGE-BELLIED PHASCOLOGALE.

Size medium, form thin and slender. Fur thick, close and soft ;
underfur abundant, dark slaty grey. General colour dark grizzled
orange-brown, Head long and slender. Face and crown uniform
finely grizzled yellowish grey, the tips of the hairs dark yellow. ars
short, not reaching the eye when laid forward, their substance thick
and fleshy, black; uniformly but sparsely covered inside and out
with very short shining rufous hairs. Behind cars, back and sides
of neck dull rufous. Back with a well-defined mesial black line
commencing on the occiput and running to the base of the tail ; hairs
of back black, with a shining orange subterminal band, the general
grizzled colour resulting being not unlike that of the common Water-
Vole. Colour of back passing quite gradually into that of belly, where,
as also on the chin and chest, the orange band on the hairs becomes
terminal, and therefore appears brighter and more rufous; all the
hairs slaty grey basally. Fore and hind limbs to wrists and ankles
like body; hands and feet black; palms and soles each with six
pads, the pollical and hallucal ones distinctly divided; claws long
and strong. Tail about as long as the head and body, its basal inch
furred like the body ; the rest comparatively short-haired through-
out, but the hairs on the upperside for the proximal half rather

* J have to thank my friend Dr. F, A. Jontink, of the Leyden Museum, for
several details about the adult Aru-Island specimen of Ph, wallacei described
by Prof. Schlegel.

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 283

longer than below, although not forming a distinct crest. Colour
of tail uniformly black above and below except on the terminal half-
inch, which is white. Mamme 4.

Skull lightly and slenderly built, with a long narrow muzzle.
Nasals long, evenly expanded behind. Interorbital space evenly
rounded, its edges square, not ridged. Anterior palatine foramina
extending to the centre of the canines. Posterior palate with a
pair of rather small vacuities opposite m.? and a second smaller pair ~
behind them near the centre line, as in Ph. apicalis. Bulle small,
rounded, transparent.

Teeth. Upper lateral incisors flattened, evenly increasing in size
backwards. Premolars small, sharp and pointed, standing quite
apart from one another; p.? about twice the size of p.’; p.* rather
smaller than p.* Lower incisors subequal, their upper surfaces
broader and flatter than usual; i.° distinctly triangular. Canines
short, thick, with a small posterior basal broadening. Premolars
separate from each other; p.* about twice the size of p.'; p.* equal
to or even larger than p.* M.' narrowed in front, with a rudi-
mentary anterior secondary cusp. Milk-p.* present, but quite minute,
functionless, and early deciduous.

Dimensions. +
«Qa
Adult.
millim,
Head and body.. ............ 152
UP a,c ioctue iaveceutsd eae anata aig ate 152
Hind foot....... 0.06.0 ceeee 32-5
RT sect eda onen eae de Eee 10

Skull, see p. 299.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Mt. Arfak).
Co-types in Genoa Museum and in collection.

Imm. sk. Mori, Mt. Arfak | Genoa Museum [E.}.
io: Skull. Bp hO/PiS, (0. Beecart). (Co-type of species.)

6. Phascologale dorsalis.

Phascogale dorsalis, Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus. Genow. viii. p. 335
(1876); Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov, (2) iv. p. 506 (1887); td. Phil.
Trans. clxxviii. p. 447, pl. xxvii. figs. 7 & 8, teeth (1887).

Phascogale (Chetocercus) dorsalis, Peters § Doria, Ann. Mus.
Genov. xvi. p. 667, pl. vii. (animal) (1881).

CHESTNUT-BELLIED PHASCOLOGALE.

‘Size medium, form slender. Fur rather shorter and coarser than

* From the co-type in the Genoa Museum.

284 DASYURIDE.

in Ph. dortw ; underfur thick and soft, dark slaty grey. General
colour coarsely grizzled grey-brown. Head grizzled, with a tinge
of orange or rufous; mesial streak of back commencing on the
muzzle, although not very prominent. Lars small, laid forward
they just reach the eye, their substance thinner than in Ph. dorie,
finely clothed with short’ brown hairs, a patch of dark rufous at their
bases behind. Back coarsely grizzled, the centre black line well
defined, the hairs generally black with a subterminal band of white
or pale yellow. Cheeks, bases of ears, chin, chest, belly, and inner ,
sides of limbs rich chestnut-red, the transition from the colour of the
upperside rather abrupt; bases of hairs everywhere slate except
the pouch-hairs, which are entirely rufous. Fore and hind limbs
dark red to the wrists and ankles; hands and feet brown; palm-
and sole-pads as in Ph. dorie. Tail short-haired, except at base, its
upper not longer-haired than its lower side, rufous or brown for its
basal inch, then all black except the extreme tip, which is white.
Mamme 4.

Skull (Pl. XXTYV. fig. 6) small, slenderly built. Nasals long and
narrow, expanded behind. Interorbital space smooth, rounded, its
edges square, not beaded. Anterior palatine foramina reaching to
centre of canines. Posterior palate with a pair of large vacuities,
and sometimes with a smaller posterior pair. Bulle small, rounded,
transparent. :

Teeth (Pl. XXV. fig. 2) light and delicate. Upper incisors small,
the lateral ones flattened, slightly increasing in size backwards.
Canines with minute rudimentary anterior and posterior basal cusps.
Premolars separated from one another, sharp and pointed, p.? about
half as large again as p.’; p.* about equal top. Lower incisors
small, flattened vertically, about equal in size. Canines with a
small posterior basal projection. P.* nearly twice the size of p.’;
p.’ quite minute, scarcely higher than the posterior basal secondary
cusp of p.*, sitigle-rooted. M.' narrowed in front, but with a distinct
anterior secondary cusp.

Dimensions.

(in all). a (in al.)

Adult, Adult.

millim. millim
Head and body .......... 167 134
Darl asses gees eee ee 149 147
Hind foot............0005 26 27
War te esan aucune wales 14 12

Skull, see p. 299.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea (Mt. Arfak).
Co-types in Genoa and Berlin Museums and in collection.
It was in specimen a of this species that the remarkable instance

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 285

of the recurrence of the lost p.?, described by the present author*,
took place, a recurrence that settled the important point as to which
of the original four premolars had been lost in this family, and
therefore presumably in the other Polyprotodonts. Without the
indications furnished by this specimen the complete dental for-
mule given in the present work could not’ have been made out,
ly ae have had to be drawn up merely on the old system of
notation.

| Ad. al. 26/75. Hatam, Mt. Arfak (0. Genoa Museum [E. ].

Skull. | Beccari). (Co-type of species.)
Ad. sk. Mt. Arfak. A. A. Bruijn (C.].
oy Skull. ( 3°

7. Phascologale swainsoni.

Phascogale swainsoni, Waterh. Mag. N. H. (2) iv. p. 299 (1840);
Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supp. iii. p. 36 (1848), v. p. 199 (1855) ; Schinz,
Syn. Mam. i. p. 493 (1844) ; Gieb. Stiug. p. 727 (1859); Jent.
Cat, Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 803 (1887).

Phascogale (Antechinus) swainsoni, Waterh. N. H. Mamm.i. p. 411
(1846) ; Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 82 (1852).

Antechinus swainsoni, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xxxiv. (animal)
(1854); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862); Kreffi,
Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 30 (1864); 7d. Notes Faun. Tasm.
p- 4 (1864) ; ad. P. Z. 8.1866, p. 482 ; dd. Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871) ;
Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr., Mamm. p. 12c, pl. xxv. fig. 1 (animal)
(1875) ; Dobs. J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 158 (1882); Higg. §& Pett.
P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1888, p. 196. ‘

Antechinus niger, Higg. §& Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1882, p. 172.

Antechinus moorei, Higg. § Pett. op. cit. 1883, p. 182, and var.
assimilis, ¢. c. p. 185.

Swarnson’s Poucurp Movsz.

‘Size medium. Fur very long, soft and thick ; underfur abundant,
forming the greater part of the fur, slaty blue for five sixths of its
length, its extreme tip brown or yellow. General colour deep rufous
or umber-brown. Muzzle long. Head dark grizzled grey-brown,
uniform with the back. Lars short but broad, scarcely projecting
beyond the fur, laid forward they reach to about the centre of the
eye, closely covered with short dark brown hairs, the hair round
their bases oftenrufous. Neck.and back uniform dark finely grizzled
brown, the forequarters sometimes greyer than the rump, but the
whole generally quite uniform ; rump and front of hips brown, not
yellow or rufous. Chin, chest, and belly dull brownish grey, the
bases of the hairs slate, their tips white or pale grey, not yellow ;
hairs of pouch dark red. Limbs to wrists and ankles like back ;
hands and feet uniform dark brown; palms and soles each with
five pads, the hallucal not or only indistinctly divided ; fore claws
very long and strong, extending for from three to four millim. be-
yond the tips of the fingers. Tail about as longas the body without

* Phil, Trans. 1. ¢.

286 DASYURIDE. —

the head; its hairs short throughout, uniformly dark brown.
Mamme 10 * (?).

Skull (Pl. XXIV. fig. 7) light and slender, muzzle long and
narrow. Nasals long, evenly expanding backwards. Interorbital
region very broad, smooth and rounded, its edges without any trace
of ridges or beading. Sagittal crests not at all, and lambdoid crests
but little developed. Palate as a whole remarkably unossified, the
anterior palatine foramina widely open, reaching backwards at least
to the level of the back of p.1, and sometimes of the back of'p.*;
posterior vacuities large, extending the whole length of the molars,
the actual bony palate being therefore reduced to a narrow bridge
of bone extending across from one p.* to the other. Bulle small,
their substance thin and papery. Lower jaw with the coronoid
process strong and broad antero-posteriorly ; the greatest breadth of
the masseteric fossa attaining about 4:6 or 4°7 millim. internally.

Teeth (Pl. XXV. fig. 4) on the whole short and thick. Upper i.'
short, not more than twice the height of 1.’, and not projecting so
much forward as in Ph, flavipes and the larger species, its posterior
edge nearly or quite touching i.” ; lateral incisors flattened, subequal,
i“ slightly the largest. Canines short, barely surpassing a line
drawn from the tip of i.! to that of p.*_ Premolars evenly increasing
in size backwards; p.‘ about three times the size of p'. Lower
incisors small, spatulate, subequal. Canines small, with a broad
posterior basal heel, from which the ascending line of the tooth be-
hind starts nearly at a right angle. Premolars long antero-pps-
teriorly, but low vertically, with broad posterior talons ; p.° about
twice the size of p.'; p.* intermediate in size between the two. M.*
with a well-marked antero-internal secondary cusp.

Milk-p.* not yet known, but no doubt well developed and long
persistent, as in the allied species.

Dimensions.
ee
@ (in spirit). In spirit).
Adult, Adult,
millim. millim.
Head and body .......5........ 130 124
Rails) wader ea ad enrsh ea walk ows ase 102 92
Hind foot ..... cc. ee cece cee 21 19°5
Wa? si ei da eee coe Oeil 11-5 9°5

Skull and teeth, see p. 299.

Hab. 8.E. Victoria and Tasmania.
Type in collection.

* Judging only from specimen b, which presents, however, the curious
anomaly of having only 4 on one side and 5 on the other. The abnormal sup-
pression of a mamma, being more likely than the addition of one, the usual
number may be put down provisionally as 10.

!

4, PHASCOLOGALR. 287

at, b. ‘rail ot $2 Gippsland. Purchased.
of a. ‘

e \ski sk. 3 Tasman’s Peninsula, Gould Coll.

* (Skull. : Tasmania.

d, Ad. sk., g. Table Cape, Tasmania. W. F. Petterd, Esq.

C. & E.).
e. Ad. st., ¢. ‘Tasmania. Lilne a donith [P.
& C.).

f. Ad. sk, Tasmania. W. Swainson, Esq.
* ) Skull. ° (Type of ‘species. )
g Ad. sk. 2 G. R. Waterhouse,

* ) Skull. : Esq. [P.].

8. Phascologale minima.

Dasyurus minimus, Geoff. Ann. Mus. iii. p. 362 (1804); Tiedem.
Zool, p. 429 (1808); G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 586 (1813) ; Desm.
N. Dict. dH. N, (2) ix. p. 140 (1817); Geoff. Dict. Sci. Nat. xii.
p. 511 (1818); Desm. Mamm. i. p. 264 (1820); Desmoul. Dict.
Class. @ H. N.v. p. 338 (1824); Gray, Griff. Cuv, An. K. v. p.194
(1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 278 (1829).

Phascogale minima, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 59 (1827); Less.
Man. Mamm. p. 215 (1827); id. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v.
p. 871 (1836); Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 401 (1841);
Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 140 (1841); Less. .
Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii.

. 88, pl. clii. B. e (animal) (1843), v. p. 202 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn.
amm. i. p. 495 (1844) ; Schleg. Dierk. p. 137 (1857) ; Jent. Cat.
Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 304 (1887).

Didelphys minima, Wagl. Syst. Amphib. Sdug. p. 25 (1830).
Phascogale affinis, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. il. p. 406 (1841); zd.
List Mamm. B. M. p. 99 (1848). ;
Antechinus minimus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p.99 (1848); Higg.

& Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1883, p. 196.

Phascogale (Antechinus) minima, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 419
(1846); Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 82 (1852).

Antechinus affinis, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 186 (1862) ;
Krefft, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 482; Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr, Mamm.
p. 124, pl. xxv. fig. 3 (animal) (1875).

‘Antechinus rolandensis, Higg. & Pett. P. Roy. Soc, Tasm. 1882,

. 171.
eae concinnus, Higg. § Pett. op. cit. 1883, p. 184.

Larttze Povcuep Movss.

Size rather small, general form murine. Fur thick and close,
but rather harsh, especially anteriorly; underfur abundant, soft,
fine, slaty grey, with yellowish tips. General colour grey, strongly
suffused with yellow or rufous, paler on the head and forequarters,
darker and more orange on the rump and hips. Longer hairs all
black, the yellowish colour proceeding entirely from the tips of the
underfur, Ears short and rounded, nearly naked, but their bases
generally with tufts of yellowish fur. Chin white; chest and belly
dirty grey, more or less suffused with yellow, the bases of the hairs
slate-colour, the tips white or yellow. Limbs like back, but greyer,
except that there is generally a well-marked patch of yellow on the

288 DASYURID&.

front and outside of the hips. Hands and feet variable—grey, yel-
lowish, or brown; palms and soles smooth, naked, each generally
with only five pads, the pollical and hallucal usually continuous, but
the latter one sometimes divided, making a total of six pads. Claws,
especially the anterior, very long and strong, extending beyond the
tips of the fingers by from 3 to 4 millim., horn-coloured. Tail
short, uniformly closely hairy, the hairs just long enough to hide
the scales; brown above, rather paler beneath.

Skull light and slender, with a long narrow muzzle. Nasals,
interorbital and occipital regions, and bulle as in Ph. swatnsoni.
Palate more complete than in that species, the anterior foramina
narrow, and only extending backwards to the level of the back of
the canines, and the posterior vacuities also slightly smaller. Lower
jaw with the coronoid process slenderer than in Ph. swainsont, the
greatest breadth of the masseteric fossa not exceeding 4:1 or 4:2
millim.

Teeth very similar to those of Ph. swainsoni. Upper incisors
short, flattened laterally, i.! not twice the length of, and with its
posterior edge touching, i°. Three lateral incisors subequal. Pre-
molars evenly increasing backwards. Lower incisors nearly equal
in size; canine short, its posterior basal ledge well developed, but
not so broad as in Ph. swainsoni. Premolars more nearly equal
than usual, p.* slightly smaller than p.° and larger than p.!, but the
differences not great'; all with well-developed posterior basal heels.
M.! with a distinct antero-internal secondary-cusp.

Milk-p.* well developed, triangular, long-persistent.

Dimensions.
an
d (in al.)
Adult.
millim.
Head and body.............. 135
Allis eachese ss epaaiae sins aaah 85
Hind foot.............0.04- 19
Har sa viedarstiyictiacediebreneesins 10
Skull, see p. 299.
Hab, Tasmania and the adjoining islands.
Type in the Paris Museum.
Ad. sk. Hummock Island, F.M. Rayner, Es
oe Skull. 3, 1/58. Bass’s Straits” [P. & & GC) oy
(Voy. ‘ Herald’).
p, jAd. ian Tasman’s Peninsula, Gould Coll.
* (Skull Tasmania. (Type of Ph. affinis, Gray.)
c. Ad, sk. Scottsdale, Tas- W. F. Petterd, Esq.
mania. ee
L. 1 3 ad. & 1 imm. al. 3 Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq.
F } Skull of d. : [P. & C.],
h. Skeleton (mounted). Tasmania. Ronald Gunn, Esq.

[P. & C.}.

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 289

9. Phascologale flavipes.
a. Phascologale flavipes, var. typica*.

Phascogale flavipes, Waterh. P. Z. 8S. 1837, p.75; td. Cat. Mamm.
Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1838); id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi.
p. 188, pl. ix. (animal) (1841); Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 401
(1841); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iit. p. 87 (1843), v. p. 200 (1855) ;
Less, N, Tabl. R. .A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842); Schinz, Syn. Mamm.
i. p. 494 (1844); Ged. Stiug. p. 728 (1859); Flow. & Gars. Cat.
Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 740 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 803
(1887) ; Coll. Zool. Jahro. ii. p. 860 (1887).

(?) Myrmecobius rufus, Mitch. Exp. Austr. i. p. xvii (1888). .

Phascogale rufogaster, Gray, Grey's Austr., App. ii. p. 407 (1841).

Antechinus stuarti, Macleay, Ann. Mag. N. H. (1) viii. p. 241,
pl. ay catia (1841) ; zd. ¢. c. p. 837 (1842); Krefft, Austr. Vert.
p. 15 ( ‘

Antechinus flavipes, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 99 (1848); Gould,
Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xl. (animal) (1854); Gerrard, Cat: Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862); Gould, Mamm. Austr. Introd. i.
p. xxvii (1863); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 31 (1864);
wd. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 482; id. Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871); Gray,
Voy. Ereb. Terr., Mamm. p. 12 4, pl. xxvi. fig. 2 (animal) (1875) ;
Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 553, tig. (animal) (1880).

Pasi (Antechinus) flavipes, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 416

1846).

Yrtiow-FooteD Povcuep Movss.

Size small or medium, unusually variable; form stout. Fur
close, rather crisp in texture. Underfur abundant, soft and silky,
slaty blue with yellow tips. General colour grey, suffused
with yellow or rufous. Head and neck clear grey, generally
markedly different from the yellow or rufous of the back and
rump. Ears rather large, projecting beyond the fur, laid forward
(in spirit-specimens) they reach to the anterior canthus of the eye;
naked above, but their bases tufted externally with yellow or grey.
Sides of body, chin, chest, and belly yellow, which sometimes
deepens to deep rufous and spreads over the whole body, in-
cluding the head (‘“.A. wnicolor,” Gould), or is, on the other hand,
especially in immature specimens, almost obsolete; bases of belly-
hairs always dark slaty grey; pouch-hairs red, yellow, or white.
Limbs and feet more or less like belly. Palms and soles naked,
each with six pads; the pollical and hallucal both, as a rule,
divided ; claws small and delicate, usually only surpassing the tips
of the toes by from 14 to 2 millim. Tail uniformly short-haired
throughout, the hairs just hiding the scales, brown or yellow
above, paler below, the terminal inch sometimes black. Mamma 8.

Skull stout, broad, and flattened, with a short conical muzzle.

* qa, Belly and inner sides of limbs more or less
yellow.—Habd. Eastern Australia .............. Var. flavipes.
b, Belly and inner sides of limbs white.—Had.
Western and North-western Australia ..... War. leucogaster, p. 291. °
U

290 DASYURIDZ,

Nasals distinctly broadened behind. Interorbital space broad, flat,
its edges square but not beaded. Occipital region not crested.
Anterior palatine foramina short, extending only about to the
centre of the canines. Posterior palatine vacuities extending nearly
the whole length of the molars. Bulle small, rounded, their
substance thin and papery.

Teeth (Pl. XXV. fig. 5). Upper incisors slender, long. I.’
very long, cylindrical, not, or very slightly, flattened laterally,
boldly curved forwards away from the other incisors; lateral
incisors slightly flattened, subequal. Premolars evenly increasing
in size backwards; p.‘ about twice the size of p.!_ Lower incisors
small, i.) rather larger than i.?, which in turn is a little larger than
i.*, but the differences small and unimportant. Canine short and
thick, with a small but distinct posterior basal ledge. Premolars
short vertically, broad, p.* about once and a half or twice the size
of p.’; p.* a little smaller than p.’ M.’ generally with a distinct
antero-internal secondary cusp.

Dimensions.
(Gin, u Gna)
7? (SKIN). @ (in al).
Adult. Adult.
millim, millim.
Head and body: .......... (c.) 180 108
1 5] ERs 90 84
Hind foot .............. 19 17
Hai nee -seeeaa ean acne 10 10°5

Skull, see p. 299.

Had. Eastern Australia; not found in Tasmania; replaced in tho
west by var. leucogaster*.

Type in collection.

This and the two preceding species are very closely allied, and,
owing to their variability in colour, they have each caused the
creation of several nominal species. I cannot, however, distinguish
more than three species, and specimens sometimes occur to a certain
extent intermediate between even these. The two Tasmanian
species agree with each other very closely in the characters of
their claws, skull, and dentition, while Ph. flavipes, different in
these particulars, precisely agrees with Ph. minima in its colour, on
which account it has been very commonly confounded with the
latter.

The two subspecies of Ph. flavipes do not differ by any important
character from each other, but the difference in the coloration

* The ranges of the two subspecies seem to meet in Northern Central
Queensland, Dr. Lumholtz having obtained specimens of each of them in the
Herbert River district (see Collett, 7. c.). These specimens, by the courtesy of
Hr. Collett, I have myself examined and verified.. Although obtained together
their difference in colour is very striking, but in all their more essential
characters they are entirely identical.

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 291

of the belly seems to be so constant as to deserve recognition by
name.

g, sAd. al. 2 (&8 “New Guinea and Islands” Mrs, Stanley [P.].
* )Skull. foetuses), (Capt. Stanley).
b, ¢. Ad. sks., dQ. Liverpool Plains, N.S. W. Gould Coll.

d. Ad. sk., ¢. North of Hunter R., N.S. W. Zool. Soc. Museum.
(Type of species.)
ec. Imm. sk. Salamanca R., N.S. W. Sir T. L. Mitchell
P. & C.].
tig. Ad. sks., 3. New South Wales. okt T. L. Mitchell
[P. & mt
ed \sn sks. 3 New South Wales. Gould Coll.
7” ) Skulls. , (Co-types of Ant. unicolor, Gould.)
j. Yg. sk. New South Wales. Gould Coll.
k. Ad. sk. Australia (figured: in Voy.
‘Erebus’ and ‘ Terror’.)
z, Ad. al, do. Gippsland. Purchased,
Ke Ad. sk. Adelaide. C. D. E. Fortnum,
Skull. ( Esq. [P. & C.].
n. Ad. sk. ¢. 8S. Australia. ar G. Grey [P. &
Ad. & yg. sks. | S. Australia. Sir , Grey [P. &
oS 1 Skulls of'o, p. ( C.).
t. Ad. sk., ¢, 6/39. 8S. Australia. Gould Coll.
wu Adal, 9 (&7 Purchased.
foetuses).
Ad. al. | 9 (&8 Australian Mu-
o Skull, HeGua seum [E.].

b, Phascologale flavipes, var. leucogaster.

Phascogale leucogaster, Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 407 (1841) ;
Wagn. Schr. Stéug. Supp. v. p. 201 (1855) ; Geb. Saug. p. 728
(1859) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 303 (1887).'

Antechinus leucogaster, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 99 (1848);
Gould, Mamm. Austr. ip xxxviii. (animal) (1854); Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 186 (1862); Krefft, P: Z. S. 1866,
p. 482; Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr., Mamm. p. 12 ¢, pl. xxv. fig. 2
(animal) (1875). : .

Phascogale (Antechinus) leucogaster, Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i.
p. 417 (1846).

Similar to the typical variety in every respect, except that the
whole underside and the limbs, instead of being yellow, are nearly
or quite pure white; the bases of the hairs, however, being still

slaty grey. :
Hab. Western and Northern Australia.

Type in collection.

Ad. st. Victoria Plains, W. A. Gould Coll.
® 9 Skull, t 2. (J. Gilbert),
b. Ad. sk., 9/4/39. Canning R., W. A. Gould Coll.
(J. Gilbert): (Type of variety.)
Perth, W. A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll.

Ad. sk.
e \seut Lg 1 3/7/43. bert), ,
U

292 DASYURIDE. ’

d Ad. st. Perth, W. A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll.
Skull. bert),
e, f. Skulls. Kin, ing Ge George’sSound, G. R. Waterhouse, Esq.

[P. }.
Port Essington, Nor- Gould Coll.
I \ 36 seat thern Territory.

10. Phascologale minutissima.

Antechinus minutissimus, Gould, P. Z, 8.1851, p. 284; id. Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. xlv. (animal) (1852) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones aa
B. M. p. 187 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm, Austr. Mus Re
(1864) ; id. P. ZS. 1866, Pe 482; id. Austr. Vert. p. 15 al 71) ;
Giinth. P. Z. 8. 1876, p. 27

Antechinus maculatus, Gould, P. Z. 8. 1861, p. 284; id. Mamm.
Austr. i. pl. xliv. (animal) (1851) ; ; Krefft, PZS. 1866, p. 482 ;
id, Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871).

Phascogale maculata, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 202 (18655) ;
Gieb. Sdug. p. 728 (1859).

Phascogale minutissima, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 203 (1855) ;
Gieb. Séiug. p. 728 (1859); Thos. Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 510.
(1887) ; Collett, Zool. Jahrb, ii. p. 863 (1887).

Piemy Poucnep Movsz.

Size very small, general appearance exceedingly mouse-like.
Fur short, soft and fine, mainly composed of the underfur.
General colour finely grizzled mouse-grey, the head, back, outsides
of limbs, and upper side of tail all uniformly of this colour, which
is strikingly similar to that of Mus musculus. Ears of medium
size, laid forwards just reaching to the centre of the eye, thinly
clothed with short pale brown hairs. Lips and chin white ; chest,
belly, inner sides of limbs, and lower side of tail like back, but
rather paler, the hairs slate at their bases and pale grey at their
tips. Hairs of pouch pale shining grey. Hands and feet pale
brown; palms and soles quite naked, the former with six pads and
the latter with seven, owing to the development of a minute
supplementary pad on the outer side of the foot halfway between
the pad of the fifth toe and the postero-external pad. Tail rather
shorter than the head and body, uniformly short-haired throughout,
its scales very small, averaging about 25 to the centimetre. Pouch
much more developed than is usual in the genus, its anterior and
lateral walls from 4 to 6 millim. high, its posterior lower, so that
as a whole it opens backwards. Mamme 8.

‘Skull (Pl. XXIV. fig. 8) smooth and round, muzzle short and
conical. Nasals narrow in front, considerably expanded behind.
Interorbital region smooth, its edges evenly rounded. Occipital
crests little developed. Anterior palatine foramina reaching about
to the centre of the canines. Posterior palate comparatively perfect,
vacuities either small or absent. Bulle small, transparent, their

vsterior, mastoid, portion approaching their anterior in size,

Teeth (Pl. XXYV. fig. 3). Upper lateral incisors minute, cylin-

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 293

drical, about equal in size. Canines thick and strong. P.' and p?
very small, about equal in size, or p.1 even exceeding p.3; p.‘ large,
twice the height and four times the bulk of p.? Lower incisors
small and slender, evenly but slightly decreasing in size backwards.
Canines short, with a small posterior basal ledge. P.' small, p#
about twice its bulk, p.* very small, barely equalling p.1 M. with
a distinct antero-internal secondary cusp. Milk-p.' proportionally
large and well developed.

Dimensions.
a(inal.). 6 (inal.)
Adult. Adult.
millim, millim
Head and body ............ 72 67
Maal ps ctcsice aces. ese ocd tise wns Mies 65 59
Hind foot ................ 11:2 10°4
MAT as ce acansndnd deca needa is 77 68

Skull, see p. 299.

Hab. Central and Southern Queensland.
Type in collection.

yop 1si al. 39 (&7 Peak Downs, Godeffroy Museum.
Z Skull of 6. { foetuses). Queensland.
4 Ad. sk. 3 'Cressbrook, Moreton Gould Coll.
Skull. Bay (J. Strange). (Type of species.)
d ska sk. Clarence R., Moreton Gould Coll.
* ) Skull. Bay (J. Strange).

(Type of Antechinus maculatus, Gould.)

11. Phascologale longicaudata.

Phascogale longicaudata, Schleg. Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk. p. 356 (1866) ;
‘td. Dierent, p, 162 (1872); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 303
(1887) ; Thos, Ann. Mus. Genov. (2) iv. p. 509 (1887).

Lone-ta1LeD Poucuep Movsz.

Size medium, form light and slender. Fur short, close and
velvety ; underfur very thin, slaty blue. General colour dull, finely
grizzled grey-brown or mouse-colour, the head, neck, fore back, and
fore limbs all uniformly of this colour; posterior back, rump, and
hind limbs suffused with rufous, deepest at the base of the tail.
Ears small, naked, a rufous mark on the neck just behind them.
Chin, chest, and belly white, the hairs grey at their bases. Hands
and feet dark brown; soles naked, with five pads, the hallucal one
being continuous. Tail longer than head and body, its basal inch
hairy and coloured like the rump, its remainder uniformly short-.
haired all round, rat-like, the hairs very thin, not hiding the
scales ; dark brown or black both above and below.

Skull strongly built. Nasals narrow, slightly expanded behind,

294 DASYURIDA,

convex above. Interorbital space rounded, its edges not ridged or
beaded. Anterior palatine foramina extending to opposite the
centre of the canines.

Teeth. Upper lateral incisors subequal, slender, i. and i.
eylindrical, i. slightly flattened. P.* much longer and larger than

p-°, its point projecting beyond the tips of the molars, Lower p.'
about the size of p.'

Dimensions.

(etuffea)

Adult.
millim

Head and body.............. 146
Mat scant e cy etre ace awaw eae 172
Hind foot........ 0.0.0. e eee 24
HPs: Wi sirais ha Meradhatn no widoite naar’ (c.) 9

Skull, see p. 299.

Hab. Aru Islands.
Type in the Leyden Museum.

12. Phascologale penicillata.

“Ta a *, White, Journ. Voy. N.S. W. p. 281, pl. lviii. (animal)
1790

Didelphis penicillata, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 502 (1800).

Dasyurus penicillatus, Geof. Ann, Mus. iii. A 361 (1804); G. Fisch.
Zoogn. ii, p. 585 (1813); Desm. N. Dict. @H. N. (2) ix. p. 189
(1817) ; ‘Ge, R.A. i. p. 176 (1817); Geoff. Dict, Sct. Nat. xii.
p. 51 (1818) ; Desm. oe i. p. 264 (1820) ; ek Beitr. Zool.
1. p. 62 (1820) ; Desmoul. ee Class. @H. N.’y, p. 339 (1824) ;
Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K, v. p. 194 tt J. ®. Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. p. 272 (1829); Benn. Cat. N. H. Austr. Mus. p.2 (1887),

Dasyurus tafa, Geo, of Ann, Mus. iii. p-. 360 (1804) ; Tisdlern, Zool.
p. 429 ae Fisch, Zoogn. ii. p. 685 (1818) ; Desm. N. Dict.
aH. N. (2) P. 139 (1817); Geoff. Dict. Sci. Nat. xii. p. 511
(1818) ; Desm. Mamma. i. p. 264 (1820); Desmoul. Dict. Class.
aH, N.v. p- 339 (1824); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. wv p. 194
(1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 215 ( 827); Fisch, Syn. Mamm.
p. 272 "(1829) ; Less. N. H. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 878
(1836).

Phascogale penicillata, Zemm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 58, pl. vii. figs. 9-
12 (skull) (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 215 (1837 ; Wd. H. N.
Mamm. (Compl. Buff. )yv. p. 871 (1830); Weert Cat. Mamm.
Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1838); Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 400
(1841); Less, N. Tabl. R. A, aii 191 (1842); Waterh.
Jard. Nat, Libr, Mamm. xi. p. 186, ae viii. Gnimet} (1841) ;
Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 98 (1843) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp.
iii. p. 35, pl. clii. B, d (animal) (1848), v. p. 7198 eo Schinz,
Syn. Mamma i. p. 493 (1844); Gould, Mamm, Austr. ee XXXL:
(animal) (1845) ; Owen, Odontogr. Atl, pl. xeviii. fig. 3 (teeth)
(1845) ; Waterh. N. H’ Mamm. i, p. 407, pl. xii. fig. 2 (feet), xxi.

* Used as a native name,

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 295

fig. 5 (skull) (1846); Owen, Todd’s Cyclop. Anat. iii. p. 259,
fig. 82 (teeth) (1847); Gieb. Odontogr. p. 39, pl. xvii. fig. 4
(teeth) (1855); Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ti. p. 283 (1855); Sehleg.
Dierk. head (1857) ; Geb, Sdug. p. 726 (1859); Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 185 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr.
Mus, p. 27 (1864) ; id. P. ZS, 1866, p. 481; id. Austr. Vert.
p- 15 (1871); Sehleg. Dierent. p. 161 (1872); Gieb. Bronn’s Ki. u.
Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pl. xix. fig. 9 (skull) (1874) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii.
p- 551, and fig. (animal) (1880) ; Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg.
il. p. 789 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 808 (1887); Thos.
Ann. Mus, Genov, (2) iv. p. 504 (1887) ; ed. Phil. Trans. clxxviii.
p. 461, pl. xxvii. figs. 2 and 4 (teeth) (1887); Coll. Zool, Jahrb. ii.
p. 859 (1887).
Tapoa tafa *, Less. N. Tabl, R..A., Mamm. p. 190 (1842).

BrusH-TaILED PHASCOLOGALE.

Size large, form stout and strong. Fur short and coarse, underfur
thick and close. General colour uniform finely grizzled pale grey,
the head, back, outsides of limbs, and base of tail all of this colour.
Face with an indistinct darker stripe down the muzzle. Ears very
large, laid forward they entirely cover the eye, thin, nearly naked.
Hairs of back black, with a broad subterminal white band. Chin
white; chest, belly, and inner sides of limbs white or pale grey, not
sharply defined ; pouch-hairs dull rufous, with white tips. Feet
and hands grey, becoming paler on the fingers and toes; palms and
soles (Pl. XXIII. fig. 4) quite naked, the former with six, the
latter with five unusually long primary pads, the hallucal one being
undivided, but there is a minute supplementary pad behind the
ordinary postero-external pad, making six in all; claws long and
strong. Tail long and thick, its basal fourth or fifth furred and
coloured all round like the back, its next fourth or fifth shorter-
haired, paler above, brown below, and its terminal half or three
fifths thickly clothed all round with long black hairs, forming a
prominent brush. Mamme 10 f.

Skull stout and strong, markedly flattened above, swollen and
broadened across in front.of the orbits; muzzle short and conical.
Nasals evenly expanded behind. Interorbital region broad and
flat, its edges square, more or less converging backwards. Occipital
crests very little developed. Anterior palatine foramina broad and
open, extending backwards to about the centre of the canines.
Posterior palate with a pair of large vacuities reaching from about
the middle of m.* to m.* Bulle very large and swollen, transparent,
the mastoid nearly one third the size of the tympanic portion.

Teeth (Pl. XXIV. fig. 4). Upper incisors thick and strong,
especially i; i.” with a large pointed crown, flattened antero-
externally, in section twice the size of either i. or i.4, which are
about equal. Premolars evenly increasing in size backwards, p.*
about twice the size of p.!. Lower incisors broadened and flattened
antero-posteriorly, their relative sizes in section about expressed by

* Used as a binomial under the heading of the genus “ Tapoa.”
t Apud Krefft, 7. ¢.

296 DASYURID..

the numbers 5, 2, and 1 respectively. Canines short, thick, with a
broad posterior basal ledge. Premolars broad and heavy, p.° but
little larger than p.’; p.* small, broadly oval in section, about half
the size of p.1 M." large, quadrangular, with a well-marked antero-
internal secondary cusp. Milk-p.* triangular, well developed and
long persistent, both above and below.

Dimensions,

3:

Jj (skin)

Adult:

millim,
Head and body ............ 240
WP aad vo dhs sis ch aaatapeantsere are Gee eas 225
Hind foot ............... . 421
Wat! sie sei sae bea Soe ees 24

Skull, see p. 299.

Hab. All Australia, except the extreme North; not found in
Tasmania.
Type not in existence.

a, Skeleton, (N. Australian Expedition.) Dr. J. R. Elsey [P.
& C.].
6. Ad. sk, 3. Moreton Bay, 8.Queensland Gould Coll.
(J. Strange).
Ad. sk. Upper Hunter R.,N.S.W. Gould Coll.
Skull. ( 3°
{ Imm. sk, Peel R., N.S.W. Gould Coll.
& Sali 3.
é. Imm. al., ¢. Port Stephens, N,S. W. De aes [P. &
Ad. st. South Australia. Sir G.Grey[P.& 0.].
Fy Sicull, { 2 ne
g,h. Ad. sks., 3. Adelaide. C. D. E. Fortnum,
Esq. [P. & C.].
x, J Ad. sk. Barassa Range, S. A. G. French Angas,
Skull. ( *° Hisq. [P. & Ch.
Ad. sk. ‘West Australia. Gould Coll.
Skull. (9°
k. Ad. sk, 3. Perth, W. A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
1, Ad. sk. g. Northam, W. A. (J. Gilbert), Gould Coll.
m. Skeleton, 3. Guildford, W. A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll.
bert).
n,o. Ad. & yg. skulls. ) Gould Coll.

183. Phascologale calura.

Phascogale calura, Gould, P. Z, S. 1844, p. 104; id, Mamm. Austr.
i. pl. xxxii. (animal) (1845); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 409,
pl. xiv. fig. 2 (animal) (1846); Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supp. v. p. 198
(1855); Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 288 (1855); Schleg. Dierk.
pias (1857) ; Gieb. Stiug. p. 727 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones

amm. B. M. p. 185 (1862); Kreft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus.
p. 29 (1864); td. P. ZS, 1866, p. 481; id. Austr. Vert, p, 15

4, PHASCOLOGALE. 297

(1871) ; Schleg. Dierent. p. 161 (1872); Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr.,
Mamm. p. 12 ¢, pl. xxvi. fig. 8 (animal) (1875); Cunningham,
J. Anat. Phys. xii. p. 427 (1878); id. Rep. Voy. Challenger, Zool.
v. pt. 2, qe 1-192 (anat.) (1882); Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll,
Surg. p. 740 (1884) ; Thos. Ann. Mus, Genov. (2) iv. p. 504 (1887).

Lesser Brusu-tartrp PaHasconocate. ,

Size medium, form slender and graceful. Fur long, soft and fine,
nearly wholly composed of underfur. General colour grey, with a
faint tinge of rufous. Head finely grizzled grey, the hairs with a
nearly white subterminal band. lars very large, leafy, almost
naked except at their bases, where at the origins of both outer and
inner margins there are well-marked tufts of bright red hair.
Whole of back and outsides of limbs uniformly grey, the slaty bases
of the hairs scarcely showing; sides with a faint rufous tinge.
Chin, chest, belly, and inner sides of limbs sharply defined white, the
greater part of the hairs white to their roots. Hands and feet
white; palms with five or six pads, the pollical doubtfully divided
into two ; soles quite naked, with five pads, the hallucal and postero-
external very long, undivided ; claws small and weak. Tail long,
for its basal half above short-haired, rich rufous, below sharply
defined dark brown; terminal half evenly, but slightly, bushy all
round, uniformly black.

Skull (Pl. XXIV. fig. 9) strongly built, flattened and broadened
anteriorly, as in Ph. penicillata; muzzle short and conical. Nasals
small, narrow, but little expanded behind. Interorbital region
broad, flat, its edges square. Occipital ridges but little developed.
Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the centre of the canines,
Posterior palate with a pair of large vacuities opposite the first
three molars. Bulle very large and rounded, their mastoid portion
decidedly inflated.

Teeth. Upper (Pl. XXYV. fig. 6) i.’ proportionally large and
strong. I. flattened antero-externally, twice as large in cross
section as i.’ or i.*, the latter small, cylindrical, subequal. Pre-
molars evenly increasing in size backwards, p.* about twice the
height of p. Lower incisors broad above, very unequal in size, i.
more than twice as large as i.’, and the latter larger than the very
smalli?® Canine with a marked posterior basal broadening. P.* but
little larger than p.; p.* small, from one half to two thirds the size
of p. M.' with a prominent antero-internal secondary cusp.

Dimensions.
a fait i al.),
Adult.
millim
Head and body .......... (¢.) 125
DAU i 5 wtp caper ee ee hte 3% 147
Hind foot .............. 24
Had? eevcvaraie sey. 4h tare olay ec ed 20

Skull, see p. 299.

298 DASYURIDE.

Hab. South and West Australia.
Type in collection.

Ad. sk. in al. g. Adelaide, Purchased.

Skull.
b | Ad. sk. 3 Williams R., Western Gould Coll.
* ) Skull. : Australia CO. Gilbert). (Type of species.)
ce. Ad. st., do. Purchased.

d, Anatomical prepara- (Voy. H.MLS. ‘Challen- Dr. R. Cunningham.
tions in al. ger.’)

5. SMINTHOPSIS.

Podabrus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. Letterpress to

pl. xlvii. (1845) : nec (Fisch. de Waldh.) Westw.

Introd. Insect. ii. Synopsis, p. 27 (1840) ...... 8. crassicaudata.
Sminthopsis, Thomas, Ann. Seu us. Genov. (2) iv.
Ps 503 (1887). cece eee eee ee eee eee eee S. crassicaudata.

Size very small; build slender and delicate. Ears large, broad
and rounded; metatragus large and thin, its end slightly folded.
Tail well developed, short-haired, sometimes incrassated. Feet
slender and delicate ; tarsus and metatarsus very long in comparison
to the toes. Toes subequal, with small delicate claws; hallux
present, but short and clawless; palms and soles naked or partially
hairy, the naked part uniformly granulated; hind pads either
wholly absent or, at most, four in number (see Pl. XXIII. fig. 6).
Pouch well developed. Mamme 8 or 10.

Skull generally slender and delicate, not flattened vertically.
Nasals differing from those of all the preceding genera by their not
being markedly expanded behind, their transverse diameter only
very slightly and gradually increasing backwards. Interorbital
region proportionally much narrower than in Phascologale. Palatal
vacuities but little variable in their number and position ; one large
pair opposite the first three molars, and a second smaller pair nearer
the middle line opposite m.* Bulle small, transparent, hemi-
spherical, the posterior, mastoid, portion not swollen.

: 1.2.3.4 1 1.0.8.4 1.2.3.4
Dentition :—I. 4 OG P, rosy M. Ta Xx 2=46.

Teeth very constant in thee characters. Upper incisors small,
slender, i.' separated from the others and projecting forwards,
cylindrical ; lateral incisors but little flattened, slightly increasing
in size backwards. Canines, especially the lower ones, generally
small and weak. P.' large and strong, its point projecting beyond
any of the molars. Molars as in Phascologale. Lower incisors
subequal. Premolars increasing in size backwards, p.* rarely a very
little smaller, generally decidedly larger than p.° M.' always with
a small antero-internal secondary cusp.

Milk-premolar large, triangular, long persistent.

Habits. Terrestrial; insectivorous.

Range. Australia and Tasmania.

Type.

299

‘uMasnyy BOuIH oT} 07 SuISuopPg »

GG L€ L@ FT G a G 9-6 & te 9-8 LG vrereeeereeesss UL JO YYpBarq -
6-9 6-6 FL 9-€ 9-¢ Gg 9 L 6 G6 OL L vrereeserces gu JO UASUCT ib
GT 6-1 81 1-0 to eI 9-1 BT LT S 8-1 L-0 ‘vy'd Jo yyBuey peyuozoy—xqyeay,

ELI ele a GOT GIG 602 P&S FIG 626 006 I6I g8T po vereeseeees XOPUL [BLIOB HT

61 21-66 GG @It LST 06 GG G-GS LG 08 GSE 6-06 | “SIxe [BLOej-1seq
6-01 F-GT ith 8-9 8-8 9-6 G6 G-OT 8-11 QT LT Il “"'" STX@ [BIUBI0-1seq
96 GP v eT g GE L $ og L-§ LE iad sreeeeeess* TOUUBLOF [B}GTVT
SIT GOT GIL 6-9 F-6 G6 G6 Il ST 9-FT Lt FIT ¢ UI JO StemIt09

Weemjoq =Yypveriq “

LI 9G GIG 6 8-GT LI 81 06 GFE 9-96 66 L81 sete qsuey ‘eyepeg
8-9 €-8 TL GF G-9 GL 6-2 8 G6 II or L “ Wyprerq perodumey1090y
bees GG GS LT 61 G G GG PG bees BE EG “""" aqpeerq yseat

P 9-9 8.F g 8-8 GF GP o-F 9 4 £8 9-6 “Wyprodq ysoywors
9-6 S41 FI 9 IT GL §1 ST 9T Q-8T 61 GIT Maaerincce: qy8ue] ‘geste yy
¢-61 66 1G F-01 9T L-91 L-LT SI it 9-96 0g 06 "*" Uypvarq 48e}Be.L4)
9-62 cr _ 8T 16 G66 F-1E L&E G86 GP G-6P T§ “rete gaduey [ese
‘pe “pe ‘pe ‘pz ‘pe “ps "pe “pe ‘pe “pe “pe ‘pe wen eeae osy :

7) 1 ‘adh, 7) ‘a ‘p “9 ”» * ‘D se ‘p seers “uewuwedg
"Pp $ “Pp we} Ss mo) ne) “§ rey ‘Pp “Pp 4g eee eee X0g
“Ding | “207719 | ‘wanpnDo| “wuissy | ‘sadea “DU “1u0s "$2708 ‘wrtop | aon) |\nunry9eq| *s17D0 \ ee |

DOU | -wuad yg |-2bu0) ‘yq|-nuauyq| oy “Yq | -2ue "UT peepms'yd “MOD “UT 4d -JOM “Yq | -4042 Yq \-2d0 “YT ier

‘apeSopooseyg fo sunrswuomag yyy

200 DASYURIDA,

The smaller species of this genus present unusual difficulty in
their discrimination, and the present arrangement must be looked
upon as merely provisional until a larger number of specimens
properly preserved in spirit are available for examination.

Synopsis oj Species.

I. Exrernat CHARACTERS,

more than 110 millim. long.......... 1. S. virginia, p. 300.

OB a's a's hain sine sy eeea Ms 29a 2, S. leucopus, p. 802.

8. Sole naked and granulated
nearly to the heel .............. 3. 8S. murina, p. 803.
6}. Tail short, incrassated. Mamme 10.
Distal half of sole only naked and
granulated ............ eRe 4, S. crassicaudata, p. 306,

TI. Cranzat CHaracters *,

A. Skull broad and stout. Canines long.
Rudimentary postorbital processes pre-
BONG: seace astisrated ccn oc eiwlh Peewee oa toes v1. &, virginia, p. 300.
B. Skull long and narrow. Canines short.
No trace of postorbital processes. x
a, Premolars separate; upper p.* dispro-
tionally larger than the subequal p.*
Od Pe peace Vina euay ewes ces 2, S. leucopus, p. 302.

backwards,
a’, Skull larger and stouter. Canines
of medium Size 1... cece eee es 3. 8S. murina, p. 808.
61, Skull smaller and more delicate.
Canines very small .........+. . 4, & crassicaudata, p. 306,

1. Sminthopsis virginiz.

Phascologale virginie, De Tarragon, Rev. Zool. 1847, p.177; Collett,
P. Z.S. 1886, p. 548, pl. Ix, (animal, skull, and teeth); Thos. Ann.

* Owing to the close resemblance existing between the skulls and teeth of the
different species of Sminthopsis it has been found impossible to make this
synopsis very definite in its details, but it is nevertheless thought useful to
draw attention to such characters as, by reference to the fuller descriptions, will
assist in the identification of specimens.

5, SMINTHOPSIS, 301

Mus. Genov.'(2) iv. p. 507 (1887) ; id. Phil. Trans. clxxviii. p. 461,
pl. xxvii. fig. 1 (teeth) (1887).
man (Sminthopsis) virginiz, Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 866
887).

Largest of the genus. Fur rather short, very soft and silky,
apparently all of one sort. General colour of body grizzled grey,
Face sandy rufous, ornamented with three black longitudinal lines,’
a single central one running along the top of the muzzle, and a pair
of less distinct ones running from the nose to the eyes. Cheeks, sides
of neck, and tufts at base of ears bright rufous. Lars very large,
transparent, nearly naked; their backs with the anterior margins
rather, but not prominently; darker than the rest. Back uniform
finely grizzled grey, the hairs slate-coloured for two thirds of their
length, then black, and with a white subterminal band, the extreme
tip black. Chin, chest, and belly white, or pale yellow, the bases
of the hairs grey. Outside of upper arms and of thighs like back ;
rest of limbs white; claws very small and delicate, white or yellow.
Sole-pads, so far as can be made out in the single dried specimen
available, precisely like those of Sm. leucopus (q.v.). Tail about
as long as the head and body, uniformly short-haired, the hairs
dark brown above, paler below. .,

Skull short and strongly built; muzzle conical. Nasals scarcely
broader behind than in front. Interorbital space unusually narrow,
its edges square, and forming two distinct, though rudimentary,
postorbital processes. Sagittal and lambdoidal crests well defined.
Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the level of the centre of the
canines. Posterior palate with a pair of ill-defined vacuities. Bulle
small, hemispherical, transparent, their posterior portion unswollen.

Teeth. Upper incisors small, cylindrical, i.* slightly larger than
i” andi.® Canine very long and slender. Premolars (see Collett’s
figures, 7. ¢.) disproportionate in size—p.! and p.* very small, the
latter but slightly the larger of the two, and p.* very large and
heavy, many times the size of p.° M.‘ slender, narrow antero-pos-
teriorly. Lower incisors small, about equal in size. Canine with
aslight posterior basal broadening. Premolars evenly increasing in
size backwards, p.* twice the size of p.’

Dimensions.
* (sicifoa)
a millim,
Head and body...........45. 125
Parle 2.5 ioc sé Graene ae ae Pate ells 125
Hind foot... .. eee eee eee 22
Har: ge Sui sane eed lveeies 13

Skull, see p. 308.

Hab. Central Queensland.
Type not in existence.

* From Dr. Lumboltz’s specimen, preserved in the Christiania Museum,

302 DASYURIDA

‘ This interesting species has only recently been properly described,
the type specimen, of which the locality was unknown, having dis-
appeared, and nothing more being known about the species than
was contained in the original description. In 1883, however, the
animal was rediscovered at Herbert Vale, Central Queensland, by
Dr. C. Lumholtz, and by him transmitted to the Christiania Museum,
to whose director, Hr. R, Collett, I am indebted for the opportunity
of examining the specimen from which his description and figures
were taken.

2. Sminthopsis leucopus.

Phascogale leucopus, Gray, Ann. Mag. N. H. x. p. 261 (1842);
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 496 (1844).

Antechinus leucopus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1843);
Gould, Mamm., Austr. pl. xxxv. (animal) (1860); Gerrard, Cat.
Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 186 (1862); Gray, Voy. Ereb, Terr.,
Mamm. p. 12 5, pl. xxvil. fig. 2 (animal) (1864); Higg. § Pett. P.
Roy. Soe. Tasm. 1888, p. 196.

Phascogale (Antechinus) leucopus, Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 423
(1846); Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 82 (1852).

Antechinus ferrugineifrons, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i, pl. xxxvi.
(animal) (1854); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 32 (1864) ;
id. P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 482.

Podabrus leucopus, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 483.

Podabrus mitchelli, Krefft, P. Z. S. 1866, p. 483; td. Austr. Vert.

. 15 (1871).

poisbres ferrugineifrons, Krefft, Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871).

Antechinus leucogenys, Higg. § Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1882,
p. 172.

Wuiret-roorep Poucurep Mouse.

Size larger than in the following species; form slender. Fur
close, fine and straight, composed almost wholly of underfur.
General colour above uniform dark greyish brown or mouse-colour,
sometimes suffused with orange-rufous on the head; no prominent
markings anywhere. Ears (Pl. XXIII. fig. 5) large and broad,
laid forwards they reach just to the anterior canthus of the eye ;
very thinly clothed with short grey ‘hairs; their backs uniform
slaty grey. Hairs of back slaty blue for nine tenths of their length,
their extreme tips fawn or brown, the few longer hairs black. Chin
pure white, chest and belly white, but with the bases of the hairs
slaty grey; the passage on the sides from the colour of the back
gradual. Limbs to wrists and ankles like back, hands and feet pure
white. Palms finely granulated, with six pads. Soles (Pl. XXIII.
fig. 6) finely hairy posteriorly, naked and coarsely granulated an-
teriorly, the naked part reaching backwards in the centre to about
halfway between the heel and the base of the hallux; sole-pads
present, but small, four in number, three anteriorly at the bases of
the toes, one at the base of the hallux; all finely striated trans-
verscly. Tail slender, generally rather shorter than the head and

5. SMINTHOPSIS, 303

body, but longer in extreme northern specimens, uniformly short-
haired, the hairs just hiding the scales, grey or brown above, white
beneath.

Skull (see Pl. XXYV. figs. 8 & 9) slender, delicate ; muzzle longer
and narrower than in the other species. Interorbital space smooth,
its edges not beaded. Anterior palatine foramina extending back-
wards to the level of the back of the canines. Posterior palate with
a pair of large irregular vacuities opposite the first three molars,
and a second pair of much smaller and more regular ones opposite
m.* Bulle small,

Teeth (Pl. XXV. fig. 7) as described above. Canines very short
as in S. crassicaudata. Premolars, owing to the comparatively
greater length of the muzzle, not touching one another. Upper p.*
not much larger than p.’; p.’ disproportionally larger than either.
Lower p.* quite equal to or even exceeding p.°

Dimensions.
oe
e(inal.). From Cape York*
(in spirit).

Adult. Adult.

millim. millim.
Head and body ............ 96 80
Dall: cic opis blister eee 86 101
Hind foot ................ 19-3 18°7
HBR crsver aa nsoeenisietataeah ateaue 14 13

Skull, see p. 308.

Hab, Eastern Australia, from Cape York to Tasmania,
Type in collection.

5 Ad. sks. New South Wales. Gould Coll.
a Skull of a. ( 3 (Co-types of Antechinus ferrugineifrons, Gould.)

Ad. al. Gippsland. Purchased.
& } Skull. 3.
g, JAd. sk. Tasmania. Purchased.
} Skull. } 3 (Type of species.)
e Adal. g. Tasmania. ee Gunn, Esq. [P.
& C.].
f. Ad. skeleton. Tasmania. aor elllig Esq. [P.

3. Sminthopsis murina.

Phascogale murina, Waterh. P, Z. S. 1837, p. 76; id. Cat. Mamm.
Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1838) ; td. Jard, Nat. Inbr., Mamm. xi.
p. 143, pl. x. (animal) (1841) ; Gray, Grey’s Austr., App. ii. p. 401
(1841); Less, N. Tabi. R. A., Mamm. p. 191 (1842); Wagn. Schr.

* Belonging to the Brisbane Museum, and kindly lent me for examination by
Mr. De Vis.

304 DASYURIDA,

Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 38 (1843), v. p. 2041855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm.
i, p. 494 (1844); Gieb. Saug. p. 729 (1859).

Phascogale albipes, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1842, p.48; Schinz, Syn. Mamm.
i. p. 495 (1844); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 208 (1855) ; Gieb.
Sdug. p. 728 (1859).

Phascogale (Antechinus) albipes and murina, Waterh. N. H. Mamm.
i, pp. 421, 425 (1846),

a fuliginosus, Gould, Mamm, Austr. i. pl. xli. (animal)

1852).

ee albipes, Gould, Mamm. Austr.i. pl. xlii. (1852); Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm, B. M. p. 187 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm.
Austr, Mus, p. 80 (1864) ; Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr., Mamm. p. 12 ¢,
ee fig. 1 (animal) (1875); Hugg. § Pett. P. Roy. Soc. Tasm.
1883, p. 196,

Aue) murinus, Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. pl. xliii. (animal)

Phascogale fuliginosa, Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 205 (1855).

Podabrus fuliginosus, murinus, and albipes, Krefft, P. ZS. 1866,
p. 483 ; td. Austr. Vert. p. 15 (1871).

Common Povcnep Movssz.

General proportions slender and delicate. Fur soft and fine, with
very few longer hairs. General colour finely grizzled mouse-grey,
rather variable in tone according to the amount of the longer darker
hairs present. Face with an indistinct darker mark in front of and
round the eyes, and sometimes with a faint darker mesial stripe
along the muzzle. Ears very variable in size; laid forward (in
spirit-specimens) they reach to, and in some specimens beyond, the
anterior canthus of the eye; their backs uniformly slaty flesh-colour.
Chin white; chest and belly mixed grey and white, the degree to
which the slaty grey of the bases of the hairs shows though very
variable; line of demarcation on sides generally sharply marked.
Hands and feet, and sometimes forearms, pure white; palms naked,
granulated. Soles (Pl. XXIII. fig. 7) hairy under the caleaneum
and along the edges, the remainder naked, finely granulated, the
projections at the bases of the toes without distinct transversely
striated pads, although on their summits several of the granulations
sometimes coalesce and form small irregular and smooth pads.
Tail just about the length of the head and body, slender, not
incrassated, evenly short-haired, brown above, grey or white below.
Mamme 8. ,

Skull smaller and with rather a shorter broader muzzle than in
S. leucopus, but otherwise quite similar.

Teeth as usual. Upper p.*, as a rule, proportionally more deve-
loped than in S. leucopus, so that the three premolars increase evenly
in size; but even this character is not always constant.

Upper milk-p.’ (still in position in specimen 0) of considerable
size, about equal in cross-section to the canine, triangular, multi-
cuspid, very much as in Phascologale.

'

5, SMINTHOPSIS. 805.

Dimensions.

(in Spin) (ural)
é (in 5 . J (in al.)..
Adult.” Adult.

millim. millim.
Head and body ............ 81 84
Tails ccaseaeda caw aees wae 90 83.
Hind foot.... 0... ccc cee eae 16 16
Forearm and hand .......... se 25
Wad even eis iets wewwrewns 11:5 13.

Skull, see p. 808.

Hab. Australia south of the tropics.

Type in collection.

Krefft has stated that the eastern specimens of this species (the
true S. murina) have ten mamma, and that therefore the western
ones (““S. fuliginosa”) should be distinguished specifically from it..
Since, however, specimen from South Australia has, like the western
species, only eight mamme, and no other differences are observable-
between the two forms, I am constrained to consider that Krefft
was mistaken, and that the two species are identical.

e. Ad.al., ¢.
f. Ad. skull.

g. Ad. sk.

h. Ad. al.,
. j Ad. st.

t Skull. 3.
j. Ad. al., Q.

k. Ad. st. 3, 2/7/43.

Ad. ek, 3
Ad. sk.
™m- 1 Skull. to.

Darling Downs, Gould Coll.
Queensland,
Severn R., N.S. W. Gould Coll.
Hunter R., N. S. W. Zool. Soc.
(Type of species.).
Leyden Museum

South Australia’? (7 G. R Waterhouse,

B. Harvey, Esq.). Esq. [P.].
(From type of Ph, albipes, Waterh.)
South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P..
& O.].
South Australia, Purchased.

Albany, King George’s Purchased.
Sound.

King George’s Sound G. Krefft, Esq. [P.]..
(G. Masters),

Perth, W.A. (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.

R, Avon, W. A. (J. Gi- Gould Coll.

bert).
(Type of A. fuliginosus, Gould.):
ers W. A. (J. Gal- Gould Coll.
bert).

* Tho “South Australia” here referred to appears only to mean the southern:
part of Australia, ¢. e. Victoria.

x

306 DASYURID.

n,o. Ad. & imm. al. ¢. J. Beazley [C.}.
Ad. st. West Australia. Purchased.
Skull. 3.

4, Sminthopsis crassicaudata.

Phascogale crassicaudata, Gould, P. ZS, 1844, p. 105; Wagn. Schr.
Séug. Supp. v. p. 206 (1855); Schleg. Dierk. p. 137 (1857); Geb,
Sdug. p. 729 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B, M. p. 135
(1862); Schley. Dierent. p. 162 ‘(1872).

Podabrus crassicaudatus, “Gould, Mamm. Austr. pl. xlvii. (animal)
(1845) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 82 (1864) ; ad. P. ZS.
1866, p. 433; 2d. Austr. Vert, p. 15 (1871).

Podabrus macrurus, Gould, P. Z. S. 1845, p. 79; id. Mamm. Austr,
i. pl. xlvi. (animal) (1849) ; Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus.
Fiery id, P, Z. &. 1866, p. 483; id, Austr. Vert. p. 15
(1871

Phascogale (Antechinus) macrura and crassicaudata, Waterh. N. H.
Mamma. i. pp. 426 & 428, pl. xv. fig. 2 (animal) (1846).

Phascogale macrura, Wagn. Sehr. Stug. Supp. v. p. 205 (1855) ;
Schleg. Dierk, p. 187 (1857) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 729 (1859) ; Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 136 (1862); Schleg. Dierent. p. 163
(1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 803 (1887).

Antechinus crassicaudatus, Gray, Voy. Ereb. Terr. p. 12 0, pl. xxvi.
fig. 1 (animal) (1864).

Antechinus (Podabrus) froggatti, Rams, P. Linn. Soc, N. 8. W. (2)
ii. p. 552 (1887).

‘,
Far-trartep Povcuep Movse.

Size very small, form light and delicate. Fur very soft und fino,
composed almost wholly of underfur, without any admixture of
longer, coarser hairs. General colour clear ashy grey. Face with a
yellowish tinge, especially between the eyes and ears. Ears very
large, pointed or narrowly rounded off, laid forward they reach
considerably beyond the eye; their backs dark brown anteriorly,
then yellowish flesh-colour, and posteriorly slaty grey, the anterior
dark band contrasting markedly with the rest ; inside of ear with a
few short yellowish hairs along the edges. Back uniform grey,
more or less tinged with yellow, the hairs dark slate for their basal
four fifths and their tips pale grey or yellow. Chin white, chest
and belly greyish white. Hands and feet white. Palms naked,
coarsely granulated with fine projections, on which the pads are
vague and rudimentary, without transverse striations. Soles
(Pl. XXIII. fig. 8), except the anterior fourth, and a narrow line
extending backwards down the centre, thickly clothed with velvety
hairs; naked part coarsely granulated, the large trefoil-shaped
projection without distinct striated pads. Tail generally short,
rather variable in length, incrassated, tapering, grey above and
white beneath. Mamme 10.

6, ANTECHINOMYS. 307

Skull very similar to that of S. murina, except that it is slenderer
and more slightly built.

Teeth (Pl. XXY. fig. 10) as usual; the canines very small, the
upper premolars evenly increasing in size backwards. Lower p.*
very slightly smaller than p.?

Dimensions.

e (in spirit). a (in spirit).

millim. millim,
Head and body ............ 85 75
Wail, so aaceue estates lads ans 53 52
Hind foot) scsi. esce ee ects s 146 14-5
Hats e a sen-e a klar on cai aac 14 12°5.

Skull, see next page.

Hab. Whole of Australia (not yet recorded from the extreme
north),
Type in collection.

a. Ad.al, 2. Queensland. Purchased.
6, Ad. sk, 2. Darling Downs (J. Gilbert), Liverpool Museum
[E.]. (Gould Coll.)
e, Skull. Darling Downs (J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.
(band ¢, co-types (with § in Liverpool Museum) of 8. eo}
Ad. sk. Darling R.,N. 8. W. Capt. Sturt [P. & C.].
4} Skull, F°
e, f. Ad. al., ¢ 9. Melbourne. Purchased.
g. Ad. sk, 3. 8. Australia, Sir G. Grey [P. & C.]..
A, Ad. sk, 3. Williams R., W. A. (J. Gould Coll.
Gilbert). (Type of species.),
zt. Ad. sk, 9.. West Australia. Purchased.
- | Ad. al, No history.
7) Skull. { Pe

6. ANTECHINOMYS. ne
Antechinomys, Kreffi, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 484 .........005 A. laniger:

Size small, general build slender, jerboa-like. ars very large..
Metatragus large and thin, projecting backwards distally. Tail
very long, tufted. Limbs unusually elongated, the forearm, lower
leg, and hind foot being all disproportionally long; toes short,
subequal; hallux entirely absent ; palms and soles without distinct
pads, the latter hairy for the greater part of their length.

Skull much as in Sminthopsis, but broader in proportion to its
length, and, in correlation to the increase in size of the ear, the
bull are very much larger and more swollen, and their mastoid

portion is also inflated.
x2

Skull Dimensions of Sminthopsis and Antechinomys.

Species se-.savesrevvessensenss —

Sminthopsis

virgime.,

S. crassicaudata.

DASYURID A.

Basal length ............cesseeeee diiiease seed
Greatest breadth ..........
Nasals, length ..... gieee ges
» greatest breadth ................008.
» least breadth ..
Intertemporal breadth
Palate, length ......... ee ed
A sie between outer corners of]
Palatal acer
Basi-cranial axis
Basi-facial axis
Facial index ......
Teeth—vertical height of upper canine
» horizontal a of p.*
» length of ms.* ...
» breadth of m.’ ...

z
rpm wWampog
“OR WOH

Coe
SAdK Poor

_
mH OD

_
20 Coote hD

—
Om
ro ct bo Gt Gt OD
for)
id
mR Ge
wo 6

mow
Papa eer
> Oo

308

* In Christiania Museum,

6. ANTECHINOMYS. 309

ie a RR Od ey Dy 10. 8a ap Umea
Dentition :—L. 7-5-3 CO. 5) P.ogtp M. pa xX 2 = 46.

The teeth with the essential characters of those of Sminthopsis.
Upper incisors small and delicate, cylindrical, not flattened; i.’
separated from the rest, but not markedly raked forwards. Canines
very small and short, scarcely projecting beyond the general
level of the tooth-series. Premolars evenly, but slightly, increasing
in size backwards. Lower incisors subequal. Canine very short,
about the same length as p23; p.! and p.* about equal, slightly
shorter than p22 M.' with a distinct antero-internal secondary cusp.

Milk-dentition not known, but no doubt as in Sminthopsis.

Habits. Terrestrial ; saltatory ; insectivorous.

Range. That of the only species.

This genus evidently bears the same relationship to Sminthopsis
that the Rodent Hapalotis, also Australian, does to Mus, being
specialized in precisely the same manner for a saltatory method
of progression, a method apparently peculiarly favourable in the
sandy country inhabited both by Hapatotis and Antechinomys.

1. Antechinomys laniger.

Phascogale lanigera, Gould, Mamm. Austr, i. pl. xxxiii, (animal)
(1856); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 185 (1862);
Kreffi, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus, p. 29 (1864).

Antechinomys laniger, Krefft, P. Z. 8. 1866, p. 484; id, Austr. Vert.

. 16 (1871) ; Alston, P. Z. 8.1880, p. 454 et segg. (anat.) pl. xlv.
Taniraal),

Jersoa PoucHep Movss.

Size small, form very slender and graceful. Fur long, soft and
fine, composed almost wholly of underfur. General colour pale
grizzled grey. Head grey, the bases of the hairs dark slate, their
tips pale fewn, the colour lighter on the cheeks, muzzle, and above
and behind the eyes, and darker on the crown, from which a
darker median patch passes backwards along the back of the neck;
a large patch behind each ear pale fawn, contrasting markedly with
the darker occiput. Ears very large, ovoid; laid forward they
reach to halfway between the muzzle and the anterior canthus of
the eye; covered nearly entirely with short, fine, fawn-coloured
hairs. Back-hairs very long and fine, slaty grey except at their
extreme tips, which are pale fawn; the few longer hairs black.
Chin white, chest and belly grey at their bases, with broad white
tips ; change of colour on sides rather abrupt. Limbs coloured and
like the body only as far as the elbows and the middle of the tibie ;
the remainder, with the hands and feet, pure white. Palms naked,
closely granulated all over, provided with a trefoil-shaped anterior
and a smaller posterior prominence, but without distinct trans-

310 DASYURID.E.

versely striated pads; soles (Pl. XXIII. fig. 9) closely hairy all
along the much elongated metatarsus, the only naked part being a
trefoil-shaped prominence at the base of the toes, which is covered
with fine granulations, but is without separate pads; centre line of
sole rather darker in colour than rest of foot. Tail much longer
than head and body, thin, uniformly short-haired and fawn-
coloured, with the exception of the terminal inch, where there
is a prominent pencil of black hairs, each from 7 to 9 millim. in
length. Mammz unknown ; those of specimen a unfortunately not
distinguishable.

Skull (Pl. XXV. figs. 11 & 12) broad, but slightly built, the
bones thin and delicate, Nasals not expanded behind. Inter-
orbital space flat and smooth, its edges square but not beaded,
diverging backwards. Anterior palatal foramina reaching to the
centre of p.' Posterior palate with two pairs of vacuities, as in
Sminthopsis. Bulle very large and swollen, the mastoid portion
also swollen.

Teeth as described above.

Dimensions.
a (in spirit).

U.

millim.
Head and body ............ 84
Pail awacies ip aac geen oer ee 121
Hind footis ce esswvkeea wes 28
H6ad:. vsues oa sena ee E Ses 29
Muzzle to eye ..........--.. 14
Forearm and hand .......... 31
Lower leg... 2. eee eee eee 31
Heel to front of large sole-pad.. 23

TOR hetialaan sure ooo Menb eft ake 17'5

Skull, see p. 308.

Hab. §. Queensland and New South Wales.

Type in collection.

An excellent account of the anatomy, habits, and relationships
of this rare species has been published by the late Mr, E, R. Alston
(1. ¢.).

a. Ad. al., 9. Queensland. Purchased.
| Ad, sk, 3g New South Wales. Sir T. L. Mitchell [P. & C.].
* ) Skull. : (Type of species.)

ce, Ad. st. Purchased.

od

7. MYRMECOBIUS. 311

Subfamily II. MYRMECOBIIN &.

Tongue long, cylindrical, extensile. Premaxille separate in front.
Bony palate much produced backwards. Molars small and delicate,
more than four, both above and below, the lower ones with the
outer series of cusps aborted, and the inner alone well developed.

7. MYRMECOBIUS. Type
Myrmecobius, Waterh. P. Z. 8. 1836, p.69 ........ M. fasciatus.

Form graceful, squirrel-like. Nose long, rhinarium naked,
grooved below; lower lip produced forwards into a long pointed
projection, which fits into the groove below the rhinarium. Palate
with about fourteen transverse ridges. Tongue very long, slender,
tapering, extensile, its surface quite smooth. Ears long and
narrow ; metatragus small, thick, triangular, rounded at its tip, not
folded distally. Chest with a peculiar complex gland, opening on
the surface by several large and distinct apertures*. Back trans-
versely banded with white. Toes 5—4, provided with long fossorial
claws ; hallux altogether wanting externally, although its metatarsus
is present in the skeleton; palms and soles smooth, naked, the
pads small and granulated. Tail long and bushy. Pouch entirely
obsolete ; mamme 4.

Skull broad and unridged, the bones thin and delicate. Muzzle
conical. Nasals much expanded behind. Interorbital space very
broad and smooth, its edges forming prominent overhanging ledges,
interrupted by a deep supraorbital notch. Postorbital processes
long. Palate complete, without vacuities, produced very far back-
wards. Bulle swollen. Lower jaw long and slender, its angle but
little inflected.

Ee : : i 4°66,

Dentition :—I. > a

(usually 2-8) x 2=50 to 52.

Teeth small, insectivorous, chiefly remarkable for their striking
resemblance to those of the Mesozoic Polyprotodont Marsupials,
such as Phascolotherium and others. Upper incisors thin and
conical, i.! slightly smaller than the others. Canines but little
longer than the premolars, scarcely projecting beyond them. Pre-
molars very variable in size and shape; as a rule p.! is narrow and
unicuspid, p.° is similar, but has in addition rudimentary secondary
cusps on its anterior and posterior edges, while in p.‘ the central
cusp is shortened and the secondary cusps are more developed, s0

1.0.3.4 1.2.8.4.5.0]
» Ppp M. 1.2.3.4,5.60r0

ele

* For an account of the minute structure of this remarkable gland, see Bed-
dard, P. Z. 8S. 1887, p. 527.

+ Normally, but two specimens in the collection possess, through atavism, a
fourth incisor on one side, and thereby prove which of the original four lower
incisors has been lost by the modern three-toothed forms.

¢ I can find no satisfactory evidence for the common statement that there
are sometimes six upper molars, all the specimens that I know of having only five

312 DASYURID.E.

that the tooth is distinctly tricuspid. Molars small and delicate, the
middle ones of the series the largest ; m.* very small and narrow, its
edge indistinctly serrate ; m.*, m.5, and m.* triangular or oval, very
variable in size and shape, generally with from three to five small
pointed cusps; m.’ smaller than the others, generally similar to
them in character, but sometimes minute and styliform.

Lower teeth very like the upper. Incisors slender, i.' markedly
the largest. Canine proportionally larger than in the upper jaw.
Premolars almost precisely like the upper ones, but the anterior
secondary cusp less developed. First molar very small, but variable
in size, sometimes minute and unicuspid, generally bi- or tricuspid,
but sometimes still larger and quadricuspid. Other molars each
with three marked subequal internal cusps, but with the outer row
of cusps suppressed and reduced to a mere roughened cingulum,
which is carried on backwards behind the last internal main cusp,
and forms a low extra posterior cusp or heel.

Milk-premolar as yet unknown, the determination of the pre-
molars and molars depending upon form and upon the relative times
of appearance of the different teeth.

Habits. Terrestrial and arboreal; insectivorous.

Range. That of the only species.

This exceedingly remarkable genus differs from all the rest of the
family to such a degree that it is very doubtful if a special family
ought not to be made for it. Its chief interest lies in its close
resemblance and, presumably, relationship to the Mesozoic Polypro-
todont Marsupials of the English Jurassic beds, the resemblance
being so close as to suggest that Myrmecobius, like Ceratodus, is
actually an unmodified survivor from Mesozoic times, and therefore
from a time long before the Didelphyide, Peramelide, and Dasy-
uride were differentiated one from the other. As to its family
distinction, however, it seems better for the present to retain all the
simple-footed predaceous Marsupials in one large family, with which
further discoveries will probably show that the Amphitheriide and
their allies should be amalgamated, rather than to split up the living
forms in such a way as to increase the difficulty of assigning their
proper family positions to the fossil ones.

1, Myrmecobius fasciatus.

Myrmecobius fasciatus, Waterh. P. Z. S. 1836, pp. 69, 181; ¢d. Cat.
Mamm. Mus. Zool. Soc. p. 65 (1888); Gerv. C. R. vii. p. 672
(1838) ; Owen, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 121; Waterh, Tr. Z. 8, ii. p. 149,

1s, xxvii. (animal), xxviii. (skull &c.)(1841) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr,

‘amm. xi. ‘s 145, pl. xi. (animal) (1841); Gray, Grey's Austr.,
App, ii. p. 401 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R..A., Mamm. p, 191 (1842) ;
Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1848); Wagn. Schr. Stug.
Supp. iii. p. 33 (1848), v. p. 209 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mam.
i. p. 518 (1844); Owen, Odontogr. p. 877, Atl, pl. xeviii. fig. 4
Cieoth) (1845); Gould Manin. Auer, & pl iv, Cantal) (1845)
Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. 896, pl. xiv. fig. 1 poi and pl. xxi.
fig. 1 (skull) (1846); Geb. Odontogr. p. 46, pl. xvii. fig. 2 (teeth)

7. MYRMECOBIUS. 813

(1855); Schleg. Dierk, p. 187 (1857); Geb. Sdug. p. 725 (1859) ;
Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M, p. 187 (1862); Krefft, P. Z. 8.
1868, p. 38; td. Austr. Vert. p. 16 (1871); Schleg. Dierent. p. 162
(1872); Gieb. Bronn’s Kl. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. pl. xix. figs. 4 & 5
ee (1874); Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 555, fig. (animal) (1880) ;
low. Encycl. Brit, (9) xv. p. 381, fig. 27 (animal) (1883) ; Flow. &
Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll, Surg. ii. p. 739 (1884); Beddard, P. Z. 8. 1887,
p. 527, figs. 1-3 (anat. chest-gland); Thos. Phi. Trans. clxxviii.
ase pl. xxvii. fig. 9 (lower teeth) (1887); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
‘us. p. 803 (1887).
Myrmecobius diemenensis, Waterh. (apud Less. N. Tabl. R. A,
Mamm. p.191, 1842; and Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100, 1848).

Maxsvrrat ANTEATER.

Fur short, close, and hispid, almost spinous. Underfur thin and
sparse, pale grey. General colour bright rufous darkening to black
posteriorly, broadly banded with white. Muzzle, forehead, and
crown dark grizzled rufous, a white stripe over each eye, succeeded
below by a brown or black band passing from the side of the
muzzle through the eye to the base of the ear. Below this the
cheeks and lips are pale yellow, but there is generally an indistinct
rufous band running backwards from the angle of the mouth. Ears
long, narrow, and pointed, laid forwards they reach to just beyond
the anterior canthus of the eye, uniformly clothed with short closely-
set hairs, dull rufous behind, yellowish internally. Fore back rich
rufous, coarsely freckled with white, the hairs black for their basal
half and at their extreme tip, red or white on the intermediate
part. Passing backwards the white-banded hairs become so
arranged as to form prominent transverse stripes passing right across
the back, the stripes of opposite sides, however, often not exactly
meeting in the centre line, but overlapping and interdigitating.
Ground-colour of rump gradually darkening to black. Chin almost
hairless, flesh-colour. ‘Throat, chest, and belly clear pale yellow *,
the hairs not darker at their bases ; a darker central streak on the
throat of old males, due to and surrounding the opening of the
sternal gland; no darker colour in females or young males. Out-
sides of limbs like back ; inner sides, front, and back of legs, and
whole of hands and feet uniform pale yellow. Claws long and
strong, dark horn-colour. Pollex short, not reaching to the base
of the index. Second and fourth fingers equal, but the middle one
absolutely shorter than either, its first phalanx especially shortened,
very broad and strong ; fifth digit reaching to the middle of the
first phalanx of the fourth. Palms naked, smooth, with five small,
round, finely granulated pads, situated one just below the wrist, one
cach at the bases of the first and fifth digits, and two close together
at the bases of the three middle fingers. Second hind toe reaching
to the end of the second phalanx of the third, fifth to the middle of
the first phalanx of the third. Soles (Pl. XXIII. fig. 10) hairy

* This becomes white in specimens exposed to light.

314 DASYURID.E.

along the sides and under the calcaneum, the rest smooth and naked,
with only three granulated pads, one each at the base of the second
and fifth toes, and one at the base of the combined third and
fourth ; there is also a thickening of the skin opposite the meta-
tarsal of the hallux, but no definite pad is there found. Tail rather
shorter than the head and body, evenly long-haired above and on
the sides, shorter-haired below ; above coarsely grizzled pale yellow
and black, rich rufous below. Mamma 4.
Skull and dentition as described above.

Dimensions,

te _ 2.
e (in spirit). *(in spirit).
Adult. .

Adult.

millim, mi}lim,
Head and body ............ 220 240
PBL ccckiakss asantttit iatieeene Paes 175 = (¢.) 160
Hind foot .. 0... ce eee 50 48
Baring cinerea eee arcexs 24 23

Skull, see next page.

Hab. Western and Southern Australia.
Type not in existence.

Ad. sk, South Australia. Sir G. Grey [P. &
@ ) Skull. S: 0.)
6. Ad. st. d. King George's Sound, Sir G. Grey [P. &
W. A. C.}.
ce. Ad.al., ¢. King George’s Sound, G. Krefft, Esq. [P.].
W. A. (W. Master).
d Ad. sk. Swan R., W. A. Zool. Soc. (A. Gor-
| Skull} don, Esq. [P. &

(Type of “ M, diemenensis, Waterh.”) _C.)).

Ad, st. Swan R., W.A. (J. Gil- Gould Coll.
af } Shull of ef bert).
n, J¥g. st. & sk. Swan R., W. A. ~ Purchased.
orh. sa of h,
. jImm. sk, Toodyay, W. A. (J. Gil- = Gould Coll,
* 1Skull. bert).
4. Skeleton (mounted), West Australia. Purchased.
k, Ad. sk., 9. Haslar Hospital.
2, Skull.¢ G.R. Waterhouse, .
Esq. [P.].
m, Skull. Charles Falconer,
Esq. [P.].

* Belonging to the Biological Laboratory of the Royal School of Mines, and
kindly lent me for examination. The measurements of this specimen are not
quite ao trustworthy as those of the male, owing to its being in somewhat bad
condition.

+ The skull figured, Tr. Z. 8. ii. pl. xxviii.

¢ Figured in N. H. Mamma. i. pl. xxi.

DIDELPHYIDE. 315

Skull Measurements of Myrmecobius.

. Speckes ....csscssevenees M. fasciatus,
Specimen ......... J
dee atovasateataeste a ite adult.
Basal length —.......ccccssssssessssevcoeseveseneeees 53
Greatest breadth 315
Nasals, Length sissanasssonienaeivasnoededsaeoneie cay 21°5
1» BYeatest breadth .........ccssecsesseeeweees 12°7
vo least breadth .......csecsseenectseescsereee 4:2
Intertemporal breadth .......sceseseeeseeeeeeees 20
Palate; length 2: cisconrsssaibcondesdentanasonnedsietes 38
» breadth outside m.*,......cc.:.cecceenerees 12
Palatal foramen .......cccssecessnseseeveeueesaseeee 31
Basi-cranial axis ......ccccccssseeeseseeenerevenseres 17
Basi-facial axis.....c.ccccscesssesecseesweeserereseees 36
Teeth—height of canine ......ccccieieseereeee 2-4
yy Length. Of Mf sitsswercinmnerwarsearoigmaian 21

Family VI. DIDELPHYIDZ.

Polyprotodont Marsupials adapted for an arboreal, predatory,
omnivorous, or msectivorous life. Metatragus variable in size.
Limbs subequal ; fore and hind feet each with five toes, the latter
not syndactylous, but with a very large and widely opposable nail-
less hallux. Tail generally very long, naked, scaly, prehensile,
sometimes short, and more or less hairy. Stomach simple. Czecum
small or moderate. Pouch generally absent, sometimes merely
composed of two lateral folds of skin separate at each end; rarely
complete.

«ae . 7 1,2.38.4.5 1 1.0.3.4 1.2.3.4 es
Dentition :—I. “Tre? C. [D> Poca Mess x 2= 50.

Teeth rooted, sharp, cutting, carnivorous. Upper incisors small
and conical, the first larger than and separated from the others.
Upper premolars generally increasing in size backwards, and with,
as a rule, a marked diastema between p.’ and p.° Lower premolars
well developed, their relative sizes variable. Molars multicuspid ;
with only three cusps visible externally.

Tooth-change always present, the milk-premolar large and long-
persistent.

Range. North and South America, from the United States to La
Plata. Also found fossil in Europe:

This family is an exceedingly homogeneous one, its members pre-
senting a very small range of differentiation. It is, on the whole,
very closely allied to the Dasywride, from which, were it not for
its isolated geographical position, it would be very doubtfully
separable.

316 DIDELPHYID®.

The Opossums take the place in the Neotropical region of the
Insectivora of other parts of the world, the great majority being
arboreal, and to this extent corresponding to Tupaia, while a few

Fig. 6.

Didelphys marsupialis,—Jaw and hind foot, showing combination of polyproto-
dont dentition with a non-syndactylous foot.

(subgenus Peramys) are more or less terrestrial, and strongly re-
semble the Shrews both in appearance and habits. One single
species, Chironectes minimus, is aquatic.

Synopsis of Genera*.

A. Hind toes quite free... .. ce eee eee ene 1. DipErpuys, p. 316.
B. Hind toes webbed to their extremities.... 2. Cutronrcrzs, p. 866.

1. DIDELPHYS. Type
Didelphys +t, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 54 (1760) ..., D. marsupialis.

* It is impossible to find any single cranial character by which Chironectes
may be distinguished from all the species of Didelphys, but in order to assist
in its recognition a referenco is made to its skull in the cranial synopsis of the
species of that genus.

+ For the full recent synonymy of the genus see infra under the different
subgeneric headings, and for tho fossil synonyms seo Lydekker, Cat. Foss.
Mamw. B, M. v. p, 278 (1887).

1. DIDELPHYs, 317

Size varying from that of a large cat to that of a mouse, Ears
generally large and well developed, with several supplementary
folds of skin around and in front of their bases ; their inner margius
frequently produced forwards into a prominent pointed projection
(see Pl. XXVI. fig. 1). Hind feet short, modified for grasping ;
with a widely opposable clawless hallux, and broad rounded pads.
Tail in most of the species longer than the head and body, practi-
cally naked, except at its base, and distinctly prehensile; in one
species hairy throughout, and in several (subgenus Peramys) shorter
than the head and body, and doubtfully prehensile. Pouch only
present in the larger species, generally rudimentary or absent.
Mamme uneven in number, varying from about 7 to 25, arranged
not in two parallel rows, as in the Dasywride, but in two series—an
inner and an outer, the outer consisting of a variable number of
symmetrical pairs, the inner generally of one single mamma placed
in the middle line posteriorly, but sometimes of three or five, the
odd one in each case placed mesially (see Pl. XXVIII. figs. 3 and 6).

Skull stout and strongly built, with, at least in the larger species,
well-developed ridges and crests. Nasals long, almost always
widely and abruptly expanded behind. Anterior palatine foramina
short. Palate generally slightly imperfect behind. Bulle rudi-
mentary, often almost obsolete.

Dentition as described above.

Range. That of the family.

The systematic arrangement of the Opossums has formed the
subject of an unusually large number of memoirs, of which the best
have been written by Temminck, Waterhouse, and Burmeister.
These and all other authors appear, however, to have erred in the
admission of by far too great a number of species, formed on the
most trivial characters of colour and size, and therefore a large re-
duction has been found to be necessary in the present work. With
the exception of the Short-tailed Opossums (subgenus Peramys), the
series available for examination in the European Museums seems to
be fairly complete, but in the case of these more specimens are
urgently needed before the species can be at all satisfactorily worked
out; and the present arrangement of that, the most difficult, group
must be looked upon as merely tentative in its nature.

In this genus alone of the Marsupials I have found it necessary
to use subgeneric names, since the groups are so natural in them-

_selves, and at the same time pass so gradually into one another, that
it is impossible either, on the one hand, to ignore them altogether, or,
on the other, to give them each full generic rank.

Owing to the shortness of the hind feet in this genus it has been
found inadvisable to use their length as a standard of size, and
therefore, as in the Phalangerida, the length of the lower leg has
been“used as the chief guide to the general size.

318 DIDELPHYIDA.

Synopsis of Subgenera and Species.
J. Exrernat CHARACTERS.

A. Tail very long; generally scaly, naked,
and markedly prehensile.
a, Size large (awe leg more than 90
millim.). Fur with long bristle-hairs
intermixed with it. Fifth hind toe
much shorter than the subequal
second, third, and fourth...,.. I. Subgenus DipELpuys, p. 322.
a, Anterior edge of ear with scarcely a
trace of the basal projection ..., 1. D. marsupials, p. 323.
b. Size medium or small (lower leg less
than 80 millim.). Fur of one sort
only, without longer piles intermixed.
&. Toes as in a. Anterior base of
ear with a well-marked projec-
tion. Sizemedium. (Lower leg
50 to 75 millim.)........ II. Subgenus Mrracuirvs, p. 329.
a’, Kars very large, naked. White
spots present over eyes. Tail
slender, naked, scaly.
a®, Pouch present. ase of tail
furry for two inches or more. 2. D. opossum, p. 329.
6°. Pouch absent. Base of tail F
furry for barely one inch.... 38. D. nudicaudata, p. 332.
b*. Ears quite small, hairy. Colour
uniform, no eye-spots. Tail
thick, nearly entirely hairy.
e*, Pouch absent. Tail furry for
half its length ............ 4. D. crassicaudata, p. 334,
c\”. Fifth hind toe nearly equalling third,
and longer than second; fourth
the longest.
c? Size medium, as in Metachirus.
Fur woolly. Face with a brown
central streak ........ TIT. Subgenus PHILANDER, p. 336.
d3, Base of tail furry for about two
or three inches, the fur ending
at the same level all round.
Body uniformly coloured.... 5. D. philander, p. 337.
e, Base of tail furry for about six ;
inches above, but only for

about three below. od:
more or less variegated wit.
WHC: caine cena saa eae 6. D. lanigera, p, 339.

d*, Size small: lower leg less than 45
millim. Fur generally straight.
Face without a dark central

streak. ...... 20... 00. IV. Subgenus Micourgrvs, p. 840,
f°. Tail slender, cylindrical, not
incrassated. oot-pads low

and rounded, the sole between
them generally smooth, rarely
granulated.

1. DIDELPHYs. 319

a‘, Anterior basal projection of

ear

long, prominent, tri-

angular.
a’, Ear large, when laid for-
ward easily covering eye.
a’. Size larger: lower leg

about 40 millim. Colour
grey. Base of tail more
or less furry ........ 7. D. cinerea, p. 342,

b°. Size smaller: lower leg

32 to 38 millim, Colour
rufous. Base of tail
not furry ............ 8. D. murina, p. 348.

6°, Har small, when laid for-

ward reaching at most to
centre of eye,

c°, Size very small: lower

leg 24 millim. Colour
bright rufous ........ 9.. D. lepida, p. 347.

bo‘. Anterior basal projection of

ear

short, rounded, often

obsolete.
e®, General colour rufous,
d®, Size very small: lower

leg 20-25 millim, Tail
very long ........5. 10. D. pusilla, p, 348.

d’. General colour grey.
e°. Size larger. Tail longer

than head and body.
Belly pure white .... 11. D. grisea, p. 349.

f°. Sizesmaller. Tail shorter

than head and body.
Belly greyish white .. 12. D. velutina, p. 351.

g°. Tail more or less incrassated in

basal

half. Foot-pads high

and prominent, the sole be-
tween them markedly granu-

lated.

ct, Ears very long, their anterior
basal projection almost ob-
solete. ower leg about
27 millim. .............. 13. D. elegans, p. 351.

B. Tail short, about

half the length of the

head and body; not or scarcely pre-
hensile. Size small: lower leg less
than 35 millim.

e. Fur short, straight, and crisp. Ante-
rior basal projection of ear well de-

veloped.....

ec re re V. Subgenus Prramys, p. 353.

d', Back not lineated or spotted.
e, Size large: lower leg exceeding
25 millim.
h®?, Mamme not known. Ears very

short.

Sides orange........ 14. D. dimidiata, p. 355.

23. Mammee one in centre, four or
five lateral pairs. Ears large.

Sides

POO iy cies lua bee ead 15. D. brevicaudata, p. 356.

320 DIDELPHYIDA.

j’. Mamma three in centre, five
lateral pairs. Ears large.
Sides grey .....+. dceioidusseieara 16. D. domestica, p. 858.
°, Mamme not known. Ears
large. Head, rump, and tail
red; fore-back and belly grey 17. D. scalopa, p. 359.
f*. Size medium: lower leg 20-26
millim.
?, Mamma five incentre, and about
ten lateral pairs. Ears small.
Back grey; sides red ...... 18. D. henseli, p. 360.
g*. Size small: lower leg less than
20 millim.
m’, Mamma not known. Ears
medium. Sides rufous .... 19, D. sores, p. 362.
e', Back lineated or spotted.
73, Back with dark longitudinal lines.
n®, Back with three lines.
d‘, Size medium. Head and
body more than 100 millim;
lower leg about 23 millim. 20. D, americana, p. 363.
e*, Size small. Head and body
less than 100 millim. ; lower
leg about 18 millim....... 21. D. thering?, p. 364.
o®, Back with a single central line, 22. D. unistriata, p. 366,
#, Back spotted: with white. Size
small .......... igre es nane 23. D. alboguttata, p. 366.

II. Cranzat CHARACTERS.

A. Size and cranial characters variable.
Lower p.* generally shorter than p.*
a, Brain-case small and narrow, its most
constricted point some way behind
the postorbital processes. ‘Temporal
crest present, at least in old age.
a, Size large, basal length more than
75 millim. Temporal crest very
large, early developed...... I. Subgenus DrpELprys, p. 822.
Gi Reeaae es jee area ists I. D. marsupialis, p. 328.
6. Size medium, basal length between
60 and 75 millim. Temporal crest
smaller and later developed. II. Subgenus Mzracumos, p. 829,
6%, Muzzle long, the distance from
postorbital processes to nasal
tip greater than that to occiput.
Orbito-temporal fosse short and
broad, their length much less
than the distance between the
zygomata. P.® much larger and
heavier than p.’, markedly sepa-
rated from it*,

* P.3 not disproportionally larger than, and nearly or quite
touching p.2 Ms.1-3 12 to 14 millim. ...... Chironectes minimus, p. 368.

1. DIDELPHYs. ‘ 321

a>, Postorbital processes sharp,
pointed, prominent. Palate
imperfect, a second pair of
vacuities opposite orbehind m.*, 2. D. opossum, p. 329.
6°, Postorbital processes small or
absent, Palate comparatively
Perel: casas wks weokees s 38. D. nudicaudata, p. 332.
ce’, Muzzle short, the distance from
postorbital processes to nasal tip
less than to occiput. Orbito- ~
. temporal fossee very long, their
length about equal to the dis-
tance between the zygomata.
ce. Top of muzzle very convex up-
wards. Crests and processes
much developed ......... .. 4, D. crassieaudata, p. 334.
6. Brain-case large, its most constricted
part close behind, or even hidden be-
neath the postorbital processes. No
temporal crests, the temporal ridges
widely separate.
ce’, Size medium, basal length more than
45 millim. P.1 minute, Canines
very long. Broadest point of _ [p. 836.
alate at front corner of m.* ..., ILI. Subgenus PHILanDER,
a, Melee smalland rounded. Lower | 5. D. philander, p. 337.
jaw sharp-edged below ...... 6. D. lanigera, p. 339,
@. Size small, basal length less than 45
millim. P.'notminute. Canines
medium or small. Broadest point
of palate 'at back corner of m.2 .. IV. Subgenus Mrcourevs,
e?, Nasals expanded behind. [p. 840.
d}, Supraorbital ledges well deve-
loped, even in immature ani-
mals. Upper p.° and p.*
about equal.
a’, Upper ms.l-3.more than 7
millim. Basal length about
40 millim............... 7. D. cinerea, p. 342.
bt. Upper ms.1-3 about 6 or 6:5
millim. Basal length about
30 to 36 millim. ........ 8. D. murina, p. 348.
ce’, Upper ms.1-3 about 5 millim,
asallengthabout25millim. 9. D. lepida, p. 347.
e*. No supraorbital ledges at any

age. ,
ad, i per ms.!-3 about 5 millim.

Basal length about 24

millim. Palatal foramen

reaching to the level of the

back of the canines ...... 10. D. pusilla, p. 348.
e*, Upper ms.!-3 about 6 millim.

asal length about 380

millim. Palatal foramen

reaching to the level of the *

back of p.t........ Faleaitone 11. D. grisea, p. 349.
f+, (Cranial charactersunknown.) 12. D. velutina, p. 851.

YX

3822 DIDELPHYIDE.

f?- Nasals not expanded behind.
f°. Supraorbital edges square.
Upper ms.1-3 about 5 or 5:5
millim. ..escseveseeereee. 13, Di elegans, p. 351.
B. Size small, basal length not exceeding .
about 40 millim. Lower p.* as large
as or larger than p.?
ce. Nasals much expanded behind. Supra-
orbital edges rounded. Temporal
ridges touching, sometimes forming
crests in old age .............. V. Subgenus PERamys, p. 353.
e', Interorbital region narrow, parallel-
sided; postorbital processes and
damryerel: crests formed in adult life.
g’. Size large, basal length exceeding
382 millim.

g*. Teeth small. Upper ms,l-3
about 5:2 millim. .......... 14, D. dimidiata, p. 355.

J’. Interorbital region smoothly rounded,

generally broad; no_postorbital

processes at all, and temporal

crests only formed in extreme old

age,
h?, Size large, basal length more than
31 millim.
A’, Skull broad and strong; teeth
large. Core ms.1-3 more
than 55 millim.
g'. Upper ms.1-3 5:8to6-5millim. 15, D. brevicaudata, p, 356.
h*, Upper ms.1-3 6:2 to 7‘7millim. 16. D. doméstica, p. 358.
2, Skull narrower; teeth small,
upper ms.1-3 about 4°6 millim. 17. D. scalops, p. 359.
7, Size medium, basal length 25-31
millim. Ms.1-3 about 5 millim.
j®. Interorbital breadth less than
6 millim. ...... isan a eae 18. D. henseli, p. 360.
®, Interorbital breath 6 millim.
OF MOTE... .ceetesevesesee 20, D, americana, p. 363.
Jj’. Size very small, basal length less
_ than 26 millim.
#, Muzzle flattened, broad. Zy-
gomatic breadth more than
12 millim. ............++0. 21. D. theringi, p. 364.
m, Muzzle rounded, narrow.
Zygomatic breadth less than
12 millim. ............0+4. 19. D. soren, p. 362,

g'. (Cranial characters unknown) .... an 7 preaion Lage
. D. , p. 866.

I. Subgenus DIDELPHYS.

Size large. Fifth hind toe markedly shorter than the second,
third, and fourth, which are subequal. Pouch present, well deve-
loped. Fur of two sorts, the ordinary short fur mixed with long
coarse bristles.

Skull with a small narrow brain-case, its most constricted point

1, DIDELPHYs. 323

some distance behind the postorbital processes. Temporal crests
large and very early developed. ;

Upper premolars evenly increasing in size backwards. Lower
p.* larger than p.4 Upper molars increasing in size backwards to
the third, lower ones to the fourth, : :

1. Didelphys marsupialis*.
a. Didelphys marsupialis, var. typica.

t

Philander maximus orientalis, Seba, Thesaurus, i. p. 64, pl. xxxix.
(animal) (1734).

Didelphys marsupialis, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 54 (1760) ; Miill.
Linn, Naturs. 1. p- 288 (1778) ; ral. Syst. R. A. p. 73 (1777);
Schreb. Séug. iil. p. 5386, pl. cxlv. (animal) (1798) 3 Blumenb.
Handb, Naturg. p. 87 (1779); Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 221
(1780) ; Bodd, Elench. Anim. i. p. 76 (1785); Gmel. Linn. S. N.
i, p. 105 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 191 (1792) ; Donnd. Zool,
Beytr. i. p. 341 (1792); G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. p. 124 (1798) ; Desm.
N. Dict. dH. N. (2) xxiv. Tabl. p. 19 (1804); Turt. Linn. 8. N.
i. p. 65 (1806) ; Blumenb. Abbild. nat. Gegenst. pl. liv. (animal)
(1810) ; Zi. Prodr. S. M. p. 76 (1811); G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 576
(1818) ; IW. Abh, Ak. Beri. 1811, p. 107 (1815); G. Cu. R.A.
i. p. 173 (1817); Schinz, Cuv. Thierr, i. p. 251 (1821); Wied,
Beitr. Nat. Bras. ii. p. 3887 (1826); 7. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm.
se (1829) ; Kaup, Thierr, p. 237 (1835) ; Less. NV. Tabl. R. A.,

amm. p. 186 (1842).

Didelphis karkinophaga, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 226 (1780).

Didelphis carcinophaga, Bodd. Elench, Anim. i. p. 77 (17865);
G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. - 124 (1798).

Didelphys caucrivora, Gmel. Linn. S. N. i. p. 108 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn.
An. K. p. 195 (1792); Donnd. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 852 (1792);
Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p..482 (1800); Bechst. Uebers. Vierf.
Thiere, ii. p. 684 (1800) ; E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 139 (1803) ; Desm.
N. Dict. dH. N, (1) vi. p. 458 (1808); Turt. Linn. S. N.i. p. 66
(1806) ; 202. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815) ; Desm. N. Dict.
@H. N. (2) ix. p. 422 (1817); td. Mamm. i. p. 255 (1820);
Desmoul. Dict. Class. @H, N. v. p. 490 (1824); F. Cuv. Dents
Mamm. p. 73, ae xxi. c (teeth) (1825); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An.
K. v. p. 187 (1827); Temm. Mon. Mamma. i. p. 82, pl. v. (skull &
skeleton) (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 210 (1827); Desm. Dict.
Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 886 (1827); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8.
p. 64 (1888) ; ed. Jard. Nat. Libr, Mamm. xi. p. 85 (1841);
Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 41 (1848), v. p. 225 (is56) 3 Schinz,

: Syn. Mamma. i. p. 499 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 473
(1846) ; Cabanis, Schomb. Brit. Guiana, iii. p. 777 (1848) ; G. Cuv.
Anat. Comp. ii. pls. 174-176 (myology) (1849); Burm. Thiere
Bras, i, p. 129 (1854); Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 286 (1855) ;
Burm. irl. Faun. Bras. p. 66, pl. iv. (animal), pl. v. fig. 2 & pl. vi.

* yw, Face without, or with indistinctly defined, black and

white markings .........:.csssecsssseeeereesecerseeeren Var. typica.
6. Face with sharply defined black and white mark-
WES: sopaiumosnsnecs Uuaveseesuceweasadav sasadpanusdteaasouiss Var. azare, p. 328,

x¥2

324

DIDELPHYIDA,

fig. 2 (skull) (1856); Gieb. Siug. p. 707 (1859); Tomes, P. Z. 8.
1860, p. 268; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 138 (1862) ;
Hens, Abh. Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 114, pl. i. fig. 2 (teeth) ; Schleg.
Dierent. p. 160 (1872); Gulkiver, P. Z. S. 1875, p.491 ; Aliz, Bull.
Soc. Philom. (7) ii. p. 148 (anat.) (1879) ; Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 561
(1880) ; Watt. Pelz. Bras. Stiug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh.
- 110 (1883) ; Flow. § Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 749 (1884) ;
ent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 300 (1887).

Didelphys virginiana, Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 193 (1792) ; G. Cuv.

Tabl. Elém. p. 124 (1798); Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. i. p. 478,
pl. evii. (animal) (1800); Bechst. Uebers. Vierf. Th. ii. p. 684
1800); £. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 140 (1808) ; Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N.
1) xx. p. 147 (1808); G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 577 (1813) ; Desm.
N. Dict. PH. N.(2) ix. p. 420 (isi); G. Cuv. RB. Ai. p. 172
(1817); Desm. Mamm. i. p. 254 (1820); Desmoul. Dict. Class.
@H. N. v. p. 489 (1824); F. Cuv. Dents Mamma. p. 75 (1825) ;
Gray, Griff. Cuv, An, K. v. p. 186 (1827); Temm. Mon. Mamm.
i. p. 27 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 209 (1827); Desm. Dict.
Scr. Nat. xlvii. p. 883 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 268
(1829) ; Burm. Lehrb. Naturg, p. 548 (1880); Waterh. Cat. Mamm.
Mus. Z. S. p. 64 (1838) ; zd. Veg. Nat, Libr, Mamm. xi. p79
(1841); Gulliver, P. Z. S. 1842, p. 49; Less. N. Tabl. R. A,
Mamm. p. 186 (1842); De Kay, N. H. New York, Zool. i. p. 3,
1. xv. fig. 2 (animal) (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100
1843); Wagn. Schr. Siiug. Supp. ui. p. 87, pl. exlv.* (animal)
(1848), v. p. 219 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 497 (1844) ;
Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 465 (1846) ; Aud. & Bach. Quadr. N.
A. ii. p. 107, pl. lxvi. (animal) (1854); Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud,
Mamm. p. 100, pl. xx. fig. 7 (teeth) (1855); id. A. N. Mamm. ii.
p. 286 (1855) ; Gieb. Odontogr. p. 41, er xvii. fig. 12 (teeth)
(1855) ; Burm. Erldéut. Faun. Bras. p. 60, pl. v. fig. 1 & pl. vi.
fig. 3 (skull) (1856) ; Baird, Mamm. N. A. p. 232 (1859) ; id. Zool.
Mex. Bound, Surv. p. 81 (1859); Gieb. Stiug. p. 708 (1859) ;
Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. Pp 187 (1862) ; Flower, Phil.
Trans, 1867, p. 685, pl. xxx. figs. 3-5 (milk & permanent den-
titions) ; Cowes, P. Ac. Philad. 1871, Be 15; ad. ig Bost. Soc.
N. H. ii. pp. 41-149, figs. 1-35 (1872) (osteology & myology) ;
Wyman, Mem. Bost. Soc, N. H. ii. p. 151 (1872) (anat. brain) ;
Schleg. Dierent. p. 160 (1872); Gulliver, P. Z. 8. 1875, p. 491;
Brehm, Thierl. ii. p. 558 (1880); Alst. Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm.
p- 196 (1881) ; Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost, Coll, Surg. ii. p. 747 (1884) ;
Selenka, Biol. Centraibl. v. p. 294 (1885) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd.
Mus. p. 800 (1887).

Philander virginianus, Tiedem. Zool, p. 427 (1808).
Didelphys aurita, Wied, Beitr. Nat. Bras. ii. p. 895 (1826); Schinz,

Syn. Mamm. i. p. 500 (1844); Burm. Thiere Bras, i. - 180
(1854) ; id. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 64, pl. iii. (animal), pl. v. fig. 3 &
pl. vi. fig. 1 (skull) (1856) ; Geb. Saug. p. 709 (1859) ;- Hens. Zool,
Gart. viii. p. 290 (1867); Frantz. Arch. f. Nat, xxxv. p. 315
(1869) ; Alst. Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 197 (1881); Natt. Pelz.
Bras, Séug., Verh. 2.-b. Wien, xxxiii, aah . 109 (1883) ; Jent. Cat.
Ost. Leyd. Mus, p. 301 (1887).

Didelphys californica, Benn. P. Z. S. 1833, p. 40; Less. H. N.

Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 364 (1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm.
Mus. Z. 8. p. 64 (1888) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr, Mamm. xi. p. 87
(1841); Wagn. Schr, Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 40 (1848), v. p. 228 (185
Schinz, Syn. Mamm.i. p. 498 (1844); Aud. & Bach. Quadr. N.

-l. DIDELPHYs. 825

An. iii. p. 831 (1854); Burm. Erliut. Faun. Bras. p. 63 (1856) ;
Baird, Mamm. N. A. p. 238 (1859) ; id. Zool. Mex. Bound, Surv.
F 82, pl. iii, (animal) (1859); Gieb. Stiug. p. 709 (1859) ; Tomes,
(ise), 1861, p. 287; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 138

Didelphys breviceps, Benn. P. Z. S. 1888, p. 40; Less. H. N. Mamm.
(Compl. Buff.) v. p. 864 (1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8.
p. 64 (1838); td. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 88 (1841);
Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iti. p. 40 (1848), v. p. 224 (1855) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 498 tis44) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i.
p. 478 (1846); Aud. & Bach. Quadr. N. A. iii. p. 380 (1854) ;
Css) ug. p. T09 (1859); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 301

Micoureus californicus and breviceps, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.
P. 186 (1842).

Didelphys pruinosa, Wagn. Schr. Séiug. Supp. iii. p. 40 (1843);
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 499 (1844).

Didelphys Fe rey and illinensium*, Link, apud Gray, List
Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1843), and other authors.

Philander marsupialis, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 101 (18438);
Gerrard, Cat. Eoaes Mamm. B. M. p. 189 (1862).

Common Opossum.

Size large, from three to five times the bulk of any other species,
Fur long, coarse and thick, and consisting of two quite distinct kinds,
namely, a short soft underfur, some 15 to 30 millim. in length,
extending uniformly all over the body, and a much longer upper fur,
composed of a large number of coarse elongated bristles, more or less
confined to the upper surface, and most numerous along the centre
of the back. General colour varying from white to black, through
all the intermediate degrees of mixture of the two, the individual
bristle-hairs either white, black, or parti-coloured ; the underfur
invariably white at its base, but its tip either also white or shining
black, the latter colour often of such an extent as nearly or quite
to hide the white. Colour of face also made up of different degrees
of black and white ; the northern forms (“ D. virginiana”) as a rule
with a nearly wholly white face, only relieved by a darker mark
running through the eye, and another longitudinal one on the crown ;
southern specimens (‘‘ D. cancrivora’’) altogether darker, often nearly
black ; the variety azar with the face marked with sharply con-
trasted black and white lines. Rhinarium broad, naked, with one
central vertical groove, and a single pair of distinct lateral notches
in the upper lip on each side of its lower border. Ears (Pl. XX VI.
fig. 1) large and leafy, broadly oval in outline, laid forward (in
spirit specimens) they reach to the middle or front of the eye; their
inner edges with scarcely a trace of the basal projection so prominent
in many of the smaller species; their outer edges with a small
secondary fold; their colour very variable, either wholly black,
wholly white, parti-coloured, white basally and black distally, or
vice versa; generally black with white edges in “ D. virginiana,”

* Names obviously taken from Buffon’s “ Sarigues 4 longs poils et des Illinois,”
but to which I can find no original reference.

326 DIDELPHYID&,

wholly black in “D. cancrivora,” and white.or parti-coloured in
var. azare, but in all exceedingly variable. Sides of neck often
yellowish or rufous, especially in old specimens, a coloration
apparently due to some form of unctuous secretion in this region.
Underside with but few longer hairs, its colour dirty white, but the
tips of the hairs often more or less black. Pouch large and well
developed. Mamme from 5 to 13*, one single central, and from two
to six lateral ones. Arms and hands, legs and feet always darker
than the body, brown or black. Foot-pads 6—5, the pads very
large, rounded, little prominent, their surfaces coarsely striated ; the
two hallucal pads touching one another. Second, third, and fourth
toes subequal, fifth toe considerably shorter, barely reaching to the
end of the second phalanx of the fourth. Tail very long, distinctly
prehensile, its base covered, for from one to four inches, with hairs
like that on the body, the hairy part most extended in the variety
azare, leastin “ D. virginiana ;” the remainder scaly, the scales large,
averaging from 6 to 8 to the centimetre; practically naked, a few
fine hairs only between the scales; proximal half black, distal half
white or yellow.

Skull very large and powerful, with strong and early developed
muscular ridges and crests; noticeable also for the enormous in-
crease of size which may take place in it after fully adult age is
reached (compare the measurements on p. 341). Nasals long, much
expanded behind. Supraorbital edges rounded, not beaded, but
with distinct conical postorbital processes, immediately above
which the prominent temporal crest commences. Brain-case small
and narrow, a considerable interval occurring between the post-
orbital processes and the intertemporal constriction. Palate rather
imperfect behind, with two large and several small vacuities opposite
the molars; its posterior edge much thickened. Posterior nares
contracted laterally, the opening nearly two thirds as high as broad.

Teeth large and strong, but all, and especially the premolars, very
variable in their size. P.' about one third the size of p.*; p.*
slightly larger than p.2 M.* much broader than long, from two
thirds to three fourths the size of m.3 Lower p.’ about one fifth
the size of p.°, and almost or quite touching it; the latter decidedly
larger, and projecting from 2 to 3 millim. higher than p.*

Dimensions.
2 per ée (in spirit). °
millim, millim.
Head and body ........ 470 460
MBL? teed i GE rest antag 430 400
Lower leg ............ 105 104
Hind foot ............ 62 57
Hai ss-ngecain a ocot-acs eas 4] 40

2 Skull, see p. 341.

* There are only five mamme in the only adult female in spirit’ available to
me, but Dr. Coues records thirteen in his paper on “ D. virginiana.”

1. DIpELPHys.. ‘ 327

Hab. America, from the United States to Chili and South Brazil.
Type not in existence.

This widely spread species, owing to its remarkable variability in
colour, has been made the basis of a very considerable number of
nominal species, of which the most commonly recognized are the
North-American “ D. virginiana,” the Brazilian “ D. cancrivora,” and
the striped-faced variety D. azare. I find, however, such a consider-
able amount of variability in the specimens from every locality, and
such an entire absence of constancy in any character or set of cha-
racters, that I am constrained to unite the whole of this group of
Opossums into a single species, to which the Linnean name of
“ D. marsupialis” is of course applicable. The striped-faced form,
D, azare, T leave, however, for the present as a recognizable geogra-
phical variety, although not worthy of specific separation.

a. Ad. st. 2. Florida. E. cer ae
6. Imm. st. N. America. Purchased.
Ad. sk. Texas. Mr. Drummond [P.].
Skull, { 9
d, Ad. sk., ¢. Texas. Purchased.
Yg. al., 2. San Diego, S. Texas. Le fe ae [C.].
California. Zool. Soc.

(Type of 2 Sgn Benn.)
g. Ad, skull. California. 1. Soc
(From type of D. ilenbe Benn.)
hej 1 Ad. sks. 3/82. Presidio, Mazatlan. A. Forrer [C.].

Skulls.
k Ad. sk.| 9 /88 Teapa, Tabasco, S.E. Messrs. Salvin &
Skull. : exico (Hl. H. Godman [P.].
Smith).
im. Ad. &imm.sks.,5/85. Cozumel I., Yucatan Messrs. Salvin &
(fF. Gaumer). Godman [P.].
n. Ad. sk. Vera Paz, Guatemala. O. ha Esq. [P. &
o, p. Ad, sks. Concordia, Medellin. J. K, Salmon [C.].
q. Ad. sk., ¢. Venezuela. Purchased.
7. Imm. sk. Trinidad. as H. eae (P. &
8, t. Yg. al., 8/86. Annandale, I. of Grenada a” M. Murray,
(Grenada Eclipse Ex- Esq. [P. & C.].
pedition).
Ad. sks. Better Hope, Demerara. Rev. W. Y.: Turner
1 Skull of «. t [C. te
w. Yg. al. Better Hope, Demerara. aes Y. Turner
az. Ad.al., d. Santarem. Mr. Wickham [C.].
y,z%. Yg.al, 9. Moyobamba, Peru. Herr Roff [C.].
fi d. st. Brazil. Purchased.
a.) Skull. (5°
a Ad. st. Brazil. Purchased.
* ) Skull.
e'. Yg. sk. Brazil. Purchased.

d. Ad.sk., ¢- Rio de Janeiro, Purchased.

328 DIDELPHYID 2.

F 1 Ad. al. 9 Purchased.
* | & two young,

f, Ad. sk. ¢ (albino). Purchased.

g'. Skeleton (mounted). Zool. Soe.

4', Skeleton. Zool. Soc.

b, Didelphys marsupialis, var. azarez.

Micouré premier, ou Micouré proprement dit,-Azara, Ess. Quadr.
Parag. i. p. 244 (1801).

Didelphys azare*, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 80 (1827); Desm.
Diet, Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 384 (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K,
v. p. 186 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 209 (1827); Schinz,
Nat, Abbild., Sug. p. 178, pl. Ixvi. (animal) (1827); J. B. Fisch.
Syn. Mamm. p. 264 (1829); Rengg. Siiug. Parag. p. 223 (1830) ;
Mart, P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 101 (anat.); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl.
Buff.) v. p. 263 (1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 64
(1888) ; id. Zool. Vog. ‘ Beagle, Mamm. p. 93 (1889) ; id. Jard. Nat.
Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 83, pl. i. (animal) (1841) ; Less. N. Tabi. R. A.,
Mamm. p. 186 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1848);
Wagn. Schr. Siug. Supp. iii. p. 88 (1848), v. p. 223 (1855) ;
Tsch, Faun. Peruana, Mamm. p. 148 (1844) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm,
i, p. 498 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 470, pl. xviii. fig. 2

_ (animal) (1846); Geb. Odontogr. p. 41, pl. xvii. fe. 10 (teeth)
(1855); Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 100, pl. xx. fig. 8
(teeth) (1855) ; Burm. Erliut. Faun. Bras, p. 61, pl. i. (animal)
(1856) ; Geb. Saug. p. 709 (1859) ; Tomes, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 268 ;
Burm, Reise La Plata ii. p. 412 (1861); Gerrard, Cat. Bones.
Mamm. B. M. p. 188 (1862); Hens. Zool. Gart. viii. p. 290
(1867); 2d. Abs, Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 111, pl. i. fig. 1 (teeth) ; Schleg.
Dierent. p. 160 (1872); Burm. Republ. Argent. iii, p. 189 (1879);
Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p.'749 (1884) ; Jent. Cat. Ost.
cas Mus. p. 800 (1887) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 280
1887).

Didelphys albiventris, Lund, Blk Bras. Dyr., Dansk. Afh. viii.
p. 236 (1841) ; Schinz, Syn. Mama. i. p. 500 (1844); Burm. Thiere
Bras, 1. p. 182 (1854); ¢d. Erliut, Frun. Bras. p. 62, pl. ii.
Sey Yee figs. 4 & 5, & pl. vi. fig. 4 (skull) (1856) ; Gieb. Sdug.

. 710 9).

Didelphys peecilotis, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 358 (1842); dd. °
Abh, Ak. Miinch. v. p. 126 (1847); 2d. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 219
(1855); Natt. Pelz. Bras. Siiug., Verh. 2-b. Wien, xxxiii, Anh.

. 109 (1883).

Didelphys peecilonota, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 504 (1844).

Didelphys leucotis, Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch, v. p. 127 (1847); id.
Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 223 (1855).

Azara’s Opossum,

Similar to D. marsupialis in all essential characters and equally

* Although the specimens in the Leyden Museum marked D. azare by
Temminck are unquestionably the ordinary dark-coloured D. marsupialis, his
name was given to Azara’s “ Micouré premier,” identified rightly by Burmeister
as the present form, and I therefore retain the name under which the variety is
figured in the latter author's beautiful work.

1. DIDELPHYS. 329

variable in its general coloration; but distinguishable by , the
prominence and sharp definition of the darker marks on the face,
these forming strongly contrasted black stripes on a white ground,
one running throtigh each eye, and a median one passing from
between the eyes backwards on to the crown and back of the neck.
Specimens with these markings are generally smaller in size, and
have, as a rule, white or parti-coloured ears, more hairy tails, and
smaller teeth than the ordinary form, but no one of these characters
is entirely constant.

Dimensions. Skull, see p. 341.

Hab. The countries bordering the Amazonian Region on the west
and south: Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, Chili, Paraguay, and
8. Brazil.

Type not in existence.

a, Imm. sk, ¢. Santa Fé de Bogota, Purchased.
= ane

g. st. Bolivia. Mr. T. Bridges [C.].
6. i Skull, os
e. Yg. sk. Bolivia. Mr, T. Bridges [C.].
d. Ad. skull. Bolivia. Mr. T. Bridges [C.].
e, f Imm. st., 5 9. Chili. Purchased.
g, &. Imm. & yg. al., 3. i tar RioGrande Dr. H. von Ihering [C.].

do Sul.

i-m. Skulls. Taquara. Dr. H. von Thering [C.],
n. Skeleton.

II. Subgenus METACHIRUS. :
Metachirus, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 185 (1854) .... D. nudicaudata.

Size medium. Proportions of hind toes as in the subgenus
Didelphys, i.e. with the three central toes subequal, all much
longer than the fifth. Pouch either well developed or rudimentary.
Fur short, straight, of one sort only, without longer bristles
intermixed.

Skull with a very small narrow brain-case, its most constricted
point some distance behind the postorbital processes. Temporal
crests and ridges generally well developed. Teeth as in Didelphys.

2. Didelphys opossum.

Philander opossum sew Carigueja, Seba, Thesaw. i. pp. 56 & 57,
1, xxxvi. figs. 1-3 (animal) (1734).

Didelphys opossum, Linn. Syst. Nat.(10) i. p. 55 (1760); Mill.

Linn, Naturs. i. p. 292 (1778) ; Schreb, Saug. iii. p. 587, pls. exlvi.

a & B (animal) (1778); Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 222 (1780) ;

Bodd. Elench. Anim. i. p. 77 (1785); Gmel. Linn. Syst. Nat. i.

. 105 (1785); Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 192 (1792) ; Donnd. Zool.

eytr. i. p. 845 (1792); G. Cuv. Tabl, Elém. p. 124 (1798) ;

Lacép. Mém. Inst. iii. p. 491 (1801); E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 141

330 DIDELPHYIDE,

(1808) ; Desm. N. Dict. @H. N. (1) xx. p. 146 (1803) ; Blumend,
Man. dH. N. (Trad. Artaud.) i. p. 108 (1803); Turé. Linn.
S. N. i. p. 65 (1806); Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 577 (1818); Zl,
Abh. Ak. Berl, 1811, p. 107 (1815); G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 178
(1817); Desm. N. Dict. d@’H. N. (2) ix. p. 423 (1817) ; id. Mamm.,
i, p. 256 (1820); Schinz, Cuv. Therr. i. p. 251 (1821) ; Desmout.
Dict. Class. dH. N. v. p. 491 (1824); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K.
vy. p. 187 (1827); Temm. Mon. Mamma. i. p. 41 (1827); Desm.
Dict. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 888 (1827); Less. Stan, Mamm. p. 210
(1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 265 (1829); Waterh. Jard.
Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 92 (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.
p. 186 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Stéiug. Supp. iii. p. 44 (1843), v.
p- 226 (1855) ; Tsch, Faun. Peruana, p. 144 (1844); Schinz, Syn.
Mamm. i. p. 601 (1844) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i, p. 485 (1846) ;
Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 100, pl. xx. fig. 6 (teeth)
(1855) ; Gieb. Sug. p. 711 (1859); Schley. Dierent. p. 160 (1872) ;
Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 301 (1887).
Didelphis marsupialis, Shaw, Gen, Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 476, pl. eviii.
a) (1800) (mee Linn.).
Didelphys quica, Zemm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 86 (1827); Desm. Dict.
Set. Nat. xlvii. p. 887 (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 187
1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 210 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn.
‘amm. p. 265 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v.
p. 364 (1836) ; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 64 (1888) ; zd.
Jard. Nat. Inbr., Mamm. xi. p. 90 (1841); Less. WN. Tabl. R. A.,
Mamm. p. 186 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 42 (1843),
vy. p. 225 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 500 (1844) ; Waterh.
N. H. Mamm. i. p. 480 (1846); Cabanis, Schomb. Reis. Brit.
Guiana, iii. p. 777 (1848); Gieb. Séug. p. 710 (1859) ; Tomes,
P. Z. 8.1861, p. 287; Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B, M. p. 189
(1862); Frantz. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 317 (1869); Alst. Biol.
Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 198 (1881); Poulton, P. Z. 8. 1883, p. 617
(anat. tongue); Natt. Pelz. Bras. Séiug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii,
Anh. p. 110 (1883) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. PB 3801 (1887).
Philander opossum, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 101 (1843).
Didelphys (Metachirus) quica, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 186 (1854).
Metachirus opossum and quica, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras, pp. 69 &
70, pls. vil. & viii. (animal), pl. xi. figs.1 & 2 (skull) (1856);
Hens. Abh, Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 120.

Quica Opossum.

Size medium. Fur short, straight, rather crisp. General colour
above a clear glistening slaty grey, variable in its exact tone, darker
on the head, lighter on the flanks. Muzzle long and slender.
Face dark brown or black, a pair of very prominent white spots
situated just above the eyes, often so large as to reduce the dark
space between them to a mere narrow line. Lower part of rhinarium
with a single pair of lateral notches cutting the upper lip. Ears
large, leafy, rounded, their substance very thin, laid forward (in
spirit-specimens) they reach to the anterior canthus of the eyo;
their colour white basally, black terminally (when dried apparently
wholly black); a whitish spot often present behind them at their
bases. Belly yellowish, greyish, or pure white, not very sharply

1. DIDELPitys. 301

defined. Pouch well developed. Mammex 3-1-3 =7*. Front of
fore and outsides of hind limbs like back. Hands and feet brown
or brown and white. Pads large and rounded as usual, the pollical
and hallucal each more or less subdivided into two. Tail with its
basal two or three inches furry, the change to the scaly part rather
abrupt, its tip’ gradually lightening to white.

Skull stout and strong, flattened as compared with that of D. cras-
sicaudata, with a long facial and a small and narrow cranial portion,
the distance from between the postorbital processes to the tip of the
nasals exceeding that from the same point to the occiput. Zygomata
widely expanded, the combined orbito-temporal fosse short and
broad, the distance from the lacrymal foramen to the anterior edge
of the glenoid fossa not equal to that from one zygoma to the other.
Nasals long, abruptly expanding behind. Interorbital space but
little rounded, an indistinct concavity along its centre. Supra-
orbital edges square or rounded, not overhanging. Postorbital
processes sharp and well defined, with marked ridges running
inwards and backwards from them and uniting to form the long and
prominent temporal crest. Anterior palatine foramina reaching
rather past the middle of the canines. Palate long and narrow,
with two pairs of vacuities, the anterior elongated, opposite m.” and
m.3, the posterior small, behind level of m.* Posterior nares small
and narrow.

Teeth. Upper p.' about one third, the size of p.3; a small
diastema between them. M.* triangular, its antero-posterior
diameter about one half its breadth.

Dimensions.

m Uns 'e

ane
Head and body ............ 275
Tall cnsimis orn mei sic: 270
Lowerleg: ce.cseeai ass saa 71
Hind foot ...........6.0-- 38
BLE’ secon le shiesnina ates uae es SSIS Se 28
Muzzle to eyo... .... eee 34

Skull, see p. 341.

Hab. Neotropical Region, from Mexico to La Plata.
Type not in existence.

Ad. sk. 3 Vera Paz, Guatemala. O. nee: Esq. [P. &
Skull.

he an oe ! 3 Coban, Guatemala. Purchased.

2) Skull of 6.

d, Ad. st., do. Coban, Guatemala. Purchased.

* In four specimens. In this formula the middle figure represents the
number of central mamma, and the first and third those of the outer parallel
series.

332 DIDELPHYID 2.

. } Ad. sk. 3 Better Hope, Deme- Rev. W. Y. Turner
* ) Skeleton. ( °° vara. [C;.
J. Head in al. Surinam. Mr. Bartlett (C.}
Ad. al. 2 Guayaquil, Ecuador. Sir E. Belcher [P. &
do Santa Cruz de la Siena, 'T. Bitages, Esq. (0
. jAd. 9 & yg. sks.| Santa Cruz de laSierra, T. Bridges, Esq. [C.].
iy 1 Sinll‘of ae Bolivia, : igh es
Jj. Ad, skull. Chico, Argentina. Zool. Soe. (C. Friend,
: Esq. [P.]).
k, Ad. al., 3. Taquara, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering
do Sul. [C.].
qd, Ad. skull, 3. Taquara, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering
o Sul. [CI
m. Ad. al., Q. (Described by Mr, Waterhouse, Z. c.)
n, Adal, 2. No history.
o-g.Imm. 2? & yg. g, al. Lidth de Jeude Coll.
r, 8. Skulls. Lidth de Jeude Coll.
4, JAd. st. 3 ' Purchased.
* ) Skull. :
u-w. Skeletons (mounted). Purchased.

3. Didelphys nudicaudata.

Didelphys nudicaudata, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 142 (1808) ; Desm.
N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) ix. p. 424 (1817) ; id. Mamm. i. p, 257 (1820) ;
Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i, p. 887 (1821) ; Desmoul. Dict. Class. dH. N.
v. p. 491 (1824); Desm. Dict. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 390 (1827);
Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. vy. p. 189 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm.
p. 212 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 265 (1829); Less.
HN. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p.364 (1836); Waterh. Jard. Nat.
Libr.. Mamm, xi. p. 94, pl. ii, (animal) (1841); Less. N. Tadl.
R. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; Waterh. N. H. Mamma. i. p. 482
(1846) ; Gieb. Siug. p. 710 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mumm.
B. M. p. 139 (1862); Thos. P. Z. 8S. 1882, p. 111; Lyd. Cat. Foss,
Mamm., B. M. v. p. 281 (1887).

Didelphys myosurus, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 88 (1827*) (descr.
orig.); Wired, Beitr. Nat. Bras. ii. p. 400 (1826); Less. Man.
Mamm. p. 210 (1827); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 48 (1843),
v. p. 225 (1855) ; Tsch, Faun. Peruana, Mamm. } 145 (1844) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. - 501 (1844); Frantz. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv.
p. 317 (1869); Natt, Pelz. Bras, Sdug., Verh. z-b. Wien, xxxiii.
Anh, p. 111 (1888).

Didelphys frenata, Licht. apud Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 44
(footnote) (1843).

Philander nudicaudus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 100 (1848).

Didelphys (Metachirus) myosurus, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 185
(1854).

Metachirus myosurus, Burm. Erléiut. Faun. Bras. p. 69, pl. x.
(animal) (1856).

Rat-rartep Opossum.
Size barely equalling that of D. opossum, but form slenderer and
extremities much longer in proportion. Fur very short, straight and
* See above, p. 195 (footnote).

1. DIDELPHYS. 333

crisp. General colour greyish brown, more or less suffused, especially
on the sides, with yellowish or rufous. Face brown or rufous
brown, darker round the eyes; a prominent white or pale yellow
spot above each eye, much smaller in area than in D. opossum.
Rhinarium with one pair of lateral notches below. Ears (Pl. XXVI.
fig. 2) very large, broad and rounded, naked, translucent, laid
forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach beyond the anterior canthus
of the eye; their anterior base with a well-marked projection, their
inner margin unusually convex in its lower half; their colour
uniform dark slaty grey. Metatragus small, Belly pale yellowish
white, rather sharply defined from the dark upper colour, a more or
less distinct yellow line running along the junction, of the two
colours. Pouch rudimentary or absent. Mamme 4-1-4=9*,
Front of fore and outsides of hind limbs, inner side of lower leg, hands
and feet pale brown. Feet narrower and more elongated than in
D. opossum ; pads (P1. XX VI. fig.3) very distinctly defined, the pollical
and hallucal generally continuous, undivided. Fifth hind toe barely
reaching to the middle of the second phalanx of the fourth. Tail
unusually long in proportion ; about one inch of its base alone furry,
the remainder scaly, with a few short hairs between the scales ; its
colour brown, changing to white terminally.

Skull with very much the same general proportions as in D. opossum,
but the interorbital region is broader, and the postorbital processes
are reduced to mere faint excrescences on the supraorbital ridges,
and even these do not appear until advanced age. The temporal
crests are also much later developed than in the other allied species.
Palate more perfect than in D. opossum, the posterior smaller pair of
vacuities being, as a rule, absent, and the anterior pair smaller.
Posterior nares comparatively broad.

Teeth as in D. opossum, except that they are, as a whole, lighter
and more delicate; the upper premolars especially are markedly
thinner transversely than in that species.

Dimensions.
a (in spirit).

mullim.
Head and body .............005 240
Tall. assesses sawwnea tts res 00)
Lower leg cicasc waves wean 67
Hind foot: wisccsevas cacvuew sea 435
Bat jh0tvawtasceeewestaewens 25
Muzzle to eye............ cea 28

Skull, see p. 341.

Hab. Neotropical Region, from Costa Rica to Brazil.
Type in the Paris Museum,

* One adult female in spirit only examined.

334 DIDELPHYID.

Ad. 2 & yg. al. Chirimoto Warsaw Museum [P.].
By Be {Sei of-a. : ee, O Pern c
J. Stolemann),
ce. Ad, st. Bahia. Zool. Soc. :
d, Ad. sk. 3. Brazil, Lord Stuart de Rothe-
say [P.].
Ge | Seat at Q. Brazil. Pees. f
ull of ef
ian st. 3 Brazil. Purchased.
I )Skull. ¢ ¢°

4. Didelphys crassicaudata.

Micouré & queue grosse, Azara, Quadr. Parag. i. p. 284 (1801).
Didelphys crassicaudata, Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (1) xxiv. Tabl.
"p. 19 (1804) ; id. op. cit. (2) ix. p. 425 (1817); 2d. Mamma. i.
p. 257 (1820) ; Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 887 (1821) ; id. Dict. Sci.
Nat. xlvii. p. 394 (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv, An. K. v. p. 189
(1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 218 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. p. 267 (1829); Rengg. Stiug. Parag. p. 226 (1830); Waterh,
Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 64 (1838) ; td. Zool. Voy. Beagle, Mamm.
p. 94, pl. xxx. (animal) (1889) ; 7d. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi.
p. 100 (1841); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 46 (1848) ; Schinz,
Syn. Mamm. i. p. 506 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 497
(1846) ; Cabanis, Schomb. Res. Brit. Guiana, iii. p. 777 (1848) ;
Burm. Erliut. Faun. Bras. p. 88 (1856); Gieb. Sdug. p. 718
(1859) ; 2d. Zeitschr. gesammt, Nat. xxvii. p. 396 (1866); Durn-
Lies x Z. 8. 1877, p. 832; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 280
7)
Didelphis crassicaudis, [vl, Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815).
Didelphis macroura, Ii, Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815) (?); Des-
moul. Dict. Class. dH. N. v. p. 492 (1824).
Peramys crassicaudata, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 187 (1842).
Didelphis mustelina, Geoff. apud Waterh. N. H. Mamm.i. p. 497
(1846).
Meee. crassicaudatus, Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1855).
, Philander crassicaudatus, Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B, M. p. 189
(1862).
Mstachivas crassicaudatus, Hens. Abh. Ak, Berl. 1872, p.121; Burm.
Republ. Argent. iii. p. 190 (1879).
Didelphys turneri, Giinth. Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) iv. p. 108 (1879).

THICK-TAILED Opossum. ;

Size as in D. opossum ; form long, low, and singularly weasel-like.
General appearance very like that of Putorius sibiricus. Fur
straight, thick and soft. General colour a rich soft yellow, greyer
down the centre of the back, brighter on the sides and belly. Face
like back, but some of the hairs pencilled with brown; no eye-spots
or other prominent markings. Rhinarium as in D. nudicaudata,
but its upper edge with a rounded projection backwards, sharply
defined from the hairy part of the face. Ears (Pl. XXVI. fig. 4)
very short and rounded, hardly projecting above the general level of
tho fur, laid forward they reach barely one half of the distance
towards the eye; their inner edges with a long conical basal pro-

1. DIpELPHys. 335

jection ; their substance thick and fleshy, thickly covered, except at
the edges, with dark yellow hairs; metatragus well developed,
rounded. Whole of underside a rich golden or sulphur-yellow.
Pouch entirely undeveloped; mamme 4-14=9*. Limbs very
short, coloured like the body, hands and feet rather browner. Feet
short, fifth hind toe only reaching to the middle of the first phalanx
of the fourth; pads small and narrow. Tail very different from
that of any other member of the genus, extremely thick at its base,
the body appearing to taper quite gradually into the tail; its basal
half thickly furred like the body, then short-haired, proximally
brown or black, terminally white; some two inches only of the
under surface of the tip naked, although sometimes all the terminal
half is thinly haired enough to show the scales.

Skull very different from that of other Opossums in its general
outlines, owing to its very long and narrow cranial and zygomatic
region compared to its unusually short muzzle. Nasals short,
evenly expanded behind. Forehead: contracted, very convex up-
wards. Interorbital space narrow, smoothly rounded. Postorbital
_ processes prominent, conical, the temporal ridges running inwards
and backwarks from them as in D. opossum. Space between the
level of the processes and the most contracted point of the brain-case
usually long and narrow. Zygomata long, high and strong, but not
very widely expanded, the distance from the lacrymal canal to the
anterior edge of the glenoid fossa equal to or exceeding the distance
from one to the other. Palate imperfect, as in D. opossum ; posterior
nares very narrow, scarcely or not broader than high.

Tecth as usual. Upper m.* much elongated transversely, its
antero-posterior diameter about one third of its width.

Dimensions.

a (in spirit). g (in),

Adult. Adult.

millim, millim,

Head and body ...... cee arr 260 395
ATL geese acs: ag eka: age NERS Ga 212 270
Lower leg ...... 5.00 ee eees 50 (c.) 63
Hind foot ........--.. eee. 36 44
BAT slasiscie Sites bret bone oe viet 13 —
Muzzle to eye... . ec ee eee ee 22 (c.) 24

Skull, see p. 341.

Hab, Guiana and South Brazil ; not as yet recorded between
these very distant localities.

Type not in existence.

The variation in size of this species is very remarkable, some
specimens, fully adult, being only half the size of others of the same
sex. ‘This is well shown by the two sets of skull dimensions given

* One specimen only,

336 DIDELPHYIDZ.

in the table on p. 341. Asa rule the southern specimens are markedly
larger than those from Guiana, but specimen d from Maldonado
has a skull exactly matching in every way that of specimen a from
Demerara, The type of D. turner: differed from all the known
species in having only four upper incisors on each side, but speci-
mens since received from the same locality show this to have been
an abnormality.

Ad. al. Better Hope, Demerara. Rev. W. Y. Turner
@ V Skull, { 9° [C.),
z, JAd. sk. Q Better Hope, Demerara. Rev. W. Y. Turner
* (Skull. : : [C.].
(Type of D. turneri, Giinth.)
ce, Ad. al., 2. San Lorenzo, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Thering
do Sul. [Cl
Ad. sk. Maldonado (C. Darwin). Zool. Soc. (Voy. .
d.
Skull. Beagle).

(Figured in Zool. Voy. Beagle.)
Skeleton. La Plata. Bravard Coll.

e.
f. Ad. sk. f, 18/6/76. Belgrano, Buenos Ayres. 4H. oi? Esq.
C.).
Hs isan t 9, 5/3 77. Belgrano. Desai Esq.
h. {eat $, 25/2/77. Belgrano. H. ri Esq,
z. Yg. sk., 3, 4/85. Morino, Buenos Ayres (Ff. P. " Sclater, Esq.
Withington). [Pel
j. Ad. st., 3d. Sir J. Richardson
: P.}.
yz, JAd. st. Purchased.
* (Skull.
1, Skeleton. Zool. Soe.

III. Subgenus PHILANDER. se
Philander, Tiedem. Zool. p. 427 (1808) * ......s.eseaee D. here

Size medium. Proportions of hind toes as follows :—4th the
longest, 3rd and 5th next, about equal, 2nd the shortest, but only
slightly so. Pouch rudimentary. Fur soft, thick and woolly.

Skull with a large broad brain-case, its most constricted point
close behind, or even hidden beneath, the large triangular postorbital
processes. Temporal ridges not uniting to form a median crest, even
in old specimens. Palate complete. Ramus of lower jaw beneath
the cheek-teeth peculiarly high, thin transversely, and sharp-edged
below.

Teeth. Upper canines unusually long and little curved. P.* minute ;
p.’ smaller than p.” Molars small, rounded, decreasing in size back-
wards, the posterior upper ones bowed inwards, so that the broadest
point of the palate is at the anterior corner of m.°, instead of the
posterior.

* Originally used for all the Opossums, but restricted by Burmeister (Erlaut.
Faun. Bras. p. 74, 1856) to the species now included in this subgenus.

1. DIDELPHYs. 337

5. Didelphys philander.

Tlaquatzin, Seba, Thes. i: p. 57, pl. xxxvi. (animal) (1734).

Didelphys philander, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10), i. p. 54 (1760); Miill.
Linn, Naturs. i. p. 291 (1778); Erai. Syst. R. A. p. 78 (1777);
Schreb. Stiug. iii. p. 541, pl. exlvii. (animal) (1778); Zimm. Geogr.
Gesch. ii. p. 224 (1780); Bodd. Elench. Anim.i. p.77 (1785) ;
Gmel, Linn, 8. N.i. p, 105 (1789); Kerr, Linn. An. K. p. 191
(1792); Donnd. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 344 (1792) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. i.
pt. ii. p. 483 (1800); Turt. Linn. 8S. N.i. p. 65 (1806); Ill. Abh.
Ak, Berl, 1811, p. 107 (1815); T'emm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 43, pl. vi.
(skull and skeleton) (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 188
(1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 211 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn.
Mamm. p. 265 (1829); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus..Z. 8. p. 64
(1888) ; 2d. Jard. Nat. Inbr., Mamm. xi. p. 102 (1841); Less. NV.
Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii.
p. 45 (1843), v. p. 226 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 502
(1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm.i. p. 487 (1846); Wagn. Abh.
Ak, Miinch. v. p. 180 (1847) ; Cabanis, Schomb, Reis. Brit. Guiana,
lil. p. 777 (1848); Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 100, pl. xx.
fig. 5 (teeth) (1855); Geb. Stiug. p. 711 (1859); Natt. Pelz. Bras.
Stiug., Verh. z-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 111 (1883) ; Jent. Cat. Ost.
Leyd. Mus. p. 301 (1887).

Didelphys dichrura, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 358 (1842) ; Schinz,
Syn. Mamm. i. p. 504 (1844); Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. v.
p. 134 (1847); id. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 230 (1855); Burm.
Lrliut. Faun. Bras, p. 76, pl. xiii. (animal) (1856); Natt. Pelz.
Bras. Stiug., Verh. z.-b, Wren, xxxiii. Anh. p. 112 (1888).

Didelphys affinis, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 358 (1842); Schinz,
Syn. Mamm. i. p. 506 (1844); Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. v. p. 136
(1847) ; 2d. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 237 (1855); Burm. Erliut.
Faun. Bras. p. 88 (1856) ;. Gieb. Sdug. p. 712 (1859) ; Natt. Pelz.
Bras, Stiug., Verh. 2.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 111 (1883).

Philander cayopollin, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 76, pl. xiv.
(animal), and pl. xi. fig. 5 (skull) (1856) (nee Schreb.).

Didelphys macrura (nec Ill.) and longicaudata, Natt. Pelz. Bras.
Stiug., Verh. 2-6. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 111 (1883),

PuHILANDER Opossum.

Size rather smaller and form slenderer than in the preceding
species. Fur thick, soft and woolly. General colour a dull yel-
lowish or rufous grey. Face pale grey, a distinct narrow brown
line running down its centre between the eyes; area round the eyes
also brown. Rhinarium (Pl. XXVI. fig. 5) large, naked, slightly
projecting backwards in the centre above; its lower edge with two
distinct notches on each side of the central groove. Ears large and
naked, laid forward (in spirit specimens) they reach to the middle
of the eye; anterior basal projection well developed; metatragus
small, inconspicuous. Underside either deep or pale yellow, with
no line of demarcation from the colour of the back. Pouch incom-
plete, only developed laterally. Mamme 3-1-3=7*. Arms and
legs dull grey ; hands and feet short, nearly naked, brown; sole-pads
(Pl. XXVI. fig. 6) very large, rounded, little prominent, a minute
extra hind pad generally present halfway between the heel and the

* Two specimens.

338 DIDELPHYID,

back of the long external pad. Tail longer than head and body, its
furry part from two to three inches long, ending abruptly at the
same level all round; remainder absolutely naked, without any
minute hairs, very smooth, the scales scarcely perceptible ; its colour
dull grey proximally, white terminally, the two colours intergrading
by a series of coarse and prominent grey and white mottlings.

Skull short and broad, with a short and conical muzzle and widely
expanded zygomata. Nasals much expanded behind. Interorbital
space broad, rather hollowed in the centre, its edges square ; post-
orbital processes forming large flat triangular projections over the
orbits, the temporal ridges running backwards from their tips, but
not meeting to form a median crest. Palate almost perfect, a single
small pair of vacuities only present opposite m.? Posterior nares
very wide and low. Lower jaw very high vertically, and very thin
transversely, its lower margin quite sharp-edged, and its angle
unusually slightly inflected.

Teeth (P1. XXVII. fig. 1). Upper canines very long and straight,
scarcely curved at all, their length vertically about equal to that
of the three posterior molars taken together horizontally. P.' close
to the canine, minute, probably almost functionless, barely one tenth
the size of p.? P.° decidedly smaller than p.? Molars small and
rounded, decreasing in size backwards, the last about one quarter
the size of m.3 Lower p.’ about one fifth the size of p.’, the latter
decidedly larger than p.* Molars as in the upper jaw, decreasing
backwards; m.‘ about two thirds the size of m.°

Dimensions.

é- :
6 (in spirit). g (in Eran
Adult. Adult.

millim. millim,
Head and body.......... 245 290
Marl: ih kd occa. tre mia te 320 360
Lower leg........--.... 56 58
Hind foot ..........4... 36 35°5
BAD ces sigs a ecasec capone ous ne 23 29
Muzzle to eye .......... 22:5 25

Skull, see p. 341.

Hab. North-eastern South America (Guiana, Brazil).
Type not in existence.

a, Ad. al., 2. British Guiana, Purchased.

6. Adal. 3. Surinam. E. Bartlett [C.}.

e. Ad, al., 2. Mauaos, Brazil. A. Peixoto [C.].
Ad. sks. Brazil. Purchased.

d, €. | Siults, S.

f. Ad. sk., 2. Brazil. Zool. Soc.

gl. Ad.?, imm. & yg. al. « Lidthde Jeude Coll.

m. Skeleton, 2. Lidth de Jeude Coll,

n, Ad. al. 3. (Described by Waterhouse.)

o. Imm. st. Lord Derby [P.].

l. DIDELPHYS. 339

6. Didelphys lanigera.

Micouré laineux, Azara, Quadr. Parag. i. p. 275 (1801).

Didelphys lanata, Id. Abh. Ak. Berl, 1811, p. 107 (1818) (sine descr.).

Didelphys lanigera, Desm. Mamm. i. p. 358 (1820) ; Schinz, Cuv.
Thaerr. i. p. 887 (1821) ; td. Dict. Sex. Nat. xlvii. p. 399 (1827) ;
Gray, Groff. Cuv, An. K.v. p. 190 (1827); Less. Man. Mann.
p. 218 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 269 (1829); Rengg.
Stug. Parag. p. 225 (1830) ; Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.)
v. p. 3866 (1836) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 98 (1841) ;
Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supp. iii. p. 46 (1848), v. p. 233 (1855); Schinz,
Syn. Mamm. i. p. 507 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 495
(1846); Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. v. p, 139 (1847) ; Burm. Erliut.
Faun. Bras. p. 88 (1856); Gieb. Séug. p. 712 (1859); Natt. Pelz.
Bras. Stiug., beh, z-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 113 (1883); Jent.
Notes Leyd. Mus, ix. p. 225, pl. iii, (skull) (1887); ed. Cat. Ost.
Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887).

Didelphys derbiana, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 97, pl. ii.*
(animal) (1841); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i.p. 503 (1844); Waterh,
N. H. Mamma. i. p. 493 (1846); Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, p. 100,”
pl. xx. fig. 4 (skull & teeth) (1855); Gveb. Séug. p.711 (1859) ;
Thos. P. Z. S. 1880, p. 403; Alst. Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 199,
pl. xxii. (animal) (1881).

Micoureus laniger, Less. N. Tabl. R. .A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ; Gerv.
H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1855).

Didelphys ochropus, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 359 (1842) ; Schinz.
Syn. Mamm. 1. p. 504 (1844); Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. v. p. 141
(1847) ; id. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 236 (1855); Burm. Erlaut.
Faun. Bras. p. 88 (1856) ; Natt. Pelz. Bras. Stiug., Verh.z.-b. Wren,
xxxiii, Anh. p. 113 (18838),

Didelphys ornata, Tsch. Faun. Peruana, Mamm. p. 146, pl. vii. (ani-
mal) (1844); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. a 231 (1855); Burm.
Erléut. Faun. Bras. p. 88 (1856) ; Tomes, P. Z. S. 1860, p. 268.

Wootty Opossum.

Size rather larger than in the last species. Fur thick, soft and
very woolly, more so even than in D. philander. General colour
varying from a beautiful rich dark rufous to a pale bright fawn,
more or less variegated with white. Face greyish white, the cen-
tral dark stripe generally well defined, in some of the pale-coloured
specimens, however, hardly distinguishable. Area round eyes red-
dish. Centre of anterior back with a longitudinal white or greyish-
white line, which sometimes extends the whole length of the back to
the tail, but is on the other hand often entirely absent ; sides of neck
and back bright red. Underside greyish white, more or less tinged
with rufous; the area round the scrotum or pouch generally
purer white. Arms and legs grey or pale rufous. Characters of
rhinarium, ears, hands and feet, pouch, number of mamme, &c.,
apparently, so far as can be judged from skins, quite as in D, phil-
ander. ‘Tail very long, its base furry on the upper side for from
one third to one half its length, but below the fur ends at a point
from one to three inches short of where it ends above, the edge of
the fur therefore forming a long slant across the sides of the tail,

z2

340 DIDELPHYIDA.

Naked part of tail grey proximally, yellow terminally, coarsely
mottled with the two colours at their junction. :

Skull and teeth apparently identical in every respect with those
of D. philander.

Dimensions.

Be

e (skin). @ (skin),

Adult. Adult.

millim. millim,
Head and body.......... 310 270
Tails -¢venwesnesexvasces 34 380 390
Hind foot ............ (c.) 40 (¢.) 38

RAT. “oerete Featars date iy hace AS —_— —

Muzzle to eye .......... 28 26

Skull, see next page.

Hab. Neotropical region, from South-eastern Mexico to Paraguay
(Guiana, Colombia, Ecuador, Peru, Mato Grosso).
Type not in existence.

isis re 1 to 4/88. thee, Tabasco, S.E. Messrs. Salvin &

Skull. exico (H. H. Smith). Godman [P.].
b. Yg. sk. Chepo, Isthmus of Pan- Salvin Coll.
ama (Z. Arcé),
Ad. st. Colombia. Purchased.
® 1 Skull. { $:
d, Ad. sk. Medellin, Colombia. J. K. Salmon, Esq.
C.).
e, Ad. sk. 3. Sarayacu, Ecuador. Mo i Buckley,
Ad. sks. Balzar Mountains, Ecua- Mr. : ‘Tingworth,
AG VSkutloff.{ S%- ~ dor. C.}.
A. Ad. sk. Ecuador. Mr, L. Fraser [C.].
t. Ad. sk., 9, 6/9/67. Chamicuros, Peruvian Mr. E. Bartlett
Amazons. [C.}.
j. Ad. st. 2. Purchased.

IV. Subgenus MICOUREUS.

Type.
Micoureus, Less. N. Tabl. R. .4., Mamma. p. 186 (1842).. D. cinerea
Asagis & Notagogus,Gloger, Handb. Naturg. i. p. 82 (1842) D. murina.
Thylamys, Gray, Lest Mamm. B. M. p. 101 (1848) .... D. elegans,
Grymeomys, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 185 (1854) ...... D. murina.

Size small. Form slender; tail long, generally much longer
than the head and body. Proportions of hind toes as in Philander,
but the fifth in some species not exceeding the second. Pouch
absent. Fur straight, rarely slightly woolly.

Skull with a large broad brain-case. Supraorbital ledges present
or absent. Palate generally more or less incomplete. Ramus of
lower jaw simply rounded as usual.

Teeth large and strong, canines of ordinary length. P.' generally
about one-quarter the size of p.’, never minute. Upper p.* and p.*
generally about equal in size. Molars increasing in size backwards,
as usual.

341

1, DIDELPHYS.

“mmnpNFuto Jo [ado] Vy

al BS 8 198 8-01 FOL =| 16 | ¢-01 ral OFT |S-9T [SLT [oc eersurso yysae,
GP LZ 2S 19 9-8 g € [a8 b L> GG L [tay d Jo WySu9T [oynozs0y—qyeeT,
183 QAI | GLE] 691] FST Sct BEG} S1sC9)) — 86T 88 86 | GB joe xepat pee
PLb $98 |908 |9-F8 a9 BFS ge | o-1F oF ¢.99 LL | 86 |" srererereseees BERG [BIOWJ-1SBE
0% 06 =| LL1 |G-06 | 9-82 BS LL |¢-61() | G1 Ges «|are | Ib |” SIXe [CTUBIO-1eeg
¥ Gg ¥ g G9 9-4 LG 18.9 L G01 |80L | eT votre auneIoy [UIETE
LI BZl Gil {331 SI OL | GOT | &T Sol G9 61 | 06 eueprur .
GF GLI |G-9T | LT | &1d SI | GLT | 16 1% ELZ Te | ve WH episyno ypeerq —*
oF we 83 | OS IF ee ¥e | 98 G68 09 89 | 18 |" srrveeecese Buoy ‘oqeped
8 G8 9-6 8 Gg 8 96 |16 #8 BOL GIL [GEL [ocr tt womoryeuoo pesodureyuy
LL we Ot |G-9T | GFT ae | I 6-81 03 og | og | di 07 dis ‘sossoooad yenqiowsog
LF 7 ro 9-9 Sg GE | LP VP ag 8 fe pret qapeerq qseey
G6 8-8 89 | Od, 16 6-9 G-8 ot 6-8 GT G80 [GIs |i Tapwodq.ysoqeord =“
*e Bk GZ | 9-#G G9 , G0 8G og 1g 6F o¢ 6g Ste te ere eeeeeeeerereeeere DA IGT ‘ses NT
e-Bb P58 Ig |@2e | GIF 0g 86 | oe 9¢ eg 19 | Gh [ott aypeasg yseqeer9
19 ag SF | ge BL 999 | LG | 19(9)] 29 96 TIL] een pov agsuey peseg,
“ype ‘ype |-ympel|ympe| ype | apspe | ampe| “ype | yupe | yope | a[upe| “pede
”D f “UL “D 6b 'D ov) “hb ‘B 4 “Yy "9
‘p mo) “6 “P aw) ne) ae) “Pp we) aoe me) ‘Pp
‘ouvzn ‘Iea| ‘snosdha -1eA
“snuuaue “tab “wns :
soqoountiyey | very | APUMENE | “Pawprvoyssrso “qr | "weMpRDOIPMU "| soy | ‘SeneBdneuoUs shy dopa

*sojDBTOIIYD pun (copula puy ‘sniyoeqyo yy ‘sXydyopiq vauahgns) sXydyepig, fo szuawaunsnayy yyn4yg

3842 DIDELPHYIDE.

7. Didelphys cinerea.

Didelphys cinerea, Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 46 (“1827 *); Wied,
Beitr. Nat. Bras. ii. p. 406 (1826) ; Desm. Dict. Sei. Nat. xlvii.
p. 894 (1897); Gray, Grif. Cur. An. K. v. p. 188 (1827); J. B.
Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 267 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl.
Buff.) v. iy 865 (1836); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr. Mamm. xi.
p. 1038 (1841); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 47 (1848), v.
p. 289 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 507 fisa4y ; Waterh.
NV. H. Mamm. i. p. 501 (1846) ; Geb. Séug. p. 712 (1859) ; Thos.
P. Z. 8.1880, p. 403 ; Alst. Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 199, pl. xxi.
(animal) 1881; Thos, P.Z.S. 1882, p. 111; Natt. Pelz. Bras.
Stiug., Verh, z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p, 114 (1883); Lyd. Cat.
Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 281 (1887).

Micoureus cinereus, Less. N. Tabl. R. A.. Mamm. p. 186 (1842).

Philander cinereus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 101 (1848); Ger-
rard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 139 (1862).

Didelphys noctivaga, Tschudi, Faun. Peruana, Mamm. p. 148, pl. viii.
(animal) (1844); Wagn. Schr. Séug, Supp. v. p. 239 (1855); Gieb.
Sdug. p. 714 (1859).

Didelphys (Metachirus) cinerea, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 187 (1854).

Grymeomys cinereus and scapulatus, Burm. Erléut. Faun. Bras.
pp. 78 & 79, pl. xii. (animal) (1856).

Didelphys waterhousei, Tomes, P. Z. S. 1860, pp. 58, 217 & 307 (fig.
skull), pl. lxxvi. (animal).

Asuy Opossum.

Size largest of the present group, although considerably smaller
than in any of the foregoing species. Fur soft, close and slightly
woolly. General colour clear grey, washed with yellowish on the
sides; often slightly suffused with rufous. Rhinarium as in D. phi-
lander, its lower edge with twonotches on each side. Face grey,
a more or less prominent black band passing through and round the
eye. Ears (Pl. XXVI. fig. 7) large and rounded, laid forward (in
spirit-specimens) they reach to the anterior canthus of the eye;
naked, flesh-coloured, their anterior margins with a long pointed
basal projection; metatragus narrow, rounded. Chin, chest, and
belly pale yellowish white, the bases of the hairs grey; the line of
demarcation not sharply defined. Pouch absent; mamma 4-1-4=9,
or 5-1-5=11+. Arms and legs grey; feet nearly naked, whitish
or pale brown. Pads (Pl. XXVI. fig. 8) large, rounded, finely
striated, the sole between them smooth; six well-defined anterior,
and five or six posterior, the hallucal doubtfully divided into two,
their positions and sizes as in the figure. Tail furry at its base for
from half an inch to two inches, then (not very abruptly) becoming
naked and scaly, a few minute hairs only present between the
scales ; its colour slaty grey proximally, white or yellow terminally,
the two colours passing ‘gradually into one another without pro-
minent mottlings.

Skull (Pl. XX VII. fig. 2) strongly built, the zygomata widely ex-
panded, the nasals markedly expanded behind. Interorbital region

* See note, p. 195.
+ Two specimens only examined, each showing one of these numbers,

1. DIDELPHYs. 343

flat, its edges with strong triangular projecting ledges, their tips
forming conical postorbital processes, from which the temporal ridges
run backwards along the brain-case without meeting in the centre
line. Palatine foramina small, only reaching backwards to about
the level of the middle of the canines. Posterior palate compara-
tively perfect ; a pair of small narrow vacuities opposite ms,1 & 2,

Teeth. Upper canines rather thick and short. P.' from one sixth
to one third the size of p.*; the latter and p.* about equal. Molars
as usual. Lower p.' about one third and p.* about three quarters
the size of p.?

Dimensions.
¢ (in spirit).
ae :
millim
Head and body .............. 175
Pall agsusqoe sea ewars ie xeales 248
Lower leg ............--000- 40
Hind foot ...............00. 24:5
Har cocivesussawou asses 21
Muzzle toeye .............. 17

Skull, see p. 351.

Hab. Neotropical region from Costa Rica to Brazil; apparently
not found in North-eastern South America.
Type in the Vienna Museum.

a, sAd. sk. 3 Costa Rica. J. Carmiol (C.].
* ) Skull. (Figured by Alston, /. ¢.)
b. Yg. sk. Upper Amazons. Purchased.
ec. Skeleton, 9 (mounted). Peruvian Amazons. Me 6} Bartlett
Ad. sks, Sarayacu, Ecuador. Mr. C. Buckle
Oye Skull of a} oe. i C:. a
Ad. st. Santa Cruz dela Sierra, Mr. T. Bridges
Fy Skull Bolivia. i
Ad. st. Bolivia. Mr. T. Bridges
% ) Skull C.].
;, ) Imm. sk. Bolivia. Purchased.
Skull Daten ‘
i Silt.’ $ (& 5 young). (Described by Waterhouse.)
. Imm. sk. (Type of D, waterhousei, Tomes.)
si Skull.

8. Didelphys murina.

Mus sylvestris americanus, Seba, Thesaurus, i. pp. 48 & 49, pl. xxxi.
figs. 1-5 (animal) (1734), and ii. p. 90, pl. lxxxiv. fig. 4 (1735).
Didelphys murina, Linn, Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 55 (1760) ; Mill. Linn,
Naturs. i. p. 293 (1778) ; Eral, Syst. R. A. p. 80 (1777); Schreb.
Sdug. iii. p. 545, pl. cxlix. (animal) (1778) ; Zimm. Geogr. Gesch,
ii. p. 225 (1780); Bodd. Elench. Anim. i. p. 77 (1785); Gel,
Linn, 8, N. i. p. 107 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn. An, K. p. 194 (1792);

344

DIDELPHYID.

Donnd, Zool. Beytr. i. p. 849 (1792); G. Cuv, Tabl. Elém. p, 125
(1798) ; Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 484 (1800); Bechst. Syst.
Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 684 (1800); FE. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 143
(1808) ; Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (1) xx. p. 147 (1808); Turt.
Linn. S. N. i. p. 66 (1806); Ill. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p.76 (1811);
G. Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 578 (1813); G. Cav, R. A. i. p. 174 817);
Desm. N. Dict. @H. N. @) ix. p. 427 (1817) ; 1d. Mamm. i. p. 259
(1820); Desmoul. Dict. Class. dH. N. v. p. 492 (1824); Wied,
Beitr. Nat. Bras. ii. p. 411 (1826); Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 50
(1827); Gray, Groff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 188 (1827); Desm. Dict.
Sct. Nat. xlvi. p. 896 (1827) ; Less. Man. Mamm. p. 212 (1827);
J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mumm. p. 268 (1829); Waterh. Jurd. Nat.
LTibr., Mamm. xi. p. 105 (1841) ; Wagn. Schr. Séug. Supp. iii. p.49
1843), v. p. 241 (1855); Tschudi, Faun. Peruana, Mamm. p. 146
tiaddy, Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 508 (1844); Waterh. N. H.
Mamm. i. p. 508 (1846); Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. xv. p. 143
(1847); Gieb. Sdug. p. 713 (1859); Frantz. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv.
p. 818 (1869); Schleg. Dierent. p. 160 (1872); Thos. P. Z. S. 1880,
p. 403; Alst. Biol. Cent.-Am., Mamm. p. 200 (1881); Thos. Biol.
Cent.-Am., Mamm. (Supp.) p. 212 (1881); id. P.Z. S. 1882, pp.
111, & 372; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. p. 282 (1887) ; Jeni.
Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887).

Didelphys dorsigera, Linn. Syst. Nat. (10) i. p. 55 (1760); Miill.
Linn. Naturs. 1. p. 293 (1773) ; Eral. Syst. R. A. p. 83 (1777);
Schreb. Sdug. iii. p. 546, pl. cl. (animal) (1778) ; Blumenb. Handd.
Naturg. p. 87 (1779); Zimm., Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 226 (1780);
Bodd. Elench. Anim. i, p. 77 (1785); Gimel. Linn. S. N. i. p. 107
(1789) ; Kerr, Linn, An. K. p. 194 (1792); Donnd. Zool. Beytr. i.
p- 351 (1792); Shaw, Gen. Zool, i. pt. ii. p. 485, pl. eviii. (animal)
(1800); Bechst. Syst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 685 (1800) ;
Turt. Linn. 8. N.i. p. 66 (1806) ; Ill. Abh. Ahk. Berl. 1811, p. 107
(1815); Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 48 (1827); Gray, Griff: Cur.
An. K. v. p. 189 (1827); Desm. Dict. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 395
(1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 211 (1827); J. B. Fisch, Syn.
Mamm. p. 267 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v.
p- 365 (1886); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 104 (1841);
Wagner, Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii, p. 48 (1848), v. p. 239 (1855) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 508 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i.
p. 507, pl. xviii. fig. 1 (animal) (1846); Cab. Schomb. Brit. Guiana,
ii. p. 777 (1848); Greb. Sdug. p. 718 (1859); Schleg. Dierent.
p. 160 (1872); Burm, Republ. Argent. ii. p, 192 (1879); Jent.
Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887). .

Didelphys cayopollin, Schreb. Siiug. iii. p. 544, pl. cxlviii. (animal)
(1778) ; Bodd. Elench. Anim. i. p. 77 (1785); Gmel. Linn. 8. N.
i, p. 1061789); Miill. Linn. Naturs. Supp. vii. p. 35 (1789) ;
Donnd. Zool. Beytr. i. p. 348 (1792); Kerr, Linn. An. K. is 193
(1792); G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. p. 125 (1798) ; Bechst. Syst. Uebers,
vierf. Thiere, ii, p. 684 (1800); Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii,
p- 478 (1800); Z. Geoff Cat. Mus. p. 142 (1803) ; Desm. N. Dict.
d'H. N. (1) iv. p. 444 (1803); Turt. Linn. 8S. N. i. p. 66 (1806) ;
G, Fisch. Zoogn. ii. p. 578 (1818) ; Ill. Abh. Ak. Berl, ee 187
(1815); Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (2) ix. p. 426 (1817) ; td. Mamm.
i. p. 257 (1820); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 188 (1827) ; Less.
Man. Mamm, p. 2138 (1827).

Didelphis guianensis, Kerr, Linn. An, K. p. 194 (1792).

Philander murinus, Tiedem. Zool. is 427 (1808).

Didelphys macrotarsus (nec Schreb.) and mictotarsus, Wagn. Arch.

1. pIDELPHYS. 345

f. Nat. viii. p. 859 (1842); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. pp. 504 & 505
(1844); Wagn. Abh, Ak, Miinch. v. pp. 145 & 147 (1847); cd.
Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. pp. 242 & 248 (1855); Natt. Pelz. Bras.
Sdug., Verh. z.-b, Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 114 (1888).

Micoureus murinus and dorsigerus, Less. NW. Tabl. R. A., Mamm.
p. 186 (1842); Gerv. H. N. Mamma. ii. p. 287 (1855).

Philander murinus and dorsigerus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 101
(1843); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 140 (1862).

Didelphys impavida, Tschudi, Faun. Peruana, p. 149, pl. ix. (animal)
(1844) ; Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. v. p. 240 (1855) ; Gieb. Sdug.
p. 714 (1859).

Didelphys musculus, Cabanis, Schomb. Brit. Guiana, iii. p. 778
(1848); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v. p. 245 (1855).

aaa (Grymezomys) murina, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 188

4). :

Grymzomys murinus, dorsiger, and impavidus, Burm, Erldut. Faun.

Bras, pp. 80 & 81 (1856).

Murine Opossum.

Size markedly smaller than in D. cinerea; form slender and
delicate. Fur thick and close, straight, not woolly. General
colour deep dull rufous, exact tone very variable. Rbinarium with
two notches on each side below. Face greyer and paler than the
-back, the dark stripes through the eyes generally very conspicuous,
and contrasting markedly with the paler colour between them.
Ears (Pl. XXVI. fig. 9) much as in D. cinerea; laid forward (in.
spirit-specimens) they reach beyond the anterior canthus of the eye;
their internal basal projection very long and prominent. Back deep
greyish rufous, sides brighter and clearer. Chin white; chest and
belly yellowish white, the hairs generally grey-based laterally, and
pure white down the median line, lines of demarcation quite
vague and undefined. Outsides of limbs like back, inner sides white.
Pouch absent ; mamms#, one ventral and from 4 to 7 lateral, total
9 to 15*. Hands and feet white or pale grey. Pads as in D. cinerea.
Tail long, slender, cylindrical, furry for barely half an inch at its
base ; the remainder with only a few fine scattered hairs upon it;
its colour grey, sometimes gradually lightening terminally.

Skull and teeth in all respects similar to those of D. cinerea, but
very materially smaller (see dimensions, p. 851). Correlated with
this reduction in size there is also a marked reduction in the
development of the supraorbital ledges, which are, however, always
present, even in immature specimens, being present at the least in
the form of a narrow but distinct beading along the supraorbital
margins.

* I am as yet unable to make out what degree of local constancy obtains in
the number of the mamme#. In the present series, specimens o and p, from the
Island of Grenada, both have 7-1-7=15 mamme ; specimens e-g, from Central
America, 6-1-6=13; and all the rest, South American, either 5-1-5=11, or
4-1-4=9. No other differences of any kind can be found between the speci-
mens from these various localities. It is unfortunate that the number of
mame in the Mexican and Tres Marias specimens cannot be determined.

346 DIDELPHYIDE,
Dimensions.
ag de . nee
In spirit). In spirit).
“Adult, - “Adult,
millim millim
Head and body .......... 142 147
MAI sis incaesaine toyed aise eee 213 177
Lower leg..............-. 38 35
Hind foot............0005 23 21
AP ogg ra Sel cohen deena Ra 17 20
Muzzle to eye ............ 15°5 15°5

Skull, see p. 351.

Hab. Neotropical region, from Central Mexico southwards to

Brazil.
Type not in existence,

a,b. Yg. al., o 9, 9/81.
e. Ad.al., g, 4/81.

Ad. al.
G8: Stall of @.} 32.

f. Ad. sk. 9.
g. Ad.al., 2.

h seu 2, 7/62.

a, Ad. sk.
Jj. Ad. sk, 2.
k. Ad. sk.
1, Ad. sk. g.
m,n. Ad, & imm. al., 9.
Ad. al.
P- 1 Skull of o,
g. Ad. al., 9, 9/6/87.
r. Imm, al., 9, 11/86.
s. Yg.al., 9.
t Ad. sk.
* Skull.
gal, 9.

1. Ji Skull ‘e vw d.

3 2,8/86.

Ventanas, Durango, Mr. A. Forrer
Central Mexico. (C.].

Tres Marias Islands Messrs. Salvin &
(A. Forrer). Godman [P.].

coax, Alta Vera F, ee Sarg, Esq.

Coban, Vera Paz Salvin ‘Coll.

(Ff. C. Sarg).

Coban. 0. ore Esq.

San Gerénimo (£. Salvin Coll.
Areé),

Veragua, Panama Salvin Coll.

(BE. Arcé).
Medellin, Colombia. J. K. Salmon,
on [P.].

Balzar Mts., Ecuador. fo. co

Ecuador. Mr. L. Fraser[C.].

Tumbez and Tam- ‘Warsaw Museum
billo, N. Peru [P.].

(J. Stolzmann).

Annandale, Island of G.R.M. Murray,
Grenada (Grenada Esq. [P.].
Eclipse Expedition).

Annandale, Grenada. W.R.Elliott,Esq.

P. & C.].

Plantation Hope, Deme- W. L. Sclater,
rara. ui [P. & C.}.

Surinam. areh

Para, R. Chine: Esq.

P. & C.).

Pebas. at Bates, Esq.

Brazil. Purchased.

J, DIDELPHYs. 347

1 Ad. al. Lidth de Jeude
ee 1 Stull of y fa 579. Coll.

fi. Ad. st, g & iy ye. Lidth de Jeude
Coll.

g'. Ad. al., Q. (Described by Waterhouse.)

9. Didelphys lepida, (Prats III. fig. 1.)

Te (Micoureus) lepida, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6)1. p. 158
88)

Size very small. Fur soft, close and straight. General colour
deep rich rufous, much deeper than in the allied species. Rhinarium
apparently as in D. murina. Centre of face pale rufous; crown deep
rufous, like back; black patches round eyes strongly marked, con-
tinued forwards on the sides of the muzzle nearly to the rhinarium,
but not continued backwards towardsthe ear. Chin, chest, and belly
dirty white, with a faint rufous tinge, the line of demarcation not
at all strongly marked. Ears very small, laid forward they reach
to the posterior canthus or at most to the centre of the eye, their
internal basal projection well developed. Pouch absent; mamme
3-1-3=7*. Feet and their pads-as in D. murina, but the fifth
hind toe only just equalling the second. Tail very long, slender,
cylindrical, slightly furry at its base, the remainder with numerous
scattered fine hairs, white or pale brown.

Skull (Pl. XXVII. fig. 3) as in D. murina, except that it is only
about two thirds as large; supraorbital ledges well developed, even
in young specimens.

Teeth small and delicate. Canines short and thick. Upper p.'
about one third the size of p.*; p.* about equal to or slightly smaller
than the latter. Lower teeth as in D. cinerea and murina.

Dimensions.
g.

a@ (skin). t (in spirit),

Adult. Adult.

millim. millim.,
Head and body .......... 105 93
Vaile isin capers (more than) ‘i 143
‘Lower leg .........00005 —
Hind foot ............65- —_— 15-7
Bat ig peeved geen ea we werk 9 12
Muzzle to eye..........4. 10°5 —

Skull, see p. 351.

Hab, Amazonian subregion, from the Peruvian Amazons to
Surinam.
Type in collection.

* In two specimens, but very indistinct in both ; perhaps more would become
visible in the breeding-season.
+ From a specimen preserved in the Stuttgart Museum.

348 DIDELPHYID.®.

This beautiful little species is readily distinguished from D. mu-
rina by its smaller size and shorter ears, from D. pusilla by its
possession of supraorbital ledges and of anterior basal ear-projections,
and from both by its smaller number of mamme and its more
brilliant coloration.

Ad. sk. Santa Cruz, Huallaga Mr. E. Bartlett [C.].
ie 1 Skull. 9,1) /08. R., Peruvian Amazons. (Type of re

z, jImm. sk. Bolivia. Mr. T. Bridges [C.].
* ) Skull.
ve, a. Yg. al, 5 9. ~ Lidth de Jeude Coll.

10. Didelphys pusilla.

Micouré nain, Azara, Quadr. Parag. i. p. 304 (1801). :

Didelphys pusilla, Desm. N. Dict. d'H. N. (1) xxiv. Tabl. p. 19
1804) ; zd. op. cit. (2) ix. p. 480 (1817); 2d. Mamm. i. p. 261
1820); Desmoul, Dict. Class. @H. N. v. p. 493 (1824); Gray,
Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 191 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 213
(1827); Desm. Dict. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 899 (1827); J. B. Fisch.
Syn. Mamm. p. 269 (1829); Less, H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.)
v. p. 866 (1836); Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 112
(1841); Wagn. Schr. Séiug. Supp. iii. p. 50 (1843), v. p. 245 (1855) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 510 (1844); Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i.
p. 514 (1846); Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 140 (1854); Tomes,
P. Z.8. 1858, p. 548; Geb. Sdug. p. 715 (1859); Lyd. Cat. Foss.
Mamm. B. M. v. p. 282 (1887).

Didelphys nana, IW. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815); Schinz,
Cuv. Therr. i. p. 252 (1821).

Peramys pusilla, Less, N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 187 (1842).

Didelphys elegans, Lund, Buk. Bras. Dyrev., Dansk. Afhandl. ix.
p. 135 (1842) (nec Waterh.).

Didelphys (Grymzomys) agilis, Burm. Thiere Bras. i, p. 189 (1854).

Micoureus pusillus, Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 103, pl. xx.
fig. 2 (teeth) (1855),

Grymeomys agilis, Burm. Erléut. Faun. Bras. p. 82, pl. xv. fig. 1
(animal), pl. xi. fig. 6 (skull) (1856) ; Hens. Adh, Ak. Berl. 1872,

124

Didelphys agilis, Gieb. Séiug. p. 714 (1859).
Piemy Orossum.

Size very small, much asin D.lepida. Fur soft, thick, and straight.
Rhinarium with two distinct notches on each side of the median line
below. General colour bright rufous, rather paler and less rich than
in D. lepida. Centre of face pale rufous ; black mark round eyes very
prominent, continued forwards to the sides of the muzzle nearly to
the nose. Ears (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 2) large, laid forward (in spirit-
specimens) they reach to or beyond the anterior canthus of the eye;
their internal basal projection short, rounded, often almost obsolete,
their metatragus large and broad. Back very uniform rufous,
becoming gradually paler on the sides, and white, or whitish rufous
on the belly, the bases of the hairs mostly slate, except just on the
chin; the whole of the underside, however, sometimes pure white.
Pouch absent. Mamme (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 3) 6-1-6 or 7-1-7=13

1. DIDELPHYs. 349

or 15, the anterior ones almost level with the elbows, the central
one opposite the most posterior pair but one. Outer sides of limbs
like back, inner sides like belly ; hands and feet white or pale brown,
nearly naked; fifth hind toe shorter, though very slightly so, than
the second ; pads (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 1) low, rounded, little prominent.
Tail long, slender, tapering, its base scarcely furry ; uniformly pale
grey, rather lighter below.

Skull as in the preceding species, except that the supraorbital
edges are smoothly and evenly rounded, not developing any trace
of ridges, even in old specimens.

Teeth as usual. Canines and premolars short vertically, broad
and strong longitudinally. P.’ both above and below nearly filling
up the space between the canine and p.°

Dimensions.

é. 2.
a uy spirit). e (in spirit),

Adult, Adult.

millim. millim
Head and body .......... 83 92
TAA we su Gene e ws wows eee 102 117
Lower leg .....-..--5055- 21 24
Hind foot .............. 13 16
Muzzle toeye .......... 10°5 11

Har. ssi akeace wean eae 13°5 14:5

Skull, see p. 351.

Hab. Brazil, from Santarem to Rio Grande do Sul.
Type not in existence.

Skin of head. Santarem. Purchased.
si Skull.
p, ) Ad. sk. Rio Janeiro. Earl of Derby [P.].
Skull.
c. Ad. st. Santa Catherina. Purchased.
Ad. sk. Santa Catherina. Purchased.
@. Skull. $
Ad. al. | Taquara, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering (C.].
e. | Skull. ¢ ?- do Sul.
: g. Ad. & imm. San Lorenzo, Rio Dr. H. von Ihering [C.].
al., do. Grande do Sul.
h. Adal. »@ ,16/11/86. San Lorenzo. Dr. H. von Ihering [C.].
i, Ad. al, do. (Described by Waterhouse.)

11. Didelphys grisea,

Micouré & queue longue, Azara, Quadr. Parag. i. p. 290 (1801).

Didelphys grisea, Desm. Dict. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 893 (1827); J. B.
Fisch, Syn. Mamm. p. 266 (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. ( Compl.
Buff.) v. p. 364 (1836) ; id. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 186 (1842) ;
Schinz, Syn. Manu. i. p. 509 (1844) ; Waterk, N. H. Maman. i.
p. 50L (1846) ; Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mama. B. M. v. p. 281 (1887).

Didelphys incana, Lund, Blik. Bras, Dyr., Dansk. Afh. viil. p. 237

350 DIDELPHYIDE.

(1841); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 503 (1844); Waterh. N. H.
Mamma. i. p. 503 (1846); Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 187 (1854).
Micoureus griseus, Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1855).

Grey Opossum,

Size about as in D. murina. Fur close, soft and rather fluffy.
General colour above uniform deep grey, with scarcely a tinge of
rufous. Face rather paler grey, the dark eye-markings confined
to the front of the eye, and comparatively inconspicuous. Ears very
large, leafy, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach halfway
between the anterior cauthus and the tip of the nose, their anterior
basal projection small and rounded. Chin, chest, and belly pure
sharply defined white, the line of demarcation, especially on the
neck, with a slight rufous or fulvous wash. Front of fore and out-
sides of hind limbs grey, back of fore limbs white, a white ring
sometimes running right round them at the elbow. Back of hands
pale brown, of feet white. Toes and pads as in D. murina. Pouch
absent *. Tail long, slender, tapering, its basal half-inch furry,
the remainder practically naked; grey above, whiter below.

Skull long and narrow, with a very long and slender muzzle, the
facial index therefore unusually high (see measurements). Nasals
distinctly expanded behind. Supraorbital region narrow, its edges
smoothly rounded, without trace of ridges. Zygomata but little ex-
panded laterally. Anterior palatine foramina unusually long, reaching
nearly or quite to the level of the back of p.! Posterior palate with
the usual pair of long narrow vacuities.

Teeth. Canines short and thick. P.! both above and below about
one fourth the size of p.*; and in each case p.* and p.* about equal, but
if they differ the latter is slightly larger above and smaller below.

Dimensions.
t (in ot
dult.
millim.
Head and body .............065 129
Da a wssstsce tocar We talk ele aceactw a ane 175
Hind footw. saxnninxecee een name 195
Muzzle toeye ........ cece eee 165
Mar Getic aerae ae Gee eS 21:5

Skull, see next page.
Hab. Central and Eastern Brazil,
Type not in existence,

ni Ee sks. Rio Janeiro. Purchased.
>” 7 Skull of a.

* Mamme not visible in the only spirit-specimen examined,
t From a specimen preserved in the Berlin Museum,

351

1. DIDELPHYs.

g G9 9-4 Ly 9-G £9 LL fe * g-,savjou jo yyuey =“
81 14 1 GT 81 L3 13 srreseeee od Jo (TeyUOZIA0q) YISueT—TyeeJ,
0G GS OIG 86 006 O6T ‘++ XOpUT [BLOB
T &% LT L91 8-61 G 1 "sxe [BIORy-Iseq
66 ¥6 8 i or II GFL “oo* SIxe [BIURIO-Iseg
TG gg FG FG 9G 9.3 g “+ WOULBLOJ [BIBlLVT
Lg 1-9 g g L-9 GL L8 “ suepisar BE
G6 6-01 G8 $8 LOT $61 ia * g UL Opisyno yypeeaq ss“
g-9T 06 L-41 SFL GALT 06 L8G ee tereeeserss gadgey ‘eqeyed
¢ G-9 L-¢ G9 F9 $9 L9 ee ‘ uOTyoOIyst0. [erodune}10}0]
(euou) (euou) (auou) L GL BL OL a dy 03 dy ‘sosseooid peqiqi0ys0g
6-1 FG 61 & GG 9-% BE me * Ygpeerq qseop =“
TG 4 9-8 FE bP LP 9 - Wypeerq ysajyeers
GOL GF 6-IT Or FI ST G-8T ae “+ ygduey ‘syesenT
G9T G-LT aT cT 9-8T &-06 96 pes ypeesq 4s9qBe14)
8% ae Go #3 (9) G.6Z ee TF sea neaneeeesentoonees “++ gqBuey peseg’
‘ype “pe “ynpe “Nps “qnpe “ype ype po
“‘p o 9 7) h 7) 4 seeneeee
ae oon ag aed wet “— “Pp etan eed neg Dearest newer cs ROR
‘suvbaqa *(T “vasiw8 ~pyosnd ‘a ‘pprday “(T “pupsnub “(T “pasouno “(T sila die siclap tale vine Sieseeweieesisiesle sotedg

‘(snamoorpy sniabqng) skydjepiq fo spuawmainsnapy yynyg

352 DIDELPHYIDA.

12. Didelphys velutina.

Didelphys velutina, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 360 (1842); Schinz,
Syn. Mamm. i. p. 505 (1844); Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. v. p. 155
(1847); Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 142 (1854); Wagn. Schr. Stug.
Supp. v. p. 247 (1855); Geb. Sdug. p. 718,(1859); Natt. Pelz,
Bras. Siiug., Verh, z.-b. Wien, xxxiil. Anh. p. 115 (1883).

Microdelphys velutina, Burm, Erliut. Faun. Bras. p. 86, pl. xiv.
fig, 2 (animal), pl. xi. fig. 8 (skull) (1856).

VELVETY Opossum.

The following description is taken from the type specimen, which,
by the kindness of Dr. von Pelzeln, I have had the opportunity of
examining in the Vienna Museum.

Size small. Fur peculiarly soft, crisp, and velvety. General
colour soft mouse-grey, with a dull rusty-brown suffusion along the
sides, from the cheeks to the hips. Face paler grey, the eye-mark
somewhat indistinct. ars large, a very slightly convex projection
at their anterior bases. Chin yellowish white, chest rusty-fawn ;
belly pale cream-colour, the hairs dark slaty at their bases; line of
demarcation of colours rather sharply defined. Forearms and hands,
inner sides of legs, and feet like belly ; outsides of legs like back.
Tail shorter than the head and body, its basal half-inch thickly
furry like the back. Fifth hind toe reaching to the end of the
second phalanx of the fourth.

Skull still in the skin.

Teeth. Lower p.* about equal to, or very slightly smaller than p.*

Dimensions.
T & ffed)
ype (stuied).
*} Adult.
millim.
Head and body .............. (¢.) 86
Tail: «titanate Aeeea a war 73
Hind foot. cniciesacsadvawaas 11:3
Karecgvaeniakee aero cree yews 9 (contracted).

Hab. Sio Paulo, Brazil.

Type in the Vienna Museum.

The separation of this species from D. grisea is, I think, very
doubtful, but the remarkable shortness of the tail, apparently quite
complete in the type, prevents me at present from definitely uniting
the two. The species, on account of the same peculiarity, has
always been placed in the subgenus Peramys, but there can be no
question that its natural place is in the present group.

13. Didelphys elegans.

Didelphys hortensis, Reid, P. Z. S. 1837, p. 4 (nom. nudum) ; Waterh,
Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. S. p. 64 (1838).

1. DIDELPHYS. 353

Didelphys elegans, Waterh. Zool. Voy. Beagle Mamm. p: 95, pl. xxxi.
(animal) (1839) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 106 (1841) ;
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 502 (1844); Bridges, P. Z. 8. 1844,
p. 154; Waterh, N. H. Mamm. i. p. 5165, pl. xvi. fig. 1 (animal)
(1846); Gay, Hist. Chile, Zool. i, p. 84 1847); Baird, Gilliss’
0. 8. Astron. Exp. ii. p. 155 (1855) ; Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. v.

. 246 (1855) ; Ged. Sing 716 (1859); Burm. Reise La Plata,
li. p. 412 (861) ; Schleg, her Pp. 106 (1872); Burm. Republ.
Argent. i utp 3 (1879); Jent. Cat, Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 802 (1887) ;
Lyd, Cat, ae amm. B. M. p- 282 (1887).

Micoureus elegans, Less, N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm, p. 186 (1842) ;
Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 287 (1855).

Thylam a elegans, Gray bee tic 2: M. p.101 (1848); Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm. iM M. p. 140 (1862).

Didelphys pimelura, Reinh. Pia. Meda. 1849 Oversigt, p. v-

Grymzomys elegans, Burm. Erliut. Faun. Bras, p. 83, pl. xv. fig. 2
(animal) (1856).

Curian Opossum.

Size about the same as in D. grisea, or rather smaller. Fur long,
soft and silky. General colour a soft pale grey, finely grizzled
with reddish brown. Muzzle long and pointed, lower edge of rhi-
narium with only a single notch on each side of the central groove
below. Centre of face pale grey, the dark eye-mark forming a dis-
tinct ring round the eye and extending very little forwards on the
sides of the muzzle. ars very large, unusually narrow, oval, their
anterior basal projections almost or quite obsolete, their metatragus
large and well developed. Hairs of back with a greyish-white sub-
terminal band and a reddish-brown tip. Chin, chest, and belly pure
white, at least along the centre; line of demarcation not very
sharply defined. Forearms pale grey outside, white inside. Hind
legs coloured like the back outside, white internally and in front ;
feet pale brown; fifth hind toe slightly shorter than second. Fore
‘and hind pads (PL. XXVIII. fig. 4) each six in number, very high
and prominent, the sole between them distinctly granulated. Tail
very peculiar in shape; its basal half-inch quite thin, its next two
inches markedly incrassated ; its terminal half rapidly tapering to 4
point; its colour grey, with minute white hairs scattered over it.

Skull stout and strong, with a narrow pointed muzzle. Nasals
long, slender, parallel-sided, not expanded behind. Interorbital
region narrow, its edges rounded, or with very slight and inconspi-
cuous beadings. Anterior palatine foramina reaching to the level
of the centre of the canines. Posterior palate with one pair of long
narrow vacuities opposite ms.’—%, and another pair of small circular
ones close to its posterior border.

Teeth long and sharp. Upper premolars evenly increasing in
size backwards, their cusps long, slender, and pointed. Lower p.'
about one third the size of p.?; p.‘ slightly taller than p.° vertically,
but rather shorter antero-posteriorly.

354 DIDELPHYID A,

Dimensions.
on
d (in spirit).
Adult.
millim.
Head and body ............ 95
ea ivive Sacseacaraenccete chahaceeenia 119
Lower leg...... 0.02 cece eee 27
Hind foot... 6.0... 0. esse eens 145
Muzzle to eye ......... 0. eee 13
Har v<s nea eaaedice wie haan 17
Skull, see p. 351.
Hab. South Brazil and Chili.
Type in collection.
eh ee Aconcagua, Chili. Mr. T. Bridges [C.}.
d, Ad.al., 3. Aconcagua. Mr. T. Bridges [C.}.
e. Ad. sk., 3. ie a (C. Darwin, Zool. Soc. (Voy. ‘ Beagle ’).
q:). (Type of species. )
Fg. Ad. sks., ¢ Valptiin (C. Darwin, Zool. Soc. (Voy. ‘ Beagle’).
A, Skull. Val So (C. Darwin, Zool. Soc. (Voy. ‘ Beagle ).
: isg.). (Figured by a ere Voy. ae )
2, 7. Skeletons. Chili, My. T. Bridges
k, Skull. Chili. Mz. T. Brides (O f

V. Subgenus PERAMYS.

Type
Peramys, Less. N. Tabi. R. A., Mamm. p. 187 (1842) D. jnvevi dendtain,
Hemiurus, Gerv. Casteln, Amér. Sud, Mamm. p. 101
ones arabite Pega hanes He dea “ah auebiav eva, ov wena a doa avers aeesn eeneads D. brevicaudata.
Microdelphys, Burm. Erliut. Faun. Bras, p.83(1856) D, americana.

Size small. Tail short, generally about half the length of the
head and body, more or less covered with fine short hairs, but little,
or not at all, prehensile. Fifth hind toe considerably shorter than
the second ; third and fourth but little longer than the second, sub-
equal,

Skull very variable in size and shape ; generally broad, rounded,
and flattened above. Palate without a second posterior pair of
vacuities,

Teeth. Upper p.1 not disproportionally smaller than the others,
the upper premolars generally evenly increasing in size backwards.
Lower p.* generally larger than, but sometimes only just equalling,

This subgenus forms a very natural group, and might almost be
admitted to generic rank, were it not that certain species of other
subgenera—as, for example, D. (Micoureus) velutina—approach it in
shortness of tail, and that neither in skull nor dentition does there
appear to be any single character absolutely peculiar to it.

The habits of the species are as yet undescribed, but they are
probably far less arboreal than the other Opossums.

1. DIDELPHYs. 355

14, Didelphys dimidiata,

Didelphys brachyura, Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 64 (1888)
(nee Schreb,) ; id. Zool. Voy. Beagle, Mamm. p. 97, pl. xxxii.
(animal) (1889) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 111 (1841) ;
id. N. H, Mamm. i. pe 522, pl. xvi. fig. 2 (animal) (i846) 3 Burm.
Thiere Bras, i. p. 141 (1854); id. Republ. Argent. p. 194 (1879).

Micon dimidiata, Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch, v. p. 151 (footnote)

Microdelphys brachyuwra, Burm. Erléut. Fawn. Bras, p. 86 (1856) ;
Hens, Abh. Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 122,

YELLOw-sIDEeD Opossum.

Size large. Fur short, coarse and harsh. General colour pale
grizzled grey along the crown and upper side of the back, rich
orange-yellow on the sides and belly. Muzzle long and slender;
thinarium with a short backwardly projecting extension in the
centre of its postero-superior border. Ears rounded, very short,
their length not equal to their breadth, and, when laid forward, not
nearly reaching to the eye ; antero-internal basal projection and meta-
tragus large and well developed. _ Colour of body as already described.
Chest (in males) with a gland, in the same position as in Myrmeco-
bius (see supra, p. 311), but without the larger and more prominent
apertures, Arms and legs yellow, hands and feet greyer. Skin of soles
rough and coarse ; hind pads not so sharply defined as in the other
species, five in number, the usual small postero-external pad absent.
Tail only about half the length of the head and body, thick, evenly
tapering, clothed all along with numerous short fine hairs, brown
above, yellowish below.

Skull (Pl. XXVII. fig. 4) very differently shaped to that of the
other species. Muzzle narrow, very convex upwards, not flattened.
Orbito-temporal region exceedingly narrow, parallel-sided ; the
brain-case also very narrow in proportion to the boldly expanded
zygomata. Postorbital processes present although small in adults,
and becoming well-marked in old individuals, such as the specimen
figured. Temporal crest early developed, becoming very high and
prominent in old age. Palate with a single pair of vacuities opposite
m.” and m.°

Teeth. Canines, both upper and lower, very long and strong.
Upper premolars not touching each other, p.* very much larger than
either of the others. Molars small and delicate, the combined
lengths of the first three about 5 or 5:2 millim. Lower premolars
rapidly increasing in height backwards. Lower molar series about
6°6 millim.

Dimensions.
d *
a (in spirit), & (in spirit).
¢ a ¢ jens
millim. millim.
Head and body. . 151 135
Taal se causveee Suey 80 66

2a2

356 DIDELPHYIDZ.

g
Lower leg...... 28 24-5
Hind foot...... 17 155
Muzzle to eye .. 15°5 15
Bat scene te ane 7-6 71

Skull, see p. 367.

Hab. South Brazil and Uruguay.
Type in collection.

a, Aged al. o. Taquara, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering [C. }.’

o Sul.
p, } Ad. al. 3 San Lorenzo, Rio Dr. H. von Ihering [C.].
* ) Skull. ‘ Grande do Sul.
o, J Ad. sk. g Maldonado (C. Dar- Zool. Soc. (Voy ‘ Beagle’).
* | Skull. ' win). (Lype of species.)
Ad. sk. Haslar Hospital Collection.
@ 1 Skull. ( 3° é

15. Didelphys brevicaudata.

Mus sylvestris americanus, Seba, Thesaurus, i. p. 60, pl. xxxi. fig. 6
(animal) (1734).

Didelphys brevicaudata, Eral, Syst. Regn. An. p. 80 (1777)* ; Zimm.
Cr Gesch, ii. p. 227 (1780); Bodd. Elench. Anim. i. p. 77

Didelphys brachyura, Schreb, Sdug. iii. p. 548, pl. cli. (animal) (1778) ;
Pail. Act. Ac. Petrop. 1780, ii. p. 235, pl. v. (animal); Gmel. Linn.
S. N. i. p. 108 (1789) ; Kerr, Linn, An. K. p.196 (1792) ; Donnd.
Zool. Beytr, i. p. 353 (1792) ; G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. p. 125 (1798) ;
Bechst. Syst. Late, vierf. Thiere, ii. p. 685 (1800); Shaw, Gen.
Zool, i. Ps ii. p. 479 (1800); B. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 145 (1808) ;
Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. (1) xx. p. 147 (1803) ; Zurt. Linn. 8. N.
i. p. 67 (1806) ; G. Cuv. B.A. i. p. 174 (1817); Desm. N. Dict.
@H, N. (2) ix. p. 429 (1817); Desmoul. Dict. Class. d’H. N. v.
p. 492 (1824) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 58 (1827); Gray, Griff.
Cuv. An. K. v. p. 190 (1827) ; Less, Man. Mamm. p. 212 (1827) ;
Desm, Dict. Sci. Nat. xivii. p. 398 (1827); J. B. Fisch, Syn.

* This species has been commonly known as D. brachyura, Schr., but, apart
from the dates on the title-pages of Schreber’s third volume and of Erxleben’s
work, D. brevicaudata is shown to be the earlier name by a reference to the
quotations in each book. Both works appear to have been published in parts,
whose issue went on concurrently.

In Schreber references to Ersleben begin on p. 457 and refer to as late a
page as 448 of the latter’s work. Everything after p. 457 of Schreber is there-
fore later in date than all before p. 448 of Erxleben. On the other hand,
in Erxleben the references to the text of Schreber begin with the genus Canis,
p. 538, after which page, therefore, Erxleben would have to give way to
Schreber up to and including the latter's genus Canis, ending on p. 374. The
question is further complicated by the separate publication of Schreber’s lettered
plates, which would of themselves give priority to his names whenever their
earlier appearance is shown by Erxleben’s references to them.

In the case of the present species, no reference to the other being made by
either author, the general rule as to pagination comes into operation, and
Erxleben (p. 80) clearly takes precedence over Schreber (p. 548).

1. DWELPHYs. 357

Mamm. p. 269 (1829); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iii. p. 51 (1848),
v. p. 251 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 519 (1844); Gieb. Sdug.
p- 716 (1859) ; Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887).

Sorex surinamensis, Gimel. Linn. 8. N.i. p. 114 (1789); Kerr, Linn.
An. K. p. 206 (1792).

Viverra touan, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 482 (1800).

ace a Bechst. Syst. Uebers. vierf. Thiere, ii. pp. 858 & 687
1800).

Didelphys tricolor, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 144 (1803); Desm. Mamm.
i. p. 260 (1820) ; Temm. Mon. Mamm. i. p. 52 (1827); Desm.
Dict. Sci. Nat. xlvii. p. 397 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 212
(1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 268 (1829); Less. H. N.
Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 365 (1836) ; Waterh. Jard. Nat.
Ltbr., Mamm. xi. p. 109 (1841); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii.

. 50 (1843), v. p. 256 (1855); Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p, 509
Figadys Waterh. N. H. Mamma. i. p. 520 (1846); Geb. Siiug.
p. 716 Paes Sehleg. Dierent. p. Téo (1872) ; Jent. Cat. Ost.
Leyd. Mus. p. 302 (1887).

Philander brachyurus, Tiedem. Zool, p. 428 (1808).

Didelphys brevicaudis and tuan, Ill, Abh. Ak, Berl. 1811, Ay 107 (1816).

Didelphys sebe, Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 190 (1827).

Didelphys hunteri, Waterh. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 110
(1841) ; cd. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 524 (1846).

Peramys tricolor and brachyurus, Less. N. Tabl. R. A.. Mamm.
P "186-7 (1842). : ‘

Ditetpleys glirina, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 359 (1842); id. Aba.
Ak, Miinch. v. p. 150 (1847); id. Schr. Siiug. Supp. v. p. 258
(1855) ; Gieb. Sdug. p. 717 (1859) ; Natt. Pelz. Bras. Séiug.,Verh.
2-b, Wien, xxxiii. Anh, p. 117 (1883).

Hemiurus brachyurus and tricolor, Gerv. H. N. Mamm. ii. p.287 (1855),

Microdelphys tricolor, Burm. Erliut. Faun. Bras. p. 85, pl. xvi.
fig. 1 (animal) (1856).

Rep-s1ep Opossum.

Size large for the group; form thick and clumsy. Fur straight,
rather hispid. General colour of upper surface and sides deep
chestnut-rufous, sometimes wholly uniform, sometimes slightly and
sometimes wholly grizzled grey along the upper surface of the head
and back. Lower edge of rhinarium with one lateral notch on each
side of the central groove; postero-superior edge transverse, not, or
but little, projecting backwards in the centre. Lars rather large
for this group, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach to the
centre of the eye. ' Back and sides as already described; chin, chest,
and belly dirty white, more or less mixed with grey or rufous.
Pouch absent; mamme 4-1-4 or 5-1-5=9 or 11. Arms and
legs deep rufous, hands and feet above dirty white or brown.
Fifth hind toe barely reaching to the end of the second phalanx of
the fourth; pads small, very distinct, hallucal pad distinctly sub-
divided into two, minute postero-external pad present or absent.
Tail about two thirds the length of the head and body, its furry
portion ceasing after about half an inch below, but tapering gradually
backwards on the upper side for about half the length of the tail.

Skull large and strongly built, with a broad conical muzzle.
Interorbital region broad, unridged, its edges gently rounded; no

358 DIDELPHYID A.

trace of postorbital processes. Palate with a pair of very narrow
vacuities opposite the two anterior molars.

Teeth large and strong. Upper canines short and thick. Pre-
molars large, evenly increasing in size backwards, p.’ nearly or
quite filling up the space between the canine and p.* Molars
large, triangular, the combined lengths of the three anterior ranging
from 5:8 to 6°8 millim. Lower p.° and p.* about equal in size.
Lower molar series about 8 to 8°8 millim.

Dimensions.
* re it). b oe irit)
Tt). Mm spirit).
Adult. ‘Adult,
millim. millim
Head and body ............ 150 130
Ma a aie ate day anatle Ale Hated ays 87 70
Lower leg ...........0.00- — 28
Hind foot ................ 23 19
Bais «cesses se tieacsge tes 12 115
Muzzle to eye ............ — 16
Skull, see p. 367.
Hab. Guiana and Brazil.
Type not in existence.
Ad. sk. 3 Bahia. Purchased.
* ) Skull. :
beg Ad. al., t Q Lidth de Jeude Coll.
2") Skull of 6. :
d Ad. al. 3 Lidth de Jeude Coll.
* ) Skull. :
Ad, st. H. W. Bates, Esq. [C.].
o Sia, ; is 9 te J
Ad. al. oyal College of Surgeons [E.].
F- ) Skull. 2. (Type of D. hunter, Waterh.)

16. Didelphys domestica.

Dude domestica, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat. viii. p. 359 (1842);
Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 506 (1844); Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. v.
p. 153 (1847) ; ad. Schr. Siéiug. Supp. v. p. 255 (1855); Geb. Stiug.
p. 717 (1859); Natt. Pelz. Bras, Séug., Verh, z-b. Wien, xxxiil.
Anh. p. 117 (1883).

Hemiurus hunteri, Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 101, pls. xvi.
fic. 2 (animal), and xx. fig. 1 (skull) (1855) (nec Waterhouse) +.

Hemiurus concolor, Gerv. op. cit. lettering to pl. xvi. (1855),

Size large. Fur thick, straight and soft. General colour pale
grey. Face uniformly grey, no darker mark round the eye. Kars
large and rounded, laid forward (in spirit-specimens) they reach
just to the anterior canthus of the eye. Crown and whole of back

* Tn the Stuttgart Museum.
+ This determination is ‘based on the authority of specimen a, received
from the same collection as Prof. Gervais’s individual.

1. DIDELPHYs. 359

uniform finely grizzled grey or mouse-colour, cheeks and sides with
a paler or more yellowish tinge (but not the distinct orange-colour
of D. dimidiata). Chin, chest, and belly white or greyish white,
sometimes with a tinge of yellow. Mamme 5-8-5=13*. Arms
and legs, hands and feet grey. Fifth hind toe reaching to the
middle of the second phalanx of the fourth. Tail little more than
half the length of the head and body, its basal half-inch furry, grey,
the remainder short-haired, dark brown.

Skull very strong and thickly built. Interorbital region broad
and flattened, its edges rounded. Temporal crests absent, or only
formed in extreme old age; no postorbital processes.

Teeth thick and powerful. Upper premolars evenly increasing in
size backwards. Molars very variable in size, the length of the
three anterior ranging from 6:2 to 7*7 millim. Lower p.° and p.‘
about equal. Length of lower molar series 9 to 10 millim.

Dimensions.
2.
t(in spirit)
Adult.
millim
Head and body ............ 131
Tail oeaemenswsd man Goma 75
Hind fo06 css sex gases eas 18
Muzzle to eye ..........4... 17°3
Bar’ veces sy ieians ves RIN A EA 15
Skull, see p. 367.
Hab. Brazil. ;
Co-types in the Vienna and Munich Museums and in collection.
Imm. sk. 3 Goyaz, Brazil. Count de Castelnau
a. Skull. [P. & C.).
Ad. st. 3 Brazil. Purchased.
fat | S Cuyaba, Sio Paulo Vienna Musoum [E
é a 9, 21/4/24. 0: es. ‘aulo Vienna Museum [E.].

(One of the co-types of the species.)

17. Didelphys scalops. (Prats ITI. fig. 2.)
Didelphys (Peramys) scalops, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) i. p. 158 (1888).

Size as in the preceding species, but form rather slenderer and
lighter. Fur short, straight and crisp. General colour rufous and
grey, arranged as detailed below. Whole of head, both face, cheeks,
and chin, bright rusty or orange-rufous. Lars large and rounded,
with well-marked anterior basal projections. Back and shoulders
finely ‘grizzled grey, the hairs mixed black and white. Rump and

* Tn four specimens.
T Preserved infthe Vienna Museum.

860 DIDFLPHYIDA.

hips deep rich chestnut. Chin rufous; chest and belly grizzled
olive-grey, only slightly paler than the back. Front of arms and out-
sides of legs rufous, contrasting with the grey of the lower surface ;
hands and feet dark brown. Tail about half the length of the head
and body; only furry at its extreme base, the remainder closely
covered with short fine hairs, uniformly deep rufous in colour.

Skull (Pl. XXVII. figs. 5 & 6) long and slender; muzzle very
narrow, especially in the region just anterior to the orbits. Nasals
unusually long in proportion, not markedly flattened posteriorly.
Interorbital space rather narrow, its edges smoothly rounded ; no
trace of postorbital processes or temporal ridges. Palate with a
single pair of narrow vacuities opposite p.*, m.', and m.”

Teeth small, light and delicate. Canines long and thin. Upper
premolars increasing in size backwards, p.* rather disproportionally
larger than p.° Molars very small and delicate, the length of the
three anterior about 4:7 millim. Lower p.* about equal top. Range
of lower molars about 6:2 millim.

Dimensions.

a (hin),

Adult.

millim.
Head and body ............ 133
Tall wy ata eae as she cow eww 71
Lower leg iis cieescawness eens (¢.)33
Hind £006 6:0 sess asaiesiewsens (c.) 19
Muzzle to eye .............. 15
Har sg ae ue ck sna wwaaens 8 (dried)
Skull, see p. 367.

Hab. Brazil.

Type in collection. —

Whether the peculiar coloration of this Opossum will be found to
be constant or not it is impossible to decide, but the species is quite
distinct from any other merely by the characters of the skull and
dentition. The two specimens in the collection agree with each
other in all essential respects.

Ad, sk. Brazil. Lord Derby [P.].
@ 9 Skull, t 3 (Type of species.)
b Ad. sk. No history.
: Skull. { *

18. Didelphys henseli. (Puarz IV. fig. 1.)
Didelphys (Peramys) henseli, Thos, Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) i. p. 159
(1888).

Hensex’s Orossum.

Size markedly smaller than in any of the preceding species,
about equal to that of D. americana. Fur short, straight and crisp.
General colour much as in the grey-backed specimens of D. brevi-

1. DIDELPHYs. 361

caudate, Rhinarium naked, projecting backwards in the centre on
the top of the muzzle. Ears very small and rounded, laid forward
they reach only about halfway towards the eye; their internal
basal projection and metatragus both well developed. Centre of face,
crown, nape, and whole of the centre of the back uniform finely
grizzled olive-grey. Cheeks, a narrow ring round eye, sides of neck,
shoulders, flanks, hips, and base of tail bright rufous. Chin clear
reddish ; chest and belly with the hairs basally grey, terminally red.
Mamme (P]. XXVIII. fig. 6) exceedingly numerous, the two lateral
series sometimes running the whole way from just behind the
axille backwards nearly to the vulva, and the median set consisting
of five, arranged as shown in the Plate, the formula varying from
6-5-6=17 to 11-5-11=27*. Whole of arms and legs, all round,
bright red ; hands and feet pale brown. Hind pads (Pl. XXVIII.
fig. 5) small, rounded, and prominent, the two parts of the hallucal
pad widely separated. Tail about equal in length to head and body,
its base alone furry, the remainder scaly, nearly naked; a few fine
thinly scattered hairs only present, brown above, red below.

Skull (Pl. XXVII. fig. 7) short and stoutly built. Interorbital
space evenly rounded ; no postorbital processes or temporal ridges.

Teeth narrow and delicate. Upper premolars markedly increas-
ing backwards, p.* rather disproportionally smaller than p.* Length
of the three anterior upper molars about 4°3 millim. Lower p.'
rather longer than p.* Lower molar series about 6 millim. in
length.

Dimensions.
4H Gin spit)
5 a@ (in spirit).
nm ‘Adult.
millim. millim
Head and body .......... 108 106
BL discal cn ovove cence stot 55 62
Lower leg..... 2... eee bs 22
Hind foot................ or 15°5
Muzzle to eye ............ ae 13
Ty eigee ie Yara ges olen iacasees a 53

Skull, see p. 367.

Hab. Entre Rios and Rio Grande do Sul.

Type in collection.

This species is no doubt that referred to, but not named, by
Hensel in his paper on the Mammals of South Brazil ¢.

* The type has 11 on one side and 9 on the other, 7. ¢. 11-5-9=25. Speci-
men 0 is in too bad a condition for the exact number to be made out. On the
other hand, a specimen of this species from Entre Rios, preserved in the Genoa
Museum, and kindly lent to me by the Marquis G. Doria, has only 6-5-6=17 ;

- thus showing that while the outer series are variable in number, the middle set
are fairly constant.

t From Hensel, loc. infra cit.

¢ Abh. Ak. Berl. 1872, p, 123.

362 DIDELPHYID#. m

2ad. 9 & 3yg.al.| Taquara, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Therin
ae, 1 Skil af a, do Sul, =

[C.}.
(a. The of species.)
19. Didelphys sorex.
Microdelphys sorex, Hens, Abh. Ak. Berl. 1872, p. 122.
Surew Opossum.

Size very small, form slender and delicate. Fur straight and
crisp. General colour grey above, rufous on sides. Muzzle long,
narrow and pointed, the whole head unusually slender. Rhinarium
smooth and naked, its central groove and the lateral notches in its
lower edge almost obsolete. ars of medium size, laid forward (in
spirit-specimens) they fall short of the posterior canthus of the eye
by about 2 or 3 millim. Centre of face grizzled grey, continuous
with the grey of the back; an ill-defined rufous spot above each
eye, and a prominent rufous patch in front of each ear; whole of
cheeks, flanks, and outersides of hips pale rufous. Chin clear yellowish
rufous ; chest and body similar, but the hairs slate-coloured basally.
Arms and legs like belly. Tail from one half to two thirds the
length of the head and body, thinly hairy, brown above, pale rufous
below, its basal third of an inch furry like the body.

Skull very light and delicate. Muzzle long and narrow, not
flattened posteriorly. Interorbital region narrow, its edges smoothly
rounded, but a minute inflation present on each side in the usual
position of the postorbital processes, the result being that the inter-
temporal is greater than the interorbital width. Zygomata thin and
weak, little expanded, the greatest zygomatic breadth scarcely more
than half the basal length of the skull. ;

Teeth. Upper canines short. P.? and p.* about equal in size.
Combined lengths of the three anterior molars 45 to 5 millim.

Lower p.‘ distinctly smaller than p.2 Length of lower molar series
about 6 millim.

Dimensions.

mehr Pe
* (in spirit). @ (in spirit).
dult.

— ‘A
millim millim
Head and body ............ 72 67
2 Tails. esas eae na oa as ee e8 46 45
Lower leg ............0055 sg 16
Hind.foot ¢.caccaead cusses si 12
Muzzle toeye.............. “% 9
TOAD es wrest Ga SRR oa 5:2

Skull, see p. 367.

Hab. Rio Grande do Sul.
Type in the Berlin Museum.

* From Hensel, éoc, cit.

1. DIDELPHYS. 363

a, b Ad. al. t Q. Taquara, RioGrandedoSul. Dr. H. von Ihering

Skull of a «|.
o, JAd sk. San Lorenzo, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering
* {Skull do Sul. [C.].
@. Imm, skull. San Lorenzo, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Ihering
do Sul. 0.1].

20. Didelphys americana.

Sorex americanus, Miill, Linn. Natursyst. Supp. vii. p. 36 (1776).

Sorex braziliensis, Eval, Syst. Regn. An. i. p. 127 (1777); Schreb.
Séug. tii. p. 577 (1778); Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 886 (1780) ;
Bodd, Elench. Anim. i. p. 125 (1785); Gmel. Linn. S, N. i. p. 115
(1789) ; Kerr, Linn. An, K. p. 206 (1792); Shaw, Gen. Zool. i.
pt. ii. p. 585 (1800).

Didelphys tristriatus, 17. Abh. Ak. Berl, 1811, pp. 107, 112 (1815) ;
Kuhl, Beitr, Zool. i. p. 63 (1820); Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 252
(1821); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 269 (1829); Less, H. N.
Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 365 (1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm.
Mus. Z, 8. p. 64 (1838); id. Jard. Nat. Inbr.. Mamm. xi. p. 107,
pl. iii. (animal) (1841); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iii. p. 52 (1843),
v. p. 250 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 511 (sae ; Waterh.
N. H. Mamm. i. p. 518 (1846); Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 140
(1854) ; Gieb, Sdug. p. 716 (1859); Natt. Pelz. Bras. Sdug., Verh.
oa Whe pee Anh, p. 116 (1888); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.
p. 802 (1887).

Didelphys trilineata, Lund, Bhk. Bras. Dyrev.. Dansk. Afh. viii.
p. 287 (1841) (nom. nudum).

Peramys tristriata, Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 187 (1842).

Hemiurus tristriatus, Gerv. H. N. Mamma. ii. p. 287 (1855).

Microdelphys tristriatus, Burm. Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 84, pl. xvi.
fig. 2 (animal), pl. xi. fig. 7 (skull) (1856),

Common THREE-sTRIPED OrossuM.

Size medium. Fur short, straight and crisp. General colour ©
grey or rufous, dark-striped dorsally. Face grey, a dark central
stripe commencing between the eyes, and continued down the centre
of the neck and back; cheeks more or less rufous. ars of medium
size. Ground-colour of back olive-grey anteriorly, gradually passing
into deep rufous on the rump and hips, the three dark lines generally
very prominent, the median one, as already noted, commencing
between the eyes, the lateral ones on the shoulders. Some speci-
mens, however, have the whole back nearly uniform rafous, the
stripes scarcely darker than the rest*. Chin pale rufous; chest
and belly rufous or whitish olive-grey. Mamme 5-5-5=15, the
outer series placed in such a curve that the anterior pair are in line
with those of the inner set, and might almost be reckoned as belong-
ing to them. Arms and legs reddish grey. Fifth hind toe reaching

* This may be a question of season, as there is in the Paris Museum a speci-
men with the anterior half of the body indistinctly rufous-striped, and the
posterior half black-striped as usual ; the specimen would be therefore in process

of change.

364 DIDELPHYID &.

to the end of the second phalanx of the fourth; no trace of the
minute postero-external hind foot-pad present in most of the species.

Skull smoothly rounded above. Interorbital space broad, convex
upwards, a faint projection in the usual position of the postorbital
processes, but the intertemporal less than the interorbital breadth, as
usual.

Teeth. Upper premolars large, evenly increasing in size backwards.
Length of three anterior upper molars about 5 millim., and of the
lower molar series 6°5 to 7 millim. Lower p.‘ slightly larger than
p?

Dimensions.

é. 2.
(*). + (in spirit).
— “Adult.

Head and body ............ 130 107
WAT Ue ccd ee tenceave. calrrarsaewle’os 59 61
Hind foot ................ 20 18
Muzzle toeye.............. ie 14:5
Bia acs sey a ca Peers Avian e Gs ous 16 9 it
Skull, see p. 367.
Hab. Brazil.
Type not in existence.
Ad. sk. | Brazil. Zool, Soc. Coll.
Skull, 2. ;
Ad. sk, Brazil.
0} Su |S

21. Didelphys iheringi. (Pravs IV. fig. 2.)
wich (Peramys) iheringi, Thos. Ann. Mag. N. H. (6) i. p. 159

Lesser THREE-STRIPED Opossum.

Size very small. Fur very short and crisp. Coloration exactly
as in the ordinary form of D. americana, 7. e. olive-grey on head
and fore back, bright rufous on rump and hips; with three black
longitudinal bands running down the back, the median one from
between the eyes, and the lateral pair from just above the shoulders.
Ears (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 7) of medium size, broadly rounded, laid
forward (in spirit-specimens) they just reach the posterior canthus of
the eye. Chin, chest, and belly pale rufous, the bases of the hairs
grey. Arms and legs reddish brown. Hind pads small, distinct,
and prominent ; a minute postero-external pad present. Tail about

* Apud Burmeister, Erliut. Faun. Bras. p. 84.
t From a spirit-specimen preserved in the Berlin Museum.

1. DIDELPHYS. 365

half the length of the head and body; nearly naked, the few fine
hairs brown above, paler below.

Skull (Pl. XXVII. fig. 8) stout and strongly built. Muzzle
broad, markedly flattened above. Interorbital region flat, its edges
almost square, but not beaded; a slight inflation present in the
usual position of the postorbital processes. Zygomata boldy ex-
panded.

. Teeth. Upper premolars evenly increasing in size backwards.
Length of three anterior upper molars about 4:2 millim., and of the
lower molar series 5°5 millim. Lower p.* about equal to p.?

Dimensions.

a@ (in spirit).

wena
; millim
Head and body .............. 77
Tall vecaneaew sweeten 43
Lowerleg vice cc. eke nse ees 18
Hind foot ...............04. 14
Muzzle toeye .............. 11

HaPiicrieas’ ste atte ee ee 63

Skull, see p. 367.

Hab. South Brazil.

Type in collection.

This species appears externally to be merely a dwarf form of D.
americana, but it may always be distinguished not only by its much
smaller size, but by the different shape of the skull, and especially
by the marked flattening of the frontal region.

Ad. al. Taquara, Rio Grande Dr. H. von Thering.
- } Skull, ¢ 9° do Sul. (Zype of species. )
Ad. sks. Brazil. Purchased.
Gye | Skulls. 3g.

22, Didelphys unistriata.

Didelphys unistriata, Wagn. Arch. f. Nat, viii. p. 360 (1842); Schinz,
Syn. Mamm. i. p. 505 (1844); Wagn. Abh. Ak. Miinch. v. p. 148
(1847) ; id. Schr. Séug. Supp. v. p. 249 (1855) ;_ Gtieb. Sdug. p. 717
(1859) ; Natt. Pelz, Bras. Stéiug., Verh. z-b. Wien, xxxii, Anh.
p. 116 (1883).

ONE-STRIPED Opossum.

Fur unusually short and coarse, General colour of upper surface
pale grizzled grey, the hairs tipped with rufous; a narrow dark
reddish-brown line running down the centre of the back from
behind the shoulders to the rump. Flanks and whole of underside
bright orange, the hairs orange to their bases ; the line of demarca-

366 DIDELPHYIDZ.

tion not sharply marked. Ears very short and rim-like, almost
naked. Arms and legs, metacarpus and metatarsus orange ; fingers
and toes naked. Tail with its basal half-inch furry, gradually
passing into the short-haired part, brown above, yellowish below.

Teeth. Upper p.4 apparently disproportionally larger than p.’ and
p.2 Distance from the back of p.’ to the front of the upper canines
8 millim,

Dimensions.
on
Type (stuffed),
eae,
millim,
Head and body .............. 140
Pail. ics jog d os seo Be a eka ees 63
Hind foot ..............000. 134
Har eiceieranyes SIGs avesseis 5°5

Hab. Sio Paulo, Brazil.

Type in the Vienna Museum.

By the kindness of Dr. von Pelzeln I have been enabled to ex-
amine and describe the type, which, so far as I am aware, still
remains the only specimen known of this interesting species.

23. Didelphys alboguttata,

Microdelphys alboguttata, Burm. Thiere Bras. i. p. 840 (1854) ; id.
Erldut. Faun. Bras. p. 87 (1856).

WHits-sporreD Opossum,

Rather smaller than D. americana ; mouse-grey, with many rows
of white spots on its back.

Hab. Brazil (forest region).

Type in the Museum of Rio Janeiro.

The above is the only information as yet published about this
species, of which I have never seen a specimen.

2. CHIRONECTES.

Type.
Chironectes, il, Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811) .... Ch. minimus.
Memina, G, Fisch. Zoogn, iii. p. 611 (1814) .......... Ch. minimus.

Form and general structure as in Didelphys (especially the sub-
genus Metachirus), the only generic differences being contained in
the following characters :—Fore feet with the pisiform bone much
enlarged, and forming a prominent accessory tubercle, bearing very
much the appearance of a sixth digit. Hind feet webbed to the
ends of the toes, the terminal toe-pads alone extending beyond the
webbing ; hallux also involved in the webbing, less distinctly
opposable than in Didelphys.

Skull and dentition as described below ; not generically definable
from those of Didelphys (Metachirus).

367

R819 AH 119 15 0019
Antes ri

g-1'80r JO YySUeT—qyOOL,
sseesteeeee ZOU TRIO’
“+ -STx@ [BIOBI-ISegy
* six [eIUeLo-IsVge
Weteseeeiteesesseenees GOUBIO] [RIBTBE
ae one gu oprsut “ “
Td Opisyno yypBaiq
"* yyduy ‘oreped
‘ woTporT}stu00 Terodureq,10yUT
* Typeoerq ysvoy
Apverq yeojwors =“
"+ YqsueT ‘spese yy
weanos “++ yypuerq ysoqueny
aie ofa darontaerantate sees” gaguoy pesege

1. pIpELprys.

setetieterereeeees QR

*xaL08
a

gator soroadg

-(skuuvisg snuabgng) skydjepiq fo sywawaunsnayy yynysy

368 DIDELPHYIDZ.

Range that of the only species.
Habits. Aquatic; feeding on freshwater insects and crustaceans.

1. Chironectes minimus.

Petite Loutre d’eau douce de Cayenne, Buff. Hist. Nat., Supp. iii.
p. 159, pl. xxii. (animal) (1776).

Lutra minima, Zimm. Geogr. Gesch. ii. p. 317 (1780); Bodd. Elench.
Anim, p. 168 (1785). ives

Mustela (Lutra) paraguensis and guianensis, Kerr, Linn. An. K.
BP. 172 & 174 (1792).

Didelphis memina, G. Cuv. Tabl. Elém. p. 125 (1798); E. Geoff.
Cat. Mus. p. 146 (1803).

Lutra saricovienna, Shaw, Gen. Zool. i. pt. ii. p. 447 (1800).

Lutra memmina, Desm. N. Dict. @H. N. (1) xxiii. p. 508, xxiv.
p. 19 (1804).

Chironectes minimus, IU, Prody. Syst. Mamm. p. 76 (1811); Gieb.
Sdug. p. 706 (1859); Lyd. Cat. Foss. Mamm. B. M. v. p. 289
(1887); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p, 802 (1887).

Chirouectes variegatus, Ill. Abh. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815) ;
Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 253 (1821); Wagn. Beir. Stiug. Supp.
iii. p. 54 (1848), v. p. 260 (1855) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. i. p. 512
(1844); Waterk. N. H. Mamm. 1. p. 582 (1846); Wagn. Abh.
Ak, Miinch. vy. p. 157 (1847); Cabanis, Schomb. Reis. Brit. Guiana,
iii. p. 778 (1848) ; Gerv. Casteln. Am. Sud, Mamm. p. 101, pl. xx.
fig. 3 (teeth) (1855) ; id. H. N. Mamm. ii. p. 286 (1855) ; Burm.
Erliut, Faun. Bras. p. 74, pl. ix. (animal), and pl. xi. figs. 3 & 4
(skull) (1856); Gerrard, Cat. Bones Mamm. B.'M. p. 140 (1862);
Frantz. Arch. f. Nat. xxxv. p. 318 (1869) ; Sclater, P. Z. S. 1871,
p. 702; Schley. Dierent. p. 161 (1872); Brehm,,Thierl. ii. p. 562
(1880) ; Alst. Biol. Centr.-Am., Mamm. p. 201 (1881); Natt. Pelz.
Bras. Stug., Verh. z.-b. Wien, xxxiii. Anh. p. 118 (1883); Flow.
& Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 750 (1884); Sidebotham, P. Z. 8.
1885, p. 6 (myology).

Chironectes palmata, Cuv. R. A. i, p. 174 (1817); Temm. Mon.
Mamm. i. (Introd.) p. xxiii (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v.

. 191 (1827); Kaup, Thierr, p. 238 (1835); Less. H. N. Mamm.
Compl. Buff.) v. B 366 (1836) ; 7d. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 187
1842); Hens, Abh. Ak. Berl, 1872, p. 121.

Chironectes yapock, Desm. Mamm. i, p. 261 (1820); 2d. Dict. Set.
Nat. xlvii. p. 400 (1827); Less. Man. Mamm. p. 214 (1827);
Schinz, Nat. Abbild., Séiug. p. 174, pl. lxvi. (animal) (1827); Ogiib.
P. Z. 8. 1836, p. 56; Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 64 (1838) ;
id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 112, pl. iv. faim) (1841).

Chironectes memina, Ff. Cuv. Dents Mamm. pp. 75 & 252 (1825).

Didelphis palmata, Geoff. J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm. p. 266 (1829),

Didelphys CO metas) palodia, Burm. Thiere Bras. i, p. 183 (1854).

Warer Opossum.

Size about as in Didelphys opossum. Fur very thick, close and
woolly, a few rather longer straight hairs intermixed with it.
General colour greyish white, marbled with deep brown. Rhina-
rium with a short backward extension on the top of the muzzle.
Ears large and rounded, their anterior basal projections almost
obsolete and their metatragus very small. Facial bristles very

2. CHIRONECTES. 369

stout and long, placed in tufts, of which there is one above each
2ye, one on each cheek below and in front of the base of the ears,
md a single median one on the throat between the rami of the
ower jaw ; all these in addition to the usual whiskers on the sides
of the muzzle. Whole of muzzle, a band running through the eye
70 below ear, and top of crown deep blackish brown, a prominent
sreyish-white crescentic band passing from the front of one ear to
the other round just above theeyes. Arrangement of back marblings
fairly constant, and consisting of a single black line running from
the crown to the base of the tail, and expanding laterally into four
oroad well-defined transverse patches placed respectively over the
shoulders, centre of back, loins, and rump, the ground-colour between
them pale slaty grey. Chin, chest, and belly pure white. Arms
and legs white inside, greyish out, but the legs with a continuation
of the posterior dark body-band running down their backs to the
heel. Hands and feet nearly naked, brown proximally, silvery
grey on the digits. Palms and soles (Pl. XXVIII. fig. 8) with
scarcely a trace of pads, uniformly finely granulated. Tail long and
strong, furry for the basal inch or two inches, the fur ceasing sooner
in the median line above and below than on the sides ; the remainder
nearly naked, coarsely scaly; deep black proximally, yellowish
terminally.

Skull much resembling that of Didelphys (Metachirus) opossum,
with which its measurements have been placed for the sake of com-
parison (supra, p. 341). Nasals markedly expanded behind. In-
terorbital space broad, flattened, square-edged. Postorbital pro-
cesses prominent, early developed ; temporal ridges soon coalescing
and forming a crest in old age. Zygomata strong, widely expanded
laterally. Posterior palate with a single pair of large vacuities
opposite the molars, but without the smaller central pair behind.
Posterior nares narrow, as in D. opossum.

Teeth in structure and size quite as in Didelphys, except that p.’,
both above and below, is larger in proportion, filling up the gap
between the canines and p.* Upper premolars evenly increasing
backwards, p.' about half the bulk and three fourths the height of p.*
Lower p. as long horizontally, and two thirds as high as p.*; the
latter rather less than p.° in each direction.

Dimensions.
h (etnited}.

Adult.
Head and body... 325
Tail ane cstencees 395
Lower leg ...... 74
Hind foot ...... 72
Muzzle to eye .. (c.) 82
HE. ci Hae RR 22 (dried and contracted)

Skull, see p. 341.
23

370 DIDELPHYIDE,

Hab. Guatemala to South Brazil.
Type not in existence.

Ad. sk. Medellin. R. B. White, Esq. [C.}.
@ 1 Skeleton. { 9°
b, Skeleton (mounted). Ecuador. . — Bollaert, Esq. [P.].
ce. Imm. skull, d. Guiana. Prof. Kowalevsiry.
Yg. sk, Para. Purchased.
a. 13a. de
ef. Yg. sk. & st. Rio Janeiro. Earl of Derby [P.].
g. Imm, al, 2. San Lorenzo,Rio Dr. H. von Ihering (C.].
Grande do Sul.
h. Ad. st., Q. Brazil. Purchased.
Ad. sk. Brazil. Mrs. Delaney [P.].
® (Skull ¢
. jfImm. st. Brazil. ° Purchased.
}- | Skull 3.

The following names of Marsupials have also been referred to,
but no information is obtainable as to the real species for which

they stand :—
Macropus psilopus, Gould; Owen, Anat. Vert. iii. p. 291 (1868).
Perameles grisea, Owen, P. Z.S. 1838, p. 147.
Perameles radiata, Owen, P.Z. 8. 1839, p, 10.

Perameles novee-guineew, Rams. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. i. p. 395
(1877).
Didelphys superciliaris, I. Abb. Ak. Berl. 1811, p. 107 (1815).

Didelphys bicolor, Tschudi,” and lehmanni, Schinz, Syn. Mamm.
i. pp. 503 & 509 (footnotes) (1844).

And, finally, one animal, referred to this Order, has been so
insufficiently described that no idea of its proper position can be

gained, nor have any further specimens of it been collected. This
Praline

Hyracodon fuliginosus, Tomes, P. Z. 8. 1863, p. 50, pl. viii.
(animal),

Hab. Ecuador.

CATALOGUE

OF

MONOTREMATA.

MONOTREMATA.

TERRESTRIAL or aquatic Mammals, bringing forth their young ovi-
parously, and nourishing them after their exit from the egg with a
lacteal fluid expressed from the mammary glands into a temporary
abdominal pouch. The ducts of these glands do not open upon the
summits of projecting mamme, but merely upon the surface of the
bottom of the pouch, into which the head of the young is inserted
and retained. The oviducts open separately into a cloaca, to which
there is but a single external orifice for the passage both of the
faecal and reproductive elements. The muzzle is produced forwards
into a beak, either flattened or cylindrical. The opening of the
external ear is without a conch. The limbs are subequal in length,
short and powerful, and are modified in one of the two families
into swimming-paddles. In both families the male possesses a per-
forated horny spur on the inner side of the heel, supported on a
special ossicle attached partly or wholly to the distal end of the
tibia. The spur is connected by a duct with a gland situated at
the back of the thigh. The tail is either short and broad, or rudi-
mentary. ‘

In the skeleton clavicles, large and functional coracoids, epicora-
coids, and epipubic bones are present in both families, and, in
addition, there is a large T-shaped interclavicle, a bone without
any homologue in other Mammals.

The skull has a large, smoothly rounded cranial portion and a
long muzzle modified to support the horny beak. The zygomata
are complete. The bony palate is much produced backwards, the
posterior nares being about on a level with the middle of the cranial

874 MONOTREMATA. :

cavity. There are no isolated palatal vacuities, although the median
line of the palate posteriorly is often more or less imperfect ; there
are also as a rule large condyloid vacuities. Auditory bulle are
never developed. - ;

True functional teeth are now wholly absent in the Order; but
as, in the young of the Ornithorhynchide, rudimentary teeth are
developed beneath the gum, only to be reabsorbed before being cut,
it is evident that the ancestors of the Monotremes had functional
teeth at no very distant date. ’

In the Ornithorhynchide ‘the teeth have been replaced, so far as
function is concerned, by horny plates developed from the palate-
ridges, while in the Echidnide, just as in the ant-eating Edentates,
they have been lost without leaving any functional successors.

Owing to the very numerous accounts of the anatomy and embry-
ology of the Monotremes already existing, it is thought better that
no attempt should here be made to describe in detail the many
important and essential characteristics of the members of the group; .
but fairly full bibliographies of the literature of: the subject are
given below. For the same reason the references to the anatomical
and embryological papers have been separated from the ordinary
systematic synonyms, and placed together under the headings of
the families to which they belong.

Synopsis of the Families, Genera, and Species. ¢

I. Exrerwan CHARAcTERs.

A. Beak cylindrical. Fur mixed with

spines. Toes not webbed ........ I. Echidnide, p. 375.
a. Claws 5—5. Beak comparatively
BHOTE oes stics.c 5 2a sieieepeena ys 1, Ecuwna, p. 377.

a, Head and body about 350 to 450
millim. Tip of snout to. eye

about 40 to 65 millim......... 1. £. aculeata, p. 377.
6, Claws normally 8—3. Beak very 2
long, curved downwards ........ 2, PROECHIDNA, p. 382.

6, Head and body about 450 to 600
millim. Tip of snout to eye

about 90 to 180 millim. ...... 1, P. bruajnii, p. 383.
B. Beak broad and flattened. Fur with- ;
out spines. Toes webbed.......... II. Ornithorhynchidea, p. 885.
ce. Claws 5—B oo. e a ce ee eee nee 1, ORNITHORHYNCHUS, p. 387.
ce, Head, body, and tail about 400 to
650 millim. in Jength ........ 1, O. anatinus, p. 388.

TI. Crantat CHaRacrers,

A. Muzzle slender, premaxille not ex-
panded in front. No dental organs
of any sort present” ...........00. I. Echidnide, p. 375.

ECHIDNIDZ. ~ 875

a, Muzzle comparatively short, straight
orslightly curved upwards, (Dorso-
_ _ lumbar vertebre 16-3=19.) . 1. Ecurpna, p. 877.
a, Be nee about 90 to 120
jiehivara sien genahanneaseaars 1, £. aculeata, p. 377.
Oo Muse " long, curved down-
D

wards. orso-lumbar vertebrae
UPA 2D) suave axninies eaounain oss tas 2, PROECHIDNA, p. 382.
6. Basal ae about 150 to 190
MIMS «ses 5.4 56 cscaerars oaierayere oe 1. P. brudjnit, p. 383,

B. Muzzle broad and flat, premaxille
widely expanded anteriorly. Teeth
represented functionally. by horny

PIRES: oo ocigewmaneos waar retanine I. Ornithorhynchida, p. 385.
ce. Horny plates 3 K2S8 es oraweancen 1. ORNITHORHYNCHUS, p. 387,
¢!, Basal length about 80 to 110
MTT, og ina err cei tnd ainaeed 1, O. anatinus, p. 388,

- Family I. ECHIDNIDA.

Monotremes adapted for a terrestrial and fossorial ant-eating life.
Sexes not markedly different in size. Muzzle in the form of a slen-
der cylindrical beak, modified to protect the long, vermiform, and
extensile tongue. Fur thickly mixed with stout spines. Tail rudi-
mentary. Limbs short, subequal; claws very broad and strong;
toes not webbed. Palms and soles forming broad, soft, and fleshy
cushions, withdut distinct pads. .

Skull with a large rounded brain-case and a long tapering ros-
trum, the premaxille not expanded anteriorly. Squamosals large ;
zygomata slender, arising far forward on the brain-case. Palate
smooth, concave anteriorly ; without vacuities, but generally imper-
fect in the median line posteriorly. Pterygoids flattened horizon-
tally, and forming part of the floor and inner wall of the tympanic
cavity. Tympaniic ring slender, incomplete, not anchylosed to the
other bones. Mandibles slender, styliform; coronoid process and ‘
angle rudimentary ; condyles small, longer than -broad.

Teeth wholly absent.

Range. Papuan and Australian subregions.

References to Literature bearing on the Anatomy, Embryology,
Reproduction, Physiology, Sc. of the Echidnide.,

Home, Phil. Trans. 1802, p. 3808 et segq., pls. X.-xii.

MeEcKEL, Beytr. vergl. Anat. i. Heft ii. p. 64, pl. ix. (1809).
BLAINVILLE. (See under Ornithorhynchide. )

D’Aton, Osteol. Zahnlosen Thiere, pls. iti. & iv. (skeleton) (1824).

Duvernoy, Mém. Soc. Strasb. i., Art. F, figs. A-C (1880) (tongue).
Owes PZ SB 128282 n 179 Tia vienaes alanda\

376 ECHIDNIDZ.

G. Cuvier, Oss, Foss., Atl, pl. 214 (skeleton) (1886).

Eypovx and Laurent, Mag. Zool, 1838, pp. 141-175, pl. xxx., and
Voy. Favorite, v. (Zool.), p. 157, pl. ix. (1839) (brain).

Owen, Cyclop. Anat. Phys. iii, art. Monotremata, pp. 366-407,
figs, 168-202 (1842).

Mayer, Arch. f. Nat. xv. p. 83 (1849).

Vuacovic, SB. Ak. Wien, ix. p. 152, pl. xxv. (1852) (reproductive
organs). ;

Hyrtz. (See under Ornithorhynchide.)

Frower, P. Z. 8. 1864, p.18 (brain); 7d. Phil. Trans. clv. p. 638,
pl. xxviii. figs. 7-8 (1865) (brain). .

Owen, Phil. Trans. cly. pp. 671-686, pls. xxxix.—xli. (1865) (pouches,
mammary glands, &c.).

Mrvanrt, Tr. Linn. Soc. xxv. p. 379, pls. lii. & liii, (1866) (myology).

Owen, Anat. Vert. vols. ii. & iii, (1866-68).

Peters, MB. Ak, Berl. 1867, p. 779 (tympanic bones &c.).

RericHert, SB. nat. Freunde, 1868, p. 5 (tympanic bones).

Hovxtey, P. Z. 8. 1869, p. 404 (malleus, incus, &c.).

Martins, Ann. Sci. nat. (5) xix. Art. 6 (1874) (osteclogy of fore limbs).

GiEBEL and Lecus, Bronn’s K1. u. Ordn. vi. Abth. v. (1875-87).

CREIGHTON. (See under Ornithorhynchide.) .

Gervais, Ostéogr. Monotr. (1877) (Proechidna only).

Mori, J. Linn. Soc. xiv. p. 418 (1878) (skull).

FEWEES, a Essex Inst. ix. pp. 111-186, pls. i. & ii, (1878) (my-
ology). :

Hoxtmy. P. Roy. Soc. xxviii. p. 395, pl. viii. fig. 5 (1879) (pelvis).

Viatuanes, C. R, Ixxxix. p. B10 (1879) ; td. Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) x.
Art, 2 ae, (salivary glands),

Owen, P. Roy. Soc. xxx. p. 407 (1880) (ova). :

Dozson, J. Anat. Phys. xvii. p. 149 (1882) (flexor muscles of foot).

LankEsTeR. (See under Ornithorhynchide.) ;

GreEnzaur, Morph. JB. ix. p. 604 (1883) (mammary gland). (See
also under Graitherhynckides) r

Mrxiovno-Mactay, P. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. viii. p. 425 (1883)
(temperature). -

Beppagrp, P. Z. 8. 1884, p. 553 (anterior abdominal vein).

Owen, Aun. Mag. N. H. (5) xiv. p. 873 (1884) (ova).

Haacxz, Zool. Anz. vii. p. 647 (1884).

Id. E Roy. Soc. xxxviii. p. 72 (1885) (egg, pouch, and mammary
glands),

Ramsay, Ann. Mag. N. H. (5) xvi. p. 479 (1885) (egg).

BeuREns, Biol. Centralbl. v. p. 75 (1885) (reproduction).

Bepparp, P. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinb. viii. p. 354, pls. xvi. & xvii.
(1885) (ovary).

GuLDBERG, SB. Jenaisch, Ges. 1885, p. 118 (ova).

Fiower, Osteol. Mamm. (ed. 3) p. 242, fig. 74 (skull), p. 268, fig. 84 .
(shoulder-girdle) (18865).

LENDENFELD, Zool. Anz. ix. p. 9 (1886) (temperature).

Cuapman, P. Ac. Philad. 1887, p. 384, pl. xiv. (tongue-and brain).

Mivarr. (See under Ornithorhynchide.)

CALDWELL, Phil. Trans, clxxviii. p. 463, pls. xxix.xxxi, (1887) (em-
bryology).

]. ECHIDNA. 377

1. ECHIDNA.

: Type.
Echidna, G. Cuv. Tabl, Elém. p. 148 (1798), nec J. R. a
Forst. Enchirid. Hist. Nat. p. B1 (1788 e (Pisces) .... E. aculeata.
Tachyglossus, Ill. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 114 (1811).... E, aculeata.
Echinopus, G'. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 691 (1814).......... E. aculeata.

Toes 5—5, all provided with claws, of which the auterior are
broad, little curved, and directed forwards, that of the pollex similar
to the others although smaller; the posterior are slenderer, curved
outwards ; the second, or second and third, very long, much exceeding
the fourth and fifth; that of the hallux short, blunt, and rounded.
Beak about as long as the rest of the head; straight or slightly
curved upwards.

Skull smooth, rounded, depressed. Anterior nares situated on
the upper surface of the tip. Supraorbital edges rounded, without
trace of ridges, but with a blunt conical process marking the junction -
of the orbital and temporal fossw. Surface of brain-case not ridged.
Palate (compared to that of Proechidna) broad and but slightly
concave, imperfect in the middle line posteriorly. Length of
anterior palatine foramina about one fourth the whole length of the
palate.

Vertebre :—Cervical 7, dorsal 16, lumbar 3, sacral 3, caudal 12;
total 41.

Habits. Terrestrial, fossorial, myrmecophagous.

Range. That of the only species.

The animals belonging to this genus have been divided into
several different species ; but a careful consideration of their cha-
racters shows that, although the range of variation is very large,
yet all the intermediate stages appear to exist between the most
widely separated forms. Three geographical races, however, seem
to deserve recognition by name—a northern, central, and southern ;
but their distinguishing characters are too slight, and too inconstant
to justify their specific distinction. A fuller and more detailed
account of these characters and their probable origins has been
given by the present writer (P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 329).

1. Echidna aculeata ft.
a, Echidna aculeata, var. lawesi.

Echidna (Tachyglossus) lawesi, Rams. P.' Linn. Soc. N.S. W. ii.
p. 82 (1877); ad. op. cit. iii. p/ 244 (1879).

* No species being mentioned as the type of Forster's genus, and the descrip-
tion being unrecognizable, his name is of no more validity than a “nomen
nudum,” and cannot therefore prevent the use of Cuvier’s name for the present
animal, .

+ a. Spines of back nearly or quite hiding the hair.

Fur of head, belly, and legs mainly compésed
of flattened bristles. Third hind claw much

378 ECHIDNID 22,

Tachyglossus lawesi, Dubois, Bull. Soc. Zool. vi. p, 268 (1881); Peters
§ Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov. xvi. p. 688 (1881). ‘

Echidna aculeata lawesi, Thom. P. Z. 8.1885, p. 888, pl. xxiii. fig. A
(skull), and pl. xxiv. fig. D (claws).

Port Morzssy Ecurpna.

Very similar to the typical variety (see next page) in all respects,
but differing by its smaller size, shorter dorsal spines, which allow
the hair to be seen between them, the more spinous character of the
covering of its head, belly, and limbs, and by its lighter and nar-

- rower skull and proportionally longer muzzle.

Dimensions.
a Ghia)
millim.
Head and body .............0.-.-.. 350
Tip of muzzle to eye ........ ee eee nee 52
Second hind claw...............-.00- 32
Third hind claw ........ 0c. ee cee eee 11°8

Skull, see p. 384.

Hab. §.E. New Guinea (as yet only known from Port Moresby).

Type in the Sydney Museum. :

This Papuan variety of Echidna aculeata differs much less from
the common Australian form than the Tasmanian one does, agreeing
with it in the relative lengths of the hind claws and in the absence
of condyloid vacuities in the skull. Its small size, bristle-covered
head and belly, and narrow skull, however, combined with its differ-
ent locality, seem to justify its provisional retention as a distinct
geographical race.

Ad. sk. Q Port Moresby (Rev. W. G. — Prof. H. N. Moseley
, | Skull : Lawes). P.}. ,

shorter than second, and scarcely longer than
fourth. Condyloid vacuities generally absent.
a‘, Size smaller. Hairs of back partly visible
between spines. Skull very narrow.—Pa-

PUAN! accudadersnianseaguentssavecdee meron a. Var. lawesi.
4. Size larger. Hairs of back quite hidden by
spines, Skull broader.—Australian ......... b. Var. typiea, p. 379.

b. Spines of back not hiding, the fur. Head, belly,
and legs clothed with hair. Third hind claw
but little shorter than second. Oondyloid
yacuities generally present.
c!. Size larger. Skull broad.—Tasmanian ...... ce. Var. setosa, p. 38).

1. ECHIDNA. 379

6. Echidna aculeata, var. typica.

Myrmecophaga aculeata, Shaw, Nat. Misc. iii. pl. cix. (animal) (1792) ;
wd. Gen. Zool, i. pt. i. p. 175, pl. liv. (animal) (1800); Bechst,
Vebers. vierf. There, ii, p. 571 (1800); Turt. Linn, 8. MN. i.
p- 30 (1806).

Ornithorhynchus hystrix, Home, Phil. Trans. 1802, p. 348 et seqg.,
pls. x.—xii. (animal and anat.). : 5

Echidna hystrix, E. Geoff. Cat. Mus. p. 224 (1808); td. Bull. Soc.
Philom. iii. “no, 77,’ p. 226 (misprinted 126), pl. xiv. (animal)
(B04) Desm. N. Dict @H. N. (1) xxiv., Tabl. Méth. p. 27
(1804) ; td. op. cit, (2) x. p. 53 (1817); G. Cuv. R. A. i. p. 226
(1817) ; Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 339 (1821); Desm. Mamm. ii.
p- 878 (1822); F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxvi. p. 448 (1825); Gray,
Grif, Cur. An. K. v. p. 284 (1827); J.B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm.
fee (1829); Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 884 (1836) ;

aterh, Cat. Mamm. Mus, Z. 8. p. 68 (1838) ; id. Jard. Nat. Libr.,
Mamm. xi. p. 303, pl. xxxiii. (animal) (1841); Less. N. Tabl. R.
A., Mamm. p. 196 (1842); Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 192 (1848) ;
Owen, P. Z, S. 1845, p. 80 (habits); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i. ee ii.
(animal) (1852); Geb. Siug. p. 399 (1859) ; Gerrard, Cat. Bones
Mamm. B. M. p. 289 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus.
p. 55 (1864); td. Vert. Lower Murray, p. 23 (1865) ; 7d. Mamm.
rate pl. xiv. (animal) (1871); G. F. Benn. P. Z. 8. 1881, p. 737

abits).

Echidna longiaculeata, Ttedem. Zool. i. p. 592 (1808).

Tachyglossus aculeatus, Ill. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 114 (1811);
Goldf. Handb. Zool. p. 409 (1820); Wagl. Syst. Amph. Séug.
p. 59 (1830) ; Liitken, P. Z. S. 1885, p. 150.

Echinopus hystrix, G. Fisch. Zoogn. iii. p. 692 (1814).

Echidna aculeata, Garnot, N. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1825, p. 45 (habits) ;
Waterh. N. H. Mamm. i. p. 41 (1846); Gray, P. ZS. 1865,
p. 886; 7d. Handl, Edentates, p. 31 (1878); Flow. & Gars. Cat.
Ost, Coll, Surg. ii. p. 751 (1884) ; Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii. p. 937 (1887).

Echidna australiensis, Less. Man. Mamm. p. 318 (1827).

Tachyglossus hystrix, Kaup, Thierr. i. p. 255 (1835) ; Glog. Handb.
Naturg. i. p. 116 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Sdug. Supp. iv. p. 242
(1844) ; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 829 (1845); Armit, J. Linn.
Soc. xiv. p. 411 (1878).

Echidna australis, Less. H. N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.), v., lettering to

1. lii, (1836). : j

Echidna acanthion, Coll, Forh. Vid. Selsk. 1884, no. 13 (1885); id.
P, Z, 8. 1885, p. 150.

aa typica, Thos. P. Z. S. 1885, p. 338, pl. xxiii. fig. B
(skull),

Common Ecuipna.

Size intermediate between the Papuan and Tasmanian varieties.
Beak long in proportion. Covering of face and area round ears
made up either wholly or largely of flattened bristles. Bristles on
face extending forwards on to the beak in front of each eye, leaving
a naked backward projection in the central line above, and another
on each cheek below the level of the eye. Colour of head not, or
scarcely, lighter than that of back. Spines of back long, stout, and
strong, often attaining a length of two inches or more, and generally

380 ECHIDNIDA.

quite hiding the hairs growing between them. Their colour is pale
yellow basally, gradually darkening to orange on their middle por-
tion, and finally to black at their tips; some few, however, are
wholly yellow. The hair of the back is black or deep brown,
darker than in the Tasmanian variety ; this hair is, however, often
almost entirely absent, while, on the other hand, it occasionally
(perhaps seasonally) exceeds the spines in length on the middle of
the posterior back. Limbs and whole of underside clothed with
dark brown fur, thickly mixed with flattened bristles. Anterior
claws broad, stout, and straight, evenly increasing in length from
the sides to the centre of each foot. Palms quite naked, the skin
smooth, not granulated or striated, and without pads. On the hind
feet the hallux is provided with a short blunt nail, the second toe
has a very long and powerful curved claw twisted outwards and
backwards, and the third, fourth, and fifth have quite small and
feeble claws, disproportionally smaller than the second and appa-
rently of but little functional importance. The tail is about half
an inch long, conical, smoothly rounded, quite naked terminally.
Skull with a narrow flattened brain-case (capacity 22 to 27 ¢. cm.)
and a long slender rostrum, which is, as a rule, just about as long
as the brain-case *. Posterior basal region of the skull generally
without condyloid vacuities.

’

Dimensions.
| 1 (i )
SKIN).
Adult.
millim.
Head and body (approximate).......... 39)
Tip of muzzle to eye ............ cae 53
Second hind claw...............0000. 38
Third hind claw .............. 000085 19
Skull, see p. 384.
Hab. The whole of Australia.
Type not in existence.
me ed al, 3, 10/65. Queensland. Sir D. Cooper [P.}.
p, J Ad. sk. Liverpool Range,N.S.W. Gould Coll.
j Skull. J. G.).
Imm, al. 3 Port Stevens, N.S. W. Dr. G. Bennett [P.
& 1 Skull, & 01}
g, )15 anatomical prepa | NewSouth Wales. (Dis- G. F. Bennett, Esq.
: rations in al, sected by Sir R.Owen.) _ [P.].
e-g. Ad.al., d 2. South Australia. Purchased. '

h, Ad. sk, d. York, W. A.(J. Gilbert). Gould Coll.

* For series of exact measurements, averages, and indices seo P, Z. 8. 1885,
p. 335.

1, ECHIDNA, 381

a, Ad. sk, West Australia. Baron von Miiller
; Pil.
7. Skeleton. W. Australia. Purchased.
k, Ad. st, d. ae F. W. Hope
bn, Ad. & imm. sks. : Haslar Hospital
i | Stall. of t & m. Collection.
o. Skeleton. . Purchased.

e. Echidna aculeata, var. setosa.

“Another species of Ornithorhynchus,” Home, Phil. Trans. 1802,
p. 364, pl. xiii. (animal).

Echidna setosa, EZ. Geoff. Cat. Mus. P. 226 (note) (1803) (ex Home) ;
id, Bull. Soc. Philom. iii. “no, 77,” p. 226 (misprinted 126), pl. xv.
(animal) (1803); Desm. N. Dict. dH. N. (1) xxiv., Tabl. Méth.
p. 27 (1804) ; zd. op. cit. (2) x. p. 53 (1817); G. Cu. R. ALi.
p. 226 (1817); Schinz, Cuv. Thierr. i. p. 339 (1821); Desm.
Mamm. ti. p. 879 (1822) ; F. Cuv. Dict. Sci. Nat. xxxvi. p. 448
(1825); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. v. p. 284 (1827); Quoy &
Gaim. Voy. Astrolabe, Zool. i. p, 118, Ail. pl. xxi. (beak, &.)
(1830) ; Less. N. Tabl. R. A., Mamm. p. 196 (1842) ; Gray, List
Mamm. B. M. p. 192 (1848); Waterh. N. H. Mamma. i. p. 47,
pl. i. figs. 7-9 (beak and feet) (1846); Gould, Mamm. Austr. i.
pl. iii. (animal) (1849) ; Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm. ii. p. 89 (1852) ;
Gieb. Stéug. p. 399 (1859); Gerrard, Cat. ‘Bones Mamm. B. M.
p. 289 (1862); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 55 (1864);
Gray, fan Edentates, p. 31 (1878); Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus.

. 826 (1887).

Echidna Nera lca, Tiedem. Zool. i. p. 592 (1808).

Tachyglossus setosus, 112. Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 114 (1811); Goldf.
Zool. p. 409 (1820) ; Glog. Handb. Naturg. i. p. 116 (1842); Wagn.
Schr. Stéiug. Supp. veh 244 (1844).

Echinopus setosus, G. Fisch, Zoogn. iii. p. 694 (1814).

“ Echidna brevicaudata, Tiedem.,” Gray, P. Z. 8. 1865, p. 886.

Echidna aculeata setosa, Thos. P. Z. S. 1885, e 338, pl. xxiii. figs. 0
& D (skull), and pl. xxiv. figs. A, B, C, & E (skull and cliigea).

Hatey Ecurna.

Size averaging larger than in the typical variety. Fur covering
head, sides, belly, and limbs, composed of hairs only, not mixed with
bristles. Colour of head generally markedly paler than that of the
rest of the body. Dorsal spines short and stout, exceeded in length
and more or less hidden by the hairs growing between them, those
of the shoulders, flanks, and hips, however, still remaining longer
than the fur. Hairs of back dark brown, those of the belly rather
paler ; chest commonly with a variable patch of white hairs, Claws
of hind feet markedly different in their proportions from those of the
typical variety, the third claw being very nearly as long and strong
as the second, and much exceeding the fourth and fifth. Exceptions
and intermediate conditions occur, however, in this as in the other
distinguishing characters of the variety.

Skull, especially the brain-case, very large and broad (cranial
capacity 27 to 37 c. cm.). Rostrum comparatively short and stout.
Condyloid vacuities generally present.

382 ECHIDNIDZ.

Dimensions,
8s 9.
4 (stuffed). —_e (stuffed),
Old. Adult.
millim, millim.
Head and body .......... 490 410
Tip of muzzle to eye ...... 60 53
Second hindclaw ........ . 49 45
Third hind claw .......... 41 33
Skull, see p. 384.
Hab. Tasmania *.
Type not in existence}.

a, Ad.al, 9, Tasmania. Capt. Mangles [P.}.
Ad. sk. Tasmania. Capt. Mangles pt
Skeleton (mounted).

aa wal. 3 Tasmania, Purchased.

2 (Skull of e. .

e,f. Ad. 2 & imm. st, Tasmania (J,G.). Gould Coll.

Imm. sk, 3 Tasmania. Gen. Hardwicke [P.].

o | Skulls. ;

h, Ad. st. Tasmania.

a, Ad. st. d. ' H. Farley, Esq. [P.].

Ad. al. Baron von Miler [P.].

jk Skulls. ( Q.

24 Yg. al. (28 mm. long). Bayon von Miiller [P.].
: re sks. 8) FI

™%™ ) Skull of am,

o. Skeleton. Zool. Soc.

2. PROECHIDNA. Type
Acanthoglossus, Gerv. C. R. 1877, p. 838, nec Kraatz,
Arch. f. Nat. 1859, pt. i. p. 144 (Coleopt.) .......... P. bruijnii.
Proechidna, Gerv. Ostéogr. Monotr. p. 48 (1877) ...... P. bruijnii,
Bruijnia, Dubois, Bull. Soc, Zool. vi. p. 267 (1882)...... P, bruijnii.

Claws normally 3—3 only, but the first and fifth toes, both before
and behind, are represented in the skeleton by several phalanges, and
in some cases claws are functionally developed on these, so that the
number of the claws may equal that found in Echidna. Claws of
hind feet evenly and slightly decreasing in length from that of the
second to. that of the fourth digit. Beak nearly twice as long as
the rest of the head, curved downwards.

Skull less depressed than in Echidna. Palate very concave ante-
riorly, narrower posteriorly than in Echidna, and its extreme back
less imperfect in the middle line.

* Specimens agreeing with this rather than with the typical variety may also
not improbably be found to occur in Victoria, judging by the resemblance that
the climate and fauna of that colony bear to those of Tasmania.

+ Geoffroy’s name was distinctly founded upon Home’s figure and not on any
specimen,

2, PROECHIDNA. 383

_ Vertebree :—Cervical 7, dorsal 17, lumbar 4, sacral 3, caudal 12 ;

total 43,

Range. That of the only species.

This genus is only doubtfully distinguishable from Echidna,
agreeing with it in nearly every essential respect.. One of its chief
characters, moreover, has lately been shown to be inconstant by the
description by Dr. Max Weber, under the heading of “ Een nieuwe
Soort van Proechidna,” of a specimen with five anterior and four
posterior claws. The agreement of Dr. Weber’s animal with P.
bruijnii in other respects induces me to look upon it as an abnormal
individual in which the first and fifth anterior, and the fifth poste-
rior, claws have been developed atavistically, an occurrence that might
naturally have been expected sometimes to take place, considering the
normally nearly complete development of the digits corresponding to
these claws. On the other hand, however, as the external claws
show no tendency towards disappearance in Echidna, and as there
are differences both in the number of the vertebre and in the struc-
ture of the beak, I have thought it advisable to retain, at least for
the present, a genus so generally recognized as Proechidna.

1. Proechidna bruijuii.

Tachyglossus bruijnii, Peters & Doria, Ann. Mus. Genov, ix. p. 188,
fig. (skull) (1876) ; wd. op. cit. xvi. p. 687 (1881).

Acanthoglossus bruijnii, Gerv. C. R. 1877 pp. 887 & 990; 2d. Journ.
Zool. vi. p. 375 (1877); id. Ostéogr. Monotr. p. 41, -Adl, pl. vi.
(animal), pls. vii.-ix. (skull & skeleton) (1877); Flow. Eneycl.
Brit, (9) xv. p. 378, fig. 22 (animal) (1883).

Proechidna bruijuii, Gerv. Ostéogr. Monotr. p. 43 (1877); Murie, J.
Linn. Soc. xvi. p. 417 (1878); Thos. P. Z. 8. 1885, p. 889; Jent.
Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 326 (1887). :

Bruijnia tridactyla, Dubois, Bull, Soc. Zool. vi. p. 266, pls. ix. (skull)
& x. (limb-bones) (1882), ;

ee bruijnii, Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 758
(1884).

Paeettna villosissima, Dubois, Bull. Mus. Belg. iii. p. 110, pl. iv.
(animal & skull) (1884) (juv.).

“Ken nieuwe Soort van Proechidna,” Weber, Bijd. tot de Dierk.,
Feest-Nummer. Art. 5, pl. i. (skull & feet) (1888), :

THREE-ToED Ecumna.

General size of body about equalling that of the largest forms of
Echidna. Fur of head, body, and limbs thick, coarse, and woolly,
not or scarcely intermixed with flattened bristles; colour of the fur
uniform dark brown or black, the head sometimes nearly white.
Spines of back much fewer in number and much shorter than in
Echidna; their colour generally wholly white, but their bases
sometimes brown.

Sk ull as above described ; cranial capacity of specimen a, 44 c. cm.
Condyloid vacuities usually present.

ECHIDNID 2.

384

Skull Measurements of Echidnide.

Echidna aculeata.
Species or variety ......... Proechidna brutjnii.
Var. lawesi. | Var. typica. Var. setosa.
Bex cicewseus 2. (dS). 3. Q. Jd. Q.
Specimen a. 0. 9. k a. b.
Age ...ceec0 adult. adult. adult. adult. adult. adult.
Basal length .......cecceeeeeceeeeeee 100 112-4 101:°3 103-7 156 182
Greatest breadth .........cc.ccceeees 39°7 49 49 45°7 53°5 60
Length of brain-case * ............ 48 55°5 52:3 52 58 58°5
es VOStYUM f.......eeceeeeeees 525 572 49 52 100 126°5
Rostval index ..............cseseeeeeeeeeees 109 103 94. 100 172 216
Interorbital breadth ..........:cceeeseeee 15:2 168 14:2 16-4 7 19
Palate, length ..........cccssseececseseneeeees 92 104 92°5 94°5 141 170
» least breadth below orbital fosse. 12:5 151 135 13:9 12 14:4
Anterior palatine foramen ..........c.ceecceee 20°4 25 25°4 24:6 34 40

+ From the same ee to the gnathion.

t Deduced from t.

e two preceding measurements.

* From the basion to a point on the palate level with the anterior edge of the pony foramen.

GRNITRORBYNCHID AL 385

Dimensions.

a (stuffed). 6 (skin)

Adult. Adult.

millim. millim

Head and body ............ 480 505
Tip of muzzle to eye ........ 94 (contracted) 126
Second hind claw .......... 47 50
Third hind claw .......... 36 35
Fourth hind claw .......... 23 29

Skull, see last page.

Hab. N.W. New Guinea.
Type in the Museo Civico, Genoa.

a, ) Ad. sk. 3 New Guinea. M. Leon Laglaize
* | Skeleton (mounted). { °° C.].

p, ) Ad. sk. Q New Guinea. Purchased.
* ) Skull.

Family II. ORNITHORHYNCHID.

Monotremes adapted for an aquatic fluviatile life. Sexes markedly
different in size. Muzzle in the form of a broad, flattened, horny
beak, singularly similar to that of a duck. Tongue not extensile.
Fur composed of two sorts of hairs; not mixed with spines. Tail
well developed, broad and flattened. Limbs short, subequal ; hands
and feet modified as swimming-organs, the toes broadly webbed.
Palms and soles smooth, finely wrinkled, without pads. Horny spur
of male much larger than in the Echidnide.

Skull with a smaller and more flattened brain-case than in the last
family; muzzle elongated ; premaxillary bones four in number, an
external and an internal one on each side, the internal ones, which
correspond to that part of the ordinary mammalian premaxille
lying between the two anterior palatine foramina, fusing together in
the median line into a single bone, known as the ‘‘ dumbbell-shaped
bone” ; external premaxillaries widely expanded anteriorly, sepa-
rated both from the internal premaxillaries between them and from
each other in front. Squamosals comparatively small; zygomata
broad vertically, thin transversely, arising very far back on the
skull, Palate smooth, flat, without vacuities. Mandibles compara-
tively stout, flattened, and twisted outwards in front; base of mas-
seteric fossa hollowed out into a deep cavity communicating with
the inferior dental canal, just in the manner so characteristic of the
Macropodide among the Marsupials (supra, p. 4). Condyles large,
broader than long.

Teeth rudimentary, only found in young animals, and never
cutting the gum. These teeth are multicuspid, but there is as yet
no evidence as to their individual homologies with the teeth of the
Marsupials or other Mammals, although their form and position

2¢

386 ORNITHORHYNCHID&.

both indicate a relationship to premolars or molars rather than to
incisors or canines. Their number, so far as is at present known, is
probably four in each jaw above and below, making sixteen in all*.

Functionally, however, teeth are represented in this family by
strong horny plates developed from the palate-ridges, and serving,
by their power of continuous growth, to make up for the rapid wear
caused by the gritty nature of the food.

Range. Australian subregion.

References to the Literature bearing on the Anatomy, Embryology,
Reproduction, Physiology, Sc. of the Ornithorhynchide.

Banks, Voigt’s Mag, iii. p. 724 (1801).

Home, Phil. Trans. 1802, p. 67, pls. ii-iv.

MECcKEL, Beytr. vergl. Anat. i. Heft i. p. 64, pl. ix. (1809).

BuaINVILLE, Bull. Soc. Philom. 1817, p. 82 (spur and gland).

E. Grorrroy, Philos, Anat. pp. 114 & 126, pl. ii. fig. 19 (1818) (respi-
ratory organs).

Jamison, Tr. Linn. Soc, xii. p. 584 (1818) (poisonous effects of blow
from spur).

Homg, Phil. Trans, 1819, p. 234, pls. xvi.-xix. (ovaries and ova).

Ruvotrut, Abh, Ak. Berl. 1820-21, p. 232 (spur).

Hu, Tr. Linn. Soc. xiii. p. 622 (1822) (poison-gland, habits, &c.).

Jarré, De Ornithorhyncho paradoxo, Diss. Univ. Berol. pls. i. & ii.
(1823) (osteology).

D’Auron, Osteol. Zahnl. Thiere, pls. i. & ii, (1824) (osteology).

Kwox, Mem. Wern. Soc. v. pp. ob & 144, pls. i, v., & vi. (1824),

Buarnvitte, N. Bull. Soc. Philom. 1826, p. 138.

Ei. Grorrroy, Ann. Sci. Nat. ix. p. 457 (1826).

Mecxret,: Ornithorhynchi paradoxi, Descriptio anatomica, pls. i.—vii.
(1826).

Id. Mooket’s Arch. f. Nat. x. p. 23 (1827) (abdominal glands).

E. Guorrroy, Mém, Mus. xv. pp. 1-48, pls. i. & ii. (1827) (sexual
organs).

I. Grorrroy, Dict. Class. d’H. N. xii. p. 592 (1827).

E, Grorrroy, Ann. Sci. Nat. (1) xviii. p. 157, pl. iii. fig. 4 (egg) (1829).

Owen, Phil. Trans. cxxiii. p. 517, pls. xv.—xviii. (1882) (mammary
glands). ;

Buainvityz, N. Ann. Mus. ii. p. 369, pl. xii. (1833) (reproduction).

E. Grorrroy, P. Z. S. 1833, pp. 28 & 91 (abdominal glands).

Owen, P.Z.S. 1834, p. 48; dd. Tr. Z.8. i. p. 221, pls. xxxii. &
xxxlil. (animal, young, and viscera) (1834).

dd. Phil. Trans, exxy. p, 555, pl. xxv. (1834) (ova)

G. Cuvier, Oss. Foss., Atl. pl. cexv. (skeleton) (1886).

Owen, Cyclop. Anat. iii., Art. “ Monotremata,” pp. 866-407, figs. 168—
202 (1842).

Niece. Rev. Zool. 1848, p. 127 (habits and reproduction).

Mayer, Arch. f. Nat. xv. p. 81 (1849).

Hyrtt, SB. Ak. Wien, viii. p. 83 (1852) (arterial system).

* This account is taken from the following paper, in which all that is as yet
known about the teeth of Ornithorhynchus is contained :—Poulton, E. B., “The
True Teeth and the Horny Plates of Ornithorhynchus,” Q. J. Mier. Sci. xxix.
p. 9 (1888).

1. oORNITHORHYNCHUS. 387

Vuacovic, SB. Ak, Wien, ix. p. 152, pl. xxiv. (1852) (reproductive
organs).

Waenerr, De partibus Mammalium os temporum constituentibus,

. 20 (1858).

Gwine Phil. Trans. clv. p. 671, pl. xli. (new-born animal) (1865).

FLower. (See under Echidnide.)

Prters. (See under Echidnide.)

GEGENBAUR, Jenaische Zeitschr. ii. p. 375 (1866) (heart).

Owen, Anat. Vert. vols. ii. and iii. (1866-68).

Couss, P. Essex Inst. vi. pt. ii. p. 127 (1871) (myology).

Spicer, P. R. Soc. Tasm. 1876, p. 162 (poisonous effects of wound
from spur). :

Creicuton, J. Anat. Phys. xi. p. 27 (1876) (mammary glands).

GIEBEL, Z. ges. Nat. 1. p. 96 (1877) (shoulder-gland).

Martins. (See under Echidnide.

Houxtey, P. Roy. Soc. xxviii. p. 395, pl. viii. fig. 4 (1879) (pelvis).

PritcuarD, Phil. Trans. clxxii. p. 267, pls. xlv. & xlvi. (1881)
(cochlea).

Lanxesrer, P. Z.8. 1882, p. 549, pls. xxxviii—xli.; and 1883, p. 8,
pls. iii. & iv. (cardiac valves).

Pov.ton, Q. J. Micr. Sci. xxiii. p. 453, pl. xxxii. (1883) (tongue).

Id. op. cit. xxiv. p. 118, pl. v. (1884) (ovarian ovum).

GILL, Science, iv. p. 453 (1884).

Gunn, J. Anat. Phys. xviii. p. 400, pl. xix. (1884) (eye).

Spencer, Nature, xxxi. p. 182, figs. 1-8 (ova) (1884).

Turner, J. Anat. Phys. xix. p. 214 (1885) (“ dumbbell-shaped bone”).

Macaituivray, Tr. Roy. Soc. Victoria, xxi. p. 120 (1885) (reproduc-

tion).

es ee P. Linn. Soc. N. S. W. ix. p, 1204 (1885) (tem-
perature).

Westiine, Bih. Svensk. Akad. Handl. ix. No. 8, p. 27, pl. iii, (1885)
(neurology of limbs).

GrGENBAUR, Zur Kenntniss der Mammaorgane der Monotremen (1886).

Owen, P. Roy. Soc. xlii. p. 891 (1887) (newly born young).

CaLpWELL, P. Roy. Soe. xlii. p. 177 (1887) ; ¢@. Phil. Trans. elxxviii.
p. 468, pls, xxix.-xxxi. (1887) (embryology).

Povutton, P. Roy. Soc. xliii. p. 353 (1887) (true teeth),

Mivart, P. Roy. Soc. xliii. p. 872 (1887) (dual origin of Monotremes
and other Mammals).

SzEtey, P. Roy. Soc. xliv. p. 181 (1888) (horny plates described as
teeth).

Poutton, Q. J. Mier. Sci. xxix. p. 9, pls. ii-iv. (1888) (true teeth and
horny plates).

_1, ORNITHORHYNCHUS.

Platypus, Shaw, Nat. Misc, x. letterpress to pl. 385

(1799); nec Herbst, Natursyst. Insekt. v. p. 128 (1793)

( COlC Opt.) 5 escadsvnmare a grweasteelita soy god suieren aces aos O. anatinus.
Ornithorhynchus, Blumenb. Voigt’s Mag. Naturk. ii.

Pe 205, CLS0O) oicic- bs, science we dcteminica ma sacehene hed O. anatinus,
Dermipus, Wiedem. Zool. Arch. i. pt. i. p. 180 (1800) .. O. anatinus.

Form elongate, depressed. Toes 5—5, broadly webbed, the mem-
brane anteriorly considerably surpassing the tips of the claws, but
posteriorly only reaching to their bases; all the toes with long

202

Type.

388 ORNITHORHYNCHID A,

claws, the anterior broad and blunt, the posterior compressed and
pointed. Beak smooth, evenly rounded, its junction with the head
marked, both above and below, by a projecting leathery flap,
evidently developed to save the face from injury when the head is
plunged in mud or gravel. Beak, excluding the flap, rather shorter
than the rest of the head.

Skull as already described.

Horny plates two in number on each side of each jaw; but the
anterior are far less prominent and markedly specialized than the
posterior. The former are long and narrow, and each forms a
single longitudinal horny ridge, some 13 to 18 millim. in length,
which is placed on the side of the palate about 10 or 15 millim.
from its fellow, and with its anterior point about level with the
hinder end of the dumbbell-shaped bone. The surface of the bone
beneath these plates-is quite smooth, and not modified in any way
for their support. The posterior plates are situated just below the
level of the orbits, and each consists of a single broad horny and
cuspidate plate, subdivided by transverse ridges into a small antero-
internal and two large posterior portions. In the lower jaw the
plates have the same shapes as in the upper, except that the anterior
are longer, and that the posterior have their smallest subdivision
behind instead of in front. The bone below the posterior plates,
both above and below, is broadened and excavated for the reception
of their projecting cuspidate bases.

Vertebre :—Cervical 7, dorsal 17, lumbar 2, sacral 2, caudal
20 or 21; total 48 or 49.

Habits. Aquatic, fossorial; feeding on water-insects, crustacea,
mollusea, &c.

Range. That of the only species.

There appears to be no reason to suppose that there is more than
a single species of Ornithorhynchus, the marked difference in size
between the sexes and a certain variability in colour and texture
of fur being apparently responsible for the considerable number of
names that the common species bears.

1. Ornithorhynchus anatinus.

Platypus anatinus, Shaw, Nat. Misc. x. pls, 385 & 386 (animal,
beak, &c.) (1799) ; td. Gen. Zool. i. pt. 1. p. 229, pls. 66 & 67
(animal &c.) (1800); Turt. Linn. S. N.i. p. 80 (1806); Gerrard,
Cat. Bones Mamm. B. M. p. 288 (1862); Gray, P. Z.S. 1865,
p. 885 ; td. Handi, Edentates, p. 29 ee)

Ornithorhynchus paradoxus, Blwumenb. Voigt’s Mag. Naturk. ii.
p. 205 (1800); Home, Phil. Trans. 1800, p. 482, pls. xviii. &
xix. (beak, skull, &c.); 2d. op. cit. 1802, p. 67, pls. ii—iv. (anat.) ;
Calkoen, Nat. Verh. Bat. Maatsch-Wet. ii. pt. i. p. 177 (1808) ;
Desm. N. Dict. dH. N. (1) xxiv. Tabl. Méth. p. 27 (1804);
Blumenb. Abbild. Nat. Gegenst. no. 41 (animal) (1810); G. Fisch.
Zoogn. iii. p. 689 (1814); G. Cuv. R.A. i, p. 227 (1817); F. Cuv.
Dents Mami. p. 202, pl. Ixxxiii. (horny plates) (1825) ; E. Geoff.

1. oRNITHORHYNCHUs. 389

Ann. Sci. Nat. ix. p. 451 (1826) ; td. Meckel’s Arch, f. Nat. x.
p. 14 (1827); Gray, Griff. Cuv. An. K. iii. p. 265 (1827); Less.
Man. Mamm. p. 819 (1827); J. B. Fisch. Syn. Mamm, p. 402
(1829); Wagl. Syst. Amph. Séug. p. 59 (1830); Maule, P. Z. 8.
1882, MS 145 (habits); Benn. P. Z. 8. 1834, p. 141; td. Tr. ZS.
i. p. 229, pl. xxxiv. (animal) (1834) (habits); Kaup, Thierr. i.
p. 251 (1835) ; Less. H, N. Mamm. (Compl. Buff.) v. p. 386, pl. liii.
(animal) (1836); Waterh. Cat. Mamm. Mus. Z. 8. p. 68 (1838) ;
id. Jard. Nat. Libr., Mamm. xi. p. 309, pl. xxxiv. (animal) (1841) ;
Glog. Handb. Naturg. i. p. 115 (1842); Less. N. Tabl. R. A.,
Mamm. p. 196 (1842); Wagn. Schr. Stiug. Supp. iv. p. 262 (1844);
Gieb, Odontogr, p. 62, pl. xxv. figs, 4 & 8 (dental plates) (1855);
id. Séug. p. 892 Gisss) ; G.F. Benn. P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 161 (habits)
Armit, J. Linn, Soc. xiv. p. 413 (1878).

Dermipus anatinus, Wiedem. Arch. Zool. i. pt. i. p. 180, pl. iii.
(animal) (1800).

Ornithorhynchus rufus et fuscus, Pé. & Les. Voy. Terres Austi., Atl.
pl. xxxiv. (animal) (1807); Tiedem. Zool. p. 589 (4808); Il.
Prodr. Syst. Mamm. p. 115 (1811); Leach, Nat. Misc. ii. p. 186,
pl. exi. (animal) (1815); Desm. N. Dict. d’H. N. xxiv. p. 181
(1818) ; Goldf. Handb. Zool. p. 408 (1820) ; Schinz, Cuv. Thierr.
i. pp. 840 & 841 (1821); Desm. Mamm. ii. p. 880 (1822); Van
der Hoeven, N. Act. Acad. Leop. xi. p. 861, pl. xlvi. (animal, beak,
&c.) (1828); F. Cuv. Dict, Sct. Nat. xxxvi. p. 443 (1825); Gray,
Ga. Cuv. An, K. pp. 284 & 285; Schinz, Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 827
(1845).

Gaultier hugh brevirostris, Ogilb. P. Z. S. 1831, p. 150; Schinz,
Syn. Mamm. ii. p. 827 (1845),

Ornithorhynchus crispus et levis, Macgilivray, Mem. Wern., Soc. vi.
pp. 128 & 182 (1882).

Ornithorhynchus anatinus, Gray, List Mamm. B. M. p. 191 (1848) ;
Waterh. N. H. Manu. i. p. 25, pl. i. figs. 1-6 (beak, feet, &c.);
Gunn, P. Roy. Soc. Tasm., ti. p. 89 (1852); Gould, Mamm. Austr.
i, pl. i. (animal) (1855) ; Bennett, P. Z. 8. 1859, p. 213, pl. lxxi.
(beak); Krefft, Cat. Mamm. Austr. Mus. p. 56 (1864); ad. Vert.
Lower Murray, p. 22 (1865) ; id. Mamm. Austr. pl. xv. (animal)
(1871); Flow. & Gars. Cat. Ost. Coll. Surg. ii. p. 753 (1884) ;
Jent. Cat. Ost. Leyd. Mus. p. 825 (1887); Coll. Zool. Jahrb. ii.
-p. 940 (1887).

Duck-Bittep PLAtypvus.

3

Male markedly larger than female. Fur of two sorts, the longer
fur crisp, shining, sometimes curly, the underfur short, soft and
woolly, ‘General colour above deep umber-brown, sometimes redder,
and sometimes blacker. Leathery covering of bill black above,
yellow and black below. A spot round each eye white or yellowish.
Chin, chest, and belly dirty greyish white, the hairs grey basally
and white terminally; patches of dull chestnut, however, often
present on the chin, round the insertions of the limbs, in the anal
region, and along the posterior part of the centre of the belly.
Tail coloured above like the back, below generally naked in adults ;
but if hairy it is whiter than the rest of the animal,

Other characters as described above.

390 ORNITHORHYNCHID.E.

Head and body .........
Talla is casa ae vs een ae we

» breadth...........
Depth of flap in centre above

” 2

Lower TO® daaiatene ees
Hind foot ...........-.

Skull, see next page.

Dimensions.*

Pe
in spirit). 7 (in spirit).
Adult. Adult.

millim, millim
ages 420 3830
enitanctae fas 143 112
61 53
Sustisnars a 46 Al
20 15
18 14
eo aabaenlce's 82 63
se Gece Ba 62 45

Hab. Queensland southwards of 18° S. lat., New South Wales,

Victoria, South Australia, and Tasmania.

Type in collection.

a, Ad.sk., 3. Namoi R., New South Gould Coll.

Wales (J. G.).
b-d.g &2imm.?,al. Shoalhaven R.,
N.S. W.
e. Skull, d. Shoalhaven R.

f-h. Imm. al., §& 29. New South Wales.
tm. Ad.al., ¢&49, Coranderrk Aboriginal

mania (J. G.).

11 & 12/79. Station, Victoria.
a 1s sk, ' 3
* YSkull. ( °°
v. Ad. sty od. South Australia.
p. Ad. std, 11/88. New Norfolk, Tas-
g. Ad. sk., dg. Tasmania,
r, Ad.sk., 9. Taymania.
‘ | Sea sk. 3
* 1 Skull. ;
t, Ad.al.,d

u,v. Yg. al. 55 & 90 [Figured by Owen. ]

mm. long respectively.
w. Ad.al., dg.
uv Ad.st, 3d.
y. Ad.sk., 2.
z Yg.st,d.
a’. Yevsk, od.

o. Ad. skeleton, ? (mounted).

ce’. Ad. skeleton, 3.
d', Imm. skeleton.
ée’. Ad. skull, d.

Victoria.

Sir D. Cooper [P.].
Dr. J. Macgillivray [P. &
C

Dr. G. Bennett [P. & C.].
Sir R. Owen [P.].

J. Thies, Esq. [P.].

Sir G. Grey [P. & C.].
Gould Coll,

Gen. Sir J. H. Lefroy [P.].

a Ross [P.].

R. Latham, Esq. [P.].
(Type of species.)

Sir R. Owen [P.].

Zool. Soc.

Miss Reeves [P.].
Purchased.
Purchased.

Mantell Coll.
Sir R. Owen [P.].
Yarrell Coll.

* The largest skins in the collection considerably exceed these dimensions ;
thus specimen ¢(¢) has a total length (including tail) of 650 millim., and
specimen y (2) of 570, but they may, in each case, have been stretched in the

skinning.

J. ORNITHORHYNCHUS.

Skull Dimensions of Ornithorhynchus.

391

Species: sp ivsrseccsssncsisnays O. anatinus.
Sex 3. 2.
Specimen.... é'. 0,
Age adult. adult.
Basal length csiccsasvinseseesessnce waarranvaeasne 108 81:8
Greatest breadth ..........cccseeeeeeeeeeeeee 52 38
Breadth across expanded premaxille - Bore 25:2
Interorbital breadth 0... cececceeseeeeseeeee 15 12-4
Palate, length (from front of premaxille) ... 92'5 70
» _ breadth outside dental plate ............ 87°38 29°5
Posterior dental plate, length (obliquely)...... 185 13°6
5% 7 3 breadth at central
transverse TIVZC ......ccccsecseseeseesoeseneeeees 9 73

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

acauthion (Echidna), 379.

Acanthoglossus, 382.

Acrobates, 136.

aculeata (Echidna), 377,
379

aculeata(Myrmecophaga),
379.

aculeatus (Tachyglossus),
379.

/Epyprymnus, 102.
affinis (Antechinus), 287.
affinis (Didelphys), 337.
affinis (Perameles), 231.
affinis (Phascogale), 287.
agilis (Didelphys), 348.
agilis (Grymaomys), 348.
agilis (Halmaturus), 42.
agilis (Macropus), 42.
Ailurops, 193.

alba (Phalangista), 201.
rae (Dactylopsila),

albertisi (Phalangista),
7

178.

albertisi (Pseudochirus),
178.

albipes (Antechinus), 304.

albipes (Phascogale), 304.

albipes (Podabrus), 304.

albipilis (Lagorchestes),
100.

albiventris (Didelphys),
328.

albogularis (Halmaturus),
66.

albogularis (Heteropus),
66.

albogularis (Macropus),
66.”

alboguttata (Didelphys),
366.

alboguttata (Microdel-
phys), 366.

albopunctatus

(Dasyu-
rus), 271.

albus (Cuscus), 201, 204.

albus (Halmaturus), 35.

albus (Macropus), 34.

Arhblotis, 213.

amboinensis (Coescoes),
201

americana (Didelphys),
363.

americanus (Sorex), 363.
anatinus (Dermipus), 389.
anatinus (Ornithorhyn-
chus), 388.
anatinus (Platypus), 388.
angasi (Phascolomys’,
214
angustivittis
gista), 160.
annulicauda (Onycho-
galea), 74.
Antechinomys, 307.
Antechinus, 273.
Sey peal neen ne,

(Phalan-

antilopinus (Macropus),
21.

antilopinus (Osphranter),
21.

apicalis (Antechinus),277.

apicalis (Halmaturus), 32.

apicalis (Hypsiprymnus),
118.

apicalis (Macropus uala-
batus, var.), 52.

apicalis (Phascologale),
277.
archeri (Phalangista),
177.
archeri (Pseudochirus),
177.

arenaria(Perameles), 247.
ariel (Belideus), 156, 158.
ariel (Petaurus), 156, 158.
aruensis (Perameles), 236.
Asagis, 340.

Ascogale, 273.

asiatica (Didelphys), 50.
asiaticus (Dorcopsis), 88.
asiaticus (Halmaturus),

8.
assimilis (Antechinus
moorei, var.), 285.
assimilis (Petrogale), 67.
assimilis (Phascolomys),
214.
auratus (Perameles), 234.
aurita (Didelphys), 324.
aurita ene 243,
australiensis (Echidna),
379.
australis (Echidna), 379.
australis (Petaurus), 151.
australis (Ptilotus), 151.
australis (Sciurus), 151.
azare (Didelphys), 328.
azare (Didelphys marsu-
pialis, var.), 328.

Balantia, 193.
banksianus (Macropus),
33.

banksii(Phalangista), 1'72.
bassii (Phascolomys), 216.
beccarii (Dorcopsis), 89.
Belideus, 150,
bennettianus (Dendrola-
gus), 96.
So (Halmaturus),
bennettii (Macropus), 35.
bennettii (Macropus rufi-
collis, var.), 34.
Pen (Phalangista),
181.
bernsteini(Pseudochirus), .
181.
Bettongia, 104.
bicolor (Didelphys), 370.
billardieri (Halmaturus),

billardieri (Kangurus),58.

394

billardieri (Macropus), 58.

binoe (Halmaturus), 42.

Boriogale, 10.

bougainvillei (Balantia),
188.

bougainvillei(Perameles),
216.

bougainvillei (Phalan-
gista), 187.

Brachymelis, 227.

a (Halmaturus),
6

brachyotis( Macropus),69.

brachyotis(Petrogale),69.

brachytarsus (Halmatu-
rus), 59.

brachyura
355, 356.

brachyura (Microdel-
phys), 355.

se ae eco

0.

(Didelphys),

brachyurus (Hemiurus),
357.

brachyurus (Kangurus),
60

brachyurus (Macropus),
brachyurus (Peramys),
357.
brachyurus
357.
braziliensis (Sorex), 363.
ene (Echidna),

(Philander),

brevicaudata (Didelphys),
356. ‘ es

brevicaudata (Echidna),
379,

brevicaudatus (Cuscus),

brevicaudatus (Halmatu-
rus), 60

brevicaudis (Didelphys),

357.
breviceps (Belideus), 156.
breviceps (Didelphys),

325,

breviceps (Micoureus),
325.

breviceps (Petaurus), 156.
breviceps (Phalanger ori-
entalis, var.), 204.

breviceps (Thylacinus),
256.

brevirostris (Ornitho-
rhynchus), 389.
broadbenti (Perameles),
240.

browni (Halinaturus), 51.
browni (Macropus), 51.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Bruijnia, 382.
bruijnii (Acanthoglossus),
383.

bruijnii (Cheetocercus),
279

bruijnii (Dasycercus),279.
bruijnii (Echidna), 383.
bruijnii( Proechidna),383.
bruijnii (Tachyglossus),
383.
bruinii (Didelphis), 50.
bruinii (Macropus), 50.
bruni (Dorcopsis), 50, 87.
bruni(Hypsiprymuus),88.
bruni (Kangurus), 88.
brunii (Didelphys), 49.
brunii (Halmaturus), 50,
brunii (Kangurus), 50.
brunii (Macropus), 49.
brunii (Yerboa), 50.

californica (Didelphys),
324.
californicus (Micoureus),

Caloprymuus, 114.
calura (Phascologale),
296.
campestris (Bettongia),
campestris (Caloprym-
nus), 115

campestris (Hypsiprym-
nus), 115.

canerivora (Didelphys),
323.

canescens (Phalangista),

canescens (Pseudochirus),

canina (Phalangista), 191.

caninus (Trichosurus),
191.

carcinophaga(Didelphys),
323.

castanotis (Choropus),
250.

caudata (Dromicia), 143.

caudivolvula (Didelphis),
172.

caudivolvulus (Pseudo-
chirus), 172.

cavifrons (Cuscus), 201.

cavifrons (Phalangista),

cayopollin (Didelphys),
344.
cayopollin (Philander),
337.

ceclebensis (Cuscus>, 204,
206.

celebensis( Phalanger),206.
celebensis (Phalangista),
206.

Ceonyx, 193.
Cercaertus, 166.
Cercartetus, 166.
Cercoptenus, 136.
Cheetocercus, 273.
chalmersi (Dorcopsis), 89.
Chironectes, 366.
Cheropus, 250.
chrysorrhos (Cuscus),
197.
chrysorrhous (Phalan-
gista), 197.
cinerea (Didelphys), 342.
cinereus (Grymomys),
342.

cinereus (Lipurus), 210.

cinereus (Micoureus),342.

cinereus (Morodactylus),
210.

cinereus (Phascolarctus),
210.

cinereus (Philander), 342.

cockerelli (Perameles),
238.

Coescoes, 193.

concinna (Dromicia), 146,

concinuna (Petrogale), 71.

concinna (Phalangista),
146.

concinnus (Antechinus),
287.

concinnus (Halmaturus),
71.

ecneinnus (Macropus),71.

concolor( Hemiurus), 358.

Conoyces, 86

conspicillatus (Halmatu-
rus), 80.

conspicillatus (Lagor-
chestes), 80.

conspicillatus(Macropus),
8

convolutor (Phalangista),
172.

cooki (Hepoona), 176.

cooki (Petaurus), 176.

cooki (Phalangista), 172,
176, 187.

cooki (Pseudochirus), 172,
176

cooki (Trichosurus), 172,
176

coxeni (Halmaturus), 44.

coxeni (Macropus), 44.

crassicaudata (Didel-
phys), 334.

crassicaudata (Peramys),
334.

crassicaudata (Phasco-
gale), 306.
crassicaudata (Sminthop-
sis), 306.
crassicaudatus (Antechi-
nus), 306.
crassicaudatus (Metachi-
rus), 534.
crassicaudatus (Micou-
reus), 334,
crassicaudatus (Philan-
der), 334.
crassicaudatus (Poda-
brus), 306.
crassicaudatus (Didel-
phis), 384.
crassipes (Halmaturus),
42.

crassipes (Macropus), 42.
crebescens (Osphranter),
23.

crispus (Ornithorhyn-
chus), 389.

cristicauda (Chetocer-
cus), 276.

cristicaudata (Phascolo-
gale), 276.

cuniculus (Bettongia),

cuniculus (Hypsiprym-
nus), 107.

cunninghami (Petaurus),
152.

Cuscus, 193.

cuvieri (Phalangista),

188.

cynocephala (Didelphys),
255.

cynocephalus (Dasyurus),
255.

eynocephalus (Lycaon),
256

eynocephalus (Peracyon),
256.

cynocephalus (Thylaci-
nus), 255.

Dactylopsila, 159.
dama (Halmaturus), 54.
dama (Macropus), 55.
Dagycercus, 273.
Dasyuride, 253.
Dasyurine, 254.
Dasyurus, 261.
Dendrolagus, 92.
derbiana (Didelphys),
339.
derbianus (Halmaturus),
4.

derbianus (Macropus),
54,

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Dermipus, 387.

Diabolus, 258.

dichrura (Didelphys),
OT

337.
didelphoides (Petaurus),
164.

Didelphyide, 315.

Didelphys, 316.

diemenensis (Myrmeco-
bius), 313.

dimidiata (Didelphys),
355.

Diprotodontia, 3.

Disteechurus, 189.

domestica (Didelphys),
358.

dorcocephalus (Hypsi-
prymuus), 88

Dorcopsis, 86.

doreyana (Perameles),
236.

doriz (Phascologale),
282.

dorianus (Dendrolagus),

dorsalis(Halmaturus), 37.

dorsalis (Macropus), 37.

dorsalis (Phascologale),
283.

dorsiger (Grymzomys),
345

dorsigera (Didelphys),
344.
dorsigerus (Micoureus),

dorsigerus (Philander),
345.
Dromicia, 140.

ecaudatus (Chcropus),

Echidna, 377.

Echidnide, 375.

Echinopus, 377.

Echymipera, 227.

elegans (Didelphys), 348,
B52.

elegans (Grymeomys),
353. a

elegans (Halmaturus), 33,
100.

elegans (Macropus), 33,
100.

elegans (Micoureus),
53.

elegans (Thylamys), 353.

emiliz (Halmaturus), 54,

erubescens (Halmaturus),
23.

erubescens (Phascolagus),
23.

395

Eucuscus, 193.

eugenii (Halmaturus), 54.
eugenii (Kangurus), 54.
eugenii (Macropus), 54.

fasciata (Bettongia), 100.

fasciata (Perameles), 248.

fasciata (Perameles bou-
gainvillei, var.), 248.

ae (Halmaturus),
100.

‘fasciatus (Kangurus),
100. )

fasciatus (Lagorchestes),
101.

fasciatus (Lagostrophus),
100.

fasciatus (Macropus),
00.
fasciatus (Myrmecobius),
312.

felina (Phalangista), 190.

ferrugineifrons (Antechi-
nus), 302.

ferrugineifrons (Poda-
brus), 302.

flavipes (Antechinus),
289,

flavipes (Phascologale),
289.

flaviventer (Belideus),
152.

flaviventer (Petaurista),
152.

flaviventer (Petaurus),
51

flindersi (Phascolarctus),
210.

forbesi (Pseudochirus),
183

formosus (Hypsiprym-
nus), toa ia

fossor (Amblotis), 215.

fossor (Phascolomys),
216.

fossor (Wombatus), 215.

ae (Halmaturus),

freenatus (Macropus), 75.
frenata (Didelphys), 332.
frenata tOngehopaley 75.
sieeee (Antechinus),

frontalis (Dromicia), 137.

fruticus (Halmaturus),
35.

fruticus (Macropus), 35.

fuliginosa, (Phalangista),
190.

fuliginosa (Phascogale),
304.

396

fuliginosus (Antechinus),
304.

fuliginosus(Halmaturus),
19.

fuliginosus (Hyracodon),
370.

fuliginosus (Kangurus),
19.

fuliginosus (Macropus),
19

fuliginosus (Macropus
giganteus, var.), 19.
fuliginosus (Podabrus),

fuliginosus (Trichosurus
vulpecula, var.), 190.

fulvus (Dendrolagus), 97.

fusca (Phalangista), 201.

fusca (Phascolomys), 215.

fusciventer (Perameles),
231.

fuscus (Dasyurus), 271.

fuscus (Ornithorbyn-
chus), 389.

fuscus (Phascolarctus),
210.

gaimardi (Bettongia),
108.

gaimardi (Hypsiprym-
nus), L08.

gaimardi (Kangurus),
108.

garagassi (Perameles),
238.

gazella (Halmaturus),
4

geoffroyi (Dasyurus), 268.

Gerboides, 10.

gigantea (Didelphys), 15.

gigantea (Yerboa), 15.

giganteus (Halmaturus),
16

iganteus (Jaculus), 15.
Beanteus (Kangurus), 16.
giganteus (Macropus), 15.
gigas (Kanguroo), 16.
ert (Hypsiprymnus),

gilberti (Potorous), 120.
gliriformis (Dromicia),

gliriformis (Phalangista),

144.
glirina (Didelphys), 357.
goldiei (Cuscus chrysor-
rhous, var.), 198.
gouldi (Bettongia), 110.
gracilis (Belideus), 154.
gracilis (Halmaturus),
55.

>

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.
gracilis (Macropus), 51,
54

grayi (Bettongia), 112,
grayi (Hipsiprymnus),
112.

greyi (Halmaturus), 36.
greyi Necupan) 36.
grisea (Didelphys), 349.
grisea (Perameles), 370.
grisea (Phalangista fuli-
ginosa, var.), 190. —

griseofuscus (Halmatu-
rus), 16.

griseo-lanosus (Kangu-
rus), 25.

griseorufus (Halmatu-
rus), 16.

grisescens (Phalangista),
181.

griseus (Kangurus), 33.

griseus (Micoureus), 350.

Grymzomys, 340.

guianensis (Didelphis),
344.

guianensis (Mustela), 368.

gunni (Perameles), 245.

guttatus (Dasyurus), 266.

Gymnobelideus, 149.

gymnotis (Cuscus), 202.

gymnotis (Lagorchestes),
83

gymnotis (Phalangista),
202.

hallucatus (Dasyurus),
269.

Halmaturus, 10.

harrisi (Thylacinus), 256.

harveyi (Perameles), 112.

Hemibelideus, 166.

Hemiurus, 354.

henseli (Didelphys), 360.

Hepoona, 166.

herbertensis (Phalangis-
ta), 170.

herbertensis (Pseudochi-
rus), 170.

Heteropus, 62.

hirsutum (Opossum), 215.

hirsutus (Halmaturus),
84.

‘hirsutus (Lagorchestes),
84.

hirsutus (Macropus), 84.
hortensis (Didelphys),
352,

houtmanni (Halmatu-
rus), 54,

houtmanni (Macropus),
5D.

hunteri (Didelphys), 357.

hunteri (Hemiurus), 358.
oe (Hypsiprymnus),
8.

hypoleucus (Phalangista),
pe : ( gista)

Hypsiprymnodon, 128.
Hypsiprymnodontine,
122.

Hypsiprymnus, 116.

hystrix (Echidna), 379.

hystrix (Echinopus), 379.

hystrix (Ornithorhyn-
chus), 379.

hystrix (Tachyglossus),
379.

iberingi (Didelphys), 364.

illinensium (Didelphys),
825.

impavida (Didelpbys),
345

im pavidus (Grymzomys),
345.

incana (Didelphys), 349.
incana(Phalangista), 176.
indica (Didelphis), 201.
inornata (Petrogale), 70.
inornatus (Halmaturus),

inornatus (Macropus), 70.

inustus (Dendrolagus),
5.

irma (Halmaturus), 40.

irma (Macropus), 40.

isabellinus (Halmaturus),

isabellinus (Macropus),
isobellinus (Osphranter),
ioe ids 227.

jardinii (Halmaturus),

javana (Didelphys), 50.
jukesi (Macropus), 51.

kalubu (Echymipera),
236.

kalubu (Perameles), 236.
kanguro (Didelphys), 15.
kanguru (Yerbua), 17.
Kangurus, 10.
karkinopbaga (Didel-
phys), 328.
kenguru (Didelphis), 15.
kingii (Halmaturus), 32.
a (Phascolarctus),
210.

labiatus (Halinaturus), 16,

labiatus (Kangurus), 16.
labiatus (Macropus), 17.
levis (Ornithorhynchus),
389.
Lagorchestes, 79.
Lagostrophus, 100.
lagotis (Macrotis), 223.
lagotis (Peragale), 223.
lagotis (Perameles), 223.
lanata (Didelphys), 339.
laniger (Antechinomys),
309.
ianiger
2,
laniger (Kangurus), 25.
laniger (Macropus), 25.
laniger (Micoureus), 339.
lanigera (Didelphys), 339.
lanigera (Phascogale),
309.
lanigerus (Macropus), 25.
lanigerus (Osphranter),
26

(Halimaturus),

lanuginosus (Phalangis-
ta), 172.

Lasiorhinus, 213.

lasiorhinus(Phascolomys),
217

lateralis (Halmaturus),

lateralis (Macropus), 68.

lateralis (Petrogale), 68.

latifrons (Phascolomys),
213, 217.

lawesi (Echidna), 377.

lawesi (Echidna aculeata,
var.), 377.

lawesi (Tachyglossus),
378.

lawsoni (Perameles), 243.
leadbeateri (Gymnobeli-

deus), 149.
lehmanni (Didelphys),
370.

leichardti (Lagorchestes),
82.

leichardti (Lagorchestes
conspicillatus, var.),

lemurina (Didelphis), ~
187.

lemurina (Phalangista),
187.

lemuroides (Phalangista),
170.

lemuroides (Pseudochi-
rus), 170.

lepida (Didelphys), 347.

lepida (Dromicia), 142.

leporoides (Halmaturus),
83.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.
leporoides (Lagorchestes),
ia ete (Macropus),
leptony (Halmaturus),
5

lepturus (Kangurus), 108.

lessoni (Halmaturus), 30.

lesueuri (Bettongia), 112.

leucogaster (Autechinus),
291.

leucogaster (Petaurista),

leucogaster (Petaurus),
164.

leucogaster (Phascogale),
291,

leucogaster (Phascologale
flavipes, var.), 291.

leucogenys (Antechinus),
302.

leucopus (Antechinus),
302.

leucopus (Phascogale),
302.

leucopus (Podabrus), 302.

leucopus (Sminthopsis),
302.

leucotis (Didelphys), 328.

leucura (Peragale), 225.

Lipurus, 209.

longiaculeata (Echidna),

379.

longicaudata (Didelphys),
337.

longicaudata(Perameles),
241.

longicaudata (Petrogale),

longicaudata (Phascolo-
gale), 293.
lucocephalus (Dasyurus),
6

luctuosa (Dorcopsis), 89.
luctuosus (Halmaturus),
89

lugens (Macropus), 51.
lumholtzi (Dendrolagus),
96.

lunata (Onychogale), 77.

lunatus (Halmaturus),
77.

lunatus (Macropus), 77.

Lycaon, 255,

macleayi (Dorcopsis), 92.

m‘coyi (Lasiorhinus),
217.

Macropodids, 3.

Macropodina, 10.

Macropus, 10.

397

macrotarsus (Didelphys),
344.

Macrotus, 221.

macroura (Didelphis),
164, 334.

macroura (Petaurista),
164.

macroura (Phalangista),
164, 197.

macroura (Voluccella),
16

macrourus (Cuscus), 197.

macrourus (Dasyurus),
263.

macrura (Didelpbys),
337.

macrura (Perameles),
234.

macrura (Phascogale),
306.

macrurus (Petaurus),
164.

macrurus (Podabrus),
306.

maculata (Balantia), 198.

maculata (Didelphis),
265.

maculata (Phascogale),
292.

maculata (Viverra), 263.

maculatus (Antechinus),
292.

maculatus (Cuscus), 197.

maculatus (Dasyurus),
263.

maculatus (Phalanger),

magnus (Macropus), 27.
major (Macropus), 16.
manicatus (Halmaturus),

manicatus (Macropus),
40

marsupialis (Didelphys),
323, 330. , ae

marsupialis (Philander),
325.

as (Halmaturus),

maugei (Dasyurus), 266.
oe (Halmaturus),
0.

melanops (Macropus),
20.

melanops (Macropus gi-
ganteus, var.), 20.

melanotis (Hypsiprym-
nus), 103.

melanura (Phalangista),
188.

melas (Phascogale), 278.

398

Memina, 366.

memina (Chironectes),
368.

memina (Didelphis), 368.

menimina (Lutra), 368.

Metachirus, 329.

Micoureus, 340.

Microdelphys, 354.

micropus (Hypsiprym-
nus), 120.

microtarsus (Didelphys),
344

minima (Didelphis), 287.
minima (Lutra), 368.
minima (Phascologale),
287.
minimus (Antechinus),
287.
minimus: (Chironectes),
minimus (Dasyurus),
28

minor (Hypsiprymnuus),
118

minor (Macropus), 117.

minor (Petaurista volans,
var.), 166.

minor (Petauroides vo-
lans, var.), 166.

minor (Phalangista), 201.

minutissima (Phascolo-
gale), 292.

minutissimus (Antechi-
nus), 292.

mitchelli (Phascolomys),
213.

mitchelli(Podabrus), 302.

molucca (Didelphis), 201.

mongan (Pseudochirus),
170.

Monotremata, 373.

moorei (Antechinus), 285.

moresbyeusis(Perameles),
235.

Morodactylus, 209.

moschatus (Hypsiprym-
nodon), 123

miilleri (Dorcopsis), 87.

miilleri (Macropus), 88.

wurina (Didelphis), 117.

murina (Didelphys), 343.

murina (Phascogale),
303.

murina (Sminthopsis),
308.

murinus
304.

murinus (Grymeomys),
345.

murinus (Hypsiprym-
nus), 118

(Antechinus),

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

(Kangurus),

murinus
8.
murinus (Micoureus),
345.
murinus (Philander), 344,
345

murinus (Podabrus), 304.

murinus (Potorous), 118.

musculus (Didelphys),
345.

mustelina
334.

Myoictis, 273.

myoides (Perameles), 238.

myosura (Perameles),
246.

myosurus (Didelphys),
332.

(Didelphis),

myosurus (Hypsiprym-
nus), ‘

myosurus (Metachirus),
832

Myrmecobiine, 311.
Myrmecobius, 311.

nana (Didelphys), 348.
nana (Dromicia), 144.
nana (Phalangista), 144.
nasuta (Perameles), 242.
nasuta (Thylacis), 243.
neilli (Dromicia), 146.
neilli (Phalangista), 146.
nemoralis (Halmaturus),
3l.
niger (Antechinus), 285.
aig thencolseae 213,
21

nigra (Voluccella), 164.
noctivaga (Didelphys),
342.
norfolcensis (Sciurus),
Notagogus, 340.
notatus (Belideus), 156.
notatus (Petaurus), 156.
novee-guinez (Perameles),
370

nove-hollandie (Didel-
phis), 172.

novee-bollandise (Mus-
tela), 263.

nove-hollandiz (Sciurus),
151, 153.

novee-hollandiz (Ursus),
187.

nuchalis (Halmaturus),

9

52.
nudicaudata (Didelphys),
332

nudicaudata

(Phalan-
gista), 198.

nudicaudatus (Pleopus),
23.

nudicaudatus (Pseudo-
ebirus), 198.

nudicaudus (Philander),
832.

obesula (Didelphis), 231.
obesula (Isoodon), 231.
obesula (Perameles), 231.
obesula (Thylacis), 231.
Sedona (Cheropus),

occidentalis (Pseudochi-
rus), 174.

ochropus (Cuscus macula-
A var.), 198.

ochropus (Didelphys),
339.

eee (Macropus),
17.

ogilbyi (Bettongia), 110.
ogilbyi (Hypsiprymnus),
110.

Onychogale, 73.
opossum (Didelphys),
329. E

opossum (Metachirus),
330.

opossum (Philander),330.
orientalis (Balantia), 201.
orientalis (Cuscus), 201,
204, 205.
orientalis (Didelphis),
orientalis (Phalanger),
1,
orientalis (Phalangista),

orientalis (Sipalus), 201.
ornata (Didelphys), 339.
ornatus (Ouscus), 205.
ornatus (Phalanger), 205.
Ornithorhynchide, 384.
Ornithorhynchus, 387.
Osphranter, 10. |

palmata (Chironectes),
368.

palmata (Didelphis), 368.
ee (Halmaturus),
2.

papuanus (Macropus), 42.
papuanus (Petaurus bre-
viceps, var.), 158.
papuensis (Macropus),
2

apuensis (Phalangista).
PTO. ais

paradoxus (Ornithorhyn-
chus), 388.

paraguensis (Mustela),
368.

parma (Halmaturus), 57.

parma (Macropus), 57.

parryi (Halmaturus), 39.

parryi (Macropus), 39.

parryi (Osphranter), 39.

Pelandor, 86.

penicillata (Bettongia),

0.

penicillata (Didelphis),
294.

penicillata (Petrogale),
66.

penicillata (Phascologale),
294.

penicillatus (Dasyurus),
294.

penicillatus
rus), 66.

penicillatus (Hypsiprym-
nus), 110.

penicillatus (Kangurus),

(Halmatu-

penicillatus (Maeropus),

pennata
139.

peunatus (Distcechurus),
139.

‘(Phalangista),

Peracyon, 255.

Peragale, 221.

Peralopex, 255.

Perameles, 227.

Peramelide, 219.

Peramys, 354.

peregrinus (Didelphis),
172.

peregrinus (Pseudochi-
rus), 172.

peronii (Hypsiprymnus),
118.

peronii (Macropus), 118.

peronii (Petaurista), 164,

peronii (Petaurus), 164.

Petaurista, 163.

petaurista (Phalangista),
164

Petauroides, 163.
Petaurus, 150.
petaurus (Didelphys),
. 151

petaurus (Phalangista),
151

Petrogale, 62.
Phalanger, 193.
Phalangeride, 126.
Phalangerine, 135.
Phalangista, 193.
Phascogale, 273>
Phascolagus, 10.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

Phascolarctinze, 209.
Phascolarctus, 209.
Phascologale, 273.
Phascolomyide, 212.
Phascolomys, 213.
Philander, 336.
philander (Didelphys),
337.
philander (Kangurus),
50

philippii (Hypsiprym-

nus), 108.

pictus (Macropus), 26.

pilicauda (Phascogale),
281.

pilosissima (Didelphys),
325

pimelura (Didelphys),
353.

pinnata (Phalangista),
9

platyops (Hypsiprym-
nus), 121.
platyops (Potorous), 121.
Platypus, 387.
platyrbinus
mys), 213.
Pleopus, 123.
Podabrus, 298.
pecilonota (Didelphys),

328

pecilotis (Didelphys),
328,

(Phascolo-

Polyprotodontia, 219.
Potoroine, 102.

potoroo (Kanguru), 118.
Potorous, 116.

potoru (Didelphis), 117.
poe (Hypsiprymnus),

potoru (Yerboa), 117.

Proechidna, 382.
pruinosa (Didelphys),
325.

Pseudochirus, 166.

Psilogrammurus, 184.

psilopus (Macropus),
370. |

Ptilotus, 150.

pusilla (Didelphys), 348.

pusilla (Peramys), 348.

pusillus (Micoureus),
348.

pygmexa (Didelphis),
136.

pygmea (Petaurista),
137.

pygmeza (Phalangista),
136. )

pygmea (Voluccella),
136.

399
pygmexus (Acrobates),
136

pygmaeus (Petaurus),
137.

quica (Didelphys), 330.
quica (Metacbirus), 330.
quoy (Phalangista), 197.
quoyi (Cuscus), 197.

radiata (Perameles), 370.
raffrayana (Perameles),
239.
robusta (Petrogale), 22.
robustus (Halmaturus),
2

robustus (Heteropus), 22.

robustus (Macropus), 22.

robustus (Osphranter),
2,

rolandensis (Antechinus),
287.

rostratus (Tarsipes), 133.

ruber (Macropus), 26.

rufa (Phalangista), 201.

rufescens (A‘pyprym-
nus), 103.

rufescens (Bettongia),
103.

rufescens (Hypsiprym-
nus), 103.

rufescens (Macropus),
103.

rufescens (Perameles),
236.

ruficollis (Halmaturus),
33

ruficollis (Kangurus), 32.

ruficollis (Macropus), 32.

rufiventer (Halinaturus),
59.

rufiventer (Macropus),
58.

rufogaster (Phascogale),
289.
rufogriseus

turus), 33.
rufogriseus (Kangurus),
32.

(Halma-

rufogriseus (Macropus),
33.

rufus (Kangurus), 25,

rufus (Macropus), 25.

rufus (Myrmecobius),
289.

rufus (Ornithorhynchus),
389.

rufus (Osphranter), 26.
rufus (Potorous), 118.
rutilans (Halmaturus),

16,

400

Sarcophilus, 258.
i a (Lutra),

a (Didelphys), 359.
eT atus (Grymeomys),

eh (Pseudochirus),

sa freee 154.

sciurea (Petaurista), 154.

sciurea (Phalangista),
154.

sciurea (Voluccella), 154,

sciureus (Belideus), 154.

sciureus (Petaurus), 153,

sciureus (Ptilotus), 154.

seb (Didelphys), 357.

Setonyx, 10.

setosa (Bettongia), 106.

setosa (Echidna), 381.

setosa (Echidna aculeata,
var.), 381.

setosus (Echinopus), 381.

Cae (Hypsiprymnus),

setosus (Phascolomys),
214,

setosus (Tachyglossus),
381.

Sipalus, 193.

Sminthopsis, 298.

sorex (Didelphys), 362.

sorex (Microdelphys),
362.

spenseree (Tarsipes), 133.

Spilocuscus, 193.

stigmaticus (Halmatu-
rus), 47,

stigmaticus (Macropus),
47

striatus (Halmaturus),

striatus (Thylacinus),
56.

Strigocuscus, 193.

stuarti (Antechinus), 289.

aaa (Didelphys),
70

surinamensis (Sorex),

swainsoni (Antechinus),
285.

swainsoni (Phascologale),
285.

Tachyglossus, 377.

tafa (Dasyurus), 294.

tafa (‘Tapoa), 295.

taguanoides (Petaurista),
164.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

taguanoides
‘164,

Tapoa, 273.

tapouaru (Didelphis),
187.

(Petaurus),

Tarsipedine, 132.

Tarsipes, 132.

tasmanei (Halmaturus),
58.

temporalis
rus), 48

thetidis
52.

(Halmatu-
‘(Halmaturus),

thetidis (Macropus), 52.
thetis (Halmaturus), 52.
thetis (Macropus), 52.
thorbeckiana (Phasco-
logale), 278.
Thylacinus, 255.
Thylacis, 227.
Thylamys, 340.
Thylogale, 10.
tibol (Macropus), 51.
torosus (Perameles ma-
crura, var.), 234.
touan (Mustela), 357.
touan (Viverra), 357.
Trichosurus, 184,
Trichurus, 184.
tricolor (Didelphys), 357.
tricolor (Hemiurus), 357.
mere (Microdelphys),

tricolor (Peramys), 357.

tridactyla(Bruijnia), 383.

ieee (Didelphys),

117.

tridactylus (Potorous),
117.

trilineata (Didelphys),
363.

tristriata (Peramys), 363.

tristriatus (Didelphys),
363.

tristriatus (Hemiurus),
63.

tristriatus (Microdel-
phys), 363.

a (Dactylopsila),

0.

trivirgata (Phalangista),
160.

tuan (Didelphys), 357.

tuckeri (Perameles), 118.

turneri (Didelphys), 334.

ualabatus (Halmaturus),

ualabatus (Kangurus), 30.
val peide (Macropus),
0.

unguifer (Halmaturus),
74.

unguifer (Macropus), 74.

unguifera (Onychogale),
74.

unicolor (Dromicia), 144.
ee (Didelphis),
65,
ursina (Ailurops), 195.
ursina (Balantia), 195.
ursina (Didelphis), 215,
259.

ursina (Phalangista), 195.

ursinus (Cuscus), 195.

ursinus (Dasyurus), 259,
264.

ursinus (Dendrolagus),
94.

ursinus (Diabolus), 259.

ursinus (Phalanger), 195.

ursinus [Pesoeclomye).
215, 216.

ursinus (Sarco hilus)
259. pret

variegata (Phalangista),
197.

Tanecon (Chironectes),

velutina (Didelphys),
352.

velutina (Microdelphys),
352

vestitus (Cuscus), 202.
veterum (Kangurus), 87.
yeterum (Macropus), 87.
villosissima (Proechidna),
ini (Phascologal
virginiz ascologale),
te gale)

virginiz (Sminthopsis),
300.

virginiana (Didelphys),
324.

virginianus (Philander),
324.

viverrina (Phalangista),
viverrinus (Dasyurus),
265.

viverrinus (Didelphis),
5.

volans (Didelphis), 164.

volans (Petaurista), 165.

volans (Petauroides), 164.

yolans (Petaurus), 165.
volans (Phalanger), 164.

volans (Phalangista), 164.

Voluccella, 163.

a (Didelphis),
164.

Vombatus, 213.
vombatus (Phascolomys),
215

vulpecula (Didelphis),
187.

vulpecula (Phalangista),
188.

vulpecula (Trichosurus),
187

vulpina (Balantia), 188.

vulpina (Didelphis), 187.

vulpina (Phalangista),
187.

vulpinus (Trichosurus),
188.

ALPHABETICAL INDEX.

wallacei (Myoictis), 280.
wallacei
280.
a a (Didelphys),

il (Bettongia), 108.

whitei (Hypsiprymnus),

108, ypsipry

wilcoxi (Halmaturus),
48.

wilcoxi (Macropus), 48.

io a (Phascolomys),

215.
Wombatus, 213.

(Phascologale), -

401

xanthopus (Macropus),
65.

xanthopus (Petrogale),
64.

aia (Phalangista),

cea os (Trichosurus),
188.

xanthopygus (Phalan-
gista), 65.

Xenochirus, 150.

yapock (Ohironectes),
368,

PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.

J, Smit delet Jith Mintern Bros. imp.

Pseudochirus forbesi..

‘dir -soag usequyq,

“MATIN appbn.sa, rq

PT Rens (y

‘Wd SUV Ivo

CAT. MARS.B.M PLUIL

J. Smit del. et lith

Mintern Bros. imp

1. Didelphys (Micourews) lepida .
2. Didelphys ( Peramys) scalops.

CAT. MARS. B.M. PUI:

J.Smit del.et lith Mintern Bros. imp.

I. Didelphys ( Peramys ) henseli.
2. Didelphys (Peramys) theravgw .

‘T. MARS. B

ID

RB. Minter del. et lith.

1. Macropus giganteus, 2..Mrobustas, 3. Virals.
4. M.rufieollis AM doneals &

Mirma.7M anil

ssnmqvyon sndo.wyy"9 “syed snlo.eoy has
-snapm bib sndo.Loy fp “smadopyun sndo1opy ‘smubput sndo.Lupy*Z |

UNT 2 2P -PUEM HOTA

TA Id WE SHV IVD

CAT. MARS.B.M.

YS

ay

c= 33
{
@ Ss
ge a
Te se

i

; ;

v 3

QR td

8 t
)

M.U_ Fisher del.et Ltn.

I.Macropus agilis. 2. Macropus greyi..
3. Macropus eugerat. 4. Macropus brachyuras.

CAT. MARS.B.M. PU. VOL

AL AIR ADA

M.H. Fisher del. et hth.
I. Macropus coxent. 2 Macropus wilcoai.

3.Macropus thetidis. 4. Macropus bruni.

CAT. MARS.B.M.

a :
Gur. = (mrt bx

M.ALFisher del. et lith.

LMacropus ualabatus.2M rutwollis. 8,M. grey. 4. Mthetidis.
5.Mparma..6.M.brachvurus. 7. Petrogale penicillata. 8.P lateralis
4. Peoncinna. 10. Onychogale unguitera. 11.0. lanata.
JI2.Lagorchestes conspictllatus. 3.L.leporcicdles.

Mintern 5

To. Inn.

CAT.MARS.B.M. PL.X.

Mintern Bros.lith

L.Macropus uclabatis, 2 Mruficollis. 3..V.dorsalis.4. Mparryt.
5.Magilis.6.Micowent. 7M. stigmaticus. 8. Mowileort .
9. Mthetidis.10.Meuger . ILM parma.12.Mbillardierv.
BM brachvurus. 4. Rtrogale penicillala. 15.P. lateralis.16.Lagorchestes conspicillatus.

CAT.MARS.B.M. BUCS

f ete me Mintern Bros. inp
1. Macropis cowent. 2. M. theticlis. 3. Meeugente .
‘L Lagorchestes leporoides. 5, 6. Onvchogale ungullera.7. 0. lrenata .
8. Dendrolagus ursinus. 9. Dorcopsis miillerc. 10. Lagostrophus fascias.
papas - IP Baw - étlata. 15. Potorous tridackvlis
o y: i i L.. fed. A, VULS .

XI.

PL.

BM

CAT, MAI

Mintern Bros. imp.

MH. Hisher del. et Lith.

conanna .

4. Petrogale

1. Petrogale xanthopus. 2. Petrogale brachyotis.

3. Potrogale lateralis

CAT.MARS.B M. PL IIL

Cree)

12.

M.H Fisher delet hth Mintern Bres, mp
1. Dendrolagus lumholtxi., 2.Dorcopsis luetuosa. 3. Lagorchestes corspiclletacs.
4.Lagostrophus fasciatus. pon rulescens
6,7. Beitongta lesueurt, 8. Bcawuculus, 9, b.perrcillata. 10.B.geamard:
D.Caloprymaus campestris. 22. Potorous tridactylus.I. P platyops.

CAT. MARS.B.M. PL. XIV.

M.H. Fisher del. et bth Mintern Eros. imp
1,2. Bettongia cuniculirs, 34. Bo gaimard’. 5, 6. B. penicillata. 7, 6. B. lesueurv.

9. Coloprymuuts campestris. 10.,Potorous tridactylus. IL. Hypsprymaodor mosclatus.

R.Mintern del. et lith. Mi
1 Hypsiprymmodon moschatus. 2,0
8. D.lepida. 9.Petauras breveceps. 10.F. hreviceps var: papiicuues.
LP. caustralis -

2 3.4. Acrobales pygnieus

PL. XV.

5.6.7. Droiaeue nana,

CAT. MARS.B.M. PLXVI.

M.H.Wsher del.et ith

Mintern Bros. imp
1. Acrobates p gmeeus. 2,3,4,5. Dromicia lepida. 6,7. ).nara.
8. D.concinna. 9,10. Petaurus breviceps. 1. P. brevuceps var: papuarurs.

Ro Minter. delet hits: Mintern Bros. iayp

1. Dactwlonsila trviraata. 2.5. Petcarvides volans.

CAT.MARS.B.M. PL, XVI.

D
@

M.H Fisher delet lith Mintern Bros. imp.
, 2. Petauroides volans. 3. P.volcms vor: minor.
4 Poendachiris herbertonsis. 5. Ps. nerearinaus. 6.Ps.oceicentalis. 7. Ps.cookv.

PL. XIX.

M.H. Fisher del. et lith Mintern Bros. imp

1. Pseudochirus herbertensis. 2. Ps. peregrinus .
|RIZR Ae LACALEE

3. Ps. occidentalis. 4.Ps.cooki.

CAT. MARS.B.M.

Peter Smit delet hth. Mintern Bros. imp.
1. Dactylopsila trivirgatu, 2. Pholanyer maculatus. 3. Plo. ae ree ie
"4. Ph. celebensis. 5. Perameles obesula. 6.2 dor eyouwn. 2 “if

7 & P henaarmanies,. 9 10 Poraryale leucura.

( PUL.XXI.

ie. 4 es
Mirena
henge

MH Fisher delet lith Mintern Bros. imp.
1. Peragale lagotis. 2.Fereaneles moresbyensis.
3.P. doreyanu. 4, P-cockerelli. 5,6.Pnasute.

PL, XML

AT. MARS. B.M

Peter Smit del.et hth Mintern Bros. imp.
1,2. Dasyurus geottrone.

5,6. Sminthopsis leucopus -

9. Antechinemys lariger. 10. Myrmeco bus fasciatus.

we Phascologale wallacei 4. Ph.penicillata .
7. S. murine, 8. S.crassicaudati,

PL.AQIV.

wee ee ee tra a AL

Se oe

Nantern Bros. imp.

MH. Fisher del.ot lith. :
L.Thylacinus cynocephalus. 2 .Sarcophilus ursmuzg. 3. Dasyurus macualus.

4. Phascologale penicillata. 5.Ph. apicalis. 6.Ph.dorsalis.
7: Ph.swaingsont. 8,Ph.minutissima.9.Ph. calura .

CAT. MARS.B.M

MH Fisher del.etlith. Mintern Bros. . imp.
1. Phascologale apicalis . 2. Ph. dorsalis. 3 Ph. minutissima, 4. Ph. swainsonv.
3}. He A cable 6. ei pate, 7,8, 9, Sininthopsis leucopus.

Shy MOIS Aninedinomys lanager .

CAT.MARS.B.M. PL. XXVI.

Mintern Bros. imp,

Peter Smit del.et hth.
LDidelphys marsupialis. 2,0. DAMetachirus) nadiccudate.

é 4.D.(Metachirus) crassicaud ata 5, 6. D.( Phileander) philander.
7, 8. D.(Micowreus) cmmeren. 9, D.(Miemreus )murina,

CAT. MARS.B.M. “PL. XXVIL,

Ve (a
stp

MH Fisher delet lith, Mintern Bros. imp.
L. Didelphys (Philander) philander. 2. D.(Micourens) cineren.
3.D. aE Micoureus) lepida. 4.D.(Peramys) dimidiata. 5. 6.D,(Peramys) scalops.
7.D.(Peromys) henseli. 8.D.(Peramys) theringt,

_ XXVOT.

Peter Smit del.et ith ; intern Bros. imo
12,3. Didelphys (Micoureus ) pusilla. 4. D.(Micourena) elegans.
5,6.D.(Peramys) henselt. 7.D.(Peramys) Uveringi. 6. Chironectes miauimus.

Tp hp Se
pie

Ni;

an
“ake
igh ~
ity Bag be

fo")

ee

sae